This is a modern-English version of A General View of Positivism: Or, Summary exposition of the System of Thought and Life, originally written by Comte, Auguste. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

Transcriber’s Note: Cover created by Transcriber and placed in the Public Domain.

Transcriber’s Note: Cover designed by the Transcriber and made available in the Public Domain.

The New Universal Library

The Universal Library

A GENERAL VIEW OF
POSITIVISM


A GENERAL VIEW
OF POSITIVISM

A GENERAL VIEW
OF POSITIVISM

Translated from the French of
AUGUSTE COMTE

By J. H. BRIDGES, M.B.
Late Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford

Translated from the French of
Auguste Comte

By J. H. BRIDGES, M.B.
Former Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford

A New Edition, with an Introduction (1908), by
FREDERIC HARRISON

And the Additional Notes in the last French
Edition (Paris, 1907)

A New Edition, with an Introduction (1908), by
FREDERIC HARRISON

And the Additional Notes in the last French
Edition (Paris, 1907)

Printer's logo

LONDON
GEORGE ROUTLEDGE & SONS LIMITED
New York: E. P. DUTTON & CO.

LONDON
GEORGE ROUTLEDGE & SONS LIMITED
New York: E. P. DUTTON & CO.


Published by the kind consent of Mrs. Bridges and the Positivist Committee, to whom the copyright of this translation belongs.

Published with the permission of Mrs. Bridges and the Positivist Committee, who hold the copyright for this translation.


Republic of the West
Order and Progress

Republic of the West
Order and Progress

A GENERAL VIEW OF
POSITIVISM

Or,
SUMMARY EXPOSITION OF THE
SYSTEM OF THOUGHT
AND LIFE

A GENERAL VIEW OF
POSITIVISM

Or,
SUMMARY EXPOSITION OF THE
SYSTEM OF THOUGHT
AND LIFE

Adapted to the Great Western Republic, formed of the Five Advanced Nations, the French, Italian, Spanish, British and German, which, since the time of Charlemagne, have always constituted a Political Whole

Adapted to the Great Western Republic, consisting of the Five Advanced Nations—French, Italian, Spanish, British, and German—which have always formed a Political Whole since the time of Charlemagne.

Réorganiser, sans dieu ni roi, par le culte systématique de l’Humanité.

Reorganize, without God or king, by the systematic worship of Humanity.

Nul n’a droit qu’à faire son devoir.

No one has the right to do anything except their duty.

L’esprit doit toujours être le ministre du coeur, et jamais son esclave.

The mind should always serve the heart and never be its slave.

Reorganisation, irrespectively of God or king, by the worship of Humanity, systematically adopted.

Reorganization, without regard for God or king, through the systematic acceptance of the worship of Humanity.

Man’s only right is to do his duty.

A person’s only right is to fulfill their duty.

The Intellect should always be the servant of the Heart, and should never be its slave.

The mind should always serve the heart and should never dominate it.

By
AUGUSTE COMTE
Author ofSystem of Positive Philosophy
Paris, 1848

By
AUGUSTE COMTE
Author ofSystem of Positive Philosophy
Paris, 1848


INTRODUCTION
By FREDERIC HARRISON

Although Positivism has been pretty widely discussed of late, not only by those interested in philosophy and religion, but by the general reader and the public press, perhaps but few of them, whether readers or critics, have exactly grasped the full meaning of it as a system at once of thought and of life. The vast range of the ground it covers and the technical, allusive, and close style of Comte’s writings in the original have made it difficult to master the subject as a whole. It has accordingly been thought that the time has come to add to the ‘New Universal Library’ a translation of The General View of Positivism, i.e., the careful summary of the Positiveviii Polity which Auguste Comte prefixed to the four volumes of his principal work. The translation which was published by Dr. J. H. Bridges in 1865 is at the same time a most accurate version by one of Comte’s earliest followers, and also it is turned in an easy and simpler style, with the references and allusions explained, marginal headings to the paragraphs, and a complete analysis of the contents.

Although Positivism has been widely discussed lately, not just by those interested in philosophy and religion but also by casual readers and the media, it seems that relatively few, whether readers or critics, really understand its full meaning as both a way of thinking and a way of life. The extensive range of topics it covers along with Comte’s technical, allusive, and dense writing style in the original text have made it hard to grasp the subject as a whole. It has therefore been decided that the time has come to add a translation of The General View of Positivism to the ‘New Universal Library,’ which is the detailed summary of the Positiveviii Polity that Auguste Comte included at the beginning of the four volumes of his main work. The translation published by Dr. J. H. Bridges in 1865 is not only a very accurate version by one of Comte’s earliest followers but is also written in a simpler and more accessible style, explaining the references and allusions, including marginal headings for the paragraphs, and providing a complete analysis of the contents.

Positivism is not simply a system of Philosophy; nor is it simply a new form of Religion; nor is it simply a scheme of social regeneration. It partakes of all of these, and professes to harmonize them under one dominant conception that is equally philosophic and social. ‘Its primary object,’ writes Comte, ‘is twofold: to generalize our scientific conceptions and to systematize the art of social life.’ Accordingly Comte’s ideal embraces the three main elements ofix which human life consists—Thoughts, Feelings and Actions.

Positivism isn't just a philosophy; it's not just a new kind of religion; and it's not just a plan for social improvement. It includes all of these aspects and claims to bring them together under one central idea that is both philosophical and social. "Its primary goal," Comte writes, "is twofold: to broaden our scientific ideas and to organize the art of social life." Therefore, Comte's ideal covers the three main components ofix human life—Thoughts, Feelings, and Actions.

Now it is clear that no such comprehensive system was ever before offered to the world. Neither the Gospel nor any known type of religion undertook to give a synthetic grouping of the Sciences. No synthetic scheme of philosophy ever attempted to correlate religion, politics, art, and industry. No system of Socialism, ancient or modern, started with mathematics and led up to an ideal of a human devotion to duty, with a ritual of worship, both public and private.

Now it’s obvious that no all-encompassing system has ever been presented to the world before. Neither the Gospel nor any known religion attempted to provide a unified grouping of the Sciences. No philosophical framework has ever tried to connect religion, politics, art, and industry. No form of Socialism, whether ancient or modern, began with mathematics and progressed to an ideal of human dedication to duty, complete with both public and private worship rituals.

Now Comte’s famous Positive Polity did attempt this gigantic task. And the novelty and extent of such a work explains and accounts for the extreme difficulty met with by readers of the original French, and also for the fascination which it has maintained more than fifty years after the author’s death. It has been talked about,x criticized, and even ridiculed, with an ignorance of its true character which can only be excused by the abstract and severe form in which Comte thought right to condense his thoughts. Comte was primarily a mathematician, and neither Descartes nor Newton troubled themselves about ‘the general reader’. Kepler, they say, declared himself satisfied if he had one convert in a century; and philosophers have seldom had justice done them until some generations have passed. The difficulties presented by the scientific form of Comte’s works have been obviated for English readers by the versions of his English followers, which are at once literal translations, analyses, and elucidations. For the ‘general reader’ nothing could be more serviceable than Bridges’ clear presentation of Comte’s own ‘general view’, or summary of his system.

Now Comte’s famous Positive Polity attempted this massive task. The novelty and scale of this work explain the extreme difficulty faced by readers of the original French, as well as the lasting fascination it has held more than fifty years after the author’s death. It has been discussed, x criticized, and even mocked, often with a misunderstanding of its true nature that can only be excused by the complex and formal style Comte chose to express his ideas. Comte was primarily a mathematician, and neither Descartes nor Newton concerned themselves with the ‘general reader.’ Kepler reportedly said he would be satisfied if he had one convert in a century, and philosophers have rarely been appreciated until generations have passed. The challenges posed by the scientific style of Comte’s works have been addressed for English readers through the translations by his English followers, which serve as literal translations, analyses, and clarifications. For the ‘general reader,’ nothing could be more helpful than Bridges’ clear presentation of Comte’s own ‘general view’ or summary of his system.

The translation itself is a literaryxi masterpiece. It renders an extremely abstract and complex French type of philosophical dogmatism into easy and simple English, whilst at the same time preserving and even elucidating the somewhat cryptic allusions and nuances of the original. The thought in the French is full, pregnant, and suggestive, at once subtle and abstract, and rich with words of a new coinage—such as altruism, sociology, dynamics (i.e., history), and old words used in a special sense. This difficulty Dr. Bridges surmounts by breaking up the involved sentences, supplying names and facts indirectly referred to, and by transferring technical language into popular English. The success of the translation has been proved by the thousands of copies sold in the original 12mo edition of 1865, in the 8vo edition of 1875, and in the stereotyped reprint of 1881.

The translation itself is a literaryxi masterpiece. It takes a very abstract and complex French kind of philosophical dogmatism and turns it into straightforward and simple English, while also maintaining and even clarifying the somewhat cryptic references and nuances of the original text. The thoughts in the French version are full, meaningful, and suggestive, being both subtle and abstract, and enriched with newly coined words like altruism, sociology, and dynamics (meaning history), as well as older words used in a unique way. Dr. Bridges overcomes this challenge by breaking down the complex sentences, providing names and facts that are only hinted at, and converting technical language into everyday English. The success of the translation has been demonstrated by the thousands of copies sold in the original 12mo edition of 1865, the 8vo edition of 1875, and the stereotyped reprint of 1881.

A pathetic interest attaches to thexii history of the translation. In 1860 Dr. Bridges, just settled as a physician in Melbourne, lost his young wife by fever. He at once returned to England, bringing the remains of his wife for interment in the family graveyard in Suffolk. In those days of sailing vessels the voyage home round Cape Horn occupied at least three months. Dr. Bridges resolved to conquer his sorrow, shut himself in his cabin during the voyage home and completed the translation (in 430 pages of print) within the time at sea:—

A sad interest surrounds thexii history of the translation. In 1860, Dr. Bridges, new to his position as a doctor in Melbourne, lost his young wife to fever. He immediately returned to England, bringing her remains for burial in the family graveyard in Suffolk. Back then, with sailing vessels, the journey home around Cape Horn took at least three months. Dr. Bridges decided to overcome his grief; he isolated himself in his cabin during the trip home and finished the translation (in 430 pages of print) during that time at ocean:—

The sad mechanic drill,
Like dull drugs, numbing pain.

Auguste Comte always spoke of the Positive Polity as ‘his principal work’. The Discours sur l’Ensemble, or General View of Positivism, formed the introduction to the four volumes. It forms a summary of the entire work, and it is indeed a systematic application ofxiii the doctrine to the actual condition of society. As the Polity, taken as a whole, professes to embody a set of doctrines for the regulation of thought and life, the present Introduction is designed to show the need of such a body of doctrine, the result that they would produce, and the mode in which they are likely to work. Thus, one who desires to see in one view the social purpose which Positivism proposes to effect would find it in no single volume better than in this treatise.

Auguste Comte always referred to the Positive Polity as ‘his main work’. The Discours sur l’Ensemble, or General View of Positivism, serves as the introduction to the four volumes. It provides a summary of the entire work and is a structured application ofxiii the doctrine to the current state of society. Since the Polity as a whole aims to present a set of doctrines for guiding thought and life, this Introduction is meant to demonstrate the need for such a body of doctrine, the outcomes they would lead to, and how they are likely to function. Therefore, anyone wanting to grasp the social goal that Positivism aims to achieve would find it best represented in this treatise rather than in any single volume.

The work consists of six chapters, treating Positivism respectively in its intellectual aspect, its social aspect, its influence on the working classes, on women, on art, and on religion. In other words it illustrates the application of the system to Philosophy, Politics, Industry, The Family, Poetry and The Future. It opens with a comparison of Positivist doctrines with those of the leading extant philosophies.xiv It closes with a picture of society should those doctrines be realized. It is thus both a criticism of current theories, and an utopia of a possible Future. Of the intermediate chapters, the first deals with the principal changes proposed in our actual political system: the next chapter deals with the changes proposed in our present social system. Then come the last two chapters, dealing with the principal agents, Art, Poetry and Religion, by which those changes may be promoted. The book is therefore a practical introduction to the subject as a whole; for it sets forth the aim of Positivism as a system, and then how it seeks to effect that aim.

The book has six chapters that explore Positivism in its intellectual aspect, social aspect, and its impact on the working class, women, art, and religion. In other words, it shows how the system applies to Philosophy, Politics, Industry, The Family, Poetry, and The Future. It starts by comparing Positivist ideas with those of the main existing philosophies.xiv It ends with a vision of society if those ideas were put into practice. So, it serves as both a critique of current theories and a utopian vision of a possible Future. The first of the intermediate chapters discusses the major changes suggested for our current political system, while the next chapter addresses the proposed changes in our existing social system. The final two chapters focus on the key agents—Art, Poetry, and Religion—that can help promote these changes. Thus, the book is a practical introduction to the topic as a whole, outlining the aim of Positivism as a system and explaining how it plans to achieve that aim.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTELLECTUAL CHARACTER OF POSITIVISM 8

INTELLECTUAL CHARACTER OF POSITIVISM 8

The object of Philosophy is to present a systematic view of human life as a basis for modifying its imperfections—The Theological Synthesis failed to include the practical side of human nature—But the Positive spirit originated in practical life—In human nature, and therefore in the Positive system, Affection is the preponderating element—The proper function of Intellect is the service of the Social Sympathies—Under Theology the Intellect was the slave of the Heart; under Positivism, its servant—The subordination of the Intellect to the Heart is the subjective principle of Positivism—Objective basis of the system: Order of the external World, as revealed by Science—By it the selfish affections are controlled; the unselfish strengthened—Our conception of this External Order has been gradually growing from the earliest times, and is but just complete—Even where not modifiable, its influence on the character is of the greatest value—But in most cases we can modify it; and in these the knowledge of it forms the systematic basis of human action—The chief difficulty of the Positive Synthesis was to complete our conception of the External Order by extending it to Social Phenomena—By the discovery of sociological laws social questions are made paramount; and thus our subjective principle is satisfied without danger to free thought—Distinction between Abstract and Concrete laws. It is the former only that we require for the purpose before us—In our Theory of Development the required Synthesis of Abstract conceptions already exists—Therefore we are in a position to proceed at once with the work of social regeneration—Error of identifying Positivism with Atheism, Materialism, Fatalism, or Optimism. Atheism, like Theology, discusses insoluble mysteries—Materialism is due to the encroachment of the lower sciences on the domain of the higher, an error which Positivism rectifies—Nor is Positivism fatalist, since it asserts the External Order to be modifiable—The charge of Optimism appliesxvi to Theology rather than to Positivism. The Positivist judges of all historical actions relatively, but does not justify them indiscriminately—The word Positive connotes all the highest intellectual attributes, and will ultimately have a moral significance.

The aim of philosophy is to provide a structured view of human life as a basis for improving its shortcomings. The Theological Synthesis overlooked the practical aspects of human nature. However, the Positive spirit began in practical life. In human nature, and therefore in the Positive system, Affection reigns supreme. The primary function of Intellect is to support Social Sympathies. Under Theology, the Intellect was secondary to the Heart; under Positivism, it serves the Heart. The subordination of the Intellect to the Heart is the subjective principle of Positivism. The system's objective foundation relies on the Order of the external World as revealed by Science. This framework enables the regulation of selfish affections and the enhancement of selfless ones. Our understanding of this External Order has been gradually developing since ancient times and is almost complete. Even when it's not changeable, its influence on character is incredibly important. However, in many cases, we can change it; in those instances, knowledge of it becomes the systematic foundation for human action. The main challenge of the Positive Synthesis was to expand our understanding of the External Order to Social Phenomena. By discovering sociological laws, social issues become central, fulfilling our subjective principle without endangering free thought. There is a distinction between Abstract and Concrete laws, but we only need the former for our purposes. In our Theory of Development, the necessary Synthesis of Abstract concepts already exists. Thus, we can immediately move forward with social regeneration. It's a mistake to equate Positivism with Atheism, Materialism, Fatalism, or Optimism. Atheism, like Theology, grapples with unsolvable mysteries. Materialism comes from the lower sciences intruding on the higher, a mistake that Positivism corrects. Positivism is not fatalistic; it asserts that the External Order is changeable. The charge of Optimism is more applicable to Theology than to Positivism. The Positivist evaluates all historical actions in context but does not blindly endorse them. The term Positive encompasses all the greatest intellectual qualities and will ultimately carry moral significance.

THE SOCIAL ASPECT OF POSITIVISM 64

THE SOCIAL SIDE OF POSITIVISM 64

The relation of Positivism to the French Revolution—The negative or destructive phase of the Revolution stimulated the desire of Progress, and consequently the study of social phenomena—The constructive phase of the Revolution. The first attempts to construct failed, being based on destructive principles—Counter-revolution from 1794 to 1830—Political stagnation between 1830 and 1848—The present position, 1848–1850. Republicanism involves the great principle of subordinating Politics to Morals—It gives prominence to the problem of reconciling Order and Progress—It brings the metaphysical revolutionary schools into discredit—And it proves to all the necessity of a true spiritual power; a body of thinkers whose business is to study and to teach principles, holding aloof from political action—The need of a spiritual power is common to the whole Republic of Western Europe—This Republic consists of the Italian, Spanish, British, and German populations, grouped round France as their centre—Relation of Positivism to the mediæval system, to which we owe the first attempt to separate Spiritual from Temporal power—But the mediæval attempt was premature; and Positivism will renew and complete it—The Ethical system of Positivism—Subjection of Self-love to Social love is the great ethical problem. The Social state of itself favours this result; but it may be hastened by organized and conscious effort—Intermediate between Self-love and universal Benevolence are the domestic affections: filial, fraternal, conjugal, paternal—Personal virtues placed upon a social basis—Moral education consists partly of scientific demonstration of ethical truth, but still more of culture of the higher sympathies—Organization of Public Opinion—Commemoration of great men—The political motto of Positivism: Order and Progress—Progress, the development of Order—Analysis of Progress: material, physical, intellectual, and moral—Application of our principles to actual politics. All government must for the present be provisional—Danger of attempting political reconstruction before spiritual—Politically what is wanted is Dictatorship, with liberty of speech and discussion—Such a dictatorship would be a step towards the separation of spiritual and temporal power—The motto of 1830, Liberty and Public Order—Liberty should be extended to Education—Order demands centralization—Intimate connexion of Liberty with Order.

The connection between Positivism and the French Revolution—The Revolution's destructive phase ignited a desire for Progress, which led to the examination of social phenomena—the constructive phase of the Revolution. Early efforts to create something new failed because they were based on destructive principles—Counter-revolution from 1794 to 1830—Political stagnation from 1830 to 1848—The current situation, 1848–1850. Republicanism emphasizes the critical idea of placing Politics under Morals—it highlights the challenge of balancing Order and Progress—it undermines metaphysical revolutionary theories—and shows the need for a true spiritual authority; a group of thinkers responsible for studying and teaching principles while staying out of political actions. The need for spiritual authority is recognized throughout the Republic of Western Europe—This Republic includes the Italian, Spanish, British, and German peoples, centered around France—The relationship of Positivism to the medieval system that first tried to separate Spiritual from Temporal power—Yet, that medieval attempt was premature; Positivism will renew and complete it—The Ethical system of Positivism—The major ethical challenge is to prioritize Social love over Self-love. The social state naturally encourages this result; however, it can be expedited through organized and intentional efforts—Between Self-love and universal Benevolence are the domestic affections: filial, fraternal, marital, paternal—Personal virtues are grounded in social foundations—Moral education involves both scientifically demonstrating ethical truths and, more importantly, nurturing higher sympathies—Organization of Public Opinion—Recognizing great individuals—The political motto of Positivism: Order and Progress—Progress, which means the development of Order—Analyzing Progress: material, physical, intellectual, and moral—Applying our principles to real politics. All governments must remain provisional for now—The danger of trying to establish political systems before spiritual ones—Politically, there is a need for a Dictatorship that allows free speech and open discussion—Such a dictatorship would be a move towards separating spiritual and temporal power—The motto of 1830, Liberty and Public Order—Liberty should extend to Education—Order calls for centralization—The strong link between Liberty and Order.

THE ACTION OF POSITIVISM UPON THE WORKING CLASSES 140

THE ACTION OF POSITIVISM ON THE WORKING CLASS 140

Positivism will not for the present recommend itself to the governing classes, so much as to the People—The working man who accepts his position is favourably situated for the reception of comprehensive principles and generous sympathies—This the Convention felt; but they encouraged the People to seek political supremacy, for which they are not fit—It is only in exceptional cases that the People can be really ‘sovereign’—The truth involved in the expression is that the well-being of the people should be the one great object of government—The People’s function is to assist the spiritual power in modifying the action of government—Their combined efforts result in the formation of Public Opinion—Public opinion involves, (1) principles of social conduct, (2) their acceptance by society at large, (3) an organ through which to enunciate them—Working men’s clubs—All three conditions of Public Opinion exist, but have not yet been combined—Spontaneous tendencies of the people in a right direction. Their Communism—Its new title of Socialism—Property is in its nature social, and needs control—But Positivism rejects the Communist solution of the Problem. Property is to be controlled by moral not legal agencies—Individualization of functions as necessary as co-operation—Industry requires its captains as well as War—Communism is deficient in the historical spirit—In fact, as a system it is worthless, though prompted by noble feelings—Property is a public trust, not to be interfered with legally—Inheritance favourable to its right employment—Intellect needs moral control as much as wealth—Action of organized public opinion upon Capitalists. Strikes—Public Opinion must be based upon a sound system of Education—Education has two stages; from birth to puberty, from puberty to adolescence. The first, consisting of physical and esthetic training, to be given at home—The second part consists of public lectures on the Sciences, from Mathematics to Sociology—Travels of Apprentices—Concentration of study—Governmental assistance not required, except for certain special institutions, and this only as a provisional measure—We are not ripe for this system at present; and Government must not attempt to hasten its introduction—Intellectual attitude of the people. Emancipation from theological belief—From metaphysical doctrines—Their mistaken preference of literary and rhetorical talent to real intellectual power—Moral attitude of the people. The workman should regard himself as a public functionary—Ambition of power and wealth must be abandoned—The working classes are the best guarantee for Liberty and Order—It is from them that we shall obtain the dictatorial power which is provisionally required.

Positivism isn’t appealing to the ruling classes right now; it’s more relevant for the people. The working-class person who accepts their situation is better positioned to embrace broad principles and empathy. The Convention acknowledged this but encouraged the people to seek political power, even though they might not be ready for it. Only in rare circumstances can the people truly be 'sovereign.' The main truth is that the welfare of the population should be the main goal of government. The people's role is to support the spiritual leadership in guiding government actions. Their combined efforts lead to the formation of Public Opinion. Public Opinion consists of (1) principles of social behavior, (2) their acceptance by society as a whole, and (3) a platform for expressing them—like working men’s clubs. All three components of Public Opinion exist but haven’t fully integrated yet. There are natural tendencies among the people moving in a positive direction. Their Communism, now called Socialism, acknowledges that property is inherently social and requires regulation. However, Positivism dismisses the Communist approach to this issue. Property should be managed by moral, not legal, means. The individualization of roles is just as important as collaboration—both industry and war need leaders. Communism lacks a historical perspective; as a system, it doesn’t work, even if it’s driven by noble ideals. Property is a community responsibility and shouldn’t be legally manipulated. Inheritance supports its proper use. Intellectual endeavors need moral guidance as much as wealth does. The influence of organized public opinion on capitalists is clear during strikes. Public Opinion must be based on a solid education system. Education has two stages: from birth to puberty and from puberty to young adulthood. The first stage focuses on physical and aesthetic training at home. The second stage includes public lectures on various sciences, from Mathematics to Sociology. Apprenticeship experiences are crucial for targeted study. Government support isn’t necessary, except for certain institutions, and even that should be temporary. We’re not ready for this system yet; the government shouldn’t rush its implementation. The people’s intellectual stance involves a break from theological beliefs and metaphysical ideas. They often mistakenly prioritize literary and rhetorical skills over true intellectual ability. The moral perspective of the people should be that workers view themselves as public servants. The desire for power and wealth should be put aside. The working class is the best protection for freedom and order. They are where we will find the provisional dictatorial power we need.

THE INFLUENCE OF POSITIVISM UPON WOMEN 227

THE INFLUENCE OF POSITIVISM ON WOMEN 227

Women represent the affective element in our nature, as philosophers and people represent the intellectual and practical elements—Women have stood aloof from the modern movement, because of its anti-historic and destructive character—But they will sympathize with constructive tendencies; and will distinguish sound philosophy from scientific specialities—Women’s position in society. Like philosophers and people, their part is not to govern, but to modify—The united action of philosophers, women, and proletaries constitutes Moral Force—Superiority of the new spiritual power to the old. Self-regarding tendencies of Catholic doctrine—The spirit of Positivism, on the contrary, is essentially social. The Heart and the Intellect mutually strengthen each other—Intellectual and moral affinities of women with Positivism—Catholicism purified love, but did not directly strengthen it—Women’s influence over the working classes and their teachers—Their social influence in the salon—But the Family is their principal sphere of action—Woman’s mission as a wife. Conjugal love an education for universal sympathy—Conditions of marriage. Indissoluble monogamy—Perpetual widowhood—Woman’s mission as a mother—Education of children belongs to mothers. They only can guide the development of character—Modern sophisms about Woman’s rights. The domesticity of her life follows from the principle of Separation of Powers—The position of the sexes tends to differentiation rather than identity—Woman to be maintained by Man—The education of women should be identical with that of men—Women’s privileges. Their mission is in itself a privilege—They will receive honour and worship from men—Development of mediæval chivalry—The practice of Prayer, so far from disappearing, is purified and strengthened in Positive religion—The worship of Woman a preparation for the worship of Humanity—Exceptional women. Joan of Arc—It is for women to introduce Positivism into the Southern nations.

Women represent the emotional side of our nature, while philosophers and others embody intellect and practical skills. Women have distanced themselves from modern movements because of their destructive and anti-historical nature. However, they are likely to connect with constructive tendencies and can tell the difference between sound philosophy and specialized sciences. Similar to philosophers and others, women's role in society is not to lead but to drive change. The combined efforts of philosophers, women, and the working class create a Moral Force. This new spiritual power is greater than the old one. The self-centered aspects of Catholic doctrine contrast with the fundamentally social spirit of Positivism. The heart and intellect support one another. Women have both intellectual and moral connections to Positivism. While Catholicism refined love, it didn’t strengthen it directly. Women influence the working class and their educators, and their social impact is clear in salons. However, their main area of influence remains the family. A woman’s role as a wife involves a marital love that nurtures universal empathy. Marriage conditions should include unbreakable monogamy and perpetual widowhood. A woman’s role as a mother encompasses educating children, as only mothers can truly guide character development. Modern discussions about women's rights arise from the principle of Separation of Powers, which suggests that men and women are meant to have different rather than identical roles. Women should be supported by men. Their education should reflect that of men. Women’s roles are in themselves privileges, and they will gain respect and admiration from men. This development traces back to medieval chivalry, where the practice of prayer, rather than diminishing, is enhanced and refined in Positive religion. The respect for women prepares us for the respect of humanity. Exceptional women like Joan of Arc underscore this. It's up to women to bring Positivism to Southern nations.

THE RELATION OF POSITIVISM TO ART 304

THE RELATION OF POSITIVISM TO ART 304

Positivism when complete is as favourable to Imagination, as, when incomplete, it was unfavourable to it—Esthetic talent is for the adornment of life, not for its government—The political influence of literary men a deplorable sign and source of anarchy—Theory of Art—Art is the idealized representation of Fact—Poetry isxix intermediate between Philosophy and Polity—Art calls each element of our nature into harmonious action—Three stages in the esthetic process: Imitation, Idealization, Expression—Classification of the arts on the principle of decreasing generality, and increasing intensity—Poetry—Music—Painting. Sculpture. Architecture—The conditions favourable to Art have never yet been combined—Neither in Polytheism—Nor under the Mediæval system—Much less in modern times—Under Positivism the conditions will all be favourable. There will be fixed principles, and a nobler moral culture—Predisposing influence of Education—Relation of Art to Religion—Idealization of historical types—Art requires the highest education; but little special instruction—Artists as a class will disappear. Their function will be appropriated by the philosophic priesthood—Identity of esthetic and scientific genius—Women’s poetry—People’s poetry—Value of Art in the present crisis—Construction of normal types on the basis furnished by philosophy—Pictures of the Future of Man—Contrasts with the Past.

When fully embraced, Positivism supports Imagination just as it previously held it back when incomplete. Artistic talent exists to enhance life, not to control it. The political power of writers is a concerning sign and a main cause of chaos. The Theory of Art claims that Art is the ideal representation of Fact. Poetry serves as a link between Philosophy and Politics. Art engages all parts of our nature in harmony. There are three stages in the aesthetic process: Imitation, Idealization, and Expression. The arts are categorized by decreasing generality and increasing intensity—Poetry, Music, Painting, Sculpture, Architecture. The conditions that promote Art have never been fully realized—neither in Polytheism, nor in the Medieval system, and certainly not in modern times. With Positivism, all conditions will be favorable. Solid principles and a richer moral culture will be established. The impact of Education will create the right environment. The relationship between Art and Religion involves the idealization of historical figures. Art requires the highest level of education, though not much specialized training. The role of artists will diminish; their responsibilities will be taken over by a philosophical priesthood. There is a common identity between aesthetic and scientific genius. Women’s poetry and People’s poetry are valuable. The importance of Art during the current crisis is crucial, with an emphasis on creating normal forms based on philosophical insights. This results in representations of the Future of Humanity compared to the Past.

CONCLUSION. THE RELIGION OF HUMANITY 355

CONCLUSION. HUMANITY'S RELIGION 355

Recapitulation of the results obtained—Humanity is the centre to which every aspect of Positivism converges—With the discovery of sociological laws, a synthesis on the basis of Science becomes possible, science being now concentrated on the study of Humanity—Statical aspects of Humanity—Dynamical aspects—Inorganic and organic sciences elevated by their connexion with the supreme science of Humanity—The new religion is even more favourable to Art than to Science—Poetic portraiture of the new Supreme Being, and contrast with the old—Organization of festivals, representing statical and dynamical aspects of Humanity—Worship of the dead. Commemoration of their service—All the arts may co-operate in the service of religion—Positivism the successor of Christianity, and surpasses it—Superiority of Positive morality—Rise of the new Spiritual power—Temporal power will always be necessary, but its action will be modified by the spiritual—Substitution of duties for rights—Consensus of the Social Organism—Continuity of the past with the present—Necessity of a spiritual power to study and teach these truths, and thus to govern men by persuasion, instead of by compulsion—Nutritive functions of Humanity, performed by Capitalists, as the temporal power—These are modified by the cerebral functions, performed by the spiritual power—Women and priests to have their material subsistence guaranteed—Normal relation of priests, people, and capitalists—We are not yet ripe for the normalxx state. But the revolution of 1848 is a step towards it—First revolutionary motto; Liberty and Equality—Second motto; Liberty and Order—Third motto; Order and Progress—Provisional policy for the period of transition—Popular dictatorship with freedom of speech—Positive Committee for Western Europe—Occidental navy—International coinage—Occidental school—Flag for the Western Republic—Colonial and foreign Associates of the Committee, the action of which will ultimately extend to the whole human race—Conclusion. Perfection of the Positivist ideal—Corruption of Monotheism.

Summary of the results achieved—Humanity is the core where all aspects of Positivism come together—With the discovery of sociological laws, a synthesis based on Science becomes achievable, as science now concentrates on studying Humanity—Static aspects of Humanity—Dynamic aspects—Inorganic and organic sciences are enhanced by their link to the supreme science of Humanity—The new religion is even more supportive of Art than of Science—Poetic depiction of the new Supreme Being, contrasting with the old—Organization of festivals that represent both static and dynamic aspects of Humanity—Honoring the dead. Remembering their contributions—All the arts can collaborate in the service of religion—Positivism is the successor of Christianity and goes beyond it—The superiority of Positive morality—The rise of a new Spiritual power—Temporal power will always be necessary, but its actions will be informed by the spiritual—Shifting from rights to duties—Agreement of the Social Organism—Link between the past and the present—The need for a spiritual authority to explore and teach these truths, thus governing people through persuasion rather than coercion—Nutritive functions of Humanity, carried out by Capitalists as the temporal power—These are influenced by the mental functions performed by the spiritual power—Women and priests should have their material needs secured—Normal relationships among priests, people, and capitalists—We are not yet ready for the normal state. However, the revolution of 1848 is a step toward that—First revolutionary motto: Liberty and Equality—Second motto: Liberty and Order—Third motto: Order and Progress—Temporary policy for the transition period—Popular dictatorship with freedom of speech—Positive Committee for Western Europe—Western navy—International currency—Western school—Flag for the Western Republic—Colonial and foreign Associates of the Committee, whose actions will ultimately encompass all of humanity—Conclusion. The perfection of the Positivist ideal—Corruption of Monotheism.


A GENERAL VIEW OF POSITIVISM

‘We tire of thinking and even of acting; we never tire of loving.’

‘We get tired of thinking and even of acting; we never get tired of loving.’

In the following series of systematic essays upon Positivism the essential principles of the doctrine are first considered; I then point out the agencies by which its propagation will be effected; and I conclude by describing certain additional features indispensable to its completeness. My treatment of these questions will of course be summary; yet it will suffice, I hope, to overcome several excusable but unfounded prejudices. It will enable any competent reader to assure himself that the new general doctrine aims at something more than satisfying the Intellect; that it is in reality quite as favourable to Feeling and even to Imagination.

In the following series of systematic essays on Positivism, I first consider the essential principles of the doctrine; then I highlight the ways in which it will be spread; and I conclude by describing certain additional features that are crucial for its completeness. My approach to these questions will obviously be brief; however, I hope it will be enough to address several understandable but unfounded biases. It will allow any knowledgeable reader to see that this new general doctrine aims to achieve more than just satisfying the intellect; it is actually quite supportive of feelings and even imagination.

INTRODUCTORY REMARKS

Positivism consists essentially of a Philosophy and a Polity. These can never be dissevered; the former being the basis, and the latter the end of one comprehensive system, in which our intellectual faculties and our social sympathies are brought into close correlation with each other. For, in the first place, the science of Society, besides being more important than any other, supplies2 the only logical and scientific link by which all our varied observations of phenomena can be brought into one consistent whole1. Of this science it is even more true than of any of the preceding sciences, that its real character cannot be understood without explaining its exact relation in all general features with the art corresponding to it. Now here we find a coincidence which is assuredly not fortuitous. At the very time when the theory of society is being laid down, an immense sphere is opened for the application of that theory; the direction, namely, of the social regeneration of Western Europe. For, if we take another point of view, and look at the great crisis of modern history, as its character is displayed in the natural course of events, it becomes every day more evident how hopeless is the task of reconstructing political institutions without the previous remodelling of opinion and of life. To form then a satisfactory synthesis of all human conceptions is the most urgent of our social wants: and it is needed equally for the sake of Order and of Progress. During the gradual accomplishment of this great philosophical work, a new moral power will arise spontaneously throughout the West, which, as its influence increases, will lay down a definite basis for the reorganization of society. It will offer a general system of education for the adoption of all civilized nations, and by this means will supply in every department of public and3 private life fixed principles of judgment and of conduct. Thus the intellectual movement and the social crisis will be brought continually into close connexion with each other. Both will combine to prepare the advanced portion of humanity for the acceptance of a true spiritual power, a power more coherent, as well as more progressive, than the noble but premature attempt of mediaeval Catholicism.

Positivism is basically a philosophy and a political system. These two are inseparable; the philosophy serves as the foundation, while the political aspect is the goal of a unified system that connects our intellect and our social instincts. Firstly, the science of society is not only the most important science but also provides the only logical and scientific connection that brings all our different observations of phenomena into a coherent whole2. It's even truer for this science than for any of the earlier sciences that we can't truly understand its nature without explaining how it relates to the corresponding art in general. There's definitely a meaningful coincidence here. At the same time that society's theory is being established, a vast opportunity is emerging for applying that theory—in the direction of the social regeneration of Western Europe. If we look at modern history as it naturally unfolds, it becomes increasingly clear just how impossible it is to reconstruct political institutions without first reshaping public opinion and daily life. Therefore, creating an effective synthesis of all human ideas is our most pressing social need, necessary for both order and progress. Throughout the ongoing development of this significant philosophical project, a new moral force will spontaneously emerge across the West, and as its influence grows, it will provide a solid foundation for reorganizing society. It will offer a general educational system for all civilized nations to adopt and, in doing so, will establish fixed principles of judgment and conduct in both public and3 private life. This way, the intellectual movement and the social crisis will remain closely connected. Together, they will prepare the more progressive parts of humanity to embrace a true spiritual power—one that is more coherent and progressive than the noble yet premature efforts of medieval Catholicism.

The primary object, then, of Positivism is two-fold: to generalize our scientific conceptions, and to systematize the art of social life. These are but two aspects of one and the same problem. They will form the subjects of the two first chapters of this work. I shall first explain the general spirit of the new philosophy. I shall then show its necessary connexion with the whole course of that vast revolution which is now about to terminate under its guidance in social reconstruction.

The main goal of Positivism is two-fold: to broaden our scientific understanding, and to organize the art of social living. These are just two sides of the same issue. They will be the topics of the first two chapters of this work. I will first explain the overall essence of the new philosophy. Then, I will demonstrate its essential connection to the entire process of the significant change that is about to conclude under its guidance in social rebuilding.

This will lead us naturally to another question. The regenerating doctrine cannot do its work without adherents; in what quarter should we hope to find them? Now, with individual exceptions of great value, we cannot expect the adhesion of any of the upper classes in society. They are all more or less under the influence of baseless metaphysical theories, and of aristocratic self-seeking. They are absorbed in blind political agitation and in disputes for the possession of the useless remnants of the old theological and military system. Their action only tends to prolong the revolutionary state indefinitely, and can never result in true social renovation.

This naturally leads us to another question. The idea of renewal can't make an impact without supporters; where can we expect to find them? Despite a few exceptional individuals, we can't rely on any of the upper classes for support. They are all influenced, to varying degrees, by unfounded philosophical beliefs and their own self-interest. They are caught up in mindless political conflict and squabbles over the worthless remnants of the outdated religious and military systems. Their actions just serve to extend the state of upheaval indefinitely and will never bring about real social change.

Whether we regard its intellectual character or its social objects, it is certain that Positivism must look elsewhere for support. It will find a welcome in those classes only whose good sense has been left unimpaired by our vicious system4 of education, and whose generous sympathies are allowed to develop themselves freely. It is among women, therefore, and among the working classes that the heartiest supporters of the new doctrine will be found. It is intended, indeed, ultimately for all classes of society. But it will never gain much real influence over the higher ranks till it is forced upon their notice by these powerful patrons. When the work of spiritual reorganization is completed, it is on them that its maintenance will principally depend; and so too, their combined aid is necessary for its commencement. Having but little influence in political government, they are the more likely to appreciate the need of a moral government, the special object of which it will be to protect them against the oppressive action of the temporal power.

Whether we consider its intellectual aspects or its social goals, it's clear that Positivism needs to seek support elsewhere. It will find a welcoming audience only among those whose good judgment remains intact despite our flawed education system4 and who are free to develop their generous sympathies. Therefore, it is among women and the working classes that the strongest supporters of this new doctrine will be found. It is, in fact, meant for all social classes. However, it won't gain much real influence over the higher ranks until it's brought to their attention by these influential supporters. Once the effort for spiritual reorganization is complete, its continued existence will largely depend on them; likewise, their combined support is essential for its initiation. Lacking substantial influence in political governance, they are more likely to recognize the need for moral governance, which aims to protect them from the oppressive actions of temporal power.

In the third chapter, therefore, I shall explain the mode in which philosophers and working men will co-operate. Both have been prepared for this coalition by the general course which modern history has taken, and it offers now the only hope we have of really decisive action. We shall find that the efforts of Positivism to regulate and develop the natural tendencies of the people, make it, even from the intellectual point of view, more coherent and complete.

In the third chapter, I will explain how philosophers and working people can work together. Both groups have been set up for this collaboration by the overall trends of modern history, and it now represents our only real chance for decisive action. We will see that Positivism’s efforts to manage and enhance the natural inclinations of the people make it, even from an intellectual standpoint, more coherent and complete.

But there is another and a more unexpected source from which Positivism will obtain support; and not till then will its true character and the full extent of its constructive power be appreciated. I shall show in the fourth chapter how eminently calculated is the Positive doctrine to raise and regulate the social condition of women. It is from the feminine aspect only that human life, whether individually or collectively considered, can really be comprehended as a whole. For the only basis on which a system really embracing all the5 requirements of life can be formed, is the subordination of intellect to social feeling: a subordination which we find directly represented in the womanly type of character, whether regarded in its personal or social relations.

But there’s another, more unexpected source from which Positivism will gain support; only then will its true nature and the full range of its constructive power be recognized. In the fourth chapter, I will demonstrate how well-suited the Positive doctrine is to improve and regulate the social status of women. Human life, whether we view it individually or collectively, can only be fully understood from the feminine perspective. The only foundation on which a system that truly meets all the5 needs of life can be built is by placing intellect beneath social emotions: a hierarchy that we see clearly represented in the female character, both in personal and social contexts.

Although these questions cannot be treated fully in the present work, I hope to convince my readers that Positivism is more in accordance with the spontaneous tendencies of the people and of women than Catholicism, and is therefore better qualified to institute a spiritual power. It should be observed that the ground on which the support of both these classes is obtained is, that Positivism is the only system which can supersede the various subversive schemes that are growing every day more dangerous to all the relations of domestic and social life. Yet the tendency of the doctrine is to elevate the character of both of these classes; and it gives a most energetic sanction to all their legitimate aspirations.

Although these questions can't be fully explored in this work, I hope to persuade my readers that Positivism aligns more closely with the natural inclinations of both the people and women than Catholicism does, making it more suitable for establishing a spiritual authority. It's important to note that the basis for gaining support from both groups is that Positivism is the only system capable of replacing the various disruptive ideas that are becoming increasingly dangerous to all aspects of domestic and social life. However, the aim of this doctrine is to uplift the status of both groups; it strongly supports all their legitimate hopes and desires.

Thus it is that a philosophy originating in speculations of the most abstract character, is found applicable not merely to every department of practical life, but also to the sphere of our moral nature. But to complete the proof of its universality I have still to speak of another very essential feature. I shall show, in spite of prejudices which exist very naturally on this point, that Positivism is eminently calculated to call the Imaginative faculties into exercise. It is by these faculties that the unity of human nature is most distinctly represented: they are themselves intellectual, but their field lies principally in our moral nature, and the result of their operation is to influence the active powers. The subject of women treated in the fourth chapter, will lead me by a natural transition to speak in the fifth of the Esthetic aspects of Positivism. I6 shall attempt to show that the new doctrine by the very fact of embracing the whole range of human relations in the spirit of reality, discloses the true theory of Art, which has hitherto been so great a deficiency in our speculative conceptions. The principle of the theory is that, in co-ordinating the primary functions of humanity, Positivism places the Idealities of the poet midway between the Ideas of the philosopher and the Realities of the statesman. We see from this theory how it is that the poetical power of Positivism cannot be manifested at present. We must wait until moral and mental regeneration has advanced far enough to awaken the sympathies which naturally belong to it, and on which Art in its renewed state must depend for the future. The first mental and social shock once passed, Poetry will at last take her proper rank. She will lead Humanity onward towards a future which is now no longer vague and visionary, while at the same time she enables us to pay due honour to all phases of the past. The great object which Positivism sets before us individually and socially, is the endeavour to become more perfect. The highest importance is attached therefore to the imaginative faculties, because in every sphere with which they deal they stimulate the sense of perfection. Limited as my explanations in this work must be, I shall be able to show that Positivism, while opening out a new and wide field for art, supplies in the same spontaneous way new means of expression.

So, a philosophy that starts from highly abstract ideas is found to be relevant not just in every area of practical life, but also in our moral nature. However, to fully prove its universality, I still need to address another crucial aspect. I will demonstrate, despite the natural biases on this topic, that Positivism is well-suited to engage our imaginative faculties. These faculties clearly represent the unity of human nature: they are intellectual, but their main focus is on our moral characteristics, and the result of their functioning is to influence our active abilities. The discussion of women in the fourth chapter will naturally lead me to address the aesthetic aspects of Positivism in the fifth chapter. I will try to show that this new doctrine, by encompassing the full range of human relationships in a realistic way, reveals the true theory of art, which has been a significant gap in our speculative ideas. The principle of this theory is that by organizing the core functions of humanity, Positivism places the ideals of the poet between the ideas of the philosopher and the realities of the statesman. This theory explains why the poetic power of Positivism is not currently visible. We must wait for moral and mental regeneration to progress enough to awaken the sympathies that naturally belong to it, which art must rely on in its renewed form going forward. Once the initial mental and social disruption has passed, poetry will take its rightful place. It will guide humanity toward a future that is no longer vague and fanciful, while also allowing us to honor all aspects of the past. The main goal that Positivism sets for us, both individually and socially, is the pursuit of becoming more perfect. Therefore, the imaginative faculties are of utmost importance because they enhance our sense of perfection in every area they touch. Although my explanations in this work are limited, I will show that Positivism, while opening a new and expansive field for art, provides new means of expression in a similarly spontaneous manner.

I shall thus have sketched with some detail the true character of the regenerating doctrine. All its principal aspects will have been considered. Beginning with its philosophical basis, I pass by natural transitions to its political purpose; thence to its action upon the people, its influence with women, and lastly, to its esthetic power. In concluding7 this work, which is but the introduction to a larger treatise, I have only to speak of the conception which unites all these various aspects. As summed up in the positivist motto, Love, Order, Progress, they lead us to the conception of Humanity, which implicitly involves and gives new force to each of them. Rightly interpreting this conception, we view Positivism at last as a complete and consistent whole. The subject will naturally lead us to speak in general terms of the future progress of social regeneration, as far as the history of the past enables us to foresee it. The movement originates in France, and is limited at first to the great family of Western nations. I shall show that it will afterwards extend, in accordance with definite laws, to the rest of the white race, and finally to the other two great races of man.

I will thus have outlined in some detail the true nature of the regenerating doctrine. All its key aspects will have been addressed. Starting with its philosophical foundation, I will naturally transition to its political purpose; then to its impact on the people, its influence on women, and finally, its aesthetic power. In concluding7 this work, which serves as just the introduction to a larger treatise, I only need to discuss the idea that connects all these different aspects. As summed up in the positivist motto, Love, Order, Progress, they lead us to the concept of Humanity, which inherently encompasses and enhances each of them. By accurately interpreting this concept, we can see Positivism as a complete and coherent whole. This topic will naturally lead us to discuss in broad terms the future progress of social regeneration, to the extent that the history of the past allows us to foresee it. The movement begins in France and initially focuses on the larger family of Western nations. I will demonstrate that it will later extend, according to specific laws, to the rest of the white race, and ultimately to the other two major races of humanity.


CHAPTER I
The Intellectual Character of Positivism

The object of Philosophy is to present a systematic view of human life, as a basis for modifying its imperfections

The object of all true Philosophy is to frame a system which shall comprehend human life under every aspect, social as well as individual. It embraces, therefore, the three kinds of phenomena of which our life consists, Thoughts, Feelings, and Actions. Under all these aspects, the growth of Humanity is primarily spontaneous; and the basis upon which all wise attempts to modify it should proceed, can only be furnished by an exact acquaintance with the natural process. We are, however, able to modify this process systematically; and the importance of this is extreme, since we can thereby greatly diminish the partial deviations, the disastrous delays, and the grave inconsistencies to which so complex a growth would be liable were it left entirely to itself. To effect this necessary intervention is the proper sphere of politics. But a right conception cannot be formed of it without the aid of the philosopher, whose business it is to define and amend the principles on which it is conducted. With this object in view the philosopher endeavours to co-ordinate the various elements of man’s existence, so that it may be conceived of theoretically as an integral whole. His synthesis can only be valid in so far as it is an exact and complete representation9 of the relations naturally existing. The first condition is therefore that these relations be carefully studied. When the philosopher, instead of forming such a synthesis, attempts to interfere more directly with the course of practical life, he commits the error of usurping the province of the statesman, to whom all practical measures exclusively belong. Philosophy and Politics are the two principal functions of the great social organism. Morality, systematically considered, forms the connecting link and at the same time the line of demarcation between them. It is the most important application of philosophy, and it gives a general direction to polity. Natural morality, that is to say the various emotions of our moral nature, will, as I have shown in my previous work, always govern the speculations of the one and the operations of the other. This I shall explain more fully.

The goal of all true philosophy is to create a system that covers human life in every way, both social and individual. It includes the three aspects of our existence: thoughts, feelings, and actions. In all these aspects, the growth of humanity is primarily spontaneous; the foundation for any wise attempts to shape it must come from a clear understanding of the natural process. However, we can modify this process in a systematic way, which is extremely important because it allows us to significantly reduce the partial deviations, harmful delays, and serious inconsistencies that such a complex growth would experience if it were left entirely to chance. This necessary intervention falls within the realm of politics. But to form a correct understanding of it, we need the help of philosophers, whose job is to define and improve the principles guiding it. To achieve this, philosophers work to organize the different elements of human existence into a theoretical whole. Their synthesis is only valid if it accurately and completely represents the naturally existing relationships. Therefore, the first step is to study these relationships carefully. When a philosopher tries to interfere directly with practical life instead of forming such a synthesis, they make the mistake of overstepping into the domain of the statesman, who solely owns all practical measures. Philosophy and politics are the two main functions of the larger social body. Morality, when viewed systematically, serves as the link and boundary between them. It is the most important application of philosophy, providing a general direction for politics. Natural morality—that is, the various emotions of our moral nature—will, as I have shown in my previous work, always influence the theories of philosophy and the actions of politics. I will explain this in more detail.

But the synthesis, which it is the social function of Philosophy to construct, will neither be real nor permanent, unless it embraces every department of human nature, whether speculative, effective, or practical. These three orders of phenomena react upon each other so intimately, that any system which does not include all of them must inevitably be unreal and inadequate. Yet it is only in the present day, when Philosophy is reaching the positive stage, that this which is her highest and most essential mission can be fully apprehended.

But the synthesis, which is the social role of Philosophy to create, will neither be true nor lasting unless it includes every aspect of human nature, whether it's theoretical, emotional, or practical. These three areas of phenomena influence each other so closely that any system that doesn’t cover all of them will inevitably be false and insufficient. However, it's only today, as Philosophy is entering a more positive phase, that this highest and most essential mission can be fully understood.

The Theological synthesis failed to include the practical side of human nature

The theological synthesis depended exclusively upon our affective nature; and this is owing its original supremacy and its ultimate decline. For a long time its influence over all our highest speculations was paramount. This was especially the case during the Polytheistic period,10 when Imagination and Feeling still retained their sway under very slight restraint from the reasoning faculties. Yet even during the time of its highest development, intellectually and socially, theology exercised no real control over practical life. It reacted, of course, upon it to some extent, but the effects of this were in most cases far more apparent than real. There was a natural antagonism between them, which though at first hardly perceived, went on increasing till at last it brought about the entire destruction of the theological fabric. A system so purely subjective could not harmonize with the necessarily objective tendencies and stubborn realities of practical life. Theology asserted all phenomena to be under the dominion of Wills more or less arbitrary: whereas in practical life men were led more and more clearly to the conception of invariable Laws. For without laws human action would have admitted of no rule or plan. In consequence of this utter inability of theology to deal with practical life, its treatment of speculative and even of moral problems was exceedingly imperfect, such problems being all more or less dependent on the practical necessities of life. To present a perfectly synthetic view of human nature was, then, impossible as long as the influence of theology lasted; because the Intellect was impelled by Feeling and by the Active powers in two totally different directions. The failure of all metaphysical attempts to form a synthesis need not be dwelt upon here. Metaphysicians, in spite of their claims to absolute truth have never been able to supersede theology in questions of feeling, and have proved still more inadequate in practical questions. Ontology, even when it was most triumphant in the schools, was always limited to subjects of a purely intellectual nature; and even11 here its abstractions, useless in themselves, dealt only with the case of individual development, the metaphysical spirit being thoroughly incompatible with the social point of view. In my work on Positive Philosophy I have clearly proved that it constitutes only a transitory phase of mind, and is totally inadequate for any constructive purpose. For a time it was supreme; but its utility lay simply in its revolutionary tendencies. It aided the preliminary development of Humanity by its gradual inroads upon Theology, which, though in ancient times entrusted with the sole direction of society, had long since become in every respect utterly retrograde.

The theological synthesis was solely based on our emotional nature, which led to its initial dominance and eventual decline. For a long time, it had significant influence over our highest ideas. This was particularly true during the Polytheistic period,10 when Imagination and Feeling had considerable authority with little restraint from reasoning. Even at its peak, both intellectually and socially, theology had little real control over practical life. It did have some impact, but that was often more apparent than genuine. There was a natural conflict between the two, which, though initially subtle, grew over time until it ultimately led to the complete breakdown of the theological structure. A system that was entirely subjective couldn't align with the objective tendencies and the hard truths of real life. Theology claimed that all phenomena were governed by more or less arbitrary wills, while in real life, people increasingly recognized the existence of consistent laws. Without laws, human action would lack any rules or plans. Because of theology's failure to engage with practical life, its approach to speculative and even moral issues was deeply flawed, as those issues relied heavily on the practical necessities of life. Presenting a coherent view of human nature was impossible as long as theology held influence because the Intellect was driven by Emotion and the Active powers in completely different ways. We don't need to spend time discussing the failure of all metaphysical attempts to create a synthesis. Despite their claims to absolute truth, metaphysicians have never managed to surpass theology in matters of emotion and have proven even less effective in practical matters. Ontology, even at its most successful in academic circles, was confined to purely intellectual topics; even11 there, its abstractions, which were irrelevant on their own, only addressed individual development, as the metaphysical mindset was completely at odds with a social perspective. In my work on Positive Philosophy, I have clearly shown that it represents only a temporary phase of thought and is wholly inadequate for any constructive purpose. For a time, it was dominant, but its usefulness lay solely in its revolutionary impulses. It helped pave the way for Humanity's early development by gradually undermining Theology, which, although once responsible for guiding society, had become completely regressive in every way.

But the Positive spirit originated in practical life

But all Positive speculations owe their first origin to the occupations of practical life; and, consequently, they have always given some indication of their capacity for regulating our active powers, which had been omitted from every former synthesis. Their value in this respect has been and still is materially impaired by their want of breadth, and their isolated and incoherent character; but it has always been instinctively felt. The importance that we attach to theories which teach the laws of phenomena, and give us the power of prevision, is chiefly due to the fact that they alone can regulate our otherwise blind action upon the external world. Hence it is that while the Positive spirit has been growing more and more theoretical, and has gradually extended to every department of speculation, it has never lost the practical tendencies which it derived from its source; and this even in the case of researches useless in themselves, and only to be justified as logical exercises. From its first origin in mathematics and astronomy, it has always shown its tendency to systematize the whole of our conceptions12 in every new subject which has been brought within the scope of its fundamental principle. It exercised for a long time a modifying influence upon theological and metaphysical principles, which has gone on increasing; and since the time of Descartes and Bacon it has become evident that it is destined to supersede them altogether. Positivism has gradually taken possession of the preliminary sciences of Physics and Biology, and in these the old system no longer prevails. All that remained was to complete the range of its influence by including the study of social phenomena. For this study metaphysics had proved incompetent; by theological thinkers it had only been pursued indirectly and empirically as a condition of government. I believe that my work on Positive Philosophy has so far supplied what was wanting. I think it must now be clear to all that the Positive spirit can embrace the entire range of thought without lessening, or rather with the effect of strengthening its original tendency to regulate practical life. And it is a further guarantee for the stability of the new intellectual synthesis that Social science, which is the final result of our researches, gives them that systematic character in which they had hitherto been wanting, by supplying the only connecting link of which they all admit.

But all Positive theories originate from practical life; therefore, they have always shown some ability to manage our actions, which had been left out of earlier understandings. Their worth in this regard has been and still is significantly diminished by their narrow focus and their disconnected, incoherent nature; yet, they have always been felt on an instinctual level. The significance we place on theories that explain the laws of phenomena and allow us to predict outcomes is primarily because they can guide our otherwise blind interactions with the outside world. Thus, while the Positive approach has increasingly become more theoretical and has expanded into every area of speculation, it has never lost the practical focus from its beginnings, even in cases of inquiries that are useless in themselves and only justified as logical exercises. Since its inception in mathematics and astronomy, it has consistently aimed to organize all our concepts in every new field that has come under its foundational principle. For a long time, it influenced theological and metaphysical ideas, which has continued to grow; since the time of Descartes and Bacon, it has become clear that it will ultimately replace them. Positivism has gradually taken over the foundational sciences of Physics and Biology, where the old system no longer applies. All that was left was to extend its reach by including the study of social phenomena. Metaphysics had proven inadequate for this study; theological thinkers had only approached it indirectly and empirically as a government condition. I believe my work on Positive Philosophy has filled this gap. It should now be evident to everyone that the Positive spirit can encompass all thought without diminishing, and rather enhancing, its original aim to manage practical life. Additionally, Social science, which is the ultimate outcome of our inquiries, provides the systematic nature that had previously been missing by offering the only link that connects them all.

This conception is already adopted by all true thinkers. All must now acknowledge that the Positive spirit tends necessarily towards the formation of a comprehensive and durable system, in which every practical as well as speculative subject shall be included. But such a system would still be far from realizing that universal character without which Positivism would be incompetent to supersede Theology in the spiritual government of Humanity. For the element which13 really preponderates in every human being, that is to say, Affection, would still be left untouched. This element it is, and this only, which gives a stimulus and direction to the other two parts of our nature: without it the one would waste its force in ill-conceived, or, at least, useless studies, and the other in barren or even dangerous contention. With this immense deficiency the combination of our theoretical and active powers would be fruitless, because it would lack the only principle which could ensure its real and permanent stability. The failure would be even greater than the failure of Theology in dealing with practical questions; for the unity of human nature cannot really be made to depend either on the rational or the active faculties. In the life of the individual, and, still more, in the life of the race, the basis of unity, as I shall show in the fourth chapter, must always be feeling. It is to the fact that theology arose spontaneously from feeling that its influence is for the most part due. And although theology is now palpably on the decline, yet it will retain, in principle at least, some legitimate claims to the direction of society so long as the new philosophy fails to occupy this important vantage-ground. We come then to the final conditions with which the modern synthesis must comply. Without neglecting the spheres of Thought and Action it must also comprehend the moral sphere; and the very principle on which its claim to universality rests must be derived from Feeling. Then, and not till then, can the claims of theology be finally set aside. For then the new system will have surpassed the old in that which is the one essential purpose of all general doctrines. It will have shown itself able to effect what no other doctrine has done, that is, to bring the three primary elements of our nature into harmony. If14 Positivism were to prove incapable of satisfying this condition, we must give up all hope of systematization of any kind. For while Positive principles are now sufficiently developed to neutralize those of Theology, yet, on the other hand, the influence of theology would continue to be far greater. Hence it is that many conscientious thinkers in the present day are so inclined to despair for the future of society. They see that the old principles on which society has been governed must finally become powerless. What they do not see is that a new basis for morality is being gradually laid down. Their theories are too imperfect and incoherent to show them the direction towards which the present time is ultimately tending. It must be owned, too, that their view seems borne out by the present character of the Positive method. While all allow its utility in the treatment of practical, and even of speculative, problems, it seems to most men, and very naturally, quite unfit to deal with questions of morality.

This idea is already embraced by all true thinkers. Everyone must now recognize that the Positive approach naturally leads to the creation of a comprehensive and lasting system, one that includes every practical and theoretical subject. However, this system would still fall short of achieving the universal nature necessary for Positivism to effectively replace Theology in guiding humanity's spiritual development. This is because the aspect that truly dominates every human being—Affection—would remain untouched. It is this aspect, and only this, that provides motivation and direction to the other two parts of our nature: without it, one part would waste its energy on poorly conceived, or at best, pointless studies, while the other would engage in fruitless or even harmful disputes. With such a significant deficiency, the combination of our theoretical and active abilities would be ineffective, as it would lack the sole principle that could guarantee its genuine and lasting stability. The failure would be even more significant than Theology's shortcomings in addressing practical issues; the unity of human nature cannot depend solely on our rational or active faculties. In individual lives, and even more so in the life of humanity, the foundation of unity, as I will demonstrate in the fourth chapter, must always be feeling. The fact that theology emerged spontaneously from feeling is mostly why it still holds sway. And although theology is clearly on the decline now, it will continue to have, at least in principle, some legitimate authority over society as long as the new philosophy fails to take this crucial position. We arrive then at the final conditions that the modern synthesis must meet. Without ignoring the realms of Thought and Action, it must also include the moral realm; and the very principle on which its claim to universality is founded must be drawn from Feeling. Only then can the claims of theology be definitively disregarded. For then the new system will have surpassed the old in accomplishing the one essential goal of all general doctrines—it will have demonstrated its ability to harmonize the three primary aspects of our nature. If Positivism were to prove incapable of fulfilling this requirement, we would have to abandon all hope of any systematic approach. While Positive principles are now sufficiently advanced to counteract those of Theology, the influence of theology would still remain far more significant. That’s why many thoughtful individuals today are inclined to lose hope for society's future. They recognize that the old principles guiding society must eventually become ineffective. What they fail to see is that a new foundation for morality is gradually being established. Their theories are too flawed and incoherent to indicate the direction in which we are ultimately headed. It must also be acknowledged that their perspective seems to be supported by the current nature of the Positive method. While everyone agrees on its usefulness in addressing practical and even theoretical problems, it appears to most people, very understandably, to be quite ill-equipped to tackle moral questions.

In human nature, and therefore in the Positive system, Affection is the preponderating element

But on closer examination they will see reason to rectify their judgment. They will see that the hardness with which Positive science has been justly reproached, is due to the speciality and want of purpose with which it has hitherto been pursued, and is not at all inherent in its nature. Originating as it did in the necessities of our material nature, which for a long time restricted it to the study of the inorganic world, it has not till now become sufficiently complete or systematic to harmonize well with our moral nature. But now that it is brought to bear upon social questions, which for the future will form its most important field, it loses all the defects peculiar to its long period of infancy. The very attribute of reality which is15 claimed by the new philosophy, leads it to treat all subjects from the moral still more than from the intellectual side. The necessity of assigning with exact truth the place occupied by the intellect and by the heart in the organization of human nature and of society, leads to the decision that Affection must be the central point of the synthesis. In the treatment of social questions Positive science will be found utterly to discard those proud illusions of the supremacy of reason, to which it had been liable during its preliminary stages. Ratifying, in this respect, the common experience of men even more forcibly than Catholicism, it teaches us that individual happiness and public welfare are far more dependent upon the heart than upon the intellect. But, independently of this, the question of co-ordinating the faculties of our nature will convince us that the only basis on which they can be brought into harmonious union, is the preponderance of Affection over Reason, and even over Activity.

But upon closer examination, they will find reasons to change their judgment. They will realize that the criticism of Positive science for being rigid is due to its narrow focus and lack of purpose in how it has been pursued, and it is not an inherent flaw. Since it originated from the needs of our material nature, which for a long time limited it to studying the inorganic world, it has not yet become complete or systematic enough to align well with our moral nature. However, now that it is applied to social issues, which will become its most significant focus moving forward, it sheds the shortcomings typical of its early stages. The very quality of reality that the new philosophy seeks leads it to approach all subjects from a moral perspective even more than an intellectual one. The need to accurately determine the roles of intellect and emotions in human nature and society results in the conclusion that Affection must be the central point of the synthesis. In discussing social issues, Positive science will completely abandon the misguided beliefs in the supremacy of reason that it had during its initial stages. It affirms, in this regard, the common experiences of people even more strongly than Catholicism, teaching us that individual happiness and public welfare rely much more on the heart than on the mind. Moreover, the task of coordinating our faculties will convince us that the only foundation for a harmonious union among them is the dominance of Affection over Reason, and even over Activity.

The fact that intellect, as well as social sympathy, is a distinctive attribute of our nature, might lead us to suppose that either of these two might be supreme, and therefore that there might be more than one method of establishing unity. The fact, however, is that there is only one; because these two elements are by no means equal in their fitness for assuming the first place. Whether we look at the distinctive qualities of each, or at the degree of force which they possess, it is easy to see that the only position for which the intellect is permanently adapted is to be the servant of the social sympathies. If, instead of being content with this honourable post, it aspires to become supreme, its ambitious aims, which are never realized, result simply in the most deplorable disorder.

The fact that intelligence, as well as social empathy, is a unique part of our nature might make us think that either could be dominant, and therefore that there could be multiple ways to create unity. However, the reality is that there is only one; these two elements are definitely not equal in their ability to take the top spot. Whether we consider the unique qualities of each or the level of strength they have, it's clear that the only role for which intelligence is truly suited is to be the servant of social empathy. If, instead of accepting this honorable position, it tries to take the lead, its ambitious goals, which are never achieved, only lead to chaos.

Even with the individual, it is impossible to establish permanent harmony between our various impulses, except by giving complete supremacy to the feeling which prompts the sincere and habitual desire of doing good. This feeling is, no doubt, like the rest, in itself blind; it has to learn from reason the right means of obtaining satisfaction; and our active faculties are then called into requisition to apply those means. But common experience proves that after all the principal condition of right action is the benevolent impulse; with the ordinary amount of intellect and activity that is found in men this stimulus, if well sustained, is enough to direct our thoughts and energies to a good result. Without this habitual spring of action they would inevitably waste themselves in barren or incoherent efforts, and speedily relapse into their original torpor. Unity in our moral nature is, then, impossible, except so far as affection preponderates over intellect and activity.

Even with individuals, it's impossible to achieve lasting harmony between our various impulses unless we completely prioritize the feeling that drives a genuine and consistent desire to do good. This feeling, like the others, is inherently blind and needs to learn from reason the best ways to find satisfaction. Our active abilities are then summoned to implement those methods. However, common experience shows that the main requirement for right action is the benevolent impulse; with the usual level of intelligence and activity found in people, this motivation, if consistently maintained, is enough to guide our thoughts and efforts toward a positive outcome. Without this consistent drive, our energy would inevitably be wasted on unproductive or chaotic efforts, and we would quickly fall back into our original lethargy. Therefore, unity in our moral nature is only possible to the extent that affection outweighs intellect and activity.

The proper function of Intellect is the Service of the Social Sympathies

True as this fundamental principle is for the individual, it is in public life that its necessity can be demonstrated most irrefutably. The problem is in reality the same, nor is any different solution of it required; only it assumes such increased dimensions, that less uncertainty is felt as to the method to be adopted. The various beings whom it is sought to harmonize have in this case each a separate existence; it is clear, therefore, that the first condition of co-operation must be sought in their own inherent tendency to universal love. No calculations of self-interest can rival this social instinct, whether in promptitude and breadth of intuition, or in boldness and tenacity of purpose. True it is that the benevolent emotions have in most cases less intrinsic17 energy than the selfish. But they have this beautiful quality, that social life not only permits their growth, but stimulates it to an almost unlimited extent, while it holds their antagonists in constant check. Indeed the increasing tendency in the former to prevail over the latter is the best measure by which to judge of the progress of Humanity. But the intellect may do much to confirm their influence. It may strengthen social feeling by diffusing juster views of the relations in which the various parts of society stand to each other; or it may guide its application by dwelling on the lessons which the past offers to the future. It is to this honourable service that the new philosophy would direct our intellectual powers. Here the highest sanction is given to their operations, and an exhaustless field is opened out for them, from which far deeper satisfaction may be gained than from the approbation of the learned societies, or from the puerile specialities with which they are at present occupied.

As true as this fundamental principle is for individuals, its necessity can be most clearly demonstrated in public life. The problem is essentially the same, and it doesn't require a different solution; it just becomes larger in scope, making the method to be used less uncertain. The various individuals that we want to harmonize each have their own existence; therefore, the first condition for cooperation must come from their inherent tendency toward universal love. No calculations of self-interest can compete with this social instinct, whether in the speed and breadth of insight or in the courage and persistence of purpose. It’s true that benevolent emotions usually have less inherent energy than selfish ones. However, they have the beautiful quality that social life not only allows their growth but encourages it to an almost unlimited extent, while constantly keeping their opposers in check. In fact, the increasing tendency of the former to overcome the latter is the best measure of Humanity's progress. The intellect can do a lot to strengthen their influence. It can enhance social feelings by promoting fairer views of the relationships among various parts of society, or it can guide their application by focusing on the lessons that the past teaches us for the future. This is the noble role that the new philosophy would encourage for our intellectual efforts. Here, the highest endorsement is given to their operations, and an endless field is opened up for them, from which much deeper satisfaction can be derived than from the approval of scholarly societies or from the trivial details they are currently focused on.

In fact, the ambitious claims which, ever since the hopeless decline of the theological synthesis, have been advanced by the intellect, never were or could be realized. Their only value lay in their solvent action on the theological system when it had become hostile to progress. The intellect is intended for service, not for empire; when it imagines itself supreme, it is really only obeying the personal instead of the social instincts. It never acts independently of feeling, be that feeling good or bad. The first condition of command is force; now reason has but light; the impulse that moves it must come from elsewhere. The metaphysical Utopias, in which a life of pure contemplation is held out as the highest ideal, attract the notice of our men of science; but are really nothing but illusions of pride, or veils for dishonest schemes.18 True there is a genuine satisfaction in the act of discovering truth; but it is not sufficiently intense to be an habitual guide of conduct. Indeed, so feeble is our intellect, that the impulse of some passion is necessary to direct and sustain it in almost every effort. When the impulse comes from kindly feeling it attracts attention on account of its rarity or value; when it springs from the selfish motives of glory, ambition, or gain, it is too common to be remarked. This is usually the only difference between the two cases. It does indeed occasionally happen that the intellect is actuated by a sort of passion for truth in itself, without any mixture of pride or vanity. Yet, in this case, as in every other, there is intense egotism in exercising the mental powers irrespectively of all social objects. Positivism, as I shall afterwards explain, is even more severe than Catholicism in its condemnation of this type of character, whether in metaphysicians or in men of science. The true philosopher would consider it a most culpable abuse of the opportunities which civilization affords him for the sake of the welfare of society, in leading a speculative life.

In fact, the ambitious claims that have been put forward since the decline of the theological synthesis have never been realized, nor could they be. Their only value was in challenging the theological system when it became obstructive to progress. The intellect is meant to serve, not to dominate; when it thinks it is in charge, it is really just following personal instincts instead of social ones. It never operates independently of feelings, whether those feelings are positive or negative. The first requirement for leadership is strength; however, reason has only clarity; the motivation for it must come from elsewhere. The philosophical ideal of a life focused purely on contemplation attracts the interest of scientists but is, in reality, just an illusion of pride or a cover for dishonest intentions.18 It's true that there is a genuine sense of fulfillment in discovering the truth, but it's not strong enough to consistently guide our actions. In fact, our intellect is so weak that a push from some passion is needed to direct and sustain it in almost every effort. When that push comes from kindness, it stands out due to its rarity or value; when it arises from selfish desires like glory, ambition, or profit, it goes unnoticed because it’s so common. This is usually the only distinction between the two scenarios. Sometimes, the intellect is driven by a passion for truth itself, without any hint of pride or vanity. Yet, even in this case, exercising mental abilities without regard for social goals reveals intense self-centeredness. Positivism, as I will explain later, is even harsher than Catholicism in condemning this character type, whether in metaphysicians or scientists. A true philosopher would see it as a serious misuse of the opportunities that civilization provides for helping society by leading a speculative life.

We have traced the Positive principle from its origin in the pursuits of active life, and have seen it extending successively to every department of speculation. We now find it, in its maturity, and that as a simple result of its strict adherence to fact, embracing the sphere of affection, and making that sphere the central point of its synthesis. It is henceforth a fundamental doctrine of Positivism, a doctrine of as great political as philosophical importance, that the Heart preponderates over the Intellect.

We have followed the Positive principle from its beginnings in the activities of daily life and observed how it has gradually expanded to every area of thought. We now see it in its mature form, as a direct outcome of its strict commitment to reality, encompassing the realm of emotions and making that realm the focal point of its synthesis. From now on, it is a core principle of Positivism, a principle of significant political as well as philosophical importance, that the Heart holds greater power than the Intellect.

Under Theology the intellect was the slave of the heart; under Positivism, its servant

It is true that this doctrine, which is the only basis for establishing harmony in our nature, had been, as I19 before remarked, instinctively accepted by theological systems. But it was one of the fatalities of society in its preliminary phase, that the doctrine was coupled with an error which, after a time, destroyed all its value. In acknowledging the superiority of the heart the intellect was reduced to abject submission. Its only chance of growth lay in resistance to the established system. This course it followed with increasing effect, till after twenty centuries of insurrection, the system collapsed. The natural result of the process was to stimulate metaphysical and scientific pride, and to promote views subversive of all social order. But Positivism, while systematically adopting the principle here spoken of as the foundation of individual and social discipline, interprets that principle in a different way. It teaches that while it is for the heart to suggest our problems, it is for the intellect to solve them. Now the intellect was at first quite inadequate to this task, for which a long and laborious training was needed. The heart, therefore, had to take its place, and in default of objective truth, to give free play to its subjective inspirations. But for these inspirations, all progress, as I showed in my System of Positive Philosophy, would have been totally impossible. For a long time it was necessary that they should be believed absolutely; but as soon as our reason began to mould its conceptions upon observations, more or less accurate, of the external world, these supernatural dogmas became inevitably an obstacle to its growth. Here lies the chief source of the important modifications which theological belief has successively undergone. No further modifications are now possible without violating its essential principles; and since, meantime, Positive science is assuming every day larger proportions, the conflict between20 them is advancing with increasing vehemence and danger. The tendency on the one side is becoming more retrograde, on the other more revolutionary; because the impossibility of reconciling the two opposing forces is felt more and more strongly. Never was this position of affairs more manifest than now. The restoration of theology to its original power, supposing such a thing were possible, would have the most degrading influence on the intellect, and, consequently, on the character also; since it would involve the admission that our views of scientific truth were to be strained into accordance with our wishes and our wants. Therefore no important step in the progress of Humanity can now be made without totally abandoning the theological principle. The only service of any real value which it still renders, is that of forcing the attention of Western Europe, by the very fact of its reactionary tendencies, upon the greatest of all social questions. It is owing to its influence that the central point of the new synthesis is placed in our moral rather than our intellectual nature; and this, in spite of every prejudice and habit of thought that has been formed during the revolutionary period of the last five centuries. And while in this, which is the primary condition of social organization, Positivism, proves more efficient than Theology, it at the same time terminates the disunion which has existed so long between the intellect and the heart. For it follows logically from its principles, and also from the whole spirit of the system, that the intellect shall be free to exercise its full share of influence in every department of human life. When it is said that the intellect should be subordinate to the heart, what is meant is, that the intellect should devote itself exclusively to the problems which the heart suggests, the ultimate object being to21 find proper satisfaction for our various wants. Without this limitation, experience has shown too clearly that it would almost always follow its natural bent for useless or insoluble questions, which are the most plentiful and the easiest to deal with. But when any problem of a legitimate kind has been once proposed, it is the sole judge of the method to be pursued, and of the utility of the results obtained. Its province is to inquire into the present, in order to foresee the future, and to discover the means of improving it. In this province it is not to be interfered with. In a word the intellect is to be the servant of the heart, not its slave. Under these two correlative conditions the elements of our nature will at last be brought into harmony. The equilibrium of these two elements, once established, is in little danger of being disturbed. For since it is equally favourable to both of them, both will be interested in maintaining it. The fact that Reason in modern times has become habituated to revolt, is no ground for supposing that it will always retain its revolutionary character, even when its legitimate claims have been fully satisfied. Supposing the case to arise, however, society, as I shall show afterwards, would not be without the means of repressing any pretensions that were subversive of order. There is another point of view which may assure us that the position given to the heart under the new system will involve no danger to the growth of intellect. Love, when real, ever desires light, in order to attain its ends. The influence of true feeling is as favourable to sound thought as to wise activity.

It’s true that this idea, which is the only foundation for achieving harmony in our nature, had, as I19 mentioned before, been instinctively accepted by various theological systems. However, it was one of the unfortunate aspects of society in its early stages that this idea was linked to a mistake that, over time, undermined its importance. By recognizing the heart's superiority, the intellect was forced into submission. Its only chance to develop lay in resisting the established order. This resistance increased until, after twenty centuries of rebellion, the system finally fell apart. The natural outcome of this process was to fuel metaphysical and scientific pride, leading to ideas that challenged the entire social structure. But Positivism, while systematically adopting the principle mentioned here as the basis for individual and social discipline, interprets that principle differently. It teaches that while the heart identifies our problems, the intellect is responsible for solving them. Initially, the intellect was not equipped for this task, which required extensive training. Therefore, the heart had to fill that role, and in the absence of objective truth, it expressed its subjective inspirations. Without these inspirations, all progress, as I illustrated in my System of Positive Philosophy, would have been entirely impossible. For a long time, these inspirations needed to be taken as absolute; but as soon as our reasoning began to shape its ideas based on more or less accurate observations of the external world, these supernatural beliefs became inevitable obstacles to its growth. This is the primary source of the significant changes that theological belief has undergone over time. No further changes are possible now without breaking its essential principles; and as Positive science continues to expand, the conflict between20 them grows more intense and dangerous. The trend on one side is becoming more regressive, while the other grows more revolutionary; the difficulty of reconciling these two opposing forces is increasingly apparent. Never has this situation been clearer than it is now. Restoring theology to its original influence, if that were even possible, would severely degrade the intellect and, consequently, our character; it would mean accepting that our understanding of scientific truth should be twisted to fit our desires and needs. Therefore, no significant step forward for Humanity can occur now without completely rejecting the theological principle. The only valuable service it still provides is forcing Western Europe to confront the most pressing social questions due to its reactionary nature. Because of its influence, the central point of the new synthesis is centered on our moral rather than our intellectual nature, and this occurs despite all the biases and thinking habits formed during the revolutionary period of the past five hundred years. While in this, which is the primary condition for social organization, Positivism proves to be more effective than Theology, it also ends the long-standing division between the intellect and the heart. It logically follows from its principles and the entire spirit of the system that the intellect should be free to exert its full influence in every area of human life. When it is stated that the intellect should be subordinate to the heart, it means that the intellect should focus solely on the problems posed by the heart, ultimately aiming to21 find appropriate solutions for our various needs. Without this limitation, experience has shown clearly that it would almost always pursue its natural inclination toward trivial or unsolvable questions, which are the most abundant and easiest to tackle. However, once a legitimate problem is raised, the intellect becomes the sole judge of the methods to be used and the usefulness of the results achieved. Its role is to explore the present in order to anticipate the future and to find ways to improve it. In this area, it should not be interfered with. In summary, the intellect is to be the servant of the heart, not its slave. Under these two interconnected conditions, the elements of our nature will finally come into harmony. Once the balance between these two elements is achieved, it is unlikely to be disturbed. Since it equally benefits both, both will be motivated to maintain it. The fact that Reason in modern times has become accustomed to rebellion does not suggest that it will always keep its revolutionary nature, even once its legitimate demands have been fully met. However, if that situation were to arise, society, as I will show later, would not lack the means to suppress any claims that threaten order. There's another perspective that reassures us that the role assigned to the heart in this new system poses no threat to the advancement of the intellect. Genuine love always seeks light to achieve its purposes. True feelings promote sound thinking and wise actions.

The subordination of the intellect to the heart is the Subjective Principle of Positivism

Our doctrine, therefore, is one which renders hypocrisy and oppression alike impossible. And it now stands forward as the result of all the efforts of22 the past, for the regeneration of order, which, whether considered individually or socially, is so deeply compromised by the anarchy of the present time. It establishes a fundamental principle by which true philosophy and sound polity are brought into correlation; a principle which can be felt as well as proved, and which is at once the keystone of a system and a basis of government. I shall show, moreover, in the fifth chapter, that the doctrine is as rich in esthetic beauty as in philosophical power and in social influence. This will complete the proof of its efficacy as the centre of a universal system. Viewed from the moral, scientific, or poetical aspect, it is equally valuable; and it is the only principle which can bring Humanity safely through the most formidable crisis that she has ever yet undergone. It will be now clear to all that the force of demonstration, a force peculiar to modern times, and which still retains much of its destructive character, becomes matured and elevated by Positivism. It begins to develop constructive tendencies, which will soon be developed more largely. It is not too much, then, to say that Positivism, notwithstanding its speculative origin, offers as much to natures of deep sympathy as to men of highly cultivated intellects, or of energetic character.

Our doctrine, then, makes hypocrisy and oppression impossible. It stands today as the culmination of all the efforts from22 the past, aimed at restoring order, which is deeply undermined by the chaos of our current times, whether we look at it individually or socially. It establishes a core principle that connects true philosophy with solid governance; a principle that can be both felt and proven, serving as the keystone of a system and a foundation for government. I will also demonstrate, in the fifth chapter, that this doctrine is rich in aesthetic beauty as well as in philosophical strength and social impact. This will complete the evidence of its effectiveness as the center of a universal system. From moral, scientific, or poetic perspectives, it holds equal value; and it is the only principle that can guide humanity safely through the most significant crisis it has ever faced. It should now be clear to everyone that the power of demonstration, which is unique to modern times and still carries much of its destructive nature, is refined and elevated by Positivism. It starts to develop constructive tendencies that will soon be more fully realized. Therefore, it is fair to say that Positivism, despite its theoretical origins, provides as much to those with deep empathy as it does to individuals of highly developed intellects or strong character.

Objective basis of the system; External Order of the World, as revealed by Science

The spirit and the principle of the synthesis which all true philosophers should endeavour to establish, have now been defined. I proceed to explain the method that should be followed in the task, and the peculiar difficulty with which it is attended.

The spirit and the principle of the synthesis that all true philosophers should aim to establish have now been defined. I will explain the method to be followed in this task, along with the specific difficulties that come with it.

The object of the synthesis will not be secured until it embraces the whole extent of its domain, the moral and practical departments as well as23 the intellectual. But these three departments cannot be dealt with simultaneously. They follow an order of succession which, so far from dissevering them from the whole to which they belong, is seen when carefully examined to be a natural result of their mutual dependence. The truth is, and it is a truth of great importance, that Thoughts must be systematized before Feelings, Feelings before Actions. It is doubtless, owing to a confused apprehension of this truth, that philosophers hitherto, in framing their systems of human nature, have dealt almost exclusively, with our intellectual faculties.

The goal of the synthesis won’t be achieved until it encompasses the entire range of its domain, including moral and practical aspects as well as23 intellectual ones. However, these three areas cannot be addressed all at once. They follow a sequential order which, rather than separating them from the whole they belong to, is actually a natural outcome of their interdependence when examined closely. The reality is, and this is an important truth, that Thoughts must be organized before Feelings, and Feelings before Actions. It is likely due to a misunderstanding of this truth that philosophers have so far focused almost exclusively on our intellectual abilities while developing their theories of human nature.

The necessity of commencing with the co-ordination of ideas is not merely due to the fact that the relations of these, being more simple and more susceptible of demonstration, form a useful logical preparation for the remainder of the task. On closer examination we find a more important, though less obvious reason. If this first portion of the work be once efficiently performed, it is the foundation of all the rest. In what remains no very serious difficulty will occur, provided always that we content ourselves with that degree of completeness which the ultimate purpose of the system requires.

The need to start with coordinating ideas isn't just because their connections are simpler and easier to demonstrate, which makes them a helpful logical groundwork for the rest of the task. Upon closer look, there's a more significant, though less obvious reason. If this initial part of the work is done effectively, it becomes the foundation for everything that follows. The remaining sections won’t present major challenges, as long as we accept the level of completeness that the overall purpose of the system demands.

To give such paramount importance to this portion of the subject may seem at first sight inconsistent with the proposition just laid down, that the strength of the intellectual faculties is far inferior to that of the other elements of our nature. It is quite certain that Feeling and Activity have much more to do with any practical step that we take than pure Reason. In attempting to explain this paradox, we come at last to the peculiar difficulty of this great problem of human Unity.

To place such high importance on this part of the topic might initially seem contradictory to the earlier statement that the power of our intellectual faculties is significantly weaker than that of our other qualities. It's clear that our emotions and actions play a much larger role in any practical decision we make than pure reason does. In trying to unravel this contradiction, we ultimately face the unique challenge of the complex issue of human unity.

The first condition of unity is a subjective principle; and this principle in the Positive system24 is the subordination of the intellect to the heart: Without this the unity that we seek can never be placed on a permanent basis, whether individually or collectively. It is essential to have some influence sufficiently powerful to produce convergence amid the heterogeneous and often antagonistic tendencies of so complex an organism as ours. But this first condition, indispensable as it is, would be quite insufficient for the purpose, without some objective basis, existing independently of ourselves in the external world. That basis consists for us in the laws or Order of the phenomena by which Humanity is regulated. The subjection of human life to this order is incontestable; and as soon as the intellect has enabled us to comprehend it, it becomes possible for the feeling of love to exercise a controlling influence over our discordant tendencies. This, then, is the mission allotted to the intellect in the Positive synthesis; in this sense it is that it should be consecrated to the service of the heart.

The first condition for unity is a subjective principle; and in the Positive system24, this principle is about placing the intellect beneath the heart. Without this, the unity we aim for can never be established on a permanent level, whether individually or collectively. It’s crucial to have a strong enough influence to create harmony among the diverse and often competing tendencies of such a complex organism as ourselves. However, this initial condition, while essential, would be inadequate on its own without some objective foundation that exists independently of us in the external world. That foundation consists of the laws or Order of the phenomena that regulate Humanity. The subordination of human life to this order is undeniable; and as soon as our intellect helps us to understand it, we can allow the feeling of love to have a guiding influence over our conflicting tendencies. This is the role assigned to the intellect in the Positive synthesis; in this sense, it should be dedicated to serving the heart.

I have said that our conception of human unity must be totally inadequate, and, indeed, cannot deserve the name, so long as it does not embrace every element of our nature. But it would be equally fatal to the completeness of this great conception to think of human nature irrespectively of what lies outside it. A purely subjective unity, without any objective basis, would be simply impossible. In the first place any attempt to co-ordinate man’s moral nature, without regard to the external world, supposing the attempt feasible, would have very little permanent influence on our happiness, whether collectively or individually; since happiness depends so largely upon our relations to all that exists around us. Besides this, we have to consider the exceeding imperfection of our nature. Self-love is deeply implanted in25 it, and when left to itself is far stronger than Social Sympathy. The social instincts would never gain the mastery were they not sustained and called into constant exercise by the economy of the external world, an influence which at the same time checks the power of the selfish instincts.

I’ve said that our understanding of human unity has to be incomplete and can't truly be called that if it doesn't include every aspect of our nature. But it would also be just as damaging to this important idea to think about human nature without considering what’s outside of it. A purely subjective unity, without any objective grounding, would simply be impossible. First, any effort to coordinate our moral nature without considering the outside world—assuming such an effort could even be made—would have very little lasting impact on our happiness, either as a group or individually, since happiness largely depends on our relationships with everything around us. Additionally, we have to think about how imperfect our nature is. Self-love is deeply rooted in it, and when left alone, it is much stronger than social sympathy. The social instincts would never take over unless they are supported and consistently activated by the dynamics of the external world, which simultaneously limits the power of selfish instincts.

By it the selfish affections are controlled; the unselfish strengthened

To understand this economy aright; we must remember that it embraces not merely the inorganic world, but also the phenomena of our own existence. The phenomena of human life, though more modifiable than any others, are yet equally subject to invariable laws; laws which form the principal objects of Positive speculation. Now the benevolent affections, which themselves act in harmony with the laws of social development, incline us to submit to all other laws, as soon as the intellect has discovered their existence. The possibility of moral unity depends, therefore, even in the case of the individual, but still more in that of society, upon the necessity of recognizing our subjection to an external power. By this means our self-regarding instincts are rendered susceptible of discipline. In themselves they are strong enough to neutralize all sympathetic tendencies, were it not for the support that the latter find in this External Order. Its discovery is due to the intellect; which is thus enlisted in the service of feeling, with the ultimate purpose of regulating action.

To understand this economy properly, we need to remember that it includes not just the inorganic world, but also the aspects of our own existence. The aspects of human life, while more adaptable than others, are still subject to unchanging laws; laws that are the main focus of Positive inquiry. The kind-hearted feelings, which align with the laws of social development, lead us to accept all other laws as soon as our intellect recognizes their existence. Therefore, the potential for moral unity relies, even for individuals, but especially for society, on the necessity of acknowledging our submission to an external authority. This helps our self-interested instincts become more disciplined. By themselves, these instincts are powerful enough to counteract any compassionate tendencies, were it not for the support those tendencies gain from this External Order. Its discovery comes from the intellect; thereby, it works in the service of emotion, ultimately aiming to guide our actions.

Thus it is that an intellectual synthesis, or systematic study of the laws of nature, is needed on far higher grounds than those of satisfying our theoretical faculties, which are, for the most part, very feeble, even in men who devote themselves to a life of thought. It is needed, because it solves at once the most difficult problem of the moral synthesis. The higher impulses within us are brought under the influence of a powerful stimulus26 from without. By its means they are enabled to control our discordant impulses, and to maintain a state of harmony towards which they have always tended, but which, without such aid, could never be realized. Moreover, this conception of the order of nature evidently supplies the basis for a synthesis of human action; for the efficacy of our action depends entirely upon their conformity to this order. But this part of the subject has been fully explained in my previous work, and I need not enlarge upon it further. As soon as the synthesis of mental conceptions enables us to form a synthesis of feelings, it is clear that there will be no very serious difficulties in constructing a synthesis of actions. Unity of action depends upon unity of impulse, and unity of design; and thus we find that the co-ordination of human nature, as a whole, depends ultimately upon the co-ordination of mental conceptions, a subject which seemed at first of comparatively slight importance.

Thus, an intellectual synthesis, or systematic study of the laws of nature, is necessary for reasons beyond just satisfying our theoretical interests, which are mostly quite weak, even among those who lead a life of contemplation. It's needed because it directly addresses the challenging issue of moral synthesis. The higher impulses within us are influenced by a strong external stimulus. This enables them to manage our conflicting impulses and maintain a harmonious state that they have always aimed for but could never achieve without such support. Furthermore, this understanding of the order of nature clearly provides the foundation for a synthesis of human action; the effectiveness of our actions entirely hinges on their alignment with this order. However, I have already detailed this aspect in my previous work, so I don't need to elaborate on it further. Once the synthesis of mental concepts allows us to create a synthesis of feelings, it's evident that constructing a synthesis of actions won't pose significant challenges. Unity of action relies on unity of impulse and unity of design; thus, we see that the overall coordination of human nature ultimately depends on the coordination of mental concepts, a topic that initially seemed of relatively minor importance.26

The subjective principle of Positivism, that is, the subordination of the intellect to the heart is thus fortified by an objective basis, the immutable Necessity of the external world; and by this means it becomes possible to bring human life within the influence of social sympathy. The superiority of the new synthesis to the old is even more evident under this second aspect than under the first. In theological systems the objective basis was supplied by spontaneous belief in a supernatural Will. Now, whatever the degree of reality attributed to these fictions, they all proceeded from a subjective source; and therefore their influence in most cases must have been very confused and fluctuating. In respect of moral discipline they cannot be compared either for precision, for force, or for stability, to the conception27 of an invariable Order, actually existing without us, and attested, whether we will or no, by every act of our existence.

The subjective principle of Positivism, which is the idea that the heart should guide the intellect, is strengthened by an objective foundation: the unchanging Necessity of the external world. This allows us to connect human life to social empathy. The advantages of the new approach are even clearer from this perspective than from the first one. In religious systems, the objective foundation came from a natural belief in a supernatural Will. Regardless of how real these beliefs are considered, they all stemmed from a subjective origin, making their influence often undefined and variable. When it comes to moral guidance, they can't compete in terms of clarity, strength, or consistency with the idea of an unchanging Order that exists independently of us, and which is confirmed, whether we like it or not, by every action we take.

Our conception of this External Order has been gradually growing from the earliest times, and is but just complete

This fundamental doctrine of Positivism is not to be attributed in the full breadth of its meanings to any single thinker. It is the slow result of a vast process carried out in separate departments, which began with the first use of our intellectual powers, and which is only just completed in those who exhibit those powers in their highest form. During the long period of her infancy Humanity has been preparing this the most precious of her intellectual attainments, as the basis for the only system of life which is permanently adapted to our nature. The doctrine has to be demonstrated in all the more essential cases from observation only, except so far as we admit argument from analogy. Deductive argument is not admissible, except in such cases as are evidently compounded of others in which the proof given has been sufficient. Thus, for instance, we are authorized by sound logic to assert the existence of laws of weather; though most of these are still, and, perhaps, always will be, unknown. For it is clear that meteorological phenomena result from a combination of astronomical, physical and chemical influences, each of which has been proved to be subject to invariable laws. But in all phenomena which are not thus reducible, we must have recourse to inductive reasoning; for a principle which is the basis of all deduction cannot be itself deduced. Hence it is that the doctrine, being so entirely foreign as it is to our primitive mental state, requires such a long course of preparation. Without such preparation even the greatest thinkers could not anticipate it. It is true that in some cases metaphysical28 conceptions of a law have been formed before the proof really required had been furnished. But they were never of much service, except so far as they generalized in a more or less confused way the analogies naturally suggested by the laws which had actually been discovered in simpler phenomena. Besides, such assertions always remained very doubtful and very barren in result, until they were based upon some outline of a really Positive theory. Thus, in spite of the apparent potency of this metaphysical method, to which modern intellects are so addicted, the conception of an External Order is still extremely imperfect in many of the most cultivated minds, because they have not verified it sufficiently in the most intricate and important class of phenomena, the phenomena of society. I am not, of course, speaking of the few thinkers who accept my discovery of the principal laws of Sociology. Such uncertainty in a subject so closely related to all others, produces great confusion in men’s minds, and affects their perception of an invariable order, even in the simplest subjects. A proof of this is the utter delusion into which most geometricians of the present day have fallen with respect to what they call the Calculus of Chances; a conception which presupposes that the phenomena considered are not subject to law. The doctrine, therefore, cannot be considered as firmly established in any one case, until it has been verified specially in every one of the primary categories in which phenomena may be classed. But now that this difficult condition has really been fulfilled by the few thinkers who have risen to the level of their age, we have at last a firm objective basis on which to establish the harmony of our moral nature. That basis is, that all events whatever, the events of our own personal and social29 life included, are always subject to natural relations of sequence and similitude, which in all essential respects lie beyond the reach of our interference.

This core principle of Positivism can't be credited to any one individual thinker. It's the gradual outcome of a vast process carried out across different fields, starting from our initial use of intellectual abilities and only just coming to fruition in those who display these abilities at their highest level. Throughout a long period of its early development, humanity has been cultivating this most valuable of its intellectual achievements as the foundation for the only system of life that truly aligns with our nature. The doctrine must be validated in all essential instances solely through observation, except where we accept reasoning by analogy. Deductive reasoning isn't allowed, except in cases that clearly combine elements of others where the proof provided has been sufficient. For example, logical reasoning permits us to claim the existence of weather laws, even though most of these remain unknown and may always be. It's clear that meteorological events come from a mix of astronomical, physical, and chemical influences, each of which has proven to follow fixed laws. However, for phenomena that can't be reduced in this way, we have to rely on inductive reasoning, as a principle that forms the foundation for all deduction cannot itself be deduced. This is why the doctrine, being so entirely different from our primitive mental state, requires a prolonged preparation period. Without this preparation, even the greatest thinkers would struggle to foresee it. It's true that in some cases, metaphysical ideas about a law were formed before the necessary proof was actually provided. But these ideas were hardly useful, as they often only generalized in a somewhat unclear manner the analogies suggested by discovered laws in simpler phenomena. Moreover, such claims always remained quite uncertain and yielded minimal results until they were grounded in a solid Positive theory. Thus, despite the apparent strength of this metaphysical approach, to which modern intellects have become so attached, the idea of an External Order remains very underdeveloped in many educated minds because they haven't adequately verified it in the most complex and important class of phenomena: societal phenomena. I’m not referring to the few thinkers who accept my discovery of the main laws of Sociology. This uncertainty in a topic so closely tied to all others creates significant confusion in people’s minds and influences their understanding of a consistent order, even in the simplest subjects. A clear example of this is the misconception that many present-day geometricians have regarding what they call the Calculus of Chances; a concept that assumes the phenomena in question are not governed by law. Therefore, the doctrine can't be deemed firmly established in any case until it has been confirmed in each primary category where phenomena can be classified. But now that this challenging requirement has actually been met by the few thinkers who have achieved the intellectual standards of their time, we finally have a solid objective foundation to establish the harmony of our moral nature. This foundation is that all events, including those of our personal and social lives, are always governed by natural relationships of sequence and similarity, which in essential ways are beyond our control.

Even where not modifiable, its influence on the character is of the greatest value

This, then, is the external basis of our synthesis, which includes the moral and practical faculties, as well as the speculative. It rests at every point upon the unchangeable Order of the world. The right understanding of this order is the principal subject of our thoughts; its preponderating influence determines the general course of our feelings; its gradual improvement is the constant object of our actions. To form a more precise notion of its influence, let us imagine that for a moment it were really to cease. The result would be that our intellectual faculties, after wasting themselves in wild extravagancies, would sink rapidly into incurable sloth; our nobler feelings would be unable to prevent the ascendancy of the lower instincts; and our active powers would abandon themselves to purposeless agitation. Men have, it is true, been for a long time ignorant of this Order. Nevertheless we have been always subject to it; and its influence has always tended, though without our knowledge, to control our whole being; our actions first, and subsequently our thoughts, and even our affections. As we have advanced in our knowledge of it, our thoughts have become less vague, our desires less capricious, our conduct less arbitrary. And now that we are able to grasp the full meaning of the conception, its influence extends to every part of our conduct. For it teaches us that the object to be aimed at in the economy devised by man, is wise development of the irresistible economy of nature, which cannot be amended till it is first studied and obeyed. In some departments it has the character of fate; that is, it admits of no modification. But even30 here, in spite of the superficial objections to it which have arisen from intellectual pride, it is necessary for the proper regulation of human life. Suppose, for instance, that man were exempt from the necessity of living on the earth, and were free to pass at will from one planet to another, the very notion of society would be rendered impossible by the licence which each individual would have to give way to whatever unsettling and distracting impulses his nature might incline him. Our propensities are so heterogeneous and so deficient in elevation, that there would be no fixity or consistency in our conduct, but for these insurmountable conditions. Our feeble reason may fret at such restrictions, but without them all its deliberations would be confused and purposeless. We are powerless to create: all that we can do in bettering our condition is to modify an order in which we can produce no radical change. Supposing us in possession of that absolute independence to which metaphysical pride aspires, it is certain that so far from improving our condition, it would be a bar to all development, whether social or individual. The true path of human progress lies in the opposite direction; in diminishing the vacillation, inconsistency, and discordance of our designs by furnishing external motives for those operations of our intellectual, moral and practical powers, of which the original source was purely internal. The ties by which our various diverging tendencies are held together would be quite inadequate for their purpose, without a basis of support in the external world, which is unaffected by the spontaneous variations of our nature.

This, then, is the external foundation of our synthesis, which includes moral and practical abilities, as well as speculative ones. It relies at every point on the unchangeable Order of the world. Understanding this order correctly is the main focus of our thoughts; its significant influence shapes the general course of our feelings; and its gradual improvement is our constant aim in actions. To better grasp its influence, let’s imagine for a moment that it were to truly cease. The outcome would be that our intellectual faculties, after exhausting themselves in wild whims, would quickly fall into incurable laziness; our nobler feelings wouldn’t be able to stop the dominance of lower instincts; and our active abilities would become aimlessly agitated. It’s true that for a long time, people have been unaware of this Order. However, we have always been subject to it, and its influence has consistently served, though without our awareness, to govern our entire being; our actions first, and then our thoughts, and even our feelings. As we have progressed in our understanding of it, our thoughts have become clearer, our desires less random, and our behavior less arbitrary. And now that we can fully comprehend this idea, its influence reaches every part of our behavior. It teaches us that the goal in the human-designed economy is to wisely develop the unyielding economy of nature, which cannot be changed until it is first studied and adhered to. In some areas, it acts like fate; that is, it allows for no alteration. But even here, despite the superficial objections stemming from pride in our intellect, it is necessary for the proper management of human life. For example, imagine if humans were free from the need to live on Earth, able to move freely between planets; the very idea of society would become impossible due to the freedom each individual would have to follow whatever unsettling and distracting urges their nature might bring. Our tendencies are so diverse and lacking in elevation that there would be no consistency or stability in our behavior without these insurmountable conditions. Our weak reason might struggle against these restrictions, but without them, all its considerations would be confused and meaningless. We cannot create; all we can do to improve our situation is adapt an order that we cannot radically change. If we hypothetically had that absolute freedom to which metaphysical pride aspires, it’s certain that instead of enhancing our situation, it would hinder all development, socially or individually. The true path to human progress is in the opposite direction; it involves reducing the wavering, inconsistency, and discord in our plans by providing external motivations for the workings of our intellectual, moral, and practical abilities, which originally stemmed from within. The connections that hold our diverse tendencies together would be completely insufficient without a support system in the external world, which remains unaffected by the spontaneous changes of our nature.

But, however great the value of Positive doctrine in pointing out the unchangeable aspects of the universal Order, what we have principally to consider are the numerous departments in which31 that order admits of artificial modifications. Here lies the most important sphere of human activity. The only phenomena, indeed, which we are wholly unable to modify are the simplest of all, the phenomena of the Solar System which we inhabit. It is true that now that we know its laws we can easily conceive them improved in certain respects; but to whatever degree our power over nature may extend, we shall never be able to produce the slightest change in them. What we have to do is so to dispose our life as to submit to these resistless fatalities in the best way we can; and this is comparatively easy, because their greater simplicity enables us to foresee them with more precision and in a more distinct future. Their interpretation by Positive science has had a most important influence on the gradual education of the human intellect: and it will always continue to be the source from which we obtain the clearest and most impressive sense of Immutability. Too exclusively studied they might even now lead to fatalism; but controlled as their influence will be henceforward by a more philosophic education, they may well become a means of moral improvement, by disposing us to submit with resignation to all evils which are absolutely insurmountable.

But, no matter how valuable Positive doctrine is for highlighting the unchangeable aspects of the universal Order, what we really need to focus on are the many areas where that order allows for artificial changes. This is where the most important part of human activity lies. The only phenomena that we are completely unable to change are the simplest of all—the phenomena of the Solar System we live in. While it's true that now that we understand its laws we can easily imagine improvements in some ways, no matter how much power we may have over nature, we will never be able to make even the tiniest change to them. What we need to do is arrange our lives so that we can adapt to these unavoidable facts as best as we can; and this is relatively straightforward because their greater simplicity allows us to predict them more accurately and with a clearer vision of the future. Their interpretation through Positive science has had a significant impact on the gradual development of human intellect, and it will always be the source from which we gain the clearest and most powerful sense of Immutability. If studied too exclusively, they might even lead to fatalism; however, as their influence is tempered by a more philosophical education moving forward, they could very well become a means of moral improvement by encouraging us to accept with patience all evils that are truly insurmountable.

But in most cases we can modify it; and in these the knowledge of it forms the systematic basis of human action

In other parts of the external economy, invariability in all primary aspects is found compatible with modifications in points of secondary importance. These modifications become more numerous and extensive as the phenomena are more complex. The reason of this is that the causes from a combination of which the effects proceed being more varied and more accessible, offer greater facilities to our feeble powers to interfere with advantage. But all this has been fully explained in my System32 of Positive Philosophy. The tendency of that work was to show that our intervention became more efficacious in proportion as the phenomena upon which we acted had a closer relation to the life of man or society. Indeed the extensive modifications of which society admits, go far to keep up the common mistake that social phenomena are not subject to any constant law.

In other areas of the external economy, stability in all key aspects is compatible with changes in less important details. These changes become more frequent and broader as the phenomena become more complex. This is because the causes that combine to create effects are more varied and accessible, allowing us to use our limited abilities to intervene more effectively. However, I've explained all of this in my System32 of Positive Philosophy. The aim of that work was to demonstrate that our interventions become more effective as the phenomena we influence are more closely related to human life or society. In fact, the significant modifications that society allows contribute to the widespread misconception that social phenomena are not governed by any consistent laws.

At the same time we have to remember that this increased possibility of human intervention in certain parts of the External Order necessarily coexists with increased imperfection, for which it is a valuable but very inadequate compensation. Both features alike result from the increase of complexity. Even the laws of the Solar System are very far from perfect, notwithstanding their greater simplicity, which indeed makes their defects more perceptible. The existence of these defects should be taken into careful consideration; not indeed with the hope of amending them, but as a check upon unreasoning admiration. Besides, they lead us to a clearer conception of the true position of Humanity, a position of which the most striking feature is the necessity of struggling against difficulties of every kind. Lastly, by observing these defects we are less likely to waste our time in seeking for absolute perfection, and so neglecting the wiser course of looking for such improvements as are really possible.

At the same time, we need to keep in mind that the increased ability for human intervention in certain areas of the External Order comes with greater imperfections, which provides some value but is still an inadequate trade-off. Both aspects arise from growing complexity. Even the laws of the Solar System are far from perfect, despite their greater simplicity, which actually makes their flaws more obvious. We should carefully consider the existence of these flaws, not with the expectation of fixing them but as a reminder against blind admiration. Furthermore, they help us understand the true position of Humanity, which is characterized by the necessity to struggle against various challenges. Finally, by acknowledging these flaws, we are less likely to waste our time searching for absolute perfection and can focus on the more sensible approach of seeking improvements that are achievable.

In all other phenomena, the increasing imperfection of the economy of nature becomes a powerful stimulus to all our faculties, whether moral, intellectual or practical. Here we find sufferings which can really be alleviated to a large extent by wise and well-sustained combination of efforts. This consideration should give a firmness and dignity of bearing, to which Humanity could never attain during her period of infancy. Those who33 look wisely into the future of society will feel that the conception of man becoming, without fear or boast, the arbiter, within certain limits, of his own destiny, has in it something far more satisfying than the old belief in Providence, which implied our remaining passive. Social union will be strengthened by the conception, because every one will see that union forms our principal resource against the miseries of human life. And while it calls out our noblest sympathies, it impresses us more strongly with the importance of high intellectual culture, being itself the object for which such culture is required. These important results have been ever on the increase in modern times; yet hitherto they have been too limited and casual to be appreciated rightly, except so far as we could anticipate the future of society by the light of sound historical principles. Art, so far as it is yet organized, does not include that part of the economy of nature which, being the most modifiable, the most imperfect, and the most important of all, ought on every ground to be regarded as the principal object of human exertions. Even Medical Art, specially so called, is only just beginning to free itself from its primitive routine. And Social Art, whether moral or political, is plunged in routine so deeply that few statesmen admit the possibility of shaking it off. Yet of all the arts, it is the one which best admits of being reduced to a system; and until this is done it will be impossible to place on a rational basis all the rest of our practical life. All these narrow views are due simply to insufficient recognition of the fact, that the highest phenomena are as much subject to laws as others. When the conception of the Order of Nature has become generally accepted in its full extent, the ordinary definition of Art will become as comprehensive34 and as homogeneous as that of Science; and it will then become obvious to all sound thinkers that the principal sphere of both Art and Science is the social life of man.

In all other situations, the growing flaws in nature's economy serve as a strong motivation for all our abilities, whether they are moral, intellectual, or practical. Here we encounter sufferings that can actually be significantly eased through wise and consistent collaboration. This idea should encourage a sense of strength and dignity that humanity could never achieve during its early stages. Those who33 look thoughtfully into the future of society will recognize that the idea of humanity becoming, without fear or arrogance, the decision-maker within certain limits of its own fate is much more fulfilling than the old belief in Providence, which suggested we should remain passive. Social unity will be reinforced by this idea since everyone will understand that collaboration is our main resource against the hardships of human existence. While it inspires our noblest sympathies, it also emphasizes the importance of high intellectual development, being itself the goal for which such education is necessary. These critical outcomes have increasingly occurred in modern times; however, until now, they have been too limited and random to be fully appreciated, except to the extent we can predict the future of society through sound historical principles. Art, as it is currently organized, doesn’t encompass that aspect of nature’s economy which, being the most adaptable, the most flawed, and the most vital, should, for every reason, be viewed as the main focus of human efforts. Even what we call Medical Art is only just starting to break away from its basic routines. And Social Art, whether moral or political, is so entrenched in routine that few politicians consider the possibility of breaking free from it. Yet, among all the arts, it is the one most amenable to systematic reduction; and until this is achieved, it will be impossible to establish a logical foundation for all the rest of our practical lives. All these narrow perspectives stem simply from an insufficient acknowledgment of the fact that the highest phenomena are just as governed by laws as any others. Once the concept of the Order of Nature is widely accepted in its complete form, the typical definition of Art will become as broad34 and cohesive as that of Science; and it will then be clear to all reasonable thinkers that the main domain of both Art and Science lies in the social life of humanity.

Thus the social services of the Intellect are not limited to revealing the existence of an external Economy, and the necessity of submission to its sway. If the theory is to have any influence upon our active powers, it should include an exact estimate of the imperfections of this economy and of the limits within which it varies, so as to indicate and define the boundaries of human intervention. Thus it will always be an important function of philosophy to criticize nature in a Positive spirit, although the antipathy to theology by which such criticism was formerly animated has ceased to have much interest, from the very fact of having done its work so effectually. The object of Positive criticism is not controversial. It aims simply at putting the great question of human life in a clearer light. It bears closely on what Positivism teaches to be the great end of life, namely, the struggle to become more perfect; which implies previous imperfection. This truth is strikingly apparent when applied to the case of our own nature, for true morality requires a deep and habitual consciousness of our natural defects.

So, the social services of the Intellect aren't just about highlighting the existence of an external Economy and the need to submit to its influence. If the theory is meant to have any impact on our actions, it should accurately assess the flaws of this economy and the boundaries within which it operates, in order to outline and clarify where human intervention is appropriate. Therefore, it will always be a crucial role of philosophy to critique nature in a Positive way, even though the previous hostility towards theology that fueled such criticism has lost its significance because it has accomplished its purpose effectively. The goal of Positive criticism isn't to spark controversy. It simply seeks to clarify the essential question of human life. It closely relates to what Positivism teaches as the ultimate aim of life, which is the pursuit of becoming more perfect; this inherently suggests prior imperfection. This reality is particularly evident when we consider our own nature, as true morality demands a profound and consistent awareness of our natural shortcomings.

The chief difficulty of the Positive Synthesis was to complete our conception of the External Order, by extending it to Social phenomena

I have now described the fundamental condition of the Positive Synthesis. Deriving its subjective principle from the affections, it is dependent ultimately on the intellect for its objective basis. This basis connects it with the Economy of the external world, the dominion of which Humanity accepts, and at the same time modifies. I have left many points unexplained; but enough has been said for the purpose of this work, which is35 only the introduction to a larger treatise. We now come to the essential difficulty that presented itself in the construction of the Synthesis. That difficulty was to discover the true Theory of human and social Development. The first decisive step in this discovery renders the conception of the Order of Nature complete. It stands out then as the fundamental doctrine of an universal system, for which the whole course of modern progress has been preparing the way. For three centuries men of science have been unconsciously co-operating in the work. They have left no gap of any importance, except in the region of Moral and Social phenomena. And now that man’s history has been for the first time systematically considered as a whole, and has been found to be, like all other phenomena, subject to invariable laws, the preparatory labours of modern Science are ended. Her remaining task is to construct that synthesis which will place her at the only point of view from which every department of knowledge can be embraced.

I have now explained the basic condition of the Positive Synthesis. Its subjective principle comes from our feelings, but it ultimately relies on the intellect for its objective foundation. This foundation connects it with the external world’s economy, which humanity accepts and also changes. I haven't covered every point, but enough has been said for the purpose of this work, which is35 just an introduction to a larger study. We now face the main challenge that arose in constructing the Synthesis. This challenge was finding the true theory of human and social development. The first crucial step in this discovery completes the concept of the Order of Nature. It then stands out as the core principle of a universal system, for which the entire course of modern progress has been paving the way. For three centuries, scientists have been unknowingly contributing to this work. They have left no significant gaps, except in the area of moral and social phenomena. Now that human history has been systematically examined as a whole and has been found to be subject to unchanging laws, the groundwork laid by modern science is complete. Its remaining task is to create a synthesis that will provide a perspective from which every field of knowledge can be understood.

In my System of Positive Philosophy both these objects were aimed at. I attempted, and in the opinion of the principal thinkers of our time successfully, to complete and at the same time co-ordinate Natural Philosophy, by establishing the general law of human development, social as well as intellectual. I shall not now enter into the discussion of this law, since its truth is no longer contested. Fuller consideration of it is reserved for the third volume of my new treatise. It lays down, as is generally known, that our speculations upon all subjects whatsoever, pass necessarily through three successive stages: a Theological stage, in which free play is given to spontaneous fictions admitting of no proof; the Metaphysical stage, characterized by the prevalence of personified36 abstractions or entities; lastly, the Positive stage, based upon an exact view of the real facts of the case. The first, though purely provisional, is invariably the point from which we start; the third is the only permanent or normal state; the second has but a modifying or rather a solvent influence, which qualifies it for regulating the transition from the first stage to the third. We begin with theological Imagination, thence we pass through metaphysical Discussion, and we end at last with positive Demonstration. Thus by means of this one general law we are enabled to take a comprehensive and simultaneous view of the past, present, and future of Humanity.

In my System of Positive Philosophy, I aimed for both of these goals. I tried, and according to leading thinkers today, successfully, to complete and coordinate Natural Philosophy by establishing the general law of human development, both social and intellectual. I won’t dive into the details of this law right now, as its validity is no longer debated. A more in-depth discussion will be included in the third volume of my new treatise. It states, as is commonly known, that our thoughts on all subjects go through three distinct stages: a Theological stage, where we indulge in spontaneous fictions that can’t be proven; the Metaphysical stage, marked by the dominance of personified36 abstractions or concepts; and finally, the Positive stage, which is rooted in a precise understanding of real facts. The first stage, though merely temporary, is always where we begin; the third is the only consistent or normal state; the second serves only as a transitional phase that helps regulate the move from the first stage to the third. We start with theological Imagination, then move through metaphysical Discussion, and ultimately arrive at positive Demonstration. This single general law allows us to see a broad and simultaneous view of Humanity’s past, present, and future.

In my System of Positive Philosophy, this law of Filiation has always been associated with the law of Classification, the application of which to Social Dynamics furnishes the second element requisite for the theory of development. It fixes the order in which our different conceptions pass through each of these phases. That order, as is generally known, is determined by the decreasing generality, or what comes to the same thing, by the increasing complexity of the phenomena; the more complex being naturally dependent upon those that are more simple and less special. Arranging the sciences according to this mutual relation, we find them grouped naturally in six primary divisions2; Mathematics, Astronomy, Physics, Chemistry, Biology, and Sociology. Each passes through the three phases of developments before the one succeeding it. Without continuous reference to this classification the theory of development would be confused and vague.

In my System of Positive Philosophy, the law of Filiation has always been linked to the law of Classification, which, when applied to Social Dynamics, provides the second essential element for the theory of development. It establishes the sequence in which our various ideas move through these stages. This order, as is widely recognized, is determined by decreasing generality, or the same idea, by increasing complexity of the phenomena; the more complex naturally depends on those that are simpler and less specific. When we organize the sciences based on this relationship, we find them naturally grouped into six main categories2; Mathematics, Astronomy, Physics, Chemistry, Biology, and Sociology. Each one goes through the three phases of development before the next one. Without consistently referring to this classification, the theory of development would be unclear and ambiguous.

The theory thus derived from the combination of this second or statical law with the dynamical37 law of the three stages, seems at first sight to include nothing but the intellectual movement. But my previous remarks will have shown that this is enough to guarantee its applicability to social progress also; since social progress has invariably depended on the growth of our fundamental beliefs with regard to the economy that surrounds us. The historical portion of my Positive Philosophy has proved an unbroken connexion between the development of Activity and that of Speculation; on the combined influence of these depends the development of Affection. The theory therefore requires no alteration: what is wanted is merely an additional statement explaining the phases of active, that is to say, of political development. Human activity, as I have long since shown, passes successively through the stages of Offensive warfare, Defensive warfare, and Industry. The respective connexion of these states with the preponderance of the theological, then metaphysical, or the positive spirit leads at once to a complete explanation of history. It reproduces in a systematic form the only historical conception which has become adopted by universal consent; the division, namely, of history into Ancient, Mediaeval, and Modern.

The theory derived from combining this second or static law with the dynamic law of the three stages seems, at first glance, to focus solely on the intellectual movement. However, as I've pointed out before, this is sufficient to ensure its relevance to social progress as well, since social progress has always depended on the evolution of our core beliefs regarding the economy around us. The historical section of my Positive Philosophy has shown a continuous link between the development of Activity and Speculation; the development of Affection relies on the combined influence of these two. Therefore, the theory doesn’t need any changes; what’s needed is simply an additional explanation regarding the phases of active, or political, development. Human activity, as I've long indicated, goes through the stages of Offensive warfare, Defensive warfare, and Industry. The connection of these states with the dominance of the theological, then metaphysical, or the positive spirit provides a complete explanation of history. It systematically reproduces the only historical view that has gained universal agreement: the division of history into Ancient, Medieval, and Modern.

Thus the foundation of Social science depends simply upon establishing the truth of this theory of development. We do this by combining the dynamic law, which is its distinctive feature, with the statical principle which renders it coherent; we then complete the theory by extending it to practical life. All knowledge is now brought within the sphere of Natural Philosophy; and the provisional distinction by which, since Aristotle and Plato, it has been so sharply demarcated from Moral Philosophy, ceases to exist. The Positive spirit, so long confined to the simpler inorganic38 phenomena, has now passed through its difficult course of probation. It extends to a more important and more intricate class of speculations, and disengages them for ever from all theological or metaphysical influence. All our notions of truth are thus rendered homogeneous, and begin at once to converge towards a central principle. A firm objective basis is consequently laid down for that complete co-ordination of human existence towards which all sound Philosophy has ever tended, but which the want of adequate materials has hitherto made impossible.

Thus, the foundation of social science relies on confirming the validity of this theory of development. We achieve this by merging the dynamic law, which is its key characteristic, with the static principle that ensures its coherence; we then enhance the theory by applying it to real life. All knowledge is now encompassed within the realm of Natural Philosophy, and the temporary distinction that has separated it sharply from Moral Philosophy since the times of Aristotle and Plato no longer exists. The Positive spirit, which was long limited to simpler inorganic phenomena, has now undergone its challenging process of testing. It reaches into a more significant and complex area of ideas and permanently frees them from any theological or metaphysical influence. Consequently, all our concepts of truth become unified and start to converge around a central principle. A solid objective foundation is thus established for the complete alignment of human existence that all sound Philosophy has always aimed for, which has been previously impossible due to a lack of adequate resources.

By the discovery of Sociological laws social questions are made paramount; and thus our subjective principle is satisfied without danger to free thought

It will be felt, I think, that the principal difficulty of the Positive Synthesis was met by my discovery of the laws of development, if we bear in mind that while that theory completes and co-ordinates the objective basis of the system, it at the same time holds it in subordination to the subjective principle. It is under the influence of this moral principle that the whole philosophical construction should be carried on. The inquiry into the Order of the Universe is an indispensable task, and it comes necessarily within the province of the intellect; but the intellect is too apt to aim in its pride at something beyond its proper function, which consists in unremitting service of the social sympathies. It would willingly escape from all control and follow its own bent towards speculative digressions; a tendency which is at present favoured by the undisciplined habits of thought naturally due to the first rise of Positivism in its special departments. The influence of the moral principle is necessary to recall it to its true function; since if its investigations were allowed to assume an absolute character, and to recognize no limit, we should only be repeating39 in a scientific form many of the worst results of theological and metaphysical belief. The Universe is to be studied not for its own sake, but for the sake of Man or rather of Humanity. To study it in any other spirit would not only be immoral, but also highly irrational. For, as statements of pure objective truth, our scientific theories can never be really satisfactory. They can only satisfy us from the subjective point of view; that is, by limiting themselves to the treatment of such questions as have some direct or indirect influence over human life. It is for social feeling to determine these limits; outside which our knowledge will always remain imperfect as well as useless, and this even in the case of the simplest phenomena; as astronomy testifies. Were the influence of social feeling to be slackened, the Positive spirit would soon fall back to the subjects which were preferred during the period of its infancy; subjects the most remote from human interest, and therefore also the easiest. While its probationary period lasted, it was natural to investigate all accessible problems without distinction; and this was often justified by the logical value of many problems that, scientifically speaking, were useless. But now that the Positive method has been sufficiently developed to be applied exclusively to the purpose for which it was intended, there is no use whatever in prolonging the period of probation by these idle exercises. Indeed the want of purpose and discipline in our researches is rapidly assuming a retrograde character. Its tendency is to undo the chief results obtained by the spirit of detail during the time when that spirit was really essential to progress.

I believe it will be recognized that the main challenge of the Positive Synthesis was addressed by my discovery of the laws of development. This theory not only completes and organizes the objective foundation of the system but also keeps it subordinate to the subjective principle. The entire philosophical framework should be guided by this moral principle. Investigating the Order of the Universe is a crucial task that falls squarely within the realm of intellect; however, the intellect often tends to overreach due to its pride, aiming for something beyond its actual role, which is to constantly serve social connections. It would prefer to break free from all constraints and pursue speculative tangents, a tendency currently supported by the unstructured thinking patterns that naturally emerge with the initial rise of Positivism in its specific areas. The moral principle's influence is essential to bring it back to its true purpose because if its inquiries were to take on an absolute nature and recognize no boundaries, we would merely be repeating in a scientific form many of the negative outcomes of theological and metaphysical beliefs. The Universe should be studied not for its own sake but for the sake of humanity. To study it with any other motivation would not only be unethical but also extremely irrational. Our scientific theories, as statements of pure objective truth, can never truly satisfy us; they can only fulfill us from a subjective perspective. This means they must focus on questions that have a direct or indirect impact on human life. It is social sentiment that should determine these boundaries; beyond them, our understanding will remain imperfect and useless, even in the case of the simplest phenomena, as shown by astronomy. If the influence of social sentiment were to weaken, the Positive spirit would quickly revert to topics favored in its early stages; these subjects, being the most disconnected from human interest, are also the easiest to tackle. During its early phase, it made sense to explore all available issues without discrimination, often justified by the logical significance of many questions that were scientifically irrelevant. However, now that the Positive method has been adequately developed for its intended purpose, there is no benefit in extending this trial period through these pointless exercises. In fact, the lack of purpose and discipline in our research is rapidly regressing. Its trend is to undo the primary achievements gained by the detail-oriented spirit during the time when that approach was truly crucial for progress.

Here, then, we are met by a serious difficulty. The construction of the objective basis for the Positive synthesis imposes two conditions which40 seem, at first sight, incompatible. On the one hand we must allow the intellect to be free, or else we shall not have the full benefit of its services; and, on the other, we must control its natural tendency to unlimited digressions. The problem was insoluble, so long as the study of the natural economy did not include Sociology. But as soon as the Positive spirit extends to the treatment of social questions, these at once take precedence of all others, and thus the moral point of view becomes paramount. Objective science, proceeding from without inwards, falls at last into natural harmony with the subjective or moral principle, the superiority of which it had for so long a time resisted. As a mere speculative question it may be considered as proved to the satisfaction of every true thinker, that the social point of view is logically and scientifically supreme over all others, being the only point from which all our scientific conceptions can be regarded as a whole. Yet its influence can never be injurious to the progress of other Positive studies; for these, whether for the sake of their method or of their subject matter, will always continue to be necessary as an introduction to the final science. Indeed the Positive system gives the highest sanction and the most powerful stimulus to all preliminary sciences, by insisting on the relation which each of them bears to the great whole, Humanity.

Here, we face a serious challenge. The foundation for the Positive synthesis requires two conditions that seem incompatible at first. On one hand, we need to let the intellect be free; otherwise, we won't reap its full benefits. On the other hand, we must keep its natural tendency for limitless wandering in check. The problem seemed unsolvable until sociology became part of the study of the natural economy. Once the Positive spirit encompasses social issues, they immediately take priority, making the moral perspective essential. Objective science, which works from the outside in, eventually aligns with the subjective or moral principle, which it had resisted for so long. As a theoretical issue, it can be seen as proven to the satisfaction of any genuine thinker that the social perspective is logically and scientifically superior to all others, as it’s the only perspective from which all our scientific ideas can be understood as a whole. Still, its influence won’t hinder the advancement of other Positive studies; these will always be crucial as a precursor to the ultimate science, whether due to their methods or their subjects. In fact, the Positive system provides the strongest endorsement and most significant encouragement for all preliminary sciences by emphasizing their connection to the greater whole, Humanity.

Thus the foundation of social science bears out the statement made at the beginning of this work, that the intellect would, under Positivism, accept its proper position of subordination to the heart. The recognition of this, which is the subjective principle of Positivism, renders the construction of a complete system of human life possible. The antagonism which, since the close of the Middle Ages, has arisen between Reason and Feeling,41 was an anomalous though inevitable condition. It is now for ever at an end; and the only system which can really satisfy the wants of our nature, individually or collectively, is therefore ready for our acceptance. As long as the antagonism existed, it was hopeless to expect that Social Sympathy could do much to modify the preponderance of self-love in the affairs of life. But the case is different as soon as reason and sympathy are brought into active co-operation. Separately, their influence in our imperfect organization is very feeble; but combined it may extend indefinitely. It will never, indeed, be able to do away with the fact that practical life must, to a large extent, be regulated by interested motives; yet it may introduce a standard of morality inconceivably higher than any that has existed in the past, before these two modifying forces could be made to combine their action upon our stronger and lower instincts.

Thus, the foundation of social science supports the statement made at the beginning of this work that the intellect, under Positivism, will accept its rightful place beneath the heart. Recognizing this, which is the subjective principle of Positivism, makes it possible to construct a complete system of human life. The conflict that has existed between Reason and Feeling since the end of the Middle Ages was an unusual but unavoidable situation. It is now permanently resolved; the only system that can truly meet the needs of our nature, both individually and collectively, is now ready for us to embrace. While the conflict existed, it was unrealistic to hope that Social Sympathy could significantly influence the dominance of self-interest in life. However, once reason and sympathy begin to work together, the situation changes. Alone, their impact on our flawed organization is weak; but together, it can grow indefinitely. It will never completely eliminate the reality that practical life will largely be driven by self-interested motives; however, it can introduce a standard of morality that is unimaginably higher than any that has existed in the past, before these two forces were able to combine their effects on our more intense and primitive instincts.

Distinction between Abstract and Concrete laws. It is the former only that we require for the purpose before us

In order to give a more precise conception of the intellectual basis on which the system of Positive Polity should rest, I must explain the general principle by which it should be limited. It should be confined to what is really indispensable to the construction of that Polity. Otherwise the intellect will be carried away, as it has been before, by its tendency to useless digressions. It will endeavour to extend the limits of its province; thereby escaping from the discipline imposed by social motives, and putting off all attempts at moral and social regeneration for a longer time than the construction of the philosophic basis for action really demands. Here we shall find a fresh proof of the importance of my theory of development. By that discovery the intellectual synthesis may be42 considered as having already reached the point from which the synthesis of affections may be at once begun; and even that of actions, at least in its highest and most difficult part, morality properly so called.

To provide a clearer understanding of the intellectual foundation that the system of Positive Polity should be built on, I need to explain the general principle that should guide its boundaries. It should focus only on what is truly essential for constructing that Polity. Otherwise, the intellect might get sidetracked, as has happened in the past, by its inclination toward unnecessary tangents. It will try to expand its scope, thus evading the discipline enforced by social motivations and delaying efforts for moral and social improvement longer than is actually needed for establishing a philosophical basis for action. Here, we can find further evidence of the significance of my theory of development. With this discovery, the intellectual synthesis can be considered as already having reached the point from which the synthesis of emotions can begin right away; and even that of actions, particularly in its most complex and challenging aspect, which is morality itself.

With the view of restricting the construction of the objective basis within reasonable limits, there is this distinction to be borne in mind. In the Order of Nature, there are two classes of laws; those that are simple or Abstract, those that are compound or Concrete. In my work on Positive Philosophy, the distinction has been thoroughly established, and frequent use has been made of it. It will be sufficient here to point out its origin and the method of applying it.

With the goal of keeping the construction of the objective basis within reasonable limits, it's important to remember this distinction. In the Order of Nature, there are two kinds of laws: those that are simple or Abstract, and those that are compound or Concrete. In my work on Positive Philosophy, this distinction has been clearly established and used frequently. It’s enough for now to highlight its origin and how to apply it.

Positive science may deal either with objects themselves as they exist, or with the separate phenomena that the objects exhibit. Of course we can only judge of an object by the sum of its phenomena; but it is open to us either to examine a special class of phenomena abstracted from all the beings that exhibit it, or to take some special object, and examine the whole concrete group of phenomena. In the latter case we shall be studying different systems of existence; in the former, different modes of activity. As good an example of the distinction as can be given is that, already mentioned, of Meteorology. The facts of weather are evidently combinations of astronomical, physical, chemical, biological, and even social phenomena; each of these classes requiring its own separate theories. Were these abstract laws sufficiently well known to us, then the whole difficulty of the concrete problem would be so to combine them, as to deduce the order in which each composite effect would follow. This, however, is a process which seems to me so far beyond our feeble powers of deduction, that, even supposing43 our knowledge of the abstract laws perfect, we should still be obliged to have recourse to the inductive method.

Positive science can focus either on objects as they are or on the separate phenomena those objects show. Obviously, we can only evaluate an object based on all its phenomena, but we have the option to either study a specific category of phenomena removed from their sources or to look at a particular object and analyze the entire set of phenomena connected to it. In the second scenario, we’re exploring different systems of existence; in the first, we’re looking at different types of activity. A good example of this distinction is Meteorology. The weather facts are clearly combinations of astronomical, physical, chemical, biological, and even social phenomena, each needing its own theories. If we understood these abstract laws well enough, the main challenge of the concrete problem would be to combine them in a way that shows the order in which each combined effect occurs. However, this process seems, to me, to be so far beyond our limited capability for deduction that, even if our understanding of the abstract laws were perfect, we would still need to rely on the inductive method.

Now the investigation of the economy of nature here contemplated is evidently of the abstract kind. We decompose that economy into its primary phenomena, that is to say, into those which are not reducible to others. These we range in classes, each of which, notwithstanding the connexion that exists between all, requires a separate inductive process; for the existence of laws cannot be proved in any one of them by pure deduction. It is only with these simpler and more abstract relations that our synthesis is directly concerned: when these are established, they afford a rational groundwork for the more composite and concrete researches. The great complexity of concrete relations makes it probable that we shall never be able to co-ordinate them perfectly. In that case the synthesis would always remain limited to abstract laws. But its true object, that of supplying an objective basis for the great synthesis of human life, will none the less be attained. For this groundwork of abstract knowledge would introduce harmony between all our mental conceptions, and thereby would make it impossible to systematize our feelings and actions, which is the object of all sound philosophy. The abstract study of nature is therefore all that is absolutely indispensable for the establishment of unity in human life. It serves as the foundation of all wise action; as the philosophia prima, the necessity of which in the normal state of humanity was dimly foreseen by Bacon. When the abstract laws exhibiting the various modes of activity have been brought systematically before us, our practical knowledge of each special system of existence ceases to be purely empirical, though the greater44 number of concrete laws may still be unknown. We find the best example of this truth in the most difficult and important subject of all, Sociology. Knowledge of the principal statical and dynamical laws of social existence is evidently sufficient for the purpose of systematizing the various aspects of private or public life, and thereby of rendering our condition far more perfect. Should this knowledge be acquired, of which there is now no doubt, we need not regret being unable to give a satisfactory explanation of every state of society that we find existing throughout the world in all ages. The discipline of social feeling will check any foolish indulgence of the spirit of curiosity, and prevent the understanding from wasting its powers in useless speculations; for feeble as these powers are, it is from them that Humanity derives her most efficient means of contending against the defects of the External Order. The discovery of the principal concrete laws would no doubt be attended by the most beneficial results, moral as well as physical; and this is the field in which the science of the future will reap its richest harvest. But such knowledge is not indispensable for our present purpose, which is to form a complete synthesis of life, effecting for the final state of humanity what the theological synthesis effected for its primitive state. For this purpose Abstract philosophy is undoubtedly sufficient; so that even supposing that Concrete philosophy should never become so perfect as we desire, social regeneration will still be possible.

Now, the study of nature’s economy we're discussing is clearly abstract. We break that economy down into its basic phenomena, which means those that can’t be simplified further. We organize these into categories, each of which, despite the connections between them, needs its own inductive approach; because we can’t prove the existence of laws in any one of them just through deduction. Our synthesis is directly focused on these simpler, more abstract relationships: once these are established, they provide a rational foundation for more complex and concrete inquiries. The complexity of real-world relationships makes it likely that we’ll never fully coordinate them. In such a case, the synthesis would always be limited to abstract laws. However, its main goal, which is to provide an objective basis for the overall synthesis of human life, will still be achieved. This foundation of abstract knowledge would create harmony among all our mental concepts, making it possible to systematize our feelings and actions, which is the aim of solid philosophy. Therefore, the abstract study of nature is absolutely essential for establishing unity in human life. It acts as the foundation for wise actions; as the philosophia prima, whose necessity in a normal state of humanity was vaguely anticipated by Bacon. Once the abstract laws showing different modes of activity are systematically presented to us, our practical understanding of each specific system of existence stops being purely empirical, even though many concrete laws may still be unknown. The best example of this is found in the challenging and significant area of Sociology. Understanding the main statical and dynamical laws of social existence is clearly enough to systematize different aspects of private or public life, making our condition much better. Once this knowledge is gained, which is now assured, we shouldn’t feel bad about not being able to adequately explain every social state throughout history and across the world. The discipline of social awareness will curb any foolish indulgence in curiosity, preventing the mind from squandering its efforts on unproductive speculations; because as weak as those efforts may be, they are what Humanity relies on to combat the flaws of the External Order. Discovering the key concrete laws would undoubtedly lead to highly beneficial outcomes, both moral and physical; and this is the area where future science will achieve its greatest successes. However, this knowledge is not essential for our current purpose, which is to create a complete synthesis of life, achieving for the final stage of humanity what the theological synthesis accomplished for its early state. For this aim, Abstract philosophy is indeed adequate; even if Concrete philosophy never reaches the perfection we desire, social renewal will still be possible.

In my Theory of Development, the required Synthesis of Abstract conceptions already exists

Regarded under this more simple aspect, our system of scientific knowledge is already so far elaborated, that all thinkers whose nature is sufficiently sympathetic may proceed without delay to the problem of moral regeneration;45 a problem which must prepare the way for that of political reorganization. For we shall find that the theory of development of which we have been speaking, when looked at from another point of view, condenses and systematizes all our abstract conceptions of the order of nature.

Considered in this simpler way, our system of scientific knowledge is already advanced enough that all thinkers who are open-minded can quickly move on to the issue of moral regeneration;45 an issue that must pave the way for political reorganization. We will see that the theory of development we've been discussing, when viewed from a different perspective, organizes and summarizes all our abstract ideas about the order of nature.

This will be understood by regarding all departments of our knowledge as being really component parts of one and the same science; the science of Humanity. All other sciences are but the prelude or the development of this. Before we can enter upon it directly, there are two subjects which it is necessary to investigate; our external circumstances, and the organization of our own nature. Social life cannot be understood without first understanding the medium in which it is developed, and the beings who manifest it. We shall make no progress, therefore, in the final science until we have sufficient abstract knowledge of the outer world and of individual life to define the influence of these laws on the special laws of social phenomena. And this is necessary from the logical as well as from the scientific point of view. The feeble faculties of our intellect require to be trained for the more difficult speculations by practice in the easier. For the same reasons, the study of the inorganic world should take precedence of the organic. For, in the first place, the laws of the more universal mode of existence have a preponderating influence over those of the more special modes; and in the second place it is clearly incumbent on us to begin the study of the Positive method with its simplest and most characteristic applications. I need not dwell further upon principles so fully established in my former work.

This will be understood by viewing all areas of our knowledge as actually being parts of one single science: the science of Humanity. All other sciences are just the introduction or the development of this. Before we can engage with it directly, there are two topics we need to explore: our external circumstances and the nature of our own existence. Social life cannot be grasped without first understanding the environment it evolves in and the beings that shape it. Therefore, we won't make any progress in the ultimate science until we have enough abstract knowledge about the external world and individual life to clarify how these factors influence the specific laws of social phenomena. This is necessary from both logical and scientific perspectives. Our limited intellect needs to be trained for more complex thinking through practice with simpler concepts. For the same reasons, studying the inorganic world should come before studying the organic. First, the laws of the more universal forms of existence have a dominant effect on the more specific forms; and second, it is clearly important for us to start learning the Positive method with its most straightforward and distinctive applications. I don’t need to elaborate further on principles that are already well-established in my previous work.

Social Philosophy, therefore, ought on every ground to be preceded by Natural Philosophy in the ordinary sense of the word; that is to say by46 the study of inorganic and organic nature. It is reserved for our own century to take in the whole scope of science; but the commencement of these preparatory studies dates from the first astronomical discoveries of antiquity. Natural Philosophy was completed by the modern science of Biology, of which the ancients possessed nothing but a few statical principles. The dependence of biological conditions upon astronomical is very certain. But these two sciences differ too much from each other and are too indirectly connected to give us an adequate conception of Natural Philosophy as a whole. It would be pushing the principle of condensation too far to reduce it to these two terms. One connecting link was supplied by the science of Chemistry which arose in the Middle Ages. The natural succession of Astronomy, Chemistry, and Biology leading gradually up to the final science, Sociology, made it possible to conceive more or less imperfectly of an intellectual synthesis. But the interposition of Chemistry was not enough: because, though its relation to Biology was intimate, it was too remote from Astronomy. For want of understanding the mode in which astronomical conditions really affected us, the arbitrary and chimerical fancies of astrology were employed, though of course quite valueless except for this temporary purpose. In the seventeenth century, however, the science of Physics specially so called, was founded; and a satisfactory arrangement of scientific conceptions began to be formed. Physics included a series of inorganic researches, the more general branch of which bordered on Astronomy, the more special on Chemistry. To complete our view of the scientific hierarchy we have now only to go back to its origin, Mathematics; a class of speculations so simple and so general, that they passed at once and without47 effort into the Positive stage. Without Mathematics, Astronomy was impossible: and they will always continue to be the starting-point of Positive education for the individual as they have been for the race. Even under the most absolute theological influence they stimulate the Positive spirit to a certain degree of systematic growth. From them it extends step by step to the subjects from which at first it had been most rigidly excluded.

Social Philosophy should, for all reasons, come after Natural Philosophy in the usual sense; that is, the study of both inorganic and organic nature. Our century is tasked with understanding the full scope of science, but these preparatory studies began with the first astronomical discoveries of ancient times. Natural Philosophy has been advanced by modern Biology, which the ancients only knew a few static principles about. There is a clear connection between biological conditions and astronomical ones. However, these two sciences are too different and too loosely connected to give us a complete understanding of Natural Philosophy as a whole. It would be too much to simplify everything down to just these two areas. Chemistry, which emerged in the Middle Ages, provided one connecting link. The natural progression from Astronomy to Chemistry and then Biology ultimately leads to Sociology, allowing for an imperfect intellectual synthesis. Yet, Chemistry's connection to Biology was close, while its link to Astronomy was more distant. Because of this lack of understanding about how astronomical conditions truly impacted us, the unfounded and fanciful ideas of astrology were employed, even though they were only useful temporarily. In the seventeenth century, however, what we now call Physics was established, leading to a better arrangement of scientific concepts. Physics encompassed various inorganic studies, some of which overlapped with Astronomy and others with Chemistry. To fully understand the scientific hierarchy, we must look back to its origins in Mathematics—a field so simple and broad that it quickly and easily transitioned into the Positive stage. Without Mathematics, Astronomy would not have been possible, and they will always be the foundation of Positive education for individuals, just as they have been for humanity as a whole. Even under the strongest theological influences, they encourage the Positive spirit to systematically grow. From Mathematics, it gradually extends to the subjects that were initially the most restricted.

We see from these brief remarks that the series of the abstract sciences naturally arranges itself according to the decrease in generality and the increase in complication. We see the reason for the introduction of each member of the series, and the mutual connexion between them. The classification is evidently the same as that before laid down in my theory of development. That theory therefore may be regarded, from the statical point of view, as furnishing a direct basis for the co-ordination of Abstract conception, on which, as we have seen, the whole synthesis of human life depends. That co-ordination at once establishes unity in our intellectual operations. It realizes the desire obscurely expressed by Bacon for a scala intellectûs, a ladder of the understanding, by the aid of which our thoughts may pass with ease from the lowest subjects to the highest, or vice versa, without weakening the sense of their continuous connexion in nature. Each of the six terms of which our series is composed is in its central portion quite distinct from the two adjoining links; but it is closely related in its commencement to the preceding term, in its conclusion to the term which follows. A further proof of the homogeneousness and continuity of the system is that the same principle of classification, when applied more closely, enables us to arrange the various theories of which each science consists. For example, the48 three great orders of mathematical speculations, Arithmetic, Geometry, and Mechanics, follow the same law of classification as that by which the entire scale is regulated. And I have shown in my Positive Philosophy that the same holds good of the other sciences. As a whole, therefore, the series is the most concise summary that can be formed of the vast range of Abstract truth; and conversely, all rational researches of a special kind result in some partial development of this series. Each term in it requires its own special processes of induction; yet in each we reason deductively from the preceding term, a method which will always be as necessary for purposes of instruction as it was originally for the purpose of discovery. Thus it is that all our other studies are but a preparation for the final science of Humanity. By it their mode of culture will always be influenced and will gradually be imbued with the true spirit of generality, which is so closely connected with social sympathy. Nor is there any danger of such influence becoming oppressive, since the very principle of our system is to combine a due measure of independence with practical convergence. The fact that our theory of classification, by the very terms of its composition, subordinates intellectual to social considerations, is eminently calculated to secure its popular acceptance. It brings the whole speculative system under the criticism, and at the same time under the protection of the public, which is usually not slow to check any abuse of those habits of abstraction which are necessary to the philosopher.

We can see from these brief comments that the series of abstract sciences naturally organizes itself based on decreasing generality and increasing complexity. The reason for including each member of the series is clear, as is the connection between them. This classification is clearly consistent with what I previously outlined in my theory of development. Therefore, this theory can be viewed, from a static perspective, as providing a direct basis for coordinating abstract concepts, which, as we've seen, all of human life's synthesis relies on. This coordination immediately establishes unity in our intellectual activities. It fulfills the desire, vaguely expressed by Bacon, for a scala intellectûs, a ladder of understanding, allowing our thoughts to move effortlessly from the simplest topics to the most complex, or the other way around, without losing the sense of their continuous connection in nature. Each of the six terms in our series is distinct in its central part from the two neighboring links but is closely related at the start to the preceding term and at the end to the term that follows. A further indication of the system's homogeneity and continuity is that the same classification principle, when applied more closely, allows us to arrange the various theories that make up each science. For example, the48three major branches of mathematical thought, Arithmetic, Geometry, and Mechanics, adhere to the same classification principle that governs the entire scale. I have demonstrated in my Positive Philosophy that the same applies to other sciences as well. Therefore, as a whole, the series provides the most succinct summary of the vast scope of abstract truth; conversely, all rational inquiries of a specific nature lead to some partial development of this series. Each term in it requires its own unique processes of induction; however, in each instance, we reason deductively from the preceding term, a method that remains essential for educational purposes as it was originally for the sake of discovery. Thus, all our other studies serve merely as preparation for the ultimate science of Humanity. Through it, their culture will always be influenced and gradually infused with the true spirit of generality, which is closely linked to social sympathy. Moreover, there's no risk of this influence becoming stifling, as the very principle of our system is to balance a sufficient degree of independence with practical alignment. The fact that our classification theory, by its very nature, places intellectual considerations in relation to social aspects is likely to promote its acceptance by the public. It subjects the entire speculative system to public scrutiny and simultaneously protects it, as the public is generally quick to address any misuse of the abstract thinking that philosophers often rely on.

The same theory then which explains the mental evolution of Humanity, lays down the true method by which our abstract conceptions should be classified; thus reconciling the conditions of Order and Movement, hitherto more or less at variance. Its49 historical clearness and its philosophical force strengthen each other, for we cannot understand the connexion of our conceptions except by studying the succession of the phases through which they pass. And on the other hand, but for the existence of such a connexion, it would be impossible to explain the historical phases. So we see that for all sound thinkers, History and Philosophy are inseparable.

The same theory that explains humanity's mental evolution also provides the correct way to categorize our abstract ideas, bringing together the concepts of Order and Movement, which previously seemed at odds. Its49 historical clarity and philosophical strength enhance each other because we can only understand how our ideas are connected by examining the sequence of stages they go through. Conversely, without this connection, it would be impossible to explain historical stages. Therefore, we see that for all rational thinkers, History and Philosophy are intertwined.

Therefore we are in a position to proceed at once with the work of social regeneration

A theory which embraces the statical as well as the dynamical aspects of the subject, and which fulfils the conditions here spoken of, may certainly be regarded as establishing the true objective basis on which unity can be established in our intellectual functions. And this unity will be developed and consolidated as our knowledge of its basis becomes more satisfactory. But the social application of the system will have far more influence on the result than any overstrained attempts at exact scientific accuracy. The object of our philosophy is to direct the spiritual reorganization of the civilized world. It is with a view to this object that all attempts at fresh discovery or at improved arrangement should be conducted. Moral and political requirements will lead us to investigate new relations; but the search should not be carried farther than is necessary for their application. Sufficient for our purpose, if this incipient classification of our mental products be so far worked out that the synthesis of Affection and of Action may be at once attempted; that is, that we may begin at once to construct that system of morality under which the final regeneration of Humanity will proceed. Those who have read my Positive Philosophy will, I think, be convinced that the time for this attempt has arrived. How urgently it is needed will appear in every part of the present work.

A theory that includes both the static and dynamic aspects of the topic, and meets the conditions we've discussed, can definitely be seen as laying a true objective foundation for achieving unity in our intellectual functions. This unity will grow and strengthen as our understanding of its basis improves. However, the impact of applying this system socially will far outweigh any overly ambitious efforts for absolute scientific precision. The goal of our philosophy is to guide the spiritual reorganization of the civilized world. All attempts at new discovery or better organization should focus on this goal. Moral and political needs will drive us to explore new relationships, but our investigation should only go as far as necessary for practical application. It will be enough for us if this early classification of our mental products is developed to the point where we can start combining Affection and Action; in other words, we should begin constructing that moral system which will facilitate the ultimate regeneration of Humanity. Those who have read my Positive Philosophy will likely agree that the time for this endeavor has come. The urgency of this need will be evident throughout this entire work.

Error of identifying Positivism with Atheism, Materialism, Fatalism, or Optimism. Atheism, like Theology, discusses insoluble mysteries

I have now described the general spirit of Positivism. But there are two or three points on which some further explanation is necessary, as they are the source of misapprehensions too common and too serious to be disregarded. Of course I only concern myself with such objections as are made in good faith.

I have now outlined the overall essence of Positivism. However, there are a couple of points that need a bit more clarification, as they lead to misunderstandings that are too frequent and too significant to ignore. Naturally, I only focus on objections that are raised in good faith.

The fact of entire freedom from theological belief being necessary before the Positive state can be perfectly attained, has induced superficial observers to confound Positivism with a state of pure negation. Now this state was at one time, and that even so recently as the last century, favourable to progress; but at present in those who unfortunately still remain in it, it is a radical obstacle to all sound social and even intellectual organization. I have long ago repudiated all philosophical or historical connexion between Positivism and what is called Atheism. But it is desirable to expose the error somewhat more clearly.

The requirement of complete freedom from religious belief to fully achieve the Positive state has led some shallow observers to mistake Positivism for a state of total denial. There was a time, even as recently as the last century, when this state was beneficial for progress; however, for those who unfortunately still find themselves in it now, it poses a significant barrier to any healthy social and intellectual structure. I long ago rejected any philosophical or historical connection between Positivism and so-called Atheism. However, it's important to clarify this misunderstanding a bit more.

Atheism, even from the intellectual point of view, is a very imperfect form of emancipation; for its tendency is to prolong the metaphysical stage indefinitely, by continuing to seek for new solutions of Theological problems, instead of setting aside all inaccessible researches on the ground of their utter inutility. The true Positive spirit consists in substituting the study of the invariable Laws of phenomena for that of their so-called Causes, whether proximate or primary; in a word, in studying the How instead of the Why. Now this is wholly incompatible with the ambitious and visionary attempts of Atheism to explain the formation of the Universe, the origin of animal life, etc. The Positivist comparing the various phases of human speculation, looks upon these51 scientific chimeras as far less valuable even from the intellectual point of view than the first spontaneous inspirations of primeval times. The principle of Theology is to explain everything by supernatural Wills. That principle can never be set aside until we acknowledge the search for Causes to be beyond our reach, and limit ourselves to the knowledge of Laws. As long as men persist in attempting to answer the insoluble questions which occupied the attention of the childhood of our race, by far the more rational plan is to do as was done then, that is, simply to give free play to the imagination. These spontaneous beliefs have gradually fallen into disuse, not because they have been disproved, but because mankind has become more enlightened as to its wants and the scope of its powers, and has gradually given an entirely new direction to its speculative efforts. If we insist upon penetrating the unattainable mystery of the essential Cause that produces phenomena, there is no hypothesis more satisfactory than that they proceed from Wills dwelling in them or outside them; an hypothesis which assimilates them to the effect produced by the desires which exist within ourselves. Were it not for the pride induced by metaphysical and scientific studies, it would be inconceivable that any atheist, modern or ancient, should have believed that his vague hypotheses on such a subject were preferable to this direct mode of explanation. And it was the only mode which really satisfied the reason, until men began to see the utter inanity and inutility of all search for absolute truth. The Order of Nature is doubtless very imperfect in every respect; but its production is far more compatible with the hypothesis of an intelligent Will than with that of a blind mechanism. Persistent atheists therefore would seem to be most illogical52 of theologists: because they occupy themselves with theological problems, and yet reject the only appropriate method of handling them. But the fact is that pure Atheism even in the present day is very rare. What is called Atheism is usually a phase of Pantheism, which is really nothing but a relapse disguised under learned terms, into a vague and abstract form of Fetichism. And it is not impossible that it may lead to the reproduction in one form or other of every theological phase as soon as the check which modern society still imposes on metaphysical extravagance has become somewhat weakened. The adoption of such theories as a satisfactory system of belief, indicates a very exaggerated or rather false view of intellectual requirements, and a very insufficient recognition of moral and social wants. It is generally connected with the visionary but mischievous tendencies of ambitious thinkers to uphold what they call the empire of Reason. In the moral sphere it forms a sort of basis for the degrading fallacies of modern metaphysicians as to the absolute preponderance of self-interest. Politically, its tendency is to unlimited prolongation of the revolutionary position: its spirit is that of blind hatred to the past: and it resists all attempts to explain it on Positive principles, with a view of disclosing the future. Atheism, therefore, is not likely to lead to Positivism except in those who pass through it rapidly as the last and most short-lived of metaphysical phases. And the wide diffusion of the scientific spirit in the present day makes this passage so easy that to arrive at maturity without accomplishing it, is a symptom of a certain mental weakness, which is often connected with moral insufficiency, and is very incompatible with Positivism. Negation offers but a feeble and precarious basis for union: and disbelief in53 Monotheism is of itself no better proof of a mind fit to grapple with the questions of the day than disbelief in Polytheism or Fetichism, which no one would maintain to be an adequate ground for claiming intellectual sympathy. The atheistic phase indeed was not really necessary, except for the revolutionists of the last century who took the lead in the movement towards radical regeneration of society. The necessity has already ceased; for the decayed condition of the old system makes the need of regeneration palpable to all. Persistence in anarchy, and Atheism is the most characteristic symptom of anarchy, is a temper of mind more unfavourable to the organic spirit, which ought by this time to have established its influence, than sincere adhesion to the old forms. This latter is of course obstructive: but at least it does not hinder us from fixing our attention upon the great social problem. Indeed it helps us to do so: because it forces the new philosophy to throw aside every weapon of attack against the older faith except its own higher capacity of satisfying our moral and social wants. But in the Atheism maintained by many metaphysicians and scientific men of the present day, Positivism, instead of wholesome rivalry of this kind, will meet with nothing but barren resistance. Anti-theological as such men may be, they feel unmixed repugnance for any attempts at social regeneration, although their efforts in the last century had to some extent prepared the way for it. Far, then, from counting upon their support, Positivists must expect to find them hostile: although from the incoherence of their opinions it will not be difficult to reclaim those of them whose errors are not essentially due to pride.

Atheism, even from an intellectual perspective, is an incomplete form of liberation; its tendency is to extend the metaphysical stage indefinitely by continuing to search for new solutions to theological problems instead of abandoning utterly futile inquiries. The true positive spirit lies in replacing the study of the so-called causes of phenomena with the study of the invariable laws that govern them; in short, focusing on the How rather than the Why. This approach completely contradicts Atheism's ambitious and unrealistic attempts to explain the formation of the universe, the origins of animal life, and so on. A Positivist, comparing the various stages of human thought, views these scientific fantasies as being far less valuable, even intellectually, than the initial spontaneous insights of ancient times. The principle of theology is to explain everything through supernatural Wills. That principle cannot be dismissed until we recognize that the search for Causes goes beyond our reach and confines ourselves to understanding Laws. As long as people insist on trying to answer the unsolvable questions that captured humanity's attention in its infancy, a far more logical approach is to do what was done then: simply indulge the imagination. These spontaneous beliefs have gradually fallen out of use, not because they have been disproven, but because humanity has become more aware of its needs and capabilities, redirecting its speculative efforts. If we insist on delving into the unattainable mystery of the fundamental cause that triggers phenomena, there is no more satisfactory hypothesis than that they arise from wills, either within or outside themselves; a hypothesis that mirrors the effects produced by our own desires. Without the pride stemming from metaphysical and scientific studies, it would be unimaginable for any atheist, modern or ancient, to think their vague ideas on such topics were preferable to this straightforward form of explanation. This was the only approach that truly satisfied reason until people began to realize the absolute futility and uselessness of searching for ultimate truth. The order of nature is undeniably very flawed in every aspect, but its existence is much more compatible with the hypothesis of an intelligent will than with that of blind mechanism. Therefore, persistent atheists seem to be the most illogical of theologists; they engage with theological problems yet reject the only suitable method to address them. However, pure Atheism is very rare today. What is termed Atheism is often just a phase of Pantheism, which is essentially a disguised relapse, couched in scholarly language, into a vague and abstract form of fetishism. And it is possible that this could lead to a resurgence of all kinds of theological perspectives as soon as the checks on metaphysical excesses imposed by modern society weaken. Embracing such theories as a satisfying belief system reflects an exaggerated or misguided view of intellectual standards, along with an insufficient recognition of moral and social needs. This is typically linked with the ambitious yet harmful tendencies of visionary thinkers to uphold what they call the empire of Reason. In moral terms, it forms a foundation for the degrading fallacies of contemporary metaphysicians regarding the absolute dominance of self-interest. Politically, its tendency is to perpetuate the revolutionary stance indefinitely; its spirit embodies blind hostility to the past, resisting any attempts to explain it on positive principles with the aim of revealing the future. Thus, Atheism is unlikely to lead to Positivism except for those who transition through it quickly as the last and most fleeting of metaphysical stages. The widespread presence of the scientific spirit today makes this transition so simple that not achieving it indicates a certain mental weakness often associated with moral inadequacies, which is fundamentally incompatible with Positivism. Negation provides a weak and unstable foundation for unity, and disbelief in 53 Monotheism is no better proof of a mind capable of tackling contemporary issues than disbelief in Polytheism or Fetichism, which no one would argue to be a sufficient reason for claiming intellectual kinship. The atheistic phase wasn’t really necessary except for the revolutionaries of the past century who spearheaded the movement for the radical transformation of society. This necessity has already passed; the deteriorated state of the old system makes the need for renewal evident to everyone. Persisting in anarchy, with Atheism being its most revealing symptom, is a mindset much less favorable to the organic spirit, which by now should have established its influence, than genuine loyalty to old forms. The latter, while obstructive, at least doesn’t prevent us from focusing on the major social issues. In fact, it assists us in doing so, as it pushes the new philosophy to discard all means of attack against the older faith except for its own enhanced ability to meet our moral and social needs. However, in the Atheism that many modern metaphysicians and scientists uphold, Positivism will encounter nothing but fruitless resistance, rather than a healthy rivalry. Despite being anti-theological, these individuals harbor strong aversions to all attempts at social rejuvenation, even though their actions last century partly facilitated it. Therefore, rather than anticipating their support, Positivists should brace for hostility. Yet, due to the inconsistencies in their views, it won't be difficult to win over those whose errors do not stem from pride.

Materialism is due to the encroachment of the lower sciences on the domain of the higher: an error which Positivism rectifies

The charge of Materialism which is often made against Positive philosophy54 is of more importance. It originates in the course of scientific study upon which the Positive system is based. In answering the charge, I need not enter into any discussion of impenetrable mysteries. Our theory of development will enable us to see distinctly the real ground of the confusion that exists upon the subject.

The accusation of Materialism often directed at Positive philosophy54 is quite significant. It comes from the scientific study that the Positive system relies on. In addressing this accusation, I don’t need to get into any incomprehensible mysteries. Our theory of development will help us clearly understand the actual cause of the confusion surrounding this topic.

Positive science was for a long time limited to the simplest subjects: it could not reach the highest except by a natural series of intermediate steps. As each of these steps is taken, the student is apt to be influenced too strongly by the methods and results of the preceding stage. Here, as it seems to me, lies the real source of that scientific error which men have instinctively blamed as materialism. The name is just, because the tendency indicated is one which degrades the higher subjects of thought by confounding them with the lower. It was hardly possible that this usurpation by one science of the domain of another should have been wholly avoided. For since the more special phenomena do really depend upon the more general, it is perfectly legitimate for each science to exercise a certain deductive influence upon that which follows it in the scale. By such influence the special inductions of that science were rendered more coherent. The result, however, is that each of the sciences has to undergo a long struggle against the encroachments of the one preceding it; a struggle which, even in the case of the subjects which have been studied longest, is not yet over. Nor can it entirely cease until the controlling influence of sound philosophy be established over the whole scale, introducing juster views of the relations of its several parts, about which at present there is such irrational confusion.55 Thus it appears that Materialism is a danger inherent in the mode in which the scientific studies necessary as a preparation for Positivism were pursued. Each science tended to absorb the one next to it, on the ground of having reached the Positive stage earlier and more thoroughly. The evil then is really deeper and more extensive than is imagined by most of those who deplore it. It passes generally unnoticed except in the highest class of subjects. These doubtless are more seriously affected, inasmuch as they undergo the encroaching process from all the rest; but we find the same thing in different degrees, in every step of the scientific scale. Even the lowest step, Mathematics, is no exception, though its position would seem at first sight to exempt it. To a philosophic eye there is Materialism in the common tendency of mathematicians at the present day to absorb Geometry or Mechanics into the Calculus, as well as in the more evident encroachments of Mathematics upon Physics, of Physics upon Chemistry, of Chemistry, which is more frequent, upon Biology, or lastly in the common tendency of the best biologists to look upon Sociology as a mere corollary of their own science. In all cases it is the same fundamental error: that is, an exaggerated use of deductive reasoning; and in all it is attended with the same result; that the higher studies are in constant danger of being disorganized by the indiscriminate application of the lower. All scientific specialists at the present time are more or less materialists, according as the phenomena studied by them are more or less simple and general. Geometricians, therefore, are more liable to the error than any others; they all aim consciously or otherwise at a synthesis in which the most elementary studies, those of Number, Space, and Motion, are made to regulate all56 the rest. But the biologists who resist this encroachment most energetically, are often guilty of the same mistake. They not unfrequently attempt, for instance, to explain all sociological facts by the influence of climate and race, which are purely secondary; thus showing their ignorance of the fundamental laws of Sociology, which can only be discovered by a series of direct inductions from history.

Positive science was long limited to basic topics: it couldn't advance to more complex ones without going through a natural series of intermediate steps. As each step is taken, students tend to be strongly influenced by the methods and outcomes of the earlier stages. To me, this is the real source of the scientific error that people have instinctively labeled as materialism. The term fits because this tendency devalues higher subjects by mixing them with lower ones. It was nearly inevitable that one science would encroach on another's territory. Since more specific phenomena actually depend on more general ones, it's completely reasonable for each science to have some deductive influence on what follows next in the hierarchy. This influence makes the specific findings of that science more coherent. However, the downside is that each science has to go through a long battle against the advances of the one before it, a battle which, even in the oldest studied subjects, is still ongoing. This struggle can't stop completely until solid philosophy governs the whole scale, leading to clearer understanding of the relationships among its various parts, which are currently in a state of irrational confusion.55 Thus, it seems that Materialism is a risk inherent in the way the scientific studies essential for Positivism were conducted. Each science tended to absorb the one next to it because it had reached the Positive stage sooner and more thoroughly. The problem is actually deeper and wider than most people who lament it realize. It usually goes unnoticed except in the most complex subjects. These subjects are certainly more severely affected since they are encroached upon from all sides; yet we see this trend in varying degrees throughout the entire scientific spectrum. Even the most basic step, Mathematics, is not exempt, although it may first appear that way. From a philosophical perspective, there is Materialism in the common tendency of mathematicians today to absorb Geometry or Mechanics into Calculus, as well as in the more noticeable encroachments of Mathematics on Physics, of Physics on Chemistry, or Chemistry (which occurs more frequently) on Biology. Lastly, there’s the tendency of many biologists to view Sociology merely as a byproduct of their own field. In all these cases, the fundamental error is the same: an overemphasis on deductive reasoning. This results in a constant risk that the higher studies will be disrupted by the indiscriminate use of the lower ones. Nowadays, all scientific specialists are somewhat materialistic, depending on how simple and general the phenomena they study are. Therefore, geometricians are particularly prone to this error; they aim, consciously or unconsciously, for a synthesis in which the most basic studies—those of Number, Space, and Motion—dictate everything else.56 However, biologists who resist this encroachment the most vigorously often fall into the same trap. They frequently try, for example, to explain all sociological facts solely through the influences of climate and race, which are quite secondary. This shows their lack of understanding of the fundamental laws of Sociology, which can only be discovered through a series of direct observations in history.

This philosophical estimate of Materialism explains how it is that it has been brought as a charge against Positivism, and at the same time proves the deep injustice of the charge. Positivism, far from countenancing so dangerous an error, is, as we have seen, the only philosophy which can completely remove it. The error arises from certain tendencies which are in themselves legitimate, but which have been carried too far; and Positivism satisfies these tendencies in their due measure. Hitherto the evil has remained unchecked, except by the theologico-metaphysical spirit, which, by giving rise to what is called Spiritualism, has rendered a very valuable service. But useful as it has been, it could not arrest the active growth of Materialism, which has assumed in the eyes of modern thinkers something of a progressive character, from having been so long connected with the cause of resistance to a retrograde system. Notwithstanding all the protests of the spiritualists, the lower sciences have encroached upon the higher to an extent that seriously impairs their independence and their value. But Positivism meets the difficulty far more effectually. It satisfies and reconciles all that is really tenable in the rival claims of both Materialism and Spiritualism; and, having done this, it discards them both. It holds the one to be as dangerous to Order as the other to Progress.57 This result is an immediate consequence of the establishment of the encyclopædic scale, in which each science retains its own proper sphere of induction, while deductively it remains subordinate to the science which precedes it. But what really decides the matter is the fact that such paramount importance, both logically and scientifically, is given by Positive Philosophy to social questions. For these are the questions in which the influence of Materialism is most mischievous, and also in which it is most easily introduced. A system therefore which gives them the precedence over all other questions must hold Materialism to be quite as obstructive as Spiritualism, since both are alike an obstacle to the progress of that science for the sake of which all other sciences are studied. Further advance in the work of social regeneration implies the elimination of both of them, because it cannot proceed without exact knowledge of the laws of moral and social phenomena. In the next chapter I shall have to speak of the mischievous effects of Materialism upon the Art or practice of social life. It leads to a misconception of the most fundamental principle of that Art, namely, the systematic separation of spiritual and temporal power. To maintain that separation, to carry out on a more satisfactory basis the admirable attempt made in the Middle Ages by the Catholic Church, is the most important of political questions. Thus the antagonism of Positivism to Materialism rests upon political no less than upon philosophical grounds.

This philosophical assessment of Materialism explains how it has been used as a criticism of Positivism, while also showing how unfair that criticism is. Positivism, rather than supporting such a dangerous mistake, is actually the only philosophy capable of fully addressing it. The mistake comes from certain tendencies that are valid in themselves but have been taken too far; Positivism satisfies these tendencies in the right balance. Until now, the negative impact has gone largely unchallenged, except by the theologico-metaphysical approach, which has led to what is known as Spiritualism and has provided valuable discourse. However useful it has been, it couldn't stop the active rise of Materialism, which modern thinkers see as somewhat progressive because of its long association with resisting a backward system. Despite all the objections from spiritualists, the lower sciences have encroached upon the higher ones, undermining their independence and value. But Positivism addresses the issue more effectively. It satisfies and reconciles everything that is genuinely valid in the competing claims of both Materialism and Spiritualism, and then discards them both. It views one as dangerous to Order just like the other is to Progress.57 This outcome is a direct result of establishing an encyclopedic framework, where each science maintains its own relevant area of study, while remaining logically subordinate to the science that precedes it. What really matters, however, is that Positive Philosophy places such crucial importance, both logically and scientifically, on social issues. These are the areas where Materialism's influence is most harmful and also where it can be most easily introduced. Therefore, a system that prioritizes them above all other concerns must regard Materialism as just as obstructive as Spiritualism, since both hinder the advancement of the very science for which all other sciences are studied. Further progress in social regeneration requires the removal of both, because it cannot proceed without accurate knowledge of the laws governing moral and social phenomena. In the next chapter, I will discuss the harmful effects of Materialism on the practice of social life. It leads to a misunderstanding of the most fundamental principle of that practice, which is the systematic separation of spiritual and temporal power. Upholding that separation and improving the commendable attempt made by the Catholic Church in the Middle Ages is one of the most significant political issues. Thus, Positivism's opposition to Materialism is based on both political and philosophical grounds.

With the view of securing a dispassionate consideration of this subject, and of avoiding all confusion, I have laid no stress upon the charge of immorality that is so often brought against Materialism. The reproach, even when made sincerely, is constantly belied by experience,58 indeed it is inconsistent with all that we know of human nature. Our opinions, whether right or wrong, have not, fortunately, the absolute power over our feelings and conduct which is commonly attributed to them. Materialism has been provisionally connected with the whole movement of emancipation, and it has therefore often been found in common with the noblest aspirations. That connexion, however, has now ceased; and it must be owned that even in the most favourable cases this error, purely intellectual though it be, has to a certain extent always checked the free play of our nobler instincts, by leading men to ignore or misconceive moral phenomena, which were left unexplained by its crude hypothesis. Cabanis gave a striking example of this tendency in his unfortunate attack upon mediaeval chivalry.3 Cabanis was a philosopher whose moral nature was as pure and sympathetic as his intellect was elevated and enlarged. Yet the materialism of his day had entirely blinded him to the beneficial results of the attempts made by the most energetic of our ancestors to institute the Worship of Woman.

To ensure an unbiased discussion on this topic and avoid any confusion, I've decided not to emphasize the accusation of immorality that is frequently directed at Materialism. This criticism, even when genuinely intended, is often contradicted by experience and is actually at odds with everything we understand about human nature. Our beliefs, whether right or wrong, thankfully do not have the absolute influence over our emotions and actions that people usually assume. Materialism has been temporarily linked with the entire movement for liberation, which is why it has often appeared alongside the highest ideals. However, that connection has now faded; and it must be acknowledged that even in the best situations, this purely intellectual error has always somewhat stifled the natural expression of our better instincts by causing people to overlook or misunderstand moral issues that its simplistic theory failed to explain. Cabanis provided a striking example of this tendency in his unfortunate critique of medieval chivalry. Cabanis was a philosopher whose moral character was as pure and compassionate as his intellect was advanced and expansive. Yet the materialism of his time completely blinded him to the positive outcomes of the efforts made by our most passionate ancestors to establish the Worship of Woman.

We have now examined the two principal charges brought against the Positive system, and we have found that they apply merely to the unsystematic state in which Positive principles are first introduced. But the system is also accused of Fatalism and of Optimism; charges on which it will not be necessary to dwell at great length, because, though frequently made, they are not difficult to refute.

We have now looked at the two main criticisms aimed at the Positive system, and we've found that they only relate to the disorganized way in which Positive principles are initially introduced. However, the system is also criticized for being Fatalistic and Optimistic; these accusations don't require much elaboration because, although they are commonly made, they are easy to counter.

Nor is Positivism fatalist, since it asserts the External Order to be modifiable

The charge of Fatalism has accompanied every fresh extension of Positive59 science, from its first beginnings. Nor is this surprising; for when any series of phenomena passes from the dominion of Wills, whether modified by metaphysical abstractions or not, to the dominion of Laws, the regularity of the latter contrasts so strongly with the instability of the former, as to present an appearance of fatality, which nothing but a very careful examination of the real character of scientific truth can dissipate. And the error is the more likely to occur from the fact that our first types of natural laws are derived from the phenomena of the heavenly bodies. These, being wholly beyond our interference, always suggest the notion of absolute necessity, a notion which it is difficult to prevent from extending to more complex phenomena, as soon as they are brought within the reach of the Positive method. And it is quite true that Positivism holds the Order of Nature to be in its primary aspects strictly invariable. All variations, whether spontaneous or artificial, are only transient and of secondary import. The conception of unlimited variations would in fact be equivalent to the rejection of Law altogether. But while this accounts for the fact that every new Positive theory is accused of Fatalism, it is equally clear that blind persistence in the accusation shows a very shallow conception of what Positivism really is. For, unchangeable as the Order of Nature is in its main aspects, yet all phenomena, except those of Astronomy, admit of being modified in their secondary relations, and this the more as they are more complicated. The Positive spirit, when confined to the subjects of Mathematics and Astronomy, was inevitably fatalist; but this ceased to be the case when it extended to Physics and Chemistry, and especially to Biology, where60 the margin of variation is very considerable. Now that it embraces Social phenomena, the reproach, however it may have been once deserved, should be heard no longer, since these phenomena, which will for the future form its principal field, admit of larger modification than any others, and that chiefly by our own intervention. It is obvious then that Positivism, far from encouraging indolence, stimulates us to action, especially to social action, far more energetically than any Theological doctrine. It removes all groundless scruples, and prevents us from having recourse to chimeras. It encourages our efforts everywhere, except where they are manifestly useless.

The idea of Fatalism has come up with every new advancement in Positive59 science since it started. This isn't surprising; when a set of phenomena shifts from the influence of individual Wills, whether influenced by abstract ideas or not, to the influence of Laws, the consistency of Laws stands in stark contrast to the unpredictability of Wills, creating a sense of fatality that can only be cleared up through a careful look at the true nature of scientific truth. The misunderstanding is more likely to arise because our early examples of natural laws come from the behavior of celestial bodies. Because these bodies are entirely beyond our control, they convey the idea of absolute necessity, a concept that can easily extend to more complex phenomena once they are analyzed through the Positive method. Positivism indeed believes that the Order of Nature is fundamentally unchanging in its primary aspects. Any changes, whether spontaneous or man-made, are just temporary and of lesser significance. The idea of limitless variations would essentially mean rejecting Law entirely. However, while this explains why every new Positive theory is labeled as Fatalism, it’s also clear that stubbornly holding onto this label reflects a limited understanding of what Positivism truly is. Even though the Order of Nature is unchangeable in its most essential aspects, all phenomena except for those in Astronomy can be altered in their secondary connections, especially as they grow more complex. The Positive approach, when focused solely on Mathematics and Astronomy, was inevitably fatalistic; but that changed when it expanded into Physics and Chemistry, and especially into Biology, where60 the potential for variation is quite large. Now that it includes Social phenomena, the criticism, though it might have been fair at one point, should no longer apply, since these phenomena, which will now be its main area of focus, allow for greater modification than any others, primarily through our actions. It’s clear, then, that Positivism, rather than promoting passivity, actually encourages us to take action, especially in the social realm, much more vigorously than any Theological belief. It eliminates unfounded doubts and keeps us from falling back on illusions. It supports our efforts everywhere, except in cases where they are clearly pointless.

The charge of Optimism applies to Theology rather than to Positivism. The positivist judges of all historical actions relatively, but does not justify them indiscriminately

For the charge of Optimism there is even less ground than for that of Fatalism. The latter was, to a certain extent, connected with the rise of the Positive spirit; but Optimism is simply a result of Theology; and its influence has always been decreasing with the growth of Positivism. Astronomical laws, it is true, suggest the idea of perfection as naturally as that of necessity. On the other hand, their great simplicity places the defects of the Order of Nature in so clear a light, that optimists would never have sought their arguments in astronomy, were it not that the first elements of the science had to be worked out under the influence of Monotheism, a system which involved the hypothesis of absolute wisdom. But by the theory of development on which the Positive synthesis is here made to rest, Optimism is discarded as well as Fatalism, in the direct proportion of the intricacy of the phenomena. It is in the most intricate that the defects of Nature, as well as the power of modifying them, become most manifest. With regard, therefore,61 to social phenomena, the most complex of all, both charges are utterly misplaced. Any optimistic tendencies that writers on social subjects may display, must be due to the fact that their education has not been such as to teach them the nature and conditions of the true scientific spirit. For want of sound logical training, great misuse has been made in our own time of a property peculiar to social phenomena. It is that we find in them a greater amount of spontaneous wisdom than might have been expected from their complexity. It would be a mistake, however, to suppose this wisdom perfect. The phenomena in question are those of intelligent beings who are always occupied in amending the defects of their economy. It is obvious, therefore, that they will show less imperfection than if, in a case equally complicated, the agents could have been blind. The standard by which to judge of action is always to be taken relatively to the social state in which the action takes place. Therefore all historical positions and changes must have at least some grounds of justification; otherwise they would be totally incomprehensible, because inconsistent with the nature of the agents and of the actions performed by them. Now this naturally fosters a dangerous tendency to Optimism in all thinkers, who, whatever their powers may be, have not passed through any strict scientific training, and have consequently never cast off metaphysical and theological modes of thought in the higher subjects. Because every government shows a certain adaptation to the civilization of its time, they make the loose assertion that the adaptation is perfect; a conception which is of course chimerical. But it is unjust to charge Positivism with errors which are evidently contrary to its true spirit, and merely62 due to the want of logical and scientific training in those who have hitherto engaged in the study of social questions. The object of Sociology is to explain all historical facts; not to justify them indiscriminately, as is done by those who are unable to distinguish the influence of the agent from that of surrounding circumstances.

For the idea of Optimism, there’s even less support than for Fatalism. The latter was somewhat linked to the rise of the Positive spirit, but Optimism is purely a product of Theology, and its impact has consistently declined with the growth of Positivism. Astronomical laws do suggest the concept of perfection as naturally as they do necessity. However, their simplicity also highlights the flaws in the natural order so clearly that optimists wouldn't have turned to astronomy for their arguments if the foundational aspects of the science hadn't been developed under the influence of Monotheism, a system that implied the existence of absolute wisdom. But with the development theory that supports the Positive synthesis here, both Optimism and Fatalism are rejected in direct accordance with the complexity of the phenomena. It is in the most complex cases that the flaws of Nature, along with the ability to change them, become most apparent. Therefore, when it comes to social phenomena, which are the most complex of all, both charges are completely misplaced. Any optimistic leanings that writers on social issues may have are likely due to their education not teaching them about the nature and conditions of the true scientific spirit. Due to lack of sound logical training, there has been significant misuse in our time of a unique aspect of social phenomena. That aspect is the greater amount of spontaneous wisdom found in them than one might expect given their complexity. However, it would be a mistake to think this wisdom is perfect. The phenomena in question involve intelligent beings who are always working to improve the flaws in their systems. Thus, it’s clear they will show less imperfection than if, in a similarly complicated case, the agents were blind. The standard for judging actions should always be relative to the social state in which those actions occur. Therefore, all historical positions and changes must have at least some justification; otherwise, they would be completely incomprehensible, as they would be inconsistent with the nature of the agents and their actions. This naturally leads to a risky tendency toward Optimism in all thinkers who, regardless of their abilities, have not undergone rigorous scientific training and thus have not shed metaphysical and theological thought patterns in deeper subjects. Because every government demonstrates a certain alignment with its time's civilization, they make the vague claim that this alignment is perfect; a notion that is clearly unrealistic. However, it is unfair to accuse Positivism of errors that are clearly contrary to its true spirit, which are merely a result of others’ lack of logical and scientific training in the study of social issues. The aim of Sociology is to explain all historical facts, not to indiscriminately justify them as those incapable of distinguishing the agent's influence from that of surrounding circumstances do.

The word Positive connotes all the highest intellectual attributes, and will ultimately have a moral significance

On reviewing this brief sketch of the intellectual character of Positivism, it will be seen that all its essential attributes are summed up in the word Positive, which I applied to the new philosophy at its outset. All the languages of Western Europe agree in understanding by this word and its derivatives the two qualities of reality and usefulness. Combining these, we get at once an adequate definition of the true philosophic spirit, which, after all, is nothing but good sense generalized and put into a systematic form. The term also implies in all European languages, certainty and precision, qualities by which the intellect of modern nations is markedly distinguished from that of antiquity. Again, the ordinary acceptation of the term implies a directly organic tendency. Now the metaphysical spirit is incapable of organizing; it can only criticize. This distinguishes it from the Positive spirit, although for a time they had a common sphere of action. By speaking of Positivism as organic, we imply that it has a social purpose; that purpose being to supersede Theology in the spiritual direction of the human race.

On reviewing this brief overview of the intellectual character of Positivism, it becomes clear that all its key attributes are captured in the word Positive, which I used to describe the new philosophy at its beginning. All the languages of Western Europe agree that this word and its derivatives convey the two qualities of reality and usefulness. Combining these, we quickly arrive at a fitting definition of the true philosophic spirit, which is essentially just good sense generalized and organized in a systematic way. The term also suggests in all European languages certainty and precision, qualities that clearly set the intellect of modern nations apart from that of ancient times. Furthermore, the usual meaning of the term indicates a directly organic tendency. The metaphysical spirit, however, cannot organize; it can only critique. This sets it apart from the Positive spirit, although they once shared a common area of influence. By describing Positivism as organic, we suggest that it has a social purpose, which is to replace Theology in guiding the spiritual direction of humanity.

But the word will bear yet a further meaning. The organic character of the system leads us naturally to another of its attributes, namely its invariable relativity. Modern thinkers will never rise above that critical position which they have hitherto taken up towards the past, except by63 repudiating all absolute principles. This last meaning is more latent than the others, but is really contained in the term. It will soon become generally accepted, and the word Positive will be understood to mean relative as much as it now means organic, precise, certain, useful, and real. Thus the highest attributes of human wisdom have, with one exception, been gradually condensed into a single expressive term. All that is now wanting is that the word should denote what at first could form no part of the meaning, the union of moral with intellectual qualities. At present, only the latter are included; but the course of modern progress makes it certain that the conception implied by the word Positive, will ultimately have a more direct reference to the heart than to the understanding. For it will soon be felt by all that the tendency of Positivism, and that by virtue of its primary characteristic, reality, is to make Feeling systematically supreme over Reason as well as over Activity. After all, the change consists simply in realizing the full etymological value of the word Philosophy4. For it was impossible to realize it until moral and mental conditions had been reconciled; and this has been now done by the foundation of a Positive science of society.

But the word will have another meaning. The organic nature of the system naturally leads us to another of its traits, which is its unchanging relativity. Modern thinkers will never move beyond their critical stance towards the past unless they reject all absolute principles. This last meaning is less obvious than the others, but it is truly contained within the term. It will soon be widely accepted, and the word Positive will be understood to mean relative just as much as it currently means organic, precise, certain, useful, and real. Therefore, the highest attributes of human wisdom have, with one exception, gradually been condensed into a single expressive term. All that remains is for the word to signify what initially could not be part of its meaning: the combination of moral and intellectual qualities. Right now, only the latter are included; however, the direction of modern progress makes it clear that the concept implied by the word Positive will eventually have a more direct connection to the heart than to the mind. It will soon be understood by all that the tendency of Positivism, and particularly its primary characteristic, reality, is to prioritize Feeling over Reason and also over Activity. Ultimately, the change simply involves recognizing the full etymological value of the word Philosophy4. This recognition was impossible until moral and mental conditions were reconciled, which has now been accomplished through the establishment of a Positive science of society.


CHAPTER II

THE SOCIAL ASPECT OF POSITIVISM, AS SHOWN BY ITS CONNEXION WITH THE GENERAL REVOLUTIONARY MOVEMENT OF WESTERN EUROPE

THE SOCIAL ASPECT OF POSITIVISM, DEMONSTRATED BY ITS LINK TO THE OVERALL REVOLUTIONARY MOVEMENT IN WESTERN EUROPE

As the chief characteristic of Positive Philosophy is the paramount importance that is given, and that on speculative grounds, to social considerations, its efficiency for the purposes of practical life is involved in the very spirit of the system. When this spirit is rightly understood, we find that it leads at once to an object far higher than that of satisfying our scientific curiosity; the object, namely, of organizing human life. Conversely, this practical aspect of Positive Philosophy exercises the most salutary influence upon its speculative character. By keeping constantly before us the necessity of concentrating all scientific efforts upon the social object which constitutes their value, we take the best possible means of checking the tendency inherent in all abstract inquiries to degenerate into useless digressions. But this general connexion between theory and practice would not by itself be sufficient for our purpose. It would be impossible to secure the acceptance of a mental discipline, so new and so difficult, were it not for considerations derived from the general conditions of modern society; considerations calculated to impress philosophers with a more definite sense of obligation to do their65 utmost towards satisfying the wants of the time. By thus arousing public sympathies and showing that the success of Positivism is a matter of permanent and general importance, the coherence of the system as well as the elevation of its aims will be placed beyond dispute. We have hitherto been regarding Positivism as the issue in which intellectual development necessarily results. We have now to view it from the social side; for until we have done this, it is impossible to form a true conception of it.

As the main feature of Positive Philosophy is the significant emphasis placed on social considerations, especially from a speculative standpoint, its effectiveness for practical life is embedded in the very essence of the system. When we understand this essence correctly, we realize that it leads to a goal much greater than merely satisfying our scientific curiosity; that goal is to organize human life. On the flip side, this practical aspect of Positive Philosophy positively impacts its speculative nature. By continuously reminding us to focus all scientific efforts on the social objectives that give them value, we effectively counteract the tendency of all abstract inquiries to devolve into pointless diversions. However, this overall connection between theory and practice would not be enough on its own. It would be impossible to gain acceptance for such a new and challenging mental discipline without considering the general conditions of modern society; these considerations are meant to instill in philosophers a clearer sense of duty to meet the needs of the time. By drawing public support and demonstrating that the success of Positivism is of lasting and widespread importance, the coherence of the system and the elevation of its aims will be undeniable. So far, we have viewed Positivism as the outcome of necessary intellectual growth. Now we need to examine it from a social perspective; until we do this, we cannot form an accurate understanding of it.

The relation of Positivism to the French Revolution

And to do this, all that is here necessary is to point out the close relation in which the new philosophy stands to the whole course of the French Revolution. This revolution has now been agitating Western nations for sixty years5. It is the final issue of the vast transition through which we have been passing during the five previous centuries.

And to achieve this, all that’s needed is to highlight the close connection between the new philosophy and the entire progression of the French Revolution. This revolution has been stirring Western nations for sixty years5. It represents the ultimate result of the significant change we've been experiencing over the past five centuries.

In this great crisis there are naturally two principal phases; of which only the first, or negative, phase has yet been accomplished. In it we gave the last blow to the old system, but without arriving at any fixed and distinct prospect of the new. In the second or positive phase, which is at last beginning, a basis for the new social state has to be constructed. The first phase led as its ultimate result to the formation of a sound philosophical system; and by this system the second phase will be directed. It is this twofold connexion which we are now to consider.

In this significant crisis, there are naturally two main phases; only the first, or negative, phase has been completed so far. In it, we dealt the final blow to the old system, but we have not yet established a clear and distinct vision for the new one. The second or positive phase, which is finally beginning, involves building a foundation for the new social state. The first phase ultimately resulted in the creation of a solid philosophical framework; and this framework will guide the second phase. It's this twofold connection that we will now explore.

The negative or destructive phase of the Revolution stimulated the desire of Progress, and consequently the study of social phenomena

The strong reaction which was exercised upon the intellect by the first great shock of revolution was absolutely necessary to rouse and66 sustain our mental efforts in the search for a new system. For the greatest thinkers of the eighteenth century had been blinded to the true character of the new state by the effete remnants of the old. And the shock was especially necessary for the foundation of social science. For the basis of that science is the conception of human Progress, a conception which nothing but the Revolution could have brought forward into sufficient prominence.

The intense reaction that the first big shock of revolution had on our minds was crucial to motivate and66 support our thinking as we looked for a new system. This is because the greatest thinkers of the eighteenth century were misled by the outdated remnants of the old order. The shock was particularly essential for establishing social science. The foundation of that science relies on the idea of human progress, an idea that only the Revolution could have brought into the spotlight.

Social Order was regarded by the ancients as stationary: and its theory under this provisional aspect was admirably sketched out by the great Aristotle. In this respect the case of Sociology resembles that of Biology. In Biology statical conceptions were attained without the least knowledge of dynamical laws. Similarly, the social speculations of antiquity are entirely devoid of the conception of Progress. Their historical field was too narrow to indicate any continuous movement of Humanity. It was not till the Middle Ages that this movement became sufficiently manifest to inspire the feeling that we were tending towards a state of increased perfection. It was then seen by all that Catholicism was superior to Polytheism and Judaism; and this was afterwards confirmed by the corresponding political improvement produced by the substitution of Feudalism for Roman government. Confused as this first feeling of human Progress was, it was yet very intense and very largely diffused; though it lost much of its vitality in the theological and metaphysical discussions of later centuries. It is here that we must look if we would understand that ardour in the cause of Progress which is peculiar to the Western family of nations, and which has been strong67 enough to check many sophistical delusions, especially in the countries where the noble aspirations of the Middle Ages have been least impaired by the metaphysical theories of Protestantism or Deism.

Social Order was seen by ancient civilizations as unchanging, and the theory around it was effectively outlined by the great Aristotle. In this way, Sociology is similar to Biology. In Biology, static ideas were formed without any understanding of dynamic laws. Likewise, the social theories of ancient times completely missed the idea of Progress. Their historical perspective was too limited to show any continuous movement of Humanity. It wasn't until the Middle Ages that this movement became clear enough to create the sense that we were moving toward a state of greater perfection. At that time, everyone recognized that Catholicism was better than Polytheism and Judaism, and this was later validated by the political progress that came with the shift from Roman governance to Feudalism. Although the initial sense of human Progress was muddled, it was very powerful and widely felt, even though it lost much of its energy in the theological and philosophical debates of later centuries. This is where we need to look if we want to understand the passion for Progress that is unique to Western nations, which has been strong enough to counter many deceptive beliefs, especially in places where the noble ideals of the Middle Ages have been least affected by the philosophical theories of Protestantism or Deism.

But whatever the importance of this nascent feeling, it was very far from sufficient to establish the conviction of Progress as a fundamental principle of human society. To demonstrate any kind of progression, at least three terms are requisite. Now the absolute character of theological philosophy, by which the comparison between Polytheism and Catholicism was instituted, prevented men from conceiving the bare possibility of any further stage. The limits of perfection were supposed to have been reached by the mediaeval system, and beyond it there was nothing but the Christian Utopia of a future life. The decline of mediaeval theology soon set the imagination free from any such obstacles; but it led at the same time to a mental reaction which for a long time was unfavourable to the development of this first conception of Progress. It brought a feeling of blind antipathy to the Middle Ages. Almost all thinkers in their dislike of the Catholic dogmas were seized with such irrational admiration for Antiquity as entirely to ignore the social superiority of the mediaeval system; and it was only among the untaught masses, especially in the countries preserved from Protestantism, that any real feeling of this superiority was retained. It was not till the middle of the seventeenth century that modern thinkers began to dwell on the conception of Progress.

But no matter how important this emerging feeling was, it was nowhere near enough to establish the belief in Progress as a fundamental principle of human society. To show any form of progression, you need at least three elements. The absolute nature of theological philosophy, which compared Polytheism and Catholicism, made it impossible for people to imagine any further stage. The medieval system was thought to have reached the limits of perfection, and beyond it, there was only the Christian ideal of an afterlife. The decline of medieval theology eventually freed the imagination from those constraints; however, it also triggered a mental backlash that was for a long time unfavorable to the development of this initial idea of Progress. It fostered a sense of blind resentment toward the Middle Ages. Most thinkers, in their disdain for Catholic doctrines, developed an irrational admiration for Antiquity, completely overlooking the social advantages of the medieval system; and only among the uneducated masses, particularly in countries untouched by Protestantism, was any real sense of this superiority maintained. It wasn't until the mid-seventeenth century that modern thinkers started to focus on the idea of Progress.

It re-appeared then under a new aspect. Conclusive evidence had by that time been furnished that the more civilized portion of our race had advanced in science and industry, and even,68 though not so unquestionably, in the fine arts. But these aspects were only partial: and though they were undoubtedly the source of the more systematic views held by our own century upon the subject, they were not enough to demonstrate the fact of a progression. And indeed, from the social point of view, so far more important than any other, Progress seemed more doubtful than it had been in the Middle Ages.

It then reappeared in a new light. By that time, there was conclusive evidence that the more civilized part of our society had advanced in science and industry, and even, 68 though not as clearly, in the fine arts. But these aspects were only partial: while they were certainly the basis for the more systematic views our century holds on the topic, they weren’t enough to prove that progress was happening. In fact, from a social perspective, which is far more important than any other, progress seemed more uncertain than it had been in the Middle Ages.

But this condition of opinion was changed by the revolutionary shock which impelled France, the normal centre of Western Europe, to apply itself to the task of social regeneration. A third term of comparison, that is to say the type on which modern society is being moulded, now presented itself; though it lay as yet in a distant and obscure future. Compared with the mediaeval system it was seen to be an advance as great as that which justified our ancestors of chivalrous times in asserting superiority to their predecessors of antiquity. Until the destruction of Catholic Feudalism became an overt fact, its effete remnants had concealed the political future, and the fact of continuous progress in society had always remained uncertain. Social phenomena have this peculiarity, that the object observed undergoes a process of development as well as and simultaneously with the observer. Now up to the time of the Revolution, political development, on which the principal argument for the theory of Progress must always be based, corresponded in its imperfection to the incapacity of the scientific spirit to frame the theory of it. A century ago, thinkers of the greatest eminence were unable to conceive of a really continuous progression; and Humanity, as they thought, was destined to move in circles or in oscillations. But under the influence of the Revolution a real sense of human development69 has arisen spontaneously and with more or less result, in minds of the most ordinary cast; first in France, and subsequently throughout the whole of Western Europe. In this respect the crisis has been most salutary; it has given us that mental courage as well as force without which the conception could never have arisen. It is the basis of social science and therefore of all Positive Philosophy; since it is only from the social aspect that Positive Philosophy admits of being viewed as a connected whole. Without the theory of Progress, the theory of Order, even supposing that it could be formed, would be inadequate as a basis for Sociology. It is essential that the two should be combined. The very fact that Progress, however viewed, is nothing but the development of Order, shows that Order cannot be fully manifested without Progress. The dependence of Positivism upon the French Revolution may now be understood more clearly. Nor was it by a merely fortuitous coincidence that by this time the introductory course of scientific knowledge by which the mind is prepared for Positivism should have been sufficiently completed.

But this condition of opinion changed with the revolutionary shock that pushed France, the normal center of Western Europe, to focus on social regeneration. A new point of comparison emerged, representing the type on which modern society is being shaped, although it still lay in a distant and unclear future. When compared to the medieval system, it was recognized as a significant advancement, similar to how our ancestors from chivalrous times believed they were superior to those from ancient times. Until the destruction of Catholic Feudalism became apparent, its worn-out remnants obscured the political future, and the idea of continuous progress in society remained uncertain. Social phenomena have this unique trait: the observed object evolves alongside the observer. Up until the Revolution, political development—on which the main argument for the theory of Progress relies—reflected its imperfections in the limited capacity of the scientific spirit to articulate it. A century ago, some of the most prominent thinkers couldn't envision a truly continuous progression; they believed humanity was destined to move in circles or oscillate. However, influenced by the Revolution, a genuine sense of human development arose spontaneously, with varying degrees of impact, in the minds of ordinary people—first in France and then across all of Western Europe. In this regard, the crisis has been highly beneficial; it has provided us with the mental courage and strength necessary for this conception to emerge. It's the foundation of social science and thus of all Positive Philosophy, as it's only from the social perspective that Positive Philosophy can be seen as a coherent whole. Without the theory of Progress, even if the theory of Order could be developed, it would be inadequate as a foundation for Sociology. It's crucial that the two be combined. The very fact that Progress, in any form, is merely the development of Order indicates that Order cannot be fully realized without Progress. The connection between Positivism and the French Revolution can now be understood more clearly. It was not just coincidence that by this time, the introductory course of scientific knowledge needed to prepare the mind for Positivism was sufficiently complete.

But we must here observe that, beneficial as the intellectual reaction of this great crisis undoubtedly was, its effects could not be realized until the ardour of the revolutionary spirit had been to some extent weakened. The dazzling light thrown upon the Future for some time obscured our vision of the Past. It disclosed, though obscurely, the third term of the social progression; but it prevented us from fairly appreciating the second term. It encouraged that blind aversion to the Middle Ages, which had been inspired by the emancipating process of modern times; a feeling which had once been necessary to induce us to abandon the old system. The suppression70 of this intermediate step would be as fatal to the conception of Progress as the absence of the last; because this last differs too widely from the first to admit of any direct comparison with it. Right views upon the subject were impossible therefore until full justice had been rendered to the Middle Ages, which form at once the point of union and of separation between ancient and modern history. Now it was quite impossible to do this as long as the excitement of the first years of the revolution lasted. In this respect the philosophical reaction, organized at the beginning of our century by the great De Maistre, was of material assistance in preparing the true theory of Progress. His school was of brief duration, and it was no doubt animated by a retrograde spirit; but it will always be ranked among the necessary antecedents of the Positive system; although its works are now entirely superseded by the rise of the new philosophy, which in a more perfect form has embodied all their chief results.

But we should note that, while the intellectual response to this major crisis was undeniably beneficial, its effects couldn't be fully realized until the intensity of the revolutionary spirit had somewhat diminished. The bright light cast on the Future for a time blurred our view of the Past. It revealed, albeit vaguely, the next stage in social progress; however, it prevented us from truly appreciating the previous stage. It fueled a blind disdain for the Middle Ages, which had been sparked by the freeing process of modern times; a sentiment that was once necessary to push us to move away from the old system. Ignoring this intermediate step would be as detrimental to our understanding of Progress as ignoring the final step; because the last step is too different from the first to allow for any direct comparison. Therefore, having a correct understanding of the subject was impossible until we fully acknowledged the Middle Ages, which serve as both a link and a divide between ancient and modern history. It was also quite impossible to do this as long as the excitement of the initial years of the revolution persisted. In this regard, the philosophical response that began at the start of our century by the great De Maistre was significantly helpful in setting the stage for the true theory of Progress. His school was short-lived, and it was undoubtedly driven by a backward-looking spirit; but it will always be considered one of the necessary precursors to the Positive system, even though its works are now completely replaced by the emergence of the new philosophy, which has more fully incorporated all their main ideas.

What was required therefore for the discovery of Sociological laws, and for the establishment upon these laws of a sound philosophical system, was an intellect in the vigour of youth, imbued with all the ardour of the revolutionary spirit, and yet spontaneously assimilating all that was valuable in the attempts of the retrograde school to appreciate the historical importance of the Middle Ages. In this way and in no other could the true spirit of history arise. For that spirit consists in the sense of human continuity, which had hitherto been felt by no one, not even by my illustrious and unfortunate predecessor Condorcet. Meantime the genius of Gall was completing the recent attempts to systematize biology, by commencing the study of the internal functions of the brain; as far at least as these could be understood71 from the phenomena of individual as distinct from social development. And now I have explained the series of social and intellectual conditions by which the discovery of sociological laws, and consequently the foundation of Positivism, was fixed for the precise date at which I began my philosophical career: that is to say, one generation after the progressive dictatorship of the Convention, and almost immediately after the fall of the retrograde tyranny of Bonaparte.

What was needed therefore for the discovery of sociological laws, and for the establishment of a solid philosophical system based on those laws, was a youthful intellect, filled with all the passion of the revolutionary spirit, while also organically embracing everything valuable from the retrograde school in order to recognize the historical significance of the Middle Ages. Only in this way could the true spirit of history emerge. That spirit reflects a sense of human continuity, which had previously been overlooked by anyone, including my distinguished and unfortunate predecessor, Condorcet. Meanwhile, Gall's genius was building on recent efforts to systematize biology by starting the study of the brain's internal functions; as much as could be understood from the phenomena of individual versus social development. Now, I have clarified the series of social and intellectual conditions that set the stage for the discovery of sociological laws, and consequently the foundation of Positivism, fixed at the exact point when I began my philosophical career: one generation after the progressive dictatorship of the Convention, and almost immediately after the downfall of the retrograde tyranny of Bonaparte.71

Thus it appears that the revolutionary movement, and the long period of reaction which succeeded it, were alike necessary, before the new general doctrine could be distinctly conceived of as a whole. And if this preparation was needed for the establishment of Positivism as a philosophical system, far more needful was it for the recognition of its social value. For it guaranteed free exposition and discussion of opinion: and it led the public to look to Positivism as the system which contained in germ the ultimate solution of social problems. This is a point so obvious that we need not dwell upon it further.

Thus, it seems that both the revolutionary movement and the long period of reaction that followed were necessary for the new general doctrine to be clearly understood as a whole. And while this groundwork was essential for establishing Positivism as a philosophical system, it was even more crucial for recognizing its social value. It ensured the free expression and discussion of opinions and encouraged the public to view Positivism as the framework that held the seeds of a final solution to social issues. This point is so clear that we don’t need to elaborate on it any further.

Having satisfied ourselves of the dependence of Positivism upon the first phase of the Revolution, we have now to consider it as the future guide of the second phase.

Having confirmed that Positivism relies on the first phase of the Revolution, we now need to examine it as the guiding principle for the second phase.

The constructive phase of the Revolution. The first attempts to construct failed, being based on destructive principles

It is often supposed that the destruction of the old regime was brought about by the Revolution. But history when carefully examined points to a very different conclusion. It shows that the Revolution was not the cause but the consequence of the utter decomposition of the mediaeval system; a process which had been going on for five centuries throughout Western Europe, and especially in France; spontaneously at first, and afterwards72 in a more systematic way. The Revolution, far from protracting the negative movement of previous centuries, was a bar to its further extension. It was a final outbreak in which men showed their irrevocable purpose of abandoning the old system altogether, and of proceeding at once to the task of entire reconstruction. The most conclusive proof of this intention was given by the abolition of royalty; which had been the rallying point of all the decaying remnants of the old French constitution. But with this exception, which only occupied the Convention during its first sitting, the constructive tendencies of the movement were apparent from its outset; and they showed themselves still more clearly as soon as the republican spirit had become predominant. It is obvious, however, that strong as these tendencies may have been, the first period of the Revolution produced results of an extremely negative and destructive kind. In fact the movement was in this respect a failure. This is partly to be attributed to the pressing necessities of the hard struggle for national independence which France maintained so gloriously against the combined attacks of the retrograde nations of Europe. But it is far more largely owing to the purely critical character of the metaphysical doctrines by which the revolutionary spirit was at that time directed.

It’s often thought that the end of the old regime came about because of the Revolution. But a careful look at history reveals a different story. It shows that the Revolution wasn’t the cause but rather a result of the complete breakdown of the medieval system; a process that had been unfolding over five centuries across Western Europe, especially in France. It started spontaneously and later became more systematic. The Revolution, instead of dragging out the negative trends of past centuries, actually stopped any further decline. It was a final outburst where people clearly expressed their determination to completely leave the old system behind and immediately take on the task of total reconstruction. The most decisive evidence of this intention was the abolition of monarchy, which had been the focal point for all the crumbling remnants of the old French constitution. Aside from this, which only occupied the Convention during its initial meeting, the constructive aims of the movement were obvious from the beginning; they became even clearer as the republican spirit gained prominence. However, it's clear that as strong as these tendencies were, the first period of the Revolution yielded results that were largely negative and destructive. In fact, in this regard, the movement was a failure. This can partly be attributed to the urgent demands of the intense struggle for national independence that France valiantly fought against the combined forces of the conservative nations of Europe. But much more so, it’s due to the purely critical nature of the philosophical ideas that guided the revolutionary spirit at that time.

The negative and the positive movements which have been going on in Western Europe since the close of the Middle Ages, have been of course connected with each other. But the former has necessarily advanced with greater rapidity than the latter. The old system had so entirely declined, that a desire for social regeneration had become general, before the groundwork of the new system had been sufficiently completed for73 its true character to be understood. As we have just seen, the doctrine by which social regeneration is now to be directed could not have arisen previously to the Revolution. The impulse which the Revolution gave to thought was indispensable to its formation. Here then was an insurmountable fatality by which men were forced to make use of the critical principles which had been found serviceable in former struggles, as the only available instruments of construction. As soon as the old order had once been fairly abandoned, there was of course no utility whatever in the negative philosophy. But its doctrines had become familiar to men’s minds, and its motto of ‘Liberty and Equality’, was at that time the one most compatible with social progress. Thus the first stage of the revolutionary movement was accomplished under the influence of principles that had become obsolete, and that were quite inadequate to the new task required of them.

The negative and positive movements that have been happening in Western Europe since the end of the Middle Ages are obviously connected. However, the negative movement has progressed much faster than the positive one. The old system had collapsed so completely that the desire for social change had become widespread before the foundation of the new system was fully developed enough for73 its true nature to be recognized. As we've just seen, the ideas guiding social regeneration couldn't have come about before the Revolution. The Revolution sparked a wave of new thinking that was essential for these ideas to emerge. Thus, people were forced to rely on the critical principles that had been useful in past struggles as the only means of building something new. Once the old order was clearly abandoned, the negative philosophy was clearly no longer useful. However, its ideas had become ingrained in people's thinking, and its slogan of ‘Liberty and Equality’ was at that time the one most aligned with social progress. Therefore, the first phase of the revolutionary movement unfolded under the influence of ideas that had become outdated and were completely inadequate for the new tasks ahead.

For constructive purposes the revolutionary philosophy was valueless; except so far as it put forward a vague programme of the political future founded on sentiment rather than conviction, and unaccompanied by any explanation of the right mode of realizing it. In default of organic principles the doctrines of the critical school were employed: and the result speedily showed their inherent tendency to anarchy; a tendency as perilous to the germs of the new order as to the ruins of the old. The experiment was tried once for all, and it left such ineffaceable memories that it is not probable that any serious attempt will be made to repeat it. The incapacity for construction inherent in the doctrine in which the revolutionary spirit had embodied itself was placed beyond the reach of doubt. The result was to impress every one with the urgent necessity for social renovation;74 but the principles of that renovation were still left undetermined.

For practical purposes, the revolutionary philosophy was useless; except for presenting a vague vision of the political future based on feelings rather than solid beliefs, and lacking any explanation for how to achieve it. Without foundational principles, the ideas of the critical school were used; and the outcome quickly revealed their natural inclination towards chaos, which was as dangerous to the budding new order as it was to the remnants of the old. The experiment was conducted once and for all, and it left such unforgettable memories that it’s unlikely anyone will seriously try to do it again. The inability to build inherent in the doctrine that the revolutionary spirit had taken on was proved beyond doubt. The result was to make everyone acutely aware of the urgent need for social change;74 but the principles for that change were still not defined.

Counter-revolution from 1794 to 1830

In this condition of philosophical and political opinion, the necessity of Order was felt to be paramount, and a long period of reaction ensued. Dating from the official Deism introduced by Robespierre, it reached its height under the aggressive system of Bonaparte, and it was feebly protracted, in spite of the peace of 1815, by his insignificant successors. The only permanent result of this period was the historical and doctrinal evidence brought forward by De Maistre and his school, of the social inutility of modern metaphysics, while at the same time their intellectual weakness was being proved by the successful attempts of Cabanis, and still more of Gall, to extend the Positive method to the highest biological questions. In all other respects this elaborate attempt to prevent the final emancipation of Humanity proved a complete failure; in fact, it led to a revival of the instinct of Progress. Strong antipathies were roused everywhere by these fruitless efforts at reconstructing a system which had become so entirely obsolete, that even those who were labouring to rebuild it no longer understood its character or the conditions of its existence.

In this state of philosophical and political views, the need for Order was seen as essential, leading to a long period of backlash. Starting from the official Deism introduced by Robespierre, it peaked under the aggressive policies of Bonaparte and was weakly extended, despite the peace of 1815, by his insignificant successors. The only lasting outcome of this period was the historical and doctrinal evidence presented by De Maistre and his followers, highlighting the social uselessness of modern metaphysics, while at the same time their intellectual shortcomings were being demonstrated by the successful efforts of Cabanis, and even more so of Gall, to apply the Positive method to the most complex biological issues. In every other regard, this extensive attempt to prevent the final liberation of Humanity ended up being a total failure; in fact, it sparked a resurgence of the instinct for Progress. Strong hostilities were awakened everywhere by these pointless attempts to reconstruct a system that had become so completely outdated that even those trying to rebuild it no longer understood its nature or the conditions needed for its survival.

A re-awakening of the revolutionary spirit was thus inevitable; and it took place as soon as peace was established, and the chief upholder of the retrograde system had been removed. The doctrines of negation were called back to life; but very little illusion now remained as to their capacity for organizing. In want of something better, men accepted them as a means of resisting retrograde principles, just as these last had owed their apparent success to the necessity of checking the tendency to anarchy. Amidst these fresh debates75 on worn-out subjects, the public soon became aware that a final solution of the question had not yet arisen even in germ. It therefore concerned itself for little except the maintenance of Order and Liberty; conditions as indispensable for the free action of philosophy as for material prosperity. The whole position was most favourable for the construction of a definite solution; and it was, in fact, during the last phase of the retrograde movement that the elementary principle of a solution was furnished, by my discovery, in 1822, of the two-fold law of intellectual development.

A revival of the revolutionary spirit was bound to happen, and it occurred as soon as peace was restored and the main supporter of the backward system was removed. The ideas of negation were brought back to life, but there was little hope left about their ability to organize effectively. Lacking anything better, people accepted them as a way to resist regressive principles, just as those regressive principles had gained their apparent success from the need to curb anarchy. Amid these new discussions on old topics, the public soon realized that a final solution to the issue hadn't even begun to emerge. Therefore, they focused mostly on maintaining Order and Liberty—conditions essential for both the free pursuit of philosophy and material prosperity. The whole situation was very favorable for finding a clear solution; indeed, it was during the final stage of the retrograde movement that I provided the foundational principle for a solution with my discovery in 1822 of the dual law of intellectual development.

Political stagnation between 1830 and 1848

The apparent indifference of the public, to whom all the existing parties seemed equally devoid of insight into the political future, was at last mistaken by a blind government for tacit consent to its unwise schemes. The cause of Progress was in danger. Then came the memorable crisis of 1830, by which the system of reaction, introduced thirty-six years previously, was brought to an end. The convictions which that system inspired were indeed so superficial, that its supporters came of their own accord to disavow them, and to uphold in their own fashion the chief revolutionary doctrines. These again were abandoned by their previous supporters on their accession to power. When the history of these times is written, nothing will give a clearer view of the revulsion of feeling on both sides, than the debates which took place on Liberty of Education. Within a period of twenty years, it was alternately demanded and refused by both; and this in behalf of the same principles, as they were called, though it was in reality a question of interest rather than principle on either side.

The apparent indifference of the public, who saw all existing parties as equally lacking insight into the political future, was ultimately mistaken by a clueless government for silent approval of its foolish plans. The cause of Progress was at risk. Then came the significant crisis of 1830, which ended the system of reaction that had been introduced thirty-six years earlier. The beliefs that this system inspired were so shallow that its supporters eventually renounced them and somehow supported the main revolutionary ideas. These were then abandoned by their former supporters once they were in power. When the history of this period is written, nothing will better illustrate the shift in feelings on both sides than the debates over Liberty of Education. In just twenty years, it was alternately demanded and denied by both parties, all in the name of the same so-called principles, though in reality, it was more a matter of self-interest than principle for either side.

All previous convictions being thus thoroughly76 upset, more room was left for the instinctive feeling of the public; and the question of reconciling the spirit of Order with that of Progress now came into prominence. It was the most important of all problems, and it was now placed in its true light. But this only made the absence of a solution more manifest; and the principle of the solution existed nowhere but in Positivism, which as yet was immature. All the opinions of the day had become alike utterly incompatible both with Order and with Progress. The Conservative school undertook to reconcile the two; but it had no constructive power; and the only result of its doctrine was to give equal encouragement to anarchy and to reaction, so as to be able always to neutralize the one by the other. The establishment of Constitutional Monarchy was now put forward as the ultimate issue of the great Revolution. But no one could seriously place any real confidence in a system so alien to the whole character of French history, offering as it did nothing but a superficial and unwise imitation of a political anomaly essentially peculiar to England.

All previous convictions being completely76 overturned, there was more space for public sentiment, and the challenge of balancing Order with Progress became more significant. This was the most crucial issue, now seen in its true context. However, this only highlighted the lack of a solution; the principle behind a solution existed only in Positivism, which was still undeveloped. The prevailing opinions were completely incompatible with both Order and Progress. The Conservative faction tried to reconcile the two, but it lacked any real constructive capability; the only outcome of its ideology was to equally bolster both anarchy and reaction, allowing them to cancel each other out. The establishment of a Constitutional Monarchy was promoted as the final goal of the great Revolution. Yet, no one could genuinely trust a system so disconnected from the essence of French history, providing nothing more than a shallow and misguided imitation of a political anomaly that was uniquely English.

The period then between 1830 and 1848 may be regarded as a natural pause in the political movement. The reaction which succeeded the original crisis had exhausted itself; but the final or organic phase of the Revolution was still delayed for want of definite principles to guide it. No conception had been formed of it, except by a small number of philosophic minds who had taken their stand upon the recently established laws of social science, and had found themselves able, without recourse to any chimerical views, to gain some general insight into the political future, of which Condorcet, my principal predecessor, knew so little. But it was impossible for the regenerating doctrine to spread more widely and to be77 accepted as the peaceful solution of social problems, until a distinct refutation had been given of the false assertion so authoritatively made that the parliamentary system was the ultimate issue of the Revolution. This notion once destroyed, the work of spiritual reorganization should be left entirely to the free efforts of independent thinkers. In these respects our last political change (1848) will have accomplished all that is required.

The period between 1830 and 1848 can be seen as a natural break in the political movement. The reaction that followed the initial crisis had played itself out; however, the final or organic phase of the Revolution was still postponed due to a lack of clear principles to guide it. Only a small group of philosophical minds – who relied on the newly established laws of social science – had developed any understanding of it, managing to gain some insight into the political future without resorting to any unrealistic ideas, something Condorcet, my main predecessor, was largely unaware of. But it was impossible for the renewing doctrine to gain broader acceptance as a peaceful solution to social issues until there was a clear refutation of the incorrect claim that the parliamentary system was the ultimate outcome of the Revolution. Once this idea was debunked, the task of spiritual reorganization should be left entirely to the free efforts of independent thinkers. In this regard, our last political change (1848) will have achieved everything necessary.

The present position, 1848–1850. Republicanism involves the great principle of subordinating Politics to Morals

Thanks to the instinctive sense and vigour of our working classes, the reactionist leanings of the Orleanist government, which had become hostile to the purpose for which it was originally instituted, have at last brought about the final abolition of monarchy in France. The prestige of monarchy had long been lost, and it now only impeded Progress, without being of any real benefit to Order. By its fictitious supremacy it directly hindered the work of spiritual reformation, whilst the measure of real power which it possessed was insufficient to control the wretched political agitation maintained by animosities of a purely personal character.

Thanks to the instinctive sense and energy of our working class, the reactionary tendencies of the Orleanist government, which had turned against the purpose for which it was originally created, have finally led to the complete abolition of the monarchy in France. The monarchy's prestige had long been gone, and it now only held back Progress, without providing any real benefit to Order. Its false supremacy directly obstructed the work of spiritual reform, while the actual power it held was too weak to manage the miserable political turmoil driven by purely personal grudges.

Viewed negatively, the principle of Republicanism sums up the first phase of the Revolution. It precludes the possibility of recurrence to Royalism, which, ever since the second half of the reign of Louis XIV, has been the rallying point of all reactionist tendencies. Interpreting the principle in its positive sense, we may regard it as a direct step towards the final regeneration of society. By consecrating all human forces of whatever kind to the general service of the community, republicanism recognizes the doctrine of subordinating Politics to Morals. Of course it is as a feeling rather than as a principle that this doctrine is at present adopted; but it could not obtain acceptance78 in any other way; and even when put forward in a more systematic shape, it is upon the aid of feeling that it will principally rely, as I have shown in the previous chapter. In this respect France has proved worthy of her position as the leader of the great family of Western nations, and has in reality already entered upon the normal state. Without the intervention of any theological system, she has asserted the true principle on which society should rest, a principle which originated in the Middle Ages under the impulse of Catholicism; but for the general acceptance of which a sounder philosophy and more suitable circumstances were necessary. The direct tendency, then, of the French Republic is to sanction the fundamental principle of Positivism, the preponderance, namely, of Feeling over Intellect and Activity. Starting from this point, public opinion will soon be convinced that the work of organizing society on republican principles is one which can only be performed by the new philosophy.

Viewed negatively, the principle of Republicanism sums up the first phase of the Revolution. It rules out the chance of returning to Royalism, which, ever since the second half of Louis XIV's reign, has been the rallying point for all reactionary tendencies. Interpreting the principle positively, we can see it as a direct step towards the ultimate renewal of society. By dedicating all human resources, no matter their nature, to the collective service of the community, republicanism acknowledges the idea of prioritizing Morals over Politics. Right now, this idea is embraced more as a feeling than as a strict principle; however, it could only gain acceptance in this way, and even when presented in a more structured format, it will mainly depend on emotional support, as I discussed in the previous chapter. In this regard, France has proven worthy of its role as the leader of the great family of Western nations and has truly already entered a normal state. Without relying on any theological system, it has asserted the true principle on which society should be built, a principle that originated in the Middle Ages under Catholicism's influence, but required a sounder philosophy and better conditions for widespread acceptance. The direct aim, then, of the French Republic is to affirm the fundamental principle of Positivism: the dominance of Feeling over Intellect and Activity. Starting from this point, public opinion will soon realize that establishing society on republican principles is a task that can only be accomplished by the new philosophy.

It gives prominence to the problem of reconciling Order and Progress

The whole position brings into fuller prominence the fundamental problem previously proposed, of reconciling Order and Progress. The urgent necessity of doing so is acknowledged by all; but the utter incapacity of any of the existing schools of opinion to realize it becomes increasingly evident. The abolition of monarchy removes the most important obstacle to social Progress: but at the same time it deprives us of the only remaining guarantee for public Order. Thus the time is doubly favourable to constructive tendencies; yet at present there are no opinions which possess more than the purely negative value of checking, and that very imperfectly, the error opposite to their own. In a position which guarantees Progress and compromises Order, it is naturally79 for the latter that the greatest anxiety is felt; and we are still without any organ capable of systematically defending it. Yet experience should have taught us how extremely fragile every government must be which is purely material, that is, which is based solely upon self-interest, and is destitute of sympathies and convictions. On the other hand, spiritual order is not to be hoped for at present in the absence of any doctrine which commands general respect. Even the social instinct is a force on the political value of which we cannot always rely: for when not based on some definite principle, it not unfrequently becomes source of disturbance. Hence we are driven back to the continuance of a material system of government, although its inadequacy is acknowledged by all. In a republic, however, such a government cannot employ its most efficient instrument, corruption. It has to resort instead to repressive measures of a more or less transitory kind, every time that the danger of anarchy becomes too threatening. These occasional measures, however, naturally proportion themselves to the necessities of the case. Thus, though Order is exposed to greater perils than Progress, it can count on more powerful resources for its defence. Shortly after the publication of the first edition of this work, the extraordinary outbreak of June, 1848, proved that the republic could call into play, and, indeed, could push to excess, in the cause of public Order, forces far greater than those of the monarchy. Thus royalty no longer possesses that monopoly of preserving Order, which has hitherto induced a few sincere and thinking men to continue to support it; and henceforth the sole political characteristic which it retains is that of obstructing Progress. And yet by another reaction of this contradictory position of affairs,80 the monarchical party seems at present to have become the organ of resistance in behalf of material Order. Retrograde as its doctrines are, yet from their still retaining a certain organic tendency, the conservative instincts rally round them. To this the progressive instincts offer no serious obstacle, their insufficiency for the present needs being more or less distinctly recognized. It is not to the monarchical party, however, that we must look for conservative principles; for in this quarter they are wholly abandoned, and unhesitating adoption of every revolutionary principle is resorted to as a means of retaining power; so that the doctrines of the Revolution would seem fated to close their existence in the retrograde camp. So urgent is the need of Order that we are driven to accept for the moment a party which has lost all its old convictions, and which had apparently become extinct before the Republic began. Positivism and Positivism alone can disentangle and terminate this anomalous position. The principle on which it depends is manifestly this: As long as Progress tends towards anarchy, so long will Order continue to be retrograde. But the retrograde movement never really attains its object: indeed its principles are always neutralized by inconsistent concessions. Judged by the boastful language of its leaders, we might imagine that it was destroying republicanism; whereas the movement would not exist at all, but for the peculiar circumstances in which we are placed; circumstances which are forced into greater prominence by the foolish opposition of most of the authorities. As soon as the instinct of political improvement has placed itself under systematic guidance, its growth will bear down all resistance; and then the reason of its present stagnation will be patent to all.

The whole situation highlights the key issue that was previously raised: how to balance Order and Progress. Everyone agrees that it's urgently necessary to do this, but it's becoming more obvious that none of the current schools of thought can achieve it. Ending the monarchy removes the biggest obstacle to social Progress, but at the same time, it takes away our only remaining safeguard for public Order. This makes the moment particularly ripe for constructive ideas; yet right now, there are no viewpoints that offer more than a purely negative value, and even that is very limited in effectively countering opposing errors. In a situation that ensures Progress while compromising Order, it’s naturally Order that causes the most concern; and we still lack a means to systematically defend it. Experience should have shown us just how fragile any government must be if it relies solely on material interests, without any emotional connections or convictions. On the other hand, we can’t expect spiritual order right now because there’s no widely respected doctrine. Even social instincts can’t always be relied upon for political importance: without a clear principle, they often lead to disruption. So we’re pushed back to relying on a material system of government, even though everyone acknowledges its inadequacy. In a republic, though, such a government can’t use its most effective tool, corruption. Instead, it has to resort to temporary repressive measures whenever the threat of anarchy becomes too great. These occasional measures are naturally adjusted to the specific situation. So, while Order faces greater risks than Progress, it has more robust resources to defend itself. Shortly after the first edition of this work was published, the remarkable events of June 1848 showed that the republic could mobilize and even deploy forces much stronger than those of the monarchy to maintain public Order. Hence, the monarchy no longer holds a monopoly on preserving Order, which had previously led some sincere and thoughtful individuals to support it; from now on, its only political trait will be obstructing Progress. Yet, paradoxically, the monarchical party now appears to be the main body resisting on behalf of material Order. Even though their ideas are conservative and regressive, they still manage to attract some support due to their inherent tendency. The progressive instincts don’t pose a serious challenge to this, as their insufficiency for current needs is more or less acknowledged. However, we shouldn’t lean on the monarchical party for conservative principles; they have completely abandoned these and have embraced every revolutionary idea to hold onto power. Therefore, the ideas of the Revolution seem destined to eventually succumb to the retrogressive side. The need for Order is so pressing that we’re compelled to temporarily accept a party that has lost all its former beliefs, one that seemed to have faded away before the Republic was established. Positivism, and only Positivism, can sort out and resolve this strange situation. The essential principle is clear: as long as Progress leans towards anarchy, Order will keep moving backwards. But this backward movement never truly achieves its goals; in fact, its principles are consistently undermined by contradictory concessions. Judging by the boastful rhetoric of its leaders, you might think it was dismantling republicanism; in reality, this movement wouldn't even exist without the unique circumstances we are in—circumstances made more obvious by the foolish actions of most authorities. Once the desire for political improvement operates under systematic guidance, its advancement will overcome all resistance, and then the reasons for its current stagnation will be clear to everyone.

It brings the metaphysical revolutionary schools into discredit

And for this Theologism is, unawares, preparing the way. Its apparent preponderance places Positivism in precisely that position which I wished for ten years ago. The two organic principles can now be brought side by side, and their relative strength tested, without the complication of any metaphysical considerations. For the incoherence of metaphysical systems is now recognized, and they are finally decaying under the very political system which seemed at one time likely to promote their acceptance. Construction is seen by all to be the thing wanted: and men are rapidly becoming aware of the utter hollowness of all schools which confine themselves to protests against the institutions of theologism, while admitting its essential principles. So defunct, indeed, have these schools become, that they can no longer fulfil even their old office of destruction. This has fallen now as an accessory task upon Positivism, which offers the only systematic guarantee against retrogression as well as against anarchy. Psychologists, strictly so called, have already for the most part disappeared with the fall of constitutional monarchy; so close is the relation between these two importations from Protestantism. It seemed likely therefore that the Ideologists, their natural rivals, would regain their influence with the people. But even they cannot win back the confidence reposed in them during the great Revolution, because the doctrines in virtue of which it was then given are now so utterly exploded. The most advanced of their number, unworthy successors of the school of Voltaire and Danton, have shown themselves thoroughly incapable either morally or intellectually of directing the second phase of the Revolution, which they are hardly able to distinguish82 from the first phase. Formerly I had taken as their type a man of far superior merit, the noble Armand Carrel, whose death was such a grievous loss to the republican cause. But he was a complete exception to the general rule. True republican convictions were impossible with men who had been schooled in parliamentary intrigues, and who had directed or aided the pertinacious efforts of the French press to rehabilitate the name of Bonaparte. Their accession to power was futile; for they could only maintain material order by calling in the retrograde party; and they soon became mere auxiliaries of this party, disgracefully abjuring all their philosophical convictions. There is one proceeding which, though it is but an episode in the course of events, will always remain as a test of the true character of this unnatural alliance. I allude to the Roman expedition of 1849; a detestable and contemptible act, for which just penalties will speedily be imposed on all who were accessory to it; not to speak of the damnatory verdict of history. But precisely the same hypocritical opposition to progress has been exhibited by the other class of Deists, the disciples, that is, of Rousseau, who profess to adopt Robespierre’s policy. Having had no share in the government, they have not so entirely lost their hold upon the people; but they are at the present time totally devoid of political coherence. Their wild anarchy is incompatible with the general tone of feeling maintained by the industrial activity, the scientific spirit, and the esthetic culture of modern life. These Professors of the Guillotine, as they may be called, whose superficial sophisms would reduce exceptional outbreaks of popular fury into a cold-blooded system, soon found themselves forced, for the sake of popularity, to sanction the law which very properly abolished capital punishment83 for political offences. In the same way they are now obliged to disown the only real meaning of the red flag which serves to distinguish their party, too vague as it is for any other name. Equally wrong have they shown themselves in interpreting the tendencies of the working classes, from being so entirely taken up with questions of abstract rights. The people have allowed these rights to be taken from them without a struggle whenever the cause of Order has seemed to require it; yet they still persist, mechanically, in maintaining that it is on questions of this sort that the solution of all our difficulties depends. Taking for their political ideal a short and anomalous period of our history which is never likely to recur, they are always attempting to suppress liberty for the sake of what they call progress. In a time of unchangeable peace they are the only real supporters of war. Their conception of the organization of labour is simply to destroy the industrial hierarchy of capitalist and workman established in the Middle Ages; and, in fact, in every respect these sophistical anarchists are utterly out of keeping with the century in which they live. There are some, it is true, who still retain a measure of influence with the working classes, incapable and unworthy though they be of their position. But their credit is rapidly declining; and it is not likely to become dangerous at a time when political enthusiasm is no longer to be won by metaphysical prejudices. The only effect really produced by this party of disorder, is to serve as a bugbear for the benefit of the retrograde party, who thus obtain official support from the middle class, in a way which is quite contrary to all the principles and habits of that class. It is very improbable that these foolish levellers will ever succeed to power. Should they do so, however,84 their reign will be short, and will soon result in their final extinction; because it will convince the people of their profound incapacity to direct the regeneration of Europe. The position of affairs, therefore, is now distinct and clear; and it is leading men to withdraw their confidence from all metaphysical schools, as they had already withdrawn it from theology. In this general discredit of all the old systems the way becomes clear for Positivism, the only school which harmonizes with the real tendencies as well as with the essential needs of the nineteenth century.

And for this, Theologism is, unknowingly, preparing the way. Its obvious dominance places Positivism exactly where I wanted it to be ten years ago. The two fundamental principles can now be compared side by side, and their relative strength assessed, without the complication of any metaphysical ideas. The inconsistencies of metaphysical systems are now acknowledged, and they are finally fading under the very political system that once seemed likely to support their acceptance. Everyone recognizes that what is needed is construction: and people are quickly realizing the complete emptiness of all schools that simply protest against the institutions of theologism while accepting its core principles. So defunct have these schools become that they can no longer even fulfill their old role of destruction. This task has now shifted as a secondary duty onto Positivism, which provides the only systematic safeguard against regression as well as chaos. Psychologists, strictly speaking, have mostly vanished with the decline of constitutional monarchy; the connection between these two imports from Protestantism is so close. It then seemed likely that the Ideologists, their natural rivals, would regain influence with the public. But even they cannot recapture the trust placed in them during the great Revolution, because the ideas underlying that trust are now completely discredited. The most progressive among them, unworthy successors of Voltaire and Danton’s school, have proven themselves entirely incapable, both morally and intellectually, of leading the second phase of the Revolution, which they can hardly differentiate from the first phase. Previously I had considered the noble Armand Carrel—a man of far superior merit—as their model, whose death was a significant loss to the republican cause. However, he was a complete exception to the general norm. Genuine republican beliefs were impossible for men who had been schooled in parliamentary maneuvering and who had led or supported the persistent efforts of the French press to restore the Bonaparte name. Their rise to power was pointless; they could only maintain material order by inviting in the reactionary party; and soon they became mere helpers of this party, shamefully abandoning all their philosophical beliefs. There’s one event, though just an episode, that will always serve as a test for the actual character of this unnatural alliance. I refer to the Roman expedition of 1849; a detestable and contemptible act, for which just penalties will soon be imposed on all who were involved, not to mention the damning judgment of history. But exactly the same hypocritical opposition to progress has been displayed by the other group of Deists, the followers of Rousseau, who claim to adopt Robespierre's policies. Having had no part in the government, they haven't completely lost their connection to the people; but currently, they are utterly lacking in political coherence. Their chaotic anarchy clashes with the general sentiment fostered by industrial activity, scientific spirit, and the cultural sophistication of modern life. These Professors of the Guillotine, as they might be called, whose shallow arguments would turn exceptional instances of public outrage into a cold-blooded system, soon found themselves compelled, for the sake of popularity, to endorse the law that rightly abolished the death penalty for political crimes. Similarly, they are now forced to reject the only real meaning of the red flag that distinguishes their party, too ambiguous as it is for any other name. They have equally failed to interpret the trends of the working classes, being entirely consumed with questions of abstract rights. The people have allowed these rights to be taken from them without resistance whenever the cause of Order seemed to demand it; yet they persist, mechanically, in maintaining that the resolution of all our issues hinges on these questions. Taking as their political ideal a brief and unusual period in our history that is unlikely to repeat, they are always attempting to suppress freedom in the name of what they call progress. In a time of constant peace, they are the only true proponents of war. Their vision for labor organization is simply to dismantle the industrial hierarchy of capitalist and worker established in the Middle Ages; and in every way, these sophistical anarchists are completely out of sync with the century they inhabit. There are some, it is true, who still hold some measure of influence with the working classes, though they are unqualified and undeserving of their role. But their credibility is swiftly diminishing; and it is unlikely to become a threat at a time when political enthusiasm can no longer be stirred by metaphysical biases. The only real effect of this party of disorder is to serve as a scarecrow for the retrograde party, who thus gain official backing from the middle class in a way that starkly contradicts all the principles and habits of that class. It is very improbable that these foolish egalitarians will ever come to power. However, should they do so, their reign will be brief and will quickly lead to their final extinction; because it will prove to the people their utter incapacity to lead the regeneration of Europe. The state of affairs, therefore, is now distinct and clear; and it is prompting individuals to withdraw their trust from all metaphysical schools, just as they have already pulled back from theology. In this widespread discrediting of all old systems, the path becomes clear for Positivism, the only school that aligns with the genuine tendencies and essential needs of the nineteenth century.

And it proves to all the necessity of a true spiritual power; a body of thinkers whose business is to study and to teach principles, holding aloof from political action

In this explanation of the recent position of French affairs one point yet remains to be insisted on. We have seen from the general course of the philosophical, and yet more of the political, movement, the urgent necessity for a universal doctrine capable of checking erroneous action, and of avoiding or moderating popular outbreaks. But there is another need equally manifest, the need of a spiritual power, without which it would be utterly impossible to bring our philosophy to bear upon practical life. Widely divergent as the various metaphysical sects are, there is one point in which they all spontaneously agree; that is, in repudiating the distinction between temporal and spiritual authority. This has been the great revolutionary principle ever since the fourteenth century, and more especially since the rise of Protestantism. It originated in repugnance to the mediaeval system. The so-called philosophers of our time, whether psychologists or ideologists, have, like their Greek predecessors, always aimed at a complete concentration of all social powers; and they have even spread this delusion among the students of special sciences. At present85 there is no appreciation, except in the Positive system, of that instinctive sagacity which led all the great men of the Middle Ages to institute, for the first time, the separation of moral from political authority. It was a masterpiece of human wisdom; but it was premature, and could not be permanently successful at a time when men were still governed on theological principles, and practical life still retained its military character. This separation of powers, on which the final organization of society will principally depend, is understood and valued nowhere but in the new school of philosophy, if we except the unconscious and tacit admiration for it which still exists in the countries from which Protestantism has been excluded. From the outset of the Revolution, the pride of theorists has always made them wish to become socially despotic; a state of things to which they have ever looked forward as their political ideal. Public opinion has by this time grown far too enlightened to allow any practical realization of a notion at once so chimerical and so retrograde. But public opinion not being as yet sufficiently organized, efforts in this direction are constantly being made. The longing among metaphysical reformers for practical as well as theoretical supremacy is now greater than ever; because, from the changed state of affairs, their ambition is no longer limited to mere administrative functions. Their various views diverge so widely, and all find so little sympathy in the public, that there is not much fear of their ever being able to check free discussion to any serious extent, by giving legal sanction to their own particular doctrine. But quite enough has been attempted to convince every one how essentially despotic every theory of society must be which opposes this fundamental principle of modern polity, the86 permanent separation of spiritual from temporal power. The disturbances caused by metaphysical ambition corroborate, then, the view urged so conclusively by the adherents of the new school, that this division of powers is equally essential to Order and to Progress. If Positivist thinkers continue to withstand all temptations to mix actively in politics, and go on quietly with their own work amidst the unmeaning agitation around them, they will ultimately make the impartial portion of the public familiar with this great conception. It will henceforth be judged irrespectively of the religious doctrines with which it was originally connected. Men will involuntarily contrast it with other systems, and will see more and more clearly that Positive principles afford the only basis for true freedom as well as for true union. They alone can tolerate full discussion, because they alone rest upon solid proof. Men’s practical wisdom, guided by the peculiar nature of our political position, will react strongly upon philosophers, and keep them strictly to their sphere of moral and intellectual influence. The slightest tendency towards the assumption of political power will be checked, and the desire for it will be considered as a certain sign of mental weakness, and indeed of moral deficiency. Now that royalty is abolished, all true thinkers are secure of perfect freedom of thought, and even of expression, as long as they abide by the necessary conditions of public order. Royalty was the last remnant of the system of castes, which gave the monopoly of deciding on important social questions to a special family; its abolition completes the process of theological emancipation. Of course the magistrates of a republic may show despotic tendencies; but they can never become very dangerous where power is held on so brief a tenure,87 and where, even when concentrated in a single person, it emanates from suffrage, incompetent as that may be. It is easy for the Positivist to show that these functionaries know very little more than their constituents of the logical and scientific conditions necessary for the systematic working out of moral and social doctrines. Such authorities, though devoid of any spiritual sanction, may, however, command obedience in the name of Order. But they can never be really respected, unless they adhere scrupulously to their temporal functions, without claiming the least authority over thought. Even before the central power falls into the hands of men really fit to wield it, the republican character of our government will have forced this conviction upon a nation that has now got rid of all political fanaticism, whether of a retrograde or anarchical kind. And the conviction is the more certain to arise, because practical authorities will become more and more absorbed in the maintenance of material order, and will therefore leave the question of spiritual order to the unrestricted efforts of thinkers. It is neither by accident nor by personal influence that I have myself always enjoyed so large a measure of freedom in writing, and subsequently in public lectures, and this under governments all of which were more or less oppressive. Every true philosopher will receive the same licence, if, like myself, he offers the intellectual and moral guarantees which the public and the civil power are fairly entitled to expect from the systematic organs of Humanity. The necessity of controlling levellers may lead to occasional acts of unwise violence. But I am convinced that respect will always be shown to constructive thinkers, and that they will soon be called in to the assistance of public order. For order will not be able to88 exist much longer without the sanction of some rational principle.

In this explanation of the current situation regarding French affairs, one point still needs to be emphasized. We have seen from the general movement in philosophy, and even more in politics, the urgent need for a universal doctrine that can prevent misguided actions and manage or lessen public unrest. But there is another clear need: the need for a spiritual authority, without which it would be impossible to apply our philosophy to everyday life. Despite the significant differences among various metaphysical groups, they all agree on one principle; that is, they reject the distinction between temporal and spiritual authority. This has been the key revolutionary idea since the fourteenth century, especially since the rise of Protestantism. It originated from a rejection of the medieval system. The so-called philosophers of our time, whether they are psychologists or ideologists, aim to concentrate all social powers into one, similar to their Greek predecessors, and have even spread this illusion among those studying specific sciences. Currently85, only the Positive system recognizes the instinctive insight that led great thinkers of the Middle Ages to establish, for the first time, the separation of moral and political authority. It was a brilliant move in human reasoning; however, it was premature and couldn't succeed in a time when people were still governed by theological principles, and everyday life had a military nature. This separation of powers, which is crucial for the future structure of society, is understood and valued only in the new philosophical school, except for the unconscious and implicit admiration still present in countries that have excluded Protestantism. Since the beginning of the Revolution, theorists have always wanted to be socially authoritarian; this is the situation they have envisioned as their political ideal. Public opinion has now become too enlightened to allow for the practical realization of such a fantastical and regressive concept. However, since public opinion isn't yet fully organized, attempts in this direction are constantly ongoing. The longing among metaphysical reformers for practical, as well as theoretical, dominance is now greater than ever; due to the changed circumstances, their ambitions are no longer limited to mere administrative roles. Their various perspectives differ so significantly, and find so little support among the public, that there is little danger of their being able to suppress free discussions seriously by legally endorsing their particular doctrines. But enough has been attempted to show everyone how inherently authoritarian any societal theory must be that goes against this fundamental principle of modern governance: the86 permanent separation of spiritual and temporal power. The disruptions caused by metaphysical ambition support the view strongly advocated by the followers of the new school, that this division of powers is essential for both Order and Progress. If Positivist thinkers continue to resist all temptations to engage actively in politics and quietly pursue their work amidst the meaningless turmoil around them, they will ultimately make the impartial public familiar with this great concept. From now on, it will be evaluated without regard to the religious doctrines originally associated with it. People will naturally compare it to other systems and will increasingly recognize that Positive principles provide the only foundation for genuine freedom and true unity. They are the only ones that can withstand open discussion because they are grounded in solid proof. People's practical wisdom, directed by the unique nature of our political situation, will strongly influence philosophers and keep them strictly within their moral and intellectual roles. Any hint towards seizing political power will be curbed, and the desire for it will be seen as a clear sign of mental weakness and indeed, of moral failure. Now that monarchy is gone, all genuine thinkers are guaranteed total freedom of thought and even expression, as long as they adhere to the necessary conditions of public order. Monarchy was the last remnant of the caste system, which allowed a specific family to monopolize decisions on important social matters; its abolition completes the process of theological liberation. Of course, the officials of a republic might display authoritarian tendencies; however, they can never pose a significant threat where power is held for such a short time,87 and where, even when concentrated in one person, it derives from voting, however inadequate that may be. It's easy for a Positivist to demonstrate that these officials know very little more than their constituents about the logical and scientific requirements needed to systematically develop moral and social theories. These authorities, despite lacking any spiritual legitimacy, may still demand obedience in the name of Order. But they can never gain genuine respect unless they strictly adhere to their temporal roles without claiming any authority over thought. Even before the central authority falls into the hands of individuals truly capable of wielding it, the republican nature of our government will have instilled this understanding in a nation free from political fanaticism, whether regressive or anarchic. This understanding is likely to emerge because practical authorities will become increasingly focused on maintaining material order, leaving the matter of spiritual order to the unfettered efforts of thinkers. It is neither by coincidence nor personal influence that I have consistently enjoyed a significant degree of freedom in writing and later in public speaking, even under governments that were more or less oppressive. Every true philosopher will enjoy the same freedom if, like me, they provide the intellectual and moral guarantees that the public and civil power have a right to expect from the systematic representatives of Humanity. The necessity to control radical elements may lead to sporadic acts of unwise violence. But I am convinced that respect will always be given to constructive thinkers, and they will soon be sought after to help maintain public order. For order will not be able to88 exist much longer without the backing of some rational principle.

The need of a spiritual power is common to the whole Republic of Western Europe

The result, then, of the important political changes which have recently taken place is this. The second phase of the Revolution, which hitherto has been restricted to a few advanced minds, is now entered by the public, and men are rapidly forming juster views of its true character. It is becoming recognized that the only firm basis for a reform of our political institutions, is a complete reorganization of opinion and of life; and the way is open for the new religious doctrine to direct this work. I have thus explained the way in which the social mission of Positivism connects itself with the spontaneous changes which are taking place in France, the centre of the revolutionary movement. But it would be a mistake to suppose that France will be the only scene of these reorganizing efforts. Judging on sound historical principles, we cannot doubt that they will embrace the whole extent of Western Europe.

The outcome of the significant political changes that have recently occurred is this: the second phase of the Revolution, which until now has been limited to a few progressive thinkers, is now being engaged by the public, and people are quickly developing a more accurate understanding of its true nature. It's becoming clear that the only solid foundation for reforming our political institutions is a complete overhaul of opinions and lifestyles; and the path is open for the new religious doctrine to lead this effort. I've explained how Positivism's social mission aligns with the spontaneous changes happening in France, the heart of the revolutionary movement. However, it would be a mistake to think that France will be the only place for these reorganization efforts. Based on solid historical principles, we can confidently say that these efforts will spread across all of Western Europe.

During the five centuries of revolutionary transition which have elapsed since the Middle Ages, we have lost sight of the fact that in all fundamental questions the Western nations form one political system. It was under Catholic Feudalism that they were first united; a union for which their incorporation into the Roman empire had prepared them, and which was finally organized by the incomparable genius of Charlemagne. In spite of national differences, embittered as they were afterwards by theological discord, this great Republic has in modern times shown intellectual and social growth both in the positive and negative direction, to which other portions of the human race, even in Europe, can show no parallel. The rupture of Catholicism,89 and the decline of Chivalry, at first seriously impaired this feeling of relationship. But it soon began to show itself again under new forms. It rests now, though the basis is inadequate, upon the feeling of community in industrial development, in esthetic culture, and in scientific discovery. Amidst the disorganized state of political affairs, which have obviously been tending towards some radical change, this similarity in civilization has produced a growing conviction that we are all participating in one and the same social movement; a movement limited as yet to our own family of nations. The first step in the great crisis was necessarily taken by the French nation, because it was better prepared than any other. It was there that the old order of things had been most thoroughly uprooted, and that most had been done in working out the materials of the new. But the strong sympathies which the outbreak of our revolution aroused in every part of Western Europe, showed that our sister-nations were only granting us the honourable post of danger in a movement in which all the nobler portion of Humanity was to participate. And this was the feeling proclaimed by the great republican assembly in the midst of their war of defence. The military extravagances which followed, and which form the distinguishing feature of the counter-revolution, of course checked the feeling of union on both sides. But so deeply was it rooted in all the antecedents of modern history that peace soon restored it to life, in spite of the pertinacious efforts of all parties interested in maintaining unnatural separation between France and other countries. What greatly facilitates this tendency is the decline of every form of theology, which removes the chief source of former disagreement. During the last90 phase of the counter-revolution, and still more during the long pause in the political movement which followed, each member of the group entered upon a series of revolutionary efforts more or less resembling those of the central nation. And our recent political changes cannot but strengthen this tendency; though of course with nations less fully prepared the results of these efforts have at present been less important than in France. Meanwhile it is evident that this uniform condition of internal agitation gives increased security for peace, by which its extension had been originally facilitated. And thus, although there is no organized international union as was the case in the Middle Ages, yet the pacific habits and intellectual culture of modern life have already been sufficiently diffused to call out an instinct of fraternity stronger than any that has ever existed before. It is strong enough to prevent the subject of social regeneration from being ever regarded as a merely national question.

During the five centuries of revolutionary change since the Middle Ages, we've overlooked the fact that, on all fundamental issues, Western nations form a single political system. They first united under Catholic Feudalism, a bond that their integration into the Roman Empire had set up, and which was finally shaped by the remarkable genius of Charlemagne. Despite national differences, which were later intensified by theological disputes, this great Republic has shown both intellectual and social progress in modern times—both positive and negative—that no other parts of the human race, even in Europe, can match. The break from Catholicism and the decline of Chivalry initially weakened this sense of connection. However, it began to reemerge in new forms. It now relies, albeit on an inadequate foundation, on a shared sense of community in industrial growth, aesthetic culture, and scientific discoveries. Amid the chaotic political landscape, which has clearly been moving toward some radical changes, this similarity in civilization has fostered a growing belief that we are all part of the same social movement; a movement that is still confined to our own group of nations. The first step in this major crisis had to be taken by the French nation, as it was better prepared than any other. There, the old order had been most thoroughly dismantled, and much had been accomplished in shaping the materials for the new order. However, the strong sympathies that the outbreak of our revolution stirred across Western Europe showed that our sister nations were only granting us the honorable role of facing danger in a movement where all the nobler parts of humanity were to take part. This feeling was echoed by the great republican assembly during their defense war. The military excesses that followed, which marked the defining feature of the counter-revolution, naturally dampened the sense of unity on both sides. Yet, it was so deeply embedded in the history leading up to modern times that peace soon revived it, despite the persistent efforts of all groups interested in maintaining an unnatural separation between France and other countries. What greatly aids this trend is the decline of all forms of theology, which removes the primary source of previous conflicts. During the last phase of the counter-revolution, and even more during the long pause in political movement that followed, each member of the group pursued revolutionary efforts that resembled those of the central nation to varying degrees. Our recent political changes will undoubtedly strengthen this trend; although, of course, the results in nations that are less prepared have so far been less significant than in France. Meanwhile, it’s clear that this uniform state of internal unrest enhances the prospects for peace, which had originally made its extension possible. Thus, even though there is no organized international union as there was in the Middle Ages, the peaceful practices and intellectual culture of modern life have already spread enough to evoke a sense of brotherhood stronger than any that has ever existed before. It is strong enough to ensure that the issue of social regeneration is never seen as merely a national matter.

And this is the point of view which displays the character of the second phase of the Revolution in its truest light. The first phase, although in its results advantageous to the other nations, was necessarily conducted as if peculiar to France, because no other country was ripe for the original outbreak. Indeed French nationality was stimulated by the necessity of resisting the counter-revolutionary coalition. But the final and constructive phase which has begun now that the national limits of the crisis have been reached, should always be regarded as common to the whole of Western Europe. For it consists essentially in spiritual reorganization; and the need of this in one shape or other presses already with almost equal force upon each of the five nations who make up the great Western family. Conversely,91 the more occidental the character of the reforming movement, the greater will be the prominence given to intellectual and moral regeneration as compared with mere modifications of government, in which of course there must be very considerable national differences. The first social need of Western Europe is community in belief and in habits of life; and this must be based upon a uniform system of education controlled and applied by a spiritual power that shall be accepted by all. This want satisfied, the reconstruction of governments may be carried out in accordance with the special requirements of each nation. Difference in this respect is legitimate: it will not affect the essential unity of the Positivist Republic, which will be bound together by more complete and durable ties than the Catholic Republic of the Middle Ages.

And this perspective reveals the character of the second phase of the Revolution in its truest form. The first phase, while beneficial to other nations in its results, was conducted in a way that seemed unique to France, as no other country was ready for the original outbreak. In fact, French identity was heightened by the need to resist the counter-revolutionary coalition. However, the final and constructive phase, which has started now that the national limits of the crisis have been reached, should always be seen as relevant to all of Western Europe. This phase is fundamentally about spiritual reorganization; the need for this, in one form or another, is already pressing almost equally on each of the five nations that make up the great Western family. Conversely, the more western the character of the reform movement, the greater emphasis will be placed on intellectual and moral renewal rather than just changes in government, where there will naturally be significant national differences. The primary social need for Western Europe is a shared belief and way of life; this needs to be founded on a consistent education system managed and implemented by a spiritual authority that everyone will accept. Once this need is met, the restructuring of governments can proceed based on the specific needs of each nation. Differences in this regard are acceptable; they won’t undermine the essential unity of the Positivist Republic, which will be held together by stronger and more lasting connections than those of the Catholic Republic of the Middle Ages.

Not only then do we find from the whole condition of Western Europe that the movement of opinion transcends in importance all political agitation; but we find that everything points to the necessity of establishing a spiritual power, as the sole means of directing this free yet systematic reform of opinion and of life with the requisite consistency and largeness of view. We now see that the old revolutionary prejudice of confounding temporal and spiritual power is directly antagonistic to social regeneration, although it once aided the preparation for it. In the first place it stimulates the sense of nationality which ought to be subordinate to larger feelings of international fraternity. And at the same time, with the view of satisfying the conditions of uniformity which are so obviously required for the solution of the common problem, it induces efforts at forcible incorporation of all92 the nations into one, efforts as dangerous as they are fruitless.

Not only do we see from the overall situation in Western Europe that the shift in public opinion is more significant than any political struggles, but everything indicates the need to establish a spiritual authority as the only way to guide this free yet organized reform of thought and life with the necessary consistency and broad perspective. We now recognize that the old revolutionary mindset that mixes political and spiritual power actually works against social renewal, even though it once paved the way for it. First, it fuels nationalism when we should be focusing on larger ideals of international brotherhood. At the same time, in an attempt to meet the need for uniformity necessary to tackle the shared challenges, it leads to dangerous and pointless attempts to forcibly unify all92 the nations into one.

This Republic consists of the Italian, Spanish, British, and German populations, grouped round France as their centre

My work on Positive Philosophy contains a detailed historical explanation of what I mean by the expression, Western Europe. But the conception is one of such importance in relation to the questions of our time, that I shall now proceed to enumerate and arrange in their order the elements of which this great family of nations consists.

My work on Positive Philosophy includes a thorough historical explanation of what I mean by the term Western Europe. However, this idea is so important for the issues we face today that I will now list and organize the elements that make up this significant family of nations.

Since the fall of the Roman empire, and more especially from the time of Charlemagne, France has always been the centre, socially as well as geographically, of this Western region which may be called the nucleus of Humanity. On the one great occasion of united political action on the part of Western Europe, that is, in the crusades of the eleventh and twelfth century, it was evidently France that took the initiative. It is true that when the decomposition of Catholicism began to assume a systematic form, the centre of the movement for two centuries shifted its position. It was Germany that gave birth to the metaphysical principles of negation. Their first political application was in the Dutch and English revolutions, which, incomplete as they were, owing to insufficient intellectual preparation, yet served as preludes to the great final crisis. These preludes were most important, as showing the real social tendency of the critical doctrines. But it was reserved for France to co-ordinate these doctrines into a consistent system and to propagate them successfully. France then resumed her position as the principal centre in which the great moral and political questions were to be worked out. And this position she will in all probability retain, as in fact it is only a recurrence93 to the normal organization of the Western Republic, which had been temporarily modified to meet special conditions. A fresh displacement of the centre of the social movement is not to be expected, unless in a future too distant to engage our attention. It can indeed only be the result of wide extension of our advanced civilization beyond European limits, as will be explained in the conclusion of this work.

Since the fall of the Roman Empire, especially since the time of Charlemagne, France has always been the social and geographic center of this Western region, which can be called the heart of Humanity. During the one significant moment of united political action by Western Europe, namely the Crusades of the eleventh and twelfth centuries, France clearly took the lead. It’s true that when the breakdown of Catholicism started to take a structured form, the center of that movement shifted for two centuries. Germany was responsible for the development of the metaphysical principles of negation. The first political uses of these principles were seen in the Dutch and English revolutions, which, though incomplete due to a lack of sufficient intellectual foundation, laid the groundwork for the significant final crisis. These initial activities were crucial as they revealed the real social trends behind the critical theories. However, it was France that brought these theories together into a coherent system and spread them effectively. France then took back its role as the main center where major moral and political issues would be addressed. It’s likely that this position will remain, as it represents only a return to the normal organization of the Western Republic, which was temporarily altered to address specific conditions. A new shift in the center of the social movement is not expected unless it occurs in a future too distant for us to be concerned about. It can only result from the extensive spread of our advanced civilization beyond European borders, as will be detailed in the conclusion of this work.

North and south of this natural centre, we find two pairs of nations, between which France will always form an intermediate link, partly from her geographical position, and also from her language and manners. The first pair is for the most part Protestant. It comprises, first, the great Germanic body, with the numerous nations that may be regarded as its offshoots; especially Holland, which, since the Middle Ages, has been in every respect the most advanced portion of Germany. Secondly, Great Britain, with which may be classed the United States, notwithstanding their present attitude of rivalry. The second pair is exclusively Catholic. It consists of the great Italian nationality, which in spite of political divisions has always maintained its distinct character; and of the population of the Spanish Peninsula (for Portugal, sociologically considered, is not to be separated from Spain), which has so largely increased the Western family by its colonies. To complete the conception of this group of advanced nations, we must add two accessory members, Greece and Poland, countries which, though situated in Eastern Europe, are connected with the West, the one by ancient history, the other by modern. Besides these, there are various intermediate nationalities which I need not now enumerate, connecting or demarcating the more important branches of the family.

North and south of this natural center, we find two pairs of nations, with France always acting as a link between them, thanks to its geographic location, language, and culture. The first pair is mostly Protestant. It includes the large Germanic group, along with several nations considered offshoots, especially Holland, which has been the most progressive part of Germany since the Middle Ages. The second nation in this pair is Great Britain, along with the United States, despite their current rivalry. The second pair is entirely Catholic. It consists of the major Italian nation, which has maintained its distinct identity despite political divisions, and the people of the Spanish Peninsula (since Portugal, viewed sociologically, can't be separated from Spain), which has significantly expanded the Western family through its colonies. To complete this group of progressive nations, we should also include two additional members, Greece and Poland, which, while located in Eastern Europe, connect to the West—Greece through ancient history and Poland through modern times. Additionally, there are several intermediate nations that I won’t detail now, which connect or separate the more significant branches of this community.

In this vast Republic it is that the new philosophy is to find its sphere of intellectual and moral action. It will endeavour so to modify the initiative of the central nation, by the reacting influences of the other four, as to give increased efficiency to the general movement. It is a task eminently calculated to test the social capabilities of Positivism, and for which no other system is qualified. The metaphysical spirit is as unfit for it as the theological. The rupture of the mediaeval system is due to the decadence of theology: but the direct agency in the rupture was the solvent force of the metaphysical spirit. Neither the one nor the other then is likely to recombine elements, the separation of which is principally due to their own conceptions. It is entirely to the spontaneous action of the Positive spirit that we owe those new though insufficient links of union, whether industrial, artistic, or scientific, which, since the close of the Middle Ages, have been leading us more and more decidedly to a reconstruction of the Western alliance. And now that Positivism has assumed its matured and systematic form, its competence for the work is even more unquestionable. It alone can effectually remove the national antipathies which still exist. But it will do this without impairing the natural qualities of any of them. Its object is by a wise combination of these qualities, to develop under a new form the feeling of a common Occidentality.

In this vast Republic, the new philosophy will find its place for intellectual and moral action. It aims to influence the central nation by leveraging the reactions of the other four, making the overall movement more effective. This is a challenge designed to test the social capabilities of Positivism, and no other system is suited for it. The metaphysical approach is just as inappropriate as the theological one. The collapse of the medieval system happened because of the decline of theology, but it was the metaphysical spirit that directly contributed to this collapse. Neither the metaphysical nor the theological is likely to bring together elements that have separated mainly due to their own ideas. We owe the new, though still fragile, connections—whether in industry, art, or science—that have gradually been forming since the end of the Middle Ages, to the natural action of the Positive spirit, which is steering us towards a reconstruction of the Western alliance. Now that Positivism has developed into a mature and systematic form, its ability to do this is even more certain. It is the only philosophy that can effectively overcome the national hostilities that still exist, but it will do so without damaging the unique qualities of any nation. Its goal is to wisely combine these qualities to foster a new sense of shared identity among Western nations.

Relation of Positivism to the mediaeval system, to which we owe the first attempt to separate spiritual from temporal power

By extending the social movement to its proper limits, we thus exhibit on a larger scale the same features that were noticed when France alone was being considered. Abroad or at home, every great social problem that arises proves that the object of the second revolutionary phase is a reorganization95 of principles and of life. By this means a body of public opinion will be formed of sufficient force to lead gradually to the growth of new political institutions. These will be adapted to the special requirements of each nation, under the general superintendence of the spiritual power, from whom our fundamental principles will have proceeded. The general spirit of these principles is essentially historical, whereas the tendency of the negative phase of the revolution was anti-historical. Without blind hatred of the past, men would never have had sufficient energy to abandon the old system. But henceforth the best evidence of having attained complete emancipation will be the rendering full justice to the past in all its phases. This is the most characteristic feature of that relative spirit which distinguishes Positivism. The surest sign of superiority, whether in persons or systems, is fair appreciation of opponents. And this must always be the tendency of social science when rightly understood, since its prevision of the future is avowedly based upon systematic examination of the past. It is the only way in which the free and yet universal adoption of general principles of social reconstruction can ever be possible. Such reconstruction, viewed by the light of Sociology, will be regarded as a necessary link in the series of human development; and thus many confused and incoherent notions suggested by the arbitrary beliefs hitherto prevalent will finally disappear. The growth of public opinion in this respect is aided by the increasing strength of social feeling. Both combine to encourage the historical spirit which distinguishes the second period of the Revolution, as we see indicated already in so many of the popular sympathies of the day.

By expanding the social movement to its true limits, we show on a larger scale the same features that were observed when only France was considered. Whether abroad or at home, every major social issue that arises demonstrates that the goal of the second revolutionary phase is a reorganization of principles and life. This will foster a public opinion strong enough to gradually lead to the emergence of new political institutions. These institutions will be tailored to the specific needs of each nation, guided by the spiritual authority from which our core principles originated. The overall spirit of these principles is fundamentally historical, while the negative phase of the revolution had an anti-historical tendency. Without a blind hatred for the past, people would never have had the energy to abandon the old system. From now on, the best indicator of having achieved complete liberation will be fully acknowledging the past in all its forms. This characteristic feature reflects the relative spirit that defines Positivism. The strongest sign of superiority, whether in individuals or systems, is the fair recognition of opponents. This must always be the aim of social science when understood correctly, as its foresight of the future is openly based on a systematic examination of the past. It is the only way that the free and universal adoption of general principles of social reconstruction can ever be possible. Such reconstruction, viewed through the lens of Sociology, will be seen as a necessary link in the continuous evolution of humanity; thus, many confused and incoherent notions stemming from the arbitrary beliefs that have prevailed until now will finally fade away. The development of public opinion in this context is supported by the growing strength of social awareness. Both contribute to promoting the historical spirit that characterizes the second period of the Revolution, as evidenced by the many popular sympathies we see today.

Acting on this principle, Positivists will always96 acknowledge the close relation between their own system and the memorable effort of mediaeval Catholicism. In offering for the acceptance of Humanity a new organization of life, we would not dissociate it with all that has gone before. On the contrary, it is our boast that we are but proposing for her maturity the accomplishment of the noble effort of her youth, an effort made when intellectual and social conditions precluded the possibility of success. We are too full of the future to fear any serious charge of retrogression towards the past. It would be strange were such a charge to proceed from those of our opponents whose political ideal is that amalgamation of temporal and spiritual power which was adopted by the theocratic or military systems of antiquity.

Acting on this principle, Positivists will always96 acknowledge the close connection between their own system and the significant efforts of medieval Catholicism. In offering Humanity a new organization of life, we do not separate it from everything that has come before. On the contrary, we take pride in proposing the completion of the noble efforts of the past, efforts that were made when the intellectual and social conditions made success impossible. We are so focused on the future that we don't fear any serious accusations of moving backwards to the past. It would be odd for such accusations to come from our opponents, who seek a blend of temporal and spiritual power, similar to what was practiced by the theocratic or military systems of ancient times.

The separation of these powers in the Middle Ages is the greatest advance ever yet made in the theory of social Order. It was imperfectly effected, because the time was not ripe for it; but enough was done to show the object of the separation, and some of its principal results were partially arrived at. It originated the fundamental doctrine of modern social life, the subordination of Politics to Morals; a doctrine which in spite of the most obstinate resistance has survived the decline of the religion which first proclaimed it. We see it now sanctioned by a republican government which has shaken off the fetters of that religion more completely than any other. A further result of the separation is the keen sense of personal honour, combined with general fraternity, which distinguishes Western nations, especially those who have been preserved from Protestantism. To the same source is due the general feeling that men should be judged by their intellectual and moral worth, irrespectively of social position, yet without upsetting that subordination97 of classes which is rendered necessary by the requirements of practical life. And this has accustomed all classes to free discussion of moral and even of political questions; since every one feels it a right and a duty to judge actions and persons by the general principles which a common system of education has inculcated alike on all. I need not enlarge on the value of the mediaeval church in organizing the political system of Western Europe, in which there was no other recognized principle of union. All these social results are usually attributed to the excellence of the Christian doctrine; but history when fairly examined shows that the source from which they are principally derived is the Catholic principle of separating the two powers. For these effects are nowhere visible except in the countries where this separation has been effected, although a similar code of morals and indeed a faith identically the same have been received elsewhere. Besides, although sanctioned by the general tone of modern life, they have been neutralized to a considerable extent by the decline of the Catholic organization, and this especially in the countries where the greatest efforts have been made to restore the doctrine to its original purity and power.

The division of powers in the Middle Ages represents the most significant advancement in the theory of social order. It was not fully realized because the moment wasn’t right, but enough progress was made to highlight the purpose of the separation, and some key outcomes were partially achieved. It established the core principle of modern social life: the prioritization of morals over politics. Despite facing strong opposition, this principle has persisted even after the decline of the religion that first advocated it. We can now see it validated by a republican government that has loosened the ties to that religion more than any other. Another outcome of this separation is the strong sense of personal honor, combined with a spirit of brotherhood, that characterizes Western nations, particularly those untouched by Protestantism. This same origin has fostered a widespread belief that people should be evaluated based on their intellectual and moral character, independent of their social status, while still maintaining the necessary social hierarchy dictated by practical life. This has led to all social classes engaging in open discussions about moral and political matters, as everyone feels it is their right and duty to evaluate actions and individuals based on the universal principles taught through a common education system. I won’t elaborate on the value of the medieval church in structuring the political system of Western Europe, where no other recognized unifying principle existed. These social outcomes are often credited to the superiority of Christian doctrine; however, a fair examination of history reveals that their primary source is the Catholic principle of separating these two powers. The effects of this separation are only evident in countries where it has occurred, even though similar moral codes and identical faiths have been embraced elsewhere. Furthermore, although these principles are supported by the general atmosphere of modern life, they have been significantly diminished by the decline of the Catholic organization, particularly in those countries where the greatest efforts have been made to restore the doctrine to its original purity and strength.

In these respects Positivism has already appreciated Catholicism more fully than any of its own defenders, not even excepting De Maistre himself, as indeed some of the more candid organs of the retrograde school have allowed. But the merit of Catholicism does not merely depend on the fact that it forms a most important link in the series of human development. What adds to the glory of its efforts is that, as history clearly proves, they were in advance of their time. The political failure of Catholicism resulted from the imperfection of its doctrines, and the resistance of the98 social medium in which it worked. It is true that Monotheism is far more compatible with the separation of powers than Polytheism. But from the absolute character of every kind of theology, there was always a tendency in the mediaeval system to degenerate into mere theocracy. In fact, the proximate cause of its decline was the increased development of this tendency in the fourteenth century, and the resistance which it provoked among the kings, who stood forward to represent the general voice of condemnation. Again, though separation of powers was less difficult in the defensive system of mediaeval warfare than in the aggressive system of antiquity, yet it is thoroughly repugnant to the military spirit in all its phases, because adverse to that concentration of authority which is requisite in war. And thus it was never thoroughly realized, except in the conceptions of a few leading men among both the spiritual and temporal class. Its brief success was principally caused by a temporary combination of circumstances. It was for the most part a condition of very unstable equilibrium, oscillating between theocracy and empire.

In these ways, Positivism has recognized Catholicism more thoroughly than any of its supporters, including even De Maistre himself, as some of the more open-minded voices within the conservative school have acknowledged. However, the value of Catholicism does not just hinge on its role as a significant link in the chain of human development. What enhances the significance of its efforts is that, as history shows, they were ahead of their time. The political shortcomings of Catholicism stemmed from the imperfections in its teachings and the social circumstances in which it operated. It’s true that Monotheism aligns better with the separation of powers than Polytheism does. Still, due to the absolute nature of all theological systems, there was always a risk in the medieval framework of slipping into mere theocracy. In fact, the immediate cause of its decline was the growing strength of this tendency in the fourteenth century and the pushback it faced from kings who represented the widespread disapproval. Furthermore, while separating powers was easier in the defensive strategies of medieval warfare than in the offensive strategies of antiquity, it still contradicts the military ethos at every level since it opposes the concentration of authority needed in war. Thus, it was never fully realized, except in the ideas of a few prominent figures from both the spiritual and secular classes. Its short-lived success was mainly due to a temporary convergence of circumstances. For the most part, it existed in a state of unstable balance, swinging between theocracy and empire.

But the mediaeval attempt was premature; and Positivism will renew and complete it

But Positive civilization will accomplish what in the Middle Ages could only be attempted. We are aided, not merely by the example of the Middle Ages, but by the preparatory labours of the last five centuries. New modes of thought have arisen, and practical life has assumed new phases; and all are alike tending towards the separation of powers. What in the Middle Ages was but dimly foreseen by a few ardent and aspiring minds, becomes now an inevitable and obvious result, instinctively felt and formally recognized by all. From the intellectual point of view it is nothing more than the distinction99 between theory and practice; a distinction which is already admitted more or less formally throughout civilized Europe in subjects of less importance; which therefore it would be unreasonable to abandon in the most difficult of all arts and sciences. Viewed socially, it implies the separation of education from action; or of morals from politics; and few would deny that the maintenance of this separation is one of the greatest blessings of our progressive civilization. The distinction is of equal importance to morality and to liberty. It is the only way of bringing opinion and conduct under the control of principle; for the most obvious application of a principle has little weight when it is merely an act of obedience to a special command. Taking the more general question of bringing our political forces into harmony, it seems clear that theoretical and practical power are so totally distinct in origin and operation, whether in relation to the heart, or intellect, or character, that the functions of counsel and of command ought never to belong to the same organs. All attempts to unite them are at once retrograde and visionary, and if successful would lead to the intolerable government of mediocrities equally unfit for either kind of power. But as I shall show in the following chapters this principle of separation will soon find increasing support among women and the working classes; the two elements of society in which we find the greatest amount of good sense and right feeling.

But positive civilization will achieve what was only attempted in the Middle Ages. We're supported not just by the example of those times, but also by the groundwork laid over the last five centuries. New ways of thinking have emerged, and practical life has taken on new forms; all of which are moving toward a separation of powers. What was only vaguely anticipated by a few passionate thinkers in the Middle Ages has now become an inevitable and obvious outcome, instinctively felt and officially recognized by everyone. From an intellectual perspective, it's simply the distinction between theory and practice; a distinction already somewhat acknowledged across civilized Europe in less critical subjects; thus, it would be unreasonable to discard it in the most challenging of all arts and sciences. Socially, it indicates the separation of education from action, or morals from politics; and few would argue that maintaining this separation is one of the greatest benefits of our advancing civilization. This distinction is equally important for morality and liberty. It’s the only way to align opinion and conduct with principle; because the most obvious application of a principle lacks significance when it’s merely obedience to a specific command. Taking a broader view of aligning our political forces, it's clear that theoretical and practical power are fundamentally distinct in their origins and functions, whether it relates to emotions, intellect, or character, and the roles of guidance and authority should never belong to the same entity. Any attempts to merge them are both backward-looking and unrealistic, and if they were successful, would lead to an unbearable government of mediocrities who are unfit for either type of power. However, as I will demonstrate in the following chapters, this principle of separation will soon gain more support among women and the working class; the two segments of society where we find the most good sense and true feelings.

Modern society is, in fact, already ripe for the adoption of this fundamental principle of polity; and the opposition to it proceeds almost entirely from its connexion with the doctrines of the mediaeval church which have now become deservedly obsolete. But there will be an end of these revolutionary prejudices among all impartial100 observers as soon as the principle is seen embodied in Positivism, the only doctrine which is wholly disconnected with Theology. All human conceptions, all social improvements originated under theological influence, as we see proved clearly in many of the humblest details of life. But this has never prevented Humanity from finally appropriating to herself the results of the creeds which she has outgrown. And so it will be with this great political principle; it has already become obsolete except for the Positive school, which has verified inductively all the minor truths implied in it. The only direct attacks against it come from the metaphysicians, whose ambitious aspirations for absolute authority would be thwarted by it. It is they who attempt to fasten on Positivism the stigma of theocracy: a strange and in most cases disingenuous reproach, seeing that Positivists are distinguished from their opponents by discarding all beliefs which supersede the necessity for discussion. The fact is that serious disturbances will soon be caused by the pertinacious efforts of these adherents of pedantocracy to regulate by law what ought to be left to moral influences; and then the public will become more alive to the necessity of the Positivist doctrine of systematically separating political from moral government. The latter should be understood to rely exclusively on the forces of conviction and persuasion; its influence on action being simply that of counsel; whereas the former employs direct compulsion, based upon superiority of physical force.

Modern society is actually ready to embrace this fundamental political principle. The resistance to it mainly stems from its connection to the outdated doctrines of the medieval church. However, this opposition will fade among unbiased observers once they see the principle represented in Positivism, which is the only belief system completely separate from Theology. All human ideas and social improvements have emerged under the influence of theological thinking, clearly demonstrated in many of the simplest aspects of life. Yet, this has never stopped humanity from eventually claiming the benefits of the beliefs it has outgrown. The same will happen with this significant political principle; it has already become outdated except for the Positive school, which has inductively confirmed all the smaller truths it encompasses. The only direct challenges against it come from metaphysicians, whose lofty ambitions for absolute authority would be hindered by it. They are the ones trying to label Positivism with the negative connotation of theocracy—a strange and often insincere accusation, given that Positivists distinguish themselves from their critics by rejecting all beliefs that undermine the need for discussion. The reality is that serious disruptions will soon arise from the stubborn attempts of these proponents of pedantocracy to dictate by law what should be guided by moral influence; and then the public will become more aware of the need for the Positivist principle of systematically separating political from moral governance. The latter should rely solely on conviction and persuasion, influencing actions through advice, while the former uses direct coercion based on the superiority of physical strength.

We now understand what is meant by the constructive character of the second revolutionary phase. It implies a union of the social aspirations of the Middle Ages with the wise political instincts of the Convention. In the interval of these two101 periods the more advanced nations were without any systematic organization, and were abandoned to the two-fold process of transition, which was decomposing the old order and preparing the new. Both these preliminary steps are now sufficiently accomplished. The desire for social regeneration has become too strong to be resisted, and a philosophical system capable of directing it has already arisen. We may, therefore, recommence on a better intellectual and social basis the great effort of Catholicism, to bring Western Europe to a social system of peaceful activity and intellectual culture, in which Thought and Action should be subordinated to universal Love. Reconstruction will begin at the points where demolition began previously. The dissolution of the old organism began in the fourteenth century by the destruction of its international character. Conversely, reorganization begins by satisfying the intellectual and mental wants common to the five Western nations.

We now understand what the constructive aspect of the second revolutionary phase means. It signifies a merging of the social hopes of the Middle Ages with the smart political instincts of the Convention. During the gap between these two101 periods, the more advanced nations lacked any organized system and were left in a dual process of transition, which was breaking down the old order and setting up the new one. Both of these preliminary steps have now progressed far enough. The urge for social renewal has become too strong to ignore, and a philosophical system capable of guiding it has already emerged. Therefore, we can restart, on a stronger intellectual and social foundation, the significant effort of Catholicism to lead Western Europe towards a social system characterized by peaceful activity and intellectual culture, where Thought and Action are aligned with universal Love. Reconstruction will begin at the same points where destruction started earlier. The disintegration of the old structure began in the fourteenth century with the loss of its international character. In contrast, reorganization will start by addressing the shared intellectual and mental needs of the five Western nations.

The Ethical system of Positivism

And here, since the object of this character is to explain the social value of Positivism, I may show briefly that it leads necessarily to the formation of a definite system of universal Morality; this being the ultimate object of all Philosophy, and the starting-point of all Polity. Since it is by its moral code that every spiritual power must be principally tested, this will be the best mode of judging of the relative merits of Positivism and Catholicism.

And here, since the goal of this character is to explain the social value of Positivism, I can briefly demonstrate that it inevitably leads to the creation of a clear system of universal morality; this being the ultimate aim of all philosophy and the foundation of all political systems. Since every spiritual authority must primarily be evaluated by its moral code, this will be the best way to assess the relative strengths of Positivism and Catholicism.

Subjection of Self-love to Social love is the great ethical problem. The Social state of itself favours this result; but it may be hastened by organized and conscious effort

To the Positivist the object of Morals is to make our sympathetic instincts preponderate as far as possible over the selfish instincts; social feelings over personal feelings. This way of viewing the subject is peculiar to the102 new philosophy, for no other system has included the more recent additions to the theory of human nature, of which Catholicism gave so imperfect a representation.

To the Positivist, the goal of morals is to strengthen our empathetic instincts as much as possible over our selfish ones; to prioritize social feelings over personal ones. This perspective is unique to the102 new philosophy, as no other system has fully embraced the recent developments in the theory of human nature, which Catholicism only represented imperfectly.

It is one of the first principles of Biology that organic life always preponderates over animal life. By this principle the Sociologist explains the superior strength of the self-regarding instincts, since these are all connected more or less closely with the instinct of self-preservation. But although there is no evading this fact, Sociology shows that it is compatible with the existence of benevolent affections, affections which Catholicism had asserted to be altogether alien to our nature, and to be entirely dependent on superhuman Grace derived from a sphere beyond the reach of Law. The great problem, then, is to raise social feeling by artificial effort to the position which, in the natural condition, is held by selfish feeling. The solution is to be found in another biological principle, namely, that functions and organs are developed by constant exercise, and atrophied by prolonged inaction. Now the effect of the Social state is, that while our sympathetic instincts are constantly stimulated, the selfish propensities are restricted; since, if free play were given to them, human intercourse would very shortly become impossible. Thus it compensates to some extent the natural weakness of the Sympathies that they are capable of almost indefinite extension, while Self-love meets inevitably with a more or less efficient check. Both these tendencies naturally increase with the progress of Humanity, and their increase is the best measure of the degree of perfection that we have attained. Their growth, though spontaneous, may be materially hastened by organized intervention, both of individuals and103 of society, the object being to increase all favourable influences and diminish the unfavourable. This is the object of the art of Morals. Like every other art, it is restricted within certain limits. But in this case the limits are less narrow, because the phenomena, being more complex, are also more modifiable.

It’s one of the fundamental principles of Biology that organic life always outweighs animal life. This principle helps Sociologists explain the stronger influence of self-centered instincts, as they are all linked, in one way or another, to the instinct of self-preservation. However, even though we can’t ignore this fact, Sociology demonstrates that it can coexist with benevolent feelings—emotions that Catholicism claimed were entirely foreign to our nature and solely dependent on divine Grace from a realm beyond the Law. The central challenge, then, is to elevate social feelings through deliberate efforts to the level that, in a natural state, is occupied by selfish feelings. The answer lies in another biological principle: that functions and organs develop through constant use and weaken from lack of activity. In the social context, our empathetic instincts are continually stimulated while selfish tendencies are limited; if we allowed those selfish tendencies to run free, human interaction would quickly become unfeasible. This somewhat compensates for the natural fragility of our empathy since it can expand almost indefinitely, while self-love inevitably faces checks. Both of these tendencies naturally grow as Humanity progresses, and their increase is the best indicator of how much we’ve improved. Their growth, while spontaneous, can be significantly sped up through organized efforts by individuals and society, aiming to enhance all positive influences and reduce the negative ones. This is the goal of the art of Morals. Like all other arts, it has its limits. However, in this case, the limits are broader because the phenomena are more complex and therefore more subject to change.

Positive morality differs therefore from that of theological as well as of metaphysical systems. Its primary principle is the preponderance of Social Sympathy. Full and free expansion of the benevolent emotions is made the first condition of individual and social well-being, since these emotions are at once the sweetest to experience, and are the only feelings which can find expression simultaneously in all. The doctrine is as deep and pure as it is simple and true. It is eminently characteristic of a philosophy which, by virtue of its attribute of reality, subordinates all scientific conceptions to the social point of view, as the sole point from which they can be co-ordinated into a whole. The intuitive methods of metaphysics could never advance with any consistency beyond the sphere of the individual. Theology, especially Christian theology, could only rise to social conceptions by an indirect process, forced upon it, not by its principles, but by its practical functions. Intrinsically, its spirit was altogether personal; the highest object placed before each individual was the attainment of his own salvation, and all human affections were made subordinate to the love of God. It is true that the first training of our higher feelings is due to theological systems; but their moral value depended mainly on the wisdom of the priesthood. They compensated the defects of their doctrine, and at that time no better doctrine was available, by taking advantage of the antagonism which naturally104 presented itself between the interests of the imaginary and those of the real world. The moral value of Positivism on the contrary, is inherent in its doctrine, and can be largely developed, independently of any spiritual discipline, though not so far as to dispense with the necessity for such discipline. Thus, while Morality as a science is made far more consistent by being placed in its true connexion with the rest of our knowledge, the sphere of natural morality is widened by bringing human life, individually and collectively, under the direct and continuous influence of Social Feeling.

Positive morality is different from both theological and metaphysical systems. Its main principle is the importance of Social Sympathy. The full and free expression of benevolent emotions is seen as the first requirement for individual and social well-being, since these emotions are not only the most pleasurable to feel but also the only ones that can be shared by everyone. The doctrine is both profound and pure, as well as simple and true. It strongly reflects a philosophy that, because of its connection to reality, places all scientific ideas within a social context, which is the only perspective from which they can be unified into a whole. The intuitive methods of metaphysics could never consistently reach beyond individual concerns. Theology, particularly Christian theology, could only achieve social ideas indirectly, driven not by its principles but by its practical roles. Fundamentally, its spirit was entirely personal; the ultimate goal for each individual was to attain their own salvation, and all human relationships were secondary to the love of God. It's true that our initial development of higher feelings is influenced by theological systems, but their moral significance largely depended on the wisdom of the clergy. They mitigated the flaws of their doctrine, and at that time there was no better doctrine available, by exploiting the conflict that naturally arose between the interests of the imaginary and those of the real world. In contrast, the moral value of Positivism is built into its doctrine and can largely grow without any spiritual discipline, although some discipline is still necessary. Consequently, while morality as a science is made much more coherent by being linked to the rest of our knowledge, the scope of natural morality expands by bringing human life, both individually and collectively, under the direct and continuous influence of Social Feeling.

Intermediate between self-love and universal benevolence are the domestic affections: filial, fraternal, conjugal, paternal

I have stated that Positive morality is brought into a coherent and systematic form by its principle of universal love. This principle must now be examined first in its application to the separate aspects of the subject, and subsequently as the means by which the various parts may be co-ordinated.

I have said that positive morality comes together in a clear and organized way through its principle of universal love. This principle needs to be looked at first in how it applies to the different aspects of the topic, and then as the way to connect the various parts.

There are three successive states of morality answering to the three principal stages of human life; the personal, the domestic, and the social stage. The succession represents the gradual training of the sympathetic principle; it is drawn out step by step by a series of affections which, as it diminishes in intensity, increases in dignity. This series forms our best resource in attempting as far as possible to reach the normal state; subordination of self-love to social feeling. These are the two extremes in the scale of human affections; but between them there is an intermediate degree, namely, domestic attachment, and it is on this that the solution of the great moral problem depends. The love of his family leads Man out of his original state of Self-love and enables him to attain finally a sufficient measure of Social105 love. Every attempt on the part of the moral educator to call this last into immediate action, regardless of the intermediate stage, is to be condemned as utterly chimerical and profoundly injurious. Such attempts are regarded in the present day with far too favourable an eye. Far from being a sign of social progress, they would, if successful, be an immense step backwards; since the feeling which inspires them is one of perverted admiration for antiquity.

There are three consecutive stages of morality that correspond to the three main phases of human life: the personal, the domestic, and the social stage. This progression represents the gradual development of empathy; it unfolds step by step through a series of emotions that, as they become less intense, gain in importance. This progression is our best resource in striving to achieve a balanced state: placing social feelings above self-interest. These represent the two extremes in human emotions, but in between them lies a middle ground, which is domestic attachment, and it is on this that the resolution of the major moral issue relies. A person's love for their family pulls them away from pure self-interest and allows them to eventually develop a sufficient level of social love. Any effort by a moral educator to activate this social love immediately, without recognizing the importance of the domestic stage, is misguided and deeply harmful. Nowadays, such efforts are viewed too favorably. Rather than indicating social progress, if they succeed, they would actually represent a significant regression, as the motivation behind them reflects a distorted admiration for the past.

Since the importance of domestic life is so great as a transition from selfish to social feeling, a systematic view of its relations will be the best mode of explaining the spirit of Positive morality, which is in every respect based upon the order found in nature.

Since the importance of home life is so significant as a transition from selfishness to social awareness, taking a systematic look at its connections will be the best way to explain the essence of Positive morality, which is grounded in the natural order.

The first germ of social feeling is seen in the affection of the child for its parents. Filial love is the starting-point of our moral education: from it springs the instinct of Continuity, and consequently of reverence for our ancestors. It is the first tie by which the new being feels himself bound to the whole past history of Man. Brotherly love comes next, implanting the instinct of Solidarity, that is to say of union with our contemporaries; and thus we have already a sort of outline of social existence. With maturity new phases of feeling are developed. Relationships are formed of an entirely voluntary nature; which have therefore a still more social character than the involuntary ties of earlier years. This second stage in moral education begins with conjugal affection, the most important of all, in which perfect fullness of devotion is secured by the reciprocity and indissolubility of the bond. It is the highest type of all sympathetic instincts, and has appropriated to itself in a special sense the name of Love. From this most perfect of unions proceeds the last in the106 series of domestic sympathies, parental love. It completes the training by which Nature prepares us for universal sympathy: for it teaches us to care for our successors; and thus it binds us to the Future, as filial love had bound us to the Past.

The first spark of social feeling is found in the child's affection for its parents. Filial love is the starting point of our moral education: from it comes the instinct of Continuity, leading to respect for our ancestors. It forms the initial connection that makes the new being aware of its bond with the entire history of humanity. Next comes brotherly love, which instills the instinct of Solidarity, meaning unity with our peers; and thus we already have a basic outline of social existence. As we mature, new emotional phases develop. Relationships are formed based on mutual choice, which makes them even more social than the involuntary connections of earlier years. This second stage in moral education begins with romantic love, the most significant of all, where complete devotion is achieved through the reciprocity and permanence of the bond. It represents the highest form of sympathetic instincts and has specifically taken on the name of Love. From this most perfect union arises the final type of domestic affection, parental love. It completes the training that Nature provides for us to develop universal sympathy: it teaches us to care for our successors, binding us to the Future, just as filial love had connected us to the Past.

I placed the voluntary class of domestic sympathies after the involuntary, because it was the natural order of individual development, and it thus bore out my statement of the necessity of family life as an intermediate stage between personal and social life. But in treating more directly of the theory of the Family as the constituent element of the body politic, the inverse order should be followed. In that case conjugal attachment would come first, as being the feeling through which the family comes into existence as a new social unit, which in many cases consists simply of the original pair. Domestic sympathy, when once formed by marriage, is perpetuated first by parental then by filial affection; it may afterwards be developed by the tie of brotherhood, the only relation by which different families can be brought into direct contact. The order followed here is that of decrease in intensity, and increase in extension. The feeling of fraternity, which I place last, because it is usually least powerful, will be seen to be of primary importance when regarded as the transition from domestic to social affections; it is, indeed, the natural type to which all social sympathies conform. But there is yet another intermediate relation, without which this brief exposition of the theory of the family would be incomplete; I mean the relation of household servitude, which may be called indifferently domestic or social. It is a relation which at the present time is not properly appreciated on account of our dislike to all subjection; and yet the word domestic is enough to remind us that in every107 normal state of Humanity, it supplies what would otherwise be a want in household relations. Its value lies in completing the education of the social instinct, by a special apprenticeship in obedience and command, both being subordinated to the universal principle of mutual sympathy.

I put the voluntary category of family feelings after the involuntary one because that reflects the natural order of personal development. It supports my point about how family life is a necessary step between individual and societal existence. However, when discussing the theory of the Family as a key part of the political body, we should reverse that order. In this context, marital bond comes first, as it’s the connection through which families are formed as new social units, often starting with just the two individuals. Once domestic sympathy is established through marriage, it continues first through parental and then filial love; it can later expand through sibling ties, which are the only relationships enabling different families to interact directly. The sequence here shows a decline in intensity and an increase in scope. The sense of brotherhood, which I’ve placed last because it’s typically the weakest, is actually very important when viewed as a bridge from family to social connections; it truly represents the natural model for all social feelings. However, there's another important relationship that makes this brief overview of family theory incomplete: the role of household servitude, which can be described as either domestic or social. This relationship isn't properly valued today because of our aversion to any form of subordination; yet, the term domestic reminds us that in every normal state of humanity, it fills a gap in household dynamics. Its significance lies in completing the education of social instincts through a specific training in obedience and authority, both of which are governed by the overarching principle of mutual sympathy.

The object of the preceding remarks was to show the efficacy of the Positive method in moral questions by applying it to the most important of all moral theories, the theory of the Family. For more detailed proof, I must refer to my treatise on Positive Polity, to which this work is introductory. I would call attention, however, to the beneficial influence of Positivism on personal morality. Actions which hitherto had always been referred even by Catholic philosophers to personal interests, are now brought under the great principle of Love on which the whole Positive doctrine is based.

The purpose of the previous comments was to demonstrate the effectiveness of the Positive method in moral issues by applying it to the most significant of all moral theories, the theory of the Family. For more extensive evidence, I must direct you to my treatise on Positive Polity, which serves as an introduction to this work. I would like to highlight the positive impact of Positivism on personal morality. Actions that were previously attributed by even Catholic philosophers to personal interests are now linked to the fundamental principle of Love, which underpins the entire Positive doctrine.

Personal virtues placed upon a social basis

Feelings are only to be developed by constant exercise; and exercise is most necessary when the intrinsic energy of the feeling is least. It is therefore quite contrary to the true spirit of moral education to degrade duty in questions of personal morality to a mere calculation of self-interest. Of course, in this elementary part of Ethics, it is easier to estimate the consequences of actions, and to show the personal utility of the rules enjoined. But this method of procedure inevitably stimulates the self-regarding propensities, which are already too preponderant, and the exercise of which ought as far as possible to be discouraged. Besides, it often results in practical failure. To leave the decision of such questions to the judgment of the individual, is to give a formal sanction to all the natural difference in men’s inclinations. When the only motive urged is consideration for personal108 consequences, every one feels himself to be the best judge of these, and modifies the rule at his pleasure. Positivism, guided by a truer estimate of the facts, entirely remodels this elementary part of Ethics. Its appeal is to social feeling, and not to personal, since the actions in question are of a kind in which the individual is far from being the only person interested. For example, such virtues as temperance and chastity are inculcated by the Positivist on other grounds than those of their personal advantages. He will not of course be blind to their individual value; but this is an aspect on which he will not dwell too much, for fear of concentrating attention on self-interest. At all events, he will never make it the basis of his precepts, but will invariably rest them upon their social value. There are cases in which men are preserved by an unusually strong constitution from the injurious effects of intemperance or libertinage; but such men are bound to sobriety and continence as vigorously as the rest, because without these virtues they cannot perform their social duties rightly. Even in the commonest of personal virtues, cleanliness, this alteration in the point of view may be made with advantage. A simple sanitary regulation is thus ennobled by knowing that the object of it is to make each one of us more fit for the service of others. In this way and in no other, can moral education assume its true character at the very outset. We shall become habituated to the feeling of subordination to Humanity, even in our smallest actions. It is in these that we should be trained to gain the mastery over the lower propensities; and the more so that, in these simple cases, it is less difficult to appreciate their consequences.

Feelings can only be developed through consistent practice, and practice is most needed when the natural intensity of the feeling is at its lowest. Therefore, it goes against the true spirit of moral education to reduce duty in matters of personal morality to a simple calculation of self-interest. Sure, in this basic part of Ethics, it's easier to evaluate the outcomes of actions and to demonstrate the personal benefits of the recommended rules. However, this approach inevitably encourages the self-centered tendencies, which are already too strong and should be minimized as much as possible. Additionally, it often leads to practical failures. Allowing individuals to decide such matters only legitimizes the natural differences in people's inclinations. When the only motivation emphasized is consideration of personal consequences, everyone thinks they are the best judge of those, and they adjust the rules as they see fit. Positivism, informed by a more accurate understanding of the facts, completely redefines this fundamental part of Ethics. It focuses on social feelings rather than personal ones, as the actions involved impact far more than just the individual. For instance, virtues like temperance and chastity are promoted by Positivists for reasons beyond personal benefits. They recognize their individual value but won’t dwell on it too much, to avoid drawing attention to self-interest. In any case, they won’t base their guidelines on it but will always ground them in their social importance. There are instances where individuals with particularly strong constitutions can escape the harmful effects of excess or promiscuity; however, those individuals are still bound to practice sobriety and self-control just as much as everyone else, because without these virtues, they can’t fulfill their social responsibilities properly. Even in the most basic personal virtue, cleanliness, this change in perspective can be beneficial. A simple health regulation is elevated when we understand its purpose is to make each of us more capable of serving others. This is the only way moral education can truly take shape from the very beginning. We need to become accustomed to a sense of being subordinate to humanity, even in our smallest actions. It's in these actions that we should be trained to gain control over our lower instincts, particularly because, in these straightforward cases, it's easier to recognize their consequences.

The influence of Positivism on personal morality is in itself a proof of its superiority to other systems.109 Its superiority in domestic morality we have already seen, and yet this was the best aspect of Catholicism, forming indeed the principal basis of its admirable moral code. On social morality strictly so called, I need not dwell at length. Here the value of the new philosophy will be more direct and obvious, the fact of its standing at the social point of view being the very feature which distinguishes it from all other systems. In defining the mutual duties arising from the various relations of life, or again in giving solidity and extension to the instinct of our common fraternity, neither theological nor metaphysical morality can bear comparison with Positivism. Its precepts are adapted without difficulty to the special requirements of each case, because they are ever in harmony with the general laws of society and of human nature. But on these obvious characteristics of Positivism I need not further enlarge, as I shall have other occasions for referring to them.

The influence of Positivism on personal morality proves its superiority over other systems.109 We've already seen its superiority in domestic morality, which was indeed the best aspect of Catholicism and formed the main basis of its admirable moral code. I won't spend much time discussing social morality specifically. In this area, the value of the new philosophy is clearer and more apparent, as its focus on social perspectives sets it apart from other systems. When it comes to defining the duties that arise in different life relationships or reinforcing our shared sense of community, neither theological nor metaphysical morality can compete with Positivism. Its principles easily adapt to the unique needs of each situation since they align with the overall laws of society and human nature. However, I won’t elaborate on these obvious traits of Positivism now, as I will have other opportunities to refer to them.

After this brief exposition of Positive morality I must allude with equal brevity to the means by which it will be established and applied. These are of two kinds. The first lay down the foundations of moral training for each individual: they furnish principles, and they regulate feelings. The second carry out the work begun, and ensure the application of the principles inculcated to practical life. Both these functions are in the first instance performed spontaneously, under the influence of the doctrine and of the sympathies evoked by it. But for their adequate performance a spiritual power specially devoted to the purpose is necessary.

After this brief overview of Positive morality, I need to quickly mention the means by which it will be established and applied. There are two types of means. The first lays the groundwork for moral training for each person: they provide principles and guide emotions. The second carries on the work that has begun and ensures that the principles taught are applied in real life. Initially, both functions are carried out spontaneously, influenced by the doctrine and the feelings it evokes. However, to perform them adequately, a spiritual power specifically dedicated to the purpose is necessary.

Moral education consists partly of scientific demonstration of ethical truth, but still more of culture of the highest sympathies

The moral education of the Positivist is based both upon Reason and on Feeling, the latter having always the110 preponderance, in accordance with the primary principle of the system.

The moral education of the Positivist is based both on Reason and on Feeling, the latter always having the110 greater influence, according to the system's primary principle.

The result of the rational basis is to bring moral precepts to the test of rigorous demonstration, and to secure them against all danger from discussion, by showing that they rest upon the laws of our individual and social nature. By knowing these laws, we are enabled to form a judgment of the influence of each affection, thought, action, or habit, be that influence direct or indirect, special or general, in private life or in public. Convictions based upon such knowledge will be as deep as any that are formed in the present day from the strictest scientific evidence, with the excess of intensity due to their higher importance and their close connexion with our noblest feelings. Nor will such convictions be limited to those who are able to appreciate the logical value of the arguments. We see constantly in other departments of Positive science that men will adopt notions upon trust, and carry them out with the same zeal and confidence, as if they were thoroughly acquainted with all the grounds for their belief. All that is necessary is, that they should feel satisfied that their confidence is well bestowed, the fact being, in spite of all that is said of the independence of modern thought, that it is often given too readily. The most willing assent is yielded every day to the rules which mathematicians, astronomers, physicists, chemists, or biologists, have laid down in their respective arts, even in cases where the greatest interests are at stake. And similar assent will certainly be accorded to moral rules when they, like the rest, shall be acknowledged to be susceptible of scientific proof.

The outcome of a logical foundation is to subject moral principles to thorough testing and to protect them from any challenges by demonstrating that they are based on the laws of our personal and social nature. By understanding these laws, we can evaluate the impact of every emotion, thought, action, or habit, whether that influence is direct or indirect, specific or general, in private life or public. Beliefs grounded in such knowledge will be just as profound as those formed today through the strictest scientific evidence, with even greater intensity due to their significance and close ties to our strongest feelings. Moreover, these beliefs won’t just belong to those who can fully appreciate the logical weight of the arguments. We often see in other fields of Positive science that people will accept ideas on trust and pursue them with the same enthusiasm and confidence as if they fully understood all the reasons behind their beliefs. All that’s necessary is that they feel satisfied their trust is well placed; the reality is, despite claims of independent modern thought, it is frequently given too freely. Every day, people readily accept the principles laid out by mathematicians, astronomers, physicists, chemists, or biologists within their fields, even when significant interests are involved. Similarly, strong agreement will surely be given to moral principles when, like others, they are acknowledged as open to scientific validation.

But while using the force of demonstration to an extent hitherto impossible, Positivists will take111 care not to exaggerate its importance. Moral education, even in its more systematic parts, should rest principally upon Feeling, as the mere statement of the great human problem indicates. The study of moral questions, intellectually speaking, is most valuable; but the effect it leaves is not directly moral, since the analysis will refer, not to our own actions, but to those of others; for all scientific investigations, to be impartial and free from confusion, must be objective, not subjective. Now to judge others without immediate reference to self, is a process which may possibly result in strong convictions, but so far from calling out right feelings, it will, if carried too far, interfere with or check their natural development. However, the new school of moralists is the less likely to err in this direction, that it would be totally inconsistent with that profound knowledge of human nature in which Positivism has already shown itself so far superior to Catholicism. No one knows so well as the Positivist that the principal source of real morality lies in direct exercise of our social sympathies, whether systematic or spontaneous. He will spare no efforts to develop these sympathies from the earliest years by every method which sound philosophy can indicate. It is in this that moral education, whether private or public, principally consists; and to it mental education is always to be held subordinate. I shall revert to these remarks in the next chapter, when I come to the general question of educating the People.

But while using the power of demonstration like never before, Positivists will make sure not to overstate its significance. Moral education, even in its more structured forms, should primarily be based on Feeling, as the simple statement of the great human problem suggests. The study of moral questions is intellectually valuable, but its impact is not directly moral since the analysis focuses on the actions of others rather than our own. All scientific inquiries must be objective and free from bias, not subjective. Judging others without immediate reference to ourselves can lead to strong beliefs, but if taken too far, it may hinder or stifle the natural growth of our right feelings. However, the new group of moralists is less likely to make this mistake, as it would conflict with their deep understanding of human nature, which Positivism has already shown to surpass Catholicism. No one understands better than the Positivist that the true foundation of real morality lies in the direct engagement of our social sympathies, whether they are systematic or spontaneous. They will do everything possible to foster these sympathies from a young age by every method that sound philosophy can suggest. This is what moral education, both private and public, primarily consists of, and mental education should always take a back seat to it. I will return to these points in the next chapter when I discuss the broader issue of educating the People.

Organization of Public Opinion

But however efficient the training received in youth, it will not be enough to regulate our conduct in after years, amidst all the distracting influences of practical life, unless the same spiritual power which provides the education prolong its influence112 over our maturity. Part of its task will be to recall individuals, classes, and even nations, when the case requires it, to principles which they have forgotten or misinterpreted, and to instruct them in the means of applying them wisely. And here, even more than in the work of education strictly so called, the appeal will be to Feeling rather than to pure Reason. Its force will be derived from Public Opinion strongly organized. If the spiritual power awards its praise and blame justly, public opinion, as I shall show in the next chapter, will lend it the most irresistible support. This moral action of Humanity upon each of her members has always existed whenever there was any real community of principles and feelings. But its strength will be far greater under the Positive system. The reality of the doctrine and the social character of modern civilization give advantages to the new spiritual power which were denied to Catholicism.

But no matter how effective the training we get in our youth, it won't be enough to guide our behavior in later years, surrounded by all the distractions of real life, unless the same spiritual power that provides education continues to influence us through adulthood. Part of its job will be to remind individuals, groups, and even nations, when necessary, of principles they've forgotten or misunderstood, and to teach them how to apply these principles wisely. Here, even more than in strict education, the appeal will be to Emotion rather than just to pure Reason. Its strength will come from Public Opinion that's strongly organized. If the spiritual power gives its praise and criticism fairly, public opinion, as I will explain in the next chapter, will offer the most compelling support. This moral influence of Humanity on each of its members has always existed when there has been a genuine community of principles and feelings. However, its strength will be much greater under the Positive system. The reality of the doctrine and the social nature of modern civilization give advantages to the new spiritual power that were not available to Catholicism.112

Commemoration of great men

And these advantages are brought forward very prominently by the Positive system of commemoration. Commemoration, when regularly instituted, is a most valuable instrument in the hands of a spiritual power for continuing the work of moral education. It was the absolute character of Catholicism, even more than the defective state of mediaeval society, that caused the failure of its noble aspirations to become the universal religion. In spite of all its efforts, its system of commemoration has always been restricted to very narrow limits, both in time and space. Outside these limits, Catholicism has always shown the same blindness and injustice that it now complains of receiving from its own opponents. Positivism, on the contrary, can yield the full measure of praise to all times and all countries, without either weakness113 or inconsistency. Possessing the true theory of human development, every mode and phase of that development will be celebrated. Thus every moral precept will be supported by the influence of posterity; and this in private life as well as in public, for the system of commemoration will be applied in the same spirit to the humblest services as well as to the highest.

And these advantages are highlighted very clearly by the Positive system of commemoration. Commemoration, when established regularly, is a highly valuable tool in the hands of spiritual authority for continuing the work of moral education. It was the strict nature of Catholicism, more than the flawed condition of medieval society, that led to its failure to achieve its noble goal of becoming the universal religion. Despite all its efforts, its system of commemoration has always been limited in both time and space. Outside these boundaries, Catholicism has consistently demonstrated the same blindness and injustice that it now claims to receive from its opponents. Positivism, on the other hand, can fully appreciate all times and places without any weakness or inconsistency. By possessing the true theory of human development, every form and stage of that development will be celebrated. Thus, every moral principle will be supported by the influence of future generations; this applies to both private and public life, as the system of commemoration will treat the smallest contributions as importantly as the greatest.

While reserving special details for the treatise to which this work is introductory, I may yet give one illustration of this important aspect of Positivism; an illustration which probably will be the first step in the practical application of the system. I would propose to institute in Western Europe on any days that may be thought suitable, the yearly celebration of the three greatest of our predecessors, Caesar, St. Paul and Charlemagne, who are respectively the highest types of Greco-Roman civilization, of Mediaeval Feudalism, and of Catholicism, which forms the link between the two periods. The services of these illustrious men have never yet been adequately recognized, for want of a sound historical theory enabling us to explain the prominent part which they played in the development of our race. Even in St. Paul’s case the omission is noticeable. Positivism gives him a still higher place than has been given him by Theology; for it looks upon him as historically the founder of the religion which bears the inappropriate name of Christianity. In the other two cases the influence of Positive principles is even more necessary. For Caesar has been almost equally misjudged by theological and by metaphysical writers; and Catholicism has done very little for the appreciation of Charlemagne. However, notwithstanding the absence of any systematic appreciation of these great men, yet from the reverence with which they are generally regarded,114 we can hardly doubt that the celebration here proposed would meet with ready acceptance throughout Western Europe.

While reserving specific details for the treatise that this work introduces, I can share one example of this important aspect of Positivism; an example that will likely be the first step in putting the system into practice. I would suggest that we start an annual celebration in Western Europe on days deemed appropriate, honoring the three greatest figures from our history: Caesar, St. Paul, and Charlemagne. These individuals represent the pinnacle of Greco-Roman civilization, Medieval Feudalism, and Catholicism, which links the two eras. The contributions of these remarkable men have never been fully recognized due to a lack of a solid historical theory to explain their significant roles in the development of our society. Even in St. Paul’s case, this oversight is evident. Positivism places him in an even higher regard than Theology does; it views him as the historical founder of the religion wrongly named Christianity. In the other two cases, the application of Positive principles is even more essential. Caesar has been misjudged by both theological and metaphysical writers, and Catholicism has contributed little to the appreciation of Charlemagne. However, despite the lack of a systematic appreciation for these great men, we can hardly doubt that the proposed celebration would be warmly welcomed throughout Western Europe, given the respect they are generally shown.114

To illustrate my meaning still further, I may observe that history presents cases where exactly the opposite course is called for, and which should be held up not for approbation but for infamy. Blame, it is true, should not be carried to the same extent as praise, because it stimulates the destructive instincts to a degree which is always painful and sometimes injurious. Yet strong condemnation is occasionally desirable. It strengthens social feelings and principles, if only by giving more significance to our approval. Thus I would suggest that after doing honour to the three great men who have done so much to promote the development of our race, there should be a solemn reprobation of the two principal opponents of progress, Julian and Bonaparte; the latter being the more criminal of the two, the former the more insensate. Their influence has been sufficiently extensive to allow of all the Western nations joining in this damnatory verdict.6

To make my point even clearer, I want to point out that history shows cases where the opposite approach is needed, and these should not be celebrated but condemned. It's true that blame shouldn't be taken as far as praise, because it tends to provoke harmful instincts that can be painful and sometimes damaging. However, strong condemnation can be necessary. It reinforces our social values and principles, if only by making our approval matter more. Therefore, I suggest that after honoring the three great individuals who have significantly contributed to our progress, there should be a formal condemnation of the two main opponents of advancement, Julian and Bonaparte; the latter being the more guilty of the two, while the former is the more foolish. Their influence has been widespread enough for all Western nations to unite in this strong disapproval. 6

The principal function of the spiritual power is to direct the future of society by means of education; and, as a supplementary part of education, to pronounce judgment upon the past in the mode here indicated. But there are functions of another kind, relating more immediately to the present; and these too result naturally from its position as an educating body. If the educators are men worthy of their position, it will give them an influence over the whole course of practical life, whether private or public. Of course it will merely be the influence of counsel, and practical men will be free to accept or reject it; but its weight may115 be very considerable when given prudently, and when the authority from which it proceeds is recognized as competent. The questions on which its advice is most needed are the relations between different classes. Its action will be coextensive with the diffusion of Positive principles; for nations professing the same faith, and sharing in the same education, will naturally accept the same intellectual and moral directors. In the next chapter I shall treat this subject more in detail. I merely mention it here as one among the list of functions belonging to the new spiritual power.

The main role of spiritual authority is to shape the future of society through education and, as a complementary aspect of that education, to evaluate the past in the way mentioned. However, there are also functions that relate more directly to the present, which arise naturally from its role as an educational entity. If the educators are truly deserving of their roles, they will have an influence over all aspects of practical life, both private and public. This influence will primarily be one of guidance, and individuals in practical fields will be free to accept or reject it; nonetheless, its significance can be quite substantial when offered thoughtfully, especially when the authority behind it is acknowledged as competent. The areas where their advice is most critical involve the relationships between different social classes. Its impact will align with the spread of Positive principles, as nations sharing the same beliefs and education will tend to accept similar intellectual and moral leaders. In the next chapter, I will explore this topic in more detail. I only bring it up here as one of the many functions associated with the new spiritual authority.

The political motto of Positivism: Order and Progress

It will now not be difficult to show all the characteristics of Positivism are summed up in the motto, Order and Progress, a motto which has a philosophical as well as political bearing, and which I shall always feel glad to have put forward.

It won’t be hard to show that all the features of Positivism are summed up in the motto, Order and Progress, a motto that carries both philosophical and political significance, and which I’m always glad to have introduced.

Positivism is the only school which has given a definite significance to these two conceptions, whether regarded from their scientific or their social aspect. With regard to Progress, the assertion will hardly be disputed, no definition of it but the Positive ever having yet been given. In the case of Order, it is less apparent; but, as I have shown in the first chapter, it is no less profoundly true. All previous philosophies had regarded Order as stationary, a conception which rendered it wholly inapplicable to modern politics. But Positivism, by rejecting the absolute, and yet not introducing the arbitrary, represents Order in a totally new light, and adapts it to our progressive civilization. It places it on the firmest possible foundation, that is, on the doctrine of the invariability of the laws of nature, which defends it against all danger from subjective chimeras. The Positivist regards artificial Order in Social phenomena, as in all others, as resting necessarily upon116 the Order of nature, in other words, upon the whole series of natural laws.

Positivism is the only school that has clearly defined the significance of these two ideas, whether looked at from a scientific or social perspective. Regarding Progress, it's hard to dispute the claim that no definition other than the Positive has ever been offered. In the case of Order, it might not be as obvious, but as I explained in the first chapter, it’s equally true. All previous philosophies saw Order as fixed, a view that made it completely irrelevant to modern politics. However, Positivism, by rejecting absolutes while avoiding randomness, presents Order in a completely new way and aligns it with our progressive society. It establishes Order on the strongest foundation possible, which is the idea of the consistency of natural laws, protecting it from any risks posed by subjective illusions. The Positivist sees artificial Order in social phenomena, just like in any other area, as necessarily based on the Order of nature, or in other words, on the entire set of natural laws.

Progress, the development of Order

But Order has to be reconciled with Progress: and here Positivism is still more obviously without a rival. Necessary as the reconciliation is, no other system has even attempted it. But the facility with which we are now enabled, by the encyclopædic scale, to pass from the simplest mathematical phenomena to the most complicated phenomena of political life, leads at once to a solution of the problem. Viewed scientifically, it is an instance of that necessary correlation of existence and movement, which we find indicated in the inorganic world, and which becomes still more distinct in Biology. Finding it in all the lower sciences, we are prepared for its appearance in a still more definite shape in Sociology. Here its practical importance becomes more obvious, though it had been implicitly involved before. In Sociology the correlation assumes this form: Order is the condition of all Progress; Progress is always the object of Order. Or, to penetrate the question still more deeply, Progress may be regarded simply as the development of Order; for the order of nature necessarily contains within itself the germ of all possible progress. The rational view of human affairs is to look on all their changes, not as new Creations, but as new Evolutions. And we find this principle fully borne out in history. Every social innovation has its roots in the past; and the rudest phases of savage life show the primitive trace of all subsequent improvement.

But Order has to be reconciled with Progress, and here Positivism is clearly without a rival. As necessary as this reconciliation is, no other system has even tried to achieve it. However, the ease with which we can now navigate from basic mathematical phenomena to the most complex aspects of political life leads directly to a resolution of the issue. From a scientific perspective, it’s an example of the essential relationship between existence and movement, which we observe in the inorganic world and that becomes even more evident in Biology. Recognizing it in all the lower sciences prepares us for its emergence in a more defined way in Sociology. Here, its practical significance is more apparent, even though it had been implicitly acknowledged earlier. In Sociology, the relationship takes this form: Order is the foundation of all Progress; Progress is always the aim of Order. Or, to delve even deeper into the topic, Progress can simply be seen as the evolution of Order; because the order of nature inherently includes the potential for all possible progress. The rational perspective on human affairs is to view all their changes not as new Creations, but as new Evolutions. We find this principle fully supported by history. Every social innovation has its roots in the past, and the most primitive aspects of savage life reveal the foundational elements of all later advancements.

Analysis of Progress: material, physical, intellectual, and moral

Progress then is in its essence identical with Order, and may be looked upon as Order made manifest. Therefore, in explaining this double conception on which the Science and Art of society117 depend, we may at present limit ourselves to the analysis of Progress. Thus simplified it is more easy to grasp, especially now that the novelty and importance of the question of Progress are attracting so much attention. For the public is becoming instinctively alive to its real significance, as the basis on which all sound moral and political teaching must henceforth rest.

Progress is essentially the same as Order and can be seen as Order made visible. Therefore, in explaining this dual concept on which the Science and Art of society117 rely, we can currently focus on analyzing Progress. By simplifying it, it becomes easier to understand, especially since the novelty and importance of the question of Progress are capturing so much attention. The public is becoming instinctively aware of its true significance, as it serves as the foundation for all sound moral and political teachings moving forward.

Taking, then, this point of view, we may say that the one great object of life, personal and social, is to become more perfect in every way; in our external condition first, but also, and more especially, in our own nature. The first kind of Progress we share in common with the higher animals; all of which make some efforts to improve their material position. It is of course the least elevated stage of progress; but being the easiest, it is the point from which we start towards the higher stages. A nation that has made no efforts to improve itself materially, will take but little interest in moral or mental improvement. This is the only ground on which enlightened men can feel much pleasure in the material progress of our own time. It stirs up influences that tend to the nobler kinds of Progress; influences which would meet with even greater opposition than they do, were not the temptations presented to the coarser natures by material prosperity so irresistible. Owing to the mental and moral anarchy in which we live, systematic efforts to gain the higher degrees of Progress are as yet impossible; and this explains, though it does not justify, the exaggerated importance attributed nowadays to material improvements. But the only kinds of improvement really characteristic of Humanity are those which concern our own nature; and even here we are not quite alone; for several of the higher animals show some slight tendencies to improve themselves physically.

Taking this perspective, we can say that the main goal of life, both personal and social, is to become better in every way; first in our external circumstances, but even more importantly, in our inner selves. The first type of progress is something we share with higher animals, all of which make some effort to better their material situation. This is, of course, the most basic form of progress, but since it's the easiest, it's where we start on the path toward greater achievements. A nation that hasn’t tried to improve its material conditions will show little interest in moral or intellectual growth. This is the only basis on which enlightened individuals can find joy in the material progress of our time. It ignites forces that push us toward more noble forms of progress; forces that would face even greater resistance if the temptations of material wealth weren’t so hard to resist. Due to the mental and moral chaos in which we live, organized efforts to achieve higher levels of progress are currently impossible; this explains, though it doesn’t justify, the excessive emphasis placed on material improvements today. However, the true types of improvement that define Humanity are those that relate to our own nature; and even in this regard, we are not entirely alone, as some higher animals show slight tendencies to physically enhance themselves.

Progress in the higher sense includes improvements of three sorts; that is to say, it may be Physical, Intellectual, or Moral progress; the difficulty of each class being in proportion to its value and the extent of its sphere. Physical progress, which again might be divided on the same principle, seems under some of its aspects almost the same thing as material. But regarded as a whole it is far more important and far more difficult: its influence on the well-being of Man is also much greater. We gain more, for instance, by the smallest addition to length of life, or by any increased security for health, than by the most elaborate improvements in our modes of travelling by land or water, in which birds will probably always have a great advantage over us. However, as I said before, physical progress is not exclusively confined to Man. Some of the animals, for instance, advance as far as cleanliness, which is the first step in the progressive scale.

Progress, in a broader sense, involves improvements in three areas: Physical, Intellectual, or Moral progress. The challenge of each type is proportional to its significance and scope. Physical progress, which can also be divided by the same criteria, seems in some ways similar to material progress. However, when taken as a whole, it is much more crucial and significantly more challenging; its impact on human well-being is also much greater. We benefit more, for example, from even a small increase in lifespan or any added assurance of good health than we do from the most sophisticated advancements in how we travel by land or water, where birds will likely always have the upper hand. Still, as I mentioned earlier, physical progress isn’t limited to humans. Some animals, for instance, make strides in cleanliness, which is the first step on the path of progress.

Intellectual and Moral progress, then, is the only kind really distinctive of our race. Individual animals sometimes show it, but never a whole species, except as a consequence of prolonged intervention on the part of Man. Between these two highest grades, as between the two lower, we shall find a difference of value, extent, and difficulty; always supposing the standard to be the manner in which they affect Man’s well-being, collectively or individually. To strengthen the intellectual powers, whether for art or for science, whether it be the powers of observation or those of induction and deduction, is, when circumstances allow of their being made available for social purposes, of greater and more extensive importance, than all physical, and, a fortiori than all material improvements. But we know from the fundamental principle laid down in the first chapter of119 this work, that moral progress has even more to do with our well-being than intellectual progress. The moral faculties are more modifiable, although the effort required to modify them is greater. If the benevolence or courage of the human race were increased, it would bring more real happiness than any addition to our intellectual powers. Therefore to the question, What is the true object of human life, whether looked at collectively or individually? the simplest and most precise answer would be, the perfection of our moral nature; since it has a more immediate and certain influence on our well-being than perfection of any other kind. All the other kinds are necessary, if for no other reason than to prepare the way for this; but from the very fact of this connexion it may be regarded as their representative; since it involves them all implicitly and stimulates them to increased activity. Keeping then to the question of moral perfection, we find two qualities standing above the rest in practical importance, namely, Sympathy and Energy. Both these qualities are included in the word Heart, which in all European languages has a different meaning for the two sexes. Both will be developed by Positivism, more directly, more continuously, and with greater result, than under any former system. The whole tendency of Positivism is to encourage sympathy; since it subordinates every thought, desire, and action to social feeling. Energy is also presupposed, and at the same time fostered, by the system. For it removes a heavy weight of superstition, it reveals the true dignity of man, and it supplies an unceasing motive for individual and collective action. The very acceptance of Positivism demands some vigour of character; it implies the braving of spiritual terrors, which were once enough to intimidate the firmest minds.

Intellectual and moral progress is the only kind that truly sets our species apart. Individual animals may show it sometimes, but never an entire species, unless it's as a result of long-term intervention by humans. Between these two highest levels, just like between the two lower ones, we find differences in value, extent, and difficulty; always assuming the standard is based on how they impact human well-being, both collectively and individually. Strengthening our intellectual abilities, whether for art or science, such as observation or reasoning skills, is, when the circumstances allow them to be used for social benefit, of greater and broader significance than all physical improvements, and certainly more than any material advancements. However, as established in the first chapter of119 this work, we know that moral progress is even more critical to our well-being than intellectual progress. The moral faculties are more changeable, even though the effort needed to change them is greater. If the kindness or courage of humanity were to increase, it would result in more genuine happiness than any boost to our intellectual capabilities. Therefore, to the question, What is the true purpose of human life, whether viewed collectively or individually? the simplest and most accurate answer would be the development of our moral nature; as it has a more immediate and certain impact on our well-being than any other form of perfection. All other forms are necessary, if for no other reason than to pave the way for this; but due to this connection, it can be seen as their representative, as it inherently involves them all and motivates them to greater activity. Now, focusing on moral perfection, we identify two qualities that stand out in practical significance: sympathy and energy. These qualities are encapsulated in the term Heart, which has a different meaning for the two genders in all European languages. Both will be developed by Positivism, more directly, continuously, and more effectively than under any previous system. The overall direction of Positivism is to promote sympathy; as it places every thought, desire, and action in the context of social feelings. Energy is also assumed and simultaneously encouraged by the system. It removes the heavy burden of superstition, reveals the true dignity of humans, and provides a continuous motivation for individual and collective actions. Accepting Positivism requires some degree of character strength; it involves facing spiritual fears that once intimidated even the strongest minds.

Progress, then, may be regarded under four successive aspects: Material, Physical, Intellectual, and Moral. Each of these might again be divided on the same principle, and we should then discover several intermediate phases. These cannot be investigated here; and I have only to note that the philosophical principle of this analysis is precisely the same as that on which I have based the Classification of the Sciences. In both cases the order followed is that of increasing generality and complexity in the phenomena. The only difference is in the mode in which the two arrangements are developed. For scientific purposes the lower portion of the scale has to be expanded into greater detail; while from the social point of view attention is concentrated on the higher parts. But whether it be the scale of the True or that of the Good, the conclusion is the same in both. Both alike indicate the supremacy of social considerations; both point to universal Love as the highest ideal.

Progress can be seen through four successive lenses: Material, Physical, Intellectual, and Moral. Each of these can also be divided in the same way, revealing several intermediate phases. We can't explore those here, but I just want to mention that the philosophical principle behind this analysis is the same one I've used for the Classification of the Sciences. In both cases, the order tends to increase in generality and complexity in the phenomena. The only difference is how the two arrangements are developed. For scientific purposes, the lower part of the scale needs to be expanded into more detail, while from a social perspective, the focus is on the higher aspects. But whether it’s the scale of the True or the scale of the Good, the conclusion remains the same in both. Both indicate the importance of social considerations; both point to universal Love as the ultimate ideal.

I have now explained the principal purpose of Positive Philosophy, namely, spiritual reorganization; and I have shown how that purpose is involved in the Positivist motto, Order and Progress. Positivism, then, realizes the highest aspirations of mediaeval Catholicism, and at the same time fulfils the conditions, the absence of which caused the failure of the Convention. It combines the opposite merits of the Catholic and the Revolutionary spirit, and by so doing supersedes them both. Theology and Metaphysics may now disappear without danger, because the service which each of them rendered is now harmonized with that of the other, and will be performed more perfectly. The principle on which this result depends is the separation of spiritual from temporal power. This, it will be remembered, had121 always been the chief subject of contention between the two antagonistic parties.

I have now explained the main goal of Positive Philosophy, which is spiritual reorganization; and I have shown how that goal is linked to the Positivist motto, Order and Progress. Positivism, then, fulfills the highest hopes of medieval Catholicism while also meeting the conditions that led to the failure of the Convention. It blends the strengths of both the Catholic and the Revolutionary spirit, effectively surpassing them both. Theology and Metaphysics can now fade away without risk, because the roles each played are now aligned with each other and will be carried out more effectively. The principle underlying this outcome is the separation of spiritual from temporal power. This, you’ll recall, has always been the main issue of conflict between the two opposing sides.

Application of our principles to actual politics. All government must for the present be provisional

I have spoken of the moral and mental reorganization of Western Europe as characterizing the second phase of the Revolution. Let us now see what are its relations with the present state of politics. Of course the development of Positivism will not be much affected by the retrograde tendencies of the day, whether theological or metaphysical. Still the general course of events will exercise an influence upon it, of which it is important to take account. So too, although the new doctrine cannot at present do much to modify its surroundings, there are yet certain points in which action may be taken at once. In the fourth volume of this treatise the question of a transitional policy will be carefully considered, with the view of facilitating the advent of the normal state which social science indicates in a more distant future. I cannot complete this chapter without some notice of this provisional policy, which must be carried on until Positivism has made its way to general acceptance.

I have talked about the moral and mental restructuring of Western Europe as a defining feature of the second phase of the Revolution. Now, let's explore its connections to the current political landscape. Naturally, the growth of Positivism won't be significantly influenced by today's backward trends, whether they're theological or metaphysical. However, the overall progression of events will impact it, and it's important to acknowledge that. Similarly, even though the new doctrine can't do much right now to change its environment, there are still certain areas where action can be taken immediately. In the fourth volume of this treatise, the issue of a transitional policy will be thoroughly examined to help pave the way for the normal state that social science predicts will emerge in the more distant future. I can't finish this chapter without mentioning this provisional policy, which needs to be implemented until Positivism gains widespread acceptance.

The principal feature of this policy is that it is temporary. To set up any permanent institution in a society which has no fixed opinions or principles of life, would be hopeless. Until the most important questions are thoroughly settled, both in principle and practice, the only measures of the least utility are those which facilitate the process of reconstruction. Measures adopted with a view to permanence must end, as we have seen them end so often, in disappointment and failure, however enthusiastically they may have been received at first.

The main aspect of this policy is that it's temporary. Establishing any permanent institution in a society that lacks fixed beliefs or principles would be futile. Until the most crucial questions are completely resolved, both in theory and practice, the only measures that are somewhat useful are those that help the reconstruction process. Measures intended for permanence often lead to disappointment and failure, as we've seen happen too many times, no matter how enthusiastically they were initially accepted.

Inevitable as this consequence of our revolutionary position is, it has never been understood,122 except by the great leaders of the republican movement in 1793. Of the various governments that we have had during the last two generations, all, except the Convention, have fallen into the vain delusion of attempting to found permanent institutions, without waiting for any intellectual or moral basis. And therefore it is that none but the Convention has left any deep traces in men’s thoughts or feelings. All its principal measures, even those which concerned the future more than the present, were avowedly provisional; and the consequence was that they harmonized well with the peculiar circumstances of the time. The true philosopher will always look with respectful admiration on these men, who not only had no rational theory to guide them, but were encumbered with false metaphysical notions; and who yet notwithstanding proved themselves the only real statesmen that Western Europe can boast of since the time of Frederick the Great. Indeed the wisdom of their policy would be almost unaccountable, only that the very circumstances which called for it so urgently, were to some extent calculated to suggest it. The state of things was such as to make it impossible to settle the government on any permanent basis. Again, amidst all the wild extravagance of the principles in vogue, the necessity of a strong government to resist foreign invasion counteracted many of their worst effects. On the removal of this salutary pressure, the Convention fell into the common error, though to a less extent than the Constituent Assembly. It set up a constitution framed according to some abstract model, which was supposed to be final, but which did not last so long as the period originally proposed for its own provisional labours. It is on this first period of its government that its fame rests.

As inevitable as this outcome of our revolutionary stance is, it has never been fully recognized,122 except by the great leaders of the republican movement in 1793. Among the various governments we’ve had over the last two generations, all except the Convention have fallen into the misguided belief that they could establish permanent institutions without waiting for any intellectual or moral foundation. That’s why only the Convention has made a lasting impact on people’s thoughts and feelings. All its major decisions, even those focused on the future more than the present, were openly temporary; and as a result, they aligned well with the unique circumstances of the time. A true philosopher will always regard these individuals with respectful admiration; they had no sound theory to guide them and were burdened with misguided metaphysical ideas, yet they proved to be the only real statesmen that Western Europe can claim since Frederick the Great. In fact, the wisdom of their approach seems almost unexplainable, except that the very conditions demanding it were somewhat designed to inspire it. The situation was such that it was impossible to establish a government on any lasting foundation. Additionally, amid all the wild excess of the prevailing principles, the need for strong governance to fend off foreign invasion mitigated many of their worst effects. Once this beneficial pressure was removed, the Convention fell into the usual trap, albeit to a lesser degree than the Constituent Assembly. It created a constitution based on some abstract model, which was intended to be final but didn’t last as long as the time originally set for its temporary efforts. The reputation of the Convention rests on this initial phase of its governance.

The plan originally proposed was that the government of the Convention should last till the end of the war. If this plan could have been carried out, it would probably have been extended still further, as the impossibility of establishing any permanent system would have been generally recognized. The only avowed motive for making the government provisional was of course the urgent necessity of national defence. But beneath this temporary motive, which for the time superseded every other consideration, there was another and a deeper motive for it, which could not have been understood without sounder historical principles than were at that time possible. That motive was the utterly negative character of the metaphysical doctrines then accepted, and the consequent absence of any intellectual or moral basis for political reconstruction. This of course was not recognized, but it was really the principal reason why the establishment of any definite system of government was delayed. Had the war been brought to an end, clearer views of the subject would no doubt have been formed; indeed they had been formed already in the opposite camp, by men of the Neo-catholic school, who were not absorbed by the urgent question of defending the Republic. What blinded men to the truth was the fundamental yet inevitable error of supposing the critical doctrines of the preceding generation applicable to purposes of construction. They were undeceived at last by the utter anarchy which the triumph of these principles occasioned; and the next generation occupied itself with the counter-revolutionary movement, in which similar attempts at finality were made by the various reactionist parties. For these parties were quite as destitute as their opponents of any principles suited to the task of reconstruction; and they124 had to fall back upon the old system as the only recognized basis on which public Order could be maintained.

The original plan was for the government of the Convention to remain in power until the war ended. If this plan had been successful, it likely would have been extended even further, as everyone would have recognized the difficulty in establishing a permanent system. The only openly stated reason for making the government provisional was the urgent need for national defense. However, beneath this urgent reason, which took priority over everything else at the time, was another, deeper motivation that couldn't be understood without a better grasp of historical principles than what was available then. That deeper motivation was the completely negative nature of the philosophical ideas accepted at the time, leading to a lack of any intellectual or moral foundation for political reconstruction. This was not recognized, but it was the main reason for the delay in establishing any clear system of government. If the war had ended, clearer perspectives on the matter would certainly have emerged; indeed, such views had already developed in the opposing camp, from individuals of the Neo-Catholic school, who were not distracted by the urgent need to defend the Republic. What blinded people to the truth was the fundamental yet unavoidable mistake of thinking that the critical ideas of the previous generation could be used for constructive purposes. They ultimately realized the error through the chaos that followed the triumph of these principles; and the next generation focused on a counter-revolutionary movement, in which similar attempts at finality were made by various reactionary parties. These parties were just as lacking as their opponents in principles suitable for the task of reconstruction, and they had to rely on the old system as the only accepted foundation for maintaining public order.

Danger of attempting political reconstruction before spiritual

And in this respect the situation is still unchanged. It still retains its revolutionary character; and any immediate attempt to reorganize political administration would only be the signal for fresh attempts at reaction, attempts which now can have no other result than anarchy. It is true that Positivism has just supplied us with a philosophical basis for political reconstruction. But its principles are still so new and undeveloped, and besides are understood by so few, that they cannot exercise much influence at present on political life. Ultimately, and by slow degrees, they will mould the institutions of the future; but meanwhile they must work their way freely into men’s minds and hearts, and for this at least one generation will be necessary. Spiritual organization is the only point where an immediate beginning can be made; difficult as it is, its possibility is at last as certain as its urgency. When sufficient progress has been made with it, it will cause a gradual regeneration of political institutions. But any attempt to modify these too rapidly would only result in fresh disturbances. Such disturbances, it is true, will never be as dangerous as they were formerly, because the anarchy of opinion is so profound that it is far more difficult for men to agree in any fixed principles of action. The absolute doctrines of the last century which inspired such intense conviction, can never regain their strength, because, when brought to the crucial test of experience as well as of discussion, their uselessness for constructive purposes and their subversive tendency became evident to every one. They have been weakened, too, by theological125 concessions which their supporters, in order to carry on the government at all, were obliged to make. Consequently the policy with which they are at present connected is one which oscillates between reaction and anarchy, or rather which is at once despotic and destructive, from the necessity of controlling a society which has become almost as diverse to metaphysical as to theological rule. In the utter absence, then, of any general convictions, the worst forms of political commotion are not to be feared, because it would be impossible to rouse men’s passions sufficiently. But unwise efforts to set up a permanent system of government would even now lead, in certain cases, to lamentable disorder, and would at all events be utterly useless. Quiet at home depends now, like peace abroad, simply on the absence of disturbing forces; a most insecure basis, since it is itself a symptom of the extent to which the disorganizing movement has proceeded. This singular condition must necessarily continue until the interregnum which at present exists in the moral and intellectual region comes to an end. As long as there is such an utter want of harmony in feeling as well as in opinion, there can be no real security against war or internal disorder. The existing equilibrium has arisen so spontaneously that it is no doubt less unstable than is generally supposed. Still it is sufficiently precarious to excite continual panics, both at home and abroad, which are not only very irritating, but often exercise a most injurious influence over our policy. Now attempts at immediate reconstruction of political institutions, instead of improving this state of things, make it very much worse, by giving factitious life to the old doctrines, which, being thoroughly worn out, ought to be left to the natural process of decay. The inevitable result of restoring them to126 official authority will be to deter the public, and even the thinking portion of it, from that free exercise of the mental powers by which, and by which only, we may hope to arrive without disturbance at fixed principles of action.

And in this regard, the situation remains unchanged. It still has its revolutionary nature; any immediate effort to reorganize political administration would only trigger fresh reactions, which would lead to chaos. It’s true that Positivism has provided us with a philosophical grounding for political renewal. However, its principles are still quite new and underdeveloped, and understood by very few, so they don't hold much sway in political life right now. Over time, and gradually, they will shape the institutions of the future; but in the meantime, they need to work their way into people's minds and hearts, which will require at least one generation. Spiritual organization is the only area where we can start immediately; difficult as it is, its possibility is now as certain as its urgency. Once enough progress has been made in this area, it will lead to a gradual revitalization of political institutions. However, any attempt to change these too quickly would result in new disruptions. Such disruptions will never be as dangerous as they once were because the chaos of opinions is so deep that it’s much harder for people to agree on any fixed principles of action. The absolute doctrines of the last century that inspired such strong beliefs will never regain their power, because when put to the test of experience and discussion, their ineffectiveness for constructive purposes and their disruptive tendencies became clear to everyone. They have also been weakened by theological concessions their supporters had to make just to keep the government functioning. As a result, the policy connected to them currently swings between reaction and chaos, or rather is both oppressive and destructive, due to the necessity of managing a society that has become nearly as resistant to metaphysical as to theological authority. In this complete lack of general convictions, we shouldn't fear the worst forms of political upheaval, as it would be impossible to incite people’s passions enough. However, hasty attempts to create a permanent government system could still lead to regrettable disorder in certain situations, and would ultimately be totally ineffective. Stability at home now depends, just like peace abroad, solely on the absence of disruptive forces; a very unstable foundation since it reflects how far the disorganizing movement has gone. This unusual condition will continue until the current interregnum in moral and intellectual matters comes to an end. As long as there’s such a total lack of harmony in feelings and opinions, there can be no real safeguard against war or internal disruption. The current balance has emerged so organically that it’s probably less unstable than generally believed. Still, it's precarious enough to cause ongoing panics both at home and abroad, which are not only very annoying but often have a harmful effect on our policy. Immediate attempts to reconstruct political institutions, instead of improving the situation, make it much worse by artificially reviving the old doctrines, which, being completely worn out, should be left to fade away naturally. Restoring them to official standing will inevitably discourage the public—and even the more thoughtful segment of it—from exercising their mental faculties freely, which is the only way we can hope to arrive at stable principles of action without turmoil.

The cessation of war therefore justifies no change in republican policy. As long as the spiritual interregnum lasts, it must retain its provisional character. Indeed this character ought to be more strongly impressed upon it than ever. For no one now has any real belief in the organic value of the received metaphysical doctrines. They would never have been revived but for the need of having some sort of political formula to work with, in default of any real social convictions. But the revival is only apparent, and it contrasts most strikingly with the utter absence of systematic principles in most active minds. There is no real danger of repeating the error of the first revolutionists and of attempting to construct with negative doctrines. We have only to consider the vast development of industry, of esthetic culture, and of scientific study, to free ourselves from all anxiety on this head. Such things are incompatible with any regard for the metaphysical teaching of ideologists or psychologists. Nor is there much to fear in the natural enthusiasm which is carrying us back to the first days of the Revolution. It will only revive the old republican spirit, and make us forget the long period of retrogression and stagnation which have elapsed since the first great outbreak; for this is the point on which the attention of posterity will be finally concentrated. But while satisfying these very legitimate feelings, the people will soon find that the only aspect of this great crisis which we have to imitate is the wise insight of the Convention during the first part of its administration, in perceiving127 that its policy could only be provisional, and that definite reconstruction must be reserved for better times. We may fairly hope that the next formal attempt to set up a constitution according to some abstract ideal, will convince the French nation, and ultimately the whole West, of the utter futility of such schemes. Besides, the free discussion which has now become habitual to us, and the temper of the people, which is as sceptical of political entities as of Christian mysteries, would make any such attempts extremely difficult. Never was there a time so unfavourable to doctrines admitting of no real demonstration: demonstration being now the only possible basis of permanent belief. Supposing then a new constitution to be set on foot, and the usual time to be spent in the process of elaborating it, public opinion will very possibly discard it before it is completed; not allowing it even the short average duration of former constitutions. Any attempt to check free discussion on the subject would defeat its own object; since free discussion is the natural consequence of our intellectual and social position.

The end of war doesn’t justify any changes in republican policy. As long as this spiritual pause continues, it must keep its temporary nature. In fact, this temporary nature should be emphasized more than ever. No one really believes in the actual worth of the established metaphysical doctrines anymore. They would never have been brought back if there wasn’t a need for some kind of political formula to rely on, due to the lack of genuine social beliefs. But this revival is only superficial, and it stands in stark contrast to the complete absence of systematic principles in most active minds. There's no real risk of repeating the mistakes of the first revolutionaries by trying to build with negative doctrines. We need only consider the vast growth of industry, cultural appreciation, and scientific research to ease any fears on this front. These developments are incompatible with any regard for the metaphysical teachings of ideologists or psychologists. There’s also not much to fear from the natural excitement pulling us back to the early days of the Revolution. It will only revive the old republican spirit and help us forget the long period of decline and stagnation since the initial uprising; this is what future generations will ultimately focus on. However, while addressing these very legitimate feelings, the people will soon realize that the only part of this major crisis we need to emulate is the wise understanding of the Convention during the beginning of its administration—that its policy could only be provisional and that true reconstruction should be saved for better times. We can reasonably hope that the next formal attempt to establish a constitution based on some abstract idea will show the French nation, and eventually the entire West, just how pointless such plans are. Moreover, the open discussions that have become normal for us, along with the people's skepticism toward political systems and Christian mysteries, would make any such attempts very challenging. There has never been a time less favorable to doctrines lacking real proof: proof being now the only possible foundation for lasting belief. So if a new constitution were to be initiated, and the usual time taken to draft it, public opinion might very well reject it before it’s even finished, not allowing it the short average lifespan of previous constitutions. Any attempt to stifle open discussion on the subject would backfire since free discussion is a natural outcome of our intellectual and social situation.

Politically what is wanted is Dictatorship, with liberty of speech and discussion

The same conditions which require our policy to be provisional while the spiritual interregnum lasts, point also to the mode in which this provisional policy should be carried out. Had the revolutionary government of the Convention continued till the end of the war, it would probably have been prolonged up to the present time. But in one most important respect a modification would have been necessary. During the struggle for independence what was wanted was a vigorous dictatorship, combining spiritual with temporal powers: a dictatorship even stronger than the old monarchy, and only distinguished from despotism128 by its ardour in the cause of progress. Without complete concentration of political power, the republic could never have been saved. But with peace the necessity for such concentration was at an end. The only motive for still continuing the provisional system was the absence of social convictions. But this would also be a motive for giving perfect liberty of speech and discussion, which till then had been impossible or dangerous. For liberty was a necessary condition for elaborating and diffusing a new system of universal principles, as the only sure basis for the future regeneration of society.

The same conditions that require our policy to be temporary while the spiritual interregnum lasts also indicate how this temporary policy should be carried out. If the revolutionary government of the Convention had continued until the end of the war, it likely would have lasted until now. However, in one crucial way, a change would have been necessary. During the fight for independence, what was needed was a strong dictatorship that combined spiritual and temporal powers: a dictatorship even more powerful than the old monarchy, only distinguished from despotism by its commitment to progress. Without total concentration of political power, the republic could never have been saved. But with peace, the need for such concentration ended. The only reason to keep the provisional system going was the lack of social convictions. But this also justified giving complete freedom of speech and discussion, which had been impossible or risky until then. Liberty was essential for developing and spreading a new system of universal principles, as the only solid foundation for the future regeneration of society.

This hypothetical view of changes which might have taken place in the Conventional government, may be applied to the existing condition of affairs. It is the policy best adapted for the republican government which is now arising in all the security of a settled peace, and yet amidst the most entire anarchy of opinion. The successors of the Convention, men unworthy of their task, degraded the progressive dictatorship entrusted to them by the circumstances of the time into a retrograde tyranny. During the reign of Charles X, which was the last phase of the reaction, the central power was thoroughly undermined by the legal opposition of the parliamentary or local power. The central government still refused to recognize any limits to its authority; but the growth of free thought made its claims to spiritual jurisdiction more and more untenable, leaving it merely the temporal authority requisite for public order. During the neutral period which followed the counter-revolution, the dictatorship was not merely restricted to its proper functions, but was legally destroyed; that is the local power as represented by parliament took the place of the central power. All pretentions to spiritual influence129 were abandoned by both; their thoughts being sufficiently occupied with the maintenance of material order. The intellectual anarchy of the time made this task difficult enough; but they aggravated the difficulty by unprincipled attempts to establish their government on the basis of pure self-interest, irrespectively of all moral considerations. The restoration of the republic and the progressive spirit aroused by it has no doubt given to both legislative and executive a large increase of power: to an extent indeed which a few years back would have caused violent antipathy. But it would be a grievous error for either of them to attempt to imitate the dictatorial style of the Conventional government. Unsuccessful in any true sense as the attempt would be, it might occasion very serious disturbances, which like the obsolete metaphysical principles in which they originate, would be equally dangerous to Order and to Progress.

This hypothetical view of changes that might have occurred in the Conventional government can also apply to the current situation. It's a policy that fits best with the republican government that's emerging now in the security of a stable peace, despite being surrounded by complete chaos of opinion. The successors of the Convention, who were unworthy of their position, turned the progressive dictatorship they were entrusted with into a regressive tyranny. During the reign of Charles X, the last phase of the reaction, the central power was severely weakened by the legal opposition of parliamentary or local power. The central government still refused to acknowledge any limits to its authority; however, the rise of free thought made its claims to spiritual jurisdiction increasingly untenable, leaving it with only the temporal authority necessary for public order. In the neutral period that followed the counter-revolution, the dictatorship was not just limited to its intended functions but was legally dismantled—local power, represented by parliament, took the place of central power. Both sides abandoned any pretensions to spiritual influence129 as they were too focused on maintaining material order. The intellectual chaos of the time made this task challenging enough; they made it even harder through unprincipled attempts to base their government on pure self-interest, disregarding all moral considerations. The restoration of the republic and the progressive spirit it ignited undoubtedly granted both legislative and executive powers a significant increase: to a degree that, just a few years ago, would have sparked fierce opposition. However, it would be a serious mistake for either of them to try to replicate the dictatorial style of the Conventional government. Even though such an attempt would ultimately be unsuccessful, it could cause very serious disruptions, which, like the outdated metaphysical principles from which they arise, would be equally dangerous to Order and Progress.

We see, then, that in the total absence of any fixed principles on which men can unite, the policy required is one which shall be purely provisional, and limited almost entirely to the maintenance of material order. If order be preserved, the situation is in all other respects most favourable to the work of mental and moral regeneration which will prepare the way for the society of the future. The establishment of a republic in France disproves the false claims set up by official writers in behalf of constitutional government, as if it was the final issue of the Revolution. Meantime there is nothing irrevocable in the republic itself, except the moral principle involved in it, the absolute and permanent preponderance of Social Feeling; in other words, the concentration of all the powers of Man upon the common welfare. This is the only maxim of the day which we can130 accept as final. It needs no formal sanction, because it is merely the expression of feelings generally avowed, all prejudices against it having been entirely swept away. But with the doctrines and the institutions resulting from them, through which this dominion of social feeling is to become an organized reality, the republic has no direct connexion; it would be compatible with many different solutions of the problem. Politically, the only irrevocable point is the abolition of monarchy, which for a long time has been in France and to a less extent throughout the West, the symbol of retrogression.

We see that without any solid principles for people to come together, the policy needed is one that is purely temporary and mostly focused on maintaining order. If order is kept, the situation becomes very favorable for the mental and moral renewal that will pave the way for the future society. The establishment of a republic in France disproves the misleading claims made by official writers about constitutional government, as if it were the ultimate outcome of the Revolution. In the meantime, there’s nothing permanent in the republic itself, except for the moral principle that underlies it: the enduring and dominant importance of Social Feeling; in other words, the focus of all human efforts on the common good. This is the only principle of the moment that we can accept as final. It doesn't require formal approval since it simply reflects widely shared feelings, with all biases against it completely eliminated. However, the doctrines and institutions that will transform this dominance of social feeling into an organized reality have no direct connection to the republic; it could align with many different solutions to the problem. Politically, the only unchangeable aspect is the abolition of monarchy, which has long been a symbol of regression in France and to a lesser extent throughout the West.

That spirit of devotion to the public welfare, which is the noblest feature of republicanism, is strongly opposed to any immediate attempts at political finality, as being incompatible with conscientious endeavours to find a real solution of social problems. For before the practical solution can be hoped for, a systematic basis for it must exist: and this we can hardly expect to find in the remnants left to us of the old creeds. All that the true philosopher desires is simply that the question of moral and intellectual reorganization shall be left to the unrestricted efforts of thinkers of whatever school. And in advocating this cause, he will plead the interests of the republic, for the safety of which it is of the utmost importance that no special set of principles should be placed under official patronage. Republicanism then, will do far more to protect free thought, and resist political encroachment, than was done during the Orleanist government by the retrograde instincts of Catholicism. Catholic resistance to political reconstructions was strong, but blind: its place will now be more than supplied by wise indifference on the part of the public, which has learnt by experience the inevitable failure of these131 incoherent attempts to realize metaphysical Utopias. The only danger of the position is lest it divert the public, even the more reflective portion of it, from deep and continuous thought, to practical experiments based on superficial and hasty considerations. It must be owned that the temper of mind which now prevails would have been most unfavourable for the original elaboration of Positivism. That work, however, had already been accomplished under the Constitutional system; which, while not so restrictive as the preceding government, was yet sufficiently so to concentrate our intellectual powers, which of themselves would have been too feeble, upon the task. The original conception had indeed been formed during the preceding reign; but its development and diffusion took place under the parliamentary system. Positivism now offers itself for practical application to the question of social progress, which has become again the prominent question, and will ever remain so. Unfavourable as the present political temper would have been to the rise of Positivism, it is not at all so to its diffusion; always supposing its teachers to be men of sufficient dignity to avoid the snare of political ambition into which thinkers are now so apt to fall. By explaining, as it alone can explain, the futility and danger of the various Utopian schemes which are now competing with each other for the reorganization of society, Positivism will soon be able to divert public attention from these political chimeras, to the question of a total reformation of principles and of life.

That spirit of commitment to the public good, which is the highest aspect of republicanism, strongly opposes any quick fixes for political finality, as they clash with genuine efforts to find real solutions to social issues. Before we can hope for practical solutions, we need to establish a systematic foundation for them: and we can hardly expect to find this in the remnants of old beliefs. All that the true philosopher seeks is for the question of moral and intellectual reorganization to be left to the unrestricted efforts of thinkers of any school. In advocating this cause, he will argue for the republic's interests, as it is crucial for its safety that no specific set of principles receives official support. Republicanism will then do much more to safeguard free thought and resist political overreach than what was achieved during the Orleanist government by the backward instincts of Catholicism. Catholic opposition to political changes was strong but blind: this will now be more than compensated by a wise indifference from the public, which has learned from experience the inevitable failure of these incoherent attempts to create metaphysical utopias. The only risk in this position is that it might distract the public, even the more thoughtful parts of it, from profound and ongoing contemplation to practical experiments based on superficial and hasty judgments. It must be acknowledged that the current mindset would have been very unfavorable for the original development of Positivism. However, that groundwork had already been laid under the Constitutional system, which, while not as restrictive as the prior government, was still enough to concentrate our intellectual efforts, which on their own would have been too weak, on the task. The original idea was indeed formed during the previous reign, but its growth and spread happened under the parliamentary system. Positivism now presents itself for practical application to the question of social progress, which has once again become the central issue and will always remain so. While the current political climate would have been unfavorable for the emergence of Positivism, it is not so for its spread, assuming its advocates are dignified enough to avoid the trap of political ambition that thinkers often fall into. By clarifying, as it uniquely can, the futility and risks of the various Utopian schemes now vying for the reorganization of society, Positivism will soon redirect public focus from these political fantasies to the total reformulation of principles and life.

Such a dictatorship would be a step towards the separation of spiritual and temporal power

Republicanism, then, will offer no obstacle to the diffusion of Positivist principles. Indeed, there is one point of view from which we may regard it as the commencement of the132 normal state. It will gradually lead to the recognition of the fundamental principle that spiritual power must be wholly independent of every kind of temporal power, whether central or local. It is not merely that statesmen will soon have to confess their inability to decide on the merits of a doctrine which supposes an amount of deep scientific knowledge from which they must necessarily be precluded. Besides this, the disturbance caused by the ambition of metaphysical schemers, who are incapable of understanding the times in which they live, will induce the public to withdraw their confidence from such men, and give it only to those who are content to abandon all political prospects, and to devote themselves to their proper function as philosophers. Thus Republicanism is, on the whole, favourable to this great principle of Positivism, the separation of temporal from spiritual power, notwithstanding the temptations offered to men who wish to carry their theories into immediate application. The principle seems, no doubt, in opposition to all our revolutionary prejudices. But the public, as well as the government, will be brought to it by experience. They will find it the only means of saving society from the consequences of metaphysical Utopias, by which Order and Progress are alike threatened. Thinkers too, those of them at least who are sincere, will cease to regard it with such blind antipathy, when they see that while it condemns their aspirations to political influence, it opens out to them a noble and most extensive sphere of moral influence. Independently of social considerations, it is the only way in which the philosopher can maintain the dignity to which his position entitles him, and which is at present so often compromised by the very success of his political ambition.

Republicanism, then, won’t hinder the spread of Positivist principles. In fact, there’s a perspective from which we can see it as the beginning of the132normal state. It will gradually lead to recognizing the essential principle that spiritual power must be completely independent of any form of temporal power, whether central or local. It’s not just that politicians will soon have to admit they can't evaluate a doctrine that requires deep scientific knowledge, which they will be inherently excluded from. Additionally, the disruption caused by the ambitions of metaphysical theorists, who fail to grasp the era they live in, will push the public to lose confidence in such individuals and instead support those who are willing to abandon all political aspirations and focus on their true role as philosophers. Thus, overall, Republicanism supports this crucial Positivist principle of separating temporal from spiritual power, despite the temptations for those who want to put their theories into immediate practice. This principle may seem opposed to all our revolutionary biases. However, both the public and the government will come to accept it through experience. They will realize it’s the only way to protect society from the dangers of metaphysical utopias that threaten both Order and Progress. Thinkers, at least the sincere ones, will also stop viewing it with such blind hostility once they see that, while it dismisses their dreams of political influence, it opens up a noble and expansive realm of moral influence. Beyond social factors, it’s the only way for philosophers to maintain the dignity that their status deserves, which is frequently compromised by their political ambitions’ successes.

The motto of 1830, Liberty and Public Order

The political attitude which ought for the present to be assumed is so clearly indicated by all the circumstances of the time, that practical instinct has in this respect anticipated theory. The right view is well expressed in the motto, Liberty and Public Order, which was adopted spontaneously by the middle class at the commencement of the neutral period in 1830. It is not known who was the author of it; but it is certainly far too progressive to be considered as representing the feelings of the monarchy. It is not of course the expression of any systematic convictions; but no metaphysical school could have pointed out so clearly the two principal conditions required by the situation. Positivism, while accepting it as an inspiration of popular wisdom, makes it more complete by adding two points which should have been contained in it at first, only that they were too much opposed to existing prejudices to have been sanctioned by public opinion. Both parts of the motto require some expansion. Liberty ought to include perfect freedom of teaching; Public Order should involve the preponderance of the central power over the local. I subjoin a few brief remarks on these two points, which will be considered more fully in the fourth volume of this treatise.

The political stance that should be taken right now is clearly indicated by the circumstances of the time, so practical intuition has, in this regard, outpaced theory. The right perspective is well captured in the motto, Liberty and Public Order, which was spontaneously embraced by the middle class at the start of the neutral period in 1830. It's unclear who came up with it, but it's definitely too progressive to reflect the feelings of the monarchy. Of course, it doesn’t express any systematic beliefs; however, no philosophical school could have outlined so clearly the two main conditions that the situation requires. Positivism, while acknowledging it as a piece of popular wisdom, enhances it by adding two aspects that should have been included from the beginning, only they were too contrary to prevailing prejudices to gain public approval. Both elements of the motto need some elaboration. Liberty should encompass complete freedom of education; Public Order should mean the dominance of central authority over local power. I will add a few brief comments on these two points, which will be discussed more thoroughly in the fourth volume of this treatise.

Liberty should be extended to Education

Positivism is now the only consistent advocate of free speech and free inquiry. Schools of opinion which do not rest on demonstration, and would consequently be shaken by any argumentative attacks, can never be sincere in their wish for Liberty, in the extended sense here given to it. Liberty of writing we have now had for a long time. But besides this we want liberty of speech; and also liberty of teaching; that is to say, the134 abandonment by the State of all its educational monopolies. Freedom of teaching, of which Positivists are the only genuine supporters, has become a condition of the first importance: and this not merely as a provisional measure, but as an indication of the normal state of things. In the first place, it is the only means by which any doctrine that has the power of fixing and harmonizing men’s convictions can become generally known. To legalize any system of education would imply that such a doctrine had been already found; it most assuredly is not the way to find it. But again, freedom of teaching is a step towards the normal state; it amounts to an admission that the problem of education is one which temporal authorities are incompetent to solve. Positivists would be the last to deny that education ought to be regularly organized. Only they assert, first, that as long as the spiritual interregnum lasts, no organization is possible; and secondly, that whenever the acceptance of a new synthesis makes it possible, it will be effected by the spiritual power to which that synthesis gives rise. In the meantime no general system of State education should be attempted. It will be well, however, to continue State assistance to those branches of instruction which are the most liable to be neglected by private enterprise, especially reading and writing. Moreover, there are certain institutions either established or revived by the Convention for higher training in special subjects; these ought to be carefully preserved, and brought up to the present state of our knowledge, for they contain the germs of principles which will be most valuable when the problem of reorganizing general education comes before us. But all the institutions abolished by the Convention ought now to be finally suppressed.135 Even the Academies should form no exception to this rule, for the harm which they have done, both intellectually and morally, since their reinstalment, has fully justified the wisdom of the men who decided on their abolition. Government should no doubt exercise constant vigilance over all private educational institutions; but this should have nothing to do with their doctrines, but with their morality, a point scandalously neglected in the present state of the law. These should be the limits of state interference in education. With these exceptions it should be left to the unrestricted efforts of private associations, so as to give every opportunity for a definitive educational system to establish itself. For to pretend that any satisfactory system exists at present would only be a hypocritical subterfuge on the part of the authorities. The most important step towards freedom of education would be the suppression of all grants to theological or metaphysical societies, leaving each man free to support the religion and the system of instruction which he prefers. This, however, should be carried out in a just and liberal spirit worthy of the cause, and without the least taint of personal dislike or party feeling. Full indemnity should be given to members of Churches or Universities, upon whom these changes would come unexpectedly. By acting in this spirit it will be far less difficult to carry out measures which are obviously indicated by the position in which we stand. As there is now no doctrine which commands general assent, it would be an act of retrogression to give legal sanction to any of the old creeds, whatever their former claim to spiritual ascendancy. It is quite in accordance with the republican spirit to refuse such sanction, notwithstanding the tendency that there is to allow ideologists to succeed136 to the Academic offices held under the constitutional system by psychologists.

Positivism is now the only consistent supporter of free speech and free inquiry. Opinions that aren't based on solid evidence and could easily be challenged through argument can never genuinely champion Liberty, as it's defined here. We've had the freedom to write for quite some time. However, in addition to this, we need the freedom to speak; and also the freedom to teach, meaning the State should give up all its educational monopolies. Freedom of teaching, which Positivists genuinely support, has become critically important—not just as a temporary measure, but as an indication of what normal conditions should look like. First, it's the only way that any belief capable of shaping and aligning people's views can become widely recognized. Legalizing any education system would suggest that such a belief has already been established; it definitely isn't the way to discover it. Furthermore, freedom of teaching is a step toward a normal state; it implies that the question of education is one that government authorities can't adequately resolve. Positivists would be the last to argue that education shouldn't be systematically organized. They maintain, firstly, that as long as there’s a spiritual void, no proper organization can occur; and secondly, that when a new synthesis is accepted, it will be realized by the spiritual authority that that synthesis establishes. In the meantime, there shouldn't be any attempt at a general state education system. Nevertheless, it would be wise to continue state support for areas of education most likely to be overlooked by private initiatives, especially literacy. Additionally, there are certain organizations, established or revived by the Convention for advanced training in specific fields; these should be carefully maintained and updated to reflect our current knowledge, as they contain foundational principles that will be incredibly valuable when we address reorganizing general education. However, all institutions abolished by the Convention should now be permanently eliminated. Even the Academies shouldn't be exempt from this, as the damage they have caused, both intellectually and morally, since their reinstatement fully justifies the decision to abolish them. The government should certainly keep a close watch on all private educational institutions; however, this should focus on their moral standards, a point that is scandalously overlooked in the current legal framework. These should be the limits of state involvement in education. With these exceptions, it should be left to the unhindered efforts of private organizations, allowing every opportunity for a comprehensive educational system to take shape. For the authorities to claim that a satisfactory system exists now would just be a dishonest excuse. The most vital move toward educational freedom would be to eliminate all funding for theological or metaphysical groups, allowing each person the freedom to support the religion and educational approach they prefer. However, this should be executed in a fair and open-minded way deserving of the cause, free from any personal animosities or political biases. Full compensation should be provided to members of Churches or Universities who would unexpectedly face these changes. By approaching it this way, it will be much easier to implement measures that are clearly warranted by our current situation. Since there is no doctrine that garners broad agreement now, granting legal recognition to any of the old creeds, regardless of their past claims to spiritual leadership, would be a step backward. It aligns with the republican spirit to deny such recognition, despite the existing tendency to allow ideologists to replace psychologists in the Academic positions established under the constitutional framework.

Order demands centralization

But Positivism will have as beneficial an influence on Public Order as on Liberty. It holds, in exact opposition to revolutionary prejudices, that the central power should preponderate over the local. The constitutionalist principle of separating the legislative from the executive is only an empirical imitation of the larger principle of separating temporal and spiritual power, which was adopted in the Middle Ages. There will always be a contest for political supremacy between the central and local authorities; and it is an error into which, from various causes, we have fallen recently, to attempt to balance them against each other. The whole tendency of French history has been to let the central power preponderate, until it degenerated and became retrograde towards the end of the seventeenth century. Our present preference for the local power is therefore an historical anomaly, which is sure to cease as soon as the fear of reaction has passed away. And as Republicanism secures us against any dangers of this kind, our political sympathies will soon resume their old course. The advantages of the central power are, first, that it is more directly responsible than the other; and, secondly, that it is more practical and less likely to set up any claims to spiritual influence. This last feature is of the highest importance, and is likely to become every day more marked. Whereas the local or legislative power, not having its functions clearly defined, is very apt to interfere in theoretical questions without being in any sense qualified for doing so. Its preponderance would, then, in most cases be injurious to intellectual freedom, which, as it feels instinctively, will ultimately137 result in the rise of a spiritual authority destined to supersede its own. On the strength of these tendencies, which have never before been explained, Positivists have little hesitation in siding in almost all cases with the central as against the local power. Philosophers, whom no one can accuse of reactionist or servile views, who have given up all political prospects, and who are devoting themselves wholly to the work of spiritual reorganization, need not be afraid to take this course; and they ought to exert themselves vigorously in making the central power preponderant, limiting the functions of the local power to what is strictly indispensable. And, notwithstanding all appearances to the contrary, republicanism will help to modify the revolutionary feeling on this point. It removes the distrust of authority caused naturally by the retrograde spirit of the old monarchy; and it makes it easier to repress any further tendencies of the same kind, without necessitating an entire change in the character of our policy for the sake of providing against a contingency, of which there is now so little fear. As soon as the central power has given sufficient proof of its progressive intentions, there will be no unwillingness on the part of the French public to restrict the powers of the legislative body, whether by reducing it to one-third of its present numbers, which are so far too large, or even by limiting its functions to the annual vote of the supplies. During the last phase of the counter-revolution, and the long period of parliamentary government which followed, a state of feeling has arisen on this subject, which is quite exceptional, and which sound philosophical teaching, and wise action on the part of government, will easily modify. It is inconsistent with the whole course of French history; and only leads138 us into the mistake of imitating the English constitution, which is adapted to no other country. The very extension which has just been given to the representative system will bring it into discredit, by showing it to be as futile and subversive in practice as philosophy had represented it to be in theory.

But Positivism will have a positive impact on both Public Order and Liberty. It asserts, in direct contrast to revolutionary beliefs, that the central power should be stronger than local authorities. The constitutional principle of separating the legislative from the executive is merely a practical imitation of the larger principle of dividing temporal and spiritual power, which was adopted in the Middle Ages. There will always be a struggle for political power between the central and local authorities; and it's a mistake, influenced by various factors, that we have recently made to try to balance them against each other. The overarching trend of French history has been to allow the central power to dominate, until it weakened and regressed towards the end of the seventeenth century. Our current preference for local power is therefore an historical anomaly that is bound to change once the fear of reaction subsides. And since Republicanism protects us against such threats, our political preferences will soon return to their traditional alignment. The benefits of central power include, first, that it is more directly accountable than local power; and second, that it is more practical and less prone to claim spiritual influence. This last point is crucial and is likely to become increasingly significant. Meanwhile, the local or legislative power, with its unclear functions, often tends to meddle in theoretical issues without being qualified to do so. Its dominance would, in many instances, harm intellectual freedom, which instinctively knows that it will ultimately lead to the rise of a spiritual authority that will replace it. Based on these tendencies, which have never been fully explained before, Positivists generally align with central power over local power. Philosophers, who cannot be accused of reactionary or servile beliefs, who have abandoned political ambitions, and who dedicate themselves entirely to spiritual reform, should not hesitate to take this stance; they should actively work to strengthen the central power, limiting the local power's role to what is absolutely necessary. And despite appearances to the contrary, republicanism will help to change the revolutionary sentiment on this issue. It alleviates the distrust of authority brought on by the regressive nature of the old monarchy, making it easier to curb any future tendencies in that direction, without requiring a complete overhaul of our policy to prevent a concern that currently seems minimal. Once the central power demonstrates its progressive intentions sufficiently, the French public will not resist restricting the legislative body’s powers—either by reducing its size to one-third of its current overwhelming numbers or even limiting its functions to annual budget approval. During the last period of counter-revolution and the lengthy era of parliamentary governance that followed, a unique sentiment has emerged around this issue, which sound philosophical reasoning and prudent government actions can easily change. This sentiment is out of step with the entire trajectory of French history and only leads us to mistakenly imitate the English constitution, which doesn’t fit well with any other country. The very expansion just granted to the representative system will discredit it by demonstrating that it is as ineffective and destructive in practice as philosophy has argued it to be in theory.

Intimate connexion of Liberty with Order

Such, then, is the way in which Positivism would interpret these two primary conditions of our present policy, Liberty and Public Order. But besides this, it explains and confirms the connexion which exists between them. It teaches in the first place, that true liberty is impossible at present without the vigorous control of a central power, progressive in the true sense of the word, wise enough to abdicate all spiritual influence, and keep to its own practical functions. Such a power is needed in order to check the despotic spirit of the various doctrines now in vogue. As all of them are more or less inconsistent with the principle of separation of powers, they would all be willing to employ forcible means of securing uniformity of opinion. Besides, the anarchy which is caused by our spiritual interregnum, might, but for a strong government, very probably interfere with the philosophical freedom which we now enjoy. Conversely, unless Liberty in the sense here spoken of be granted, it will be impossible for the central power to maintain itself in the position which public order requires. The obstacle to that position at present is the fear of reaction; and a scrupulous regard for freedom is the only means of removing these feelings which, though perhaps unfounded, are but too natural. All fears will be allayed at once when liberty of instruction and association becomes part of the law of the land. There will then be no hope,139 and indeed no wish, on the part of government to regulate our social institutions in conformity with any particular doctrine.

Here’s how Positivism interprets two key aspects of our current policy: Liberty and Public Order. It also explains and confirms the connection between the two. First, it teaches that true liberty right now is impossible without strong control from a central authority that is genuinely progressive, wise enough to give up any spiritual influence, and focus solely on its practical functions. Such authority is necessary to counter the oppressive nature of the various prevailing doctrines. Since these doctrines are all somewhat at odds with the principle of separation of powers, they would likely resort to force to ensure uniformity of opinion. Additionally, the chaos stemming from our spiritual void could, without a robust government, seriously threaten the philosophical freedom we currently enjoy. On the flip side, if the type of Liberty we've discussed isn't granted, there's no way for the central power to maintain the position required for public order. The current barrier to that position is the fear of backlash; careful consideration of freedom is the only way to alleviate these concerns, which, although perhaps unfounded, are entirely understandable. All fears would dissipate once the freedom of education and association is established as law. At that point, the government would have no interest, and indeed no desire, to control our social institutions according to any specific doctrine.

The object of this chapter has been to show the social value of Positivism. We have found that not merely does it throw light upon our Future policy, but that it also teaches us how to act upon the Present; and these indications have in both cases been based upon careful examination of the Past, in accordance with the fundamental laws of human development. It is the only system capable of handling the problem now proposed by the more advanced portion of our race to all who would claim to guide them. That problem is this; to reorganize human life, irrespectively of god or king; recognizing the obligation of no motive, whether public or private, other than Social Feeling, aided in due measure by the positive science and practical energy of Man.

The goal of this chapter has been to demonstrate the social value of Positivism. We've discovered that it not only sheds light on our future policies but also teaches us how to take action in the present. These insights are grounded in a careful examination of the past, following the fundamental laws of human development. It's the only system capable of addressing the challenges now posed by the more advanced segments of our society to those who claim to lead them. That challenge is this: to reorganize human life without regard to god or king; acknowledging the obligation of no motive, whether public or private, other than Social Feeling, supported appropriately by the positive sciences and the practical energy of humanity.


CHAPTER III
THE IMPACT OF POSITIVISM ON THE WORKING CLASS

Positivism will not for the present recommend itself to the governing classes, so much as to the People

Positivism, whether looked at as a philosophical system or as an instrument of social renovation, cannot count upon much support from any of the classes, whether in Church or State, by whom the government of mankind has hitherto been conducted. There will be isolated exceptions of great value, and these will soon become more numerous: but the prejudices and passions of these classes will present serious obstacles to the work of moral and mental reorganization which constitutes the second phase of the great Western revolution. Their faulty education and their repugnance to system prejudice them against a philosophy which subordinates specialities to general principles. Their aristocratic instincts make it very difficult for them to recognize the supremacy of Social Feeling; that doctrine which lies at the root of social regeneration, as conceived by Positivism. That no support can be expected from the classes who were in the ascendant before the Revolution, is of course obvious; and we shall probably meet with opposition, quite as real though more carefully concealed, from the middle classes, to whom that revolution transferred the authority and social141 influence which they had long been coveting. Their thoughts are entirely engrossed with the acquisition of power; and they concern themselves but little with the mode in which it is used, or the objects to which it is directed. They were quite convinced that the Revolution had found a satisfactory issue in the parliamentary system instituted during the recent period of political oscillation. They will long continue to regret that stationary period, because it was peculiarly favourable to their restless ambition. A movement tending to the complete regeneration of society is almost as much dreaded now by the middle classes as it was formerly by the higher. And both would at all events agree in prolonging the system of theological hypocrisy, as far as republican institutions admitted of it. That policy is now the only means by which retrogression is still possible. Ignoble as it is, there are two motives for adopting it; it secures respect and submission on the part of the masses, and it imposes no unpleasant duties on their governors. All their critical and metaphysical prejudices indispose them to terminate the state of spiritual anarchy which is the greatest obstacle to social regeneration: while at the same time their ambition dreads the establishment of a new moral authority, the restrictive influence of which would of course press most heavily upon themselves. In the eighteenth century, men of rank, and even kings, accepted the purely negative philosophy that was then in vogue; it removed many obstacles, it was an easy path to reputation, and it imposed no great sacrifice. But we can hardly hope from this precedent that the wealthy and literary classes of our own time will be equally willing to accept Positive philosophy; the avowed purpose of which is to discipline our intellectual powers, in order to reorganize our modes of life.

Positivism, whether seen as a philosophical approach or a tool for social change, doesn’t have much backing from any of the classes in the Church or State that have previously governed society. There will be a few valuable exceptions, and these will likely increase, but the biases and emotions of these classes will pose significant challenges to the moral and mental reorganization that is part of the second phase of the great Western revolution. Their flawed education and resistance to systems make them biased against a philosophy that prioritizes general principles over specific details. Their aristocratic instincts make it hard for them to acknowledge the importance of Social Feeling, which is fundamental to social renewal as understood by Positivism. It's clear that no support can be expected from the classes that were in power before the Revolution, and we will probably encounter opposition, just as strong but more subtly hidden, from the middle classes, who gained the authority and social influence they had long desired after that revolution. Their focus is solely on gaining power, and they pay little attention to how it’s used or the goals it serves. They are convinced that the Revolution achieved a satisfactory outcome with the parliamentary system established during the recent era of political instability. They will long miss that stable period, as it particularly favored their ambitious nature. A movement aimed at completely revitalizing society is now feared by the middle classes as much as it was once by the upper classes. Both groups would likely agree to maintain the system of theological hypocrisy as much as republican institutions allow. This approach is now the only way retrogression can still happen. While it’s disgraceful, two reasons support it: it ensures respect and obedience from the masses, and it places no unpleasant responsibilities on their leaders. Their critical and philosophical biases make them reluctant to end the state of spiritual chaos that poses the greatest obstacle to social renewal, while their ambition fears that a new moral authority would impose restrictions that would heavily affect them. In the eighteenth century, people of high status, even kings, embraced the purely negative philosophy that was in fashion; it eliminated many barriers, was a straightforward way to gain recognition, and required no significant sacrifice. However, we can hardly expect the wealthy and intellectual classes of our time to be equally inclined to accept Positive philosophy, whose explicit aim is to cultivate our intellectual abilities to reorganize how we live.

The avowal of such a purpose is quite sufficient to prevent Positivism from gaining the sympathies of any one of the governing classes. The classes to which it must appeal are those who have been left untrained in the present worthless methods of instruction by words and entities, who are animated with strong social instincts, and who consequently have the largest stock of good sense and good feeling. In a word it is among the Working Classes that the new philosophers will find their most energetic allies. They are the two extreme terms in the social series as finally constituted; and it is only through their combined action that social regeneration can become a practical possibility. Notwithstanding their difference of position, a difference which indeed is more apparent than real, there are strong affinities between them, both morally and intellectually. Both have the same sense of the real, the same preference for the useful, and the same tendency to subordinate special points to general principles. Morally they resemble each other in generosity of feeling, in wise unconcern for material prospects, and in indifference to worldly grandeur. This at least will be the case as soon as philosophers in the true sense of that word have mixed sufficiently with the nobler members of the working classes to raise their own character to its proper level. When the sympathies which unite them upon these essential points have had time to show themselves, it will be felt that the philosopher is, under certain aspects, a member of the working class fully trained; while the working man is in many respects a philosopher without the training. Both too will look with similar feelings upon the intermediate or capitalist class. As that class is necessarily the possessor of material power, the pecuniary existence of both will as a rule be independent upon it.

The acknowledgment of such a goal is more than enough to keep Positivism from winning over any of the ruling classes. The groups it needs to connect with are those who haven't been educated through the current ineffective methods of teaching through words and concepts, who are driven by strong social instincts, and therefore possess the most common sense and compassion. In short, it’s among the Working Classes that the new philosophers will find their most passionate supporters. They represent the two extremes in the social hierarchy as it exists; and only through their combined efforts can social renewal become a realistic possibility. Despite their differing positions, which are more superficial than substantial, there are significant connections between them, both morally and intellectually. They share the same understanding of reality, the same preference for what is practical, and the same inclination to prioritize general principles over specific details. Morally, they are alike in their generous feelings, their wise indifference to material wealth, and their lack of concern for social status. This will be the case once philosophers in the true sense have engaged enough with the more admirable members of the working class to elevate their own character to its rightful standard. Once the sympathies that unite them on these fundamental points have had time to emerge, it will be recognized that the philosopher is, in some respects, a fully developed member of the working class, while the working person is in many ways an untrained philosopher. Both will also view the middle or capitalist class with similar sentiments. Since that class inherently holds material power, the financial situations of both groups will generally be independent of it.

The working man who accepts his position is favourably situated for the reception of comprehensive principles and generous sympathies

These affinities follow as a natural result from their respective position and functions. The reason of their not having been recognized more distinctly is, that at present we have nothing that can be called a philosophic class, or at least it is only represented by a few isolated types. Workmen worthy of their position are happily far less rare; but hitherto it is only in France, or rather in Paris, that they have shown themselves in their true light, as men emancipated from chimerical beliefs, and careless of the empty prestige of social position. It is, then, only in Paris that the truth of the preceding remarks can be fully verified.

These connections naturally arise from their positions and roles. The reason they haven't been recognized more clearly is that, at this time, we don't really have what can be called a philosophical class, or at least it's only represented by a few isolated examples. Skilled workers deserving of their status are fortunately much less uncommon; however, until now, they've only really shown their true selves in France, or more specifically in Paris, as people freed from false beliefs and indifferent to the superficial status of social rank. Therefore, it's only in Paris that the truth of the previous comments can be completely confirmed.

The occupations of working men are evidently far more conducive to philosophical views than those of the middle classes; since they are not so absorbing, as to prevent continuous thought, even during the hours of labour. And besides having more time for thinking, they have a moral advantage in the absence of any responsibility when their work is over. The workman is preserved by his position from the schemes of aggrandisement, which are constantly harassing the capitalist. Their difference in this respect causes a corresponding difference in their modes of thought; the one cares more for general principles, the other more for details. To a sensible workman, the system of dispersive speciality now so much in vogue shows itself in its true light. He sees it, that is, to be brutalizing, because it would condemn his intellect to the most paltry mode of culture, so much so that it will never be accepted in France, in spite of the irrational endeavours of our Anglo-maniac economists. To the capitalist, on the contrary, and even to the man of144 science, that system, however rigidly and consistently carried out, will seem far less degrading; or rather it will be looked upon as most desirable, unless his education has been such as to counteract these tendencies, and to give him the desire and the ability for abstract and general thought.

The jobs of working-class men are clearly more conducive to philosophical thinking than those of the middle class; they’re not so demanding that they prevent continuous thought, even during work hours. Plus, they have more time to think and benefit morally from the lack of responsibility once their work is done. The worker is shielded by his position from the constant pressure of ambition that plagues the capitalist. This difference leads to a distinct difference in their ways of thinking; one focuses more on broad principles while the other is more detail-oriented. A sensible worker sees the current trend of specialized work for what it is: dehumanizing, as it would limit his intellect to the most trivial forms of education, to the point that it will never be accepted in France, despite the unreasonable efforts of our Anglo-maniac economists. For the capitalist, and even the scientist, that system, no matter how rigidly and consistently applied, seems far less degrading; in fact, it’s often viewed as highly desirable, unless his education has shaped him to resist these tendencies and foster a desire and ability for abstract and general thought.

Morally, the contrast between the position of the workman and the capitalist is even more striking. Proud as most men are of worldly success, the degree of moral or mental excellence implied in the acquisition of wealth or power, even when the means used have been strictly legitimate, is hardly such as to justify that pride. Looking at intrinsic qualities rather than at visible results, it is obvious that practical success, whether in industry or in war, depends far more on character than on intellect or affection. The principal condition for it is the combination of a certain amount of energy with great caution, and a fair share of perseverance. When a man has these qualities, mediocrity of intellect and moral deficiency will not prevent his taking advantage of favourable chances; chance being usually a very important element in worldly success. Indeed it would hardly be an exaggeration to say that poverty of thought and feeling has often something to do with forming and maintaining the disposition requisite for the purpose. Vigorous exertion of the active powers is more frequently induced by the personal propensities of avarice, ambition, or vanity, than by the higher instincts. Superiority of position, when legitimately obtained, deserves respect; but the philosopher, like the religionist, and with still better grounds, refuses to regard it as a proof of moral superiority, a conclusion which would be wholly at variance with the true theory of human nature.

Morally, the difference between the worker and the capitalist is even more striking. While most people take pride in worldly success, the level of moral or mental excellence required to gain wealth or power—even when achieved through legitimate means—barely justifies that pride. When we look at intrinsic qualities instead of just visible outcomes, it’s clear that practical success, whether in business or in battle, relies much more on character than on intellect or emotions. The key factor for success is a blend of a certain amount of energy with great caution, along with a fair amount of perseverance. A person who possesses these qualities can take advantage of opportunities, even if they are not particularly intelligent or morally strong; luck is often a significant factor in worldly success. In fact, it wouldn’t be an exaggeration to say that a lack of depth in thought and feeling can contribute to the mindset needed for this achievement. Strong motivation is often driven more by personal desires for greed, ambition, or vanity than by higher instincts. While a position of superiority, when earned legitimately, commands respect, philosophers—and even more so, religious figures—refuse to see it as proof of moral superiority, which contradicts the true understanding of human nature.

The life of the workman, on the other hand,145 is far more favourable to the development of the nobler instincts. In practical qualities he is usually not wanting, except in caution, a deficiency which makes his energy and perseverance less useful to himself, though fully available for society. But it is in the exercise of the higher feelings that the moral superiority of the working class is most observable. When our habits and opinions have been brought under the influence of systematic principles, the true character of this class, which forms the basis of modern society, will become more distinct; and we shall see that home affections are naturally stronger with them than with the middle classes, who are too much engrossed with personal interests for the full enjoyment of domestic ties. Still more evident is their superiority in social feelings strictly so called, for these with them are called into daily exercise from earliest childhood. Here it is that we find the highest and most genuine types of friendship, and this even amongst those who are placed in a dependent position, aggravated often by the aristocratic prejudices of those above them, and whom we might imagine on that account condemned to a lower moral standard. We find sincere and simple respect for superiors, untainted by servility, not vitiated by the pride of learning, not disturbed by the jealousies of competition. Their personal experience of the miseries of life is a constant stimulus to the nobler sympathies. In no class is there so strong an incentive to social feeling, at least to the feeling of Solidarity between contemporaries; for all are conscious of the support that they derive from union, support which is not at all incompatible with strong individuality of character. The sense of Continuity with the past has not, it is true, been sufficiently developed; but this is a want which can only be supplied by146 systematic culture. It will hardly be disputed that there are more remarkable instances of prompt and unostentatious self-sacrifice at the call of a great public necessity in this class than in any other. Note, too, that in the utter absence of any systematic education, all these moral excellences must be looked upon as inherent in the class. It is impossible to attribute them to theological influence, now that they have so entirely shaken off the old faith. The type I have described would be generally considered imaginary; and at present it is only in Paris that it can be fully realized. But the fact of its existence in the centre of Western Europe is enough for all rational observers. A type so fully in accordance with what we know of human nature cannot fail ultimately to spread everywhere, especially when these spontaneous tendencies are placed under the systematic guidance of Positivism.

The life of the worker, on the other hand, 145 is far more favorable to the development of nobler instincts. In practical skills, he usually lacks nothing, except for caution, which makes his energy and perseverance less useful to himself, but still beneficial for society. However, it's in the display of higher feelings that the moral superiority of the working class is most evident. Once our habits and opinions are influenced by systematic principles, the true character of this class, which forms the foundation of modern society, will become clearer. We will see that family bonds are naturally stronger among them than among the middle class, who are too wrapped up in their personal interests to fully enjoy their domestic ties. Their superiority is even more apparent when it comes to social feelings, as these are exercised daily from early childhood. Here, we find the most genuine forms of friendship, even among those in dependent positions, often made worse by the aristocratic biases of those above them, who we might assume condemn them to a lower moral standard. We observe sincere and simple respect for superiors, free from servility, not tainted by the pride of education, and not disturbed by competition jealousy. Their personal experiences of life's struggles constantly motivate their nobler sympathies. No class has a stronger incentive for social feelings, especially the sense of solidarity among contemporaries; everyone is aware of the support they gain from unity, which does not conflict with strong individual character. Admittedly, the sense of continuity with the past hasn't developed sufficiently; but this is something that can only be addressed through 146 systematic culture. It's hard to dispute that there are more notable examples of prompt and unassuming self-sacrifice for a significant public necessity in this class than in any other. Additionally, note that despite the complete lack of systematic education, all these moral qualities must be seen as inherent in the class. It’s impossible to attribute them to theological influence, now that they have completely abandoned the old faith. The type I’ve described would generally be considered fictional; and at present, it can only be fully realized in Paris. But the existence of this type in the heart of Western Europe is enough for any rational observer. A type so in line with what we know of human nature cannot help but eventually spread everywhere, especially when these spontaneous tendencies are placed under the systematic guidance of Positivism.

This the Convention felt; but they encouraged the People to seek political supremacy, for which they are not fit

These remarks will prepare us to appreciate the wise and generous instincts of the Convention in looking to the Proletariate as the mainspring of its policy; and this is not merely on account of the incidental danger of foreign invasion, but in dealing with the larger question of social regeneration, which it pursued so ardently, though in such ignorance of its true principles. Owing, however, to the want of a satisfactory system, and the disorder produced by the metaphysical theories of the time, the spirit in which this alliance with the people was framed was incompatible with the real object in view. It was considered that government ought as a rule to be in the hands of the people. Now under the special circumstances of the time popular government was undoubtedly147 very useful. The existence of the republic depended almost entirely upon the proletariate, the only class that stood unshaken and true to its principles. But in the absolute spirit of the received political theories, this state of things was regarded as normal, a view which is incompatible with the most important conditions of modern society. It is of course always right for the people to assist government in carrying out the law, even to the extent of physical force, should the case require it. Interference of this subordinate kind, whether in foreign or internal questions, so far from leading to anarchy, is obviously a guarantee for order which ought to exist in every properly constituted society. Indeed in this respect our habits in France are still very defective; men are too often content to remain mere lookers on, while the police to whom they owe their daily protection is doing its duty. But for the people to take a direct part in government, and to have the final decision of political measures, is a state of things which in modern society is only adapted to times of revolution. To recognize it as final would lead at once to anarchy, were it not so utterly impossible to realize.

These comments will help us understand the wise and generous instincts of the Convention in seeing the working class as the driving force behind its policies. This isn’t just because of the potential threat of foreign invasion, but in addressing the larger issue of social renewal, which it pursued passionately, even though it lacked a clear understanding of its true principles. However, due to the absence of a solid system and the chaos caused by the philosophical theories of the time, the attitude toward this alliance with the people was mismatched with the real goals. It was believed that government should generally be in the hands of the people. Under the unique circumstances of the time, popular government was undoubtedly very useful. The survival of the republic relied almost entirely on the working class, the only group that remained steadfast and true to its principles. But according to the accepted political theories of the day, this situation was viewed as normal, a perspective that clashes with the most important aspects of modern society. Of course, it is always right for the people to support the government in upholding the law, even to the extent of using physical force if necessary. Such involvement, whether in foreign or domestic issues, instead of leading to chaos, clearly ensures the order that should exist in every well-structured society. In fact, our habits in France are still quite lacking in this regard; people often settle for being mere bystanders while the police, to whom they owe their daily safety, carry out their duties. However, for the people to directly participate in government and have the final say on political measures is a situation that only fits times of revolution in modern society. Accepting it as permanent would immediately result in chaos, if it weren't so completely unrealistic to achieve.

It is only in exceptional cases that the People can be really ‘sovereign’

Positivism rejects the metaphysical doctrine of the Sovereignty of the people. But it appropriates all that is really sound in the doctrine, and this with reference not merely to exceptional cases but to the normal state; while at the same time it guards against the danger involved in its application as an absolute truth. In the hands of the revolutionary party the doctrine is generally used to justify the right of insurrection. Now in Positive Polity, this right is looked upon as an ultimate resource, with which no society should allow itself to dispense. Absolute submission,148 which is too strongly inculcated by modern Catholicism, would expose us to the danger of tyranny. Insurrection may be regarded, scientifically, as a sort of reparative crisis, of which societies stand in more need than individuals in accordance with the well-known biological law, that the higher and the more complicated the organism, the more frequent and also the more dangerous is the pathological state. Therefore, the fear that Positivism, when generally accepted, will encourage passive obedience, is perfectly groundless; although it is certainly not favourable to the pure revolutionary spirit, which would fain take the disease for the normal type of health. Its whole character is so essentially relative, that it finds no difficulty in accepting subordination as the rule, and yet allowing for exceptional cases of revolt; a course by which good taste and human dignity are alike satisfied. Positivism looks upon insurrection as a dangerous remedy that should be reserved for extreme cases; but it would never scruple to sanction and even to encourage it when it is really indispensable. This is quite compatible with refusing, as a rule, to submit the decision of political questions and the choice of rulers to judges who are obviously incompetent; and who, under the influence of Positivism, will of their own free will abdicate rights which are subversive of order.

Positivism rejects the idea of the people’s sovereignty as a metaphysical concept. However, it takes in the valuable aspects of that idea, not just in special circumstances but in everyday situations; at the same time, it protects against the risks that come with treating it as an absolute truth. The revolutionary group often uses this doctrine to justify the right to revolt. In Positive Polity, this right is seen as a last-resort option that no society should forgo. Absolute obedience, which is heavily emphasized by modern Catholicism, could lead us to the risk of tyranny. From a scientific perspective, insurrection can be viewed as a kind of corrective crisis, which societies need more than individuals, following the well-known biological principle that the more complex an organism, the more often and severely it experiences pathological issues. Therefore, fearing that Positivism, if widely accepted, will promote blind obedience is completely unfounded; although it isn't entirely supportive of the pure revolutionary mindset, which mistakenly sees sickness as the normal state of health. Its nature is so fundamentally relative that it easily adopts subordination as the standard while still allowing for rare instances of revolt, satisfying both good sense and human dignity. Positivism regards insurrection as a risky solution to be reserved for severe situations; however, it wouldn’t hesitate to approve and even promote it when absolutely necessary. This view is consistent with a general refusal to leave political decisions and the selection of leaders to clearly incompetent judges; who, under the influence of Positivism, will willingly give up rights that disrupt order.

The truth involved in the expression is that the well-being of the people should be the one great object of government

The metaphysical doctrine of the Sovereignty of the people, contains, however, a truth of permanent value, though in a very confused form. This truth Positivism separates very distinctly from its dangerous alloy, yet without weakening, on the contrary, with the effect of enforcing, its social import. There are two distinct conceptions in this doctrine,149 which have hitherto been confounded; a political conception applicable to certain special cases; a moral conception applicable to all.

The metaphysical idea of the Sovereignty of the people contains a truth that remains valuable, albeit in a rather unclear form. Positivism clearly distinguishes this truth from its potentially harmful elements, but rather than diluting its social significance, it actually reinforces it. This doctrine includes two distinct ideas,149 which have so far been mixed up: one political idea that applies to specific situations, and a moral idea that applies universally.

In the first place the name of the whole body politic ought to be invoked in the announcement of any special measure, of which the motives are sufficiently intelligible, and which directly concern the practical interests of the whole community. Under this head would be included decisions of law courts, declarations of war, etc. When society has reached the Positive state, and the sense of universal solidarity is more generally diffused, there will be even more significance and dignity in such expressions than there is now, because the name invoked will no longer be that of a special nation, but that of Humanity as a whole. It would be absurd, however, to extend this practice to those still more numerous cases where the people is incompetent to express any opinion, and has merely to adopt the opinion of superior officers who have obtained its confidence. This may be owing either to the difficulty of the question or to the fact of its application being indirect or limited. Such, for instance, would be enactments, very often of great importance, which deal with scientific principles; or again most questions relating to special professions or branches of industry. In all these cases popular good sense would, under Positivist influence, easily be kept clear from political illusions. It is only under the stimulus of metaphysical pride that such illusions become dangerous; and the untaught masses have but little experience of this feeling.

In the first place, the name of the entire community should be mentioned when announcing any specific measure that is clear in its motives and directly impacts the practical interests of the whole society. This includes decisions made by courts of law, declarations of war, and so on. When society has reached a positive state and the sense of universal unity has spread more widely, there will be even greater significance and respect for such expressions than there is now, because the name cited will no longer be that of a specific nation, but that of Humanity as a whole. However, it would be unreasonable to apply this practice to the much larger number of cases where the public is unable to express any opinion and simply has to follow the views of trusted leaders. This might be due to the complexity of the issue or because it is being applied indirectly or in a limited manner. For example, this would pertain to legislation, often very important, that involves scientific principles, or most questions relating to specific professions or industries. In all these cases, popular common sense would, under Positivist influence, easily remain free from political illusions. It's only when stimulated by metaphysical pride that such illusions become perilous; and the uneducated masses have little experience of this feeling.

There is, however, another truth implied in the expression, Sovereignity of the people. It implies that it is the first of duties to concentrate all the efforts of society upon the common good. And in this there is a more direct reference to the150 working class than to any other; first, on account of their immense numerical superiority, and, secondly, because the difficulties by which their life is surrounded require special interference to a degree which for other classes would be unnecessary. From this point of view it is a principle which all true republicans may accept. It is, in fact, identical with what we have laid down as the universal basis of morality, the direct and permanent preponderance of social feeling over all personal interests. Not merely, then, is it incorporated by Positivism, but, as was shown in the first chapter, it forms the primary principle of the system, even under the intellectual aspect. Since the decline of Catholicism the metaphysical spirit has been provisionally the guardian of this great social precept. Positivism now finally appropriates it, and purifies it for the future from all taint of anarchy. Revolutionists, as we should expect from their characteristic dislike to the separation of the two powers, had treated the question politically. Positivism avoids all danger by shifting it to the region of morality. I shall show presently that this very salutary change, so far from weakening the force of the principle, increases its permanent value, and at the same time removes the deceptive and subversive tendencies which are always involved in the metaphysical mode of regarding it.

There is, however, another truth implied in the expression, sovereignty of the people. It means that our primary duty is to focus all of society's efforts on the common good. This has a more direct relevance to the working class than to any other group; first, due to their significant numerical strength, and second, because the challenges they face in their lives require special attention to a level that isn’t needed for other classes. From this perspective, it is a principle that all true republicans can agree on. It is, in fact, the same as what we have established as the universal foundation of morality: the consistent priority of social concern over individual interests. Consequently, it is not only included in Positivism, but, as mentioned in the first chapter, it serves as the core principle of the system, even from an intellectual standpoint. Since the decline of Catholicism, the metaphysical spirit has temporarily safeguarded this vital social principle. Positivism now fully adopts it and clears it of any associations with anarchy for the future. Revolutionaries, as we would expect given their typical aversion to the separation of the two powers, approached the issue politically. Positivism avoids any risks by moving it into the realm of morality. I will demonstrate shortly that this beneficial shift, rather than diminishing the principle's strength, actually enhances its lasting significance and simultaneously eliminates the misleading and disruptive tendencies that are always present in the metaphysical perspective on it.

The People’s function is to assist the spiritual power in modifying the action of government

What then, it will be asked, is the part assigned to the Proletariate in the final constitution of society? This similarity of position which I pointed out between themselves and the philosophic class suggests the answer. They will be of the most essential service to the spiritual power in each of its three social functions, judgment, counsel, and even education. All the151 intellectual and moral qualities that we have just indicated in this class concur in fitting them for this service. If we except the philosophic body, which is the recognized organ of general principles, there is no class which is so habitually inclined to take comprehensive views of any subject. Their superiority in Social Feeling is still more obvious. In this even the best philosophers are rarely their equals; and it would be a most beneficial corrective of their tendency to over-abstraction to come into daily contact with the noble and spontaneous instincts of the people. The working class, then, is better qualified than any other for understanding, and still more for sympathizing with the highest truths of morality, though it may not be able to give them a systematic form. And, as we have seen, it is in social morality, the most important and the highest of the three branches of Ethics, that their superiority is most observable. Besides, independently of their intrinsic merits, whether intellectual or moral, the necessities of their daily life serve to impress them with respect for the great rules of morality, which in most cases were framed for their own protection. To secure the application of these rules in daily life is a function of the spiritual power in the performance of which they will meet with but slight assistance from the middle classes. It is with them that temporal power naturally resides, and it is their misuse of power that has to be controlled and set right. The working classes are the chief sufferers from the selfishness and domineering of men of wealth and power. For this reason they are the likeliest to come forward in defence of public morality. And they will be all the more disposed to give it their hearty support if they have nothing to do directly with political administration. Habitual participation in temporal power, to say nothing of its152 unsettling influence, would lead them away from the best remedy for their sufferings of which the constitution of society admits. Popular sagacity will soon detect the utter hollowness of the off-hand solutions that are now being obtruded upon us. The people will rapidly become convinced that the surest method of satisfying all legitimate claims lies in the moral agencies which Positivism offers, though it appears to them at the same time to abdicate political power which either yields them nothing or results in anarchy.

What, then, will people ask, is the role of the working class in the final design of society? The similarities I pointed out between them and the philosophical class suggest an answer. They will play a vital role in supporting the spiritual authority in its three main functions: judgment, advice, and even education. All the intellectual and moral characteristics we discussed in this group equip them for this role. Aside from the philosophical community, which is recognized as the voice of universal principles, no other class is as inclined to see the bigger picture on any topic. Their advantage in social awareness is even more apparent. Even the best philosophers rarely match them in this regard, and having regular interaction with the noble and natural instincts of the people would greatly help balance their tendency toward over-abstraction. Thus, the working class is better suited than any other to grasp and especially to empathize with the highest moral truths, even if they can’t systematically articulate them. As we've noted, their superiority is especially clear in social morality, which is the most essential and highest aspect of ethics. Additionally, regardless of their inherent strengths, whether intellectual or moral, their everyday experiences instill in them a respect for the key moral principles that were often created for their protection. Ensuring these principles are applied in daily life is a duty of the spiritual authority, which will receive little help from the middle classes. It is the middle classes who naturally hold temporal power, and it is their misuse of this power that needs to be controlled and corrected. The working class suffers most from the selfishness and arrogance of the wealthy and powerful. For this reason, they are the most likely to step up in defense of public morality. They will be even more eager to support it if they aren’t directly involved in political management. Regular involvement in temporal power, not to mention its destabilizing effects, would distract them from the best remedy for their suffering that society’s structure allows. The public will soon see through the empty quick-fix solutions currently being pushed on us. People will quickly realize that the most reliable way to address all legitimate claims lies in the moral tools that Positivism offers, even if it seems to renounce political power that either gives them nothing or leads to chaos.

So natural is this tendency of the people to rally round the spiritual power in defence of morality, that we find it to have been the case even in mediaeval times. Indeed this it is which explains the sympathies which Catholicism still retains, notwithstanding its general decline, in the countries where Protestantism has failed to establish itself. Superficial observers often mistake these sympathies for evidence of sincere attachment to the old creeds, though in point of fact they are more thoroughly undermined in those countries than anywhere else. It is an historical error which will, however, soon be corrected by the reception which these nations, so wrongly imagined to be in a backward stage of political development, will give to Positivism. For they will soon see its superiority to Catholicism in satisfying the primary necessity with which their social instincts are so justly preoccupied.

So natural is this tendency for people to rally around spiritual authority to defend morality, that we find it has been true even in medieval times. This explains the sympathies that Catholicism still has, despite its general decline, in countries where Protestantism has not taken root. Casual observers often mistake these sympathies as genuine attachment to the old beliefs, even though, in reality, those beliefs are more undermined in these countries than anywhere else. This is a historical mistake that will soon be corrected by how these nations, which are wrongly thought to be lagging in political development, will embrace Positivism. They will soon recognize its superiority over Catholicism in meeting the essential needs that their social instincts are rightly concerned about.

In the Middle Ages, however, the relations between the working classes and the priesthood were hampered by the institution of serfage, which was not wholly abolished until Catholicism had begun to decline. In fact a careful study of history will show that one of the principal causes of its decline was the want of popular support. The mediaeval church was a noble, but premature attempt.153 Disbelief in its doctrines, and also retrograde tendencies in its directors, had virtually destroyed it, before the Proletariate had attained sufficient social importance to support it successfully, supposing it could have deserved their support. But we are now sufficiently advanced for the perfect realization of the Catholic ideal in Positivism. And the principal means of realizing it will be the formation of an alliance between philosophers and the working classes, for which both are alike prepared by the negative and positive progress of the last five centuries.

In the Middle Ages, the relationship between the working classes and the clergy was hindered by the system of serfdom, which wasn't fully abolished until Catholicism started to decline. In fact, a close look at history shows that one of the main reasons for this decline was the lack of popular support. The medieval church was a noble but premature effort. Disbelief in its teachings, along with regressive tendencies among its leaders, had nearly destroyed it before the working class had gained enough social importance to support it effectively, assuming it deserved their support. But we have now developed enough for the complete realization of the Catholic ideal within Positivism. The main way to achieve this will be through forming an alliance between philosophers and the working class, both of which have been prepared by the negative and positive developments of the last five centuries.153

Their combined efforts result in the formation of Public Opinion

The direct object of their combined action will be to set in motion the force of Public Opinion. All views of the future condition of society, the views of practical men as well as of philosophic thinkers, agree in the belief that the principal feature of the state to which we are tending, will be the increased influence which Public Opinion is destined to exercise.

The main goal of their joint effort is to activate the power of Public Opinion. Everyone's perspectives on the future of society, from practical individuals to philosophical thinkers, share the belief that a key characteristic of the society we're moving towards will be the growing impact that Public Opinion is expected to have.

It is in this beneficial influence that we shall find the surest guarantee for morality; for domestic and even for personal morality, as well as for social. For as the whole tendency of Positivism is to induce every one to live as far as possible without concealment, the public will be intrusted with a strong check upon the life of the individual. Now that all theological illusions have become so entirely obsolete, the need of such a check is greater than it was before. It compensates for the insufficiency of natural goodness which we find in most men, however wisely their education has been conducted. Except the noblest of joys, that which springs from social sympathy when called into constant exercise, there is no reward for doing right so satisfactory as the approval of our fellow-beings. Even under theological systems it has154 been one of our strongest aspirations to live esteemed in the memory of others. And still more prominence will be given to this noble form of ambition under Positivism, because it is the only way left us of satisfying the desire which all men feel of prolonging their life into the Future. And the increased force of Public Opinion will correspond to the increased necessity for it. The peculiar reality of Positive doctrine and its constant conformity with facts facilitate the recognition of its principles, and remove all obscurity in their application. They are not to be evaded by subterfuges like those to which metaphysical and theological principles, from their vague and absolute character, have been always liable. Again, the primary principle of Positivism, which is to judge every question by the standard of social interests, is in itself a direct appeal to Public Opinion; since the public is naturally the judge of the good or bad effect of action upon the common welfare. Under theological and metaphysical systems no appeal of this sort was recognized; because the objects upheld as the highest aims of life were purely personal.

It is through this positive influence that we find the strongest guarantee for morality—both personal and social. Since Positivism encourages everyone to live as openly as possible, society holds a significant check on individual behavior. With all theological illusions now entirely outdated, the need for this check is greater than ever. It compensates for the lack of inherent goodness found in most people, despite how well they have been educated. Beyond the highest joys, which come from social empathy when consistently engaged, the best reward for doing what’s right is the approval of others. Even within theological systems, one of our deepest desires has been to be remembered positively by others. This noble ambition will take on even greater importance under Positivism because it’s the only way to fulfill our universal desire to extend our lives into the future. The strength of Public Opinion will rise with this increased necessity. The clear reality of Positive doctrine and its constant alignment with facts makes it easier to recognize its principles and eliminates any confusion in their application. They cannot be bypassed through tricks, unlike the vague and absolute nature of metaphysical and theological principles. Moreover, the core principle of Positivism, which is to evaluate every issue based on social interests, directly appeals to Public Opinion since the public is naturally the judge of the positive or negative effects of actions on the common good. In theological and metaphysical systems, such an appeal was never acknowledged because the goals regarded as the highest were solely personal.

In political questions the application of our principle is still more obvious. For political morality Public Opinion is almost our only guarantee. We feel its force even now in spite of the intellectual anarchy in which we live. Neutralized as it is in most cases by the wide divergences of men’s convictions, yet it shows itself on the occasion of any great public excitement. Indeed, we feel it to our cost sometimes when the popular mind has taken a wrong direction; government in such cases being very seldom able to offer adequate resistance. These cases may convince us how irresistible this power will prove when used legitimately, and when it is formed by systematic155 accordance in general principles instead of by a precarious and momentary coincidence of feeling. And here we see more clearly than ever how impossible it is to effect any permanent reconstruction of the institutions of society, without a previous reorganization of opinion and of life. The spiritual basis is necessary not merely to determine the character of the temporal reconstruction, but to supply the principal motive force by which the work is to be carried out. Intellectual and moral harmony will gradually be restored, and under its influence the new political system will by degrees arise. Social improvements of the highest importance may therefore be realized long before the work of spiritual reorganization is completed. We find in mediaeval history that Catholicism exercised a powerful influence on society during its emergence from barbarism, before its own internal constitution had advanced far. And this will be the case to a still greater degree with the regeneration which is now in progress.

In political matters, the application of our principle is even clearer. Public Opinion is almost our only guarantee for political morality. We still feel its impact now, despite the intellectual chaos we live in. Although it is often neutralized by the wide differences in people's beliefs, it makes itself known during significant public events. In fact, we sometimes feel the consequences when the general opinion goes in the wrong direction; the government is rarely able to resist effectively in such situations. These instances can show us just how powerful this force can be when used properly, especially when it is built on consistent agreement in general principles rather than on temporary shared feelings. Here, we realize more than ever that it’s impossible to permanently rebuild social institutions without first reorganizing opinions and life. The spiritual foundation is essential, not just to shape the nature of the temporal reconstruction but also to provide the main driving force behind it. Intellectual and moral unity will slowly be restored, and under this influence, a new political system will gradually emerge. Therefore, significant social improvements can happen long before the process of spiritual reorganization is finished. Historical examples show that Catholicism had a strong impact on society as it was emerging from barbarism, even before its internal structure had progressed significantly. This will be even more apparent with the current regeneration taking place.

Public opinion involves, (1) principles of social conduct, (2) their acceptance by society at large, (3) an organ through which to enunciate them

Having defined the sphere within which Public Opinion should operate, we shall find little difficulty in determining the conditions requisite for its proper organization. These are, first, the establishment of fixed principles of social action; secondly, their adoption by the public, and its consent to their application in special cases; and, lastly, a recognized organ to lay down the principles, and to apply them to the conduct of daily life. Obvious as these three conditions appear, they are still so little understood, that it will be well to explain each of them somewhat more fully.

Having defined the scope in which Public Opinion should work, we will have little trouble identifying the requirements for its effective organization. First, we need established principles for social action; second, the public must accept these principles and agree to their application in specific situations; and lastly, there should be a recognized body to outline these principles and apply them to daily life. Although these three conditions seem straightforward, they are often not well understood, so it's important to explain each one in more detail.

The first condition, that of laying down fixed principles, is, in fact, the extension to social questions156 of that separation between theory and practice, which in subjects of less importance is universally recognized. This is the aspect in which the superiority of the new spiritual system to the old is most perceptible. The principles of moral and political conduct that were accepted in the Middle Ages were little better than empirical, and owed their stability entirely to the sanction of religion. In this respect, indeed, the superiority of Catholicism to the systems which preceded it, consisted merely in the fact of separating its precepts from the special application of them. By making its precepts the distinct object of preliminary study, it secured them against the bias of human passions. Yet important as this separation was, the system was so defective intellectually, that the successful application of its principles depended simply on the good sense of the teachers; for the principles in themselves were as vague and as absolute as the creeds from which they were derived. The influence exercised by Catholicism was due to its indirect action upon social feeling in the only mode then possible. But the claims with which Positivism presents itself are far more satisfactory. It is based on a complete synthesis; one which embraces, not the outer world only, but the inner world of human nature. This, while in no way detracting from the practical value of social principles, give them the imposing weight of theoretical truth; and ensures their stability and coherence, by connecting them with the whole series of laws on which the life of man and of society depend. For these laws will corroborate even those which are not immediately deduced from them. By connecting all our rules of action with the fundamental conception of social duty, we render their interpretation in each special case clear and consistent, and we secure it against157 the sophisms of passion. Principles such as these, based on reason, and rendering our conduct independent of the impulses of the moment, are the only means of sustaining the vigour of Social Feeling, and at the same time of saving us from the errors to which its unguided suggestions so often lead. Direct and constant culture of Social Feeling in public as well as in private life is no doubt the first condition of morality. But the natural strength of Self-love is such that something besides this is required to control it. The course of conduct must be traced beforehand in all important cases by the aid of demonstrable principles, adopted at first upon trust, and afterwards from conviction.

The first condition, which is to establish fixed principles, is essentially extending that division between theory and practice to social issues156 that is universally acknowledged in less significant matters. This is where the new spiritual system stands out from the old one. The moral and political principles accepted during the Middle Ages were largely empirical and relied entirely on religious backing for their stability. In this regard, Catholicism improved on previous systems simply by separating its teachings from their specific applications. By making its teachings the clear focus of initial study, it protected them from the influence of human emotions. However, this separation, while important, was intellectually lacking, meaning that the successful application of these principles depended solely on the good judgment of the educators; the principles themselves were as unclear and absolute as the doctrines from which they came. The impact of Catholicism stemmed from its indirect effect on social sentiment in the only way possible at that time. In contrast, Positivism’s claims are much more fulfilling. It is founded on a comprehensive synthesis that incorporates not just the external world, but also the internal aspects of human nature. This, far from undermining the practical significance of social principles, gives them the substantial weight of theoretical truth; and it ensures their stability and coherence by linking them with the entire set of laws that govern human and social life. These laws will support even those principles that are not directly derived from them. By connecting all our guidelines for action with the fundamental idea of social duty, we clarify and ensure consistency in their interpretation for each specific case, shielding it from the distortions of emotion. Principles like these, grounded in reason and freeing our actions from fleeting impulses, are the only way to maintain the strength of Social Feeling while also protecting us from the mistakes that its unrestrained promptings frequently cause. The ongoing and consistent cultivation of Social Feeling in both public and private life is undoubtedly the first step toward morality. However, given the inherent strength of Self-love, something more is needed to rein it in. The course of action must be mapped out in advance for all significant situations, using demonstrable principles that are initially accepted on trust and later on belief.

There is no art whatever in which, however ardent and sincere our desire to succeed, we can dispense with knowledge of the nature and conditions of the object aimed at. Moral and political conduct is assuredly not exempt from such an obligation, although we are more influenced in this case by the direct promptings of feeling than in any other of the arts of life. It has been shown only too clearly by many striking instances how far Social Feeling may lead us astray when it is not directed by right principles. It was for want of fixed convictions that the noble sympathies entertained by the French nation for the rest of Europe at the outset of the Revolution so soon degenerated into forcible oppression, when her retrograde leader began his seductive appeal to selfish passions. Inverse cases are still more common; and they illustrate the connexion of feeling and opinion as clearly as the others. A false social doctrine has often favoured the natural ascendency of Self-love by giving a perverted conception of public well-being. This has been too plainly exemplified in our own time by the deplorable influence which158 Malthus’s sophistical theory of population obtained in England. This mischievous error met with very little acceptance in the rest of Europe, and it has been already refuted by the nobler thinkers of his own country; but it still gives the show of scientific sanction to the criminal antipathy of the governing classes in Great Britain to all effectual measures of reform.

There is no art at all in which, no matter how passionate and genuine our desire to succeed, we can ignore an understanding of the nature and conditions of the goals we pursue. Moral and political conduct certainly isn't exempt from this requirement, even though we are more influenced by our immediate feelings in this area than in any other aspects of life. Numerous striking examples have clearly shown how far Social Feelings can mislead us if they're not guided by the right principles. The noble compassion that the French people initially felt for the rest of Europe at the start of the Revolution quickly turned into harsh oppression when their regressive leader started appealing to selfish desires. The opposite scenario is even more common and illustrates the connection between feelings and opinions just as clearly. A false social doctrine has often supported the natural dominance of Self-love by promoting a distorted view of public well-being. This has been alarmingly demonstrated in our own time by the harmful influence that Malthus’s misleading theory of population had in England. This detrimental idea found very little acceptance elsewhere in Europe, and it has already been debunked by the greater thinkers of his own country; yet it still lends a false sense of scientific endorsement to the wrongful hostility of the ruling classes in Great Britain toward any effective reform measures.

Next to a system of principles, the most important condition for the exercise of Public Opinion is the existence of a strong body of supporters sufficient to make the weight of these principles felt. Now it was here that Catholicism proved so weak; and therefore, even had its doctrine been less perishable, its decline was unavoidable. But the defect is amply supplied in the new spiritual order, which, as I have before shown, will receive the influential support of the working classes. And the need of such assistance is as certain as the readiness with which it will be yielded. For though the intrinsic efficacy of Positive teaching is far greater than that of any doctrine which is not susceptible of demonstration, yet the convictions it inspires cannot be expected to dispense with the aid of vigorous popular support. Human nature is imperfectly organized; and the influence which Reason exercises over it is not by any means so great as this supposition would imply. Even Social Feeling, though its influence is far greater than that of Reason, would not in general be sufficient for the right guidance of practical life, if Public Opinion were not constantly at hand to support the good inclinations of individuals. The arduous struggle of Social Feeling against Self-love requires the constant assertion of true principles to remove uncertainty as to the proper course of action in each case. But it requires also something more. The strong reaction159 of All upon Each is needed, whether to control selfishness or to stimulate sympathy. The tendency of our poor and weak nature to give way to the lower propensities is so great that, but for this universal co-operation, Feeling and Reason would be almost inadequate to their task. In the working class we find the requisite conditions. They will, as we have seen, form the principal source of opinion, not merely from their numerical superiority, but also from their intellectual and moral qualities, as well as from the influence directly due to their social position. Thus it is that Positivism views the great problem of human life, and shows us for the first time that the bases of a solution already exist in the very structure of the social organism.

Next to a system of principles, the most important condition for the exercise of Public Opinion is the presence of a strong group of supporters able to make these principles impactful. This is where Catholicism showed its weakness; thus, even if its doctrine had been less fragile, its decline was inevitable. However, this gap is more than filled in the new spiritual framework, which, as I’ve mentioned before, will gain significant backing from the working class. The necessity for such support is as clear as the willingness with which it will be given. While the inherent effectiveness of Positive teaching is much greater than that of any doctrine lacking demonstrability, the beliefs it inspires cannot be expected to stand alone without robust popular support. Human nature isn't perfectly organized; the impact of Reason on it is not nearly as substantial as one might think. Even Social Feeling, though much more influential than Reason, wouldn’t be enough to properly guide practical life without consistent backing from Public Opinion to reinforce individuals' positive inclinations. The intense struggle of Social Feeling against Self-love requires the ongoing affirmation of true principles to clarify the right course of action in every situation. But it also needs something more. The strong interplay of All upon Each is essential, whether to check selfishness or to encourage empathy. The tendency of our frail nature to yield to lower inclinations is so strong that, without this collective cooperation, Feeling and Reason would barely manage their responsibilities. In the working class, we find the necessary conditions. They will be, as we’ve observed, the main source of opinion, not just due to their numerical strength but also because of their intellectual and moral qualities, along with the influence stemming directly from their social position. This is how Positivism addresses the great problem of human life and reveals for the first time that the foundations for a solution already exist within the very structure of the social organism.

Working men’s clubs

Working men, whether as individuals or, what is still more important, collectively, are now at liberty to criticize all the details, and even the general principles, of the social system under which they live; affecting, as it necessarily does, themselves more nearly than any other class. The remarkable eagerness lately shown by our people to form clubs, though there was no special motive for it, and no very marked enthusiasm, was a proof that the checks which had previously prevented this tendency from showing itself were quite unsuited to our times. Nor is this tendency likely to pass away; on the contrary, it will take deeper root and extend more widely, because it is thoroughly in keeping with the habits, feelings, and wants of working men, who form the majority in these meetings. A consistent system of social truth will largely increase their influence, by giving them a more settled character and a more important aim. So far from being in any way destructive, they form a natural though imperfect model of the mode of life which160 will ultimately be adopted in the regenerate condition of Humanity. In these unions social sympathies are kept in constant action by a stimulus of a most beneficial kind. They offer the speediest and most effectual means of elaborating Public Opinion: this at least is the case when there has been a fair measure of individual training. No one at present has any idea of the extent of the advantages which will one day spring from these spontaneous meetings, when there is an adequate system of general principles to direct them. Spiritual reorganization will find them its principal basis of support, for they secure its acceptance by the people; and this will have the greater weight, because it will always be given without compulsion or violence. The objection that meetings of this kind may lead to dangerous political agitation, rests upon a misinterpretation of the events of the Revolution. So far from their stimulating a desire for what are called political rights, or encouraging their exercise in those who possess them, their tendency is quite in the opposite direction. They will soon divert working men entirely from all useless attempts to interfere with existing political institutions, and bring them to their true social function, that of assisting and carrying out the operations of the new spiritual power. It is a noble prospect which is thus held out to them by Positivism, a prospect far more inviting than any of the metaphysical illusions of the day. The real intention of the Club is to form a provisional substitute for the Church of old times, or rather to prepare the way for the religious building of the new form of worship, the worship of Humanity; which, as I shall explain in a subsequent chapter, will be gradually introduced under the regenerating influence of Positive doctrine. Under our present republican government all progressive tendencies161 are allowed free scope, and therefore it will not be long before our people accept this new vent for social sympathies, which in former times could find expression only in Catholicism.

Working people, whether individually or more importantly, collectively, now have the freedom to critique all aspects and even the overarching principles of the social system they live under, which directly affects them more than any other class. The recent enthusiasm shown by our community to form clubs, despite lacking a specific motive or strong enthusiasm, proves that the restraints that previously held this tendency back are no longer suitable for our time. This trend is unlikely to fade; rather, it will take deeper root and spread further, as it aligns perfectly with the habits, feelings, and needs of working people, who make up the majority in these gatherings. A consistent system of social truth will greatly enhance their influence by providing them with a more stable identity and a more significant purpose. Far from being destructive, they represent a natural, albeit imperfect, model of the lifestyle that160 will eventually be adopted in the renewed state of Humanity. In these unions, social connections are continuously energized by a highly beneficial stimulus. They provide the quickest and most effective means of shaping Public Opinion, particularly when there has been a fair level of individual training. Currently, no one has a clear idea of the substantial benefits that will arise from these spontaneous gatherings when there is a solid system of general principles to guide them. Spiritual reorganization will find its main support in them, as they secure acceptance among the people; and this will carry more weight since it will always be offered without coercion or violence. The concern that these types of meetings could lead to dangerous political unrest is based on a misunderstanding of the events of the Revolution. Rather than stirring a desire for what are known as political rights or encouraging their use among those who have them, their tendency is completely the opposite. They will soon steer working people away from fruitless attempts to interfere with existing political systems and direct them toward their true social role, which is to support and implement the actions of the new spiritual force. Positivism presents them with an inspiring vision that is far more appealing than any of the day’s metaphysical illusions. The real aim of the Club is to create a temporary substitute for the old Church, or rather to pave the way for a new form of worship, the worship of Humanity; this will be gradually introduced through the revitalizing influence of Positive doctrine, as I will elaborate in a later chapter. Under our current republican government, all progressive tendencies161 are given free rein, and it won’t be long before our people embrace this new outlet for social connections, which in the past could only be expressed through Catholicism.

In this theory of Public Opinion one condition yet remains to be described. A philosophic organ is necessary to interpret the doctrine; the influence of which would otherwise in most cases be very inadequate. This third condition has been much disputed; but it is certainly even more indispensable than the second. And in fact it has never been really wanting, for every doctrine must have had some founder, and usually has a permanent body of teachers. It would be difficult to conceive that a system of moral and political principles should be possessed of great social influence, and yet at the same time that the men who originate or inculcate the system should exercise no spiritual authority. It is true that this inconsistency did for a time exist under the negative and destructive influence of Protestantism and Deism, because men’s thoughts were for the time entirely taken up with the struggle to escape from the retrograde tendencies of Catholicism. During this long period of insurrection, each individual became a sort of priest; each, that is, followed his own interpretation of a doctrine which needed no special teachers, because its function was not to construct but to criticize. All the constitutions that have been recently established on metaphysical principles give a direct sanction to this state of things, in the preambles with which they commence. They apparently regard each citizen as competent to form a sound opinion on all social questions, thus exempting him from the necessity of applying to any special interpreters. This extension to the normal state of things of a phase of mind only suited to the period of revolutionary162 transition, is an error which I have already sufficiently refuted.

In this theory of Public Opinion, there’s still one condition that needs to be explained. A philosophical body is necessary to interpret the doctrine; without it, its influence would generally be quite weak. This third condition has been hotly debated, but it is definitely more essential than the second. In fact, it has never really been absent, as every doctrine must have had some founder, and typically has a lasting group of teachers. It’s hard to imagine that a system of moral and political principles could hold significant social influence while the people who create or promote the system have no spiritual authority. It's true that this inconsistency existed for a time due to the negative and destructive influence of Protestantism and Deism, as people were completely absorbed in trying to break free from the backward pull of Catholicism. During this long period of rebellion, each person became somewhat like a priest; in other words, each followed their own understanding of a doctrine that didn’t require specific teachers because its goal was not to build up but to critique. All the recent constitutions based on metaphysical principles directly support this situation in their preambles. They seem to regard each citizen as capable of forming a sound opinion on all social issues, thus freeing them from the need to consult any specialized interpreters. Extending a mindset suited only for a period of revolutionary transition to the normal state of affairs is a mistake I have already adequately addressed.

In the minor arts of life, it is obvious that general principles cannot be laid down without some theoretical study; and that the application of these rules to special cases is not to be entirely left to the untaught instinct of the artisan. And can it be otherwise with the art of Social Life, so far harder and more important than any other, and in which, from its principles being less simple and less precise, a special explanation of them in each case is even more necessary? However perfect the demonstration of social principles may become, it must not be supposed that knowledge of Positive doctrine, even when it has been taught in the most efficient way, will dispense with the necessity of frequently appealing to the philosopher for advice in questions of practical life, whether private or public. And this necessity of an interpreter to intervene occasionally between the principle and its application, is even more evident from the moral than it is from the intellectual aspect. Certain as it is that no one will be so well acquainted with the true character of the doctrine as the philosopher who teaches it, it is even more certain that none is so likely as himself to possess the moral qualifications of purity, of exalted aims, and of freedom from party spirit, without which his counsels could have but little weight in reforming individual or social conduct. It is principally through his agency that we may hope in most cases to bring about that reaction of All upon Each, which, as we have seen, is of such indispensable importance to practical morality. Philosophers are not indeed the principal source of Public Opinion, as intellectual pride so often leads them to believe. Public Opinion proceeds essentially from the free voice and spontaneous co-operation163 of the people. But in order that the full weight of their unanimous judgment may be felt, it must be announced by some recognized organ. There are, no doubt, rare cases where the direct expression of popular feeling is enough, but these are quite exceptional. Thus working men and philosophers are mutually necessary, not merely in the creation of Public Opinion, but also in most cases in the manifestation of it. Without the first, the doctrine, however well established, would not have sufficient force. Without the second, it would usually be too incoherent to overcome those obstacles in the constitution of man and of society, which make it so difficult to bring practical life under the influence of fixed principles.

In the everyday aspects of life, it's clear that we can't set general principles without some theoretical understanding, and that applying these rules to specific situations shouldn’t be left purely to the untrained instincts of the craftsperson. And can it be any different with the art of Social Life, which is much more complicated and significant than anything else, where the underlying principles are less straightforward and precise, making it even more essential to explain them in each instance? No matter how perfect our understanding of social principles becomes, we can't assume that knowledge of these ideas, even when taught effectively, will eliminate the need to regularly consult the philosopher for guidance on practical matters, whether personal or public. This need for an interpreter to occasionally bridge the gap between principle and application is even more apparent from a moral standpoint than from an intellectual one. It's clear that no one knows the true essence of the doctrine better than the philosopher who teaches it, but it's even more certain that he is also the one most likely to embody the moral qualities of purity, high ideals, and impartiality, without which his advice would carry little weight in reforming individual or social behavior. It is mainly through his involvement that we can hope to achieve that interaction of All upon Each, which, as we've seen, is essential for real morality. Philosophers aren't the main source of Public Opinion, despite what their intellectual pride might lead them to think. Public Opinion fundamentally comes from the free voice and spontaneous cooperation of the people. However, for the full impact of their collective judgment to be felt, it must be communicated through some recognized channel. There are certainly rare cases where the direct expression of popular sentiment is enough, but these are quite exceptional. Thus, working-class individuals and philosophers are mutually necessary, not just in shaping Public Opinion but also in most instances in expressing it. Without the former, the doctrine, no matter how well established, would lack sufficient power. Without the latter, it would often be too disjointed to overcome the barriers in human and societal structures that make it so challenging to align practical life with fixed principles.

In fact this necessity for some systematic organ to direct and give effect to Public Opinion, has always been felt, even amidst the spiritual anarchy which at present surrounds us, on every occasion in which such opinion has played any important part. For its effect on these occasions would have been null and void but for some individual to take the initiative and personal responsibility. This is frequently verified in private life by cases in which we see the opposite state of things; we see principles which no one would think of contesting, practically inadequate, for want of some recognized authority to apply them. It is a serious deficiency, which is, however, compensated, though imperfectly, by the greater facility of arriving at the truth in such cases, and by the greater strength of the sympathies which they call forth. But in public life, with its more difficult conditions and more important claims, such entire absence of systematic intervention could never be tolerated. In all public transactions even now we may perceive the participation of a spiritual authority of one kind or other; the organs of164 which, though constantly varying, are in most cases metaphysicians or literary men writing for the press. Thus even in the present anarchy of feelings and convictions, Public Opinion cannot dispense with guides and interpreters. Only it has to be content with men who at the best can only offer the guarantee of personal responsibility, without any reliable security either for the stability of their convictions or the purity of their feelings. But now that the problem of organizing Public Opinion has once been proposed by Positivism, it cannot remain long without a solution. It plainly reduces itself to the principle of separating the two social powers; just as we have seen that the necessity of an established doctrine rested on the analogous principle of separating theory from practice. It is clear, on the one hand, that sound interpretation of moral and political rules, as in the case of any other art, can only be furnished by philosophers engaged in the study of the natural laws on which they rest. On the other hand these philosophers, in order to preserve that breadth and generality of view which is their principal intellectual characteristic, must abstain scrupulously from all regular participation in practical affairs, and especially from political life: on the ground that its specializing influence would soon impair their speculative capacity. And such a course is equally necessary on moral grounds. It helps to preserve purity of feeling and impartiality of character; qualities essential to their influence upon public as well as upon private life.

In fact, the need for a systematic way to guide and implement Public Opinion has always been recognized, even amid the chaos we currently face. Whenever Public Opinion has played a significant role, its impact would have been null and void without someone to take the initiative and accept personal responsibility. We often see this in private life, where we notice principles that everyone agrees on become ineffective due to the lack of a recognized authority to enforce them. This is a serious shortcoming, but it is somewhat balanced by the easier access to truth in these situations and the stronger sympathy they generate. However, in public life, with its challenging circumstances and crucial demands, the complete absence of organized intervention simply cannot be accepted. Even now, in all public dealings, we can sense the involvement of some kind of spiritual authority; these bodies, which may change frequently, are often metaphysicians or writers engaging with the media. Thus, even in the current chaos of emotions and beliefs, Public Opinion can't do without guides and interpreters. It has to rely on individuals who, at best, can only guarantee personal accountability, without any trustworthy assurance of their beliefs’ stability or their emotions’ purity. But now that Positivism has raised the question of how to organize Public Opinion, a solution can’t be far off. It clearly comes down to the principle of separating the two social powers, just as the need for an established doctrine was based on separating theory from practice. On one hand, a sound understanding of moral and political principles, like any other art, can only come from philosophers studying the natural laws that underlie them. On the other hand, these philosophers, to maintain their broad and general perspective, must carefully avoid regular participation in practical matters, especially in politics, because such involvement would soon diminish their ability to speculate. This approach is also morally necessary. It helps preserve emotional purity and impartial character—qualities essential for their influence in both public and private life.

Such, in outline, is the Positive theory of Public Opinion. In each of its three constituent elements, the Doctrine, the Power, and the Organ, it is intimately connected with the whole question of spiritual reorganization; or rather, it forms the simplest mode of viewing that great subject. All165 the essential parts of it are closely related to each other. Positive principles, on the one hand, cannot count on much material support, except from the working classes; these in their turn will for the future regard Positivism as the only doctrine with which they can sympathize. So, again, with the philosophic organs of opinion; without the People, their necessary independence cannot be established or sustained. To our literary classes the separation of the two powers is instinctively repugnant, because it would lay down systematic limits to the unwise ambition which we now see in them. And it will be disliked as strongly by the rich classes, who will look with fear upon a new moral authority destined to impose an irresistible check upon their selfishness. At present it will be generally understood and welcomed only by the proletary class, who have more aptitude for general views and for social sympathy. In France especially they are less under the delusion of metaphysical sophisms and of aristocratic prestige than any other class; and the Positivist view of this primary condition of social regeneration will find a ready entrance into their minds and hearts.

This is a summary of the Positive theory of Public Opinion. Each of its three key elements—Doctrine, Power, and Organ—is closely linked to the broader issue of spiritual reorganization; in fact, it offers the simplest way to understand this significant topic. All the essential components are tightly interconnected. On one hand, Positive principles rely significantly on support from the working classes; in turn, those working classes will come to see Positivism as the only doctrine they can truly align with. Similarly, the philosophical organs of opinion cannot achieve or maintain their necessary independence without the support of the People. For our literary classes, the separation of these two powers feels inherently unpleasant, as it would establish clear limits to the reckless ambitions we currently observe in them. The wealthy will also strongly oppose this, fearing the emergence of a new moral authority that would impose a powerful check on their self-interest. Currently, the theory will mostly be understood and embraced by the working class, who are more open to broad perspectives and social empathy. In France particularly, they are less swayed by metaphysical illusions and aristocratic status than other classes, making the Positivist perspective on the fundamental need for social renewal easily accepted by both their minds and hearts.

All three conditions of Public Opinion exist, but have not yet been combined

Our theory of Public Opinion shows us at once how far we have already gone in organizing this great regulator of modern society; how far we still fall short of what is wanted. The Doctrine has at last arisen: there is no doubt of the existence of the Power; and even the Organ is not wanting. But they do not as yet stand in their right relation to each other. The effective impulse towards social regeneration depends, then, on one ultimate condition; the formation of a firm alliance between philosophers and proletaries.

Our theory of Public Opinion shows us immediately how much progress we've made in organizing this essential part of modern society, and how much more work is needed. The Doctrine has finally emerged: there’s no doubt about the existence of the Power; and even the structure is present. But they still don’t have the right relationship with each other. The real push for social renewal depends, then, on one key condition: the establishment of a strong partnership between thinkers and the working class.

Of this powerful coalition I have already spoken.166 I have now to explain the advantages which it offers to the people in the way of obtaining sufficient recognition of all legitimate claims.

Of this powerful coalition, I've already talked about it.166 Now I need to explain the benefits it provides to the people in terms of getting proper acknowledgment of all valid claims.

Of these advantages, the principal, and that by which the rest will speedily be developed and secured, is the important social function which is hereby conferred upon them. They become auxiliaries of the new spiritual power; auxiliaries indispensable to its action. This vast proletary class, which ever since its rise in the Middle Ages has been shut out from the political system, will now assume the position for which by nature it is best adapted, and which is most conducive to the general well-being of society. Its members, independently of their special vocation, will at last take a regular and most important part in public life, a part which will compensate for the hardships inseparable from their social position. Their combined action, far from disturbing the established order of things, will be its most solid guarantee, from the fact of being moral, not political. And here we see definitely the alteration which Positivism introduces in the revolutionary conception of the action of the working classes upon society. For stormy discussions about rights, it substitutes peaceable definition of duties. It supersedes useless disputes for the possession of power, by inquiring into the rules that should regulate its wise employment.

Of these advantages, the main one, which will help develop and secure the others quickly, is the significant social role that is now given to them. They become essential partners in the new spiritual movement; partners who are crucial for its success. This large working class, which has been excluded from the political system since it emerged in the Middle Ages, will finally take on the role for which it is naturally suited, one that benefits the overall well-being of society. Its members, regardless of their specific jobs, will finally play a regular and vital role in public life, a role that will offset the difficulties that come with their social status. Their collective efforts, instead of disrupting the established order, will actually serve as a strong guarantee for it, because they are based on moral values, not political power. Here we clearly see the shift that Positivism brings to the revolutionary idea of the working classes' impact on society. Instead of heated debates over rights, it promotes calm discussions about responsibilities. It replaces pointless conflicts over power with an inquiry into the principles that should govern its wise use.

Spontaneous tendencies in the people of a right direction. Their Communism

A superficial observer of the present state of things might imagine our working classes to be as yet very far from this frame of mind. But he who looks deeper into the question will see that the very experiment which they are now trying, of extending their political rights, will soon have the effect of showing them the hollowness of a remedy which has so slight a bearing upon the167 objects really important to them. Without making any formal abdication of rights, which might seem inconsistent with their social dignity, there is little doubt that their instinctive sagacity will lead them to the still more efficacious plan of indifference. Positivism will readily convince them that whereas spiritual power, in order to do its work, must ramify in every direction, it is essential to public order that political power should be as a rule concentrated. And this conviction will grow upon them, as they see more clearly that the primary social problems which are very properly absorbing their attention are essentially moral rather than political.

A casual observer of the current situation might think our working classes are still quite distant from this mindset. However, those who dig deeper into the issue will realize that the very effort they are currently making to expand their political rights will soon reveal the emptiness of a solution that has little relevance to the167 issues that truly matter to them. Without officially giving up their rights, which might seem contrary to their social dignity, it's clear that their natural insight will guide them toward a more effective approach of indifference. Positivism will easily convince them that while spiritual power needs to spread out to be effective, it's crucial for public order that political power is usually centralized. This understanding will develop as they become increasingly aware that the main social issues they are rightly focused on are fundamentally moral rather than political.

One step in this direction they have already taken of their own accord, though its importance has not been duly appreciated. The well-known scheme of Communism, which has found such rapid acceptance with them, serves, in the absence of sounder doctrine, to express the way in which they are now looking at the great social problem. The experience of the first part of the Revolution has not yet wholly disabused them of political illusions, but it has at least brought them to feel that Property is of more importance than Power in the ordinary sense of the word. So far Communism has given a wider meaning to the great social problem, and has thereby rendered an essential service, which is not neutralized by the temporary dangers involved in the metaphysical forms in which it comes before us. Communism should therefore be carefully distinguished from the numerous extravagant schemes brought forward in this time of spiritual anarchy; a time which stimulates incompetent and ill-trained minds to the most difficult subjects of thought. The foolish schemes referred to have so few definite features, that we have to distinguish them by the168 names of their authors. But Communism bears the name of no single author, and is something more than an accidental product of anomalous circumstances. We should look upon it as the natural progress in the right direction of the revolutionary spirit; progress of a moral rather than intellectual kind. It is a proof that revolutionary tendencies are now concentrating themselves upon moral questions, leaving all purely political questions in the background. It is quite true that the solution of the problem which Communists are now putting forward, is still as essentially political as that of their predecessors; since the only mode by which they propose to regulate the employment of property, is by a change in the mode of its tenure. Still it is owing to them that the question of property is at last brought forward for discussion: and it is a question which so evidently needs a moral solution, the solution of it by political means is at once so inadequate and so destructive, that it cannot long continue to be debated, without leading to the more satisfactory result offered by Positivism. Men will see that it forms a part of the final regeneration of opinion and of life, which Positivism is now inaugurating.

One step in this direction they've already taken on their own, although its significance hasn't been fully recognized. The well-known idea of Communism, which has gained quick traction among them, reflects how they currently view the major social issue in the absence of a better doctrine. The experience of the first phase of the Revolution hasn't completely rid them of political illusions, but it has at least made them realize that property matters more than power in the usual sense. So far, Communism has expanded the understanding of the major social issue and has provided an important service, which isn't diminished by the temporary risks posed by the complex forms it takes. We should be careful to distinguish Communism from the many outrageous ideas put forth in this era of spiritual chaos, a time that encourages unqualified and poorly trained minds to tackle the toughest issues. The nonsensical ideas mentioned have so few specific characteristics that we have to identify them by the168 names of their creators. In contrast, Communism doesn't belong to any single author and is more than just a random outcome of unusual circumstances. We should view it as a natural advancement in the right direction for the revolutionary spirit; a moral development rather than an intellectual one. It's evidence that revolutionary ideas are now focusing on moral issues, pushing all purely political concerns to the side. It's true that the solution to the problem Communists are presenting is still fundamentally political, just as it was for their predecessors; since the only way they suggest managing property is by changing how it's held. However, it is thanks to them that the issue of property is finally being brought up for discussion: and it's a matter that clearly requires a moral resolution, with political solutions being completely inadequate and destructive. This debate can't go on for long without leading to the more satisfactory outcomes proposed by Positivism. People will realize that it is part of the ultimate transformation of thought and life that Positivism is now beginning.

To do justice to Communism, we must look at the generous sympathies by which it is inspired, not at the shallow theories in which those sympathies find expression provisionally, until circumstances enable them to take some other shape. Our working classes, caring but very little for metaphysical principles, do not attach nearly the same importance to these theories as is done by men of literary education. As soon as they see a better way of bringing forward the points on which they have such legitimate claims, they will very soon adopt the clear and practical conceptions of169 Positivism, which can be carried out peaceably and permanently, in preference to these vague and confused chimeras, which, as they will instinctively feel, lead only to anarchy. Till then they will naturally abide by Communism, as the only method of bringing forward the most fundamental of social problems in a way which there shall be no evading. The very alarm which their present solution of the problem arouses helps to stir public attention, and fix it on this great subject. But for this constant appeal to their fears, the metaphysical delusions and aristocratic self-seeking of the governing classes would shelve the question altogether, or pass it by with indifference. The errors of Communism must be rectified; but there is no necessity for giving up the name, which is a simple assertion of the paramount importance of Social Feeling. However, now that we have happily passed from monarchy to republicanism, the name of Communist is no longer indispensable; the word Republican expresses the meaning as well, and without the same danger. Positivism, then, has nothing to fear from Communism; on the contrary, it will probably be accepted by most Communists among the working classes, especially in France where abstractions have but little influence on minds thoroughly emancipated from theology. The people will gradually find that the solution of the great social problem which Positivism offers is better than the Communistic solution.

To truly understand Communism, we need to focus on the genuine compassion that drives it, rather than the superficial theories through which that compassion is temporarily expressed until circumstances allow for a different approach. Our working class, which cares little for abstract principles, doesn’t give nearly as much weight to these theories as those with literary education do. Once they see a better way to address their legitimate claims, they will quickly adopt the clear and practical ideas of169 Positivism, which can be implemented peacefully and permanently, instead of these vague and confusing illusions that, as they will instinctively realize, only lead to chaos. Until then, they will naturally stick with Communism, as it is the only way to bring the most fundamental social issues to light in a manner that cannot be ignored. The very concern that their current solutions provoke helps to draw public attention to this crucial issue. Without this constant appeal to their fears, the metaphysical fantasies and self-serving interests of those in power would set the question aside completely or dismiss it with indifference. The mistakes of Communism need to be corrected; however, there’s no need to discard the name, which simply emphasizes the crucial role of Social Feeling. But now that we’ve successfully transitioned from monarchy to republicanism, the term Communist is no longer essential; the word Republican conveys the same message without the associated risks. Positivism, therefore, has nothing to fear from Communism; in fact, it is likely to be embraced by many working-class Communists, especially in France, where abstract ideas have little impact on minds that are fully liberated from theology. People will gradually realize that the solution to the major social issue that Positivism offers is superior to the Communistic approach.

Its new title of Socialism

A tendency in this direction has already shown itself since the first edition of this work was published. The working classes have now adopted a new expression, Socialism, thus indicating that they accept the problem of the Communists while rejecting their solution. Indeed that solution would seem to be finally disposed of by the voluntary exile of their170 leader. Yet, if the Socialists at present keep clear of Communism, it is only because their position is one of criticism or inaction. If they were to succeed to power, with principles so far below the level of their sympathies, they would inevitably fall into the same errors and extravagances which they now instinctively feel to be wrong. Consequently the rapid spread of Socialism very naturally alarms the upper classes; and their resistance, blind though it be, is at present the only legal guarantee for material order. In fact, the problem brought forward by the Communists admits of no solution but their own, so long as the revolutionary confusion of temporal and spiritual power continues. Therefore the universal blame that is lavished on these utopian schemes cannot fail to inspire respect for Positivism, as the only doctrine which can preserve Western Europe from some serious attempt to bring Communism into practical operation. Positivists stand forward now as the party of construction, with a definite basis for political action; namely, systematic prosecution of the wise attempt of mediaeval statesmen to separate the two social powers. On this basis they are enabled to satisfy the Poor, and at the same time to restore the confidence of the Rich. It is a final solution of our difficulties which will make the titles of which we have been speaking unnecessary. Stripping the old word Republican of any false meaning at present attached to it, we may retain it as the best expression of the social sympathies on which the regeneration of society depends. For the opinions, manners, and even institutions of future society, Positivist is the only word suitable.

A trend in this direction has already emerged since the first edition of this work was published. The working class has now embraced a new term, Socialism, showing that they acknowledge the Communists' issue while rejecting their solution. In fact, that solution seems to have been set aside with the voluntary exile of their170 leader. However, if Socialists currently distance themselves from Communism, it's only because they're in a position of criticism or inaction. If they were to gain power with principles that fall short of their ideals, they would inevitably make the same mistakes and excesses that they currently sense are wrong. Consequently, the swift rise of Socialism understandably concerns the upper classes, and their resistance, though blind, is currently the only legal safeguard for material order. In truth, the issue raised by the Communists has no resolution other than their own, as long as the revolutionary mix of temporal and spiritual power persists. Therefore, the widespread criticism directed at these utopian ideas will undoubtedly foster respect for Positivism, as the only doctrine capable of protecting Western Europe from a serious attempt to implement Communism. Positivists now present themselves as the party of construction, with a solid foundation for political action; that is, the systematic pursuit of the wise efforts of medieval statesmen to separate the two social powers. On this foundation, they can address the needs of the Poor while simultaneously restoring confidence in the Rich. It represents a definitive solution to our challenges that will render the titles we've discussed unnecessary. Stripping the old term Republican of any false connotations currently attached to it, we can keep it as the best expression of the social values on which society's regeneration depends. For the beliefs, behaviors, and even institutions of future society, Positivist is the only fitting term.

Property is in its nature social, and needs control

The peculiar reality of Positivism, and its invariable tendency to concentrate our intellectual powers upon171 social questions, are attributes, both of which involve its adoption of the essential principle of Communism; that principle being, that Property is in its nature social, and that it needs control.

The unique nature of Positivism, along with its constant tendency to focus our intellectual efforts on171 social issues, are characteristics that highlight its embrace of the fundamental idea of Communism; this idea being that property is fundamentally social and requires regulation.

Property has been erroneously represented by most modern jurists as conferring an absolute right upon the possessor, irrespectively of the good or bad use made of it. This view is instinctively felt by the working classes to be unsound, and all true philosophers will agree with them. It is an anti-social theory, due historically to exaggerated reaction against previous legislation of a peculiarly oppressive kind, but it has no real foundation either in justice or in fact. Property can neither be created, nor even transmitted by the sole agency of its possessor. The co-operation of the public is always necessary, whether in the assertion of the general principle or in the application of it to each special case. Therefore the tenure of property is not to be regarded as a purely individual right. In every age and in every country the state has intervened, to a greater or less degree, making property subservient to social requirements. Taxation evidently gives the public an interest in the private fortune of each individual; an interest which, instead of diminishing with the progress of civilization, has been always on the increase, especially in modern times, now that the connexion of each member of society with the whole is becoming more apparent. The practice of confiscation, which also is in universal use, shows that in certain extreme cases the community considers itself authorized to assume entire possession of private property. Confiscation has, it is true, been abolished for a time in France. But this isolated exception is due only to the abuses which recently accompanied the exercise of what was in itself an172 undoubted right; and it will hardly survive when the causes which led to it are forgotten, and the power which introduced it has passed away. In their abstract views of property, then, Communists are perfectly able to maintain their ground against the jurists.

Property has often been wrongly portrayed by most modern legal experts as giving the owner an absolute right, regardless of how well or poorly it’s used. The working class instinctively feels this is incorrect, and true philosophers would agree. It’s an anti-social idea that arose from a historical backlash against previous oppressive laws, but it lacks a solid foundation in justice or reality. Property cannot be created or even transferred solely by its owner. The involvement of the public is always essential, whether in asserting the general principle or applying it to specific situations. Therefore, property ownership should not be seen as just an individual right. Throughout history and across different nations, the state has intervened to varying degrees, making property serve social needs. Taxation clearly gives the public a stake in each person’s private wealth; this stake has only grown, especially in modern times, as the connection between individuals and society becomes clearer. The practice of confiscating property, which is widely accepted, demonstrates that in extreme situations, the community believes it has the right to take full ownership of private property. Confiscation has, indeed, been temporarily abolished in France. However, this exception is merely a reaction to the abuses that occurred with what was inherently a legitimate right, and it is unlikely to last when the reasons that led to it are forgotten, and the authority that enacted it is no longer around. In their theoretical views on property, Communists are fully capable of standing their ground against legal scholars.

They are right, again, in dissenting as deeply as they do from the Economists, who lay it down as an absolute principle that the application of wealth should be entirely unrestricted by society. This error, like the one just spoken of, is attributable to instances of unjustifiable interference. But it is utterly opposed to all sound philosophical teaching, although it has a certain appearance of truth, in so far as it recognizes the subordination of social phenomena to natural laws. But the Economists seem to have adopted this important principle only to show how incapable they are of comprehending it. Before they applied the conception of Law to the higher phenomena of nature, they ought to have made themselves well acquainted with its meaning, as applied to the lower and more simple phenomena. Not having done so, they have been utterly blind to the fact that the Order of nature becomes more and more modifiable as it grows more complicated. This conception lies at the very root of our whole practical life; therefore nothing can excuse the metaphysical school of Economists for systematically resisting the intervention of human wisdom in the various departments of social action. That the movement of society is subject to natural laws is certain; but this truth, instead of inducing us to abandon all efforts to modify society, should rather lead to a wiser application of such efforts, since they are at once more efficacious, and more necessary in social phenomena than in any other.

They are right, again, in strongly disagreeing with the Economists, who insist that the use of wealth should be completely unrestricted by society. This mistake, like the previous one mentioned, is due to instances of unjustified interference. However, it completely contradicts all solid philosophical teachings, even though it seems somewhat true in that it acknowledges the dependence of social phenomena on natural laws. But the Economists appear to have accepted this important principle only to demonstrate their inability to comprehend it. Before applying the concept of Law to the more complex phenomena of nature, they should have familiarized themselves with its meaning as it relates to simpler, more basic phenomena. Because they didn't do this, they've been completely unaware that the Order of nature becomes increasingly flexible as it becomes more complex. This concept is fundamental to our entire practical existence; therefore, nothing can justify the metaphysical school of Economists for consistently opposing the input of human wisdom in various areas of social action. While it is true that the movement of society is governed by natural laws, this truth should not lead us to stop trying to change society; instead, it should encourage a more thoughtful approach to these efforts, as they are both more effective and more crucial in social phenomena than in any other area.

So far, therefore, the fundamental principle of173 Communism is one which the Positivist school must obviously adopt. Positivism not only confirms this principle, but widens its scope, by showing its application to other departments of human life; by insisting that, not wealth only, but that all our powers shall be devoted in the true republican spirit to the continuous service of the community. The long period of revolution which has elapsed since the Middle Ages has encouraged individualism in the moral world, as in the intellectual it has fostered the specializing tendency. But both are equally inconsistent with the final order of modern society. In all healthy conditions of Humanity, the citizen, whatever his position, has been regarded as a public functionary, whose duties and claims were determined more or less distinctly by his faculties. The case of property is certainly no exception to this general principle. Proprietorship is regarded by the Positivist as an important social function; the function, namely, of creating and administering that capital by means of which each generation lays the foundation for the operations of its successor. This is the only tenable view of property; and wisely interpreted, it is one which, while ennobling to its possessor, does not exclude a due measure of freedom. It will in fact place his position on a firmer basis than ever.

So far, the core principle of173Communism is one that the Positivist school must definitely embrace. Positivism not only supports this principle but also expands its relevance by demonstrating its application to other areas of human life; it insists that not only wealth, but all our abilities should be dedicated, in the true spirit of a republic, to the ongoing service of the community. The lengthy period of revolution since the Middle Ages has promoted individualism in the moral realm, just as it has encouraged specialization in the intellectual realm. However, both are completely inconsistent with the ultimate structure of modern society. In all healthy conditions of humanity, a citizen, regardless of his status, has been seen as a public servant, with his responsibilities and rights largely determined by his abilities. The situation regarding property is certainly no exception to this general principle. Positivists view ownership as an important social role; specifically, the role of creating and managing the capital that each generation uses to lay the groundwork for its successors. This is the only reasonable perspective on property; and when understood wisely, it allows for a sense of nobility in ownership without denying an appropriate degree of freedom. In fact, it will solidify the owner's position more than ever before.

But Positivism rejects the Communist solution of the problem. Property is to be controlled by moral not legal agencies

But the agreement here pointed out the between sociological science and the spontaneous inspirations of popular judgment, goes no farther. Positivists accept, and indeed enlarge, the programme of Communism; but we reject its practical solution on the ground that it is at once inadequate and subversive. The chief difference between our own solution and theirs is that we substitute moral agencies for174 political. Thus we come again to our leading principle of separating spiritual from temporal power; a principle which, disregarded as it has hitherto been in the system of modern renovators, will be found in every one of the important problems of our time to be the sole possible issue. In the present case, while throwing such light on the fallacy of Communism, it should lead us to excuse the fallacy, by reminding us that politicians of every accredited school are equally guilty of it. At a time when there are so very few, even of cultivated minds, who have a clear conception of this the primary principle of modern politics, it would be harsh to blame the people for still accepting a result of revolutionary empiricism, which is so universally adopted by other classes.

But the agreement highlighted here shows that the gap between sociological science and the instinctive opinions of the public does not go much deeper. Positivists accept, and actually expand, the ideas of Communism; however, we dismiss its practical solution because it is both inadequate and undermining. The main difference between our solution and theirs is that we prioritize moral influences over political ones. This leads us back to our core principle of separating spiritual from temporal power; a principle that, despite being overlooked by modern reformers, will prove to be the only viable solution for every significant issue of our time. In this case, while illuminating the flaws of Communism, it should also encourage us to forgive these mistakes, as politicians from all established schools share this fault. At a time when very few, even among educated individuals, have a clear understanding of this primary principle of modern politics, it would be unfair to blame the public for still accepting the outcomes of revolutionary practical approaches, which are so widely embraced by other groups.

I need not enter here into any detailed criticism of the utopian scheme of Plato. It was conclusively refuted twenty-two centuries ago, by the great Aristotle, who thus exemplified the organic character, by which, even in its earliest manifestations, the Positive spirit is distinguished. In modern Communism, moreover, there is one fatal inconsistency, which while it proves the utter weakness of the system, testifies at the same time to the honourable character of the motives from which it arose. Modern Communism differs from the ancient, as expounded by Plato, in not making women and children common as well as property; a result to which the principle itself obviously leads. Yet this, the only consistent view of Communism, is adopted by none but a very few literary men, whose affections, in themselves too feeble, have been perverted by vicious intellectual training. Our untaught proletaries, who are the only Communists worthy our consideration, are nobly inconsistent in this respect. Indivisible as their erroneous system is, they only adopt that175 side of it which touches on their social requirements. The other side is repugnant to all their highest instincts, and they utterly repudiate it.

I won't go into a detailed critique of Plato's utopian idea. It was convincingly refuted twenty-two centuries ago by the great Aristotle, who highlighted the organic nature that distinguishes the Positive spirit, even in its earliest forms. Additionally, modern Communism has one major inconsistency that not only shows the system's complete weakness but also highlights the noble intentions behind its creation. Modern Communism differs from the ancient version explained by Plato in that it doesn’t make women and children communal like property; a conclusion that the principle itself clearly suggests. However, this only consistent view of Communism is embraced by very few writers whose weak emotions have been distorted by flawed education. Our uneducated proletarians, the only Communists truly deserving of our attention, are nobly inconsistent in this regard. As flawed as their system is, they only adopt the part that relates to their social needs. The other part goes against all their highest instincts, and they completely reject it.

Without discussing these chimerical schemes in detail, it will be well to expose the errors inherent in the method of reasoning which leads to them, because they are common to all the other progressive schools, the Positivist school excepted. The mistake consists in the first place, in disregarding or even denying the natural laws which regulate social phenomena; and secondly, in resorting to political agencies where moral agency is the real thing needed. The inadequacy and the danger of the various utopian systems which are now setting up their rival claims to bring about the regeneration of society, are all attributable in reality to these two closely-connected errors. For the sake of clearness, I shall continue to refer specially to Communism as the most prominent of these systems. But it will be easy to extend the bearing of my remarks to all the rest.

Without going into detail about these unrealistic plans, it’s important to highlight the flaws in the reasoning that leads to them, as these flaws are common across most progressive schools, except for the Positivist school. The first mistake is ignoring or even denying the natural laws that govern social phenomena; the second is turning to political solutions when what’s truly needed is moral action. The limitations and risks of the various utopian systems that are currently vying to transform society all stem from these two interconnected errors. For clarity, I will focus specifically on Communism as the most notable of these systems. However, it will be easy to apply my observations to all the others.

Individualization of functions as necessary as co-operation

The ignorance of the true laws of social life under which Communists labour is evident in their dangerous tendency to suppress individuality. Not only do they ignore the inherent preponderance in our nature of the personal instincts; but they forget that, in the collective Organism, the separation of functions is a feature no less essential than the co-operation of functions. Suppose for a moment that the connexion between men could be made such that they were physically inseparable, as has been actually the case with twins in certain cases of monstrosity; society would obviously be impossible. Extravagant as this supposition is, it may illustrate the fact that in social life individuality cannot be dispensed with. It is necessary in order to admit of that176 variety of simultaneous efforts which constitutes the immense superiority of the Social Organism over every individual life. The great problem for man is to harmonize, as far as possible, the freedom resulting from isolation, with the equally urgent necessity for convergence. To dwell exclusively upon the necessity of convergence would tend to undermine not merely our practical energy, but our true dignity; since it would do away with the sense of personal responsibility. In exceptional cases where life is spent in forced subjection to domestic authority, the comforts of home are often not enough to prevent existence from becoming an intolerable burden, simply from the want of sufficient independence. What would it be, then, if everybody stood in a similar position of dependence towards a community that was indifferent to his happiness? Yet no less a danger than this would be the result of adopting any of those utopian schemes which sacrifice true liberty to uncontrolled equality, or even to an exaggerated sense of fraternity. Wide as the divergence between Positivism and the Economic schools is, Positivists adopt substantially the strictures which they have passed upon Communism; especially those of Dunoyer, their most advanced writer.

The lack of understanding about the true laws of social life under which Communists operate is clear in their harmful tendency to suppress individuality. They not only overlook the dominant personal instincts inherent in our nature, but they also forget that in the collective organism, separating functions is just as essential as the cooperation of those functions. Imagine for a moment that the connection between people could be such that they were physically inseparable, like some cases of conjoined twins; society would clearly be impossible. While this scenario is extreme, it underscores the fact that individuality is crucial in social life. It is necessary to allow the variety of simultaneous efforts that gives the Social Organism a significant edge over any single life. The major challenge for humanity is to balance the freedom that comes from isolation with the equally important need for unity. Focusing solely on the need for unity would undermine not just our practical energy, but also our true dignity, as it would eliminate the sense of personal responsibility. In some cases where life is spent under forced domestic authority, the comforts of home often aren’t enough to keep life from becoming an unbearable burden due to a lack of independence. What would it be like if everyone were in a similar position of dependence on a community that didn’t care about their happiness? The danger of adopting any of those utopian schemes that sacrifice true freedom for uncontrolled equality, or even for an exaggerated sense of brotherhood, would be no less severe. Although there is a significant divergence between Positivism and Economic schools of thought, Positivists largely share the criticisms they've made of Communism, particularly those from Dunoyer, their most progressive writer.

Industry requires its captains as well as War

There is another point in which Communism is equally inconsistent with the laws of Sociology. Acting under false views of the constitution of our modern industrial system, it proposes to remove its directors, who form so essential a part of it. An army can no more exist without officers than without soldiers; and this elementary truth holds good of Industry as well as of War. The organization of modern industry has not been found practicable as yet; but the germ of such organization lies unquestionably in the division which has177 arisen spontaneously between Capitalist and Workman. No great works could be undertaken if each worker were also to be a director, or if the management, instead of being fixed, were entrusted to a passive and irresponsible body. It is evident that under the present system of industry there is a tendency to a constant enlargement of undertakings: each fresh step leads at once to still further extension. Now this tendency, so far from being opposed to the interests of the working classes, is a condition which will most seriously facilitate the real organization of our material existence, as soon as we have a moral authority competent to control it. For it is only the larger employers that the spiritual power can hope to penetrate with a strong and habitual sense of duty to their subordinates. Without a sufficient concentration of material power, the means of satisfying the claims of morality would be found wanting, except at such exorbitant sacrifices as would be incompatible with all industrial progress. This is the weak point of every plan of reform which limits itself to the mode of acquiring power, whether public power or private, instead of aiming at controlling its use in whosever hands it may be placed. It leads to a waste of those forces which, when rightly used, form our principal resource in dealing with grave social difficulties.

There’s another way in which Communism is just as inconsistent with the principles of Sociology. Acting on incorrect ideas about the structure of our modern industrial system, it suggests getting rid of its leaders, who are a crucial part of it. An army cannot exist without officers any more than it can without soldiers; and this basic truth applies to Industry as much as it does to War. The organization of modern industry hasn’t been proven to work yet; however, the potential for such an organization clearly lies in the division that has arisen spontaneously between Capitalists and Workers. No major projects could be undertaken if every worker also had to be a leader, or if management, instead of being stable, was handed over to a passive and irresponsible group. It's clear that under the current industrial system, there's a tendency for projects to keep expanding: each new step leads immediately to even further growth. This tendency, rather than being opposed to the interests of workers, actually creates a condition that will greatly facilitate the genuine organization of our material existence, as soon as we have a moral authority capable of overseeing it. It's only the larger employers that this moral authority can hope to engage with a strong and consistent sense of responsibility toward their employees. Without a sufficient concentration of material power, the resources needed to meet moral obligations would be lacking, except at such extreme costs that they would hinder all industrial progress. This is the weak spot in any reform plan that focuses solely on how to gain power, whether public or private, instead of aiming to manage its use regardless of who holds it. It results in a waste of those forces which, when properly utilized, are our main resource in addressing serious social challenges.

Communism is deficient in the historical spirit

The motives, therefore, from which modern Communism has arisen, however estimable, lead at present, in the want of proper scientific teaching, to a very wrong view both of the nature of the disease and of its remedy. A heavier reproach against it is, that in one point it shows a manifest insufficiency of social instinct. Communists boast of their spirit of social union; but they limit it to the union of the present generation, stopping short178 of historical continuity, which yet is the principal characteristic of Humanity. When they have matured their moral growth, and have followed out in Time that connexion which at present they only recognize in Space, they will at once see the necessity of these general conditions which at present they would reject. They will understand the importance of inheritance, as the natural means by which each generation transmits to its successor the result of its own labours and the means of improving them. The necessity of inheritance, as far as the community is concerned, is evident, and its extension to the individual is an obvious consequence. But whatever reproaches Communists may deserve in this respect are equally applicable to all the other progressive sects. They are all pervaded by an anti-historic spirit, which leads them to conceive of Society as though it had no ancestors; and this, although their own ideas for the most part can have no bearing except upon posterity.

The reasons that led to the rise of modern Communism, while admirable, currently lead to a completely misguided understanding of both the nature of the problem and its solution due to a lack of proper scientific education. A more serious criticism is that it demonstrates a clear lack of social instinct in one area. Communists pride themselves on their sense of social unity, but they limit it to the connections within the current generation, neglecting the historical continuity that is the defining feature of Humanity. Once they develop their moral understanding and recognize the connections that span across Time, which they currently only acknowledge in Space, they will realize the importance of these broader conditions that they presently dismiss. They will come to appreciate inheritance as the natural way each generation passes on the results of its labor and ways to improve them to the next. The necessity of inheritance for the community is clear, and its relevance to the individual is a natural extension. However, any criticisms directed at Communists for this issue apply equally to all other progressive movements. They are all infused with an anti-historical mindset that causes them to view Society as if it has no ancestors, even though most of their ideas will ultimately hold meaning only for future generations.

In fact, as a system, it is worthless, though prompted by noble feelings

Serious as these errors are, a philosophic mind will treat the Communism of our day, so far as it is adopted in good faith, with indulgence, whether he look at the motives from which it arose, or at the practical results which will follow from it. It is hardly fair to criticize the intrinsic merits of a doctrine, the whole meaning and value of which are relative to the peculiar phase of society in which it is proposed. Communism has in its own way discharged an important function. It has brought prominently forward the greatest of social problems; and, if we except the recent Positivist explanation, its mode of stating it has never been surpassed. And let no one suppose that it would have been enough simply to state the problem, without hazarding any179 solution of it. Those who think so do not understand the exigencies of man’s feeble intellect. In far easier subjects than this, it is impossible to give prolonged attention to questions which are simply asked, without any attempt to answer them. Suppose, for instance, that Gall and Broussais had limited themselves to a simple statement of their great problems without venturing on any solution; their principles, however incontestable, would have been barren of result, for want of that motive power of renovation which nothing can give but a systematic solution of some kind or other, hazardous as the attempt must be at first. Now it is hardly likely that we should be able to evade this condition of our mental faculties in subjects which are not only of the highest difficulty, but also more exposed than any others to the influence of passion. Besides, when we compare the errors of Communism with those of other social doctrines which have recently received official sanction, we shall feel more disposed to palliate them. Are they, for instance, more shallow and more really dangerous than the absurd and chimerical notion which was accepted in France for a whole generation, and is still upheld by so many political teachers; the notion that the great Revolution has found its final issue in the constitutional system of government, a system peculiar to England during her stage of transition? Moreover, our so-called conservatives only escape the errors of Communism by evading or ignoring its problems, though they are becoming every day more urgent. Whenever they are induced to deal with them, they render themselves liable to exactly the same dangers, dangers common to all schools which reject the division of the two powers, and which consequently are for ever trying to make legislation do the work of morality.180 Accordingly we see the governing classes nowadays upholding institutions of a thoroughly Communist character, such as alms-houses, foundling hospitals, etc.; while popular feeling strongly and rightly condemns such institutions, as being incompatible with that healthy growth of home affection which should be common to all ranks.

As serious as these errors are, a thoughtful person will view today's Communism—with all its good faith—as something to be looked at with a degree of tolerance, considering both the motives behind its emergence and the practical outcomes it might produce. It isn’t entirely fair to judge the inherent value of a doctrine when its entire meaning and significance are tied to the specific state of society at the time it’s introduced. Communism has played an important role in its own way. It has highlighted the most pressing social issues, and aside from the recent Positivist interpretation, its way of framing these issues has never been surpassed. And no one should assume that simply stating the problem would have sufficed without proposing some sort of solution. Those who believe that don’t grasp the needs of human intellect. Even in simpler matters, it’s impossible to maintain focus on questions that are just posed without any effort to answer them. For example, if Gall and Broussais had merely outlined their significant issues without attempting any solutions, their principles, despite being undeniable, would have yielded no results due to the lack of that driving force for change that only a systematic solution—however risky the attempt may be initially—can provide. It is unlikely we can avoid this aspect of our mental abilities when dealing with topics that are not only incredibly complex but also highly influenced by emotions. Furthermore, when we compare the mistakes of Communism to those of other social doctrines that have recently gained official approval, we are likely to be more forgiving of them. Are they really shallower or more dangerous than the nonsensical and unrealistic idea that was accepted in France for an entire generation and is still promoted by many political teachers—the idea that the great Revolution concluded with the constitutional system of government unique to England during its transitional phase? Additionally, our so-called conservatives only sidestep the errors of Communism by dodging or ignoring its issues, even as those issues become increasingly pressing. Whenever they are prompted to address them, they expose themselves to the same risks faced by all groups that reject the separation of the two powers, and thus continuously try to make legislation serve the purpose of morality. As a result, we see the ruling classes today supporting institutions that are unmistakably Communist in nature, such as alms-houses and foundling hospitals, while public sentiment rightly criticizes these institutions for being incompatible with the healthy development of familial affection that should be universal across all social classes.

Were it not that Communism is provisionally useful in antagonizing other doctrines equally erroneous, it would have, then, no real importance, except that due to the motives which originated it; since its practical solution is far too chimerical and subversive ever to obtain acceptance. Yet, from the high morality of these motives, it will probably maintain and increase its influence until our working men find that their wants can be more effectually satisfied by gentler and surer means. Our republican system seems at first sight favourable to the scheme; but it cannot fail soon to have the reverse effect, because, while adopting the social principle which constitutes the real merit of Communism, it repudiates its mischievous illusions. In France, at all events, where property is so easy to acquire and is consequently so generally enjoyed, the doctrine cannot lead to much practical harm; rather its reaction will be beneficial, because it will fix men’s minds more seriously on the just claims of the People. The danger is far greater in other parts of Western Europe; especially in England, where aristocratic influence is less undermined, and where consequently the working classes are less advanced and more oppressed. And even in Catholic countries, where individualism and anarchy have been met by a truer sense of fraternity, Communistic disturbances can only be avoided finally by a more rapid dissemination of Positivism, which will ultimately dispel all social delusions,181 by offering the true solution of the questions that gave rise to them.

If Communism weren't temporarily useful in opposing other equally flawed doctrines, it wouldn’t really matter much, other than its original motivations; its practical solutions are too unrealistic and disruptive to ever gain widespread acceptance. However, because of the high moral principles behind these motivations, it will likely continue to hold and even grow its influence until workers realize that their needs can be better met through gentler and more reliable methods. At first glance, our republican system seems to support this idea, but it will likely have the opposite effect soon, as it embraces the social principles that are the true value of Communism while rejecting its harmful illusions. In France, at least, where property is easy to obtain and is therefore widely enjoyed, this doctrine won't cause much real damage; instead, it will encourage people to focus more seriously on the rightful claims of the populace. The threat is much greater in other parts of Western Europe, especially in England, where aristocratic influence is less challenged, resulting in a working class that is less developed and more oppressed. Even in Catholic countries, where individuality and chaos have been countered by a stronger sense of community, any disruptions caused by Communism can ultimately be avoided through a quicker spread of Positivism, which will eventually clear away all social misconceptions by providing the true answers to the issues that led to them.181

The nature of the evil shows us at once that the remedy we seek must be almost entirely of a moral kind. This truth, based as it is on real knowledge of human nature, the people will soon come to feel instinctively. And here Communists are, without knowing it, preparing the way for the ascendancy of Positivism. They are forcing upon men’s notice in the strongest possible way a problem to which no peaceable and satisfactory solution can be given, except by the new philosophy.

The nature of evil clearly shows that the solution we need must mostly be moral. This truth, rooted in a true understanding of human nature, people will soon start to feel naturally. And here are the Communists, unknowingly paving the way for Positivism to rise. They are highlighting a problem in the strongest way possible that can't have a peaceful and satisfying solution, except through the new philosophy.

Property is a public trust, not to be interfered with legally

That philosophy, abandoning all useless and irritating discussion as to the origin of wealth and the extent of its possession, proceeds at once to the moral rules which should regulate it as a social function. The distribution of power among men, of material power especially, lies so far beyond our means of intervention, that to set it before us as our main object to rectify the defects of the natural order in this respect, would be to waste our short life in barren and interminable disputes. The chief concern of the public is that power, in whosever hands it may be placed, should be exercised for their benefit; and this is a point to which we may direct our efforts with far greater effect. Besides, by regulating the employment of wealth, we do, indirectly, modify its tenure; for the mode in which wealth is held has some secondary influence over the right use of it.

That philosophy, setting aside all pointless and frustrating debates about where wealth comes from and how much of it people have, immediately focuses on the moral guidelines that should govern wealth as a social responsibility. The distribution of power among people, especially material power, is so far beyond what we can influence that making it our main goal to fix the flaws in the natural order regarding this would be a waste of our brief lives in endless and fruitless arguments. The main concern of the public is that power, no matter who holds it, should be used for their benefit; and this is a goal we can pursue more effectively. Furthermore, by regulating how wealth is used, we can indirectly change how it is owned because the way wealth is possessed has some effect on how it is rightfully used.

The regulations required should be moral, not political in their source; general, not special, in their application. Those who accept them will do so of their own free will, under the influence of their education. Thus their obedience, while steadily maintained, will have, as Aristotle long ago observed, the merit of voluntary action. By182 converting private property into a public function, we would subject it to no tyrannical interference; for this, by the destruction of free impulse and responsibility, would prove most deeply degrading to man’s character. Indeed, the comparison of proprietors with public functionaries will frequently be applied in the inverse sense; with the view, that is, of strengthening the latter rather than of weakening the former. The true principle of republicanism is, that all forces shall work together for the common good. With this view we have on the one hand, to determine precisely what it is that the common good requires; and on the other, to develop the temper of mind most likely to satisfy the requirement. The conditions requisite for these two objects are, a recognized Code of principles, an adequate Education, and a healthy direction of Public Opinion. For such conditions we must look principally to the philosophic body which Positivism proposes to establish at the apex of modern society. Doubtless this purely moral influence would not be sufficient of itself. Human frailty is such that Government, in the ordinary sense of the word, will have as before to repress by force the more palpable and more dangerous class of delinquencies. But this additional control, though necessary, will not fill so important a place as it did in the Middle Ages under the sway of Catholicism. Spiritual rewards and punishments will preponderate over temporal, in proportion as human development evokes a stronger sense of the ties which unite each with all, by the threefold bond of Feeling, Thought, and Action.

The required regulations should be based on moral principles, not political ones; they should apply generally, not specifically. Those who choose to follow them will do so willingly, influenced by their education. Therefore, their compliance, while consistently upheld, will reflect voluntary action, as Aristotle noted long ago. By turning private property into a public function, we wouldn't expose it to oppressive interference; such interference would degrade human character by removing free will and responsibility. In fact, comparisons between owners and public officials will often be made the other way around, with the aim of empowering the latter instead of diminishing the former. The true principle of republicanism is that all forces should collaborate for the common good. In this context, we need to clearly identify what the common good entails, and we must also cultivate the mindset most likely to meet this need. The conditions necessary for these two goals are a recognized set of principles, proper education, and a healthy public opinion. We should primarily look to the philosophical community that Positivism aims to establish at the top of modern society for these conditions. However, this purely moral influence alone won't be enough. Human nature is such that government, in the usual sense, will still need to use force to control the more obvious and dangerous types of wrongdoing. Yet this additional control, while necessary, will not play as significant a role as it did during the Middle Ages under Catholicism. Spiritual incentives and consequences will outweigh temporal ones as human development fosters a stronger understanding of the connections that bind each individual to the collective through the combined forces of Feeling, Thought, and Action.

Inheritance favourable to its right employment

Positivism, being more pacific and more efficacious than Communism, because more true, is also broader and more complete in its solution of great183 social problems. The superficial view of property, springing too often from envious motives, which condemns Inheritance because it admits of possession without labour, is not subversive merely, but narrow. From the moral point of view we see at once the radical weakness of these empirical reproaches. They show blindness to the fact that this mode of transmitting wealth is really that which is most likely to call out the temper requisite for its right employment. It saves the mind and the heart from the mean and sordid habits which are so often engendered by slow accumulation of capital. The man who is born to wealth is more likely to feel the wish to be respected. And thus those whom we are inclined to condemn as idlers may very easily become the most useful of the rich classes, under a wise reorganization of opinions and habits. Of course too, since with the advance of Civilization the difficulty of living without industry increases, the class that we are speaking of becomes more and more exceptional. In every way, then, it is a most serious mistake to wish to upset society on account of abuses which are already in course of removal, and which admit of conversion to a most beneficial purpose.

Positivism, being more peaceful and effective than Communism because it is more accurate, also offers a broader and more comprehensive solution to major social issues. The shallow perspective on property, often driven by envy, that criticizes inheritance for allowing ownership without labor, is not only undermining but also narrow-minded. From a moral standpoint, we can quickly see the fundamental flaws in these empirical criticisms. They fail to recognize that this way of passing on wealth actually encourages the mindset needed for its proper use. It protects the mind and heart from the petty and greedy habits often created by the slow buildup of capital. A person born into wealth is more likely to desire respect. Therefore, those we tend to label as idle could very well become the most valuable members of the wealthy class with a thoughtful restructuring of beliefs and practices. Additionally, as civilization progresses, the challenge of living without work becomes increasingly rare, making the class we’re discussing more exceptional. In every way, it is a serious error to try to uproot society because of issues that are already being addressed and can be transformed into something very beneficial.

Intellect needs moral control as much as wealth

Again, another feature in which the Positivist solution surpasses the Communist, is the remarkable completeness of its application. Communism takes no account of anything but wealth; as if wealth were the only power in modern society badly distributed and administered. In reality there are greater abuses connected with almost every other power that man possesses; and especially with the powers of intellect; yet these our visionaries make not the smallest attempt to rectify. Positivism being the only doctrine that embraces the whole sphere of human existence, is therefore184 the only doctrine that can elevate Social Feeling to its proper place, by extending it to all departments of human activity without exception. Identification, in a moral sense, of private functions with public duties is even more necessary in the case of the scientific man or the artist, than in that of the proprietor; whether we look at the source from which his powers proceed, or at the object to which they should be directed. Yet the men who wish to make material wealth common, the only kind of wealth that can be held exclusively by an individual, never extend their utopian scheme to intellectual wealth, in which it would be far more admissible. In fact the apostles of Communism often come forward as zealous supporters of what they call literary property. Such inconsistencies show the shallowness of the system; it proclaims its own failure in the very cases that are most favourable for the application. The extension of the principle here suggested would expose at once the inexpediency of political regulations on the subject, and the necessity of moral rules; for these and these only can ensure the right use of all our faculties without distinction. Intellectual effort, to be of any value, must be spontaneous; and it is doubtless an instinctive sense of this truth which prevents Communists from subjecting intellectual faculties to their utopian regulations. But Positivism can deal with these faculties which stand in the most urgent need of wise direction, without inconsistency and without disturbance. It leaves to them their fair measure of free action; and in the case of other faculties which, though less eminent, are hardly less dangerous to repress, it strengthens their freedom. When a pure morality arises capable of impressing a social tendency upon every phase of human activity, the freer our185 action becomes the more useful will it be to the public. The tendency of modern civilization, far from impeding private industry, is to entrust it more and more with functions, especially with those of a material kind, which were originally left to government. Unfortunately this tendency, which is very evident, leads economists into the mistake of supposing that industry may be left altogether without organization. All that it really proves is that the influence of moral principles is gradually preponderating over that of governmental regulations.

Again, another way the Positivist approach outshines the Communist one is in how completely it can be applied. Communism only considers wealth, as if it's the sole power poorly distributed and managed in society today. In reality, there are worse abuses tied to nearly every other power that humans have, especially intellectual powers; yet the visionaries behind Communism don’t even try to address these. Positivism, being the only theory that covers the entire range of human existence, is the only approach that can raise Social Feeling to its rightful place by applying it to every area of human activity without exception. It's even more essential to align private responsibilities with public duties for scientists and artists than for business owners, whether considering the source of their powers or the aims they should pursue. However, those who want to make material wealth communal—the only type of wealth that can genuinely belong to one individual—never extend their idealistic plans to intellectual wealth, where it would be much more acceptable. In fact, advocates of Communism often come across as strong proponents of what they call literary property. Such inconsistencies expose the superficiality of the system; it reveals its own shortcomings in situations that would actually support its implementation. Applying the principle proposed here would instantly highlight the ineffectiveness of political regulations on this matter and underscore the need for moral guidelines; these alone can guarantee the proper use of all our abilities, without exceptions. For intellectual efforts to be valuable, they must be voluntary; it’s likely this instinctive understanding is why Communists hesitate to impose their utopian rules on intellectual faculties. But Positivism can address these faculties, which urgently need wise guidance, without inconsistency or disruption. It allows them a proper amount of freedom and enhances the freedoms of other abilities that, while less distinguished, can be almost as risky to suppress. When a pure morality develops that can influence social trends across all aspects of human activity, the greater our freedom becomes, the more beneficial it will be to society. The trend of modern civilization, rather than hindering private industry, is to increasingly assign responsibilities—especially material ones—that were once exclusively in the hands of the government. Unfortunately, this clear trend leads economists to mistakenly believe that industry can operate completely unorganized. What it really demonstrates is that the impact of moral principles is gradually becoming more significant than that of government regulations.

Action of organized public opinion upon Capitalists. Strikes

The method which is peculiar to Positivism of solving our great social problems by moral agencies, will be found applicable also to the settlement of industrial disputes, so far as the popular claims involved are well founded. These claims will thus become clear from all tendency to disorder, and will consequently gain immensely in force; especially when they are seen to be consistent with principles which are freely accepted by all, and when they are supported by a philosophic body of known impartiality and enlightenment. This spiritual power, while impressing on the people the duty of respecting their temporal leaders, will impose duties upon these latter, which they will find impossible to evade. As all classes will have received a common education, they will all alike be penetrated with the general principles on which these special obligations will rest. And these weapons, derived from no source but that of Feeling and Reason, and aided solely by Public Opinion, will wield an influence over practical life, of which nothing in the present day can give any conception. We might compare it with the influence of Catholicism in the Middle Ages, only that men are too apt to attribute the results of186 Catholicism to the chimerical hopes and fears which it inspired, rather than to the energy with which praise and blame were distributed. With the new spiritual power praise and blame will form the only resource; but it will be developed and consolidated to a degree which, as I have before shown, was impossible for Catholicism.

The unique method of Positivism for addressing our major social issues through moral action can also be applied to resolving industrial conflicts, as long as the public claims involved are well-founded. These claims will be clarified, free from chaos, and will gain significant strength—especially when they align with principles that everyone accepts and are backed by a knowledgeable and impartial philosophical community. This spiritual influence will encourage people to respect their political leaders while also imposing responsibilities on these leaders that they cannot avoid. Since all social classes will have received a common education, everyone will share an understanding of the fundamental principles underlying these specific responsibilities. The influence of these tools, stemming solely from Emotion and Reason, and solely supported by Public Opinion, will have an impact on practical life far beyond what we can imagine today. It might be compared to the influence of Catholicism in the Middle Ages, except that people tend to link the outcomes of Catholicism to the unrealistic hopes and fears it created, rather than the effectiveness with which praise and blame were assigned. With this new spiritual power, praise and blame will be the only means available; however, they will be enhanced and solidified to a level that, as I have previously demonstrated, was unattainable for Catholicism.

This is the only real solution of the disputes that are so constantly arising between workmen and their employers. Both parties will look to this philosophic authority as a supreme court of arbitration. In estimating its importance, we must not forget that the antagonism of employer and employed has not yet been pushed to its full consequences. The struggle between wealth and numbers would have been far more serious, but for the fact that combination, without which there can be no struggle worth speaking of, has hitherto only been permitted to the capitalist. It is true that in England combinations of workmen are not legally prohibited. But in that country they are not yet sufficiently emancipated either intellectually or morally, to make such use of the power as would be the case in France. When French workmen are allowed to concert their plans as freely as their employers, the antagonism of interests that will then arise will make both sides feel the need of a moral power to arbitrate between them. Not that the conciliating influence of such a power will ever be such as to do away entirely with extreme measures; but it will greatly restrict their application, and in cases where they are unavoidable, will mitigate their excesses. Such measures should be limited on both sides to refusal of co-operation; a power which every free agent ought to be allowed to exercise, on his own personal responsibility, with the object of impressing on those who are teaching187 him unjustly the importance of the services which he has been rendering. The workman is not to be compelled to work any more than the capitalist to direct. Any abuse of this extreme protest on either side will of course be disapproved by the moral power; but the option of making the protest is always to be reserved to each element in the collective organism, by virtue of his natural independence. In the most settled times functionaries have always been allowed to suspend their services on special occasions. It was done frequently in the Middle Ages by priests, professors, judges, etc. All we have to do is to regulate this privilege, and embody it into the industrial system. This will be one of the secondary duties of the philosophic body, who will naturally be consulted on most of these occasions, as on all others of public or private moment. The formal sanction which it may give to a suspension or positive prohibition of work would render such a measure far more effective than it is at present. The operation of the measure is but partial at present, but it might in this way extend, first to all who belong to the same trade, then to other branches of industry, and even ultimately to every Western nation that accepts the same spiritual guides. Of course persons who think themselves aggrieved may always resort to this extreme course on their own responsibility, against the advice of the philosophic body. True spiritual power confines itself to giving counsel: it never commands. But in such cases, unless the advice given by the philosophers has been wrong, the suspension of work is not likely to be sufficiently general to bring about any important result.

This is the only real solution to the disputes that frequently arise between workers and their employers. Both sides will look to this philosophical authority as a top arbitration court. While considering its importance, we must remember that the conflict between employers and employees hasn't yet reached its full extent. The struggle between wealth and the workforce could have been much more serious, but the fact that only capitalists have thus far been allowed to organize has limited the conflict's impact. It's true that in England, worker organizations aren’t legally banned. However, there, workers are not yet intellectually or morally liberated enough to utilize their power like those in France. Once French workers are allowed to plan as freely as their employers, the clash of interests will highlight the necessity of a moral authority to mediate. This conciliatory power may never completely eliminate extreme actions, but it will significantly reduce their occurrence and, when unavoidable, will lessen their severity. Such actions should be limited on both sides to the refusal to cooperate, a right that every individual should be able to exercise on their own responsibility to make those exploiting them understand the value of their contributions. A worker shouldn't be forced to work any more than a capitalist should be compelled to manage. Any misuse of this extreme protest from either side would be rightly condemned by the moral authority, but the option to protest should always be available to each part of the collective system due to their natural independence. Even in the most stable times, officials have always been allowed to pause their work on special occasions. This happened frequently during the Middle Ages by priests, professors, judges, and so on. All we need to do is regulate this privilege and incorporate it into the industrial framework. This will be one of the secondary responsibilities of the philosophical body, which will naturally be consulted in these and other significant circumstances. The official approval it might give to a work stoppage or a clear work ban would make such actions much more effective than they are now. Currently, these measures are limited, but they could expand, first to everyone in the same trade, then to other industries, and eventually to every Western nation that follows the same leaders. Of course, individuals who feel wronged can always take this drastic step on their own, even against the philosophers' advice. True spiritual authority offers guidance; it never commands. However, unless the philosophers give faulty advice, a work stoppage is unlikely to gain enough traction to make a significant impact.

This theory of trade-unions is, in fact, in the industrial world, what the power of insurrection is with regard to the higher social functions; it is an ultimate resource which every collective188 organism must reserve. The principle is the same in the simpler and more ordinary cases as in the more unusual and important. In both the intervention of the philosophic body, whether solicited or not, whether its purpose be to organize popular effort or to repress it, will largely influence the result.

This theory of trade unions is, in the industrial world, what the power of rebellion is for higher social functions; it’s a last resort that every collective organism must keep in reserve. The principle is the same in straightforward, everyday situations as it is in more complex and significant ones. In both cases, the influence of the philosophic body, whether it’s called upon or not, and whether its goal is to organize public effort or suppress it, will greatly affect the outcome.

We are now in a position to state with more precision the main practical difference between the policy of Positivism, and that of Communism or of Socialism. All progressive political schools agree in concentrating their attention upon the problem, How to give the people their proper place as a component element of modern Society, which ever since the Middle Ages has been tending more and more distinctly to its normal mode of existence. They also agree that the two great requirements of the working classes are, the organization of Education, and the organization of Labour. But here their agreement ends. When the means of effecting these two objects have to be considered, Positivists find themselves at issue with all other Progressive schools. They maintain that the organization of Industry must be based upon the organization of Education. It is commonly supposed that both may be begun simultaneously: or indeed that Labour may be organized irrespectively of Education. It may seem as if we are making too much of a mere question of arrangement; yet the difference is one which affects the whole character and method of social reconstruction. The plan usually followed is simply a repetition of the old attempt to reconstruct politically without waiting for spiritual reconstruction; in other words, to raise the social edifice before its intellectual and moral foundations have been laid. Hence the attempts made to satisfy popular requirements by measures of a purely political189 kind, because they appear to meet the evil directly; a course which is as useless as it is destructive. Positivism, on the contrary, substitutes for such agencies, an influence which is sure and peaceful, although it be gradual and indirect; the influence of a more enlightened morality, supported by a purer state of Public Opinion; such opinion being organized by competent minds, and diffused freely amongst the people. In fact, the whole question, whether the solution of the twofold problem before us is to be empirical, revolutionary, and therefore confined simply to France; or whether it is to be consistent, pacific, and applicable to the whole of Western Europe, depends upon the preference or the postponement of the organization of Labour to the organization of Education.

We can now clearly outline the main practical difference between Positivism and Communism or Socialism. All progressive political movements focus on the issue of how to give people their rightful place in modern society, which has been shifting towards its normal way of functioning since the Middle Ages. They also agree that the two main needs of the working classes are the organization of Education and the organization of Labour. However, this is where their agreement ends. When it comes to how to achieve these two goals, Positivists disagree with all other progressive groups. They argue that the organization of Industry should be based on the organization of Education. It's commonly thought that both can begin at the same time or that Labour can be organized without regard to Education. It might seem like we are overly emphasizing a simple issue of arrangement, but this difference impacts the overall character and method of social reconstruction. The typical approach is just a repetition of the old effort to politically reconstruct society without waiting for a spiritual reconstruction. In other words, it aims to build the social structure before laying down its intellectual and moral foundations. This leads to attempts to meet popular demands through purely political measures, which seem to address the issue directly, but are ultimately as ineffective as they are harmful. In contrast, Positivism offers a sure and peaceful influence, even if it's gradual and indirect, through a more enlightened morality backed by a healthier Public Opinion. This opinion should be organized by knowledgeable individuals and spread freely among the people. Ultimately, whether the solution to our two-part problem will be empirical, revolutionary, and confined to France, or consistent, peaceful, and applicable to all of Western Europe, hinges on whether the organization of Labour is prioritized over the organization of Education.189

Public Opinion must be based upon a sound system of Education

This conclusion involves a brief explanation of the general system of education which Positivism will introduce. This the new spiritual power regards as its principal function, and as its most efficient means of satisfying the working classes in all reasonable demands.

This conclusion includes a short explanation of the general education system that Positivism will implement. This new spiritual authority sees it as its main role and the best way to address the reasonable demands of the working class.

It was the great social virtue of Catholicism, that it introduced for the first time, as far as circumstances permitted, a system of education common to all classes without distinction, not excepting even those who were still slaves. It was a vast undertaking, yet essential to its purpose of founding a spiritual power which was to be independent of the temporal power. Apart from its temporary value, it has left us one imperishable principle, namely that in all education worthy of the name, moral training should be regarded as of greater importance than scientific teaching. Catholic education, however, was of course, extremely defective; owing partly to the circumstances of the time, and partly to the weakness of190 the doctrine on which it rested. Having reference almost exclusively to the oppressed masses, the principal lesson which it taught was the duty of almost passive resignation, with the exception of certain obligations imposed upon rulers. Intellectual culture in any true sense there was none. All this was natural in a faith which directed men’s highest efforts to an object unconnected with social life, and which taught that all the phenomena of nature were regulated by an impenetrable Will. Catholic Education was consequently quite unsuited to any period but the Middle Ages; a period during which the advanced portion of Humanity was gradually ridding itself of the ancient institution of slavery, by commuting it first into serfdom, as a preliminary step to entire personal freedom. In the ancient world Catholic education would have been too revolutionary; at the present time it would be servile and inadequate. Its function was that of directing the long and difficult transition from the social life of Antiquity to that of Modern times. Personal emancipation once obtained, the working classes began to develop their powers and rise to their true position as a class; and they soon became conscious of intellectual and social wants which Catholicism was wholly incapable of satisfying.

It was a significant social achievement of Catholicism that it introduced, for the first time considering the circumstances, a system of education available to all social classes without distinction, including those who were still enslaved. This was a major endeavor, essential to its goal of establishing a spiritual authority that would be independent of political power. Beyond its immediate significance, it has left us one enduring principle: that in any worthwhile education, moral development should be prioritized over scientific instruction. However, Catholic education was obviously very flawed, due in part to the conditions of the time and partly to the weaknesses of the doctrine it was based on. It primarily focused on the oppressed masses, teaching mainly the necessity of near-passive acceptance, with some obligations directed at those in power. There was no real intellectual development. This was understandable in a faith that directed people's highest aspirations toward goals unrelated to everyday social life and taught that all natural phenomena were governed by a mysterious Will. As a result, Catholic education was only suitable for the Middle Ages, a time when the more progressive parts of humanity were gradually freeing themselves from the ancient system of slavery, first converting it into serfdom as a step towards complete personal freedom. In the ancient world, Catholic education would have been too radical; in today’s context, it would be subservient and insufficient. Its role was to guide the lengthy and challenging shift from ancient social life to modernity. Once personal freedom was achieved, the working class began to develop their abilities and rise to their rightful place as a social class, soon becoming aware of intellectual and social needs that Catholicism was completely unable to meet.

And yet this is the only real system of universal education which the world has hitherto seen. For we cannot give that name to the so-called University system which metaphysicians began to introduce into Europe at the close of the Middle Ages; and which offered little more than the special instruction previously given to the priesthood; that is, the study of the Latin language, with the dialectical training required for the defence of their doctrines. Morals were untaught except as a part of the training of the191 professed theologian. All this metaphysical and literary instruction was of no great service to social evolution, except so far as it developed the critical power; it had, however, a certain indirect influence on the constructive movement, especially on the development of Art. But its defects, both practical and theoretical, have been made more evident by its application to new classes of society, whose occupations, whether practical or speculative, required a very different kind of training. And thus, while claiming the title of Universal, it never reached the working classes, even in Protestant countries, where each believer became to a certain extent his own priest.

And yet, this is the only true system of universal education that the world has seen so far. We can’t really call the so-called University system introduced by metaphysicians in Europe at the end of the Middle Ages a true education system; it offered little more than the specialized instruction previously given to the priesthood. This included studying Latin and the dialectical training needed to defend their doctrines. Morality was barely taught, except as part of the training for professional theologians. All this metaphysical and literary education didn’t greatly contribute to social progress, except in how it developed critical thinking skills; however, it did indirectly influence the constructive movement, especially in the development of Art. But its shortcomings, both practical and theoretical, became more apparent when applied to new social classes whose jobs, whether practical or theoretical, required a very different kind of education. Therefore, while it claimed to be Universal, it never truly reached the working classes, even in Protestant countries, where each believer became somewhat his own priest.

The theological method being obsolete, and the metaphysical method inadequate, the task of founding an efficient system of popular education belongs to Positivism; the only doctrine capable of reconciling these two orders of conditions, the intellectual and the moral, which are equally necessary, but which since the Middle Ages have always proved incompatible. Positivist education, while securing the supremacy of the heart over the understanding more efficiently than Catholicism, will yet put no obstacle in the way of intellectual growth. The function of Intellect, in education as in practical life, will be to regulate Feeling; the culture of which, beginning at birth, will be maintained by constant exercise of the three classes of duties relative to Self, to the Family, and to Society.

The outdated theological method and the insufficient metaphysical method mean that the responsibility for establishing an effective system of popular education falls to Positivism. It is the only doctrine that can harmonize the two essential aspects: intellectual and moral, which have always been at odds since the Middle Ages. Positivist education will promote the importance of emotions over intellect more successfully than Catholicism, yet it won’t hinder intellectual development. The role of intellect, both in education and in everyday life, will be to guide emotions. This emotional development, starting from birth, will be supported by ongoing engagement in the three areas of responsibilities: to oneself, to family, and to society.

I have already explained the mode in which the principles of universal morality will be finally co-ordinated; a task which, as I have shown, is connected with the principal function of the new spiritual power. I have now only to point out the paramount influence of morality on every part of Positive Education. It will be seen to be connected192 at first spontaneously, and afterwards in a more systematic form, with the entire system of human knowledge.

I have already explained how the principles of universal morality will ultimately be organized; a task that, as I’ve shown, is linked to the main role of the new spiritual power. Now, I just want to highlight the critical impact of morality on every aspect of Positive Education. It will first be connected192 spontaneously, and then in a more structured way, with the whole system of human knowledge.

Positive Education, adapting itself to the requirements of the Organism with which it has to deal, subordinates intellectual conditions to social. Social conditions are considered as the main object, intellectual as but the means of attaining it. Its principal aim is to induce the working classes to accept their high social function of supporting the spiritual power, while at the same time it will render them more efficient in their own special duties.

Positive Education, adjusting to the needs of the individuals it serves, places social conditions above intellectual ones. Social conditions are seen as the primary goal, while intellectual conditions are just tools to achieve that goal. Its main aim is to encourage the working class to embrace their important social role of supporting spiritual authority, while also making them more effective in their specific responsibilities.

Education has two stages: from birth to puberty, from puberty to adolescence. The first, consisting of physical and esthetic training to be given at home

Presuming that Education extends from birth to manhood, we may divide it into two periods, the first ending with puberty, that is, at the beginning of industrial apprenticeship. Education here should be essentially spontaneous, and should be carried on as far as possible in the bosom of the family. The only studies required should be of an esthetic kind. In the second period, Education takes a systematic form, consisting chiefly of a public course of scientific lectures, explaining the essential laws of the various orders of phenomena. These lectures will be the groundwork of Moral Science, which will co-ordinate the whole, and point out the relation of each part to the social purpose common to all. Thus, at about the time which long experience has fixed as that of legal majority, and when in most cases the term of apprenticeship closes, the workman will be prepared intellectually and morally for his public and private service.

Assuming that education lasts from birth to adulthood, we can break it into two stages, the first ending with puberty, which marks the start of industrial training. This initial phase should be mostly spontaneous and ideally take place within the family. The only subjects needed during this time should be aesthetic in nature. In the second stage, education becomes more organized, focusing mainly on a public series of scientific lectures that explain the basic laws governing different phenomena. These lectures will form the foundation of moral science, which will bring everything together and highlight how each part relates to the shared social goal. Thus, around the time recognized by long-standing experience as the age of legal adulthood, and when apprenticeships typically conclude, workers will be intellectually and morally ready for their public and private responsibilities.

The first years of life, from infancy to the end of the period of second dentition, should be devoted to education of the physical powers, carried on193 under the superintendence of the parents, especially of the mother. Physical education, as usually practised, is nothing but mere muscular exercise; but a more important object is that of training the senses, and giving manual skill, so as to develop from the very first our powers of observation and action. Study, in the ordinary acceptation, there should be none during this period, not even reading or writing. An acquaintance with facts of various kinds, such as may spontaneously attract the growing powers of attention, will be the only instruction received. The philosophic system of the infant individual, like that of the infant species, consists in pure Fetichism, and its natural development should not be disturbed by unwise interference. The only care of the parents will be to impress those feelings and habits for which a rational basis will be given at a later period. By taking every opportunity of calling the higher instincts into play, they will be laying down the best foundation for true morality.

The early years of life, from infancy until the end of losing baby teeth, should focus on developing physical abilities, supervised by parents, especially mothers. Physical education, as typically practiced, often just means exercise for muscles; however, a more important goal is training the senses and developing manual skills to enhance our ability to observe and act from the very beginning. During this time, there shouldn't be any formal study, including reading or writing. Instead, children will learn through experiences that naturally capture their growing attention. The thinking of a young child, like that of early humans, is based on a simple form of belief, and this natural development should not be interrupted by misguided interference. The primary responsibility of parents is to instill feelings and habits that will support rational thinking later on. By constantly encouraging the development of higher instincts, they will be building a strong foundation for true morality.

During the period of about seven years comprised between the second dentition and puberty, Education will become somewhat more systematic; but it will be limited to the culture of the fine arts; and it will be still most important, especially on moral grounds, to avoid separation from the family. The study of Art should simply consist in practising it more or less systematically. No formal lectures are necessary, at least for the purposes of general education, though of course for professional purposes they may still be required. There is no reason why these studies should not be carried on at home by the second generation of Positivists, when the culture of the parents will be sufficiently advanced to allow them to superintend it. They will include Poetry, the art on which all the rest are based; and the two most194 important of the special arts, music and drawing. Meantime the pupil will become familiar with the principal Western languages, which are included in the study of Poetry, since modern poetry cannot be properly appreciated without them. Moreover, independently of esthetic considerations, a knowledge of them is most important morally, as a means of destroying national prejudices, and of forming the true Positivist standard of Occidental feeling. Each nation will be taught to consider it a duty to learn the language of contiguous countries; an obvious principle, which, in the case of Frenchmen, will involve their learning all the other four languages, as a consequence of that central position which gives them so many advantages. When this rule becomes general, and the natural affinities of the five advanced nations are brought fully into play, a common Occidental language will not be long in forming itself spontaneously, without the aid of any metaphysical scheme for producing a language that shall be absolutely universal.

During the seven years between the second set of teeth and puberty, education will become a bit more organized; however, it will focus mainly on the fine arts. It's still very important, especially for moral reasons, to avoid being separated from the family. The study of Art should mainly involve practicing it more or less systematically. No formal lectures are needed, at least for general education, although they may be required for professional training. There's no reason why these studies can't take place at home, guided by the next generation of Positivists, as long as the parents are knowledgeable enough to oversee it. This education will cover Poetry, which is the foundation of all the other arts, along with the two most important specific arts: music and drawing. Meanwhile, students will also learn the main Western languages, which are part of studying Poetry, since modern poetry can't be fully appreciated without them. Additionally, aside from aesthetic reasons, knowing these languages is crucial morally, as it helps eliminate national prejudices and builds a true Positivist perspective on Western feelings. Each nation will be encouraged to see it as their duty to learn the language of neighboring countries; this makes sense and, for the French, it means they'll need to learn all four other languages due to their central position, which offers many advantages. Once this approach becomes widespread, and the natural connections between the five advanced nations are activated, a common Western language will soon develop on its own, without needing any metaphysical theory to create an absolutely universal language.

During the latter portion of primary Education, which is devoted to the culture of the imaginative powers, the philosophic development of the individual, corresponding to that of the race, will carry him from the simple Fetichism with which he began to the state of Polytheism. This resemblance between the growth of the individual and that of society has always shown itself more or less, in spite of the irrational precautions of Christian teachers. They have never been able to give children a distaste for those simple tales of fairies and genii, which are natural to this phase. The Positivist teacher will let this tendency take its own course. It should not, however, involve any hypocrisy on the part of the parents, nor need it lead to any subsequent contradiction. The simple195 truth is enough. The child may be told that these spontaneous beliefs are but natural to his age, but that they will gradually lead him on to others, by the fundamental law of all human development. Language of this kind will not only have the advantage of familiarizing him with a great principle of Positivism, but will stimulate the nascent sense of sociability, by leading him to sympathize with the various nations who still remain at his own primitive stage of intellectual development.

During the later part of primary education, which focuses on developing creativity, a person’s philosophical growth, reflecting that of society, will transition from simple animism to polytheism. This similarity between individual growth and societal development has always been evident, despite the unreasonable efforts of Christian educators. They’ve never managed to make children dislike those basic stories about fairies and genies, which are natural at this stage. A Positivist teacher will allow this tendency to evolve naturally. However, this shouldn’t involve any hypocrisy from the parents, nor should it result in any future contradictions. The straightforward truth is sufficient. The child can be told that these spontaneous beliefs are normal for their age, but that they will gradually evolve into more complex ideas, following the fundamental principles of human development. This kind of language will not only help familiarize the child with an essential principle of Positivism but will also encourage their emerging sense of community by helping them empathize with various cultures that are still in a similar primitive stage of intellectual development.

The second part consists of public lectures on the Sciences, from Mathematics to Sociology

The second part of Positivist Education cannot be conducted altogether at home, since it involves public lectures, in which of course the part taken by the parent can only be accessory. But this is no reason for depriving the pupil of the advantages of family life; it remains as indispensable as ever to his moral development, which is always to be the first consideration. It will be easy for him to follow the best masters without weakening his sense of personal and domestic morality, which is the almost inevitable result of the monastic seclusion of modern schools. The public-school system is commonly thought to compensate for these disadvantages, by the knowledge of the world which it gives; but this is better obtained by free intercourse with society, where sympathies are far more likely to be satisfied. Recognition of this truth would do much to facilitate and improve popular education; and it applies to all cases, except perhaps to some special professions, where seclusion of the pupils may still be necessary, though even in these cases probably it may be ultimately dispensed with.

The second part of Positivist Education can't be entirely conducted at home since it involves public lectures, where the parent's role is only supportive. However, that doesn't mean the student should miss out on the benefits of family life; it's still crucial for their moral development, which should always be the top priority. They can easily learn from the best teachers without losing their sense of personal and family ethics, which often suffers from the isolated environment of modern schools. People generally believe that the public school system makes up for these drawbacks by providing worldly knowledge, but this is better gained through open interaction with society, where connections are much more likely to flourish. Understanding this truth would greatly enhance and improve public education, and it applies to all situations, except perhaps some specialized professions, where student seclusion might still be necessary, although even in those cases, it may eventually not be needed.

The plan to be followed in this period of education, will obviously be that indicated by the encyclopædic law of Classification, which forms part196 of my Theory of Development. Scientific study, whether for the working man or the philosopher, should begin with the inorganic world around us, and then pass to the subject of Man and Society; since our ideas on these two subjects form the basis of our practical action. The first class of studies, as I have stated before, includes four sciences which we may arrange in pairs: Mathematics and Astronomy forming the first pair; Physics and Chemistry the second. To each of these pairs, two years may be given. But as the first ranges over a wide field, and is of greater logical importance, it will require two lectures weekly; whereas, for all the subsequent studies one lecture will be sufficient. Besides, during these two years, the necessities of practical life will not press heavily, and more time may fairly be spent in mental occupation. From the study of inorganic science, the pupil will proceed to Biology: this subject may easily be condensed in the fifth year into a series of forty lectures, without really losing either its philosophic or its popular character. This concludes the introductory part of Education. The student will now co-ordinate all his previous knowledge by the direct study of Sociology, statically and dynamically viewed. On this subject also forty lectures will be given, in which the structure and growth of human societies, especially those of modern times, will be clearly explained. With this foundation we come to the last of the seven years of pupillage, in which the great social purpose of the scheme is at last reached. It will be devoted to a systematic exposition of Moral Science, the principles of which may be now fully understood by the light of the knowledge previously obtained of the World, of Life, and of Humanity.

The plan to follow during this educational period will clearly be guided by the comprehensive law of Classification, which is part196 of my Theory of Development. Scientific study, whether for workers or thinkers, should start with the inorganic world around us, and then move on to the topics of Man and Society; as our understanding of these two areas forms the basis of our actions in real life. The first set of studies, as I've mentioned before, includes four sciences that can be organized into pairs: Mathematics and Astronomy as the first pair; Physics and Chemistry as the second. Each of these pairs should take two years of study. However, because the first covers a broad range and is more logically significant, it will require two lectures each week; for the other subjects, one lecture will suffice. Also, during these two years, the demands of practical life won’t be too overwhelming, so students can dedicate more time to intellectual pursuits. After studying inorganic science, students will move on to Biology, which can be efficiently covered in the fifth year with a series of forty lectures, without losing its philosophical or popular appeal. This wraps up the introductory stage of Education. The student will then integrate all previously acquired knowledge through direct study of Sociology, looked at from both static and dynamic perspectives. This topic will also have forty lectures, clearly explaining the structure and development of human societies, especially modern ones. With this groundwork in place, we arrive at the final year of the seven-year program, where we’ll finally address the main social goal of this curriculum. It will focus on a systematic exploration of Moral Science, the principles of which can now be fully grasped with the insights gained about the World, Life, and Humanity.

During this course of study, part of the three197 unoccupied months of each year will be spent in public examinations, to test the degree to which the instruction has been assimilated. The pupils will of their own accord continue their esthetic pursuits, even supposing their natural tastes in this direction not to be encouraged as they ought to be. During the last two years the Latin and Greek languages might be acquired, as an accessory study, which would improve the poetic culture of the student, and be useful to him in the historical and moral questions with which he will then be occupied. For the purposes of Art, Greek is the more useful of the two; but in the second object, that of enabling us to realize our social Filiation, Latin is of even greater importance.

During this course of study, part of the three197 unoccupied months each year will be dedicated to public exams, to assess how well the instruction has been understood. The students will voluntarily continue their artistic pursuits, even if their natural interests in this area aren’t supported as they should be. Over the last two years, students might also learn Latin and Greek as supplementary subjects, which would enhance their poetic knowledge and help them with the historical and moral issues they will be dealing with. For artistic purposes, Greek is the more useful of the two; however, for understanding our social connections, Latin is even more important.

In the course of these seven years the philosophic development of the individual, preserving its correspondence with that of the race, will pass through its last phase. As the pupil passed before from Fetichism to Polytheism, so he will now pass, as spontaneously, into Monotheism, induced by the influence on his imaginative powers which hitherto have been supreme, of the spirit of discussion. No interference should be offered to this metaphysical transition, which is the homage that he pays to the necessary conditions under which mankind arrives at truth. There is something in this provisional phase which evidently harmonizes well with the abstract and independent character of Mathematics, with which the two first years of the seven are occupied. As long as more attention is given to deduction than to induction, the mind cannot but retain a leaning to metaphysical theories. Under their influence the student will soon reduce his primitive theology to Deism of a more or less distinct kind; and this during his physico-chemical studies will most likely degenerate into a species of Atheism; which last phase,198 under the enlightening influence of biological and still more of sociological knowledge, will be finally replaced by Positivism. Thus at the time fixed for the ultimate study of moral science, each new member of Humanity will have been strongly impressed by personal experience, with a sense of historical Filiation, and will be enabled to sympathize with his ancestors and contemporaries, while devoting his practical energies to the good of his successors.

In these seven years, an individual's philosophical development, reflecting the evolution of humanity, will reach its final stage. Just as the student previously moved from Fetishism to Polytheism, they will now transition, just as naturally, into Monotheism, influenced by the engaging nature of discussion, which has been dominant so far in their education. This metaphysical shift should not be interrupted, as it represents a tribute to the essential processes by which humanity discovers truth. This transitional phase aligns well with the abstract and independent nature of Mathematics, which occupies the first two years of the seven. While more emphasis is placed on deduction than on induction, the mind will inevitably lean towards metaphysical theories. Under this influence, the student will likely simplify their initial theology to a type of Deism, which during their studies in physical chemistry might evolve into some form of Atheism. This final stage, under the enlightening impact of biological and even more so sociological knowledge, will ultimately be replaced by Positivism. Thus, by the time they reach the final study of moral science, each new member of humanity will have been deeply affected by personal experiences, fostering a sense of historical connection, enabling them to empathize with both their ancestors and peers, while channeling their efforts towards the welfare of future generations.

Travels of Apprentices

There is an excellent custom prevalent among the working men of France and creditable to their good sense, with which our educational scheme seems at first sight incompatible. I refer to the custom of travelling from place to place during the last years of apprenticeship; which is as beneficial to their mind and character, as the purposeless excursions of our wealthy and idle classes are in most cases injurious. But there is no necessity for its interfering with study, since it always involves long residence in the chief centres of production, where the workman is sure to find annual courses of lectures similar to those which he would otherwise have been attending at home. As the structure and distribution of the philosophic body will be everywhere the same, there need be no great inconvenience in these changes. For every centre not more than seven teachers will be required; each of whom will take the whole Encyclopædic scale successively. Thus the total number of lectures will be so small as to admit of a high standard of merit being everywhere attained, and of finding everywhere a fair measure of material support. So far from discouraging the travelling system, Positivism will give it a new character, intellectually and socially, by extending the range of travel to the whole of Western Europe, since there is no part of it in which the workman199 will not be able to prosecute his education. The difference of language will then be no obstacle. Not only would the sense of fraternity among Western nations be strengthened by such a plan, but great improvement would result esthetically. The languages of Europe would be learnt more thoroughly, and there would be a keener appreciation of works of art, whether musical, pictorial, or architectural; for these can never be properly appreciated but in the country which gave them birth.

There’s a great tradition among the working men of France that shows their good sense, which seems at first glance to clash with our educational system. I’m talking about the practice of traveling from place to place during the last years of apprenticeship; it benefits their mind and character, while the aimless outings of our wealthy and idle classes are often harmful. However, this doesn’t have to interfere with their studies, as it typically involves long stays in key production centers, where workers can easily find annual lecture courses similar to those they would have attended at home. Since the structure and content of the philosophical teachings will be consistent everywhere, these moves won’t pose significant challenges. Each center will need at most seven teachers, who will cover the entire range of knowledge one by one. This means the total number of lectures will be small enough to maintain a high standard of quality and to ensure adequate support everywhere. Instead of discouraging the travel system, Positivism will give it a new intellectual and social purpose by broadening the scope of travel across all of Western Europe, since there isn’t a part of it where workers won’t be able to continue their education. Language differences won’t be a barrier. Not only would this plan strengthen the sense of brotherhood among Western nations, but it would also lead to significant aesthetic improvements. The languages of Europe would be learned more deeply, and there would be a greater appreciation for artistic works, whether musical, visual, or architectural; because these can only be truly appreciated in the country where they originated.

Concentration of study

Judging by our present practice, it would seem impossible to include such a mass of important scientific studies, as are here proposed, in three hundred and sixty lectures. But the length to which courses of lectures on any subject extend at present, is owing partly to the special or professional object with which the course is given, and still more to the discursive and unphilosophical spirit of most of the teachers, consequent on the miserable manner in which our scientific system is organized. Such a regeneration of scientific studies as Positivism proposes, will animate them with a social spirit, and thus give them a larger and more comprehensive tendency. Teachers will become more practised in the art of condensing, and their lectures will be far more substantial. They will not indeed be a substitute for voluntary effort, on which all the real value of teaching depends. Their aim will be rather to direct such effort. A striking example, which is not so well remembered as it should be, will help to explain my meaning. At the first opening of the Polytechnic School, courses of lectures were given, very appropriately named Revolutionary Courses, which concentrated the teaching of three years into three months. What was in that case an extraordinary anomaly, due200 to republican enthusiasm, may become the normal state when a moral power arises not inferior in energy, and yet based upon a consistent intellectual synthesis, of which our great predecessors of the Revolution could have no conception.

Judging by how things are done today, it seems impossible to fit such a large number of important scientific studies, as suggested here, into three hundred sixty lectures. The reason courses on any subject are so lengthy now is partly because of the specific professional goals of the courses and mostly due to the rambling, unphilosophical style of many instructors, which results from the poor organization of our scientific system. The revitalization of scientific studies proposed by Positivism will infuse them with a social spirit, making them broader and more inclusive. Instructors will get better at summarizing, and their lectures will be much more substantial. However, these lectures won't replace the need for personal effort, which is where the real value of teaching lies. Instead, they will focus on guiding that effort. A notable example, which isn’t remembered as well as it should be, can help clarify my point. When the Polytechnic School first opened, it offered courses known as Revolutionary Courses, which managed to condense three years of teaching into just three months. What was an extraordinary exception at that time, due to the excitement of the republic, might become the norm when a moral force emerges that is equally energetic but grounded in a coherent intellectual framework—something our great predecessors of the Revolution couldn’t have imagined.

Little attention has hitherto been given to the didactic value of Feeling. Since the close of the Middle Ages, the heart has been neglected in proportion as the mind has been cultivated. But it is the characteristic principle of Positivism, a principle as fertile in intellectual as in moral results, that the Intellect, whether we look at its natural or at its normal position, is subordinate to Social Feeling. Throughout this course of popular education, parents and masters will seize every suitable occasion for calling Social Feeling into play; and the most abstruse subjects will often be vivified by its influence. The office of the mind is to strengthen and to cultivate the heart; the heart again should animate and direct the mental powers. This mutual influence of general views and generous feelings will have greater effect upon scientific study, from the esthetic culture previously given, in which such habits of mind will have been formed, as will give grace and beauty to the whole life.

Little attention has been given to the educational value of feeling. Since the end of the Middle Ages, the heart has been neglected as the mind has been developed. However, the key idea of Positivism is that the intellect, whether we consider its natural or typical role, is secondary to social feeling. Throughout this course of public education, parents and teachers will take every opportunity to encourage social feeling; even the most complex subjects will often be brought to life by its influence. The role of the mind is to strengthen and nurture the heart, while the heart should inspire and guide the mental abilities. This mutual influence of broad ideas and noble feelings will have a greater impact on scientific study, shaped by the aesthetic education previously received, which will instill habits of thought that add grace and beauty to life overall.

Governmental assistance not required, except for certain special institutions, and this only as a provisional measure

When I speak of this education as specially destined for the people, I am not merely using words to denote its comprehensiveness and philosophic character. It is, in my opinion, the only education, with the exception of certain special branches, for which public organization is needed. It should be looked on as a sacred debt which the republic owes to the working classes. But the claim does not extend to other classes, who can easily pay for any special instruction that they may require. Besides such201 instruction will be only a partial development of the more general teaching, or an application of it to some particular purpose. Therefore if the general training be sound, most people will be able to prosecute accessory studies by themselves. Apprenticeship to any business involves very little, except the practice of it. Even in the highest arts, no course of systematic instruction is necessary. The false views now prevalent on the subject are due to the unfortunate absence of all general education, since the decay of Catholicism. The special institutions founded in Europe during the last three centuries, and carefully remodelled in France by the Convention, are only valuable as containing certain germs of truth, which will be found indispensable when general education is finally reorganized. But important as they may be from a scientific aspect, their practical utility, which seems to have been the motive for establishing them, is exceedingly doubtful. The arts which they were intended to promote could have done perfectly well without them. I include in these remarks such institutions as the Polytechnic School, the Museum of Natural History, etc. Their value, like that of all good institutions of modern times, is purely provisional. Viewed in this light, it may be worth our while to reorganize them. Positivist principles, discarding all attempts to make them permanent, will be all the better able to adapt them to their important temporary purpose. Indeed there are some new institutions which it might be advisable to form; such, for instance, as a School of Comparative Philology, the object of which would be to range all human languages according to their true affinities. This would compensate the suppression of Greek and Latin professorships, which is certainly an indispensable measure. But the whole of this202 provisional framework would no doubt disappear before the end of the nineteenth century, when a system of general education will have been thoroughly organized. The present necessity for a provisional system should lead to no misconception of its character and purpose. Working men are the only class who have a real claim upon the State for instruction; and this, if wisely organized, dispenses with the necessity of special institutions. The adoption of these views would at once facilitate and ennoble popular education. Nations, provinces, and towns will vie with one another in inviting the best teachers that the spiritual authorities of Western Europe can supply. And every true philosopher will take pride in such teaching, when it becomes generally understood that the popular character of his lectures implies that they shall be at the same time systematic. Members of the new spiritual power will in most cases regard teaching as their principal occupation, for at least a considerable portion of their public life.

When I talk about this education as being specifically intended for the people, I'm not just using words to highlight its inclusiveness and philosophical nature. I believe it's the only type of education, aside from a few specialized areas, that needs to be organized by the public. It should be seen as a sacred obligation that the government has to the working class. However, this responsibility doesn’t apply to other classes, who can easily fund any special training they might need. Moreover, such specialized training will only be a partial extension of the broader education or an application of it for a specific purpose. So, if the general education is solid, most people will be able to pursue additional studies on their own. Learning a trade involves very little beyond the actual practice of it. Even in the highest arts, a formal course is not necessary. The misconceptions that dominate this topic are a result of the unfortunate lack of general education since the decline of Catholicism. The specialized institutions established in Europe over the last three centuries, and thoughtfully restructured in France by the Convention, are only valuable because they contain certain essential truths that will be crucial when general education is eventually reformed. But while they might be important from a scientific perspective, their practical usefulness, which seems to have been the reason for their creation, is highly questionable. The skills they were supposed to promote could have thrived without them. This includes institutions like the Polytechnic School and the Museum of Natural History. Their worth, like that of all good modern institutions, is mainly temporary. Viewed this way, it might be beneficial to reorganize them. Positivist principles, avoiding any attempts to make them permanent, will adapt them better to their essential temporary role. In fact, there are some new institutions that we might consider establishing, such as a School of Comparative Philology, aimed at categorizing all human languages based on their true connections. This would make up for the elimination of Greek and Latin professorships, which is undoubtedly a necessary step. However, this entire provisional framework will likely vanish by the end of the nineteenth century, once a complete system of general education has been thoroughly set up. The current need for a temporary system should not lead to any misunderstanding about its character and intention. Working-class individuals are the only group that has a legitimate claim on the State for education; and if organized wisely, this can eliminate the need for specialized institutions. Embracing these ideas would both simplify and elevate public education. Countries, regions, and cities will compete to attract the best teachers that the spiritual leaders of Western Europe can provide. And every true philosopher will take pride in such teaching, as it becomes widely accepted that the public nature of their lectures means they should also be systematic. Members of this new spiritual authority will mostly view teaching as their main duty for a significant part of their public life.

We are not ripe for this system at present; and Government must not attempt to hasten its introduction

What has been said makes it clear that any organization of such education as this at the present time would be impossible. However sincere the intentions of governments to effect this great result might be, any premature attempt to do it would but injure the work, especially if they put in a claim to superintend it. The truth is that a system of education, if it deserve the name, presupposes the acceptance of a definite philosophical and social creed to determine its character and purpose. Children cannot be brought up in convictions contrary to those of their parents; indeed, the influence of the parent is essential to the instructor. Opinions and habits that have been already formed may subsequently be strengthened by an educational system; but the carrying out203 of any such system is impossible, until the principles of combined action and belief have been well established. Till then the organization that we propose can only be effected in the case of individuals who are ripe for it. Each of these will endeavour to repair the faults and deficiencies of his own education in the best way he can, by the aid of the general doctrine which he accepts. Assuming that the doctrine is destined to triumph, the number of such minds gradually increases, and they superintend the social progress of the next generation. This is the natural process, and no artificial interference can dispense with it. So far, then, from inviting government to organize education, we ought rather to exhort it to abdicate the educational powers which it already holds, and which, I refer more especially to France, are either useless or a source of discord. There are only two exceptions to this remark, namely, primary education, and special instruction in certain higher branches. Of these I have already spoken. But with these exceptions, it is most desirable that government, whether municipal or central, should surrender its unreasonable monopoly, and establish real liberty of teaching; the condition of such liberty being, as I said before, the suppression of all annual grants whatsoever for theological or metaphysical purposes. Until some universal faith has been accepted on its own merits, all attempts made by Government to reform education must necessarily be reactionary; since they will always be based on some one of the retrogressive creeds which it is our object to supersede altogether.

What has been said makes it clear that organizing education like this right now would be impossible. No matter how genuine the government's intentions to achieve this important goal might be, any attempt to do it too soon would only harm the effort, especially if they claim they should oversee it. The truth is, a proper education system requires the acceptance of a specific philosophical and social belief to shape its character and goals. Children can't be raised with beliefs that conflict with those of their parents; in fact, a parent's influence is crucial to the teacher. Opinions and habits that have already been formed can be reinforced by an education system later on, but implementing any such system isn't possible until there's a solid foundation of shared beliefs and actions. Until then, the organization we propose can only happen for individuals who are ready for it. Each of these individuals will try to fix the shortcomings of their own education in the best way they can, using the general doctrine they accept. Assuming that doctrine is meant to succeed, the number of such individuals will gradually grow, and they will guide the social progress of the next generation. This is the natural process, and no artificial intervention can replace it. Therefore, instead of asking the government to organize education, we should encourage it to give up the educational powers it currently holds, which, especially in France, are either ineffective or cause conflict. There are only two exceptions to this statement: primary education and specialized instruction in certain higher subjects. I've already addressed those. But aside from these exceptions, it's very desirable for the government, whether local or central, to relinquish its unreasonable monopoly and establish true freedom of teaching; this freedom requires, as I mentioned before, the elimination of all annual grants for theological or metaphysical purposes. Until a universal faith is accepted on its own merits, all government efforts to reform education will inevitably be reactionary, as they will always be based on one of the outdated belief systems that we aim to move beyond entirely.

It is with adults, then, that we must deal. We must endeavour to disseminate systematic convictions among them, and thus open the door to a real reform of education for the next generation. The press and the power of free speech offer many204 ways of bringing about this result. The most important of these would be a more or less connected series of popular lectures on the various positive sciences, including history, which may now be ranked among them. Now for these lectures to produce their full effect, they must even when treating of the most elementary point in mathematics, be thoroughly philosophic and consequently animated by a social spirit. They must be entirely independent of government, so as not to be hampered by any of the authorized views. Lastly, there is a condition in which all the rest are summed up. These lectures should be Occidental, not simply National. What we require is a free association of philosophers throughout Western Europe, formed by the voluntary co-operation of all who can contribute efficiently to this great preliminary work; their services being essentially gratuitous. It is a result which no system but Positivism is capable of effecting. By its agency that coalition between philosophers and the working classes, on which so much depends, will speedily be established.

We need to engage with adults. We should work to spread systematic beliefs among them, which will pave the way for meaningful educational reform for the next generation. The media and the power of free speech offer numerous ways to achieve this. The most significant way would be a series of connected public lectures on various positive sciences, including history, which can now be considered part of that. For these lectures to have maximum impact, even when discussing the most basic aspects of math, they need to be deeply philosophical and infused with a social spirit. They must be completely independent of the government to avoid any restrictions from official viewpoints. Lastly, there is an overarching condition that encompasses all the others. These lectures should be Occidental, not merely national. What we need is a free association of philosophers across Western Europe, formed through the voluntary collaboration of anyone who can effectively contribute to this important preliminary work; their services should be mainly voluntary. This is something that only Positivism can achieve. It will facilitate the coalition between philosophers and the working classes, which is so crucial for the future.

While the work of propagating Positivist convictions is going on in the free and unrestricted manner here described, the spiritual authority will at the same time be forming itself, and will be prepared to make use of these convictions as the basis for social regeneration. Thus the transitional state will be brought as nearly as possible into harmony with the normal state; and this the more in proportion as the natural affinity between philosophers and workmen is brought out more distinctly. The connexion between Positivist lectures and Positivist clubs will illustrate my meaning. While the lectures prepare the way for the Future, the clubs work in the same direction by judging the Past, and advising for the Present;205 so that we have at once a beginning of the three essential functions of the new spiritual power.

While the effort to spread Positivist beliefs continues in the free and unrestricted way described, spiritual authority will also be developing itself and will be ready to use these beliefs as the foundation for social renewal. This way, the transitional state will be aligned as closely as possible with the normal state; and this alignment will occur more so as the natural connection between philosophers and workers becomes clearer. The relationship between Positivist lectures and Positivist clubs will illustrate this. While the lectures pave the way for the Future, the clubs contribute in the same direction by evaluating the Past and providing guidance for the Present;205 thus, we simultaneously initiate the three essential functions of the new spiritual authority.

We have now a clear conception of popular education in its provisional, and in its normal state. Long before the normal state can be realized, the mutual action of philosophers and workmen will have done great service to both. Meeting with such powerful support from the people, the rising spiritual power will win the respect if not the affection of their rulers, even of those among them who are now the most contemptuous of every influence but that of material power. Their excess of pride will often be so far humbled that they will invite its mediation in cases where the people have been roused to just indignation. The force of numbers seems at first so violent as to carry all before it; but in the end it usually proves far inferior to that of wealth. It cannot exist for any length of time without complete convergence of opinion and feeling. Hence, a spiritual power has very great weight in controlling or directing its action. Philosophers will never, indeed, be able to manage the working classes as they please, as some unprincipled agitators have imagined; but when they exercise their authority rightly, whether it be in the cause of Order or that of Progress, they will have great power over their passions and conduct. Such influence can only spring from long cherished feelings of gratitude and trust, due not merely to presumed capacity but to services actually rendered. No one is a fit representative of his own claims; but the philosopher may honourably represent the cause of working men before the governing classes; and the people will in their turn compel their rulers to respect the new spiritual power. By this habitual exchange of services the aspirations of the people will be kept clear of all subversive tendencies, and206 philosophers will be led to abandon the folly of seeking political power. Neither class will degrade itself by making its own interest the chief consideration: each will find its own reward in keeping to the nobler course of its own social duty.

We now have a clear understanding of popular education in both its temporary and its ideal state. Long before we can achieve the ideal state, the interaction between thinkers and workers will benefit both groups significantly. With strong backing from the public, this emerging spiritual strength will earn the respect, if not the affection, of their leaders, even from those who currently dismiss any influence other than material power. Their overwhelming pride will often be humbled enough that they will seek mediation when the people are justly outraged. At first, the sheer force of numbers seems incredibly powerful, but in the end, it often proves to be much weaker than wealth. It cannot last long without a complete alignment of opinions and feelings. Therefore, spiritual influence plays a significant role in controlling or guiding its actions. Thinkers won't be able to manage the working classes as they wish, as some unscrupulous agitators might assume; however, when they wield their authority appropriately, whether for Order or Progress, they will have considerable influence over emotions and behavior. This influence can only arise from long-held feelings of gratitude and trust, stemming not just from perceived abilities but from actual services provided. No one truly represents their own claims; however, a philosopher can honorably advocate for the working class before those in power, and in return, the people will force their leaders to respect this new spiritual authority. Through this ongoing exchange of services, the hopes of the people will remain free from any destructive tendencies, and philosophers will be encouraged to let go of the foolishness of seeking political power. Neither group will lower itself by prioritizing its own interests; rather, each will find fulfillment by adhering to the higher path of its social responsibilities.

Intellectual attitude of the people. Emancipation from theological belief

To complete this view of the political attitude which Positivism recommends to the working class, I have now to speak of the intellectual and moral conditions which that attitude requires, and on which the character of their spiritual leaders depends. What is wanted is only a more perfect development of tendencies which already exist in the people, and which have already shown themselves strong in Paris, the centre of the great Western movement.

To complete this perspective on the political stance that Positivism advocates for the working class, I now need to discuss the intellectual and moral conditions necessary for that stance, which also influence the character of their spiritual leaders. What’s needed is simply a more refined development of tendencies that already exist among the people, which have already proven to be strong in Paris, the hub of the major Western movement.

Intellectually the principal conditions are two; Emancipation from obsolete beliefs, and a sufficient amount of mental culture.

Intellectually, the main conditions are two: liberation from outdated beliefs and a good level of education.

The emancipation of the working classes from theology is complete, at least in Paris. In no other class has it so entirely lost its power. The shallow deism, which satisfies so many of our literary men, finds little favour with the people. They are happily unversed in studies of words and abstractions, without which this last stage in the process of emancipation speedily comes to an end. We only require a stronger expression of popular feeling on this point, so as to avoid all deception and false statement as to the intellectual character of the reorganization that is going on. And the freedom that we are now enjoying will admit of these feelings being unmistakably manifested, especially now that they have the new philosophy for their exponent. A distinct declaration of opinion on this subject is urgently needed on social grounds. That hypocritical affectation of theological belief against which we have to fight, is designed207 to prevent, or at least has the effect of preventing, the just enforcement of popular claims. These unscrupulous attempts to mystify the people involve their mental subjection. The result is, that their legitimate aspirations for real progress are evaded, by diverting their thoughts towards an imaginary future state. It is for the working classes themselves to break through this concerted scheme, which is even more contemptible than it is odious. They have only to declare without disguise what their intellectual position really is; and to do this so emphatically as to make any mistake on the part of the governing classes impossible. They will consequently reject all teachers who are insufficiently emancipated, or who in any way support the system of theological hypocrisy, which, from Robespierre downwards, has been the refuge of all reactionists, whether democrat or royalist. But there are teachers of another kind, who sincerely maintain that our life here on earth is a temporary banishment, and that we ought to take as little interest in it as possible. A prompt answer may be given to such instructors as these. They should be requested to follow out their principle consistently, and to cease to interfere in the management of a world which is so alien to what, in their ideas, is the sole aim of life.

The liberation of the working classes from religion is complete, at least in Paris. In no other class has it lost its influence so completely. The superficial deism that satisfies so many of our writers doesn't resonate much with the general public. They are blissfully unaware of the complexities of words and abstract ideas, without which this final phase of liberation quickly falters. We just need a stronger expression of popular sentiment on this issue to avoid any misconceptions or misrepresentations about the intellectual nature of the ongoing reorganization. The freedom we’re experiencing now allows these feelings to be clearly expressed, especially since they now have the new philosophy to speak for them. A clear statement of opinion on this matter is desperately needed for social reasons. That hypocritical pretense of religious belief we’re fighting against aims to prevent, or at least has the effect of preventing, the rightful pursuit of popular demands. These unscrupulous efforts to confuse the people lead to their mental subjugation. As a result, their legitimate desires for genuine progress get sidestepped by directing their thoughts toward an imaginary future. It is up to the working class to break free from this planned scheme, which is even more contemptible than it is detestable. They just need to openly declare what their intellectual stance truly is; and to do this so emphatically that the governing classes can’t misunderstand it. As a result, they will reject all teachers who are not sufficiently liberated or who in any way support the system of religious hypocrisy, which has been the refuge for all reactionaries, whether democrat or royalist, since Robespierre. However, there are other kinds of teachers who sincerely believe that our life here on earth is just a temporary exile, and that we should take as little interest in it as possible. A quick response can be given to such instructors. We should ask them to follow their own principle consistently and to stop interfering in the management of a world that is so contrary to what they believe is the true purpose of life.

From metaphysical doctrines

Metaphysical principles have more hold on our working classes than theological; yet their abandonment is equally necessary. The subtle extravagances by which the German mind has been so confused, find, it is true, little favour in Catholic countries. But even in Paris the people retains a prejudice in favour of metaphysical instruction, though happily it has not been able to obtain it. It is most desirable that this last illusion of our working classes should be dissipated, as it forms the one great208 obstacle to their social action. One reason for it is that they fall into the common error of confounding knowledge with intelligence, and imagine in their modesty that none but instructed men are capable of governing. Now this error, natural as it is, often leads them to choose incompetent leaders. A truer estimate of modern society would teach them that it is not among our literary, or even our scientific men, proud as they may be of their attainments, that the largest number of really powerful intellects are to be found. There are more of them among the despised practical class, and even amongst the most uninstructed working men. In the Middle Ages this truth was better known than it is now. Education was thought more of than instruction. A knight would be appreciated for his sagacity and penetration, and appointed to important posts, though he might be extremely ignorant. Clear-sightedness, wisdom, and even consistency of thought, are qualities which are very independent of learning; and, as matters now stand, they are far better cultivated in practical life than in scholastic study. In breadth of view, which lies at the root of all political capacity, our literary classes have certainly shown themselves far below the average.

Metaphysical principles have more influence on our working classes than theological ones; yet letting go of them is equally important. The subtle absurdities that have confused the German mind find little support in Catholic countries. However, even in Paris, people still hold a bias in favor of metaphysical education, although fortunately, they haven't been able to access it. It's crucial to dispel this last illusion among our working classes, as it creates a significant barrier to their social progress. One reason for this is that they often mistakenly equate knowledge with intelligence, believing that only educated individuals are capable of governing. This common misunderstanding, while natural, often leads them to choose ineffective leaders. A more accurate understanding of modern society would reveal that the greatest number of genuinely powerful minds are not found among our literary or scientific elites, despite their pride in their achievements. Many can be found among the undervalued practical class and even among the most uneducated workers. In the Middle Ages, this truth was better recognized than it is today. People valued education more than formal instruction. A knight would be appreciated for his wisdom and insight and appointed to significant positions even if he was quite ignorant. Clear-sightedness, wisdom, and even consistency of thought are qualities that don’t necessarily come from formal learning; in fact, they're often better developed in practical life than in academic settings. Our literary classes have certainly shown themselves to be significantly below average when it comes to having a broad perspective, which is crucial for political ability.

Their mistaken preference of literary and rhetorical talent to real intellectual power

And now we come to another and a deeper reason for the prejudice of which I am speaking. It is that they make no distinction between one kind of instruction and another. The unfortunate confidence which they still bestow on literary men and lawyers shows that the prestige of pedantry lingers among them longer than the prestige of theology or monarchy. But all this will soon be altered under the influence of republican government, and the strong discipline of a sound philosophical system. Popular instinct209 will soon discover that constant practice of the faculty of expression, whether in speech or in writing, is no guarantee for real power of thought; indeed that it has a tendency to incapacitate men from forming a clear and decided judgment on any question. The instruction which such men receive is utterly deficient in solid principles, and it almost always either presupposes or causes a total absence of fixed convictions. Most minds thus trained, while skilled in putting other men’s thoughts into shape, become incapable of distinguishing true from false in the commonest subjects, even when their own interest requires it. The people must give up the feeling of blind respect which leads them to intrust such men with their higher interests. Reverence for superiors is doubtless indispensable to a well-ordered state; only it needs to be better guided than it is now.

And now we come to another and deeper reason for the prejudice I'm discussing. It’s that they don't differentiate between different types of education. The unfortunate trust they still place in writers and lawyers shows that the allure of pretentiousness lasts longer for them than the influence of religion or monarchy. However, this will soon change under the impact of a republican government and the solid foundation of a strong philosophical system. People will soon realize that constantly practicing the ability to express themselves, whether in speech or writing, doesn’t guarantee genuine thinking skills; in fact, it actually makes it harder for people to form clear and decisive opinions on any issue. The education these people receive lacks solid principles, and it often either assumes or leads to a complete absence of strong beliefs. Most minds trained this way, while adept at shaping other people’s ideas, become unable to tell right from wrong on even the simplest topics, even when their own interests are at stake. People must stop having a blind respect that leads them to entrust such individuals with their important concerns. Respect for those in higher positions is certainly essential for a well-functioning society; it just needs to be better guided than it is now.

What then, working men may ask, is the proper training for themselves, and consequently for those who claim to guide them? The answer is, systematic cultivation of the Positive spirit. It is already called into exercise by their daily occupations; and all that is wanted is to strengthen it by a course of scientific study. Their daily work involves a rudimentary application of the Positive method: it turns their attention to many most important natural laws. In fact, the workmen of Paris, whom I take as the best type of their class, have a clearer sense of that union of reality with utility by which the Positive spirit is characterized, than most of our scientific men. The speciality of their employment is no doubt disadvantageous with respect to breadth and coherence of ideas. But it leaves the mind free from responsibility, and this is the most favourable condition for developing these qualities to which all vigorous intellects are naturally disposed. But nothing will so210 strongly impress on the people the importance of extending and organizing their scientific knowledge, as their interest in social questions. Their determination to rectify a faulty condition of society will suggest to them that they must first know what the laws of Social life really are; knowledge which is obviously necessary in every other subject. They will then feel how impossible it is to understand the present state of society, without understanding its relation on the one hand with the Past, and on the other with the Future. Their desire to modify the natural course of social phenomena will make them anxious to know the antecedents and consequences of these phenomena, so as to avoid all mischievous or useless interference. They will thus discover that Political Art is even more dependent than other arts, upon its corresponding Science. And then they will soon see that this science is no isolated department of knowledge, but that it involves preliminary study of Man and of the World. In this way they will pass downwards through the hierarchic scale of Positive conceptions, until they come back to the inorganic world, the sphere more immediately connected with their own special avocations. And thus they will reach the conclusion that Positivism is the only system which can satisfy either the intellectual or material wants of the people, since its subject-matter and its objects are identical with their own, and since, like themselves, it subordinates everything to social considerations. All that it claims is to present in a systematic form principles which they already hold instinctively. By co-ordinating these principles of morality and good sense, their value, whether in public or in private questions, is largely increased; and the union of the two forms of wisdom, theoretical and practical wisdom, is permanently secured.211 When all this is understood, the people will feel some shame at having entrusted questions of the greatest complexity to minds that have never quite comprehended the difference between a cubic inch and a cubic foot. As to men of science, in the common acceptation of the word, who are so respected by the middle classes, we need not be afraid of their gaining much influence with the people. They are alienated from them by their utter indifference to social questions; and before these their learned puerilities fade into insignificance. Absorbed in the details of their own special science, they are quite incapable of satisfying unsophisticated minds. What the people want is to have clear conceptions on all subjects, des clartés de tout, as Molière has it. Whenever the savants of our time are drawn by their foolish ambition into politics, ordinary men find to their surprise that, except in a few questions of limited extent and importance, their minds have become thoroughly narrow under the influence of the specializing system of which they are so proud. Positivism explains the mystery, by showing that, since the necessity for the specializing system now no longer exists, it naturally results if prolonged, in a sort of academic idiocy. During the last three centuries it did real service to society, by laying down the scientific groundwork for the renovation of Philosophy projected by Bacon and Descartes. But as soon as the groundwork was sufficiently finished to admit of the formation of true Science, that is, of Science viewed relatively to Humanity, the specializing method became retrograde. It ceased to be of any assistance to the modern spirit; and indeed it is now, especially in France, a serious obstacle to its diffusion and systematic working. The wise revolutionists of the Convention were well aware of this when they took the bold step212 of suppressing the Academy of Sciences. The beneficial results of this statesman-like policy will soon be appreciated by our workmen. The danger lest, in withdrawing their confidence from metaphysicians or literary men, they should fall into the bad scientific spirit, is not therefore very great. With the social aims which they have in view, they cannot but see that generality in their conceptions is as necessary as positivity. The Capitalist class by which industry is directed, being more concentrated on special objects, will always look on men of pure science with more respect. But the people will be drawn by their political leanings towards philosophers in the true sense of that word. The number of such men is but very small at present; but it will soon increase at the call of the working classes, and will indeed be recruited from their ranks.

What then, working men might ask, is the right training for themselves and for those who claim to lead them? The answer is the systematic development of the Positive spirit. It's already being exercised through their daily jobs; all that is needed is to strengthen it with a course of scientific study. Their daily work involves a basic application of the Positive method: it directs their attention to many crucial natural laws. In fact, the workers of Paris, whom I view as the best example of their class, have a clearer understanding of the connection between reality and utility that characterizes the Positive spirit than most of our scientific people. The specifics of their work may limit their breadth of ideas. However, it allows their minds to be free from responsibility, creating an ideal environment for developing qualities that all strong intellects naturally pursue. Nothing will impress upon the people the importance of expanding and organizing their scientific knowledge as much as their interest in social issues. Their determination to correct societal problems will make them realize that they first need to understand the actual laws of social life; knowledge that is essential in every other area. They will recognize how impossible it is to grasp the current state of society without understanding its relationship with both the Past and the Future. Their desire to change the natural course of social phenomena will drive them to learn about the causes and outcomes of these phenomena to avoid any harmful or unnecessary intervention. They will discover that Political Art relies even more on its corresponding Science than other arts. Soon, they will recognize that this science is not a standalone field of knowledge but requires a foundational study of Man and the World. This way, they will move down through the hierarchy of Positive concepts until they reach the inorganic world, which is more directly connected to their specific jobs. Thus, they will conclude that Positivism is the only system that can meet the intellectual or material needs of the people, as its subject matter and objectives align with their own and, like them, it prioritizes social considerations. All it seeks to do is present in a systematic way the principles they already hold intuitively. By connecting these principles of morality and common sense, their value—whether in public or private matters—will greatly increase, and the combination of both theoretical and practical wisdom will be permanently established. When all this is understood, the people will feel some embarrassment at having entrusted complex matters to minds that have never fully grasped the difference between a cubic inch and a cubic foot. As for scientists, in the traditional sense of the term, who are so revered by the middle classes, we need not worry about their gaining much influence over the people. They are disconnected from them due to their complete indifference to social matters, and in contrast, their learned trivialities become insignificant. Focused on the details of their own specialized science, they are entirely incapable of meeting the needs of ordinary people. What the people want are clear understanding of all subjects, des clartés de tout, as Molière put it. Whenever today’s experts are drawn into politics by their foolish ambition, ordinary people are often surprised to find that, except for a few limited and important issues, their thinking has become completely narrow under the pressure of their proud specialization. Positivism clarifies the mystery, indicating that since the need for specialization no longer exists, if continued, it naturally leads to a kind of academic foolishness. Over the last three centuries, it provided real service to society by laying down the scientific foundation for the philosophical renewal envisioned by Bacon and Descartes. However, once the groundwork was sufficiently completed to allow for the emergence of true Science—that is, Science related to Humanity—the specializing method became regressive. It ceased to assist the modern spirit; and indeed, especially in France, it is now a significant barrier to its spread and systematic functioning. The wise revolutionaries of the Convention understood this well when they took the bold step of disbanding the Academy of Sciences. The positive effects of this significant policy will soon be recognized by our workers. The risk that, in withdrawing their trust from metaphysicians or literary figures, they might fall into a poor scientific mindset is, therefore, quite low. With the social goals they have in mind, they will recognize that generality in their concepts is just as vital as positivity. The capitalist class overseeing industry, being more focused on specific goals, will always regard pure scientists with greater respect. But the people will gravitate towards true philosophers as defined by the word. The number of such individuals is currently very small; however, it will soon grow in response to the demands of the working class and will indeed be drawn from their ranks.

Moral attitude of the people. The workman should regard himself as a public functionary

This, then, should be the attitude of the working class, intellectually. Morally, what is required is, that they should have a sufficient sense of the dignity of labour, and that they should be prepared for the mission that now lies before them.

This should be the mindset of the working class, intellectually. Morally, what's needed is for them to have a strong sense of the dignity of work and to be ready for the mission that lies ahead of them.

The workman must learn to look upon himself, morally, as a public servant, with functions of a special and also of a general kind. Not that he is to receive his wages for the future from the State instead of from a private hand. The present plan is perfectly well adapted to all services which are so direct and definite, that a common standard of value can be at once applied to them. Only let it be understood that the service is not sufficiently recompensed, without the social feeling of gratitude towards the agent that performs it. In what are called liberal professions, this feeling already obtains. The client or patient is not dispensed213 from gratitude by payment of his fee. In this respect the republican instincts of the Convention have anticipated the teaching of philosophy. They valued the workman’s labour at its true worth. Workmen have only to imagine labour suppressed or even suspended in the trade to which they may belong, to see its importance to the whole fabric of modern society. Their general function as a class, the function of forming public opinion, and of supporting the action of the spiritual power, it is of course less easy for them to understand at present. But, as I have already shown, it follows so naturally from their character and position, and corresponds so perfectly with their requirements as a class, that they cannot fail to appreciate its importance, when the course of events allows, or rather compels them to bring it into play. The only danger lies in their insisting on the possession of what metaphysicians call political rights, and in engaging in useless discussions about the distribution of power, instead of fixing their attention on the manner in which it is used. Of this, however, there is no great fear, at all events in France, where the metaphysical theory of Right has never reached so fanatical a pitch with the working classes as elsewhere. Ideologists may blame them, and may use their official influence as they will; but the people have too much good sense to be permanently misled as to their true function in society. Deluged as they have been with electoral votes, they will soon voluntarily abandon this useless qualification, which now has not even the charm of a privilege. Questions of pure politics have ceased to interest the people; their attention is fixed, and will remain fixed, on social questions, which are to be solved for the most part through moral agencies. That substitutions of one person or party for another, or that mere modifications214 of any kind in the administration should be looked on as the final issue of the great Revolution, is a result in which they will never acquiesce.

The worker must see himself, morally, as a public servant, with both specific and general duties. This doesn't mean he should start getting paid by the government instead of by private employers. The current system works well for jobs that are so straightforward that a common measure of value can be applied to them. However, it's important to recognize that the service isn't fully valued without a social sense of gratitude towards the person providing it. In what are known as liberal professions, this gratitude already exists. A client or patient doesn’t escape the need for gratitude just because they’ve paid their fee. In this regard, the republican values of the Revolution anticipated philosophical teachings. They acknowledged the true value of the worker's labor. Workers only need to imagine their work being stopped or even paused in their field to see its importance to the entire structure of modern society. Their overall role as a group—shaping public opinion and supporting spiritual leadership—is less clear to them right now. But, as I have already shown, this role naturally arises from their character and position, and aligns perfectly with their needs as a group, so they will eventually understand its significance when events lead them to do so. The real risk lies in them insisting on holding what metaphysicians refer to as political rights and getting caught up in pointless debates about the distribution of power, rather than focusing on how it is used. However, there is little risk of this happening, at least in France, where the metaphysical concept of rights has never taken such an extreme form among workers as it has in other places. Ideologists may criticize them and try to exert their official influence, but the people are too sensible to be permanently misled about their real role in society. After being overwhelmed with voting, they will soon willingly give up this pointless qualification, which no longer even holds the appeal of a privilege. Purely political issues no longer capture the public’s interest; they are focused, and will stay focused, on social issues that largely need to be addressed through moral means. The idea that simply replacing one person or party with another, or making minor changes of any sort in the administration, is the final outcome of the great Revolution is something they will never accept.

And if this is to be the attitude of the people, it must be the attitude no less of those who seek to gain their confidence. With them, as with the people, political questions should be subordinate to social questions; and with them the conviction should be even more distinct, that the solution of social problems depends essentially on moral agencies. They must, in fact, accept the great principle of separation of spiritual from temporal power, as the basis on which modern society is to be prominently organized. So entirely does the principle meet the wants of the people, that they will soon insist on its adoption by their teachers. They will accept none who do not formally abandon any prospects they may have of temporal power, parliamentary as well as administrative. And by thus dedicating their lives without reservation to the priesthood of Humanity, they will gain confidence, not merely from the people, but from the governing classes. Governments will offer no impediment to social speculations which do not profess to be susceptible of immediate application; and thus the normal state may be prepared for in the future without disturbance, and yet without neglecting the present. Practical statesmen meanwhile, no longer interfered with by pretentious sophists, will give up their retrograde tendencies, and will gradually adapt their policy to the new ideas current in the public mind, while discharging the indispensable function of maintaining material order.

And if this is how the people feel, those who want to earn their trust need to feel the same way. Political issues should take a backseat to social issues; and it's even more important for them to understand that solving social problems fundamentally relies on moral principles. They must truly embrace the key idea of keeping spiritual matters separate from secular power, as this will be the foundation on which modern society is built. This principle meets the needs of the people so well that they will soon demand it from their leaders. They will reject anyone who is not willing to completely give up any hopes of holding political office, whether legislative or administrative. By dedicating themselves wholeheartedly to the service of Humanity, they will earn confidence not just from the people but also from those in power. Governments won't stand in the way of social experiments that don't claim to have immediate solutions; thus, we can prepare for a stable future without causing disruption, while still addressing current issues. Meanwhile, practical politicians, no longer hindered by pretentious thinkers, will abandon their backward-looking tendencies and gradually align their policies with the new ideas shaping public opinion, all while fulfilling their essential role of maintaining order.

Ambition of power and wealth must be abandoned

For the people to rise to the true level of their position, they have only to develop and cultivate certain dispositions which already exist in them215 spontaneously. And the most important of these is, absence of ambition for wealth or rank. Political metaphysicians would say that the sole object of the Great Revolution was to give the working classes easier access to political and civil power. But this, though it should always be open to them, is very far from meeting their true wants. Individuals among them may be benefited by it, but the mass is left unaffected, or rather is placed often in a worse position, by the desertion of the more energetic members. The Convention is the only government by which this result has been properly appreciated. It is the only government which has shown due consideration for working men as such; which has recognized the value of their services, and encouraged what is the chief compensation for their condition of poverty, their participation in public life. All subsequent governments, whether retrograde or constitutional, have, on the contrary, done all they could to divert the people from their true social function, by affording opportunity for individuals among them to rise to higher positions. The monied classes, under the influence of blind routine, have lent their aid to this degrading policy, by continually preaching to the people the necessity of saving; a precept which is indeed incumbent on their own class, but not on others. Without saving, capital could not be accumulated and administered; it is therefore of the highest importance that the monied classes should be as economical as possible. But in other classes, and especially in those dependent on fixed wages, parsimonious habits are uncalled for and injurious; they lower the character of the labourer, while they do little or nothing to improve his physical condition; and neither the working classes nor their teachers should encourage them. Both the one and the other will find their truest216 happiness in keeping clear of all serious practical responsibility, and in allowing free play to their mental and moral faculties in public as well as private life. In spite of the Economists, savings-banks are regarded by the working classes with unmistakable repugnance. And the repugnance is justifiable; they do harm morally, by checking the exercise of generous feelings. Again, it is the fashion to declaim against wine-shops; and yet after all they are at present the only places where the people can enjoy society. Social instincts are cultivated there which deserve our approval far more than the self-helping spirit which carries men to the savings-bank. No doubt this unconcern for money, wise as it is, involves real personal risk; but it is a danger which civilization is constantly tending to diminish, without effacing qualities which do the workman honour, and which are the source of his most cherished pleasures. The danger ceases when the mental and moral faculties are called into stronger exercise. The interest which Positivism will arouse among the people in public questions, will lead to the substitution of the club for the wine-shop. In these questions, the generous inspirations of popular instinct hold out a model which philosophers will do well to follow themselves. Fondness for money is as much a disqualification for the spiritual government of Humanity, as political ambition. It is a clear proof of moral incompetence, which is generally connected in one way or other with intellectual feebleness.

For people to truly rise to their rightful place, they just need to develop and nurture certain natural traits within themselves215. The most crucial of these is a lack of ambition for wealth or status. Political thinkers would argue that the main goal of the Great Revolution was to give the working classes better access to political and civil power. However, while this access should always be available to them, it doesn't truly satisfy their real needs. Some individuals may benefit from it, but the majority remains unaffected or even worse off due to the loss of more active members. The Convention is the only government that has properly recognized this outcome. It is the only government that has shown genuine regard for workers as a group, acknowledged the value of their contributions, and encouraged what is the primary compensation for their poverty—participation in public life. All later governments, whether backward or constitutional, have done everything they could to steer people away from their true social roles by providing opportunities for some individuals to rise to higher positions. The wealthy classes, through their unthinking ways, have supported this harmful approach by constantly preaching to everyone about the necessity of saving—a lesson that is indeed essential for their own class, but not necessarily for others. Without saving, capital cannot be built and managed, making it vital that the wealthy practice frugality. However, in other classes, especially those with fixed wages, saving habits are unnecessary and harmful; they degrade the laborer's dignity without significantly improving their living conditions, and neither the working class nor their instructors should endorse them. Both groups will find their deepest216 happiness in avoiding heavy practical responsibilities and allowing their mental and moral faculties to thrive in both public and private life. Despite what economists say, savings banks are viewed with definite disdain among the working classes. This disdain is justified; they have a morally harmful effect by stifling the expression of generous feelings. It has also become popular to criticize bars, yet they are currently the only places where people can socialize. The social instincts developed there deserve far more praise than the self-serving mentality that leads people to savings banks. While this indifference to money is wise, it does carry real personal risks; however, it's a risk that civilization is gradually working to lessen, without eliminating the qualities that honor the worker and provide them with their most treasured joys. The risk diminishes when mental and moral faculties are actively engaged. The interest that Positivism generates in public issues will lead to clubs replacing bars. In these matters, the noble impulses of popular instinct offer a model that philosophers should also strive to follow. A fixation on money is just as much a disqualification for spiritually guiding Humanity as political ambition is. It clearly indicates moral inadequacy, which is typically linked to some form of intellectual weakness.

One of the principal results of the spiritual power exercised by philosophers and the working classes under the Positivist system, will be to compensate by a just distribution of blame and praise for the imperfect arrangements of social rank, in which wealth must always preponderate.217 Leaving the present subordination of offices untouched, each functionary will be judged by the intrinsic worth of his mind and heart, without servility and yet without any encouragement to anarchy. It must always be obvious that the political importance which high position gives, is out of all proportion to the real merit implied in gaining that position. The people will come to see more and more clearly that real happiness, so far from depending on rank, is far more compatible with their own humble station. Exceptional men no doubt there are, whose character impels them to seek power; a character more dangerous than useful, unless there be sufficient wisdom in the social body to turn it to good account. The best workmen, like the best philosophers, will soon cease to feel envy for greatness, laden, as it always must be, with heavy responsibilities. At present, the compensation which I hold out to them has not been realized; but when it exists, the people will feel that their spiritual and temporal leaders are combining all the energies of society for the satisfaction of their wants. Recognizing this, they will care but little for fame that must be bought by long and tedious meditation, or for power burdened with constant care. There are men whose talents call them to these important duties, and they will be left free to perform them; but the great mass of society will be well satisfied that their own lot is one far more in keeping with the constitution of our nature; more compatible with that harmonious exercise of the faculties of Thought, Feeling, and Action, which is most conducive to happiness. The immediate pressure of poverty once removed, the highest reward of honourable conduct will be found in the permanent esteem, posthumous as it may be sometimes, of that portion of Humanity which has witnessed218 it. In a word the title, servus servorum, which is still retained by the Papacy from false humility, but which originated in anticipation of a social truth, is applicable to all functionaries in high position. They may be described as the involuntary servants of voluntary subordinates. It is not chimerical to conceive Positivist society so organized that its theoretical and practical directors, with all their personal advantages, will often regret that they were not born, or that they did not remain, in the condition of workmen. The only solid satisfaction which great minds have hitherto found in political or spiritual power has been that, being more occupied with public interests, they had a wider scope for the exercise of social feeling. But the excellence of the future condition of society will be, that the possibility of combining public and private life will be open to all. The humblest citizen will be able to influence not by command but by counsel, in proportion to his energy and worth.

One of the main outcomes of the spiritual influence exercised by philosophers and the working class under the Positivist system will be a fair distribution of blame and praise for the flawed social hierarchy, where wealth always dominates. 217 While keeping the current hierarchy of roles unchanged, each person in a position will be evaluated based on the true value of their mind and heart, without subservience and without promoting chaos. It should always be clear that the political significance that a high position offers is vastly disproportionate to the actual merit involved in attaining it. People will increasingly recognize that true happiness, instead of relying on status, aligns much better with their modest circumstances. There are undoubtedly exceptional individuals whose character drives them to seek power; however, this character can be more harmful than beneficial, unless there's enough wisdom in society to utilize it wisely. The best workers, just like the best philosophers, will soon stop envying greatness, which always comes with heavy responsibilities. At this moment, the compensation I propose to them has not yet materialized; but when it does, society will realize that their spiritual and temporal leaders are harnessing all the energies of society to meet their needs. Understanding this, individuals will care little for fame that requires exhaustive and tedious contemplation, or for power that comes with constant worry. Some individuals possess talents that draw them toward these significant roles, and they will be allowed to carry them out; but the majority of society will be content knowing that their own situation is much more aligned with human nature, more compatible with a harmonious use of Thought, Feeling, and Action, which is most conducive to happiness. Once the immediate burden of poverty is lifted, the greatest reward for honorable behavior will be found in the lasting respect, even if it’s sometimes posthumous, of that part of humanity which has witnessed it. In short, the title, servus servorum, still used by the Papacy for false humility but which originated from foresight of a social truth, is relevant for all officials in high positions. They can be seen as the involuntary servants of willing subordinates. It's not unrealistic to envision a Positivist society structured so that its theoretical and practical leaders, with all their personal advantages, often wish they had been born or remained as workers. The only real satisfaction that great minds have historically gained from political or spiritual power has been that, being more focused on public interests, they had a larger platform to express social feelings. However, the excellence of future society will be that everyone will have the chance to blend public and private life. The humblest citizen will be able to make an impact not by command but by advice, in proportion to their energy and worth.

All the views brought forward in this chapter bear out the statement with which it began, that the Proletariate forms the principal basis of the social system, not merely as finally constituted, but in its present state of transition; and admitting this, the present state will be seen to have no essential difference from the normal future to which it tends. The principal conditions of our transitional policy were described at the conclusion of the last chapter. The security for these conditions is to be found in the natural tendencies of the people of Western Europe, and especially of France. Our governors will do well to follow these tendencies instead of attempting to lead them; for they are in perfect keeping with the two great requirements of the present time, Liberty and Public Order.

All the viewpoints presented in this chapter support the statement made at the beginning, that the working class is the main foundation of the social system, not just as it ultimately exists, but in its current state of transition. Accepting this, the present situation will be seen as having no fundamental difference from the ideal future it’s moving toward. The main conditions of our transitional policy were outlined at the end of the last chapter. The assurance for these conditions lies in the natural tendencies of the people in Western Europe, particularly in France. Our leaders would do well to align with these tendencies rather than trying to dictate them; they are completely in line with the two crucial needs of the present time: freedom and public order.

The working classes are the best guarantee for Liberty and for Order

Liberty of thought and speech is enjoyed in France, and especially in Paris, to an extent impossible in any other country, and it is due principally to the intellectual emancipation of our workmen. They have rid themselves of theology in all its forms, and yet have not accepted any metaphysical system. At the same time, though totally devoid at present of systematic convictions, there is in them a submissiveness of mind which predisposes them to receive convictions combining reality with utility. In all other classes there is a tendency to use forcible measures in spreading their doctrines when discussion fails. It is only to the people that philosophers can look for the support and extension of Liberty, which is so essential to their objects; and from this they derive moral confidence far more reassuring than any legal security. However reactionary or stationary the views of particular leaders or sects may be, with such a population as that of Paris, no real oppression is possible. Of all the claims which France has to the leadership of Europe, this is the strongest. The resistance which is still offered to freedom of association and freedom of education will soon be overcome by the force of its liberal sympathies. A population of such strong social feeling as ours will certainly not allow itself to be permanently deprived of the power of meeting together freely in clubs; institutions most conducive both to its culture and to the protection of its interests. It will insist with equal force upon perfect liberty of teaching, feeling deeply the need of solid instruction, and the incapacity of metaphysicians and theologians to give it. Without popular pressure, the essential conditions of educational liberty will always be evaded.

Freedom of thought and speech is experienced in France, especially in Paris, more than in any other country. This is mainly thanks to the intellectual liberation of our workers. They've moved away from theology in all its forms, yet haven't embraced any metaphysical system. At the same time, while currently lacking systematic beliefs, they possess a certain open-mindedness that makes them receptive to beliefs that blend reality with practicality. In other classes, there's a tendency to resort to force when discussions fail to spread their ideas. Only the people can offer philosophers the support and expansion of Liberty, which is crucial for their goals; from this, they gain a moral confidence that's much more reassuring than any legal protection. No matter how reactionary or stagnant the views of certain leaders or groups may be, with a population like that of Paris, real oppression isn't possible. Among all the reasons France claims to lead Europe, this is the most powerful. The resistance to freedom of association and education will soon give way to the strength of its liberal sentiments. A population with such strong social awareness won't allow itself to be permanently denied the right to gather freely in clubs—institutions crucial for both its culture and the safeguarding of its interests. It will equally demand total freedom in teaching, deeply understanding the need for solid education and the failure of metaphysicians and theologians to provide it. Without the push from the public, the fundamental conditions for educational freedom will always be sidestepped.

And if Liberty depends upon popular support,220 Public Order, whether at home or abroad, depends upon it no less. The inclinations of the working classes are altogether on the side of peace. Their strong dislike of war is the principal reason of the present remarkable tranquillity of Europe. The foolish regret expressed by all the retrograde parties for the decline of the military spirit is a sufficient indication of what the popular feeling is; but even more significant is the necessity for compulsory enlistment, which began in France and has extended to other parts of Europe. There has been much factitious indignation on the subject, but at least it must be allowed, that in our armies the officers are the only volunteers. Again, the working class is more free than any other from international prejudices, which still disunite the great family of Western nations, although they are very much weaker than formerly. They are strongest in the middle classes, a fact principally due to industrial competition. But working men feel how similar their wants and their conditions are in all countries, and this feeling checks their animosity. And the consciousness of union will become far stronger, now that the great social problem of their incorporation into modern society is being raised everywhere. No errors that statesmen can commit, whether in matters of war or peace, can prevent this from becoming the preponderating question in every European country; and thus it tends to preserve their mutual concord.

And if liberty relies on public support,220 public order, both at home and abroad, depends on it just as much. The working class overwhelmingly favors peace. Their strong aversion to war is the main reason for the current remarkable calm in Europe. The silly longing expressed by all the backward parties for a return of the military spirit clearly shows what the public sentiment is; but even more telling is the need for compulsory enlistment, which started in France and has spread to other parts of Europe. There's been a lot of fake outrage about this, but it must be acknowledged that in our armies, the officers are the only ones who volunteer. Moreover, the working class is more free from international biases than any other group, which still divide the larger family of Western nations, despite being much weaker than before. These biases are most prevalent among the middle class, largely due to industrial competition. However, working people recognize how similar their needs and circumstances are across different countries, and this awareness reduces their hostility. The sense of unity will only grow stronger now that the significant social issue of their integration into modern society is being addressed everywhere. No mistakes that politicians make, whether in war or peace, can stop this from becoming the dominant issue in every European country, and thus it helps maintain their mutual harmony.

Popular sympathies of this sort are, it may be said, less conducive to internal tranquillity than to pacific foreign relations. But the alarm which is naturally aroused by the spiritual anarchy around us must not blind us to the real guarantees for Order which popular tendencies, rightly interpreted, hold out. It is to the people that we must look for the ascendancy of central over local221 power, which, as we have seen, is so indispensable to public order. The executive authority, provided only that it gives no cause to fear reaction, will always have their support when opposed by an assembly the prevalent tendencies of which will usually be adverse to their interests. They will always turn instinctively to the dictatorial rather than to the parliamentary branch of the administration; feeling that from its practical character and the directness of its action, it is more likely to meet their wants. Useless discussions on constitutional questions may suit ambitious members of the middle classes, by facilitating their arrival to power. But the people take very little interest in all this unmeaning agitation, and often treat it with merited contempt. They know that it can be of no use to them, and that its only result is to evade their real wants by undermining the only authority that can do them justice. Consequently the people are certain to give their support to every government that deserves it; especially in France, where political passions have already yielded to the superior and more permanent interest of social questions. And while strengthening the government they may do much to elevate its character; by confining it strictly to its practical function, and resisting any attempts that it may make to interfere with opinion. In all these respects the spontaneous influence of the working classes will be of material assistance in carrying out the systematic conceptions of social philosophy.

Popular sympathies like these can be said to contribute less to internal peace than to friendly relations with other countries. However, the anxiety caused by the chaos around us shouldn't blind us to the real guarantees of order that these popular tendencies, when understood correctly, can offer. We should look to the people for strengthening the central power over local authority, which, as we've seen, is essential for public order. The executive authority, as long as it doesn't evoke fear of a backlash, will always have their support when facing an assembly that generally opposes their interests. They will instinctively lean towards the dictatorial side rather than the parliamentary one, believing its practical nature and direct actions are more likely to address their needs. Fruitless debates over constitutional issues may suit ambitious middle-class members, helping them rise to power. But the general public shows little interest in this meaningless commotion and often regards it with justified disdain. They realize it won't benefit them and that it only serves to distract from their true needs, undermining the one authority that can deliver justice. Therefore, the public is bound to support any government that earns it, especially in France, where political fervor has already given way to the more enduring interest in social issues. By reinforcing the government, they can significantly improve its character by strictly limiting it to its practical role and resisting any attempts to meddle with public opinion. In all these ways, the spontaneous influence of the working class will greatly assist in realizing the systematic ideas of social philosophy.

It is from them that we shall obtain the dictatorial power which is provisionally required

But a more striking proof of the political influence to be exercised by the people is this. The dictatorship which our transitional policy requires as long as the spiritual interregnum lasts must arise in the first instance from their ranks.

But a clearer example of the political power that the people can wield is this: the dictatorship necessitated by our temporary policy, while the spiritual gap continues, must initially come from within their own ranks.

In the word People, especially in the French language, there is a fortunate ambiguity, which may serve to remind us that the proletariate class is not, properly speaking, a class at all, but constitutes the body of society. From it proceed the various special classes, which we may regard as organs necessary to that body. Since the abolition of royalty, the last remnant of caste, our political leaders have been recruited, and will continue to be so, from the working class. In the normal state, however, it will be required as a preliminary condition, that the holder of dictatorial power shall have first received the political training which is given by the exercise of authority in his own business. In a settled state of society, Government, strictly so called, is a mere extension of civil influence. Ultimately, therefore, political power will fall into the hands of the great leaders of industry. As spiritual reorganization proceeds, they will gradually become more worthy of it than they are at present. Besides, the tenure of power will become less burdensome, because it will be confined to duties of a purely practical kind.

In the word People, especially in French, there's a fortunate ambiguity that serves as a reminder that the working class isn't really a class at all but is actually the body of society. From it come the various special classes, which we can think of as essential organs of that body. Since the end of monarchy, the last vestige of social hierarchy, our political leaders have been chosen, and will continue to be chosen, from the working class. However, in a normal situation, it will be necessary for anyone holding dictatorial power to first have received the political training that comes from having authority in their own business. In a stable society, government, in the strictest sense, is simply an extension of civil influence. Ultimately, political power will rest with the major industry leaders. As spiritual reorganization continues, they will gradually become more deserving of that power than they currently are. Additionally, the burden of power will become lighter because it will focus solely on practical duties.

As yet, however, the case is very different; and therefore the wealthy, though ultimately they will be the administrators of power, are not those to whom it should as a rule be entrusted in our present condition. Special departments may be given to them with advantage, as we have seen proved recently, and that in cases where the functions to be performed had no relation whatever to industrial skill. But they are not competent as yet for dictatorial power, the power which has to supply the place of royalty. Individual exceptions, of course, there may be, though none have appeared hitherto, and at least they are not enough for our provisional system to rely on. As yet the wealthy classes have shown themselves too debased in223 thought and feeling for an office of such importance. Nor do we find greater aptitude for it outside the industrial class. Scientific men are most assuredly unfit for it, especially in France, where the system of Academies has narrowed the mind, withered the feelings, and enervated the character to such an extent, that most of them fail in the conduct of common life, and are utterly unworthy of the smallest post of authority, even in their own department.

As of now, the situation is quite different; therefore, while the wealthy will ultimately hold power, they aren't the ones it should usually be given to in our current state. They can be assigned specific roles, as we've recently seen, especially in situations that don't require any industrial skills. But they are not yet ready for authoritative power, the kind that needs to take the place of monarchy. There may be individual exceptions, although none have come forward so far, and they are not sufficient for our temporary system to depend on. So far, the wealthy classes have proven themselves to be too corrupted in223 thought and emotion for a position of such significance. We also can’t find a better fit outside the industrial class. Scientific professionals are definitely unsuitable for this role, particularly in France, where the system of Academies has restricted their thinking, stifled their emotions, and weakened their character to such an extent that most struggle with everyday life and are completely unworthy of even the smallest position of authority, even within their own field.

All other classes failing us, we have to look to the working class, which has been left more free to form broad views, and in which the sense of duty has been better cultivated. On historical grounds I feel convinced that the workmen of France are more likely than any other class to supply men competent for supreme power, as long as the spiritual interregnum lasts; that is, for at least one generation.

All other classes have let us down, so we must turn to the working class, which has had more freedom to develop broad perspectives and where a sense of duty has been nurtured better. Based on historical evidence, I strongly believe that the workers of France are more likely than any other class to produce individuals capable of holding supreme power, at least until the current spiritual void is over; that is, for at least one generation.

On looking at this question calmly and without scholastic or aristocratic prejudice, it will be seen, as I pointed out at the beginning of this chapter, that the working class is better situated than any other with respect to generality of views and generosity of feeling. In knowledge and experience of administration they would ordinarily be deficient; they would therefore not be fit for the work of any special department. But this is no disqualification for the supreme power, or indeed for any of the higher offices for which breadth of view rather than special knowledge is required. These may be filled by working men, whose good sense and modesty will at once lead them to choose their agents for special departments from the classes who have usually furnished them before. The practical character and progressive spirit of such a government being beyond suspicion, special talent of whatever kind may be made available, even in the case of men who, if224 they had been placed in a higher position, would have proved thoroughly hostile to republican institutions. Of all the diversified elements of modern society, there is not one which may not be of real service in assisting the transition. Among soldiers and magistrates, for instance, there are many who will join the popular movement, and become sincere supporters of republicanism. A government of this kind would tranquillize the people, would obviate the necessity for violent compressive measures, and would at the same time have a most beneficial influence on the capitalist class. It would show them the necessity of attaining to greater purity of feeling and greater breadth of view, if they are to become worthy of the position for which they are ultimately destined.

When looking at this question calmly and without any bias from academia or social class, it becomes clear, as I mentioned at the beginning of this chapter, that the working class is in a better position than any other group regarding broad perspectives and generous attitudes. They may lack knowledge and experience in administration, which means they wouldn't be suitable for specific departments. However, this doesn't disqualify them from holding supreme power or higher offices where a broad viewpoint is more important than specialized knowledge. These roles could be filled by working-class individuals whose common sense and humility would lead them to select their agents for specialized departments from those who have traditionally held those roles. The practical nature and forward-thinking mentality of such a government would be unquestionable, allowing for diverse talents to be utilized—even from those who, if they were in a higher position, might oppose republican ideals. Among the various elements of modern society, there's not one that couldn't genuinely contribute to this transition. For example, many soldiers and officials might join the popular movement and become genuine supporters of republicanism. Such a government would calm the public, eliminate the need for harsh repressive measures, and positively impact the capitalist class. It would demonstrate the need for them to embrace a purer set of values and a broader perspective if they want to be worthy of the position they’re ultimately meant to hold.

Thus, whether we look at the interests of Public Order, or at those of Liberty, it appears necessary as a provisional measure, during the continuance of our spiritual interregnum, that the holders of dictatorial power shall be chosen from the working class. The success of a few working men in the pursuit of wealth has exercised an unsettling influence on the rest; but in the present instance we need not fear this result. It will be obvious that the career of a proletary governor is a rare exception, and one which requires peculiar endowments.

Thus, whether we consider the interests of public order or those of liberty, it seems necessary as a temporary measure, during this period of spiritual uncertainty, that those in dictatorial power should be chosen from the working class. The success of a few working individuals in gaining wealth has had a destabilizing effect on the rest; however, in this case, we need not worry about that happening. It’s clear that the path of a working-class governor is a rare exception and one that demands special qualities.

In examining the mode in which this anomalous policy should be carried out, we must bear in mind the object with which it was instituted. It is most important to get rid of the custom, based on motives of self-interest, which has grown up during the last generation, of insisting on parliamentary experience as an apprenticeship for executive power; executive power being always the real object of ambition. We have found from experience what we might have anticipated on theoretical grounds,225 that this plan excludes all except mere talkers of the Girondin type, men totally devoid of statesman-like qualities. To working men it offers almost insurmountable obstacles; and even supposing these obstacles to be overcome, we may be sure that they would lose the straightforwardness and native vigour which constitute their best claim to the exceptional position proposed for them.

In considering how to implement this unusual policy, we need to keep in mind the purpose for which it was created. It's crucial to eliminate the practice, which has developed over the past generation out of self-interest, of requiring parliamentary experience as a prerequisite for executive power; the ultimate goal has always been executive power itself. Our experiences have shown, as we could have predicted theoretically, that this approach only allows in those who are just talkers of the Girondin kind, individuals who lack real statesman-like qualities. It presents almost impossible challenges for working people; and even if they somehow manage to overcome these challenges, we can be sure that they would lose the honesty and natural energy that make them well-suited for the exceptional role proposed for them.

It is best, then, that they should reach the position assigned to them at once, without the circuitous process of a parliamentary career. Our transition towards the normal state will then exhibit its true character. It will be tranquil and yet decisive; for it will rest on the combined action of philosophers without political ambition, and dictators adverse to spiritual encroachment. The teacher who attempts to govern, the governor who attempts to educate, will both incur severe public censure, as enemies alike of peace and progress. The whole result will be a change in our revolutionary condition identical with that which the Convention would have realized, if, as its founders contemplated, it had lasted till the Peace.

It’s better for them to take on their roles right away without going through a long political career. Our move toward a normal state will then show its true nature. It will be calm yet decisive, because it will be based on the combined efforts of philosophers who don't seek political power and dictators who oppose spiritual interference. The teacher who tries to govern and the governor who tries to educate will both face harsh public criticism, seen as enemies of both peace and progress. Ultimately, this will result in a change in our revolutionary state that’s similar to what the Convention would have achieved if it had lasted until the Peace, as its founders intended.

Such, then, is the nature of the compact into which all true philosophers should enter with the leading members of the proletary class. Their object is to direct the organic and final phase through which the Great Revolution is now passing. What they have to do is carefully to prolong the provisional system adopted by the Convention, and to ignore, as far as possible, the traditions of all succeeding governments, whether stationary or retrograde. Comprehensiveness of view and social sympathy predominate alike in both members of this great alliance; and it is thus a guarantee for our present state of transition, and a sure earnest of the normal future. The people are the spontaneous representatives of this alliance; the226 philosophers its systematic organ. The intellectual deficiencies of the former will easily be remedied by philosophers, who will show them how essential it is on social grounds that they should understand the true meaning of history; since otherwise their conception of the union of mankind must be limited to the present generation, ignoring the more important truth of the continuity of the Present with the Past and the Future. A far greater obstacle is the moral deficiency of most philosophers of our time. But the wholesome influence of the people upon them, combined with a deep philosophic conviction of the preponderance of Feeling in every subject of thought, will do much to overcome the ambitious instincts which weaken and distract their energies in the common cause of social renovation.

Such is the nature of the agreement that all true philosophers should form with the leading members of the working class. Their goal is to guide the organic and final stage of the Great Revolution that we are currently experiencing. They need to carefully extend the temporary system established by the Convention and, as much as possible, overlook the traditions of all subsequent governments, whether they are stagnant or regressive. Both parties in this significant alliance share a comprehensive perspective and social empathy, which serves as a guarantee for our current transitional state and as a promising sign for a normal future. The people naturally represent this alliance, while the philosophers act as its systematic voice. The intellectual shortcomings of the former can easily be addressed by philosophers, who will illustrate how crucial it is, from a social standpoint, for them to understand the true meaning of history; otherwise, their view of human unity will be limited to just this generation, neglecting the more important reality of the continuity between the Present, the Past, and the Future. A much greater challenge is the moral shortcomings prevalent among many philosophers today. However, the positive influence of the people on them, combined with a deep philosophical belief in the importance of Feeling in every area of thought, will significantly help overcome the ambitious instincts that weaken and distract their efforts in the collective pursuit of social renewal.


CHAPTER IV
THE IMPACT OF POSITIVISM ON WOMEN

Women represent the affective element in our nature, as philosophers and people represent the intellectual and practical elements

In their action, then, upon society, philosophers may hope for the energetic support of the working classes. But the regenerating movement requires still the co-operation of a third element, an element indicated by our analysis of human nature, and suggested also by historical study of the great crisis of modern times.

In their efforts to impact society, philosophers can expect strong backing from the working class. However, this transformative movement still needs the collaboration of a third component, one highlighted by our understanding of human nature and also suggested by historical studies of the major crises of modern times.

The moral constitution of man consists of something more than Intellect and Activity. These are represented in the constitution of society by the philosophic body and the proletariate. But besides these there is Feeling, which, in the theory put forward in the first chapter of this work, was shown to be the predominating principle, the motive power of our being, the only basis on which the various parts of our nature can be brought into unity. Now the alliance between philosophers and working men, which has been just described, however perfectly it may be realized, does not represent the element of Feeling with sufficient distinctness and prominence.

The moral makeup of humanity includes more than just intellect and action. These are represented in society by the philosophers and the working class. However, there’s also Emotion, which, as explained in the first chapter of this work, is the dominant principle, the driving force of our existence, and the only foundation that can unify the various aspects of our nature. Now, the partnership between philosophers and workers, as just described, even if perfectly realized, doesn’t adequately represent the element of Emotion with enough clarity and importance.

Certainly without Social Feeling, neither philosophers nor proletaries can exercise any real influence. But in their case its source is not sufficiently228 pure nor deep to sustain them in the performance of their duty. A more spontaneous and more perennial spring of inspiration must be found.

Certainly, without Social Feeling, neither philosophers nor workers can have any real influence. However, in their situation, the source isn’t pure or deep enough to support them in fulfilling their duty. A more spontaneous and lasting source of inspiration needs to be discovered.

With the philosopher social sympathies will never be wanting in coherence, since they will be connected with his whole system of thought; but this very scientific character will deaden their vigour, unless they are revived by impulses in which reflection has no share. Roused as he will be by the consciousness of public duty to a degree of activity of which abstract thinkers can form no conception, the emotions of private life will yet be not less necessary for him than for others. Intercourse with the working classes will be of the greatest benefit to him; but even this is not enough to compensate the defects of a life devoted to speculation.

With the philosopher, social feelings will always be consistent since they will be linked to his entire system of thought; however, this scientific nature may dull their intensity unless they are energized by feelings that don’t involve reflection. While he will be motivated by a sense of public responsibility to an extent that abstract thinkers cannot understand, the emotions derived from personal life will still be just as important to him as they are to others. Interaction with the working class will greatly benefit him, but even that isn't enough to make up for the shortcomings of a life focused solely on speculation.

The sympathies of the people again, though stronger and more spontaneous than those of the philosopher, are, in most cases, less pure and not so lasting. From the pressure of daily necessities it is difficult for them to maintain the same consistent and disinterested character. Great as are the moral advantages which will result from the incorporation of the people in modern society, they are not enough by themselves to outweigh the force of self-interest aroused by the precarious nature of their position. Emotions of a gentler and less transient kind must be called into play. Philosophers may relieve the working classes from the necessity of pressing their own claims and grievances; but the fact still remains, that the instincts by which those claims are prompted are personal rather than social.

The feelings of the people are often stronger and more spontaneous than those of the philosopher, but they tend to be less genuine and not as enduring. Because of the pressures of everyday life, it's hard for them to keep the same consistent and selfless attitude. While there are significant moral benefits to integrating the people into modern society, these alone aren't enough to outweigh the self-interest that comes from their unstable situations. We need to engage emotions that are gentler and more lasting. Philosophers can help the working classes avoid having to constantly advocate for their own needs and concerns, but the reality is that the instincts driving those needs are more personal than they are social.

Thus, in the alliance which has been here proposed as necessary for social reorganization, Feeling, the most influential part of human nature, has229 not been adequately represented. An element is wanting which shall have the same relation to the moral side of our constitution, as the philosophic body has with Intellect, and the people with Activity. On this, as well as on other grounds, it is indispensable that Women be associated in the work of regeneration as soon as its tendencies and conditions can be explained to them. With the addition of this third element, the constructive movement at last assumes its true character. We may then feel confident that our intellectual and practical faculties will be kept in due subordination to universal Love. The digressions of intellect, and the subversive tendencies of our active powers will be as far as possible prevented.

Therefore, in the alliance proposed here as essential for social reorganization, Feeling, which is the most impactful part of human nature, has229 not been adequately represented. There’s a missing element that should relate to the moral aspect of our constitution in the same way that the philosophical side connects with Intellect, and the public connects with Activity. For this reason, as well as others, it’s crucial that Women be involved in the work of renewal as soon as its goals and conditions can be explained to them. With this third element included, the constructive movement finally takes on its true character. We can then be confident that our intellectual and practical abilities will be kept in proper alignment with universal Love. The distractions of intellect and the disruptive tendencies of our active powers will be minimized as much as possible.

Women have stood aloof from the modern movement, because of its anti-historic and destructive character

Indispensable to Positivism as the co-operation of women is, it involves one essential condition. Modern progress must rise above its present imperfect character, before women can thoroughly sympathize with it.

Indispensable to Positivism as the cooperation of women is, it involves one essential condition. Modern progress must rise above its current flawed nature before women can fully connect with it.

At present the general feeling amongst them is antipathy to the Revolution. They dislike the destructive character which the Revolution necessarily exhibited in its first phase. All their social sympathies are given to the Middle Ages. And this is not merely due, as is supposed, to the regret which they very naturally feel for the decline of chivalry, although they cannot but feel that the Middle Ages are the only period in which the feeling of reverence for women has been properly cultivated. But the real ground of their predilection is deeper and less interested. It is that, being morally the purest portion of Humanity, they venerate Catholicism, as the only system which has upheld the principle of subordinating Politics to Morals. This, I cannot doubt, is the secret cause of most of the regret with which230 women still regard the irrevocable decay of mediaeval society.

Right now, the general feeling among them is negativity toward the Revolution. They dislike the destructive nature that the Revolution inevitably showed in its early phase. Their social sympathies are all directed toward the Middle Ages. This isn't just due to the natural sadness they feel for the decline of chivalry; they also recognize that the Middle Ages is the only time when respect for women was truly valued. However, the real reason for their preference runs deeper and is less self-serving. It's because, being the morally purest segment of Humanity, they honor Catholicism as the only system that has maintained the principle of putting Morals before Politics. I have no doubt that this is the hidden reason behind much of the regret with which230 women still view the irreversible decline of medieval society.

They do not disregard the progress which modern times have made in various special directions. But our erroneous tendencies towards bringing back the old supremacy of Politics over Morality, are, in their eyes, a retrograde movement so comprehensive in its character that no partial improvements can compensate for it. True, we are able to justify this deviation provisionally, since the decay of Catholicism renders political dictatorship necessary. But women, having comparatively little to do with the practical business of life, can hardly appreciate this necessity without a more satisfactory theory of history than they at present possess. It is a complete mistake to charge women with being retrograde on account of these feelings of regret which are most honourable to them. They might retort the charge with far better reason on the revolutionists, for their blind admiration of Greek and Roman society, which they still persist in asserting to be superior to Catholic Feudalism; a delusion, the continuance of which is principally due to our absurd system of classical education, from which women are fortunately preserved.

They don't ignore the progress that modern times have made in various specific areas. But their perspective is that our misguided trends toward restoring the dominance of Politics over Morality represent such a significant step backward that no minor improvements can make up for it. It's true that we can temporarily justify this shift because the decline of Catholicism makes political dictatorship seem necessary. However, women, who are generally less involved in the practical aspects of life, find it hard to understand this necessity without a more satisfactory theory of history than what they currently have. It's a complete mistake to accuse women of being regressive because of these feelings of nostalgia, which are commendable. They could more justly accuse revolutionaries of being backward for their uncritical admiration of Greek and Roman societies, which they still insist are better than Catholic Feudalism; a misconception that largely persists because of our ridiculous classical education system, from which women fortunately are spared.

However this may be, the feelings of women upon these subjects are a very plain and simple demonstration of the first condition of social regeneration, which is, that Politics must again be subordinated to Morality; and this upon a more intelligible, more comprehensive, and more permanent basis than Catholicism could supply. A system which supplied such a basis would naturally involve reverence for women as one of its characteristic results. Such, then, are the terms on which women will cordially co-operate in the progressive movement. Nothing but231 incapacity to satisfy these terms could induce any thinkers to condemn the conception as retrograde.

However this may be, women's feelings on these topics are a clear demonstration of the first condition for social change, which is that Politics must be placed under Morality once again; and this should be based on something more understandable, inclusive, and lasting than what Catholicism could offer. A system that provided such a basis would naturally involve respect for women as one of its key outcomes. These are the terms on which women will genuinely support the progressive movement. Only an inability to meet these terms could lead any thinkers to view the idea as backward.231

It is not, then, to the Revolution itself that women feel antipathy, but to the anti-historic spirit which prevailed in its first phase. The blind abuse lavished on the Middle Ages wounds their strongest sympathies. They care little for metaphysical theories of society in which human happiness is made to consist in a continual exercise of political rights; for political rights, however attractively presented, will always fail to interest them. But they give their cordial sympathy to all reasonable claims of the people; and these claims form the real object of the revolutionary crisis. They will wish all success to philosophers and workmen when they see them endeavouring to transform political disputes into social compacts, and proving that they have greater regard for duties than for rights. If they regret the decline of the gentle influence which they possessed in former times, it is principally because they find it superseded by coarse and egotistic feelings, which are now no longer counterbalanced by revolutionary enthusiasm. Instead of blaming their antipathies, we should learn from them the urgent necessity of putting an end to the moral and intellectual anarchy of our times; for this it is which gives a ground of real justice to their reproaches.

It's not the Revolution itself that women oppose, but the anti-historic mindset that dominated its early phase. The harsh criticism directed at the Middle Ages hurts their deepest feelings. They don’t care much for philosophical theories suggesting that human happiness is found in constantly exercising political rights, as political rights, no matter how appealing, will never truly interest them. However, they genuinely support reasonable demands from the people; these demands are what the revolutionary crisis is really about. They wish success to philosophers and workers when they see them trying to turn political arguments into social agreements, showing they prioritize responsibilities over rights. If they lament the loss of the gentle influence they once had, it's mainly because it's been replaced by rough and self-centered emotions, which are now no longer balanced by revolutionary passion. Instead of criticizing their feelings, we should understand the urgent need to end the moral and intellectual chaos of our times; this chaos is what gives their complaints real validity.

But they will sympathize with constructive tendencies; and will distinguish sound philosophy from scientific specialities

Women will gladly associate themselves with the Revolution as soon as its work of reconstruction is fairly begun. Its negative phase must not be prolonged too far. It is difficult enough for them to understand how such a phase could ever be necessary; therefore they cannot be expected to excuse its aberrations. The true connexion of the Revolution with the Middle Ages must be232 fairly stated. History, when rightly interpreted, will show them that its real object is, while laying down a surer basis for Morality, to restore it to the old position of superiority over Politics in which the mediaeval system first placed it. Women will feel enthusiasm for the second phase of the Revolution, when they see republicanism in the light in which Positivism presents it, modified by the spirit of ancient chivalry.

Women will happily connect themselves with the Revolution once its restructuring work has genuinely started. Its negative phase shouldn't be dragged on too long. It’s hard for them to grasp why such a phase could even be necessary; so they can't be expected to forgive its mistakes. The true link of the Revolution with the Middle Ages must be232 clearly explained. History, when properly understood, will show them that its real goal is to lay a stronger foundation for Morality, reinstating it as the dominant force over Politics, just as the medieval system originally established. Women will feel excited about the second phase of the Revolution when they view republicanism through the lens that Positivism offers, influenced by the spirit of ancient chivalry.

Then, and not till then, will the movement of social regeneration be fairly begun. The movement can have no great force until women give cordial support to it; for it is they who are the best representatives of the fundamental principle on which Positivism rests, the victory of social over selfish affections. On philosophers rests the duty of giving logical coherence to this principle, and saving it from sophistical attacks. Its practical working depends upon the proletary class, without whose aid it would almost always be evaded. But to maintain it in all its purity, as an inspiration that needs neither argument nor compulsion, is the work of women only. So constituted, the alliance of the three classes will be the foreshadowed image of the normal state to which Humanity is tending. It will be the living type of perfect human nature.

Then, and not until then, will the movement for social renewal truly begin. The movement can’t gain much momentum until women fully support it; they are the best representatives of the fundamental principle that Positivism is based on, which is the triumph of social over selfish feelings. It’s up to philosophers to provide logical clarity to this principle and protect it from misleading arguments. Its practical application relies on the working class, without whose support it would often be sidestepped. However, keeping it pure, as an inspiration that doesn’t require debate or force, is solely the responsibility of women. In this way, the partnership of the three classes will represent the ideal state that Humanity is striving for. It will be the living example of perfect human nature.

Unless the new philosophy can obtain the support of women, the attempt to substitute it for theology in the regulation of social life had better be abandoned. But if the theory stated in my first chapter be true, Positivism will have even greater influence with women than with the working classes. In the principle which animates it, in its manner of regarding and of handling the great problem of human life, it is but a systematic development of what women have always felt instinctively. To them, as to the people, it offers233 a noble career of social usefulness, and it holds out a sure prospect of improvement in their own personal position.

Unless the new philosophy can get the support of women, the effort to replace theology in guiding social life should probably be dropped. However, if the theory I mentioned in my first chapter is accurate, Positivism will likely resonate even more with women than with the working classes. Its foundational principle, along with its approach to addressing the significant issues of human life, is basically a structured extension of what women have always felt intuitively. For them, as for the broader community, it presents a meaningful path to social contribution, and it promises a reliable improvement in their own personal situations.

Nor is it surprising that the new philosophy should possess such qualities. They follow naturally from the reality which is one of its chief claims to acceptance; in other words, from the exactness with which it takes account of the facts of every subject that it deals with. Strong as the prejudices of women are upon religious questions, it cannot be long before they find out that Positivism satisfies, not merely their intellectual, but their moral and social wants better than Catholicism. They will then have no further reason for clinging to the old system, of the decayed condition of which they are perfectly aware. At present they not unnaturally confound Positivism with the scientific specialities on which it is based. Scientific studies have, as they see, a hardening influence, which they cannot suppose that the new school of philosophers, who insist so strongly upon the necessity of studying science, can have escaped. Closer acquaintance with the subject will show them where their error lies. They will see that the moral danger of scientific studies arises almost entirely from want of purpose and from irrational speciality, which always alienate them from the social point of view. But for the Positivist this danger does not exist; since, however far he may carry these preliminary studies, he does so simply in order to gain a stronger grasp of social questions. His one object is to concentrate all the powers of Man upon the general advancement of the race. And so long as this object be kept in view, women’s good sense will readily distinguish between the training necessary for it, and the puerilities of the learned societies. The general spirit of this work, however, makes further explanation unnecessary.

It's not surprising that the new philosophy has such qualities. They stem naturally from the reality that is one of its main arguments for acceptance; in other words, from the precision with which it accounts for the facts of each subject it addresses. Despite the strong biases women have regarding religious issues, it won't be long before they realize that Positivism better meets their intellectual, moral, and social needs compared to Catholicism. At that point, they won't have any reason to cling to the old system, which they know is in a state of decline. Currently, they understandably confuse Positivism with the scientific specialties it relies on. They see that scientific studies have a toughening effect that they don't believe the new group of philosophers, who emphasize the importance of studying science, can escape. As they learn more about the topic, they'll discover where their mistake lies. They'll recognize that the moral risks of scientific studies mostly arise from a lack of purpose and from irrational specialization, which always distances them from the social perspective. However, for the Positivist, this risk doesn't exist; no matter how far he delves into these foundational studies, he does so solely to better understand social issues. His primary goal is to focus all of humanity's efforts on the overall progress of the race. As long as this goal is kept in mind, women's common sense will easily differentiate between the training needed for it and the trivialities of learned societies. The overall spirit of this work makes further explanation unnecessary.

Women’s position in society. Like philosophers and people, their part is not to govern, but to modify

The social mission of woman in the Positive system follows as a natural consequence from the qualities peculiar to her nature.

The social role of women in the Positive system naturally arises from the qualities unique to their nature.

In the most essential attribute of the human race, the tendency to place social above personal feeling, she is undoubtedly superior to man. Morally, therefore, and apart from all material considerations, she merits always our loving veneration, as the purest and simplest impersonation of Humanity, who can never be adequately represented in any masculine form. But these qualities do not involve the possession of political power, which some visionaries have claimed for women, though without their own consent. In that which is the great object of human life, they are superior to men; but in the various means of attaining that object they are undoubtedly inferior. In all kinds of force, whether physical, intellectual, or practical, it is certain that Man surpasses Woman, in accordance with a general law which prevails throughout the animal kingdom. Now practical life is necessarily governed by force rather than by affection, because it requires unremitting and laborious activity. If there were nothing else to do but to love, as in the Christian utopia of a future life in which there are no material wants, Women would be supreme. But life is surrounded with difficulties, which it needs all our thoughts and energies to avoid; therefore Man takes the command, notwithstanding his inferiority in goodness. Success in all great efforts depends more upon energy and talent than upon goodwill, although this last condition reacts strongly upon the others.

In the most important trait of the human race, the tendency to value social over personal feelings, she is clearly superior to man. Morally, therefore, and aside from all material considerations, she always deserves our love and respect as the purest and simplest representation of humanity, which can never be fully captured in any masculine form. However, these qualities do not equate to political power, which some dreamers have argued women should have, though not with their own agreement. In terms of the main goal of human life, they are superior to men; but in the various methods of achieving that goal, they are definitely at a disadvantage. In all forms of force, whether physical, intellectual, or practical, it is clear that man surpasses woman, in line with a general law that exists throughout the animal kingdom. Now practical life is necessarily driven by force rather than affection, as it requires constant and hard work. If there were nothing else to do but love, like in the Christian vision of a future life without material needs, women would be in charge. But life is filled with challenges that demand all our thoughts and energy to overcome; therefore, man leads, despite his lesser goodness. Success in significant endeavors relies more on energy and talent than on goodwill, although goodwill does have a strong influence on the others.

Thus the three elements of our moral constitution do not act in perfect harmony. Force is naturally supreme, and all that women can do is235 to modify it by affection. Justly conscious of their superiority in strength of feeling, they endeavour to assert their influence in a way which is often attributed by superficial observers to the mere love of power. But experience always teaches them that in a world where the simplest necessaries of life are scarce and difficult to procure, power must belong to the strongest, not to the most affectionate, even though the latter may deserve it best. With all their efforts they can never do more than modify the harshness with which men exercise their authority. And men submit more readily to this modifying influence, from feeling that in the highest attributes of Humanity women are their superiors. They see that their own supremacy is due principally to the material necessities of life, provision for which calls into play the self-regarding rather than the social instincts. Hence we find it the case in every phase of human society that women’s life is essentially domestic, public life being confined to men. Civilization, so far from effacing this natural distinction, tends, as I shall afterwards show, to develop it, while remedying its abuses.

The three parts of our moral makeup don’t always work in perfect harmony. Power is naturally dominant, and all women can do is235 soften it with care. Aware of their emotional strength, they try to assert influence, which superficial observers often mistake for just a desire for power. However, experience teaches them that in a world where basic necessities are scarce and hard to come by, power belongs to the strongest, not necessarily to the most loving, even if they are the most deserving. Despite their best efforts, they can only soften the harshness with which men wield their authority. Men are generally more open to this softening influence because they recognize that in the most important traits of humanity, women excel. They realize that their own dominance largely stems from the material needs of life, which engages self-interest rather than social instincts. As a result, throughout every aspect of human society, women’s roles tend to be domestic while public life is mostly a male domain. Rather than eliminating this natural distinction, civilization, as I will later explain, tends to further develop it while addressing its inequalities.

Thus the social position of women is in this respect very similar to that of philosophers and of the working classes. And we now see why these three elements should be united. It is their combined action which constitutes the moral or modifying force of society.

Thus, the social position of women is very similar to that of philosophers and the working class. This is why these three groups should come together. Their united effort is what creates the moral or transformative force of society.

Philosophers are excluded from political power by the same fatality as women, although they are apt to think that their intellectual eminence gives them a claim to it. Were our material wants more easily satisfied, the influence of intellect would be less impeded than it is by the practical business of life. But, on this hypothesis, women would have a better claim to govern than philosophers.236 For the reasoning faculties would have remained almost inert had they not been needed to guide our energies; the constitution of the brain not being such as to favour their spontaneous development. Whereas the affective principle is dependent on no such external stimulus for its activity. A life of thought is a more evident disqualification for the government of the world even than a life of feeling, although the pride of philosophers is a greater obstacle to submission than the vanity of women. With all its pretensions, intellectual force is not in itself more moral than material force. Each is but an instrument; the merit depends entirely upon its right employment. The only element of our nature which is in itself moral is Love; for Love alone tends of itself towards the preponderance of social feeling over self-interest. And since even Love cannot govern, what can be the claim of Intellect? In practical life precedence must always depend upon superior energy. Reason, even more than Feeling, must be restricted to the task of modifying. Philosophers therefore must be excluded from government, at least as rigidly as women. It is in vain for intellect to attempt to command; it never can do more than modify. In fact, the morality which it indirectly possesses is due to this impossibility of exercising compulsory power, and would be ruined by the attainment of it, supposing it were possible. Intellect may do much to amend the natural order of things, provided that it does not attempt to subvert it. What it can do is by its power of systematic arrangement to effect the union of all the classes who are likely to exert a beneficial influence on material power. It is with this view that every spiritual power has availed itself of the aid of women, as we see was the case in the Middle Ages.

Philosophers are kept out of political power just like women are, even though they tend to believe that their intellectual achievements give them a right to it. If our basic needs were easier to meet, the impact of intellect would face fewer obstacles from the practicalities of life. But under this assumption, women would actually have a stronger claim to govern than philosophers. The reasoning abilities would have stayed almost dormant if they hadn’t been necessary to direct our efforts, since the brain isn’t naturally built to foster their spontaneous growth. On the other hand, the emotional aspect doesn’t rely on any outside force to be active. A life focused on thought is an even clearer disqualification for ruling the world than a life focused on feelings, though the arrogance of philosophers poses a bigger challenge to yielding than the pride of women. Despite all its claims, intellectual power isn’t inherently more moral than physical power. Both are just tools; the value lies entirely in how they’re used. The only part of our nature that is morally sound is Love, because Love alone naturally leads to valuing social connections over self-interest. And since even Love can’t govern, what right does Intellect have? In practical situations, priority will always go to those with greater energy. Reason, even more than Emotion, needs to focus on adaptation. Therefore, philosophers should be kept out of governance as strictly as women are. It’s pointless for intellect to try to rule; it can only influence. In fact, the morality it indirectly possesses comes from its lack of ability to exert force, and this would be lost if it ever did gain that power, assuming it was even possible. Intellect can significantly improve the natural order of things, as long as it doesn’t try to overturn it. What it can accomplish is, through its capacity for systematic organization, to bring together all the groups that can have a positive impact on material power. This is why every spiritual authority has sought the support of women, as was common in the Middle Ages. 236

Proceeding with our sociological analysis of moral force, we shall find an equally striking resemblance between the influence of Women and that exercised by the People.

Proceeding with our sociological analysis of moral force, we will find a similarly striking resemblance between the influence of Women and that exerted by the People.

In the first stage of progress, there is no modifying power except what springs from Feeling; afterwards Intellect combines with it, finding itself unable to govern. The only element now wanting is Activity; and this want, which is indispensable, is supplied by the co-operation of the people. The fact is, that although the people constitute the basis on which all political power rests, yet they have as little to do directly with the administration of power as philosophers or women.

In the first stage of progress, the only driving force comes from Emotion; later, Reason joins in but struggles to take control. The only piece missing is Action, and this necessity, which is crucial, is fulfilled by the involvement of the people. The truth is, although the people form the foundation of all political power, they have just as little direct involvement in how that power is exercised as philosophers or women.

Power, in the strict sense of the word, power, that is, which controls action without persuading the will, has two perfectly distinct sources, numbers and wealth. The force of numbers is usually considered the more material of the two; but in reality it is the more moral. Being created by co-operation, it involves some convergence of ideas and feelings, and therefore it does not give such free scope for the self-regarding instincts as the more concentrated power of wealth. But for this very reason, it is too indirect and precarious for the ordinary purposes of government. It can influence government morally, but cannot take an active part in it. The same causes which exclude philosophers and women apply in the case of the people. Our material necessities are so urgent, that those who have the means of providing for them will always be the possessors of power. Now the wealthy have these means; they hold in their hands the products of labour, by which each generation facilitates the existence and prepares the operations of its successor. Consequently the power of the capitalist is one of so concentrated a kind, that numbers can very seldom238 resist it successfully. Even in military nations we find the same thing; the influence of numbers, though more direct, affects only the mode of acquiring wealth, not its tenure. But in industrial states, where wealth is acquired by other ways than violence, the law is evident. And with the advance of civilization it will operate not less, but more strongly. Capital is ever on the increase, and consequently is ever creating means of subsistence for those who possess nothing. In this sense, but in no other, the cynical maxim of Antiquity, Paucis nascitur humanum genus, will always bear a true meaning. The few provide subsistence for the many. We come back, then, to the conclusion of the last chapter; that the working classes are not destined for political power, but that they tend to become a most important source of moral power. The moral value of their influence is even more indirect than that of philosophers, and depends even more in their case upon subordination politically. In the few cases where government passes for a time into the hands of the masses, wealth in its turn assumes a sort of moral influence foreign to its nature. It moderates the violence with which government is apt to be administered in such cases. The high intellectual and moral qualities belonging to the working classes are, as we have seen, in great part due to their social position. They would be seriously impaired if the political authority that belongs to wealth were habitually transferred to numbers.

Power, in its strictest definition, refers to the ability to control actions without convincing someone to want to do it. There are two completely separate sources of this power: numbers and wealth. The influence of numbers is often viewed as the more tangible of the two; however, it is actually the more moral. Created through cooperation, it requires some alignment of ideas and emotions, which means it doesn’t allow individuals to act purely on self-interest as the more concentrated power of wealth does. For this reason, it tends to be too indirect and unstable for regular governmental functions. It can influence government on a moral level but cannot actively engage in it. The same reasons that keep philosophers and women out of political power also apply to the masses. Our basic needs are so pressing that those who can meet them will always hold power. Wealthy individuals possess these means; they control the fruits of labor that each generation uses to sustain and prepare for the next. Therefore, the power of capitalists is so concentrated that ordinary citizens can rarely resist it successfully. Even in militaristic societies, we see that the influence of numbers, while more direct, only impacts how wealth is acquired, not how it is owned. In industrial societies, where wealth is garnered through means other than force, the law is quite clear. As civilization progresses, this will not weaken but instead strengthen. Capital continuously grows, thereby increasing resources for those without anything. In this sense, but in no other, the cynical saying from ancient times, Paucis nascitur humanum genus, will always hold true. The few supply sustenance for the many. This brings us back to the conclusion of the previous chapter: that the working class is not meant for political power but is likely to become a crucial source of moral power. The moral impact they have is even more indirect than that of philosophers and relies heavily on their political subordination. In the rare instances where power temporarily shifts to the masses, wealth, in turn, adopts a kind of moral authority that’s typically not its own. It tempers the harshness with which government is usually exercised in those situations. The high intellectual and moral attributes of the working class, as we have noted, largely stem from their social standing. These qualities would be significantly diminished if the political power that comes with wealth were routinely handed over to the majority.

The united action of philosophers, women, and proletaries constitutes Moral Force

Such, in outline, is the Positive theory of Moral Force. By it the despotism of material force may be in part controlled. It rests upon the union of the three elements in society who are excluded from the sphere of politics strictly so called. In their239 combined action lies our principal hope of solving, so far as it can be solved, the great problem of man’s nature, the successful struggle of Social Feeling against Self-love. Each of the three elements supplies a quality indispensable to the task. Without women this controlling power would be deficient in purity and spontaneous impulse; without philosophers, in wisdom and coherence; without the people, in energy and activity. The philosophic element, although neither the most direct nor the most efficient, is yet the distinctive feature of this power, because its function is to organize its constitution and direct its operations in accordance with the true laws of social life. As being the systematic organ of the spiritual power it has become identified with it in name. This, however, may lead to an erroneous conception. The moral aspect of the spiritual power is more important than the intellectual. While retaining the name as an historical tradition of real value, Positivists attach a somewhat different meaning to it. It originated in a time when theories of society were unknown, and when Intellect was considered as the central principle of human nature.

Here's a modernized version of the paragraph: This is a summary of the Positive theory of Moral Force. It suggests that the oppressive nature of physical force can be partially controlled. It is based on the collaboration of three groups in society that are excluded from traditional politics. Their joint efforts offer our main hope for addressing the complex issue of human nature, specifically the challenge of Social Feelings battling against Self-love. Each of these three groups contributes a vital quality to the task. Without women, this controlling influence would lack purity and genuine motivation; without philosophers, it would lack wisdom and cohesion; and without the people, it would be short on energy and action. Although the philosophical element isn’t the most immediate or effective, it stands out because its role is to structure its framework and guide its actions according to the true laws of social life. As the systematic voice of spiritual power, it has become synonymous with it. However, this may create a misunderstanding. The moral aspect of spiritual power is more significant than its intellectual side. While keeping the name as a valuable historical reference, Positivists give it a somewhat different interpretation. It originated during a time when societal theories were not recognized, and intellect was regarded as the core principle of human nature.

Spiritual power, as interpreted by Positivism, begins with the influence of women in the family; it is afterwards moulded into a system by thinkers, while the people are the guarantees for its political efficiency. Although it is the intellectual class that institutes the union, yet its own part in it, as it should never forget, is less direct than that of women, less practical than that of the people. The thinker is socially powerless except so far as he is supported by feminine sympathy and popular energy.

Spiritual power, according to Positivism, starts with the impact of women in the family; it is then shaped into a system by intellectuals, while the people ensure its political effectiveness. Even though it is the intellectual class that creates the union, it should always remember that its role is less direct than that of women and less practical than that of the people. The thinker has little social power unless backed by women's support and the energy of the general public.

Thus the necessity of associating women in the movement of social regeneration creates no obstacle240 whatever to the philosophy by which that movement is to be directed. On the contrary, it aids its progress, by showing the true character of the moral force which is destined to control all the other forces of man. It involves as perfect an inauguration of the normal state as our times of transition admit. For the chief characteristic of that state will be a more complete and more harmonious union of the same three classes to whom we are now looking for the first impulse of reform. Already we can see how perfectly adapted to the constitution of man this final condition of Humanity will be. Feeling, Reason, Activity, whether viewed separately or in combination, correspond exactly to the three elements of the regenerative movement, Women, Philosophers, and People.

Thus, the need to involve women in the movement for social renewal doesn’t create any obstacles to the philosophy guiding that movement. In fact, it supports its advancement by revealing the true nature of the moral force that is meant to direct all other human forces. It represents as complete an initiation of the normal state as our current transitional times allow. The main feature of that state will be a more complete and harmonious union of the same three groups we are now looking to for the initial spark of reform. Already, we can see how well this final condition of Humanity will fit with human nature. Emotion, Reason, and Action, whether considered separately or together, perfectly correspond to the three elements of the regenerative movement: Women, Philosophers, and People.

Verification of this theory may be found more or less distinctly in every period of history. Each of the three classes referred to have always borne out the biological law that the life of relation or animal life, is subordinated to the life of nutrition. Still more striking is the application to this case of another general principle, namely, that Progress is the development of Order; a principle which, as I showed in the second chapter, connects every dynamical question in Sociology with the corresponding statical conception. For with the growth of society, the modifying influence of moral force is always increasing, both by larger scope being given to each of its three elements specially, and also by the more perfect consolidation of their union. Robertson has made an important remark on the gradual improvement in the condition of women, which is but a particular case of this sociological law. The general principle on which progress in all three classes depends, is the biological law, that the preponderance of vegetable life over241 animal life diminishes as the organism is higher in the scale and is more perfectly developed.

Verification of this theory can be found to varying degrees throughout history. Each of the three classes mentioned has consistently supported the biological law that the life of relationships or animal life is subordinate to the life of nutrition. Even more notable is the application of another general principle to this case: that Progress is the development of Order; a principle that, as I explained in the second chapter, links every dynamic issue in Sociology with the related static concept. As society grows, the impact of moral force is always increasing, both by providing a broader scope for each of its three elements and by achieving a more complete integration of their union. Robertson has made a significant observation about the gradual improvement in the status of women, which is just a specific example of this sociological law. The overarching principle on which progress in all three classes depends is the biological law that the dominance of plant life over animal life decreases as the organism is higher on the evolutionary scale and more fully developed.

During the various phases of ancient Polytheism, the controlling power consisted simply of the moral influence exerted by women in the Family. In public life the influence of thinkers had not made itself independent of the governmental authority, of which it was sometimes the source, sometimes the instrument. Mediaeval Catholicism went a step further, and took the first step in systematizing moral force. It created an independent spiritual authority to which political governments were subordinated, and this authority was always supported by women. But the complete organization of moral force was reserved for modern times. It is only recently that the working classes have begun to interfere actively in social questions; and, as I have shown in the preceding chapter, it is from their co-operation that the new spiritual power will derive its practical efficiency. Limited originally to the sphere of Feeling, and subsequently extended to the intellectual sphere, it henceforward embraces the sphere of Activity; and this without losing its spiritual character, since the influences of which it consists are entirely distinct from the domain of practical politics. Each of its three elements persuades, advises, judges; but except in isolated cases, never commands. The social mission of Positivism is to regulate and combine their spontaneous action, by directing each to the objects for which it is best adapted.

During the different phases of ancient Polytheism, the main influence came from the moral power of women within the Family. In public life, the influence of thinkers wasn't independent of government authority, which could either be a source or a tool for these thinkers. Medieval Catholicism took things further by systematizing moral force. It established a separate spiritual authority that political governments were under, and this authority was consistently supported by women. However, the full organization of moral force was something that would emerge in modern times. It's only recently that the working classes have started to actively engage in social issues; and, as I discussed in the previous chapter, it's from their collaboration that this new spiritual power will gain its practical strength. Initially focused on the realm of Emotion and later expanding to the intellectual realm, it now includes the realm of Action, all while retaining its spiritual nature, as the influences it comprises are completely separate from practical politics. Each of its three components persuades, advises, and judges; but, except in rare cases, it doesn't command. The social mission of Positivism is to organize and harmonize their spontaneous actions, directing each toward the goals for which it is best suited.

And this mission, in spite of strong prejudices to the contrary, it will be found well calculated to fulfil. I have already shown its adaptation to the case of the people and of the philosophic body, whether regarded separately or in combination: I have now to show that it is equally adapted to the case of women.

And this mission, despite strong biases against it, will turn out to be well-suited to achieve its goals. I've already demonstrated how it fits the needs of both the general public and the philosophical community, whether considered alone or together: now I need to show that it is equally suitable for women.

In proof of this I have but to refer to the principle on which, as stated in the first chapter, the whole system of Positivism is based; the preponderance of affection in our nature. Such a principle is of itself an appeal to women to associate themselves with the system, as one of its essential elements. In Catholicism, their co-operation, though valuable, was not of primary importance, because Catholicism claimed a divine origin independent of their assistance. But to Positivism they are indispensable, as being the purest and simplest embodiment of its fundamental principle. It is not merely in the Family that their influence will be required. Their duty will often be to call philosophers and people back to that unity of purpose which originated in the first place with themselves, and which each of the other elements is often disposed to violate.

To prove this, I only need to point to the principle that the entire system of Positivism is based on, as mentioned in the first chapter: the importance of affection in our nature. This principle directly invites women to connect with the system as one of its key components. In Catholicism, their participation was valued but not essential since it claimed divine origins that didn't rely on their support. However, in Positivism, women are crucial because they represent the purest and simplest expression of its core principle. Their influence will be needed not just within the family but also to remind philosophers and society to return to the unity of purpose that originally came from them, a unity that other elements often tend to disrupt.

All true philosophers will no doubt accept and be profoundly influenced by the conviction, that in all subjects of thought the social point of view should be logically and scientifically preponderant. They will consequently admit the truth that the Heart takes precedence of the Understanding. Still they require some more direct incentive to universal Love than these convictions can supply. Knowing, as they do, how slight is the practical result of purely intellectual considerations, they will welcome so precious an incentive, were it only in the interest of their own mission. I recognized its necessity myself, when I wrote on the 11th of March, 1846, to her who, in spite of death, will always remain my constant companion7: ‘I was incomplete as a philosopher, until the experience of deep and pure passion has given me fuller insight into the emotional side of human nature’. Strong affection exercises a marvellous243 influence upon mental effort. It elevates the intellect at once to the only point of view which is really universal. Doubtless, the method of pure science leads up to it also; but only by a long and toilsome process, which exhausts the power of thought, and leaves little energy for following out the new results to which this great principle gives rise. The stimulation of affection under feminine influence is necessary, therefore, for the acceptance of Positivism, not merely in those classes for whom a long preliminary course of scientific study would be impossible. It is equally necessary for the systematic teachers of Positivism, in whom it checks the tendency, which is encouraged by habits of abstract speculation, to deviate into useless digressions; these being always easier to prosecute than researches of real value.

All true philosophers will undoubtedly accept and be deeply influenced by the belief that in all subjects of thought, the social perspective should logically and scientifically take precedence. They will therefore acknowledge that emotions hold more importance than rational understanding. However, they still need a more direct motivation for universal love than these beliefs can provide. Understanding the minimal practical impact of purely intellectual discussions, they would appreciate such a valuable motivation, even if just for their own mission. I recognized this necessity myself when I wrote on March 11, 1846, to the one who, despite death, will always be my constant companion7: “I felt incomplete as a philosopher until the experience of deep and pure passion gave me a fuller understanding of the emotional side of human nature.” Strong affection has a remarkable influence on mental effort. It instantly elevates intellect to the only truly universal perspective. Certainly, the method of pure science leads there too, but only through a lengthy and arduous process that drains mental energy and leaves little for pursuing the new insights that this great principle reveals. Therefore, the influence of affection, especially from women, is essential for embracing Positivism, not just for those who cannot go through a lengthy scientific study. It is equally vital for the systematic teachers of Positivism, as it curbs the tendency, which is encouraged by habits of abstract speculation, to stray into unproductive digressions—these being much easier to engage in than genuine research of value.

Superiority of the new spiritual power to the old. Self-regarding tendencies of Catholic doctrine

Under this aspect the new spiritual system is obviously superior to the old. By the institution of celibacy, which was indispensable to Catholicism, its priests were entirely removed from the beneficial influence exercised by women. Only those could profit from it who did not belong to the ecclesiastical body; the members of that body, as Ariosto has remarked in his vigorous satire, were excluded. Nor could the evil be remedied, except in very rare cases, by irregular attachment, which inevitably corrupted the priest’s character by involving the necessity of perpetual hypocrisy.

Under this aspect, the new spiritual system is clearly better than the old one. With the establishment of celibacy, which was essential to Catholicism, its priests were completely cut off from the positive influence of women. Only those outside the church could benefit from it; as Ariosto pointed out in his sharp satire, the members of the clergy were excluded. Additionally, the problem couldn’t be fixed, except in very rare situations, by irregular relationships, which inevitably corrupted the priest’s character due to the need for constant hypocrisy.

And when we look at the difference of the spirit by which the two systems are pervaded, we shall find still more striking evidence that the new system offers a far larger sphere of moral influence to women than the old.

And when we examine the difference in the spirit that underlies the two systems, we will find even more compelling evidence that the new system provides a much broader scope of moral influence for women than the old one.

Both are based upon the principle of affection; but in Positivism the affection inculcated is social,244 in Catholicism it is essentially personal. The object of Catholic devotion is one of such stupendous magnitude, that feelings which are unconnected with it are in danger of being crushed. The priesthood, it is true, wise interpreters in this respect of a general instinct, brought all the more important social obligations within the compass of religion, and held them out as necessary for salvation. Indirectly, the nobler feelings were thus called into action; but at the same time they were rendered far less spontaneous and pure. There could be no perfectly disinterested affection under a system which promised eternal rewards for all acts of self-denial. For it was impossible, and indeed it would have been thought sinful, to keep the future out of sight; and thus all spontaneous generosity was unavoidably tainted by self-interest. Catholicism gave rise to an ignoble theory of morals which became very mischievous when it was adopted by the metaphysicians; because, while retaining the vicious principle, they swept away the checks by which the priesthood had controlled it. But even when we look at the purest form in which the love of God was exhibited, we cannot call it a social feeling, except in so far as the same object of worship was held out simultaneously to all. Intrinsically, it is anti-social, since, when attained in absolute perfection, it implies the entire sacrifice of all other love. And in the best representatives of Christian thought and feeling, this tendency is very apparent. No one has portrayed the Catholic ideal with such sublimity and pathos as the author of the Imitation, a work which so well deserved the beautiful translation of Corneille. And yet, reading it as I do daily, I cannot help remarking how grievously the natural nobleness of Thomas A’Kempis was impaired by the Catholic system, although in spite of all245 obstacles he rises at times to the purest ardour. Certainly those of our feelings which are purely unselfish must be far stronger and more spontaneous than ever has yet been supposed, since even the oppressive discipline of twelve centuries could not prevent their growth.

Both are based on the principle of love; however, in Positivism, the love emphasized is social,244 while in Catholicism, it is primarily personal. The focus of Catholic devotion is so immense that feelings unrelated to it risk being overwhelmed. The priesthood, acting as wise interpreters of a collective instinct, incorporated all the more significant social obligations into the realm of religion and presented them as essential for salvation. Indirectly, this spurred the nobler emotions into action, but at the same time, they became much less spontaneous and pure. There could be no completely selfless love under a system that promised eternal rewards for every act of self-denial. It was deemed impossible, and even sinful, to ignore the future; thus, all genuine generosity became inevitably tainted by self-interest. Catholicism fostered a dishonest moral theory that became particularly harmful once adopted by metaphysicians because, while keeping the flawed principle, they removed the safeguards that the priesthood had set up. Yet, even when we consider the purest expression of love for God, we can't call it a social feeling, except to the extent that the same object of worship was offered to everyone simultaneously. Intrinsically, it is anti-social, as achieving it in absolute perfection means completely sacrificing all other love. This inclination is very evident in the most exemplary figures of Christian thought and feeling. No one has captured the Catholic ideal with such grandeur and emotion as the author of the Imitation, a work that truly deserved the beautiful translation by Corneille. And still, as I read it daily, I can't help but notice how severely the natural nobility of Thomas A’Kempis was damaged by the Catholic system, even though he occasionally rises, in spite of all245 hindrances, to the purest passion. Surely, those feelings of ours that are entirely unselfish must be far stronger and more spontaneous than has ever been acknowledged, since even the oppressive discipline of twelve centuries couldn't stop their development.

The spirit of Positivism, on the contrary, is essentially social. The Heart and the Intellect mutually strengthen each other

Positivism, from the fact of its conformity with the constitution of our nature, is the only system calculated to develop, both in public and in private life, those high attributes of Humanity which, for want of adequate systematic culture, are still in their rudimentary stage. Catholicism, while appealing to the Heart, crushed Intellect, and Intellect naturally struggled to throw off the yoke. Positivism, on the contrary, brings Reason into complete harmony with Feeling, without impairing the activity of either.

Positivism, because it aligns with our natural inclinations, is the only framework designed to nurture, both publicly and privately, those lofty qualities of humanity that remain underdeveloped due to a lack of proper systematic growth. Catholicism, while it connected with emotions, stifled intellectual thought, and naturally, intellect fought to break free from that constraint. Positivism, on the other hand, fully integrates reason with emotion, without diminishing the function of either.

Scientific study of the relation which each individual bears to the whole race is a continual stimulus to social sympathy. Without a theory of society, it is impossible to keep this relation distinctly and constantly in view. It is only noticed in a few exceptional cases, and unconnected impressions are soon effaced from the memory. But the Positivist teacher, taking the social point of view invariably, will make this notion far more familiar to us than it has ever been before. He will show us the impossibility of understanding any individual or society apart from the whole life of the race. Nothing but the bewilderment caused by theological and metaphysical doctrines can account for the shallow explanations of human affairs given by our teachers, attributing as they do to Man what is really due to Humanity. But with the sounder theory that we now possess, we can see the truth as it really stands. We have246 but to look each of us at our own life under its physical, intellectual, or moral aspects, to recognize what it is that we owe to the combined action of our predecessors and contemporaries. The man who dares to think himself independent of others, either in feelings, thoughts, or actions, cannot even put the blasphemous conception into words without immediate self-contradiction, since the very language he uses is not his own. The profoundest thinker cannot by himself form the simplest language; it requires the co-operation of a community for several generations. Without further illustration, the tendency of Positive doctrine is evident. It appeals systematically to our social instincts, by constantly impressing upon us that only the Whole is real; that the Parts exist only in abstraction.

The scientific study of how each individual relates to the entire human race is a constant motivator for social empathy. Without a clear theory of society, it's impossible to keep this relationship consistently in mind. It's usually only recognized in a few rare cases, and random impressions quickly fade from memory. However, a Positivist teacher, who always takes a social angle, will help make this concept much more familiar to us than ever before. They will demonstrate that we can't truly understand any individual or society without considering the entire life of humanity. The confusion caused by religious and philosophical beliefs is the only reason our educators offer such superficial explanations of human behavior, attributing to Man what actually belongs to Humanity. But with the better theory we now have, we can see things more clearly. Each of us just needs to examine our own lives—physically, intellectually, or morally—to appreciate what we owe to the collective efforts of those who came before us and those who are our contemporaries. Anyone who thinks they are independent from others—whether in feelings, thoughts, or actions—cannot even express that misguided belief without contradicting themselves, since the very language they use isn’t solely their own. Even the deepest thinker cannot create the simplest language on their own; it requires the collaboration of a community over several generations. Without needing further examples, the essence of Positive doctrine is clear. It systematically appeals to our social instincts by constantly emphasizing that only the Whole is real, while the Parts exist only in theory.

But independently of the beneficial influence which, in this final state of Humanity, the mind will exercise upon the heart, the direct culture of the heart itself will be more pure and more vigorous than under any former system. It offers us the only means of disengaging our benevolent affections from all calculations of self-interest. As far as the imperfection of man’s nature admits, these affections will gradually become supreme, since they give deeper satisfaction than all others, and are capable of fuller development. Setting the rewards and punishments of theology aside, we shall attain at last to that which is the real happiness of man, pure and disinterested love. This is truly the Sovereign Good, sought for so long by former systems of philosophy in vain. That it surpasses all other good one fact will show, known to the tender-hearted from personal experience; that it is even better to love than to be loved. Overstrained as this may seem to many, it is yet in harmony with a general truth, that our nature247 is in a healthier state when active than when passive. In the happiness of being loved, there is always some tinge of self-love; it is impossible not to feel pride in the love of one whom we prefer to all others. Since, then, loving gives purer satisfaction than being loved, the superiority of perfectly disinterested affection is at once demonstrated. It is the fundamental defect of our nature, that intrinsically these affections are far weaker than the selfish propensities connected with the preservation of our own existence. But when they have been once aroused, even though the original stimulus may have been personal, they have greater capacity of growth, owing to the peculiar charm inherent in them. Besides, in the exercise of these feelings, all of us can co-operate with and encourage one another, whereas the reverse is the case with the selfish instincts. There is, therefore, nothing unreasonable in supposing that Positivism, by regulating and combining these natural tendencies, may rouse our sympathetic instincts to a condition of permanent activity hitherto unknown. When the heart is no longer crushed by theological dogmas, or hardened by metaphysical theories, we soon discover that real happiness, whether public or private, consists in the highest possible development of the social instincts. Self-love comes to be regarded as an incurable infirmity, which is to be yielded to only so far as is absolutely necessary. Here lies the universal adaptability of Positivism to every type of character and to all circumstances. In the humblest relations of life, as in the highest, regenerate Humanity will apply the obvious truth, It is better to give than to receive.

But regardless of the positive impact that the mind will have on the heart in this final stage of humanity, the direct development of the heart itself will be purer and stronger than in any previous system. It provides us with the only way to free our kind feelings from all self-interest. As much as the imperfections of human nature allow, these feelings will gradually become dominant since they offer deeper satisfaction than any others and can develop more fully. Leaving aside the rewards and punishments of theology, we will ultimately achieve what is true happiness for humanity: pure and selfless love. This is the ultimate good, sought by previous philosophical systems in vain for so long. One fact will prove that it surpasses all other goods, known by those with a kind heart from personal experience: it is even better to love than to be loved. Although this may seem exaggerated to many, it aligns with a general truth: our nature is in a healthier state when active rather than passive. In the happiness of being loved, there is always a hint of self-love; it’s impossible not to feel pride in being loved by someone we value above all others. Therefore, since loving brings purer satisfaction than being loved does, the superiority of completely selfless affection becomes clear. It is a fundamental flaw in our nature that these affections are, by nature, much weaker than the selfish tendencies related to the preservation of our own existence. However, once these affections are stirred, even if the initial trigger came from a personal interest, they have a greater potential for growth because of their unique appeal. Furthermore, in expressing these feelings, we can all support and encourage each other, while the opposite is true for selfish instincts. Thus, it isn’t unreasonable to think that Positivism, by organizing and combining these natural tendencies, might awaken our sympathetic instincts to a level of ongoing activity that we haven’t experienced before. When the heart is no longer weighed down by theological doctrines or hardened by metaphysical theories, we quickly realize that true happiness, whether public or private, lies in the fullest development of social instincts. Self-love comes to be viewed as an unchangeable flaw, which we should only indulge in as necessary. This highlights Positivism’s universal adaptability to all types of character and circumstances. In both the simplest and the highest aspects of life, a renewed humanity will embrace the obvious truth: it is better to give than to receive.

The Heart thus aroused will in its turn react beneficially upon the Intellect; and it is especially from women that this reaction will proceed. I248 have spoken of it so fully before, that I need not describe it further. It is in Feeling that I find the basis on which the whole structure of Positivism, intellectually as well as morally considered, rests. The only remark I have now to add is, that by following out this principle, philosophical difficulties of the most formidable kind are at once surmounted. From moral considerations, the intellect may be readily induced to submit to scientific restrictions, the propriety of which would remain for a long time matter of debate, were philosophical discussions the only means of indicating it. Attempt, for instance, to convince a pure mathematician, however conscientious and talented, that Sociology is both logically and scientifically superior to all other studies. He would not readily admit this; and severe exertion of the inductive and deductive faculties can alone convince him of it. But by the aid of Feeling, an artisan or a woman can, without education, readily grasp this great encyclopædic principle, and apply it practically to the common affairs of life. But for this, the larger conceptions of philosophy would have but a limited range, and very few would be capable of the course of study which is yet so important on social grounds for all. Comprehensiveness of mind is no doubt favourable to sympathy, but is itself more actively stimulated by it. When the Positivist method of education is accepted, moral excellence will be very generally regarded as a guarantee of real intellectual capacity. The revolutionist leaders of the Convention showed their sense of this connexion by allowing, as they did sometimes, republican ardour to outweigh scientific attainment. Of course, so long as men remain without a systematic theory of morals, such policy would be likely to fail of its object, and indeed would become positively mischievous.249 But the reproach is usually that it was a retrograde policy, a reproach far more applicable to the present system, in which the standard of fitness for any office is regulated exclusively by intellectual considerations, the heart being altogether disregarded. Historically we can explain this practice by the fact that the religious faith in which our moral nature has hitherto been trained has been of a most oppressive character. Ever since the Middle Ages, the intellect and the heart have been unavoidably at issue. Positivism is the only system which can put an end to their antagonism, because, as I have before explained, while subordinating Reason to Feeling, it does so in such a way as not to impair the development of either. With its present untenable claims to supremacy, Intellect is in reality the principal source of social discord. Until it abdicates in favour of the Heart, it can never be of real service in reconstruction. But its abdication will be useless, unless it is entirely voluntary. Now this is precisely the result which Positivism attains, because it takes up the very ground on which the claims of intellect are defended, namely, scientific demonstration, a ground which the defenders of intellect cannot repudiate without suspicion at once attaching to their motives. But theological or metaphysical remedies can only exasperate the disease. By oppressing the intellect they provoke it to fresh insurrection against the heart.

The Heart, once awakened, will positively influence the Intellect, and this reaction is especially strong with women. I’ve talked about this in detail before, so there’s no need for further description. It’s in Feeling that I find the foundation on which the entire framework of Positivism, both intellectually and morally, rests. The only additional point I want to make is that by following this principle, we can easily overcome philosophical challenges that seem quite daunting. From a moral standpoint, the intellect can be persuaded to accept scientific limitations, the appropriateness of which would be the subject of lengthy debate if philosophical discussions were the sole means of addressing it. For example, try to convince a pure mathematician, no matter how principled or talented, that Sociology is logically and scientifically superior to all other subjects. They wouldn’t easily accept this, and only a rigorous effort of inductive and deductive reasoning could persuade them. However, with the help of Feeling, an artisan or a woman can, without formal education, easily grasp this important comprehensive principle and apply it to everyday life. Without this, broader philosophical ideas would have limited scope, and very few would engage in the crucial social studies that everyone needs. While a broad-minded individual is indeed more sympathetic, that sympathy also encourages a more active intellectual engagement. When the Positivist approach to education is embraced, moral excellence will be widely seen as a true indication of real intellectual ability. The revolutionary leaders of the Convention recognized this connection by sometimes allowing their republican passion to outweigh their scientific knowledge. Naturally, as long as people lack a systematic moral theory, such a strategy is likely to miss its mark and could even be harmful. However, the criticism is often that this was a backward policy, a critique that is much more relevant to the current system, where the criteria for any position are determined solely by intellectual factors, disregarding the heart entirely. Historically, we can explain this practice by noting that the religious beliefs shaping our moral nature have often been quite oppressive. Since the Middle Ages, the intellect and the heart have been in constant conflict. Positivism is the only system capable of resolving this tension because, as I've explained before, it places Reason beneath Feeling in a way that does not hinder either's development. Currently, the unshakable claims of the Intellect are actually the main cause of social discord. Until it relinquishes its dominance to the Heart, it will not contribute meaningfully to reconstruction. However, this relinquishment must be entirely voluntary to be effective. This result is precisely what Positivism achieves, as it asserts itself on the very foundation upon which the claims of intellect are based: scientific demonstration, a basis that proponents of intellect cannot deny without casting doubt on their motivations. On the other hand, theological or metaphysical solutions will only worsen the issue. By suppressing the intellect, they incite it to rebel even more against the heart.

Intellectual and moral affinities of women with Positivism

For all these reasons, women, who are better judges of moral questions than ourselves, will admit that Positivism, incontestably superior as it is to other systems intellectually, surpasses them yet more in dealing with the affections. Their only objection arises from confounding250 Positive Philosophy itself with its preliminary course of scientific study.

For all these reasons, women, who are better judges of moral issues than we are, will agree that Positivism, undoubtedly superior to other systems intellectually, excels even more when it comes to handling emotions. Their only issue comes from confusing250 Positive Philosophy itself with its initial phase of scientific study.

Women’s minds no doubt are less capable than ours of generalizing very widely, or of carrying on long processes of deduction. They are, that is, less capable than men of abstract intellectual exertion. On the other hand, they are generally more alive to that combination of reality with utility which is one of the characteristics of Positive speculation. In this respect they have much in common intellectually with the working classes; and fortunately they have also the same advantage of being untrammelled by the present absurd system of education. Nor is their position far removed from what it should be normally; being less engaged than men in the business of life, their contemplative faculties are called into activity more easily. Their minds are neither preoccupied nor indifferent; the most favourable condition for the reception of philosophical truth. They have far more affinity intellectually with philosophers who truly deserve the name, than we find in the scientific men of the present day. Comprehensiveness of thought they consider as important as positivity, whereas our savants care for nothing but the latter quality, and even that they understand imperfectly. Molière’s remarkable expression, des clartés de tout, which I applied in the last chapter to popular education, was used by him in reference to women. Accordingly we find that women took a vivid interest in the very first attempt made to systematize Positive speculation, the Cartesian philosophy. No more striking proof could be given of their philosophical affinities; and the more so that in the Cartesian system moral and social speculations were necessarily excluded. Surely, then, we may expect them to receive Positivism far more favourably, a system251 of which the principal subject of speculation is the moral problem in which both sexes are alike interested.

Women’s minds are certainly less capable than ours of broad generalizations or lengthy deductive reasoning. In other words, they are less adept at abstract intellectual tasks compared to men. However, they tend to be more aware of the connection between reality and practicality, which is a key feature of Positive thinking. In this regard, they have much in common intellectually with the working classes; fortunately, they also share the advantage of being unencumbered by the current flawed education system. Their position is not far off from what it should be; since they are less involved than men in life's daily challenges, their reflective abilities can be engaged more readily. Their minds are neither distracted nor apathetic, creating a favorable environment for embracing philosophical truths. They have a greater intellectual connection with true philosophers than we see in today's scientists. They regard comprehensive thought as equally important as positivism, while our scholars focus solely on the latter, often with a flawed understanding. Molière’s striking phrase, des clartés de tout, which I referenced in the last chapter regarding popular education, was originally used in reference to women. Thus, we see that women showed a keen interest in the very first efforts to systematize Positive thought, particularly in Cartesian philosophy. This serves as strong evidence of their philosophical affinities, especially since moral and social speculation were notably excluded from the Cartesian system. Clearly, we can expect them to be much more receptive to Positivism, a system251 whose main focus is the moral problem, an issue that affects both genders equally.

Women, therefore, may, like the people, be counted among the future supporters of the new philosophy. Without their combined aid it could never hope to surmount the strong repugnance to it which is felt by our cultivated classes, especially in France, where the question of its success has first to be decided.

Women, then, can, like everyone else, be counted among the future supporters of the new philosophy. Without their collective support, it could never hope to overcome the strong resistance it faces from our educated classes, especially in France, where the question of its success must be settled first.

Catholicism purified love, but did not directly strengthen it

But when women have sufficient acquaintance with Positivism, to see its superiority to Catholicism in questions of feeling, they will support it from moral sympathy even more than from intellectual adhesion. It will be the heart even more than the mind which will incline them to the only system of philosophy which has fully recognized the preponderance of Feeling. They cannot fail to be drawn towards a system which regards women as the embodiment of this principle; the unity of human nature, of which this principle is the basis, being thus entrusted to their special charge. The only reason of their regret for the past, is that the present fails to satisfy their noblest social instincts. Not that Catholicism ever really satisfied them; indeed in its general character it is even less adapted to women than to men, since the dominant quality of woman’s nature is in direct contradiction with it. Christianity, notwithstanding its claims to moral perfection, has always confounded the quality of tenderness with that of purity. And it is true that love cannot be deep unless it is also pure. But Catholicism, although it purified love from the animal propensities which had been stimulated by Polytheism, did nothing otherwise to strengthen it. It has given us indeed too many252 instances of purity, pushed to the extent of fanaticism, without tenderness. And this result is especially common now, because the austerity of the Christian spirit is not corrected, as it used to be, by the inspiring influences of Chivalry. Polytheism, deficient as it was in purity, was really far more conducive than Christianity, to tenderness. Love of God, the supreme affection round which Catholicism endeavoured to concentrate all other feelings, was essentially a self-regarding principle, and as such conflicted with woman’s noblest instincts. Not only did it encourage monastic isolation, but if developed to the full extent, it became inconsistent with love for our fellow men. It was impiety for the knight to love his Lady better than his God; and thus the best feelings of his nature were repressed by his religious faith. Women, therefore, are not really interested in perpetuating the old system; and the very instincts by which their nature is characterized, will soon incline them to abandon it. They have only been waiting until social life should assume a less material character; so that morality, for the preservation of which they justly consider themselves responsible, may not be compromised. And on this head Positivism satisfies their heart no less than their understanding with all the guarantees that they can require. Based as it is upon accurate knowledge of our nature, it can combine the simple affectionate spirit of Polytheism with the exquisite purity of Catholicism, without fear of taint from the subversive sophisms engendered by the spiritual anarchy of our times. Not however that purity is to be placed on the same level with tenderness. Tenderness is the more essential of the two qualities, because more closely connected with the grand object of all human effort, the elevation of Social Feeling over Self-love. In a253 woman without tenderness there is something even more monstrous than in a man without courage. Whatever her talents and even her energy may be, they will in most cases prove mischievous both to herself and to others, unless indeed they should be nullified by the restraint of theological discipline. If she has force of character it will be wasted in a struggle against all legitimate authority; while her mental power will be employed only in destructive sophisms. Too many cases of this kind present themselves in the social anarchy of the present time.

But when women become familiar with Positivism enough to see its advantages over Catholicism in matters of emotion, they'll support it out of moral sympathy even more than intellectual agreement. It will be their hearts more than their minds that draw them to the only philosophical system that fully recognizes the importance of Feeling. They can't help but be attracted to a system that sees women as the embodiment of this principle; the unity of human nature, of which this principle is the foundation, is entrusted to their care. Their only regret for the past is that the present doesn't meet their highest social instincts. Catholicism never truly satisfied them; in fact, it is even less suited to women than to men, as the main quality of a woman's nature contradicts it directly. Christianity, despite its claims to moral perfection, has always confused tenderness with purity. It's true that love can't be profound unless it's also pure. But Catholicism, while it purified love from the animal instincts encouraged by Polytheism, did nothing to enhance it otherwise. Indeed, it has given us far too many examples of purity pushed to the extreme of fanaticism, lacking tenderness. This issue is especially prevalent now, because the strictness of the Christian spirit isn’t balanced, as it once was, by the inspiring influences of Chivalry. Polytheism, though lacking in purity, was actually much more conducive to tenderness than Christianity. Love of God, the highest affection that Catholicism tried to make central to all other feelings, was fundamentally a self-centered principle and, as such, conflicted with women’s noblest instincts. It not only promoted monastic isolation but also, when taken to the extreme, clashed with love for our fellow humans. It was considered impious for a knight to love his Lady more than his God, and thus the best parts of his nature were stifled by his religious beliefs. Therefore, women aren't genuinely interested in maintaining the old system; their very instincts will soon lead them to move away from it. They've just been waiting for social life to take on a less materialistic nature, so that the morality, which they rightly view as their responsibility, won't be compromised. In this regard, Positivism satisfies their hearts just as much as their minds, providing all the guarantees they need. Grounded in an accurate understanding of our nature, it can combine the simple, affectionate spirit of Polytheism with the pure essence of Catholicism, without the risk of contamination from the subversive arguments born of today's spiritual chaos. However, it's important to note that purity shouldn't be equated with tenderness. Tenderness is the more essential of the two qualities because it's more closely linked to the grand objective of all human endeavor: elevating Social Feeling above Self-love. In a woman without tenderness, there's something even more monstrous than in a man without courage. Regardless of her talents or energy, they will often end up being harmful to both herself and others unless restrained by theological discipline. If she possesses strong character, it will be squandered in a fight against all legitimate authority, while her intellectual capacity will be used only for destructive arguments. There are far too many examples of this in the social chaos of the current times.

Such is the Positivist theory on the subject of Women. It marks out for them a noble field of social usefulness. It extends the scope of their influence to public as well as private life, and yet in a way thoroughly in harmony with their nature. Without leaving the family, they will participate in the controlling power exercised by philosophers and workmen, seeking even in their own domestic sphere rather to modify than to govern. In a word, as I shall show more fully in the last chapter of this introductory work, Woman is the spontaneous priestess of Humanity. She personifies in the purest form the principle of Love upon which the unity of our nature depends; and the culture of that principle in others is her special function.

This is the Positivist theory regarding Women. It outlines a meaningful role for them in society. It broadens their influence to include both public and private life, while still aligning with their inherent nature. Without leaving the home, they will share in the power held by thinkers and laborers, aiming to influence rather than control even within their domestic environment. In summary, as I will explain more in detail in the last chapter of this introductory work, Woman is the natural leader of Humanity. She embodies the principle of Love in its purest form, which is essential to our unity; and cultivating that principle in others is her unique responsibility.

Women’s influence over the working classes and their teachers

All classes, therefore, must be brought under women’s influence; for all require to be reminded constantly of the great truth that Reason and Activity are subordinate to Feeling. Of their influence upon philosophers I have spoken. If they are men worthy of their mission, they will be conscious of the tendency which their life has to harden them and lead them into useless speculation; and they will feel the need of renewing the ardour of their social sympathy at its native254 source. Feeling, when it is pure and deep, corrects its own errors, because they clash with the good to which it is ever tending. But erroneous use of the intellectual or practical faculties, cannot be even recognized, much less corrected, without the aid of Affection, which is the only part of our nature that suffers directly from such errors. Therefore whenever either the philosopher or the people deviate from duty, it will be the part of women to remonstrate with them gently, and recall them to the true social principles which are entrusted to their special charge.

All classes, therefore, must be influenced by women; everyone needs constant reminders of the important truth that Reason and Activity are secondary to Feeling. I've spoken about their effect on philosophers. If they are men who are worthy of their purpose, they will be aware of how their lives can harden them and lead them into pointless speculation; they'll recognize the need to refresh their social empathy at its natural source. Genuine, deep Feeling corrects its own mistakes because it conflicts with the good toward which it constantly strives. However, if we misuse our intellectual or practical abilities, we can’t even recognize, let alone correct, those mistakes without the support of Affection, which directly suffers from such errors. Therefore, whenever either philosophers or the public stray from their duty, it will be women's role to gently challenge them and remind them of the true social principles that fall under their unique responsibility.

With the working classes, the special danger to be contended against is their tendency to abuse their strength, and to resort to force for the attainment of their objects, instead of persuasion. But this danger is after all less than that of the misuse of intellectual power to which philosophers are so liable. Thinkers who try to make reasoning do the work of feeling can very seldom be convinced of their error. Popular excitement, on the contrary, has often yielded to feminine influence, exerted though it has been hitherto without any systematic guidance. The difference is no doubt partly owing to the fact that there are now few or none who deserve the name of philosophers. For we cannot give that name to the superficial sophists and rhetoricians of our time, whether psychologists or ideologists, men wholly incapable of deep thought on any subject. Independently of this, however, the difference is explained by the character of the two classes. Women will always find it harder to deal with intellectual pride than with popular violence. Appeals to social feeling are their only weapons; and the social feelings of the workman are stronger than those of the philosopher. Sophistry is far more formidable to them than passion. In fact, were it not that the working255 classes are even now so amenable to female influence, society would be in extreme danger from the disorder caused by intellectual anarchy. There are many sophisms which maintain themselves in spite of scientific refutation, and which would be destructive of all order, were it not for our moral instincts. Of this the Communists offer a striking example, in avoiding, with that admirable inconsistency to which I have already called attention, the extension of their principle to the Family. Surrounded by the wildest theories, such as, if they were put in practice, would utterly destroy or paralyse society, we see large numbers of working men showing in their daily life a degree of affection and respect for women, which is unequalled by any other class. It is well to reflect on facts like these, not only because they lead us to judge the Communist school with more justice, but because, occurring as they do in the midst of social anarchy, they show what powerful agencies for good will be at our disposal in more settled times. Certainly they cannot be attributed to theological teaching, which has rather had the effect of strengthening the errors which it attacks by the absurdity of its refutations. They are simply the result of the influence which women have spontaneously exercised on the nobler feelings of the people. In Protestant countries where their influence is less, the mischievous effects of Communistic theories have been far greater. We owe it to women that the Family has been so little injured by the retrograde spirit of those republican reformers, whose ideal of modern society is to absorb the Family into the State, as was done by a few small tribes in ancient Greece.

With the working class, the main risk to deal with is their tendency to misuse their strength and to resort to violence to achieve their goals instead of using persuasion. But this risk is still less than the problem of how intellectual power can be misused, which philosophers are particularly prone to. Thinkers who attempt to have reasoning replace feelings are often very difficult to convince of their mistakes. In contrast, popular excitement has often yielded to the influence of women, even though that influence has been applied without any systematic guidance so far. The difference is partly because there are now few or no true philosophers left. We can’t call the superficial sophists and speakers of today—whether psychologists or ideologists—philosophers, as they are entirely incapable of deep thought on any matter. Furthermore, the difference can also be explained by the nature of the two groups. Women will always struggle more with intellectual pride than with popular violence. Their only tools are appeals to social emotions; and the social emotions of workers are stronger than those of philosophers. Sophistry is far more threatening to them than passion. In fact, if the working class were not so influenced by women, society would be in serious danger from the chaos caused by intellectual anarchy. There are many sophisms that persist despite being scientifically disproven, which would disrupt all order if it weren’t for our moral instincts. The Communists are a striking example of this, as they avoid, with that admirable inconsistency I’ve mentioned before, extending their principle to the family. Surrounded by wild theories that, if implemented, would completely destroy or paralyze society, we see many working men demonstrating in their daily lives a level of affection and respect for women that is unmatched by any other class. It is important to reflect on these facts, not only because they lead us to judge the Communist school more fairly, but because, occurring as they do amid social anarchy, they reveal the powerful forces for good that we will have at our disposal in more stable times. Certainly, these cannot be credited to theological teachings, which tend to reinforce the errors they try to counter with their absurd refutations. They are simply the result of the influence women have naturally had on the nobler feelings of the people. In Protestant countries where their influence is weaker, the harmful effects of Communist theories have been much greater. We owe it to women that the family has been so little harmed by the regressive mindset of those republican reformers, whose vision for modern society is to merge the family into the state, as was done by a few small tribes in ancient Greece.

The readiness shown by women in applying practical remedies to erroneous theories of morality is shown in other cases where the attractiveness of256 the error would seem irresistible to the coarser nature of men. The evils consequent on divorce, which has been authorized in Germany for three centuries, have been much lessened by women’s instinctive repugnance to it. The same may be said of recent attacks upon marriage, which are still more serious because the anarchy of modern life revives all the extravagances of the metaphysical spirit in ancient times. In no one case has a scheme of society hostile to marriage met with any real favour from women, plausible as many of them seemed. Unable in their ignorance of social science to see the fallacy of such schemes themselves, our revolutionary writers cannot conceive that women will not be convinced by them. But happily women, like the people, judge in these matters by the heart rather than by the head. In the absence of any guiding principle to direct the understanding and prevent the deviations to which it is always exposed, the heart is a far safer guide.

The willingness of women to address flawed ideas about morality is evident in other situations where the appeal of the mistake might seem irresistible to the rougher nature of men. The negative consequences of divorce, which has been allowed in Germany for three centuries, have been significantly reduced by women’s natural aversion to it. The same can be said for recent criticisms of marriage, which are even more serious because the chaos of modern life brings back all the extreme ideas from ancient metaphysics. In no situation has a societal plan that opposes marriage received any real support from women, no matter how convincing they appeared. Our revolutionary writers, unable to recognize the flaws in such plans due to their lack of understanding of social science, can't fathom that women won't be swayed by them. Fortunately, women, like the general public, rely on their feelings in these matters rather than just logic. In the absence of a guiding principle to help make sense of things and prevent misleading distractions, the heart is a much safer guide.

There is no need at present of pursuing these remarks farther. It is abundantly clear that women are in every respect adapted for rectifying the moral deviations to which every element in the social organism is liable. And if we already feel the value of their influence, springing as it does from the unaided inspirations of the heart, we may be sure it will become far more consolidated and will be far more widely felt, when it rests on the basis of a sound philosophical system, capable of refuting sophisms and exposing fallacies from which their unassisted instinct is insufficient to preserve us.

There’s no need to go further with these comments right now. It's very clear that women are fully capable of correcting the moral issues that can arise in society. If we already recognize the value of their influence, which comes from the genuine feelings of the heart, we can be sure it will become even stronger and more widely recognized when it is built on a solid philosophical foundation that can challenge misleading arguments and expose flaws that their natural instincts may not be able to shield us from.

Their social influence in the salon

Thus the part to be played by women in public life is not merely passive. Not only will they give their sanction individually and collectively to the verdicts of public opinion as formed by philosophers and by257 the people; but they will themselves interfere actively in moral questions. It will be their part to maintain the primary principle of Positivism, which originated with themselves, and of which they will always be the most natural representatives.

Thus, the role women will have in public life is not just passive. They will not only support the decisions of public opinion shaped by philosophers and by257 the people; they will also actively engage in moral issues. It will be their responsibility to uphold the fundamental principle of Positivism, which originated with them, and of which they will always be the most authentic representatives.

But, how, it may be asked, can this be reconciled with my previous remark that women’s life should still be essentially domestic?

But how can this be reconciled with my earlier point that women's lives should still primarily be domestic?

For the ancients, and for the greater part of the human race at the present time, it would be irreconcilable. But in Western Europe the solution has long ago been found. From the time when women acquired, as they did in the Middle Ages, a fair measure of domestic freedom, opportunities for social intercourse arose, which combined most happily the advantages of private and of public life, and in these women presided. The practice afterwards extended, especially in France, and these meetings became the laboratories of public opinion. It seems now as if they had died out, or had lost their character. The intellectual and moral anarchy of our times is most unfavourable to free interchange of thoughts and feelings. But a custom so social, and which did such good service in the philosophical movement preceding the Revolution, is assuredly not destined to perish. In the more perfect social state to which we are tending, it will be developed more fully than ever, when men’s minds and hearts have accepted the rallying point offered by the new philosophy.

For ancient people, and for most of humanity today, it would be impossible to reconcile. However, in Western Europe, the solution was found long ago. When women gained a certain level of domestic freedom in the Middle Ages, opportunities for social interactions emerged that effectively combined the benefits of private and public life, with women in leadership roles. This practice then spread, particularly in France, and these gatherings became the centers of public opinion. It now seems like they have faded away or lost their original essence. The intellectual and moral chaos of our times is not conducive to open exchanges of thoughts and feelings. But a social custom that contributed so effectively to the philosophical movement before the Revolution is certainly not meant to vanish. In the more ideal social state we are moving towards, it will grow even stronger, once people's minds and hearts embrace the unity offered by the new philosophy.

This is, then, the mode in which women can with propriety participate in public life. Here all classes will recognize their authority as paramount. Under the new system these meetings will entirely lose their old aristocratic character, which is now simply obstructive. The Positivist salon will complete the series of social meetings, in which the three elements of the spiritual power will be able258 to act in concert. First, there is the religious assemblage in the Temple of Humanity. Here the philosopher will naturally preside, the other two classes taking on a secondary part. In the Club again it is the people who will take the active part; women and philosophers would support them by their presence, but without joining in the debate. Lastly, women in their salons will promote active and friendly intercourse between all three classes; and here all who may be qualified to take a leading part will find their influence cordially accepted. Gently and without effort a moral control will thus be established, by which acts of violence or folly may be checked in their source. Kind advice, given indirectly but earnestly, will often save the philosopher from being blinded by ambition, or from deviating, through intellectual pride, into useless digressions. Working men at these meetings will learn to repress the spirit of violence or envy that frequently arises in them, recognizing the sacredness of the care thus manifested for their interests. And the great and the wealthy will be taught from the manner in which praise and blame is given by those whose opinion is most valued, that the only justifiable use of power or talent is to devote it to the service of the weak.

This is how women can appropriately take part in public life. Here, all social classes will acknowledge their authority as supreme. Under the new system, these gatherings will completely shed their old upper-class character, which is now merely obstructive. The Positivist salon will finalize the series of social meetings, where the three elements of spiritual power can work together. First, there’s the religious gathering in the Temple of Humanity. Here, the philosopher will naturally lead, while the other two classes will have a secondary role. In the Club, it will be the people who take the active role; women and philosophers will support them with their presence but won’t engage in the debate. Finally, women in their salons will foster active and friendly interactions among all three classes, where anyone qualified to lead will find their influence warmly welcomed. In a gentle and effortless way, a moral control will be established to prevent acts of violence or foolishness right from the start. Thoughtful advice, given subtly but sincerely, will often help the philosopher avoid being blinded by ambition or falling into unnecessary distractions due to intellectual pride. Working-class individuals at these meetings will learn to control the impulses of violence or jealousy that may arise in them, recognizing the importance of the care shown for their interests. Meanwhile, the powerful and affluent will understand from the way praise and criticism are given by those whose opinions matter most that the only acceptable use of power or talent is to serve the less fortunate.

But the Family is their principal sphere of action

But, however important the public duties that women will ultimately be called upon to perform, the Family is after all their highest and most distinctive sphere of work. It was in allusion to their domestic influence that I spoke of them as the originators of spiritual power. Now the Family, although it is the basis of all human society, has never been satisfactorily defended by any received system of society. All the corrosive power of metaphysical analysis has been employed259 upon it; and of many of the sophisms put forward no rational refutation has been given. On the other hand, the protection of the theologians is no less injurious. For they still persist in connecting the institutions of the Family with their obsolete dogmas, which, however useful they may have been formerly, are now simply dangerous. From the close of the Middle Ages the priesthood has been powerless, as the licentious songs of the troubadours prove, to protect the sanctity of marriage against the shallow but mischievous attacks which even then were made against it. And afterwards, when these false principles became more generally prevalent, and even royal courts disgraced themselves by giving public approval to them, the weakness of the priests became still more manifest. Thus nothing can be more monstrous than these ignorant assertions that theological doctrines have been the safeguard of the Family. They have done nothing to preserve it from the most subversive attacks, under which it must have succumbed, but for the better instincts of society, especially of the female portion of it. With the exception of a foolish fiction about the origin of Woman, theology has put forward no systematic defence of marriage; and as soon as theological authority itself fell into discredit, the feeble sanction which it gave to domestic morality became utterly powerless against sophistical attacks. But now that the Family can be shown on Positive principles to rest on scientific laws of human nature or of society, the danger of metaphysical controversy and theological feebleness is past. These principles will be discussed systematically in the second volume of the larger Treatise to which this work is the Introduction. But the few remarks to which I must at present limit myself, will, I hope, at least satisfy the reader as to the capability260 of Positivism to re-establish morality upon a firm basis.

But no matter how important the public roles that women will eventually take on, the Family remains their highest and most unique area of work. When I referred to their domestic influence, I meant to highlight them as the sources of spiritual power. Now, while the Family serves as the foundation of human society, it has never been convincingly defended by any established social systems. The harsh scrutiny of metaphysical analysis has been applied to it, and many of the arguments made against it have not been rationally refuted. Conversely, the support from theologians can also be harmful. They continue to link Family institutions with outdated beliefs that, although they may have been useful in the past, are now simply dangerous. Since the end of the Middle Ages, the priesthood has proven powerless to protect the sanctity of marriage, as shown by the scandalous songs of the troubadours, against the superficial yet harmful criticisms made even then. Later, when these misguided ideas spread more widely, even royal courts tarnished themselves by endorsing them, making the priests' weakness even more evident. Thus, nothing could be more absurd than the ignorant claims that theological doctrines have protected the Family. They have done nothing to shield it from the most destructive criticisms, which it would have succumbed to if not for the better instincts of society, particularly among women. Aside from a silly story about the origin of Woman, theology has offered no systematic defense of marriage; and once theological authority itself fell out of favor, the weak support it provided for domestic morality became completely ineffective against clever attacks. However, now that the Family can be shown to rest on scientific laws of human nature or society based on Positive principles, the threat of metaphysical debates and theological weakness is over. These principles will be discussed systematically in the second volume of the larger Treatise, which this work introduces. But I hope that the few remarks I can make now will at least assure the reader of Positivism's ability to restore morality on a solid foundation.

Woman’s mission as a wife. Conjugal love an education for universal sympathy

According to the lower views of the subject, such as those coarsely expressed by the great hero of reaction, Napoleon, procreation and maternity are the only social functions of Woman. Indeed many theorists object even to her rearing her children, and think it preferable to leave them to the abstract benevolence of the State. But in the Positivist theory of marriage, the principal function of Woman is one quite unconnected with procreation. It is a function dependent on the highest attributes of our nature.

According to the more simplistic viewpoints on the subject, like those bluntly stated by the great reactionary hero, Napoleon, having children and motherhood are the only social roles for women. In fact, many theorists even argue against women raising their children, believing it's better to leave them to the impersonal care of the State. However, in the Positivist theory of marriage, the main role of women is entirely unrelated to having children. It is a role based on the greatest qualities of our human nature.

Vast as is the moral importance of maternity, yet the position of wife has always been considered even more characteristic of woman’s nature; as shown by the fact that the words woman and wife are in many languages synonymous. Marriage is not always followed by children; and besides this, a bad wife is very seldom indeed a good mother. The first aspect then, under which Positivism considers Woman, is simply as the companion of Man, irrespective of her maternal duties.

Vast as the moral importance of motherhood is, the role of a wife has always been seen as even more representative of a woman's nature; this is evident in the way that the words woman and wife are often interchangeable in many languages. Marriage doesn’t always lead to having children, and in addition, a poor wife is rarely a good mother. Therefore, the first way Positivism views Woman is simply as the companion of Man, regardless of her parenting responsibilities.

Viewed thus, Marriage is the most elementary and yet the most perfect mode of social life. It is the only association in which entire identity of interests is possible. In this union, to the moral completeness of which the language of all civilized nations bears testimony, the noblest aim of human life is realized, as far as it ever can be. For the object of human existence, as shown in the second chapter, is progress of every kind; progress in morality, that is to say in the subjection of Self-interest to Social Feeling, holding the first rank. Now this unquestionable principle leads us by a very sure and direct path to the true theory of marriage.

Viewed this way, marriage is the most basic yet the most complete way of social life. It’s the only relationship where total alignment of interests is possible. In this partnership, which the language of all civilized societies confirms as morally fulfilling, the highest purpose of human life is achieved, as much as it can be. The goal of human existence, as discussed in the second chapter, is progress of all kinds; specifically, progress in morality, which means prioritizing social feelings over self-interest. This undeniable principle guides us in a clear and direct way to the true understanding of marriage.

Different as the two sexes are by nature, and increased as that difference is by the diversity which happily exists in their social position, each is consequently necessary to the moral development of the other. In practical energy and in the mental capacity which usually accompanies it, Man is evidently superior to Woman. Woman’s strength, on the other hand, lies in Feeling. She excels Man in love, as Man excels her in force. It is impossible to conceive of a closer union than that which binds these two beings to the mutual service and perfection of each other, saving them from all danger of rivalry. The voluntary character too of this union gives it a still further charm, when the choice has been on both sides a happy one. In the Positive theory, then, of marriage, its principal object is considered to be that of completing and confirming the education of the heart by calling out the purest and strongest of human sympathies.

Different as the two genders are by nature, and with that difference amplified by the diversity in their social roles, each is essential to the moral growth of the other. In terms of practical energy and the mental capacity that usually goes with it, men are clearly superior to women. Women’s strength, on the other hand, lies in their ability to feel. Women are better than men at love, just as men are stronger than women physically. It’s hard to imagine a closer bond than the one that connects these two beings for their mutual support and improvement, freeing them from any risk of rivalry. The voluntary nature of this union also adds to its appeal, especially when both partners choose each other happily. In the Positive theory of marriage, the main focus is seen as completing and reinforcing the education of the heart by bringing out the purest and strongest human connections.

It is true that sexual instinct, which, in man’s case at all events, was the origin of conjugal attachment, is a feeling purely selfish. It is also true that its absence would in the majority of cases, diminish the energy of affection. But woman with her more loving heart, has usually far less need of this coarse stimulus than man. The influence of her purity reacts on man, and ennobles his affection. And affection is in itself so sweet, that when once it has been aroused by whatever agency, its own charm is sufficient to maintain it in activity. When this is the case, conjugal union becomes a perfect ideal of friendship; yet still more beautiful than friendship, because each possesses and is possessed by the other. For perfect friendship, difference of sex is essential, as excluding the possibility of rivalry. No other voluntary tie can admit of such full and unrestrained confidence.262 It is the source of the most unalloyed happiness that man can enjoy; for there can be no greater happiness than to live for another.

It’s true that sexual instinct, which in men often leads to romantic attachment, is a selfish feeling. It’s also true that without it, most of the time, affection would fade. However, women, who tend to be more loving, generally need this raw drive much less than men do. A woman’s purity influences men positively and elevates their feelings. Affection is inherently so sweet that once it’s sparked by any means, its own appeal is enough to keep it alive. When this happens, marriage turns into a perfect example of friendship; even better than friendship, because each person owns and is owned by the other. For true friendship, the difference in gender is crucial, as it eliminates any chance of rivalry. No other bond allows for such complete and open trust.262 It’s the source of the purest happiness a man can experience; there’s nothing greater than living for someone else.

But independently of the intrinsic value of this sacred union, we have to consider its importance from the social point of view. It is the first stage in our progress towards that which is the final object of moral education, namely, universal love. Many writers of the so-called socialist school, look upon conjugal love and universal benevolence, the two extreme terms in the scale of affections, as opposed to each other. In the second chapter, I pointed out the falseness and danger of this view. The man who is incapable of deep affection for one whom he has chosen as his partner in the most intimate relations of life, can hardly expect to be believed when he professes devotion to a mass of human beings of whom he knows nothing. The heart cannot throw off its original selfishness, without the aid of some complete and enduring affection. And conjugal love, concentrated as it is upon one object exclusively, is more enduring and complete than any other. From personal experience of strong love we rise by degrees to sincere affection for all mankind; although, as the scope of feeling widens, its energy must decrease. The connexion of these two states of feeling is instinctively recognized by all; and it is clearly indicated by the Positive theory of human nature, which has now placed it beyond the reach of metaphysical attacks. When the moral empire of Woman has been more firmly established by the diffusion of Positivist principles, men will see that the common practice of looking to the private life of a statesman as the best guarantee of his public conduct had deep wisdom in it. One of the strongest symptoms of the general laxity of morals to which mental anarchy has brought us, is that263 disgraceful law passed in France thirty years ago, and not yet repealed; the avowed object of which was to surround men’s lives with a ‘wall’ of privacy; a law introduced by psychologist politicians who no doubt needed such a wall.8

But regardless of the inherent value of this sacred union, we need to consider its importance from a social perspective. It is the first step in our journey towards the ultimate goal of moral education: universal love. Many writers in the so-called socialist school view romantic love and universal kindness, the two ends of the affection spectrum, as opposing forces. In the second chapter, I pointed out the falsehood and danger of this perspective. A person who cannot form deep affection for their chosen partner in the most intimate aspects of life can hardly expect to be sincere in their commitment to a group of people they know nothing about. The heart can't let go of its original selfishness without some lasting and profound affection. Romantic love, focused on one person exclusively, is more enduring and complete than any other form of love. Through personal experiences of intense love, we gradually develop sincere affection for all of humanity; although as our feelings expand, their intensity may diminish. The connection between these two emotional states is instinctively recognized by everyone, and it is clearly indicated by the Positive theory of human nature, which has now made it immune to philosophical critiques. When the moral authority of women is more firmly established through the spread of Positivist principles, men will understand that the common belief in evaluating a politician’s private life as the best indicator of their public behavior contains deep wisdom. One of the clearest signs of the general loosening of morals caused by mental chaos is that disgraceful law passed in France thirty years ago, which has not yet been repealed; its explicit purpose was to create a ‘wall’ of privacy around men's lives, a law introduced by politician-psychologists who surely needed such a wall.

Conditions of marriage. Indissoluble monogamy

The purpose of marriage once clearly understood, it becomes easy to define its conditions. The intervention of society is necessary; but its only object is to confirm and to develop the order of things which exists naturally.

The purpose of marriage, once clearly understood, makes it easy to define its conditions. Society's involvement is necessary, but its only goal is to confirm and enhance the natural order of things.

It is essential in the first place to the high purposes for which marriage has been instituted, that the union shall be both exclusive and indissoluble. So essential indeed are both conditions, that we frequently find them even when the connexion is illegal. That any one should have ventured to propound the doctrine that human happiness is to be secured by levity and inconsistency in love, is a fact which nothing but the utter deficiency of social and moral principles can explain. Love cannot be deep unless it remains constant to a fixed object. The very possibility of change is a temptation to it. So differently constituted as man and woman are, is their short life too much for perfect knowledge and love of one another? Yet the versatility to which most human affection is liable makes the intervention of society necessary. Without some check upon indecision and caprice, life might degenerate into a miserable series of experiments, each ending in failure and degradation. Sexual love may become a powerful engine for good: but only on the condition of placing it under rigorous and permanent discipline. Those who doubt the necessity for this, have only to cast a glance beyond Western Europe at the countries264 where no such discipline has been established. It has been said that the adoption or rejection of monogamy is a simple question of climate. But for this hypothesis there is no ground whatever. It is as contrary to common observation as to philosophic theory. Marriage, like every other human institution, has always been improving. Beginning in all countries with unrestricted polygamy, it tends in all to the purest monogamy. Tracing back the history of Northern Europe, we find polygamy there as well as in the South; and Southern nations, like Northern, adopt polygamy as their social life advances. We see the tendency to it in those parts of the East which come into contact with Western civilization.

It’s crucial for the important purposes for which marriage was created that the union is both exclusive and unbreakable. In fact, both of these conditions are so essential that we often see them even when the connection is illegal. The idea that someone could suggest that human happiness can be achieved through carelessness and inconsistency in love is something that only a complete lack of social and moral principles can explain. Love can't be deep unless it remains committed to a stable partner. The mere possibility of change is a temptation to it. Given how differently men and women are made, is their short life too brief for perfect knowledge and love of one another? Yet, the variability that most human affection is subject to makes societal intervention necessary. Without some checks on indecision and whim, life could deteriorate into a miserable series of experiments, each ending in failure and degradation. Romantic love can become a powerful force for good, but only if it is placed under strict and lasting guidance. Those who doubt the need for this can simply look beyond Western Europe to the countries264 where no such guidance exists. It has been suggested that the choice to accept or reject monogamy is just a matter of climate. However, there is no basis for this claim. It contradicts both common observation and philosophical theory. Marriage, like every other human institution, has always been evolving. Starting in all countries with unrestricted polygamy, it gradually tends toward the purest form of monogamy. When we look back at the history of Northern Europe, we find polygamy there as well as in the South; and Southern nations, like Northern ones, adopt polygamy as their social organization progresses. We can see this tendency in those parts of the East that interact with Western civilization.

Monogamy, then, is one of the most precious gifts which the Middle Ages have bequeathed to Western Europe. The striking superiority of social life in the West is probably due to it more than to any other cause. Protestant countries have seriously impaired its value by their laws of divorce. But this aberration will hardly be permanent. It is alien to the purer feelings of women and of the people, and the mischief done by it is limited to the privileged classes. France is now threatened with a revival of the metaphysical delusions of the Revolution, and it is feared by some that the disastrous example of Germany in this respect will be imitated. But all such tendencies, being utterly inconsistent with the habits of modern life, will soon be checked by the sounder philosophical principles which have now arisen. The mode of resistance to these errors which Positivism adopts will render the struggle most useful in hastening the adoption of the true theory of marriage. The spirit of Positivism being always relative, concessions may be made to meet exceptional cases, without weakening or contradicting265 the principle; whereas the absolute character of theological doctrine was incompatible with concession. The rules of morality should be general and comprehensive; but in their practical application exceptions have often to be made. By no philosophy but the Positive can these two conditions be reconciled.

Monogamy is one of the most valuable gifts the Middle Ages have left to Western Europe. The notable superiority of social life in the West is likely due to it more than any other factor. Protestant nations have significantly diminished its worth with their divorce laws. However, this issue probably won't last. It goes against the pure feelings of women and the people, and the harm caused by it is mainly confined to the privileged classes. France is currently facing a resurgence of the metaphysical illusions from the Revolution, and some fear that Germany's unfortunate example in this regard will be copied. But all such trends, being completely at odds with modern life habits, will soon be curtailed by the stronger philosophical principles that have emerged. The way Positivism counters these errors will make the struggle very beneficial in speeding up the acceptance of the true theory of marriage. Since Positivism is always relative in nature, it can allow for concessions to address exceptional situations without undermining or contradicting265 the principle; while the absolute nature of theological doctrine cannot allow for such concessions. Moral rules should be general and all-encompassing, but in practice, exceptions often need to be made. No philosophy other than Positivism can reconcile these two conditions.

Perpetual widowhood

To the spirit of anarchy, however, Positivism yields nothing. The unity essential to marriage, it renders more complete than ever. It develops the principle of monogamy, by inculcating, not as a legal institution, but as moral duty, the perpetuity of widowhood. Affection so firmly concentrated has always been regarded with respect even on man’s side. But hitherto no religion has had sufficient purity or influence to secure its adoption. Positivism, however, from the completeness of its synthesis, and from the fact that its rules are invariably based on the laws of nature, will gain such influence, and we find little difficulty in inducing all natures of delicate feeling to accept this additional obligation. It follows from the very principle which to the Positivist is the object of all marriage, the raising and purifying of the heart. Unity of the tie which is already recognized as necessary in life, is not less so in death. Constancy in widowhood was once common among women; and if its moral beauty is less appreciated now, it is because all systematic morality has been forgotten. But it is none the less, as careful study of human nature will show, a most precious source of moral good, and one which is not beyond the reach of nobler natures, even in their youth. Voluntary widowhood, while it offers all the advantages which chastity can confer on the intellectual and physical as well as on the moral nature, is yet free from the moral dangers of celibacy. Constant adoration of266 one whom Death has implanted more visibly and deeply on the memory, leads all high natures, and especially philosophers, to give themselves more unreservedly to the service of Humanity; and thus their public life is animated by the ennobling influence of their innermost feelings. Alike from a sense of their own truest happiness and from devotion to public duty, they will be led to this result.

To the spirit of anarchy, however, Positivism offers nothing. It enhances the unity essential to marriage more than ever. It promotes the principle of monogamy, not as a legal requirement but as a moral obligation, emphasizing the permanence of widowhood. Such deep affection has always been respected, even by men. Yet, until now, no religion has had the purity or influence needed to ensure its acceptance. Positivism, however, due to the completeness of its principles and the fact that its rules are consistently based on the laws of nature, will gain significant influence, and we find it relatively easy to encourage all sensitive individuals to embrace this additional responsibility. This stems from the very principle that, for the Positivist, is the goal of marriage: to elevate and purify the heart. The unity of the bond that is already necessary in life is equally important in death. Consistency in widowhood was once common among women; and while its moral beauty is less recognized today, it’s because structured morality has been forgotten. Still, as a careful study of human nature will reveal, it remains a valuable source of moral good, accessible even to noble individuals in their youth. Voluntary widowhood provides all the advantages that chastity offers to the intellectual, physical, and moral aspects of life, yet it avoids the moral pitfalls of celibacy. Devoted remembrance of one whom Death has imprinted more deeply on the memory inspires all noble individuals, especially philosophers, to dedicate themselves more fully to the service of Humanity; thus, their public life is enriched by the uplifting influence of their deepest feelings. Both from a sense of their own true happiness and from a commitment to public duty, they will be led to this outcome.

Deep as is the satisfaction in this prolongation of the sacredness of marriage, it may be carried by those who recognize its value yet further. As the death of one did not destroy the bond, so neither should the death of both. Let, then, those whom death could not divide be laid in the same grave together. A promise of this solemn act of perpetuation might be given beforehand, when the organs of public opinion judged it merited. A man would find a new motive for public exertion, if it were felt to be a pledge that the memory of her whom he loved should be for ever coupled with his own. We have a few instances where this union of memories has taken place spontaneously, as in the case of Laura and Petrarch, and of Dante and Beatrice. Yet these instances are so exceptional, that they hardly help us to realize the full value of the institution proposed. There is no reason for limiting it to cases of extraordinary genius. In the more healthy state of society to which we are tending, where private and public life will be far more closely connected than they have been hitherto, this recompense of service may be given to all who have deserved it, by those who have come within their circle of influence.

As much as the joy in extending the sanctity of marriage runs deep, it can be appreciated even more by those who understand its worth. Just as the death of one person doesn’t break the bond, neither should the death of both. So, let those whom death couldn’t separate rest together in the same grave. A promise of this solemn act of unity could be made in advance, when public opinion deems it worthy. A man might find a new motivation for public effort if it’s seen as a commitment that the memory of the one he loved will always be linked to his own. There are a few cases where this connection of memories has happened naturally, like with Laura and Petrarch, and Dante and Beatrice. Yet, these examples are so rare that they barely help us grasp the full value of the proposed institution. There’s no reason to limit it to cases of extraordinary genius. In the healthier society we are moving toward, where private and public life will be much more intertwined than before, this reward for service can be offered to all who deserve it, from those who have been influenced by them.

Such, then, are the consolations which Positivist sympathy can give. They leave no cause to regret the visionary hopes held out by Christianity, hopes which now are as enfeebling to the heart as267 to the intellect. Here, as in all other respects, the moral superiority of Positivism is shown, for the comfort which it gives to the bereaved implies a strengthening of the tie. Christian consolation, of which so much has been said, rather encourages a second union. By so doing it seriously impairs the value of the institution; for a division of affection arises, which indeed seems hardly compatible with the vague utopia of a future life. The institutions of perpetual widowhood and of union in the tomb have found no place in any previous system, though both were wanting to make monogamy complete. Here, as elsewhere, the best reply which the new philosophy can give to ignorant prejudice or malignant calumny, is to take new steps forward in the moral advancement of Man.

Such are the comforts that Positivist sympathy can provide. They leave no reason to regret the idealistic hopes offered by Christianity, hopes that are now as draining to the heart as they are to the mind. Here, as in all other ways, the moral superiority of Positivism is evident, for the comfort it provides to those who are grieving implies a strengthening of the bond. Christian consolation, which has been frequently discussed, tends to promote a second union. By doing so, it severely undermines the value of the institution, as it creates a division of affection that seems hardly compatible with the vague utopia of an afterlife. The concepts of perpetual widowhood and union in the grave have not been included in any previous system, even though both were essential for making monogamy complete. Here, as in other areas, the best response that the new philosophy can provide to ignorance or malicious slander is to make further progress in the moral development of humanity.

Thus the theory of marriage, as set forward by the Positivist, becomes totally independent of any physical motive. It is regarded by him as the most powerful instrument of moral education; and therefore as the basis of public or individual welfare. It is no overstrained enthusiasm which leads us to elevate the moral purity of marriage. We do so from rigorous examination of the facts of human nature. All the best results, whether personal or social, of marriage may follow, when the union, though more impassioned, is as chaste as that of brother and sister. The sexual instinct has no doubt something to do in most cases with the first formation of the passion; but it is not necessary in all cases to gratify the instinct. Abstinence, in cases where there is real ground for it on both sides, will but serve to strengthen mutual affection.

Thus, the theory of marriage, as proposed by the Positivist, becomes completely independent of any physical motivation. He sees it as the most powerful tool for moral education and, therefore, the foundation of public or individual well-being. It's not an exaggerated enthusiasm that drives us to promote the moral integrity of marriage. We arrive at this conclusion through careful examination of human nature. All the best outcomes, whether personal or social, of marriage can occur when the union, though more passionate, is as pure as that of a brother and sister. The sexual instinct undoubtedly plays a role in most cases in the initial development of passion, but it's not essential to satisfy the instinct in every case. Abstaining, when there is just reason for it on both sides, will only serve to strengthen mutual affection.

Woman’s mission as a mother

We have examined the position of Woman as a wife, without supposing her to be a mother. We shall find that268 maternity, while it extends her sphere of moral influence, does not alter its nature.

We have looked at the role of a woman as a wife, without considering her as a mother. We will see that 268 motherhood, while it expands her area of moral impact, doesn't change its essence.

As a mother, no less than as a wife, her position will be improved by Positivism. She will have, almost exclusively, the direction of household education. Public education given subsequently, will be little but a systematic development of that which has been previously given at home.

As a mother, just like as a wife, her role will be enhanced by Positivism. She will have, almost entirely, control over the education at home. Public education that comes later will mainly be an organized expansion of what was previously taught at home.

Education of children belongs to mothers. They only can guide the development of character

For it is a fundamental principle that education, in the normal condition of society, must be entrusted to the spiritual power; and in the family the spiritual power is represented by Woman. There are strong prejudices against entrusting the education of children to mothers: prejudices springing from the revolutionary spirit of modern times. Since the close of the Middle Ages, the tendency has been to place the intellect above the heart. We have neglected the moral side of education, and I have given undue importance to its intellectual side. But Positivism having superseded this revolutionary phase by demonstrating the preponderance of the heart over the intellect, moral education will resume its proper place. Certainly the present mode of instruction is not adopted for Woman’s teaching. But their influence over the education of the future will be even greater than it was in the Middle Ages. For in the first place, in every part of it, moral considerations will be paramount; and moreover, until puberty, nothing will be studied continuously except Art and Poetry. The knights of old times were usually brought up in this way under feminine guidance, and on them most assuredly it had no enervating influence. The training can hardly be supposed less adapted to a pacific than to a warlike state of society. For instruction, theoretical and practical, as distinguished269 from education, masters are no doubt necessary. But moral education will be left entirely to women, until the time arrives for systematic teaching of moral science in the years immediately preceding majority. Here the philosopher is necessary. But the chief duties of the philosopher lie with adults; his aim being to recall them, individually or collectively, to principles impressed on them in childhood, and to enforce the right application of these principles to special cases as they may arise. That part of education which has the greatest influence on life, what may be called the spontaneous training of the feelings, belongs entirely to the mother. Hence it is, as I have already observed, of the greatest importance to allow the pupil to remain with his family, and to do away with the monastic seclusion of our public schools.

For it's a basic principle that education, under normal circumstances, should be entrusted to spiritual authority; and in the family, this spiritual authority is represented by women. There are significant biases against letting mothers take charge of their children's education, biases that come from the revolutionary spirit of modern times. Since the end of the Middle Ages, there's been a trend to prioritize intellect over emotion. We've overlooked the moral aspect of education and have given too much importance to the intellectual side. However, Positivism has ended this revolutionary phase by showing that emotions outweigh intellect, so moral education will reclaim its rightful place. The current teaching methods are not designed for women to teach. But their influence on future education will be even greater than it was in the Middle Ages. Firstly, moral considerations will be the top priority in every aspect; plus, until puberty, the only subjects that will be studied continuously are Art and Poetry. Knights in ancient times were typically raised this way under feminine guidance, and it certainly didn’t weaken them. This training is just as appropriate for a peaceful society as it is for a warrior one. For instruction, both theoretical and practical, distinct from education, teachers are definitely necessary. But moral education will rest entirely with women until the time comes for systematic teaching of moral science in the years right before reaching adulthood. At that point, a philosopher is needed. However, the main responsibilities of the philosopher are with adults; their goal is to remind them, individually or collectively, of the principles taught in childhood and to ensure these principles are correctly applied to specific situations as they come up. The part of education that has the most significant impact on life, which could be called the natural training of emotions, belongs completely to the mother. Therefore, as I've mentioned before, it's crucial to allow students to stay with their families and to eliminate the isolation of our public schools.

The peculiar fitness of women for inculcating these elementary principles of morality is a truth which every true philosopher will fully recognize. Women, having stronger sympathies than men, must be better able to call out sympathies in others. Men of good sense have always felt it more important to train the heart than the head; and this is the view adopted by Positive Philosophy. There is a danger of exaggerating the importance of system and of forgetting the conditions on which its utility depends; but the Positivist is preserved from this danger by the peculiar reality of his philosophy. In morals, even more than in other subjects, we can only systematize what has existed previously without system. The feelings must first be stimulated to free and direct action, before we attempt to bring them under philosophic discipline. And this process, which begins with birth, and lasts during the whole period of physical growth, should be left for women to superintend.270 So specially are they adapted for it, that failing the mother, a female friend, if well chosen, and if she can make herself sufficiently a member of the family, will in most cases do better than the father himself. The importance of the subject can only be appreciated by minds dominated, as women’s minds are, by feeling. Women can see, what men can seldom see, that most actions, and certainly the actions of youth and childhood, ought not to be judged in themselves so much as by the tendencies which they show or by the habits to which they lead. Viewed with reference to their influence on character, no actions are indifferent. The simplest events in a child’s life may serve as an occasion for enforcing the fundamental principle by which the early as well as later stages of Positivist education should be directed; the strengthening of Social Feeling, the weakening of Self-love. In fact, actions of an unimportant kind are precisely those in which it is easiest to appreciate the feelings which prompted them; since the mind of the observer, not being occupied with the consequences of such actions, is more free to examine their source. Moreover, it is only by teaching the child to do right in small things that he can be trained for the hard inward struggle that lies before him in life; the struggle to bring the selfish instincts more and more completely under the control of his higher sympathies. In these respects the best tutor, however sympathetic his nature, will be always far inferior to a good mother. A mother may often not be able to explain the reason of the principle on which she acts, but the wisdom of her plans will generally show itself in the end. Without formal teaching, she will take every opportunity of showing her children, as no other instructor could show them, the joy that springs from generous feelings, and the misery of yielding to selfishness.

The unique ability of women to teach these basic principles of morality is a truth that every true philosopher will recognize. Women, having stronger emotions than men, are naturally better at drawing out feelings in others. Sensible men have always believed that training the heart is more important than training the mind; and this is the perspective embraced by Positive Philosophy. There’s a risk of overestimating the significance of structure and forgetting the conditions that affect its usefulness; however, the Positivist is shielded from this risk by the inherent reality of his philosophy. In ethics, even more than in other areas, we can only organize what has previously existed without organization. We must first encourage feelings to express themselves freely and directly before we try to guide them with philosophical discipline. This process, starting at birth and continuing throughout physical growth, should be entrusted to women. They are so particularly suited for this role that in the absence of a mother, a well-chosen female friend—if she can integrate herself sufficiently into the family—will often do better than the father. The significance of this matter can only be truly understood by minds, like women’s, that are driven by emotion. Women can recognize, in a way that men often cannot, that most actions—especially those of youth and childhood—should not be judged by themselves, but rather by the tendencies they indicate or the habits they form. When considering their impact on character, no actions are insignificant. Even the simplest moments in a child's life can reinforce the core principle guiding both early and later stages of Positivist education: strengthening social feelings and diminishing self-love. In fact, actions that may seem trivial are often the best opportunities to appreciate the emotions behind them; since the observer's mind, not focused on the consequences of such actions, is freer to explore their origins. Furthermore, only by teaching a child to do the right thing in small matters can he be prepared for the challenging internal struggles he will face in life—the challenge of bringing his selfish instincts more completely under the influence of his higher feelings. In these aspects, even the most caring tutor will always fall short compared to a good mother. A mother may not always be able to articulate the reasons behind her decisions, but the wisdom of her approach usually becomes clear over time. Without formal lessons, she will seize every chance to reveal to her children—better than any other teacher could—the happiness that comes from altruistic feelings and the pain of succumbing to selfishness.270

From the relation of mother we return by a natural transition to Woman’s position as a wife. The mother, though her authority of course tends to decrease, continues to superintend the growth of character until the ordinary age of marriage. Up to that time feminine influence over Man has been involuntary on his part. By marriage he enters into a voluntary engagement of subordination to Woman for the rest of his life. Thus he completes his moral education. Destined himself for action, he finds his highest happiness in honourable submission to one in whom the dominant principle is affection.

From the role of a mother, we naturally move to a woman’s position as a wife. The mother, although her authority may decline, still plays a key role in shaping character until the usual age of marriage. Until that point, a woman’s influence on a man is unintentional on his part. Through marriage, he chooses to commit himself to being subordinate to a woman for the rest of his life. This completes his moral education. Created for action, he discovers his greatest happiness in respectfully submitting to someone whose guiding principle is love.

Positivism holds out to woman a most important sphere of public and private duty. This sphere, as we may now see, is nothing but a larger and more systematic development of the qualities by which she is characterized. Her mission is so uniform in its nature and so clearly defined, that there seems hardly room for much uncertainty as to her proper social position. It is a striking instance of the rule which applies universally to all human effort; namely, that the order of things instituted by man ought to be simply a consolidation and improvement of the natural order.

Positivism offers women a significant role in both public and private life. This role, as we can now understand, is simply a broader and more organized expression of the traits that define her. Her mission is consistent in nature and clearly outlined, leaving little doubt about her appropriate social position. It's a notable example of a universal principle that applies to all human endeavors: that the systems created by humans should merely reinforce and enhance the natural order.

Modern sophisms about Women’s rights. The domesticity of her life follows from the principle of Separation of Powers

In all ages of transition, as in our own, there have been false and sophistical views of the social position of Woman. But we find it to be a natural law that Woman should pass the greater part of her life in the family; and this law has never been affected to any important extent. It has always been accepted instinctively, though the sophistical arguments against it have never yet been adequately refuted. The institution of the family has survived the subtle attacks of Greek metaphysics, which then were in all the vigour of their272 youth, and which were acting on minds that had no systematic principles to oppose to them. Therefore, profound as the intellectual anarchy of the present day may be, we need not be seriously alarmed when we see that nothing worse comes of it than shallow plagiarisms from ancient utopias, against which the vigorous satire of Aristophanes was quite enough to rouse general indignation. True, there is a more complete absence of social principles now, than when the world was passing from Polytheism to Monotheism; but our intellectual powers are more developed than they were then, and in moral culture our superiority is even greater. Women in those times were too degraded to offer even the opposition of their silence to the pedants who professed to be taking up their cause; the only resistance offered was of a purely intellectual kind. But happily in modern times the women of the West have been free; and have consequently been able to manifest such unmistakable aversion for these ideas, and for the want of moral discipline which gives rise to them, that, though still unrefuted philosophically, their mischievous effects have been neutralized. Nothing but women’s antipathy has prevented the practical outrages which seem logically to follow from these subversive principles. Among our privileged classes the danger is aggravated by indolence; moreover, the possession of wealth has a bad influence on women’s moral nature. Yet even here the evil is not really very deep or widely spread. Men have never been seriously perverted, and women still less so, by flattery of their bad propensities. The really formidable temptations are those which act upon our better instincts, and give them a wrong direction. Schemes which are utterly offensive to female delicacy will never really be273 adopted, even by the wealthier classes, who are less averse to them than others. The repugnance shown to them by the people, with whom the mischief that they would cause would be irreparable, is far more decided. The life which working people lead makes it very clear to both sexes what the proper position of each should be. Thus it will be in the very class where the preservation of the institution of the family is of the greatest importance, that Positivists will find the least difficulty in establishing their theory of the social position of women, as consequent on the sphere of public and private duty which has been here assigned to them.

In every era of change, including ours, there have been misleading and deceptive views about women's place in society. However, it seems to be a natural law that women should spend most of their lives within the family, and this law has never been significantly challenged. It has always been accepted instinctively, even though the flawed arguments against it haven't been convincingly countered. The institution of family has survived the subtle critiques of Greek philosophy, which, at that time, were robust and encountered minds that had no clear principles to counter them. Therefore, despite the current intellectual chaos, we shouldn't be overly worried when we see that the worst outcomes are merely shallow copies of ancient ideas, which the sharp satire of Aristophanes was enough to stir public outrage against. True, there is a greater lack of social principles today than when the world transitioned from polytheism to monotheism, but our intellectual capabilities have developed more since then, and in terms of moral culture, we are even more advanced. Women back then were too oppressed to even silently oppose the scholars who claimed to champion their cause; the only resistance was purely intellectual. Fortunately, in modern times, women in the West have been free and have shown a clear disdain for these ideas and the lack of moral order that leads to them, so that, although not yet philosophically refuted, their harmful effects have been mitigated. Only the strong disapproval of women has prevented the practical injustices that seemingly follow from these subversive ideas. Among our privileged classes, the danger is worsened by laziness; furthermore, wealth negatively impacts women's moral character. Yet even here, the issue isn't deeply rooted or widespread. Men have never been greatly corrupted, and women even less so, by flattery appealing to their worse natures. The truly dangerous temptations are those that exploit our better instincts and push them in the wrong direction. Plans that are wholly offensive to women's dignity will never really be accepted, even by wealthier classes, who are less opposed to them. The backlash against such ideas from the people, whom their harmful effects would devastate, is much stronger. The lives that working people lead make it clear to both genders what their proper roles should be. Therefore, it will be within the class where maintaining the family institution is most crucial that Positivists will find the least resistance in establishing their theory about the social position of women, based on the roles of public and private duty assigned to them.

Looking at the relation of this theory to other parts of the Positive system, we shall see that it follows from the great principle which dominates every other social problem, the principle of separating spiritual and temporal power. That Woman’s life should be concentrated in her family, and that even there her influence should be that of persuasion rather than that of command, is but an extension of the principle which excludes the spiritual power from political administration. Women, as the purest and most spontaneous of the moral forces of society, are bound to fulfil with rigorous exactness all the conditions which the exercise of moral force demands. Effectually to perform their mission of controlling and guiding our affections, they must abstain altogether from the practical pursuits of the stronger sex. Such abstinence, even when the arrangements of society may leave it optional, is still more desirable in their case than in the case of philosophers. Active life, incompatible as it is with the clearness and breadth of philosophic speculation, is even more injurious to delicacy of feeling, which is women’s highest claim to our respect and the true secret of274 their influence. The philosophic spirit is incompatible with a position of practical authority, because such a position occupies the mind with questions of detail. But to purity of feeling it is even more dangerous, because it strengthens the instincts of power and of gain. And for women it would be harder to avoid the danger of such a position than for men. Abounding as they do in sympathy, they are generally deficient in energy, and are therefore less able to withstand corrupting influences. The more we examine this important subject, the clearer it becomes that the present condition of women does not hamper them in their true work; that, on the contrary, it is well calculated to develop and even improve their highest qualities. The natural arrangements of society in this as in other respects are far less faulty than certain blind declaimers would have us believe. But for the existence of strong material forces, moral force would soon deteriorate, because its distinctive purpose would be gone. Philosophers and proletaries would soon lose their intellectual and moral superiority by the acquisition of power. On women its effect would be still more disastrous. From instances in the upper classes of society, where wealth gives them independence, and sometimes unfortunately even power, we see but too clearly what the consequences would be. And this is why we have to look to the poorer classes for the highest type of womanly perfection. With the people sympathy is better cultivated, and has a greater influence upon life. Wealth has more to do with the moral degradation of women among the privileged classes than even idleness and dissipation.

Looking at how this theory connects to other parts of the Positive system, we can see that it stems from the main principle that governs every other social issue: separating spiritual and temporal power. A woman's life should focus on her family, and even there, her influence should come from persuasion rather than authority. This idea is simply an extension of the principle that keeps spiritual power away from political governance. Women, being the purest and most spontaneous moral forces in society, must meticulously meet all the conditions required for exercising moral influence. To effectively carry out their role of shaping and guiding our emotions, they must completely avoid the practical pursuits associated with men. Even when society permits it, this avoidance is more important for women than for philosophers. Active life, which clashes with the clarity and depth of philosophical thought, is even more harmful to women's sensitivity, which is their most significant quality earning our respect and the true source of their influence. The philosophical mindset does not align with a practical authority because it distracts the mind with details. However, it poses an even greater risk to emotional purity by intensifying the instincts for power and wealth. For women, avoiding the risks of such positions is more challenging than for men. Although they are rich in empathy, they often lack the assertiveness needed to resist corrupting influences. The more we explore this essential topic, the clearer it becomes that the current situation for women doesn't hinder their true contributions; in fact, it is likely to foster and enhance their best qualities. The natural structures of society, in this area and others, are far less flawed than certain critics claim. Without strong material forces, moral influence would quickly decline because its unique purpose would vanish. Philosophers and working-class individuals would soon lose their intellectual and moral superiority with the acquisition of power. The impact on women would be even more devastating. Observing the upper classes, where wealth provides independence and sometimes unfortunately power, we can clearly see the potential consequences. This is why we must look to the lower classes for the most refined examples of womanly excellence. Among the people, empathy is cultivated better and has a more significant impact on life. Wealth contributes more to the moral decline of women in privileged classes than idleness and extravagance do.

The position of the sexes tends to differentiation rather than identity

Progress, in this respect as in every other, is only a more complete development of the pre-existing Order.275 Equality in the position of the two sexes is contrary to their nature, and no tendency to it has at any time been exhibited. All history assures us that with the growth of society the peculiar features of each sex have become not less but more distinct. By Catholic Feudalism the social condition of women in Western Europe was raised to a far higher level. But it took away from them the priestly functions which they had held under Polytheism; a religion in which the priesthood was more occupied with Art than with Science. So too with the gradual decline of the principle of Caste, women have been excluded more and more rigidly from royalty and from every other kind of political authority. Again, there is a visible tendency towards the removal of women from all industrial occupations, even from those which might seem best suited to them. And thus female life, instead of becoming independent of the Family, is being more and more concentrated in it; while at the same time their proper sphere of moral influence is constantly extending. The two tendencies so far from being opposed, are inseparably connected.

Progress, in this regard as in every other, is simply a more complete development of the existing Order.275 Equality between the sexes goes against their nature, and there has never been a trend towards it at any time. All of history shows us that as society has grown, the unique characteristics of each sex have become not less but more pronounced. Catholic Feudalism elevated the social status of women in Western Europe significantly. However, it took away the religious roles they had held under Polytheism, a belief system where the priesthood was more focused on Art than Science. Likewise, with the gradual decline of the Caste system, women have become increasingly excluded from royalty and various forms of political authority. Additionally, there’s a clear trend toward pushing women out of all industrial jobs, even those that might seem most fitting for them. As a result, women's lives, rather than becoming independent from the Family, are becoming more and more focused within it; at the same time, their proper sphere of moral influence continues to expand. These two trends, rather than being in opposition, are closely intertwined.

Without discussing the absurd and retrograde schemes which have been recently put forward on the subject, there is one remark which may serve to illustrate the value of the order which now exists. If women were to obtain that equality in the affairs of life which their so-called champions are claiming for them without their wish, not only would they suffer morally, but their social position would be endangered. They would be subject in almost every occupation to a degree of competition which they would not be able to sustain. Moreover, by rivalry in the pursuits of life, mutual affection between the sexes would be corrupted at its source.

Without getting into the ridiculous and outdated ideas that have been recently proposed on this topic, there’s one point that can highlight the value of the current order. If women were to gain the equality in life matters that their so-called advocates are claiming for them without their desire, not only would they suffer morally, but their social standing would be at risk. They would face a level of competition in almost every field that they wouldn’t be able to handle. Furthermore, competition in life’s pursuits would poison the mutual affection between the sexes right from the start.

Woman to be maintained by Man

Leaving these subversive dreams, we find a natural principle which, by determining the practical obligations of the Active to the Sympathetic sex, averts this danger. It is a principle which no philosophy but Positivism has been sufficiently real and practical to bring forward systematically for general acceptance. It is no new invention, however, but a universal tendency, confirmed by careful study of the whole past history of Man. The principle is, that Man should provide for Woman. It is a natural law of the human race; a law connected with the essentially domestic character of female life. We find it in the rudest forms of social life; and with every step in the progress of society its adoption becomes more extensive and complete. A still larger application of this fundamental principle will meet all the material difficulties under which women are now labouring. All social relations, and especially the question of wages, will be affected by it. The tendency to it is spontaneous; but it also follows from the high position which Positivism has assigned to Woman as the sympathetic element in the spiritual power. The intellectual class, in the same way, has to be supported by the practical class, in order to have its whole time available for the special duties imposed upon it. But in the case of women, the obligation of the other sex is still more sacred, because the sphere of duty in which protection for them is required, is the home. The obligation to provide for the intellectual class, affects society as a whole; but the maintenance of women is, with few exceptions, a personal obligation. Each individual should consider himself bound to maintain the woman he has chosen to be his partner in life. There are cases, however, in which men should be considered collectively responsible for277 the support of the other sex. Women who are without husband or parents should have their maintenance guaranteed by society; and this not merely from compassion for their dependent position, but with the view of enabling them to render public service of the greatest moral value.

Leaving these rebellious dreams behind, we discover a natural principle that, by defining the practical responsibilities of men towards women, prevents this risk. It’s a principle that no philosophy other than Positivism has been realistic and practical enough to present consistently for widespread acceptance. However, it’s not a new creation; it’s a universal trend recognized through careful examination of humanity's entire history. The principle is that men should take care of women. It’s a natural law of the human race, tied to the inherently domestic nature of women's lives. We see it in the simplest forms of social structures; and with each step forward in societal progress, its acceptance grows broader and deeper. A broader application of this fundamental principle will address all the material challenges women currently face. All social relationships, particularly matters of wages, will be influenced by it. The inclination towards it is instinctive; but it also stems from the elevated role Positivism has given to women as the nurturing aspect of spiritual power. Similarly, the intellectual class needs support from the practical class to have the time needed for its specialized responsibilities. Yet, in the case of women, the responsibility of men is even more significant, because the area where support is needed is the home. The obligation to support the intellectual class impacts society as a whole; but the support of women is, with few exceptions, a personal responsibility. Each individual should see themselves as obligated to care for the woman they’ve chosen as their life partner. However, there are situations where men should be viewed as collectively responsible for277 the support of women. Women lacking husbands or parents should have their maintenance assured by society, not just out of sympathy for their dependent status, but to enable them to contribute public service of significant moral value.

The direction, then, of progress in the social condition of woman is this: to render her life more and more domestic; to diminish as far as possible the burden of out-door labour; and so to fit her more completely for her special office of educating our moral nature. Among the privileged classes it is already a recognized rule that women should be spared all laborious exertion. It is the one point in the relations of the sexes in which the working classes would do well to imitate the habits of their employers. In every other respect the people of Western Europe have a higher sense of their duties to women than the upper classes. Indeed there are few of them who would not be ashamed of the barbarity of subjecting women to their present burdensome occupations, if the present state of our industrial system allowed of its abolition. But it is chiefly among the higher and wealthier classes that we find those degrading and very often fraudulent bargains, connected with unscrupulous interference of parents in the question of marriage, which are so humiliating to one sex and so corrupting to the other. Among the working classes the practice of giving dowries is almost extinct; and as women’s true mission becomes more recognized, and as choice in marriage becomes less restricted, this relic of barbarism, with all its debasing results, will rapidly die out. With this view the application of our theory should be carried one step further. Women should not be allowed to inherit. If inheritance be allowed, the prohibition of dowries278 would be evaded in a very obvious manner by discounting the reversionary interest. Since women are to be exempt from the labour of production, capital, that is to say, the instruments of labour produced by each generation for the benefit of the next, should revert to men. This view of inheritance, so far from making men a privileged class, places them under heavy responsibilities. It is not from women that any serious opposition to it will proceed. Wise education will show them its value to themselves personally, as a safeguard against unworthy suitors. But, important as the rule is, it should not be legally enforced until it has become established on its own merits as a general custom, which every one has felt to conduce to the healthy organization of the Family as here described.

The direction of progress in women's social condition is this: to make their lives more domestic, to reduce the burden of outdoor work as much as possible, and to better prepare them for their role in educating our moral values. Among the privileged classes, it is already accepted that women should be spared from all strenuous labor. This is one area where the working class could benefit by adopting the habits of their employers. In every other aspect, people in Western Europe have a stronger sense of duty toward women than the upper classes do. In fact, few would feel comfortable with the harsh reality of forcing women into demanding jobs if our current industrial system allowed for change. However, it's mostly among the wealthy that we see those degrading and often dishonest agreements regarding parental interference in marriage, which are humiliating for one gender and corrupting for another. Among the working class, offering dowries is nearly extinct. As society increasingly recognizes women's true purpose and as marriage choices become less limited, this outdated practice and its negative effects will soon disappear. With this in mind, we should take our theory a step further: women should not inherit. If inheritance is permitted, the ban on dowries would be easily sidestepped by diminishing the future interest. Since women are exempt from productive labor, capital—meaning the tools created by each generation for the next—should go to men. This perspective on inheritance does not privilege men; rather, it places significant responsibilities on them. Women are unlikely to resist this idea seriously. Proper education will help them see its benefits for themselves, serving as protection against unworthy partners. While this rule is crucial, it should not be enforced by law until it becomes a widely accepted custom that everyone acknowledges contributes to the healthy structure of the family as described.

The education of women should be identical with that of men

Coming now to the subject of female education, we have only to make a further application of the theory which has guided us hitherto.

Coming now to the topic of women's education, we just need to apply the theory we've been using so far.

Since the vocation assigned by our theory to women is that of educating others, it is clear that the educational system which we have proposed in the last chapter for the working classes, applies to them as well as to the other sex with very slight alterations. Unencumbered as it is with specialities, it will be found, even in its more scientific parts, as suitable to the sympathetic element of the moderating power, as to the synergic element. We have spoken of the necessity of diffusing sound historical views among the working classes; and the same necessity applies to women; for social sympathy can never be perfectly developed, without a sense of the continuity of the Past, as well as of the solidarity of the Present. Since, then, both sexes alike need historical instruction as a basis for the systematization of moral truth,279 both should alike pass through the scientific training which prepares the way for social studies, and which moreover has as intrinsic a value for women as for men. Again, since the first or spontaneous stage of education is entirely to be left to women, it is most desirable that they should themselves have passed through the second or systematic stage. The only department with which they need not concern themselves, is what is called professional education. But this, as I have before observed, is not susceptible of regular organization. Professional skill can only be acquired by careful practice and experience, resting upon a sound basis of theory. In all other respects women, philosophers, and working men will receive the same education.

Since our theory assigns women the role of educating others, it's clear that the educational system we proposed in the last chapter for the working classes applies to them just as much as it does to men, with only minor adjustments. Free from unnecessary details, this system will prove to be suitable for both the empathetic aspects of moderating power and the collaborative elements of society, including its more scientific components. We've mentioned the importance of providing a solid historical understanding to the working classes; the same applies to women, as social empathy cannot fully develop without an awareness of the continuity of the Past and the solidarity of the Present. Therefore, since both genders need historical education as a foundation for understanding moral truths, both should undergo the scientific training that prepares them for social studies, which holds equal intrinsic value for women as it does for men. Additionally, since the initial or spontaneous stage of education will be primarily managed by women, it's essential that they themselves have experienced the second or systematic stage. The only area they don't need to focus on is what's known as professional education. However, as I've mentioned before, this doesn't lend itself to structured organization. Professional skills can only be gained through careful practice and experience, grounded in sound theoretical knowledge. In all other aspects, women, philosophers, and working men will receive the same education.

But while I would place the sexes on a level in this respect, I do not take the view of my eminent predecessor Condorcet, that they should be taught together. On moral grounds, which of course are the most important consideration, it is obvious that such a plan would be equally prejudicial to both. In the church, in the club, in the salon, they may associate freely at every period of life. But at school such intercourse would be premature; it would check the natural development of character, not to say that it would obviously have an unsettling influence upon study. Until the feelings on both sides are sufficiently matured, it is of the greatest importance that the relations of the two sexes should not be too intimate, and that they should be superintended by the watchful eye of their mothers.

But while I believe that both genders should be treated equally in this regard, I don’t agree with my esteemed predecessor Condorcet that they should be educated together. For moral reasons, which are undoubtedly the most important consideration, it’s clear that such an arrangement would be harmful to both. In social settings like churches, clubs, and salons, they can interact freely throughout their lives. However, in school, such interactions would be premature; it would hinder the natural development of character, not to mention that it would clearly disrupt academic focus. Until both sides have matured enough emotionally, it's crucial that their interactions remain limited and that they are supervised by their mothers’ attentive gaze.

As, however, the subjects of study are to be the same for both, the necessity of separating the sexes does not imply that there should be special teachers for women. Not to speak of the increased expenditure that would thus be incurred, it would280 inevitably lower the standard of female education. It would always be presumed that their teachers were men of inferior attainments. To ensure that the instruction given is the same for both sexes, the instructors must be the same, and must give their lectures alternately to each sex. These conditions are perfectly compatible with the scheme described in the last chapter. It was there mentioned that each philosopher would be expected to give one, or, in some cases, two lectures every week. Now supposing this were doubled, it would still come far short of the intolerable burdens which are imposed upon teachers in the present day. Moreover, as the Positivist educator will pass successively through the seven stages of scientific instruction, he will be able so to regulate his work as to avoid wearisome repetition of the same lectures in each year. Besides, the distinguished men to whom our educational system will be entrusted will soon discover that their two audiences require some difference in the manner of teaching, and that this may be done without in any way lowering the uniform standard which their method and their doctrines require.

As the subjects studied will be the same for both, separating the sexes doesn't mean there need to be different teachers for women. Aside from the increased costs this would create, it would 280 inevitably lower the quality of female education. People would always assume that their teachers were men with lesser qualifications. To make sure the education is equal for both sexes, the instructors must be the same and should alternate giving lectures to each group. These conditions align perfectly with the plan outlined in the last chapter. It was mentioned there that each philosopher would be expected to give one, or sometimes two, lectures each week. If this were doubled, it would still be far less than the overwhelming demands placed on teachers today. Additionally, since the Positivist educator will go through the seven stages of scientific instruction, he will be able to manage his schedule to avoid boring repetition of the same lectures every year. Moreover, the distinguished individuals responsible for our educational system will quickly realize that their two audiences will need some variation in teaching style, and that this can be achieved without compromising the uniform standard that their methods and beliefs require.

But independently of the importance to female education of this identity of teachers, it will react beneficially on the intellectual and moral character of the philosopher who teaches. It will preclude him from entering into useless details, and will keep him involuntarily to the broad principles of his subject. By coming into contact simultaneously with two natures, in one of which thought, and in the other emotion, is predominant, he will gain clearer insight into the great principle of subordinating the intellect to the heart. The obligation of teaching both sexes will complete that universality of mind which is to be required281 of the new school of philosophers. To treat with equal ability of all the various orders of scientific conceptions, and to interest two audiences of so different a character, is a task which will demand the highest personal qualifications. However, as the number required by the conditions is not excessive, it will not be impossible to find men fit for the purpose, as soon as the proper means are taken to procure their services, and to guarantee their material subsistence. It must be borne in mind, too, that the corporation of teachers is not to be recruited from any one nation for itself, but from the whole of Western Europe; so that the Positivist educator will change his residence, when required, even more frequently than the priests of the Middle Ages. Putting these considerations together, we shall find that Positivist education for both sexes may be organized on a sufficient scale for the whole of Western Europe, with less than the useless, or worse than useless, expenditure incurred by the clergy of the Anglican church. This would give each functionary an adequate maintenance, though none of them would be degraded by wealth. A body of twenty thousand philosophers would be enough now, and probably would always suffice, for the spiritual wants of the five Western nations. This would imply the establishment of the septennial system of instruction in two thousand stations. The influence of women and of working men will never become so systematic as to enable them to dispense with philosophic assistance altogether. But in proportion as they become more effectually incorporated as elements of the spiritual power, the necessity of enlarging the purely speculative class will diminish. Under theological systems it has been far too numerous. The privilege of living in comfort without productive labour will282 be ultimately so rare and so dearly earned, that no rational ground of objection to it will be left. It will be generally felt that the cost of maintaining these philosophic teachers, like that of maintaining women, is no real burden to the productive classes; on the contrary, that it conduces to their highest interest, by ensuring the performance of intellectual and moral functions which are the noblest characteristics of Humanity.

But regardless of the significance of having female teachers in education, this identity will positively impact the intellectual and moral character of the philosopher who teaches. It will prevent him from getting lost in irrelevant details and keep him focused on the core principles of his subject. By interacting with both genders—where one tends to emphasize thought and the other emotion—he will gain a clearer understanding of the essential idea of prioritizing the heart over the intellect. The responsibility of teaching both sexes will enhance the universality of mind required in the new school of philosophers. Addressing all kinds of scientific concepts skillfully and engaging two audiences with such different perspectives is a challenge that will demand exceptional personal qualities. However, since the number needed isn’t excessive, it won’t be impossible to find suitable individuals, as long as the right steps are taken to secure their services and provide for their living needs. It should also be noted that the group of teachers won’t be drawn from a single nation, but from all of Western Europe; thus, the Positivist educator will change his location even more frequently than medieval priests did. Considering all these points, we will see that Positivist education for both genders can be organized on a scale large enough for all of Western Europe, with less expenditure that is unnecessary or counterproductive than what the clergy of the Anglican church incurs. This would allow each educator to have a decent livelihood, without making any of them overly wealthy. A group of twenty thousand philosophers would now be sufficient and likely always will be for the spiritual needs of the five Western nations. This would involve establishing a seven-year educational system across two thousand locations. The influence of women and working men will never become so organized that they can completely forgo philosophical support. However, as they become more integrated as part of the spiritual power, the need for a purely speculative class will lessen. Under theological frameworks, this class has been far too large. The privilege of living comfortably without productive work will ultimately become so rare and hard-earned that there will be no valid objections to it. It will be widely recognized that maintaining these philosophical teachers, much like supporting women, is not a real burden on the productive classes; rather, it serves their highest interests by ensuring the execution of intellectual and moral functions, which are the greatest traits of Humanity.

It appears, then, that the primary principle laid down at the beginning of this chapter enables us to solve all the problems that offer themselves on the subject of Woman. Her function in society is determined by the constitution of her nature. She is spontaneously the organ of Feeling, on which the unity of human nature entirely depends. And she constitutes the purest and most natural element of the moderating power; which, while avowing its own subordination to the material forces of society, purposes to direct them to higher uses. As mother and as wife, it is her office to conduct the moral education of Humanity. In order the more perfectly to fulfil this mission, her life must be connected even more closely than it has been with the Family. At the same time she must participate, to the full extent that is possible, in the general system of instruction.

It seems that the main principle outlined at the start of this chapter allows us to address all the issues related to Women. Her role in society is shaped by the nature of who she is. She naturally embodies Emotion, which is essential for the unity of human nature. Additionally, she represents the purest and most natural aspect of the moderating power; while acknowledging its dependence on the material forces of society, it aims to guide them towards better purposes. As a mother and a wife, her role is to lead the moral education of Humanity. To fulfill this mission more effectively, her life must be even more closely connected to the Family than it has been. At the same time, she should fully participate in the broader educational system.

Women’s privileges. Their mission is in itself a privilege

A few remarks on the privileges which the fulfilment of this vocation will bring, will complete this part of my subject.

A few comments on the benefits that fulfilling this role will bring will wrap up this part of my topic.

Women’s mission is a striking illustration of the truth that happiness consists in doing the work for which we are naturally fitted. That mission is always the same; it is summed up in one word, Love. But Love is a work in which there can never be too many workers; it grows by co-operation; it has nothing to fear283 from competition. Women are charged with the education of Sympathy, the source of human unity; and their highest happiness is reached when they have the full consciousness of their vocation, and are free to follow it. It is the admirable feature of their social mission, that it invites them to cultivate qualities which are natural to them; to call into exercise emotions which all allow to be the most pleasurable. All that is required for them in a better organization of society are certain improvements in their external condition. They must be relieved from out-door labour; and other means must be taken to prevent their moral influence from being impaired. Both objects are contemplated in the material, intellectual, and moral ameliorations which Positivism is destined to effect in female life.

Women’s mission is a powerful example of the fact that happiness comes from doing the work we are naturally suited for. That mission is always the same; it's summed up in one word: Love. But Love is a task where there can never be too many contributors; it flourishes through collaboration and has nothing to fear from competition. Women are responsible for nurturing Sympathy, the foundation of human unity; and their greatest joy comes when they fully recognize their calling and are free to pursue it. The remarkable aspect of their social mission is that it encourages them to develop qualities that come naturally; to engage emotions that everyone agrees are the most enjoyable. All that is needed for them in a better society is some improvements in their external circumstances. They should be freed from outdoor labor, and measures should be taken to ensure their moral impact is not diminished. Both goals are part of the material, intellectual, and moral advancements that Positivism aims to bring to women's lives.283

They will receive honour and worship from men

But besides the pleasure inherent in their vocation, Positivism offers a recompense for their services, which Catholic Feudalism foreshadowed but could not realize. As men become more and more grateful for the blessing of their moral influence, they will give expression to this feeling in a systematic form. In a word the new doctrine will institute the Worship of Woman, publicly and privately, in a far more perfect way than has ever before been possible. It is the first permanent step towards the worship of Humanity; which, as the concluding chapter of this introductory work will show, is the central principle of Positivism, viewed either as a Philosophy or as a Polity.

But in addition to the enjoyment found in their work, Positivism provides compensation for their efforts, which Catholic Feudalism hinted at but couldn't achieve. As people become increasingly thankful for the benefits of their moral influence, they'll express this appreciation in a structured way. In short, the new doctrine will establish the Worship of Woman, both in public and private, in a much more complete manner than ever before. This is the first lasting step towards the worship of Humanity, which, as the final chapter of this introductory work will demonstrate, is the main principle of Positivism, whether seen as a Philosophy or a Political system.

Development of mediaeval chivalry

Our ancestors in chivalrous times made noble efforts in this direction, which, except by women, are now no longer appreciated. But these efforts, however admirable, were inadequate; partly owing to the284 military spirit of society in those times, partly because their religious doctrines had not a sufficiently social character. Nevertheless, they have left memories which will not perish. The refinement of life in Western Europe is in great part due to them, although much of it is already effaced by the anarchy of the present time.

Our ancestors in chivalrous times made significant efforts in this area, which are now mostly unrecognized, except by women. However admirable these efforts were, they ultimately fell short; partly because of the military mindset of society back then, and partly because their religious beliefs didn’t have a strong enough social focus. Still, they’ve left behind memories that won’t fade away. The refinement of life in Western Europe is largely thanks to them, even though much of it has already been undermined by today's chaos.

Chivalry, if we are to believe the negative philosophers of the last century, can never revive; because the religious beliefs with which it was connected have become obsolete. But the connexion was never very profound, and there is no reason whatever for its continuance. Far too much has been made of it by recent apologists for Catholicism; who, while laying great stress on the sanction which Theology gave to Chivalry, have failed to appreciate the sympathies to which this admirable institution is really due. The real source of Chivalry lies most unquestionably in the feudal spirit. Theological sanction for it was afterwards sought for, as the only systematic basis that offered itself at that time. But the truth is that Theology and Chivalry were hardly compatible. Theology fixed men’s thoughts upon a visionary future; Chivalry concentrated his energies upon the world around him. The knight of the Middle Ages had always to choose between his God and his Lady; and could therefore never attain that concentrated unity of purpose, without which the full result of his mission, so generously undertaken, could never be realized.

Chivalry, if we are to believe the negative philosophers of the last century, can never come back; because the religious beliefs it was tied to have become outdated. But that connection was never very deep, and there’s no reason for it to continue. Recent defenders of Catholicism have made too much of it; while they emphasize the support that Theology gave to Chivalry, they miss the real sympathies that led to this admirable institution. The true source of Chivalry undeniably lies in the feudal spirit. Theological support for it was later sought, as it was the only systematic foundation available at that time. But the reality is that Theology and Chivalry rarely worked well together. Theology focused people's thoughts on a dreamy future; Chivalry directed their energy toward the world around them. The knight of the Middle Ages always had to choose between his God and his Lady; because of this, he could never achieve that focused unity of purpose, without which the full success of his generously undertaken mission could never be realized.

Placed as we are now, near the close of the revolutionary period, we are beginning to see that Chivalry is not destined to extinction; that, on the contrary, when modern life has assumed its normal character, its influence will be greater than ever, because it will operate on a more pacific society, and will be based on a more practical285 religion. For Chivalry satisfies an essential want of society, a want which becomes more urgent as civilization advances; it institutes a voluntary combination of the strong for the protection of the weak. The period of transition from the offensive military system of Rome to the defensive system of Feudalism, was naturally the time of its first appearance, and it received the sanction of the religion then dominant. But society is now entering upon a period of permanent peace; and when this, the most striking political feature of modern times, has become firmly established, the influence of Chivalry will be greater than ever. Its procedure will be different, because the modes of oppression are happily not now what they were formerly. The instruments of material force are now not arms, but riches. It is no longer the person that is attacked, but his means of subsistence. The advantages of the change are obvious: the danger is less serious, and protection from it is easier and more effectual. But it will always remain most desirable that protectors should come forward, and that they should form an organized association. The destructive instinct will always show itself in various ways, wherever there are the means of indulging it. And therefore as an adjunct to the spiritual organization, Positivism will encourage a systematic manifestation of chivalrous feeling among the leaders of industry. Those among them who feel animated with the noble spirit of the heroes of the Middle Ages, will devote not their sword, but their wealth, their time, and, if need be, their whole energies to the defence of the oppressed in all classes. The objects of their generosity will principally be found, as in the Middle Ages, among the classes specially exposed to material suffering, that is to say, among women, philosophers, and working286 men. It would be strange indeed for a system like Positivism, the main object of which is to strengthen the social spirit, not to appropriate the institution which is the noblest product of that spirit.

Placed as we are now, near the end of the revolutionary period, we’re starting to realize that Chivalry is not going to disappear; in fact, when modern life settles into its usual rhythm, its impact will be greater than ever. This is because it will function within a more peaceful society and will be rooted in a more practical religion. Chivalry fulfills a fundamental need in society, a need that becomes more pressing as civilization progresses; it establishes a voluntary alliance of the strong to protect the weak. The transition from Rome’s aggressive military strategy to the defensive strategies of Feudalism was naturally when Chivalry first emerged, supported by the dominant religion of that time. However, society is now entering a phase of lasting peace, and once this prominent political characteristic of modern times is firmly in place, the influence of Chivalry will increase even more. Its actions will change, as the kinds of oppression we face today are thankfully not the same as before. The tools of force now are not weapons, but wealth. It’s no longer the person being attacked, but their means of living. The benefits of this shift are clear: the threats are less severe, and protection against them is easier and more effective. Still, it will always be crucial for protectors to step up and organize themselves into an association. The destructive nature of humans will always emerge in various forms whenever there are resources to support it. Therefore, alongside the spiritual framework, Positivism will promote a methodical expression of chivalrous feeling among industry leaders. Those who are inspired by the noble spirit of the heroes from the Middle Ages will dedicate not their swords, but their wealth, their time, and if necessary, their entire effort to defending the oppressed across all classes. The focus of their generosity will primarily be, as in the Middle Ages, on those particularly vulnerable to material hardship, namely women, philosophers, and working men. It would indeed be odd for a system like Positivism, whose main goal is to enhance social spirit, not to embrace the institution that is the highest achievement of that spirit.

So far, then, the restoration of Chivalry is merely a reconstruction of the mediaeval institution in a shape adapted to the altered state of ideas and feelings. In modern as in mediaeval times, devotion of the strong to the weak follows as a natural consequence from the subordination of Politics to Morals. Now, as then, the spiritual power will be nobly seconded by members of the governing class in the attempt to bring that class to a stricter sense of social duty. But besides this, Feudal Chivalry had a deeper and more special purpose in reference to women. And in this respect the superiority of Positivism is even more complete and obvious.

So far, the restoration of Chivalry is just a remake of the medieval institution, reshaped to fit today's ideas and feelings. In modern times, just like in medieval times, the strong naturally feel a duty to protect the weak, which stems from the prioritization of Morals over Politics. Now, as before, spiritual authority will be strongly supported by members of the ruling class in their efforts to encourage a greater sense of social responsibility within that class. However, Feudal Chivalry had a deeper, more specific purpose concerning women. In this area, the advantages of Positivism are even more clear and undeniable.

Feudalism introduced for the first time the worship of Woman. But in this it met with little support from Catholicism, and was in many respects thwarted by it. The habits of Christianity were in themselves adverse to real tenderness of heart; they only strengthened it indirectly, by promoting one of the indispensable conditions of true affection, purity of life. In all other respects Chivalry was constantly opposed by the Catholic system; which was so austere and anti-social, that it could not sanction marriage except as an infirmity which it was necessary to tolerate, but which was hazardous to personal salvation. Even its rules of purity, valuable as they were, were often weakened by interested motives which seriously impaired their value. Consequently, notwithstanding all the noble and long-continued efforts of our mediaeval ancestors, the institution of the worship of Woman was very imperfectly287 effected, especially in its relation to public life. Whatever Catholic apologists may say, there is every reason to believe that if Feudalism could have arisen before the decline of Polytheism, the influence of Chivalry would have been greater.

Feudalism introduced the concept of worshiping women for the first time. However, it faced little support from Catholicism and was often hindered by it. The practices of Christianity were, in themselves, not conducive to genuine tenderness; they only indirectly fostered it by encouraging one of the essential conditions for true affection, which is a pure life. In many ways, Chivalry consistently clashed with the Catholic system, which was so strict and anti-social that it could only view marriage as a weakness to be tolerated, rather than something positive, and often seen as a threat to personal salvation. Even the rules of purity, valuable as they were, were frequently undermined by self-serving motives that significantly diminished their importance. Therefore, despite all the noble and persistent efforts of our medieval ancestors, the establishment of the worship of women was only partially successful, especially in how it related to public life. Regardless of what Catholic defenders might argue, there’s every reason to believe that if Feudalism had emerged before the decline of Polytheism, the impact of Chivalry would have been much stronger.287

It was reserved for the more comprehensive system of Positivism, in which sound practice is always supported by sound theory, to give full expression to the feeling of veneration for women. In the new religion, tenderness of heart is looked upon as the first of Woman’s attributes. But purity is not neglected. On the contrary its true source and its essential value, as the first condition of happiness and of moral growth, are pointed out more distinctly than before. The shallow and sophistical views of marriage maintained in these unsettled times by men of narrow minds and coarse feelings, will be easily refuted by a more careful study of human nature. Even the obstacles presented by scientific materialism will rapidly disappear before the spread of Positivist morality. A physician of great sagacity, Hufeland, has remarked, with truth, that the well-known vigour of the knights of old times was a sufficient answer to men who talked of the physical dangers of continence. Positivism, dealing with this question in all its aspects, teaches that while the primary reason for insisting on purity is that it is essential to depth of affection, it has as close a connexion with the physical and intellectual improvement of the individual and the race as with our moral progress.

It was up to the more comprehensive system of Positivism, which always pairs sound practice with sound theory, to fully express the respect for women. In this new belief system, compassion is viewed as the foremost quality of women. However, purity isn’t overlooked; rather, its true origins and essential value, as the key to happiness and moral development, are highlighted more clearly than ever. The superficial and misleading views of marriage held by close-minded men in these uncertain times can easily be disproven through a more thorough understanding of human nature. Even the challenges posed by scientific materialism will quickly fade in the face of expanding Positivist morals. A wise physician, Hufeland, wisely pointed out that the well-known strength of knights from earlier times was a perfect rebuttal to those who spoke of the physical dangers of self-control. Positivism, addressing this issue from all angles, teaches that while the main reason for emphasizing purity is that it is vital for deep affection, it is just as closely linked to the physical and intellectual advancement of both the individual and the species, as it is to our moral growth.

Positivism then, as the whole tendency of this chapter indicates, encourages, on intellectual as well as on moral grounds, full and systematic expression of the feeling of veneration for Women, in public as well as in private life, collectively as well as individually. Born to love and to be288 loved, relieved from the burdens of practical life, free in the sacred retirement of their homes, the women of the West will receive from Positivists the tribute of deep and sincere admiration which their life inspires. They will feel no scruple in accepting their position as spontaneous priestesses of Humanity; they will fear no longer the rivalry of a vindictive Deity. From childhood each of us will be taught to regard their sex as the principal source of human happiness and improvement, whether in public life or in private.

Positivism, as this chapter shows, promotes the complete and organized expression of respect for women, both intellectually and morally, in public and private life, collectively and individually. Designed to love and be loved, shielded from the burdens of everyday life, and free in the sacred space of their homes, the women of the West will earn from Positivists the deep and genuine admiration inspired by their lives. They will feel no hesitation in embracing their role as natural nurturers of Humanity; they will no longer fear the competition of a spiteful Deity. From childhood, we will all be taught to see their gender as the main source of human happiness and growth, whether in public or private life.

The treasures of affection which our ancestors wasted upon mystical objects, and which these revolutionary times ignore, will then be carefully preserved and directed to their proper purpose. The enervating influence of chimerical beliefs will have passed away; and men in all the vigour of their energies, feeling themselves the masters of the known world, will feel it their highest happiness to submit with gratitude to the beneficent power of womanly sympathy. In a word, Man will in those days kneel to Woman, and to Woman alone.

The treasures of love that our ancestors poured into mystical objects, which these revolutionary times overlook, will then be carefully preserved and directed to their rightful purpose. The draining influence of unrealistic beliefs will have faded away; and people, full of their own strengths, feeling like they are masters of the known world, will find their greatest joy in humbly submitting to the nurturing power of feminine compassion. In short, men will, in those days, kneel to women, and to women alone.

The source from which these reverential feelings for the sympathetic sex proceed, is a clear appreciation in the other sex of benefits received, and a spirit of deep thankfulness for them. The Positivist will never forget that moral perfection, the primary condition of public and private happiness, is principally due to the influence of Woman over Man, first as mother, then as wife. Such a conviction cannot fail to arouse feelings of loving veneration for those with whom, from their position in society, he is in no danger of rivalry in the affairs of life. When the mission of woman is better understood, and is carried out more fully, she will be regarded by Man as the most perfect impersonation of Humanity.

The source of these respectful feelings for women comes from a genuine appreciation in men for the benefits they've received and a deep gratitude for them. The Positivist will always remember that moral perfection, which is essential for both public and private happiness, largely stems from the influence of women on men, first as mothers and then as wives. This belief inevitably inspires feelings of loving respect for those with whom, due to their societal position, he feels no competition in life's matters. As the role of women is better understood and more fully realized, men will see women as the ultimate representation of humanity.

The practice of Prayer, so far from disappearing, is purified and strengthened in Positive religion

Originating in spontaneous feelings of gratitude, the worship of Woman, when it has assumed a more systematic shape, will be valued for its own sake as a new instrument of happiness and moral growth. Inert as the tender sympathies are in Man, it is most desirable to strengthen them by such exercise as the public and private institution of this worship will afford. And here it is that Positivists will find all the elevating influences which Catholicism derived from Prayer.

Originating from genuine feelings of gratitude, the worship of Woman, when it takes on a more organized form, will be appreciated in its own right as a new means of bringing happiness and promoting moral growth. While the gentle sympathies in Man may seem inactive, it's important to enhance them through the practice that the public and private establishment of this worship will provide. This is where Positivists will discover all the uplifting influences that Catholicism gained from Prayer.

It is a common but very palpable error to imagine that Prayer is inseparable from the chimerical motives of self-interest in which it first originated. In Catholicism there was always a tendency to rise above these motives, so far at least as the principles of theology admitted. From St. Augustine downwards, all the nobler spirits have felt more and more strongly, notwithstanding the self-absorbing tendencies of Christian doctrine, that Prayer did not necessarily imply petition. When sounder views of human nature have become prevalent, the value of this important function will be more clearly appreciated; and it will ultimately become of greater importance than ever, because founded on a truer principle. In the normal state of Humanity, the moral efficacy of Prayer will no longer be impaired by thoughts of personal recompense. It will be simply a solemn out-pouring, whether in private or in public, of men’s nobler feelings, inspiring them with larger and more comprehensive thoughts. As a daily practice, it is inculcated by Positivism as the best preservative against the selfish and narrow views which are so apt to arise in the ordinary avocations of life. To men its value is even greater than to women; their life being less favourable to290 large views and general sympathies, it is the more important to revive them at regular periods.

It’s a common but significant mistake to think that prayer is tied to the illusion of self-interest from which it first came. In Catholicism, there has always been a push to go beyond these motives, at least as far as theology allows. From St. Augustine onward, all the greater thinkers have increasingly realized, despite the self-centered aspects of Christian doctrine, that prayer doesn’t always mean asking for something. As better understandings of human nature become more common, the importance of this function will be recognized more clearly; it will ultimately become even more significant because it’s based on a more accurate principle. In a normal state of humanity, the moral power of prayer won’t be influenced by thoughts of personal gain. Instead, it will simply be a heartfelt expression, whether in private or in public, of people’s higher feelings, encouraging broader and more inclusive thoughts. As a daily practice, Positivism advocates for it as the best way to counter the selfish and narrow views that often come up in everyday life. For men, its significance is even greater than for women; since their lives are less conducive to broad views and general compassion, it’s especially important to foster these feelings regularly.

But Prayer would be of little value unless the mind could form a clear conception of its object. The worship of Woman satisfies this condition, and is so far of greater efficacy than the worship of God. True, the ultimate object of Positivist Prayer, as shown in the concluding chapter of this volume, is Humanity. But some of its best moral effects would hardly be realized, if it were at once and exclusively directed to an object so difficult to conceive clearly. It is possible that Women with their stronger sympathies may be able to reach this stage without intermediate steps. However this may be, men certainly would not be able to do so; even the intellectual class, with all its powers of generalization, would find it impossible. The worship of Woman, begun in private, and afterwards publicly celebrated, is necessary in man’s case to prepare him for any effectual worship of Humanity.

But prayer wouldn't be very valuable unless the mind can clearly understand what it's focused on. The worship of Woman meets this requirement and is thus more effective than the worship of God. It's true that the ultimate focus of Positivist prayer, as explained in the last chapter of this book, is Humanity. However, some of its best moral benefits wouldn't really be felt if it were directly and solely aimed at such a challenging concept. It's possible that women, with their deeper empathies, might be able to reach this understanding without any intermediate steps. Regardless, men definitely wouldn't be able to do so; even the intellectual class, despite its ability to generalize, would find it impossible. The worship of Woman, which starts privately and is later celebrated publicly, is essential for men to prepare them for any meaningful worship of Humanity.

No one can be so unhappy as not to be able to find some woman worthy of his peculiar love, whether in the relation of wife or of mother; some one who in his solitary prayer may be present to him as a fixed object of devotion. Nor will such devotion, as might be thought, cease with death; rather, when its object has been rightly chosen, death strengthens it by making it more pure. The principle upon which Positivism insists so strongly, the union of the Present with the Past, and even with the Future, is not limited to the life of Society. It is a doctrine which unites all individuals and all generations; and when it has become more familiar to us, it will stimulate every one to call his dearest memories to life; the spirit of the system being that the private life of the very humblest citizen has a close relation to his public duty. We all291 know how intellectual culture enables us to live with our great predecessors of the Middle Ages and of Antiquity, almost as we should do with absent friends. And if intellect can do so much, will it not be far easier for the strong passion of Love to effect this ideal resurrection? We have already many instances where whole nations have shown strong sympathies or antipathies to great historical names, especially when their influence was still sensibly felt. There is no reason why a private life should not produce the same effect upon those who have been brought into contact with it. Moral culture has been conducted hitherto on such unsatisfactory principles, that we can hardly form an adequate notion of its results when Positivism has regenerated it, and has concentrated the affections as well as the thoughts of Man upon human life. To live with the dead is the peculiar privilege of Humanity, a privilege which will extend as our conceptions widen and our thoughts become more pure. Under Positivism the impulse to it will become far stronger, and it will be recognized as a systematic principle in private as well as in public life. Even the Future is not excluded from its application. We may live with those who are not yet born; a thing impossible only till a true theory of history had arisen, of scope sufficient to embrace at one glance the whole course of human destiny. There are numberless instances to prove that the heart of Man is capable of emotions which have no outward basis, except what Imagination has supplied. The familiar spirits of the Polytheist, the mystical desires of the Monotheist, all point to a general tendency in the Past, which, with our better principles, we shall be able in the Future to direct to a nobler and more real purpose. And thus even those who may be so unfortunate as to have292 no special object of love need not, on that account, be precluded from the act of worship: they may choose from the women of the past some type adapted to their own nature. Men of powerful imagination might even form their own more perfect ideal, and thus open out the path of the future. This, indeed, is what was often done by the knights of chivalrous times, simple and uninstructed as they were. Surely then we, with our fuller understanding and greater familiarity with the Past, should be able to idealize more perfectly. But whether the choice lie in the Past or in the Future, its efficacy would be impaired unless it remained constant to one object; and fixed principles, such as Positivism supplies, are needed to check the natural tendency to versatility of feeling.

No one can be so unhappy that they can't find some woman worthy of their unique love, whether as a wife or a mother; someone who can be a constant focus of devotion in their solitary prayers. And contrary to what one might think, this devotion doesn’t end with death; in fact, when the love is truly genuine, death purifies and strengthens it. The principle that Positivism emphasizes so strongly—connecting the Present with the Past, and even with the Future—isn’t just about society's life. It’s a doctrine that links all individuals and generations together; and as we become more familiar with it, it will encourage everyone to revive their most cherished memories. The essence of this system is that the private life of every individual, no matter how humble, is closely tied to their public responsibilities. We all know how intellectual culture allows us to connect with the great thinkers of the Middle Ages and Antiquity almost as if they were dear friends. If intellect can achieve that, wouldn't the intense passion of Love be even better at creating this ideal resurrection? There are numerous examples where entire nations have shown strong feelings—either positive or negative—toward significant historical figures, especially when their influence was still felt in society. There's no reason why a private individual's life couldn’t evoke the same feelings in those who encounter it. Moral culture has so far been based on such unsatisfactory ideas that we can hardly imagine its outcomes once Positivism revitalizes it, focusing our affections and thoughts on human life. Living alongside those who have passed is a unique privilege of humanity, and this privilege will grow as our understanding broadens and our thoughts become purer. Under Positivism, the drive to connect with the past will become much stronger, recognized as a systematic principle in both private and public life. The Future isn’t excluded from thisEither. We can even connect with those who haven’t been born yet; this could only be realized once a genuine theory of history emerged, capable of capturing the entire arc of human existence. Countless instances show that the human heart can feel emotions that have no tangible basis other than what the imagination provides. The familiar spirits of polytheists and the mystical longings of monotheists all point to a common trend in the past, which we can redirect toward a nobler and more authentic purpose with our better principles in the future. Thus, even those who are unfortunate enough not to have a specific object of love don’t have to be excluded from worship: they can choose from the women of the past a figure that resonates with their own nature. Individuals with rich imaginations might even create a more perfect ideal, paving the way for the future. This is essentially what the knights of chivalric times often did, despite their simplicity and lack of education. Surely, with our deeper understanding and familiarity with the past, we should be able to idealize even better. However, whether the choice lies in the Past or the Future, its effectiveness would be diminished if it doesn't remain consistent with one object. Fixed principles, such as those offered by Positivism, are needed to curb the natural tendency toward diverse feelings.

The worship of Woman a preparation for the worship of Humanity

I have dwelt at some length upon the personal adoration of Woman under its real or ideal aspects, because upon it depends nearly all the moral value of any public celebration. Public assemblage in the temples of Humanity may strengthen and stimulate feelings of devotion, but cannot originate them. Unless each worshipper has felt in his own person deep and reverential love for those to whom our highest affections are due, a public service in honour of women would be nothing but a repetition of unmeaning formulas. But those whose daily custom it has been to give expression to such feelings in secret, will gain, by assembling together, all the benefit of more intense and more exalted sympathy. In my last letter to her who is for ever mine, I said: ‘Amidst the heaviest anxieties which Love can bring, I have never ceased to feel that the one thing essential to happiness is that the heart shall be always nobly occupied’.9 And now that we are separated by Death, daily experience293 confirms this truth, which is moreover in exact accordance with the Positive theory of human nature. Without personal experience of Love no public celebration of it can be sincere.

I have spent quite a bit of time discussing the personal admiration of women in both their real and ideal forms because that's what gives almost all the moral value to any public celebration. Gathering together in the temples of Humanity can enhance and inspire feelings of devotion, but it can't create them. Unless each person has felt a deep and respectful love for those to whom our greatest affections are owed, a public service honoring women would just be a pointless repetition of empty phrases. However, those who regularly express such feelings in private will benefit from coming together, gaining more intense and elevated sympathy. In my last letter to the one who will always be mine, I wrote: ‘Even in the midst of the deepest anxieties Love can bring, I've always felt that the key to happiness is that the heart must be nobly engaged.’ And now that we are separated by Death, daily experiences confirm this truth, which aligns perfectly with the Positive theory of human nature. Without personal experience of Love, no public celebration of it can be genuine.

In its public celebration the superiority of the new Religion is even more manifest than in the private worship. A system in which the social spirit is uniformly preponderant, is peculiarly adapted to render homage for the social services of the sympathetic sex. When the knights of the Middle Ages met together, they might give vent to their personal feelings, and express to one another the reverence which each felt for his own mistress; but farther than this they could not go. And such personal feelings will never cease to be necessary. Still the principal object of public celebration is to express gratitude on the part of the people for the social blessings conferred by Woman, as the organ of that element in our nature on which its unity depends, and as the original source of moral power. In the Middle Ages such considerations were impossible, for want of a rational theory embracing the whole circle of social relations. Indeed the received faith was incompatible with any such conception, since God in that faith occupied the place really due to Humanity.

In public celebrations, the superiority of the new Religion is even more obvious than in private worship. A system where the social spirit is consistently dominant is uniquely suited to honor the social contributions of women. When the knights of the Middle Ages gathered, they could share their personal feelings and express their admiration for their respective loves; however, they could not go beyond that. Such personal sentiments will always be essential. Still, the main purpose of public celebration is to show appreciation from the people for the social blessings provided by women, who represent the element in our nature that ensures unity and who are the original source of moral strength. In the Middle Ages, such ideas were impossible due to the lack of a rational theory that encompassed all social relationships. In fact, the prevailing belief was incompatible with any such notion, as God in that belief took the place that was truly meant for Humanity.

Exceptional women. Joan of Arc

There are women whose career has been altogether exceptional; and these, like the rest, meet with their due tribute of praise in the Positive system. The chief motive, doubtless, for public and private veneration is the mission of sympathy, which is Woman’s peculiar vocation. But there have been remarkable instances of women whose life has been one of speculation, or even, what is in most cases still more foreign to their nature, of political activity. They have rendered real service to Humanity, and they should receive the294 honour that is due to them. Theology, from its absolute character, could not make such concessions; they would have weakened the efficiency of its most important social rules. Consequently, Catholicism was compelled, though at first with sincere regret, to leave some of the noblest women without commemoration. A signal instance is the Maid of Orleans, whose heroism saved France in the fifteenth century. Our great king Louis XI applied very properly to the Pope for her canonization, and no objection was made to his request. Yet, practically, it was never carried into effect. It was gradually forgotten; and the clergy soon came to feel a sort of dislike to her memory, which reminded them of nothing but their own social weakness. It is easy to account for this result; nor is any one really to blame for it. It was feared, not without reason, that to consider Joan of Arc as a saint might have the effect of spreading false and dangerous ideas of feminine duty. The difficulty was insuperable for any absolute system, in which to sanction the exception is to compromise the rule. But in a relative system the case is different. It is even more inconsistent with Positive principles than it is with Catholic, for women to lead a military life, a life which of all others is the least compatible with their proper functions. And yet Positivists will be the first to do justice to this extraordinary heroine, whom theologians have been afraid to recognize, and whom metaphysicians, even in France, have had the hardihood to insult. The anniversary of her glorious martyrdom will be a solemn festival, not only for France, but for Western Europe. For her work was not merely of national importance: the enslavement of France would have involved the loss of all the influence which France has exercised as the centre of the advanced nations295 of Europe. Moreover, as none of them are altogether clear from the disgrace of detracting, as Voltaire has done, from her character, all should aid in the reparation of it which Positivism proposes to institute. So far from her apotheosis having an injurious effect on female character, it will afford an opportunity of pointing out the anomalous nature of her career, and the rarity of the conditions which alone could justify it. It is a fresh proof of the advantages accruing to Morality from the relative character of Positivism, which enables it to appreciate exceptional cases without weakening the rules.

There are women whose careers have been truly exceptional, and they, like everyone else, receive their fair share of praise in the Positive system. The main reason for public and private admiration is likely the mission of compassion, which is a unique calling for women. However, there have been notable cases of women whose lives have involved speculation, or even, in most cases more outside their nature, political activity. They have made real contributions to Humanity and deserve the294 recognition they are owed. Theology, due to its rigid nature, could not make such allowances; doing so would have undermined its most critical social rules. Therefore, Catholicism had no choice, though initially with genuine regret, to leave some of the finest women unrecognized. A prominent example is the Maid of Orleans, whose bravery saved France in the fifteenth century. Our great King Louis XI appropriately requested the Pope for her canonization, and no objections were raised to his request. Yet, in practice, it was never carried out. It was gradually forgotten, and the clergy soon began to harbor a sort of resentment towards her memory, which reminded them only of their own social vulnerability. This outcome is easy to explain, and no one is really at fault for it. It was feared, not without justification, that recognizing Joan of Arc as a saint might lead to spreading misleading and harmful ideas about women's roles. This challenge was insurmountable for any absolute system, where endorsing an exception would compromise the rule. But in a relative system, the situation is different. It’s even more inconsistent with Positive principles than with Catholicism for women to adopt a military life, which is the least compatible with their essential functions. Yet Positivists will be the first to honor this extraordinary heroine, whom theologians have hesitated to recognize, and whom metaphysicians, even in France, have audaciously insulted. The anniversary of her glorious martyrdom will be a significant celebration, not just for France, but for Western Europe. Her contributions were not just of national significance: the defeat of France would have meant losing all the influence that France has held as the center of advanced nations in Europe. Additionally, as none of them are entirely free from the shame of undermining, as Voltaire has done, her character, everyone should assist in the restoration of it that Positivism seeks to achieve. Rather than her elevation having a detrimental effect on female character, it will provide an opportunity to highlight the unusual nature of her journey and the rarity of the circumstances that could justify it. This is further evidence of the benefits to Morality from the relative nature of Positivism, which allows it to acknowledge exceptional cases without weakening the rules.

The subject of the worship of Woman by Man raises a question of much delicacy; how to satisfy the analogous feelings of devotion in the other sex. We have seen its necessity for men as an intermediate step towards the worship of Humanity; and women, stronger though their sympathies are, stand, it may be, in need of similar preparation. Yet certainly the direction taken should be somewhat different. What is wanted is that each sex should strengthen the moral qualities in which it is naturally deficient. Energy is a characteristic feature of Humanity as well as Sympathy; as is well shown by the double meaning of the word Heart. In Man Sympathy is the weaker element, and it requires constant exercise. This he gains by expression of his feelings of reverence for Woman. In Woman, on the other hand, the defective quality is Energy; so that, should any special preparation for the worship of Humanity be needed, it should be such as to strengthen courage rather than sympathy. But my sex renders me incompetent to enter farther into the secret wants of Woman’s heart. Theory indicates a blank hitherto unnoticed, but does not enable me to fill it. It is a problem for women themselves to solve; and I296 had reserved it for my noble colleague, for whose premature death I would fain hope that my own grief may one day be shared by all.

The topic of how men worship women raises a delicate question: how to address the similar feelings of devotion in women. We've seen that this need is important for men as a step toward valuing humanity as a whole; meanwhile, women, despite their stronger sympathies, might also require a similar foundation. However, the approach should be somewhat different. What’s needed is for each gender to enhance the moral qualities where they are typically lacking. Energy is an essential quality of humanity, just like sympathy, as highlighted by the dual meaning of the word Heart. For men, sympathy tends to be the weaker trait, and it needs regular practice. He develops this by expressing his reverence for women. On the other hand, women typically lack in energy; thus, if any specific preparation for the worship of humanity is necessary, it should focus on boosting courage rather than sympathy. But as a man, I am not in a position to delve deeper into the unspoken needs of a woman’s heart. The theory points out an area that hasn’t been fully explored, but it doesn’t allow me to address it. It’s a challenge that women themselves need to tackle; and I296 had intended to leave it for my esteemed colleague, whose untimely passing I hope my sadness will one day be shared by all.

Throughout this chapter I have been keenly sensible of the philosophic loss resulting from our objective separation. True, I have been able to show that Positivism is a matter of the deepest concern to women, since it incorporates them in the progressive movement of modern times. I have proved that the part allotted to them in this movement is one which satisfies their highest aspirations for the Family or for Society. And yet I can hardly hope for much support from them until some woman shall come forward to interpret what I have said into language more adapted to their nature and habits of thought. Till then it will always be taken for granted that they are incapable even of understanding the new philosophy, notwithstanding all the natural affinities for it which I have shown that they possess.

Throughout this chapter, I've been acutely aware of the philosophical loss coming from our objective separation. It's true that I've been able to demonstrate that Positivism is deeply relevant to women, as it includes them in the progressive movement of modern times. I’ve shown that their role in this movement aligns with their highest aspirations for the Family and Society. Yet, I can barely expect much support from them until a woman steps forward to translate what I’ve stated into language that resonates more with their nature and way of thinking. Until then, it will be assumed that they are incapable of even grasping the new philosophy, despite all the natural connections I've indicated they have with it.

All these difficulties had been entirely removed by the noble and loving friend to whom I dedicate the treatise to which this work is introductory. The dedication is unusual in form, and some may think it overstrained. But my own fear is rather, now that five years have past, that my words were too weak for the deep gratitude which I now feel for her elevating influence. Without it the moral aspects of Positivism would have lain very long latent.

All these difficulties were completely resolved by the noble and loving friend to whom I dedicate this introduction to my work. The dedication is unconventional, and some may find it excessive. But my main concern, now that five years have passed, is that my words weren't strong enough to express the deep gratitude I feel for her uplifting influence. Without that influence, the moral aspects of Positivism would have remained hidden for a long time.

Clotilde de Vaux was gifted equally in mind and heart: and she had already begun to feel the power of the new philosophy to raise feminine influence from the decline into which it had fallen, under the revolutionary influences of modern times. Misunderstood everywhere, even by her own family, her nature was far too noble for bitterness. Her sorrows were as exceptional as they were297 undeserved; but her purity was even more rare than her sorrow; and it preserved her unscathed from all sophistical attacks on marriage, even before the true theory of marriage had come before her. In the only writing which she published10, there is a beautiful remark, which to those who know the history of her life is deeply affecting: ‘Great natures should always be above bringing their sorrows upon others’. In this charming story, written before she knew anything of Positivism, she expressed herself most characteristically on the subject of Woman’s vocation: ‘Surely the true sphere of Woman is to provide Man with the comforts and delights of home, receiving in exchange from him the means of subsistence earned by his labours. I would rather see the mother of a poor family washing her children’s linen, than see her earning a livelihood by her talents away from home. Of course I do not speak of women of extraordinary powers whose genius leads them out of the sphere of domestic duty. Such natures should have free scope given to them: for great minds are kindled by the exhibition of their powers’. These words coming from a young lady distinguished no less for beauty than for worth, showed her antipathy to the subversive ideas so prevalent in the present day. But in a large work which she did not live to finish, she had intended to refute the attacks upon marriage, contained in the works of George Sand, to whom she was intellectually no less than morally superior. Her nature was of rare endowment, moved by noble impulse, and yet allowing its due influence to reason. When she was beginning to study Positivism she wrote to me: ‘No one knows better than myself how weak our nature is unless it has298 some lofty aim beyond the reach of passion’. A short time afterwards, writing with all the graceful freedom of friendship, she let fall a phrase of deep meaning, almost unawares: ‘Our race is one which must have duties, in order to form its feelings’.

Clotilde de Vaux was equally gifted in intellect and emotion. She had already started to sense how the new philosophy could help elevate women's influence from the decline it had suffered due to the revolutionary changes of modern times. Misunderstood everywhere, even by her own family, her character was far too noble to harbor bitterness. Her sorrows were as exceptional as they were undeserved, but her purity was even rarer than her sorrow; it kept her untouched by all the convoluted arguments against marriage, even before she was introduced to the true theory of it. In her only published writing10, she made a poignant remark that resonates deeply with those familiar with her life story: ‘Great natures should always be above bringing their sorrows upon others.’ In this beautiful piece, written before she had any knowledge of Positivism, she expressed her thoughts clearly on women's roles: ‘Surely the true sphere of Woman is to provide Man with the comforts and delights of home, receiving in exchange from him the means of subsistence earned by his labors. I would rather see the mother of a poor family washing her children’s clothes than earning a living through her talents away from home. Of course, I do not speak of extraordinary women whose genius takes them away from household duties. Such individuals should be given the freedom to shine because great minds are awakened by the display of their talents.’ These words, coming from a young woman recognized for her beauty as much as her virtue, revealed her distaste for the radical ideas that are so common today. However, in a larger work she didn’t live to complete, she intended to counter the critiques of marriage found in George Sand's writings, to whom she was intellectually and morally superior. Her nature was a rare gift, driven by noble instincts while still allowing reason to have its influence. When she started studying Positivism, she wrote to me: ‘No one knows better than I do how weak our nature is unless it has some lofty aim beyond the grasp of passion.’ Shortly afterward, in a relaxed note filled with friendly warmth, she inadvertently shared a profound thought: ‘Our race must have duties to shape its emotions.’

With such a nature my Saint Clotilde was, as may be supposed, fully conscious of the moral value of Positivism, though she had only one year to give to its study. A few months before her death, she wrote to me: ‘If I were a man, I should be your enthusiastic disciple; as a woman, I can but offer you my cordial admiration’. In the same letter she explains the part which she proposed to take in diffusing the principles of the new philosophy: ‘It is always well for a woman to follow modestly behind the army of renovators, even at the risk of losing a little of her own originality’. She describes our intellectual anarchy in this charming simile: ‘We are all standing as yet with one foot in the air over the threshold of truth’.

With her character, my Saint Clotilde was, as you might expect, fully aware of the moral significance of Positivism, even though she only had a year to delve into it. A few months before she passed away, she wrote to me: ‘If I were a man, I would be your enthusiastic follower; as a woman, I can only offer you my heartfelt admiration.’ In the same letter, she explains the role she intended to take in spreading the principles of the new philosophy: ‘It’s always good for a woman to modestly follow behind the group of innovators, even at the risk of losing a bit of her own originality.’ She describes our intellectual chaos with this lovely analogy: ‘We are all still standing with one foot in the air over the threshold of truth.’

It is for women to introduce Positivism into the Southern nations

With such a colleague, combining as she did qualities hitherto shared amongst the noblest types of womanhood, it would have been easy to induce her sex to co-operate in the regeneration of society. For she gave a perfect example of that normal reaction of Feeling upon Reason which has been here set forward as the highest aim of Woman’s efforts. When she had finished the important work on which she was engaged, I had marked out for her a definite yet spacious field of co-operation in the Positivist cause: a field which her intellect and character were fully competent to occupy. I mention it here, to illustrate the mode in which women may help to spread Positivism through the West;299 giving thus the first example of the social influence which they will afterwards exert permanently. What I say has special reference to Italy and to Spain. In other countries it only applies to individuals who, though living in an atmosphere of free thought, have not themselves ventured to think freely. Success in this latter case is so frequent, as to make me confident that the agencies of which I am about to speak may be applied collectively with the same favourable result.

With a colleague like her, who combined qualities usually found in the most admirable women, it would have been easy to get others of her sex to join in the renewal of society. She was a perfect example of the natural interplay between feelings and reason, which we see as the ultimate goal of women's efforts. Once she completed the significant work she was doing, I had identified for her a clear yet broad area of collaboration in the Positivist movement: a space where her intellect and character could truly thrive. I mention this to show how women can help spread Positivism in the West, providing a first example of the social impact they will later have consistently. My comments specifically relate to Italy and Spain. In other countries, they apply mostly to individuals who, while surrounded by free thought, haven't dared to think freely themselves. Success in these instances is so common that I'm confident the approaches I'm about to discuss can be applied collectively with the same positive outcome.

The intellectual freedom of the West began in England and Germany; and it had all the dangers of original efforts for which at that time no systematic basis could be found. With the legal establishment of Protestantism, the metaphysical movement stopped. Protestantism, by consolidating it, seriously impeded subsequent progress, and is still, in the countries where it prevails, the chief obstacle to all efficient renovation. Happily France, the normal centre of Western Europe, was spared this so-called Reformation. She made up for the delay, by passing at one stride, under the impulse given by Voltaire, to a state of entire freedom of thought; and thus resumed her natural place as leader of the common movement of social regeneration. But the French while escaping the inconsistencies and oscillations of Protestantism, have been exposed to all the dangers resulting from unqualified acceptance of revolutionary metaphysics. Principles of systematic negation have now held their ground with us too long. Useful as they once were in preparing the way for social reconstruction, they are now a hindrance to it. It may be hoped that when the movement of free thought extends, as it assuredly will, to the two Southern nations, where Catholicism has been more successful in resisting Protestantism and Deism, it will be attended with less injurious consequences.300 If France was spared the Calvinistic stage, there seems no reason why Italy and even Spain should not be spared Voltairianism. As a compensation for this apparent stagnation, they might pass at once from Catholicism to Positivism, without halting for any length of time at the negative stage. These countries could not have originated the new philosophy, owing to their insufficient preparation; but as soon as it has taken root in France, they will probably accept it with extreme rapidity. Direct attacks upon Catholicism will not be necessary. The new religion will simply put itself into competition with the old by performing in a better way the same functions that Catholicism fulfils now, or has fulfilled in past times.

The intellectual freedom of the West began in England and Germany, and it came with all the risks of those initial efforts for which there was no solid foundation at the time. With the legal establishment of Protestantism, the metaphysical movement came to a halt. Protestantism, by solidifying its position, significantly hindered further progress and remains, in the countries where it is dominant, the main barrier to effective change. Fortunately, France, the central hub of Western Europe, was spared from this so-called Reformation. It made up for lost time by leaping forward, driven by the inspiration from Voltaire, into a state of complete freedom of thought, thus reclaiming its role as a leader in the collective movement for social renewal. However, while the French avoided the inconsistencies and fluctuations of Protestantism, they have faced all the risks stemming from the uncritical acceptance of revolutionary metaphysics. Principles of systematic negation have clung on for too long. While they were once useful in paving the way for social reconstruction, they now serve as an obstacle. It’s hoped that as the movement of free thought spreads, as it surely will, to the two southern nations where Catholicism has been more successful in resisting Protestantism and Deism, it will bring about fewer damaging outcomes.300 If France was spared the Calvinistic phase, there’s no reason why Italy and even Spain shouldn’t be spared from Voltairianism. To compensate for this apparent stagnation, they might transition directly from Catholicism to Positivism without lingering too long in the negative phase. These countries may not have been able to originate the new philosophy due to their lack of preparation, but once it takes hold in France, they will likely adopt it very quickly. Direct attacks on Catholicism won’t be necessary. The new religion will simply compete with the old by doing the same things that Catholicism currently does, but in a better way.

All evidence, especially the evidence of the poets, goes to prove that before Luther’s time, there was less belief in the South of Europe, certainly less in Italy, than in the North. And Catholicism, with all its resistance to the progress of thought, has never been able really to revive the belief in Christianity. We speak of Italy and Spain as less advanced; but the truth is that they only cling to Catholicism because it satisfies their moral and social wants better than any system with which they are acquainted. Morally they have more affinity to Positivism than other nations; because their feelings of fraternity have not been weakened by the industrial development which has done so much harm in Protestant countries. Intellectually, too, they are less hostile to the primary principle of Positive Polity; the separation of spiritual and temporal power. And therefore they will welcome Positivism as soon as they see that in all essential features it equals and surpasses the mediaeval church. Now as this question is almost entirely a moral one, their convictions in301 this respect will depend far more upon Feeling than upon argument. Consequently, the work of converting them to Positivism is one for which women are peculiarly adapted. Positivism has been communicated to England by men. Holland, too, which has been the vanguard of Germany ever since the Middle Ages has been initiated in the same way still more efficiently. But its introduction in Italy and Spain will depend upon the women of those countries; and the appeal to them must come, not from a Frenchman, but from a Frenchwoman; for heart must speak to heart. Would that these few words might enable others to appreciate the inestimable worth of the colleague whom I had intended to write such an appeal; and that they might stimulate some one worthy to take her place!

All evidence, especially what the poets say, shows that before Luther's time, people in Southern Europe had less faith, especially in Italy, than those in the North. Catholicism, despite resisting progress in thought, has never truly revived belief in Christianity. We often refer to Italy and Spain as less advanced, but the reality is that they hold onto Catholicism because it meets their moral and social needs better than any other system they know. Morally, they are more aligned with Positivism than other nations; their sense of community hasn’t been diminished by industrial growth, which has caused so much harm in Protestant countries. Intellectually, they're also less opposed to the core idea of Positive Polity, which is the separation of spiritual and governmental power. Thus, they will embrace Positivism as soon as they recognize that it matches and exceeds what the medieval church offered. Since this issue is mostly moral, their beliefs in this area will rely far more on emotions than on logical arguments. As a result, the effort to convert them to Positivism is particularly suited for women. In England, Positivism has been introduced by men. Similarly, Holland, which has led Germany since the Middle Ages, has been initiated in this way even more effectively. However, its acceptance in Italy and Spain will rely on the women of those countries; the appeal to them must come from a Frenchwoman, not a Frenchman, because heart must connect with heart. I wish these few words could help others recognize the priceless value of the colleague I intended to seek support from; and that they might inspire someone deserving to take her place!

Already, then, there is ground for encouragement. Already we have one striking instance of a woman ready to co-operate in the philosophical movement, which assigns to her sex a mission of the highest social consequence as the prelude to the function for which in the normal state they are destined. Such an instance, though it may seem now exceptional, does but anticipate what will one day be universal. Highly gifted natures pass through the same phases as others; only they undergo them earlier, and so become guides for the rest. The sacred friend of whom I speak had nothing that specially disposed her to accept Positivism, except the beauty of her mind and character, prematurely ripened by sorrow. Had she been an untaught working woman, it would perhaps have been still easier for her to grasp the general spirit of the new philosophy and its social purpose.

Already, there is reason for optimism. We have a clear example of a woman eager to join the philosophical movement that assigns her gender a role of great social importance as a precursor to the function they are meant to fulfill in a normal state. Although this example may seem unique now, it is just a glimpse of what will eventually be common. Highly talented individuals go through the same stages as others; they just experience them sooner and become leaders for everyone else. The remarkable person I’m talking about had nothing particularly compelling to lead her to embrace Positivism, other than the brilliance of her mind and character, which was matured early by hardship. If she had been an uneducated working woman, it might have been even easier for her to understand the overall spirit of the new philosophy and its social goals.

The result of this chapter is to show the affinity of the systematic element of the modifying power,302 as represented by philosophers, with women who form its sympathetic element; an affinity not less close than that with the people, who constitute its synergic element. The organization of moral force is based on the alliance of philosophers with the people; but the adhesion of women is necessary to its completion. With the union of all three, the regeneration of society begins, and the revolution is brought to a close. But more than this: their union is at once an inauguration of the final order of society. Each of these three elements will be acting as it will be called upon to act in the normal state, and will be occupying its permanent position relatively to the temporal power. The philosophic class whose work it is to combine the action of the other two classes, will find valuable assistance from women in every family, as well as powerful co-operation from the people in every city.

The aim of this chapter is to demonstrate the connection between the systematic aspect of modifying power, as represented by philosophers, and women who are its empathetic component; a connection as strong as that with the people, who represent its collaborative element. The organization of moral strength depends on the partnership between philosophers and the people; however, the involvement of women is essential for its fulfillment. With the collaboration of all three, societal renewal begins, and the revolution comes to an end. Moreover, their collaboration signifies the start of a new societal order. Each of these three groups will act as needed in a normal state and will hold their stable roles in relation to temporal power. The philosophical class, responsible for coordinating the actions of the other two groups, will receive valuable support from women in every household, as well as strong cooperation from the people in every city.

The result will be a union of all who are precluded from political administration, instituted for the purpose of judging all practical measures by the fixed rules of universal morality. Exceptional cases will arise when moral influence is insufficient: in these it will be necessary for the people to interfere actively. But philosophers and women are dispensed from such interference. Direct action would be most injurious to their powers of sympathy or of thought. They can only preserve these powers by keeping clear of all positions of political authority.

The outcome will be a group made up of everyone excluded from political power, created to evaluate all practical actions according to the established principles of universal morality. There will be exceptional cases where moral influence isn’t enough: in those situations, the people will need to step in actively. However, philosophers and women are exempt from this involvement. Taking direct action would be harmful to their ability to empathize or think. They can only maintain these abilities by avoiding any political authority.

But while the moral force resulting from the combined action of women and of the people, will be more efficient than that of the Middle Ages, the systematic organs of that force will find their work one of great difficulty. High powers of intellect are required and a heart worthy of such intellect. To secure the support of women, and303 the co-operation of the people, they must have the sympathy and purity of the first, the energy and disinterestedness of the second. Such natures are rare; yet without them the new spiritual power cannot obtain that ascendancy over society to which Positivism aspires. And with all the agencies, physical or moral, which can be brought to bear, we shall have to acknowledge that the exceeding imperfections of human nature form an eternal obstacle to the object for which Positivism strives, the victory of social sympathy over self-love.

But while the moral strength that comes from the combined efforts of women and the people will be more effective than that of the Middle Ages, the organized means of that strength will face significant challenges. High levels of intelligence and a heart that matches such intellect are essential. To gain the support of women and the cooperation of the public, they need the compassion and integrity of the former, and the drive and selflessness of the latter. Such qualities are rare; without them, the new spiritual power cannot achieve the influence over society that Positivism aims for. Despite all the physical and moral resources we can muster, we must recognize that the deep flaws of human nature present a constant barrier to Positivism's goal: the triumph of social compassion over self-interest.


CHAPTER V
THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN POSITIVISM AND ART

Positivism when complete is as favourable to imagination, as, when incomplete, it was unfavourable to it

The essential principles and the social purpose of the only philosophy by which the revolution can be brought to a close, are now before us. We have seen too that energetic support from the People and cordial sympathy from Women are necessary to bring this philosophic movement to a practical result. One further condition yet remains. The view here taken of human life as regenerated by this combination of efforts, would be incomplete if it did not include an additional element, with which Positivism, as I have now to show, is no less competent to deal. We have spoken already of the place which Reason occupies in our nature; its function being to subordinate itself to Feeling for the better guidance of the Active powers. But in the normal state of our nature it has also another function; that of regulating and stimulating Imagination, without yielding passive obedience to it. The esthetic faculties are far too important to be disregarded in the normal state of Humanity; therefore they must not be omitted from the system which aims to introduce that state. There is a strong but groundless prejudice that in this respect at least Positivism will be found wanting. Yet it furnishes, as may readily be shown, the only true305 foundation of modern Art, which, since the Middle Ages, has been cultivated without fixed principles or lofty purpose.

The essential principles and social purpose of the only philosophy that can bring the revolution to a close are now clear to us. We've also seen that strong support from the People and warm support from Women are essential to turn this philosophical movement into real action. One more condition remains. The perspective we’ve taken on human life, revitalized by this combination of efforts, would be incomplete if it didn’t include another element, which Positivism, as I will now explain, can effectively handle. We’ve already discussed the role of Reason in our nature; its job is to support Feeling for better guidance of our Active powers. However, in the normal state of our nature, it has another role: to regulate and stimulate Imagination without simply submitting to it. The aesthetic faculties are far too important to be overlooked in the normal condition of Humanity; therefore, they must be included in the system that aims to achieve that state. There’s a strong but unfounded belief that Positivism will fall short in this area. Yet it provides, as can be easily shown, the only true305 foundation for modern Art, which has been developed since the Middle Ages without clear principles or a noble purpose.

The reproach that Positivism is incompatible with Art arises simply from the fact that almost every one is in the habit of confounding the philosophy itself with the scientific studies on which it is based. The charge only applies to the positive spirit in its preliminary phase of disconnected specialities, a phase which scientific men of the present day are making such mischievous efforts to prolong. Nothing can be more fatal to the fine arts than the narrow views, the overstraining of analysis, the abuse of the reasoning faculty, which characterize the scientific investigation of the present day; to say nothing of their injurious effects upon moral progress, the first condition of esthetic development. But all these defects necessarily disappear when the Positive spirit becomes more comprehensive and systematic; which is the case as soon as it embraces the higher subjects in the encyclopædic scale of sciences. When it reaches the study of Society, which is its true and ultimate sphere, it has to deal with the conceptions of Poetry, as well as with the operations of Feeling: since its object must then be to give a faithful and complete representation of human nature under its individual, and still more under its social, aspects. Hitherto Positive science has avoided these two subjects: but their charm is such that, when the study of them has been once begun, it cannot fail to be prosecuted with ardour; and their proper place in the constitution of Man and of Society will then be recognized. Reason has been divorced for a long time from Feeling and Imagination. But, with the more complete and systematic culture here proposed, they will be re-united.

The criticism that Positivism doesn't fit with Art comes from the fact that most people tend to confuse the philosophy itself with the scientific studies it’s based on. This criticism only applies to the early, disconnected stages of positive thinking, a stage that today's scientists are trying to extend in a harmful way. Nothing is more detrimental to the fine arts than the narrow views, excessive analysis, and misuse of reason that define contemporary scientific inquiry, not to mention their harmful effects on moral progress, which is essential for aesthetic development. However, all these flaws fade away when the Positive spirit becomes broader and more systematic, which happens as it covers the higher subjects in the comprehensive scale of sciences. When it tackles the study of Society, its true and ultimate focus, it must engage with concepts of Poetry as well as the workings of Emotion, because its goal then is to provide an accurate and complete portrayal of human nature in both its individual and social dimensions. Until now, Positive science has shied away from these two topics, but their appeal is so strong that once they are studied, the investigation will undoubtedly continue with passion, and their rightful place in the nature of Man and Society will be acknowledged. Reason has long been separated from Emotion and Imagination. However, with the more thorough and systematic development proposed here, they will be brought back together.

To those who have studied the foregoing chapters with attention, the view that the new philosophy is unfavourable to Art, will be obviously unjust. Supposing even that there were no important functions specially assigned to the fine arts in the Positive system, yet indirectly, the leading principles of the system, its social purpose, and the influences by which it is propagated, are all most conducive to the interests of Art. To demonstrate, as Positivism alone of all philosophies has done, the subordination of the intellect to the heart, and the dependence of the unity of human nature upon Feeling, is to stimulate the esthetic faculties, because Feeling is their true source. To propound a social doctrine by which the Revolution is brought to a close, is to remove the principal obstacle to the growth of Art, and to open a wide field and a firm foundation for it, by establishing fixed principles and modes of life; in the absence of which Poetry can have nothing noble to narrate or to inspire. To exhort the working classes to seek happiness in calling their moral and mental powers into constant exercise, and to give them an education, the principal basis of which is esthetic, is to place Art under the protection of its natural patrons.

To those who have carefully studied the previous chapters, the idea that the new philosophy is against Art is clearly unfair. Even if there were no significant roles specifically assigned to the fine arts in the Positive system, the main principles of the system, its social goals, and the ways it spreads are all very supportive of Art. To show, as Positivism uniquely has among all philosophies, that the intellect should be subordinate to the heart and that the unity of human nature relies on Feeling, is to encourage the aesthetic senses, because Feeling is their true origin. Proposing a social doctrine that brings the Revolution to an end removes the main barrier to the development of Art and creates a broad space and a solid foundation for it by establishing stable principles and ways of life; without these, Poetry has nothing meaningful to tell or to inspire. Encouraging the working class to find happiness by constantly exercising their moral and mental abilities and providing them with an education centered around aesthetics places Art under the care of its natural supporters.

But one consideration is of itself sufficient for our purpose. We have but to look at the influence of Positivism upon Women, at its tendency to elevate the social dignity of their sex, while at the same time strengthening all family ties. Now of all the elements of which society is constituted, Woman certainly is the most esthetic, alike from her nature and her position; and both her position and her nature are raised and strengthened by Positivism. We receive from women, not only our first ideas of Goodness, but our first sense of Beauty; for their own sensibility to it is equalled307 by their power of imparting it to others. We see in them every kind of beauty combined; beauty of mind and character as well as of person. All their actions, even those which are unconscious, exhibit a spontaneous striving for ideal perfection. And their life at home, when free from the necessity of labouring for a livelihood, favours this tendency. Living as they do for affection, they cannot fail to feel aspirations for all that is highest, in the world around them first, and then also in the world of imagination. A doctrine, then, which regards women as the originators of moral influence in society, and which places the groundwork of education under their charge, cannot be suspected of being unfavourable to Art.

But one point is enough for our purpose. We only need to consider the impact of Positivism on women, how it tends to enhance the social dignity of their gender, while also strengthening family bonds. Of all the components of society, women are undoubtedly the most aesthetic, both due to their nature and their role; and Positivism raises and strengthens both their role and nature. We gain not only our initial ideas of goodness from women but also our first sense of beauty; their sensitivity to it is matched by their ability to share it with others. We see every type of beauty reflected in them, including beauty of mind and character, as well as physical beauty. All their actions, even those done unconsciously, show a natural drive toward ideal perfection. Their life at home, when they are free from the need to work for a living, supports this tendency. Living for affection, they inevitably aspire to the highest ideals, first in the world around them and then also in the realm of imagination. Therefore, a belief system that sees women as the source of moral influence in society, and which places the foundation of education in their hands, cannot be viewed as hostile to art.

Leaving these prejudices, we may now examine the mode in which the incorporation of Art into the modern social system will be promoted by Positivism. In the first place systematic principles of Art will be laid down, and its proper function clearly defined. The result of this will be to call out new and powerful means of expression, and also new organs. I may observe that the position which Art will occupy in the present movement of social regeneration is already an inauguration of its final function; as we saw in the analogous cases of the position of women and of the working classes.

Leaving these biases behind, we can now look at how Positivism will encourage the incorporation of Art into the modern social system. First, systematic principles of Art will be established, and its proper role will be clearly defined. This will lead to the emergence of new and powerful ways of expression, as well as new platforms. It's worth noting that the role Art will play in the current movement of social renewal is already a sign of its ultimate purpose, similar to what we observed in the cases of women's roles and the working classes.

Esthetic talent is for the adornment of life, not for its government

But before touching on this question it will be well to rectify a prevalent misconception on the subject, one of the many consequences of our mental and moral anarchy. I refer to the exaggeration of the influence of Art; an error which, if uncorrected, would vitiate all our views with regard to it.

But before addressing this question, it's important to clear up a common misunderstanding about the topic, one of the many results of our mental and moral chaos. I'm talking about the exaggeration of Art's influence; a mistake that, if not corrected, would distort all our perspectives on it.

All poets of real genius, from Homer to Corneille, have always considered their work to be that of beautifying human life, and so far, of elevating308 it. Government of human life they had never supposed to fall within their province. Indeed no sane man would lay it down as a proposition that Imagination should control the other mental faculties. It would imply that the normal condition of the intellect was insanity; insanity being definable as that state of mind in which subjective inspirations are stronger than objective judgments. It is a static law of our nature, which has never been permanently suspended, that the faculties of Representation and Expression should be subordinate to those of Conception and Co-ordination. Even in cerebral disturbances the law holds good. The relation with the external world is perverted, but the original correlation of the internal mental functions remains unaffected.

All poets with true genius, from Homer to Corneille, have always viewed their work as a way to beautify human life and elevate it. They never thought that governing human life was part of their role. In fact, no sane person would argue that Imagination should dominate the other mental faculties. That would suggest that the normal state of the intellect is insanity, which can be defined as a condition where subjective inspirations outweigh objective judgments. It's a fundamental rule of our nature, which has never been permanently overturned, that the faculties of Representation and Expression should be secondary to those of Conception and Coordination. Even in cases of brain disturbances, this rule still holds. The relationship with the external world may be distorted, but the original connection of the internal mental functions remains intact.

The foolish vanity of the later poets of antiquity led some of them into errors much resembling those which now prevail on this point. Still in Polytheistic society artists were at no time looked upon as the leading class, notwithstanding the esthetic character of Greek and Roman religion. If proofs were necessary, Homer’s poems, especially the Odyssey, would show how secondary the influence of the fine arts was upon society, even when the priesthood had ceased to control them. Plato’s Utopia, written when Polytheism was in its decline, represented a state in which the interference of poets was systematically prevented. Mediaeval Monotheism was still less disposed to overrate the importance of Art, though its true value was recognized more generally than it had ever been before. But with the decline of Catholicism, germs of errors showed themselves, from which even the extraordinary genius of Dante was not free. The revolutionary influences of the last five centuries have developed these errors into the delirium of self-conceit exhibited309 by the poets and literary men of our time. Theology having arrived at its extreme limits before any true conception of the Positive state could arise, the negative condition of the Western Republic became aggravated to an unheard-of extent. Rules and institutions, which had formerly controlled the most headstrong ambition, fell rapidly into discredit. And as the principles of social order disappeared, artists and especially poets, the leading class among them, stimulated by the applause which they received from their uninstructed audience, fell into the error of seeking political influence. Incompatible as all mere criticism must be with true poetry, modern Art since the fourteenth century has participated more and more actively in the destruction of the old system. Until, however, Negativism had received its distinct shape and character from the revolutions of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, the influence of Art for destructive purposes was secondary to that exercised by metaphysicians and legists. But in the eighteenth century, when negativism began to be propagated boldly in a systematic form, the case was changed, and literary ambition asserted itself more strongly. The speculative thinkers who had hitherto formed the vanguard of the destructive movement, were replaced by mere litterateurs, men whose talents were of a poetical rather than philosophical kind, but who had, intellectually speaking, no real vocation. When the crisis of the Revolution came, this heterogeneous class took the lead in the movement, and naturally stepped into all political offices; a state of things which will continue until there is a more direct and general movement of reorganization.

The foolish pride of later poets in ancient times led some of them to make mistakes that are quite similar to what we see today. Still, in polytheistic societies, artists were never seen as the leading class, even with the aesthetic nature of Greek and Roman religion. If we needed proof, Homer's poems, especially the Odyssey, would illustrate how little influence the fine arts had on society, even when the priesthood no longer controlled them. Plato's Utopia, written during the decline of polytheism, depicted a society where poets were systematically kept from interfering. Medieval monotheism was even less likely to overestimate the importance of art, though its true value was recognized more broadly than ever before. However, with the decline of Catholicism, seeds of error began to emerge that even the extraordinary genius of Dante couldn't escape. The revolutionary influences of the past five centuries have amplified these errors into the self-absorbed delusions seen in the poets and writers of today. Theology had reached its limits before any true understanding of a positive state could emerge, and this worsened the negative condition of the Western Republic to an unprecedented level. Rules and institutions that once curbed the most reckless ambition rapidly lost credibility. As the principles of social order faded, artists—especially poets, who were at the forefront—encouraged by the applause from their uninformed audience, fell into the trap of seeking political influence. As incompatible as mere criticism is with true poetry, modern art since the fourteenth century has increasingly participated in the dismantling of the old system. However, until negativism took on its distinct form and character from the revolutions of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, the impact of art for destructive ends was secondary to that of metaphysicians and legal scholars. But in the eighteenth century, when negativism began to be boldly promoted in a systematic way, the situation changed, and literary ambition became more pronounced. The speculative thinkers who had previously led the destructive movement were replaced by mere writers—people whose talents were poetic rather than philosophical, but who, intellectually, had no true calling. When the Revolution's crisis hit, this diverse group took the lead in the movement and naturally assumed all political positions; a situation that will persist until there is a more organized and widespread effort at reformation.

The political influence of literary men a deplorable sign and source of anarchy

This is the historical explanation, and at the same time the refutation,310 of the subversive schemes so prevalent in our time, of which the object is to establish a sort of aristocracy of literary pedants. Such day-dreams of unbridled self-conceit find favour only with the metaphysical minds who cannot sanction exceptional cases without making them into an absolute rule. If philosophers are to be excluded from political authority, there is still greater reason for excluding poets. The mental and moral versatility which makes them so apt in reflecting the thoughts and feelings of those around them, utterly unfits them for being our guides. Their natural defects are such as nothing but rigorous and systematic education can correct; they are, therefore, certain to be peculiarly prominent in times like these when deep convictions of any kind are so rare. Their real vocation is to assist the spiritual power as accessory members; and this involves their renouncing all ideas of government, even more strictly than philosophers themselves. Philosophers, though not themselves engaging in politics, are called upon to lay down the principles of political action; but the poet has very little to do with either. His special function is to idealize and to stimulate; and to do this well, he must concentrate his energies exclusively upon it. It is a large and noble field, amply sufficient to absorb men who have a real vocation for it. Accordingly, in the great artist of former times we see comparatively few traces of this extravagant ambition. It comes before us in a time when, owing to the absence of regular habits of life and fixed convictions, art of the highest order is impossible. The poets of our time either have not realized or have mistaken their vocation. When Society is again brought under the influence of a universal doctrine, real poetry will again become possible; and such men311 as those we have been speaking of will turn their energies in a different direction. Till then they will continue to waste their efforts or to ruin their character in worthless political agitation, a state of things in which mediocrity shines and real genius is left in the background.

This is the historical explanation, and at the same time the refutation,310 of the subversive schemes so common in our time, which aim to establish a kind of aristocracy of literary pedants. These fantasies of unchecked self-importance are only favored by metaphysical thinkers who can’t accept exceptional cases without turning them into a universal rule. If philosophers are to be excluded from political authority, there's even more reason to exclude poets. The mental and moral flexibility that enables them to reflect the thoughts and feelings of those around them makes them completely unfit to be our guides. Their natural flaws are such that only strict and systematic education can correct them; therefore, they are sure to be particularly prominent in times like these when deep convictions of any kind are rare. Their true role is to support the spiritual power as accessory members; this means they must give up all thoughts of governance, even more strictly than philosophers themselves. Philosophers, even though not directly involved in politics, are called upon to establish the principles of political action; but the poet is minimally involved in either. Their main function is to idealize and stimulate; to do this well, they need to focus all their energy on it. It’s a vast and noble field that’s more than enough to engage those who have a true calling for it. Consequently, in the great artists of the past, we find comparatively few signs of this extravagant ambition. It emerges in a time when, due to the lack of regular habits of life and fixed beliefs, art of the highest order becomes impossible. The poets of our time either haven’t realized or have misunderstood their calling. When society is again influenced by a universal doctrine, true poetry will become possible again; and those men311 we’ve been discussing will channel their energies in a different direction. Until then, they will continue to squander their efforts or harm their reputations in meaningless political agitation, a situation where mediocrity shines and true genius is left in the shadows.

In the normal state of human nature, Imagination is subordinate to Reason as Reason is to Feeling. Any prolonged inversion of this natural order is both morally and intellectually dangerous. The reign of Imagination would be still more disastrous than the reign of Reason; only that it is even more incompatible with the practical conditions of human life. But chimerical as it is, the mere pursuit of it may do much individual harm by substituting artificial excitement, and in too many cases affectation of feeling, in the place of deep and spontaneous emotion. Viewed politically, nothing can be worse than this undue preponderance of esthetic considerations caused by the uncontrolled ambition of artists and litterateurs. The true object of Art, which is to charm and elevate human life, is gradually lost sight of. By being held out as the aim and object of existence, it degrades the artist and the public equally, and is therefore certain to degenerate. It loses all its higher tendencies, and is reduced either to a sensuous pleasure, or to a mere display of technical skill. Admiration for the arts, which, when kept in its proper place, has done so much for modern life, may become a deeply corrupting influence, if it becomes the paramount consideration. It is notorious what an atrocious custom prevailed in Italy for several centuries, simply for the sake of improving men’s voices. Art, the true purpose of which is to strengthen our sympathies, leads when thus degraded to a most abject form of selfishness; in which enjoyment of sounds312 or forms is held out as the highest happiness, and utter apathy prevails as to all questions of social interest. So dangerous is it intellectually, and still more so morally, for individuals, and above all, for societies to allow esthetic considerations to become unduly preponderant; even when they spring from a genuine impulse. But the invariable consequence to which this violation of the first principles of social order leads, is the success of mediocrities who acquire technical skill by long practice.

In the normal state of human nature, imagination is secondary to reason, just as reason is to feeling. Any prolonged reversal of this natural order is both morally and intellectually risky. The dominance of imagination would be even more disastrous than the dominance of reason; it is just more incompatible with the practical conditions of human life. Yet, as unrealistic as it may be, merely pursuing it can cause significant individual harm by replacing genuine emotion with artificial excitement, and in too many cases, a façade of feeling. Politically speaking, nothing could be worse than the excessive influence of aesthetic considerations driven by the unchecked ambitions of artists and writers. The true aim of art, which is to uplift and enrich human life, is slowly forgotten. When presented as the ultimate goal of existence, it debases both the artist and the public, making it bound to decline. It loses all its higher aspirations and is reduced either to sensory pleasure or a mere display of technical skill. A respect for the arts, which, when kept in check, has greatly benefited modern life, can become a deeply corrupting influence if it becomes the main focus. It is widely known how a terrible practice persisted in Italy for several centuries just to improve men’s singing voices. Art, which aims to strengthen our empathy, when reduced in this way, leads to a deeply selfish form of enjoyment where the pleasure derived from sounds or visuals is regarded as the ultimate happiness, and there is complete indifference to social issues. Allowing aesthetic considerations to dominate, even when they arise from genuine impulses, is intellectually dangerous and even more so morally, for individuals and especially for societies. The inevitable result of violating the fundamental principles of social order is the success of mediocre individuals who gain technical skill through extensive practice.

Thus it is that we have gradually fallen under the discreditable influence of men who were evidently not competent for any but subordinate positions, and whose preponderance has proved as injurious to Art as it has been to Philosophy and Morality. A fatal facility of giving expression to what is neither believed nor felt, gives temporary reputation to men who are as incapable of originality in Art as they are of grasping any new principle in science. It is the most remarkable of all the political anomalies caused by our revolutionary position; and the moral results are most deplorable, unless when, as rarely happens, the possessor of these undeserved honours has a nature too noble to be injured by them. Poets are more exposed to these dangers than other artists, because their sphere is more general and gives wider scope for ambition. But in the special arts we find the same evil in a still more degrading form; that of avarice, a vice by which so much of our highest talent is now tainted. Another signal proof of the childish vanity and uncontrolled ambition of the class is, that those who are merely interpreters of other men’s productions claim the same title as those who have produced original works.

So, we've slowly come under the discreditable influence of men who clearly aren’t qualified for anything beyond minor roles, and their dominance has been harmful to Art, as well as to Philosophy and Morality. A troubling ease in expressing what is neither genuinely believed nor felt gives temporary fame to people who lack originality in Art and can't grasp any new scientific principles. This is one of the most notable political oddities resulting from our revolutionary situation; the moral consequences are quite unfortunate unless, as is rare, the individual with these undeserved accolades possesses a character too noble to be negatively affected by them. Poets face these dangers more than other artists since their field is broader and allows for greater ambition. However, in specialized arts, we see this same issue in an even more degrading way: greed, a vice that now taints so much of our finest talent. Another clear indication of the childish vanity and unchecked ambition of this group is that those who simply interpret other people's creations claim the same title as those who create original works.

Such are the results of the extravagant pretensions313 which artists and literary men have gradually developed during the last five centuries. I have dwelt upon them because they constitute at present serious impediments to all sound views of the nature and purposes of Art. My strictures will not be thought too severe by really esthetic natures, who know from personal experience how fatal the present system is to all talent of a high order. Whatever the outcry of those personally interested, it is certain that in the true interest of Art the suppression of mediocrity is at least as important as the encouragement of talent. True taste always implies distaste. The very fact that the object is to foster in us the sense of perfection, implies that all true connoisseurs will feel a thorough dislike for feeble work. Happily there is this privilege in all masterpieces, that the admiration aroused by them endures in its full strength for all time; so that the plea which is often put forward of keeping up the public taste by novelties which in reality injure it, falls to the ground. To mention my own experience, I may say that for thirteen years I have been induced alike from principle and from inclination, to restrict my reading almost entirely to the great Occidental poets, without feeling the smallest curiosity for the works of the day which are brought out in such mischievous abundance.

Such are the results of the extravagant expectations313 that artists and writers have gradually developed over the last five centuries. I've focused on them because they currently serve as serious obstacles to any solid understanding of the nature and purposes of Art. My critiques won’t seem too harsh to genuinely artistic individuals, who know from personal experience how damaging the current system is to high-level talent. Regardless of the noise from those with a personal stake, it's clear that in the true interest of Art, suppressing mediocrity is just as important as encouraging talent. True taste always comes with a sense of distaste. The very goal of cultivating our sense of perfection means that all true connoisseurs will genuinely dislike weak work. Fortunately, there’s a privilege in all masterpieces: the admiration they inspire remains strong over time, so the argument for maintaining public taste with novelties that actually harm it is easily dismissed. Speaking from my own experience, I can say that for thirteen years I’ve been driven, both by principle and preference, to limit my reading almost entirely to the great Western poets, without feeling the slightest curiosity for the works of the day that are released in such harmful abundance.

Theory of Art

Guarding ourselves, then, against errors of this kind, we may now proceed to consider the esthetic character of Positivism. In the first place, it furnishes us with a satisfactory theory of Art; a subject which has never been systematically explained; all previous attempts to do so, whatever their value, having viewed the subject incompletely. The theory here offered is based on the subjective principle of the new philosophy, on its objective dogma, and on314 its social purpose; as set forward in the two first chapters of this work.

Guarding ourselves against mistakes like these, we can now look at the aesthetic nature of Positivism. First, it provides us with a solid theory of Art, a topic that hasn’t been systematically explained before; all earlier attempts to do so, no matter their worth, have only offered a partial view. The theory presented here is based on the subjective principle of the new philosophy, its objective doctrine, and its social purpose, as outlined in the first two chapters of this work.

Art is the idealized representation of Fact

Art may be defined as an ideal representation of Fact; and its object is to cultivate our sense of perfection. Its sphere therefore is co-extensive with that of Science. Both deal in their own way with the world of Fact; the one explains it, the other beautifies it. The contemplations of the artist and of the man of science follow the same encyclopædic law; they begin with the simple objects of the external world; they gradually rise to the complicated facts of human nature. I pointed out in the second chapter that the scientific scale, the scale, that is, of the True, coincided with that of the Good: we now see that it coincides with that of the Beautiful. Thus between these three great creations of Humanity, Philosophy, Polity, and Poetry, there is the most perfect harmony. The first elements of Beauty, that is to say, Order and Magnitude, are visible in the inorganic world, especially in the heavens; and they are there perceived with greater distinctness than where the phenomena are more complex and less uniform. The higher degrees of Beauty will hardly be recognized by those who are insensible to this its simplest phase. But as in Philosophy we only study the inorganic world as a preliminary to the study of Man; so, but to a still greater extent, is it with Poetry. In Polity the tendency is similar but less apparent. Here we begin with material progress; we proceed to physical and subsequently to intellectual progress; but it is long before we arrive at the ultimate goal, moral progress. Poetry passes more rapidly over the three preliminary stages, and rises with less difficulty to the contemplation of moral beauty. Feeling, then, is essentially the sphere of Poetry. And it supplies315 not the end only, but the means. Of all the phenomena which relate to man, human affections are the most modifiable, and therefore the most susceptible of idealization. Being more imperfect than any other, by virtue of their higher complexity, they allow greater scope for improvement. Now the act of expression, however imperfect, reacts powerfully upon these functions, which from their nature are always seeking some external vent. Every one recognizes the influence of language upon thoughts: and surely it cannot be less upon feelings, since in them the need of expression is greater. Consequently all esthetic study, even if purely imitative, may become a useful moral exercise, by calling sympathies and antipathies into healthy play. The effect is far greater when the representation, passing the limits of strict accuracy, is suitably idealized. This indeed is the characteristic mission of Art. Its function is to construct types of the noblest kind, by the contemplation of which our feelings and thoughts may be elevated. That the portraiture should be exaggerated follows from the definition of Art; it should surpass realities so as to stimulate us to amend them. Great as the influence is of these poetic emotions on individuals, they are far more efficacious when brought to bear upon public life: not only from the greater importance of the subject matter, but because each individual impression is rendered more intense by combination.

Art can be defined as an ideal representation of reality, and its goal is to enhance our sense of perfection. Its area of influence therefore aligns with that of Science. Both explore the world of reality in their own ways; one explains it, while the other beautifies it. The reflections of the artist and the scientist follow the same comprehensive pattern; they start with the simple elements of the external world and gradually progress to the complicated facts of human nature. I noted in the second chapter that the scientific scale, which measures the True, aligns with that of the Good; now we see that it also aligns with that of the Beautiful. Hence, there is perfect harmony among these three major contributions of Humanity: Philosophy, Politics, and Poetry. The basic elements of Beauty, namely Order and Magnitude, can be seen in the inorganic world, especially in the heavens; and they are perceived more clearly there than in more complex and less uniform phenomena. Higher levels of Beauty are hardly recognized by those who are unresponsive to this simplest form. However, just as in Philosophy we study the inorganic world as a stepping stone to understanding Humanity, so is it even more so with Poetry. In Politics, the trend is similar but less obvious. Here we start with material progress, then move to physical, and later to intellectual progress; but it takes a long time to reach the ultimate objective, moral progress. Poetry moves more quickly through these three preliminary stages and more easily rises to the contemplation of moral beauty. Thus, feeling is fundamentally the realm of Poetry. It provides not only the end but also the means. Among all the phenomena related to humanity, human emotions are the most adaptable, making them the most open to idealization. Being more flawed than anything else due to their greater complexity, they offer more room for improvement. The act of expression, no matter how imperfect, can significantly influence these functions, which inherently seek some external outlet. Everyone recognizes the impact of language on thought, and it must be equally true for feelings, since the need for expression is greater in them. Therefore, all aesthetic study, even if purely imitative, can become a valuable moral exercise by engaging sympathies and antipathies in a healthy way. The effect is even stronger when the representation transcends strict accuracy and is appropriately idealized. This is indeed the primary purpose of Art. Its role is to create types of the highest order, through which our feelings and thoughts can be elevated. Exaggeration in portrayal is a natural result of the definition of Art; it should exceed reality to inspire us to improve it. While the influence of these poetic emotions is significant on individuals, they are even more powerful when applied to public life: not only because the subject matter is of greater importance, but also because each individual impression becomes more intense when combined.

Poetry is intermediate between Philosophy and Polity

Thus Positivism explains and confirms the view ordinarily taken of Poetry, by placing it midway between Philosophy and Polity; issuing from the first, and preparing the way for the second.

Thus Positivism explains and confirms the view typically held about Poetry, positioning it between Philosophy and Politics; emerging from the first, and paving the way for the second.

Even Feeling itself, the highest principle of our existence, accepts the objective dogma of Philosophy,316 that Humanity is subject to the order of the external world. And Imagination on still stronger grounds must accept the same law. The ideal must always be subordinate to the real; otherwise feebleness as well as extravagance is the consequence. The statesman who endeavours to improve the existing order, must first study it as it exists. And the poet, although his improvements are but imagined, and are not supposed capable of realization, must do likewise. True in his fictions he will transcend the limits of the possible, while the statesman will keep within those limits; but both have the same point of departure; both begin by studying the actual facts with which they deal. In our artificial improvements we should never aim at anything more than wise modification of the natural order; we should never attempt to subvert it. And though Imagination has a wider range for its pictures, they are yet subject to the same fundamental law, imposed by Philosophy upon Polity and Poetry alike. Even in the most poetic ages this law has always been recognized, only the external world was interpreted then in a way very differently from now. We see the same thing every day in the mental growth of the child. As his notions of fact change, his fictions are modified in conformity with these changes.

Even feeling itself, the highest principle of our existence, accepts the objective beliefs of philosophy,316 that humanity is subject to the order of the external world. And imagination, on even stronger grounds, must accept the same law. The ideal must always be subordinate to the real; otherwise, weakness as well as excess will be the result. The statesman who aims to improve the existing order must first study it as it is. And the poet, even though his improvements are just imagined and not intended to be realized, must do the same. In his fictions, he will go beyond the limits of the possible, while the statesman will remain within those limits; but both start from the same place: both begin by studying the actual facts they are dealing with. In our artificial improvements, we should never aim for anything more than wise modifications of the natural order; we should never try to overthrow it. And although imagination has a broader scope for its images, they are still subject to the same fundamental law imposed by philosophy on both politics and poetry. Even in the most poetic eras, this law has always been acknowledged; it was just that the external world was interpreted very differently back then. We observe the same phenomenon every day in a child's mental development. As his understanding of facts changes, his fictions are adjusted in line with those changes.

But while Poetry depends upon Philosophy for the principles on which its types are constructed, it influences Polity by the direction which it gives to those types. In every operation that man undertakes, he must imagine before he executes, as he must observe before he imagines. He can never produce a result which he has not conceived first in his own mind. In the simplest application of mechanics or geometry he finds it necessary to form a mental type, which is always more perfect317 than the reality which it precedes and prepares. Now none but those who confound poetry with verse-making can fail to see that this conception of a type is the same thing as esthetic imagination, under its simplest and most general aspect. Its application to social phenomena, which constitute the chief sphere both of Art and of Science, is very imperfectly understood as yet, and can hardly be said to have begun, owing to the want of any true theory of society. The real object of so applying it is, that it should regulate the formation of social Utopias; subordinating them to the laws of social development as revealed by history. Utopias are to the Art of social life what geometrical and mechanical types are to their respective arts. In these their necessity is universally recognized; and surely the necessity cannot be less in problems of such far greater intricacy. Accordingly we see that, notwithstanding the empirical condition in which political art has hitherto existed, every great change has been ushered in, one or two centuries beforehand, by an Utopia bearing some analogy to it. It was the product of the esthetic genius of Humanity working under an imperfect sense of its conditions and requirements. Positivism, far from laying an interdict on Utopias, tends rather to facilitate their employment and their influence, as a normal element in society. Only, as in the case of all other products of imagination, they must always remain subordinated to the actual laws of social existence. And thus by giving a systematic sanction to this the Poetry, as it may be called, of Politics, most of the dangers which now surround it will disappear. Its present extravagances arise simply from the absence of some philosophical principle to control it, and therefore there is no reason for regarding them with great severity.

But while poetry relies on philosophy for the principles that structure its forms, it also shapes politics by guiding those forms. In every action we take, we must imagine before we act, just as we must observe before we imagine. We can never produce a result that we haven't first conceived in our minds. Even in the simplest application of mechanics or geometry, we need to create a mental model, which is always more perfect317 than the reality that it precedes and prepares. Only those who confuse poetry with just writing verses fail to realize that this concept of a model is essentially the same as aesthetic imagination, in its simplest and broadest sense. Its application to social phenomena, which form the main area for both art and science, is still not fully understood and can hardly be said to have started, due to the lack of a true theory of society. The goal of applying it this way is to help shape social utopias, aligning them with the laws of social development as shown by history. Utopias are to the art of social life what geometric and mechanical models are to their specific arts. In those areas, their necessity is widely acknowledged; and surely the need is even greater in matters that are far more complex. Therefore, we see that despite the empirical nature in which political art has existed until now, every significant change has been anticipated one or two centuries earlier by a utopia with some similarity to it. These utopias emerged from the aesthetic genius of humanity working with an incomplete understanding of its conditions and needs. Positivism, rather than banning utopias, tends to promote their use and influence as a normal part of society. However, like all other products of imagination, they must always remain subordinate to the actual laws of social existence. Thus, by providing a systematic foundation for this so-called poetry of politics, many of the dangers that currently surround it will fade away. Its current excesses stem simply from the lack of a philosophical principle to guide it, and therefore there is no reason to view them with extreme seriousness.

The whole of this theory may be summed up in the double meaning of the word so admirably chosen to designate our esthetic functions. The word Art is a remarkable instance of the popular instinct from which language proceeds, and which is far more enlightened than educated persons are apt to suppose. It indicates, however vaguely, a sense of the true position of Poetry, midway between Philosophy and Polity, but with a closer relation to the latter. True, in the case of the technical arts the improvements proposed are practically realized, while those of the fine arts remain imaginary. Poetry, however, does produce one result of an indirect but most essential kind; it does actually modify our moral nature. If we include oratory, which is only Poetry in a simpler phase, though often worthless enough, we find its influence exerted in a most difficult and critical task, that of arousing or calming our passions; and this not arbitrarily, but in accordance with the fixed laws of their action. Here it has always been recognized as a moral agency of great power. On every ground, then, Poetry seems more closely related to practical than to speculative life. For its practical results are of the most important and comprehensive nature. Whatever the utility of other arts, material, physical, or intellectual, they are only subsidiary or preparatory to that which in Poetry is the direct aim, moral improvement. In the Middle Ages it was common in all Western languages to speak of it as a Science, the proper meaning of the word Science being then very imperfectly understood. But as soon as both artistic and scientific genius had become more fully developed, their distinctive features were more clearly recognized, and finally the name of Art was appropriated to the whole class of poetic functions. The fact is, at all events, an argument in319 favour of the Positive theory of idealization, as standing midway between theoretical inquiry and practical result.

The entire theory can be summarized in the dual meaning of the term that perfectly describes our aesthetic functions. The word Art is an excellent example of the popular instinct that shapes language, which is often more insightful than highly educated people tend to think. It somewhat vaguely indicates the true role of Poetry, positioned between Philosophy and Politics, but more closely related to the latter. In the realm of technical arts, proposed improvements are practically achieved, while advancements in the fine arts remain theoretical. However, Poetry does create one indirect yet crucial impact; it genuinely alters our moral nature. If we consider oratory, which is simply a simpler form of Poetry, albeit often lacking in substance, we observe its influence in a challenging and critical role of stirring or soothing our emotions, and this occurs not randomly, but according to the established laws governing their behavior. It has always been acknowledged as a powerful moral force. Therefore, Poetry appears to be more connected to practical living than to theoretical contemplation. Its practical outcomes are of the utmost importance and far-reaching. Regardless of the usefulness of other arts, whether material, physical, or intellectual, they are merely supplementary or preparatory to the direct aim of Poetry: moral improvement. In the Middle Ages, it was common across all Western languages to refer to it as a Science, though the true meaning of Science was then not well understood. However, as both artistic and scientific talents developed more fully, their unique characteristics were recognized more clearly, and ultimately the term Art came to represent the entire range of poetic functions. This fact, in any case, supports the Positive theory of idealization, as it stands between theoretical investigation and practical results.

Art calls each element of our nature into harmonious action

Evidently, then, it is in Art that the unity of human natures finds its most complete and most natural representation. For Art is in direct relation with the three orders of phenomena by which human nature is characterized; Feelings, Thoughts, and Actions. It originates in Feeling; the proof of this is even more obvious than in the case of Philosophy and Polity. It has its basis in Thought, and its end is Action. Hence its power of exerting an influence for good alike on every phase of our existence, whether personal or social. Hence too its peculiar attribute of giving equal pleasure to all ranks and ages. Art invites the thinker to leave his abstractions for the study of real life; it elevates the practical man into a region of thought where self-love has no place. By its intermediate position it promotes the mutual reaction of Affection and Reason. It stimulates feeling in those who are too much engrossed with intellectual questions: it strengthens the contemplative faculty in natures where sympathy predominates. It has been said of Art that its province is to hold a mirror to nature. The saying is usually applied to social life where its truth is most apparent. But it is no less true of every aspect of our existence; for under every aspect it may be a source of Art, and may be represented and modified by it. Turning to Biology for the cause of this sociological relation, we find it in the relation of the muscular and nervous systems. Our motions, involuntary at first, and then voluntary, indicate internal impressions, moral impressions more especially; and as they proceed from them, so they react upon them. Here we find the first320 germ of a true theory of Art. Throughout the animal kingdom language is simply gesticulation of a more or less expressive kind. And with man esthetic development begins in the same spontaneous way.

Clearly, it is in Art that the unity of human nature is represented most fully and naturally. Art is directly linked to the three elements that define human nature: Feelings, Thoughts, and Actions. It starts with Feeling; this is easier to see than in the cases of Philosophy and Politics. Its foundation is in Thought, and its purpose is Action. This explains its ability to positively influence every part of our lives, whether personal or social. It also uniquely provides enjoyment to people of all backgrounds and ages. Art encourages thinkers to move beyond their theories to explore real life; it lifts practical individuals into a realm of thought free from self-interest. By serving as a bridge, it fosters the interplay between Affection and Reason. It awakens feelings in those overly focused on intellectual issues and enhances the reflective capacity of those who are naturally sympathetic. It has been said that Art's role is to reflect nature. This saying is often used in the context of social life, where its truth is most evident. However, it applies equally to all aspects of our existence; each facet can inspire Art and be represented or altered by it. Looking to Biology for the reasoning behind this social connection, we observe it in the relationship between the muscular and nervous systems. Our movements, initially involuntary and later voluntary, reveal internal impressions, particularly moral ones; as they arise from these impressions, they also affect them. Here, we find the initial spark of a genuine theory of Art. Throughout the animal kingdom, language is simply a form of gesturing that varies in expressiveness. Similarly, human aesthetic development begins in the same natural way.

Three stages in the esthetic process: Imitation, Idealization, Expression

With this primary principle we may now complete our statical theory of Art, by indicating in it three distinct degrees or phases. The fine arts have been divided into imitative and inventive; but this distinction has no real foundation. Art always imitates, and always idealizes. True, as the real is in every case the source of the ideal, Art begins at first with simple Imitation. In the childhood, whether of men or of the race, as also with the lower animals, servile imitation, and that of the most insignificant actions, is the only symptom of esthetic capacity. No representation, however, has at present any claim to the title of Art (although from motives of puerile vanity the name is often given to it), except so far as it is made more beautiful, that is to say, more perfect. The representation thus becomes in reality more faithful, because the principal features are brought prominently forward, instead of being obscured by a mass of unmeaning detail. This it is which constitutes Idealization; and from the time of the great masterpieces of antiquity, it has become more and more the characteristic feature of esthetic productions. But in recognizing the superiority of Idealization as the second stage of Art, we must not forget the necessity of its first stage, Imitation. Without it neither the origin nor the nature of Art could be correctly understood.

With this main principle, we can now complete our understanding of the theory of Art by highlighting three distinct levels or phases. The fine arts are usually split into imitative and inventive; however, this distinction doesn’t hold much weight. Art always imitates and always idealizes. Indeed, since the real is always the source of the ideal, Art starts out with simple imitation. In the early stages, whether in humans or across cultures, and even in lower animals, imitation—often of the most mundane actions—is the only sign of aesthetic ability. No representation today truly deserves the title of Art (though it is often given for reasons of childish pride) unless it has been made more beautiful—essentially, more perfect. Such a representation actually becomes more accurate because the key features are highlighted instead of being hidden beneath a clutter of meaningless details. This is what constitutes idealization; since the great masterpieces of antiquity, it has increasingly become the defining characteristic of aesthetic works. However, while we acknowledge the importance of idealization as the second stage of Art, we must not overlook the essential role of its first stage, imitation. Without it, neither the origin nor the nature of Art could be properly understood.

In addition to the creative process, which is the chief characteristic of Art, there is a third function which, though not absolutely necessary in its imitative stage, becomes in its ideal stage. I mean321 the function of Expression strictly so called, without which the product of imagination could not be communicated to others. Language, whether it be the Language of sound or form, is the last stage of the esthetic operation, and it does not always bear a due proportion to the inventive faculty. When it is too defective, the sublimest creations may be ranked lower than they deserve, owing to the failure of the poet to communicate his thought completely. Great powers of style may, on the other hand, confer unmerited reputation, which however does not endure. An instance of this is the preference that was given for so long a time to Racine over Corneille.

In addition to the creative process, which is the main feature of Art, there’s a third function that, while not completely necessary in its early stage, becomes essential in its ideal form. I mean321 the function of Expression in a strict sense, without which the product of imagination couldn't be shared with others. Language, whether it's the language of sound or form, is the final stage of the aesthetic process, and it doesn't always match up with the inventive talent. When it's too lacking, the most magnificent creations may be undervalued because the poet fails to completely convey their thought. On the flip side, great stylistic ability might grant undeserved fame, which, however, doesn't last. A prime example of this is the long-standing preference for Racine over Corneille.

So long as Art is confined to Imitation, no special language is required; imitation is itself the substitute for language. But as soon as the representation has become idealized by heightening some features and suppressing or altering others, it corresponds to something which exists only in the mind of the composer; and its communication to the world requires additional labour devoted exclusively to Expression. In this final process so necessary to the complete success of his work, the poet moulds his signs upon his inward type; just as he began at first by adapting them to external facts. So far there is some truth in Grétry’s principle that song is derived from speech by the intermediate stage of declamation. The same principle has been applied to all the special arts; it might also be applied to Poetry, oratory being the link between verse and prose. These views, however, are somewhat modified by the historical spirit of Positive Philosophy. We must invert Grétry’s relation of cause and effect; at least when we are considering those primitive times, when Art and Language first arose together.

As long as art is limited to imitation, no special language is needed; imitation itself serves as a substitute for language. But as soon as the representation becomes idealized by enhancing certain features and suppressing or changing others, it corresponds to something that only exists in the composer’s mind; conveying it to the world requires extra effort focused solely on expression. In this crucial process for the overall success of his work, the poet shapes his symbols based on his internal vision, just as he initially adapted them to external realities. There’s some truth to Grétry’s idea that song comes from speech through the intermediate stage of declamation. This principle has been applied across various arts; it can also be applied to poetry, with oratory serving as the bridge between verse and prose. However, these ideas are somewhat adjusted by the historical perspective of Positive Philosophy. We need to flip Grétry’s cause-and-effect relationship, at least when we think about those early times when art and language first emerged together.

The origin of all our faculties of expression is322 invariably esthetic; for we do not express till after we have felt strongly. Feeling had, in primitive times at all events, far more to do with these faculties than Thought, being a far stronger stimulant to external demonstration. Even in the most highly wrought languages, where, in consequence of social requirements, reason has to a great extent encroached upon emotion, we see evidence of this truth. There is a musical element in the most ordinary conversation. Listening carefully to a lecture on the most abstruse mathematical problem, we shall hear intonations which proceed obviously from the heart rather than the head, and which are indications of character even in the most unimpassioned speaker. Biology at once explains this law, by teaching that the stimulus to the muscles used in expression, whether vocal or gesticulatory, comes principally from the affective region of the brain; the specu-region being too inert to produce muscular contraction for which there is no absolute necessity. Accordingly, Sociology regards every language as containing in its primitive elements all that is spontaneous and universal in the esthetic development of Humanity; enough, that is, to satisfy the general need of communicating emotion. In this common field the special arts commence, and they ultimately widen it. But the operation is the same in its nature, whether carried on by popular instinct or by individuals. The final result is always more dependent on feeling than on reason, even in times like these, when the intellect has risen in revolt against the heart. Song, therefore, comes before Speech; Painting before Writing; because the first things we express are those which move our feelings most. Subsequently the necessities of social life oblige us to employ more frequently, and ultimately to develop, those elements323 in painting or in song, which relate to our practical wants and to our speculative faculties so far as they are required for supplying them; these forming the topics of ordinary communication. Thus the emotion from which the sign had originally proceeded becomes gradually effaced; the practical object is alone thought of, and expression becomes more rapid and less emphatic. The process goes on until at last the sign is supposed to have originated in arbitrary convention; though, if this were the case, its universal and spontaneous adoption would be inexplicable. Such, then, is the sociological theory of Language, on which I shall afterwards dwell more fully. I connect it with the whole class of esthetic functions, from which in the lower animals it is not distinguished. For no animal idealizes its song or gesture so far as to rise to anything that can properly be called Art.

The source of all our ways of expressing ourselves is322 always tied to aesthetics; we don’t express ourselves until we’ve felt something intensely. In ancient times, feeling played a much bigger role in these expressions than thought, acting as a stronger motivator for outward demonstration. Even in the most sophisticated languages, where social needs have made reason interfere with emotion to a large extent, we can see evidence of this truth. There’s a musical quality in even the simplest conversations. If we listen closely to a lecture on a complex mathematical problem, we’ll notice tones that clearly come from the heart rather than the head, reflecting character even in the most unemotional speaker. Biology explains this by showing that the muscles used to express ourselves, whether through voice or gestures, are primarily stimulated by the emotional part of the brain; the rational part tends to be too passive to trigger muscle movement unless absolutely necessary. Therefore, Sociology views every language as containing in its basic elements all that is spontaneous and universal in the aesthetic development of humanity; enough to meet the general need to share emotions. In this shared space, the specific arts arise, ultimately expanding it. However, the process remains fundamentally the same, whether driven by popular instinct or by individuals. The end result is always more influenced by feelings than by reason, even today when intellect has often rebelled against emotion. Singing comes before speaking; painting before writing; because the first things we express are the ones that touch our feelings the most. Later, the demands of social life force us to use and eventually develop those aspects323 in painting or song that relate to our practical needs and our theoretical faculties as far as they are needed to meet them; these become the subjects of usual communication. Thus, the emotion that originally inspired the sign gradually fades away; the focus shifts to the practical object, and expression becomes quicker and less impactful. This process continues until the sign is thought to have come from arbitrary convention; however, if that were true, its universal and spontaneous acceptance would be inexplicable. This is the sociological theory of language, which I will elaborate on later. I connect it with the entire range of aesthetic functions, which is not different in lower animals. No animal elevates its song or gesture enough to create something that can be truly called art.

Classification of the arts on the principle of decreasing generality, and increasing intensity

To complete our examination of the philosophy of Art, statically viewed, we have now only to speak of the order in which the various arts should be classified. Placed as Art is, midway between Theory and Practice, it is classified on the same principle, the principle, that is of decreasing generality, which I have long ago shown to be applicable to all Positive classifications of whatever kind. We have already obtained from it a scale of the Beautiful, answering in most points to that which was first laid down for the True, and which we applied afterwards to the Good. By following it in the present instance, we shall be enabled to range the arts in the order of their conception and succession, as was done in my Treatise on Positive Philosophy for the various branches of Science and Industry.

To wrap up our exploration of the philosophy of Art, viewed from a static perspective, we now need to discuss the order in which the different arts should be classified. Art sits at the intersection of Theory and Practice, so it follows the same principle of decreasing generality, which I previously demonstrated is relevant to all Positive classifications of any type. We have already developed a scale of the Beautiful, which aligns closely with what was initially established for the True and later applied to the Good. By using this framework in this case, we can organize the arts based on their conception and sequence, just as I did in my Treatise on Positive Philosophy for the various fields of Science and Industry.

The arts, then, should be classified by the decreasing generality and the increasing intensity,324 which involves also increasing technicality, of their modes of expression. In its highest term the esthetic scale connects itself with the scientific scale; and in its lowest with the industrial scale. This is in conformity with the position assigned to Art intermediate between Philosophy and Practical life. Art never becomes disconnected from human interests; but as it becomes less general and more technical, its relation with our higher attributes becomes less intimate, and it is more dependent on inorganic Nature, so that at last the kind of beauty depicted by it is merely material.

The arts should be categorized by their decreasing generality and increasing intensity, 324 which also means a rise in technical skill in their modes of expression. At its highest level, the aesthetic scale is linked to the scientific scale, and at its lowest, it connects with the industrial scale. This aligns with the idea that Art sits between Philosophy and Practical life. Art never loses touch with human interests; however, as it becomes less general and more technical, its connection to our higher qualities becomes less close, and it relies more on inorganic Nature, resulting in a type of beauty it represents that is merely material.

Poetry

On these principles of classification we must give the first place to Poetry properly so called, as being the most general and least technical of the arts, and as being the basis on which all the rest depend. The impressions which it produces are less intense than those of the rest, but its sphere is evidently wider, since it embraces every side of our existence, whether individual, domestic, or social. Poetry, like the special arts, has a closer relation with actions and impulses than with thoughts. Yet the most abstract conceptions are not excluded from its sphere; for not merely can it improve the language in which they are expressed, but it may add to their intrinsic beauty. It is, on the whole, the most popular of all the arts, both on account of its wider scope, and also because, its instruments of expression being taken directly from ordinary language, it is more generally intelligible than any other. True, in the highest kind of poetry versification is necessary; but this cannot be called a special art. The language of Poetry, although distinct in form, is in reality nothing but the language of common men more perfectly expressed. The only technical element in it, prosody, is easily325 acquired by a few days’ practice. A proof of the identity of the language of Poetry with that of common life, is the fact that no poet has ever been able to write with effect in a foreign or a dead language. And not only is this noblest of Arts more comprehensive, more spontaneous, more popular than the rest, but it surpasses them in that which is the characteristic feature of all art, Ideality. Poetry is the art which idealizes the most, and imitates the least. For these reasons it has always held the first place among the arts; a view which will be strengthened in proportion as we attach greater importance to idealization and less to mere expression. In expression it is inferior to the other arts, which represent such subjects as fall within their compass with greater intensity. But it is from Poetry that these subjects are usually borrowed.

On these principles of classification, we must prioritize Poetry, as it is the most general and least technical of the arts, serving as the foundation for all others. The impressions it creates are less intense than those of the other forms of art, but its scope is clearly broader, encompassing every aspect of our existence—be it personal, family, or societal. Poetry, like the specific arts, relates more closely to actions and feelings than to thoughts. Still, the most abstract ideas aren't excluded; it can enhance the language that expresses them and may even add to their inherent beauty. Overall, it's the most popular of all the arts, both due to its wider range and because its expressions are derived directly from everyday language, making it more universally understandable. It's true that in the highest forms of poetry, meter is necessary; however, that can't be classified as a special art. The language of Poetry, although different in form, is essentially just a more refined version of everyday speech. The only technical aspect, prosody, can be easily mastered with just a few days of practice. A clear indication of how the language of Poetry aligns with everyday life is that no poet has ever effectively written in a foreign or dead language. Moreover, this noblest of Arts is not only more comprehensive, spontaneous, and popular than the others, but it also excels in the defining quality of all art: Ideality. Poetry is the art that idealizes the most and imitates the least. For these reasons, it has always held the top position among the arts; this perspective will only strengthen as we place more value on idealization and less on mere expression. In terms of expression, it falls short compared to the other arts, which depict their subjects with greater intensity. However, it's from Poetry that these subjects are typically drawn.

Music

The first term of the series being thus determined, the other arts may at once be ranked according to the degree of their affinity with Poetry. Let us begin by distinguishing the different senses to which they appeal; and we shall find that our series proceeds on the principle which biologists, since Gall’s time, have adopted for the classification of the special senses, the principle of decreasing sociability. There are only two senses which can be called esthetic; namely, Sight and Hearing: the others having no power of raising us to Idealization. The sense of smell can, it is true, enable us to associate ideas; but in man it exists too feebly for artistic effects. Hearing and Sight correspond to the two modes of natural language, voice and gesture. From the first arises the art of Music; the second, which however is less esthetic, includes the three arts of form. These are more technical than Music; their field is not so wide, and moreover they stand326 at a greater distance from poetry; whereas Music remained for a long time identified with it. Another distinction is that the sense to which music appeals performs its function involuntarily; and this is one reason why the emotions which it calls forth are more spontaneous and more deep, though less definite, than in the case where it depends on the will whether we receive the impression or not. Again, the difference between them answers to the distinction of Time and Space. The art of sound represents succession; the arts of form, co-existence. On all these grounds music should certainly be ranked before the other special arts, as the second term of the esthetic series. Its technical difficulties are exaggerated by pedants, whose interest it is to do so; in reality, special training is less needed for its appreciation, and even for its composition, than in the case of either painting or sculpture. Hence it is in every respect more popular and more social.

The first term of the series being established, we can rank the other arts based on how closely they relate to Poetry. Let’s start by identifying the different senses they appeal to; we’ll find that our series follows the principle used by biologists, since Gall’s time, for classifying the special senses, which is the principle of decreasing sociability. There are only two senses that can be considered aesthetic: Sight and Hearing. The others do not have the power to elevate us to Idealization. While the sense of smell can help us associate ideas, it is too weak in humans to create artistic effects. Hearing and Sight correspond to the two forms of natural language, which are voice and gesture. From Hearing comes the art of Music; the second, though less aesthetic, encompasses the three arts of form. These are more technical than Music; their scope is more limited and they are also further removed from poetry, while Music was long considered closely tied to it. Another distinction is that the sense that Music engages works involuntarily, which is one reason why the emotions it evokes are more spontaneous and profound, though less defined, compared to situations where our will determines whether we receive the impression or not. Moreover, the difference between them aligns with the distinction between Time and Space. The art of sound represents succession, while the arts of form represent co-existence. For all these reasons, music should definitely be ranked before the other special arts as the second term of the aesthetic series. Its technical challenges are often overstated by pedants who have a vested interest in doing so; in reality, special training is less crucial for appreciating and even composing it than for either painting or sculpture. Therefore, it is in every way more popular and social.

Painting
Sculpture
Architecture

Of the three arts which appeal to the voluntary sense of sight, and which present simultaneous impressions, Painting, on the same principle of arrangement, holds the first rank, and Architecture the last; Sculpture being placed between them. Painting alone employs all the methods of visual expression, combining the effects of colour with those of form. Whether in public or private life, its sphere is wider than that of the other two. More technical skill is required in it than in music, and it is harder to obtain; but the difficulty is less than in Sculpture or in Architecture. These latter idealize less, and imitate more. Of the two, Architecture is the less esthetic. It is far more dependent on technical processes; and indeed most of its productions are rather works of industry than works of art. It seldom rises above material beauty:327 moral beauty it can only represent by artifices, of which the meaning is often ambiguous. But the impressions conveyed by it are so powerful and so permanent, that it will always retain its place among the fine arts, especially in the case of great public buildings, which stand out as the most imposing record of each successive phase of social development. Never has the power of Architecture been displayed to greater effect than in our magnificent cathedrals, in which the spirit of the Middle Ages has been idealized and preserved for posterity. They exhibit in a most striking manner the property which Architecture possesses of bringing all the arts together into a common centre.

Of the three arts that appeal to our sense of sight and create simultaneous impressions, Painting ranks highest, followed by Sculpture, with Architecture coming last. Painting uniquely utilizes all the techniques of visual expression, blending the impacts of color and form. Its scope is broader than that of the other two, whether in public or private life. It requires more technical skill than music, and gaining that skill is more challenging, but it is still easier than in Sculpture or Architecture. The latter two tend to imitate more than idealize. Of the two, Architecture is the less artistic. It relies heavily on technical processes, and most of its creations are more industrial than artistic. It rarely exceeds material beauty; moral beauty can only be represented through devices that often have ambiguous meanings. However, the impressions it leaves are so strong and lasting that it will always maintain its status among the fine arts, especially regarding major public buildings, which serve as significant records of each period of social development. The power of Architecture has never been showcased more effectively than in our stunning cathedrals, where the spirit of the Middle Ages has been idealized and preserved for future generations. They remarkably demonstrate Architecture's ability to bring all the arts together into a unified expression.327

The conditions favourable to Art have never yet been combined

These brief remarks will illustrate the method adopted by the new philosophy in investigating a systematic theory of Art under all its statical aspects. We have now to speak of its action upon social life, whether in the final state of Humanity, or in the transitional movement through which that state is to be reached.

These brief comments will show the approach taken by the new philosophy in exploring a systematic theory of Art in all its static aspects. Now we need to discuss its impact on social life, whether in the ultimate state of Humanity or in the transitional process leading to that state.

The Positive theory of history shows us at once, in spite of strong prejudices to the contrary, that up to the present time the progress achieved by Art has been, like that of Science and Industry, only preparatory; the conditions essential to its full development never having yet been combined.

The Positive theory of history demonstrates that, despite significant biases against it, the progress made by Art so far has, much like that of Science and Industry, only been a stepping stone; the necessary conditions for its complete development have yet to come together.

Neither in Polytheism

Too much has been made of the esthetic tendencies of the nations of antiquity, owing to the free scope that was given to Imagination in constructing their doctrines. In fact Polytheism, now that the belief in its principles exists no longer, has been regarded as simply a work of art. But the long duration of its principles would be sufficient proof that they were not created by the poets, but that they emanated from the philosophic genius of Humanity working spontaneously,328 as explained in my theory of human development, in the only way that was then possible. All that Art did for Polytheism was to perform its proper function of clothing it in a more poetic form. It is quite true that the peculiar character of Polytheistic philosophy gave greater scope for the development of Art than has been afforded by any subsequent system. It is to this portion of the theological period that we must attribute the first steps of esthetic development, whether in society or in the individual. Yet Art was never really incorporated into the ancient order. Its free growth was impossible so long as it remained under the control of Theocracy, which made use of it as an instrument, but which, from the stationary character of its dogmas, shackled its operations. Moreover, the social life of antiquity was highly unfavourable to Art. The sphere of personal feelings and domestic affections was hardly open to it. Public life in ancient times had certainly more vigorous and more permanent features, and here there was a wider field. Yet even in such a case as that of Homer, we feel that he would hardly have spent his extraordinary powers upon descriptions of military life, had there been nobler subjects for his genius. The only grand aspect, viewed socially, that war could offer, the system of incorporation instituted by Rome after a succession of conquests, could not then be foreseen. When that period arrived, ancient history was drawing to a close, and the only poetical tribute to this nobler policy was contained in a few beautiful lines of Virgil’s Æneid, ending with the remarkable expression,

Too much has been said about the artistic tendencies of ancient nations, mainly because they allowed Imagination to have free rein in shaping their beliefs. Nowadays, Polytheism is seen as mere art, since that belief no longer exists. However, the long-lasting nature of its principles proves that they weren't just created by poets; they came from the innate philosophical genius of Humanity, working spontaneously, as I explained in my theory of human development, in the only way that was possible at that time. Art’s role in Polytheism was to fulfill its purpose by giving it a more poetic form. It’s true that the unique character of Polytheistic philosophy allowed more artistic development than any later system. We should credit this part of the theological period with the early steps of aesthetic growth, both in society and in individuals. However, Art never truly fit into the ancient order. Its organic development was impossible as long as it was controlled by Theocracy, which used it as a tool but limited its freedom due to the fixed nature of its doctrines. Additionally, social life in ancient times wasn’t very friendly to Art. The realm of personal emotions and family bonds was almost closed off to it. Public life back then was certainly more robust and lasting, offering a broader canvas. Yet, even in the case of Homer, it’s apparent that he would hardly have spent his immense talents on depicting military life had there been nobler subjects available for his talent. The only grand social aspect that war could showcase—the system of integration established by Rome after a series of conquests—was not yet envisioned. By the time that era came, ancient history was nearing its end, and the only poetic acknowledgment of this greater policy was found in a few beautiful lines from Virgil’s Æneid, ending with the notable phrase,

Pacisque set the trend,
(Impose the peace law.)
Nor under the Mediaeval system

Mediaeval society, notwithstanding irrational prejudices to the contrary, would have been far more favourable to the fine arts, could it have continued longer. I do not speak, indeed, of its dogmas; which were so incompatible with Art, as to lead to the strange inconsistency of giving a factitious sanction to Paganism in the midst of Christianity. By holding personal and chimerical objects before us as the end of life, Monotheism discouraged all poetry, except so far as it related to our individual existence. This, however, was idealized by the mystics, whose beautiful compositions penetrated into our inmost emotions, and wanted nothing but greater perfection of form. All that Catholicism effected for Art in other respects was to secure a better position for it, as soon as the priesthood became strong enough to counteract the intellectual and moral defects of Christian doctrine. But the social life of the Middle Ages was far more esthetic than that of antiquity. War was still the prevailing occupation; but by assuming a defensive character, it had become far more moral, and therefore more poetic. Woman had acquired a due measure of freedom; and the free development of home affections were thus no longer restricted. There was a consciousness of personal dignity hitherto unknown, and yet quite compatible with social devotion, which elevated individual life in all its aspects. All these qualities were summed up in the noble institution of Chivalry; which gave a strong stimulus to Art throughout Western Europe, and diffused it more largely than in any former period. This movement was in reality, though the fact is not recognized as it should be, the source of modern Art. The reason for its short duration is to be found in the essentially transient and provisional character of mediaeval society under all its aspects. By the time that its language and330 habits had become sufficiently stable for the esthetic spirit to produce works of permanent value, Catholic Feudalism was already undermined by the growing force of the negative movement. The beliefs and modes of life offered for idealization were seen to be declining: and neither the poet nor his readers could feel those deep convictions which the highest purposes of Art require.

Medieval society, despite some irrational biases, would have been much more supportive of the fine arts if it had lasted longer. I’m not talking about its doctrines, which were so at odds with Art that they oddly gave a false endorsement to Paganism even within Christianity. By focusing on personal and unrealistic goals as life’s purpose, Monotheism discouraged all poetry, except where it related to individual existence. However, the mystics idealized this, with their beautiful works touching our deepest emotions but in need of better form. Catholicism did improve Art in some ways, ensuring it had a better standing once the priesthood became strong enough to address the intellectual and moral shortcomings of Christian doctrine. But the social life of the Middle Ages was much more aesthetic than that of ancient times. War was still the main focus, but by becoming more defensive, it took on a more moral and therefore poetic quality. Women had gained a fair amount of freedom, allowing home affections to develop without restrictions. There was a sense of personal dignity that hadn’t been experienced before, yet it was compatible with social devotion, enhancing individual life in all its forms. All these traits were embodied in the noble institution of Chivalry, which greatly inspired Art across Western Europe and spread it more widely than in any earlier time. This movement was actually, though not well recognized, the root of modern Art. Its short lifespan can be attributed to the inherently temporary and makeshift nature of medieval society in all its forms. By the time its language and customs had stabilized enough for aesthetic expression to create lasting works, Catholic Feudalism was already being eroded by the rising influence of the negative movement. The beliefs and lifestyles that were available for idealization were clearly in decline, and neither the poet nor the audience could feel the deep convictions that the highest aims of Art require.

Much less in modern times

During the decline of Chivalry, Art received indirectly an additional impulse from the movement of social decomposition which has been going on rapidly for the last five centuries. In this movement all mental and social influences gradually participated. Negativism, it is true, is not the proper province of Art; but the dogmas of Christianity were so oppressive to it, that its efforts to shake off the yoke were of great service to the cause of general emancipation. Dante’s incomparable work is a striking illustration of this anomalous combination of two contradictory influences. It was a situation unfavourable for art, because every aspect of life was rapidly changing and losing its character before there was time to idealize it. Consequently the poet had to create his own field artificially from ancient history, which supplied him with those fixed and definite modes of life which he could not find around him. Thus it was that for several centuries the Classical system became the sole source of esthetic culture; the result being that Art lost much of the originality and popularity which had previously belonged to it. That great masterpieces should have been produced at all under such unfavourable circumstances is the best proof of the spontaneous character of our esthetic faculties. The value of the Classical system has been for some time entirely exhausted; and now that the negative movement has reached its extreme limits331 there only remained one service (a service of great temporary importance) for Art to render, the idealization of Doubt itself. Such a phase of course admitted of but short duration. The best examples of it are the works of Byron and Goethe, the principle value of which has been, that they have initiated Protestant countries into the unrestricted freedom of thought which emanated originally from French philosophy.

During the decline of Chivalry, Art got an indirect boost from the ongoing social breakdown that has been accelerating for the past five centuries. This movement gradually involved all mental and social influences. While negativism isn't exactly the main focus of Art, the oppressive dogmas of Christianity pushed it to rebel, significantly aiding the overall fight for freedom. Dante’s remarkable work is a vivid example of this unusual mix of two opposing influences. It was a tough time for art because life was changing so quickly that it lost its essence before there was a chance to idealize it. As a result, the poet had to create his own framework from ancient history, which provided him with stable and clear ways of living that he couldn't find in his environment. This led to the Classical system becoming the only source of aesthetic culture for several centuries, causing Art to lose much of its originality and popularity. That great masterpieces were created at all under such challenging circumstances is the best evidence of our artistic instincts' spontaneous nature. The value of the Classical system has been completely used up for some time now; and now that the negative movement has reached its peak331, there was only one remaining task (a task of significant temporary importance) for Art to accomplish: the idealization of Doubt itself. Of course, this phase could only last a short time. The best examples of it are the works of Byron and Goethe, which have been important for introducing Protestant countries to the unrestricted freedom of thought that originally came from French philosophy.

Thus history shows that the esthetic development of Humanity has been the result of spontaneous tendencies rather than of systematic guidance. The mental conditions most favourable to it have never been fulfilled simultaneously with its social conditions. At the present time both are alike wanting. Yet there is no evidence that our esthetic faculties are on the decline. Not only has the growth of art proceeded in spite of every obstacle, but it has become more thoroughly incorporated into the life of ordinary men. In ancient times it was cultivated only by a small class. So little was it recognized as a component part of social organization, that it did not even enter into men’s imaginary visions of a future existence. But in the Middle Ages the simplest minds were encouraged to cultivate the sense of beauty as one of the purest delights of human life; and it was held out as the principal occupation of the celestial state. From that time all classes of European society have taken an increasing interest in these elevating pleasures, beginning with poetry, and thence passing to the special arts, especially music, the most social of all. The influence of artists, even when they had no real claim to the title, has been on the increase; until at last the anarchy of the present time has introduced them to political power, for which they are utterly unqualified.

Thus, history shows that the aesthetic development of humanity has come from spontaneous tendencies rather than systematic guidance. The mental conditions most favorable to it have never aligned with its social conditions at the same time. Right now, both are missing. Still, there's no evidence that our aesthetic faculties are declining. In fact, the growth of art has continued despite many obstacles, and it has become more integrated into the lives of everyday people. In ancient times, it was only cultivated by a small class. It was so little recognized as part of social organization that it didn't even appear in people's imaginations of an afterlife. However, during the Middle Ages, even the simplest minds were encouraged to appreciate beauty as one of life's purest pleasures; it was presented as the main focus of the heavenly state. Since then, all classes of European society have shown increasing interest in these uplifting pleasures, starting with poetry and then moving on to specific arts, especially music, the most social of them all. The influence of artists, even when they had no real right to the title, has been growing; until now, the chaos of the present time has brought them into political power, for which they are completely unqualified.

Under Positivism the conditions will all be favourable. There will be fixed principles, and a nobler moral culture

All this would seem to show that the greatest epoch of Art has yet to come. In this respect, as in every other, the Past has but supplied the necessary materials for future reconstruction. What we have seen as yet is but a spontaneous and immature prelude; but in the manhood of our moral and mental powers, the culture of Art will proceed on principles as systematic as the culture of Science and of Industry, both of which at present are similarly devoid of organization. The regeneration of society will be incomplete until Art has been fully incorporated into the modern order. And to this result all our antecedents have been tending. To renew the esthetic movement so admirably begun in the Middle Ages, but interrupted by classical influences, will form a part of the great work which Positivism has undertaken, the completion and re-establishment of the Mediaeval structure upon a firmer intellectual basis. And when Art is once restored to its proper place, its future progress will be unchecked, because, as I shall now proceed to show, all the influences of the final order, spontaneous or systematic, will be in every respect favourable to it. If this can be made clear, the poetic capabilities of Positive Philosophy will require no further proof.

All of this suggests that the greatest era of Art is yet to come. In this way, as in every other, the Past has only provided the necessary materials for future rebuilding. What we have experienced so far is just a spontaneous and immature beginning; however, in the maturity of our moral and intellectual abilities, the development of Art will follow principles as organized as those of Science and Industry, both of which are currently lacking in structure. Society's renewal will be incomplete until Art is fully integrated into the modern framework. This goal has been the focus of all our previous efforts. Reviving the aesthetic movement that was so beautifully initiated in the Middle Ages, but interrupted by classical influences, will be part of the significant work that Positivism has taken on, which is to complete and restore the Mediaeval structure on a stronger intellectual foundation. Once Art is restored to its rightful position, its future growth will be unstoppable because, as I will now demonstrate, all the influences of the final order, whether spontaneous or organized, will be entirely supportive of it. If this can be made clear, the artistic potential of Positive Philosophy will need no further justification.

As being the only rallying point now possible for fixed convictions, without which life can have no definite or permanent character, Positivism is on this ground alone indispensable to all further development of modern Art. If the poet and his readers are alike devoid of such convictions, no idealization of life, whether personal, domestic, or social, is in any true sense possible. No emotions are fit subjects for Art unless they are felt deeply, and unless they come spontaneously to all.333 When society has no marked intellectual or moral feature, Art, which is its mirror, can have none either. And although the esthetic faculty is so innate in us that it never can remain inactive, yet its culture becomes in this case vague and objectless. The fact therefore that Positivism terminates the Revolution by initiating the movement of organic growth is of itself enough to prove its beneficial influence upon Art.

As the only reliable foundation for strong beliefs, which are essential for a meaningful and lasting life, Positivism is crucial for the ongoing development of modern Art. If both poets and their audiences lack these beliefs, then truly idealizing life—whether personal, familial, or societal—becomes impossible. No emotions can truly inspire Art unless they are deeply felt and arise naturally for everyone. When society lacks clear intellectual or moral characteristics, Art, which reflects society, will lack these qualities as well. Although our aesthetic sense is intrinsic and can never be completely dormant, its development, in this case, becomes unclear and aimless. Thus, the fact that Positivism concludes the Revolution by starting a process of organic growth alone demonstrates its positive impact on Art.333

Art, indeed, would profit by any method of reorganization, whatever its nature. But the principle on which Positivism proposes to reconstruct is peculiarly favourable to its growth. The opinions and the modes of life to which that principle conducts are precisely those which are most essential to esthetic development.

Art would definitely benefit from any way of reorganizing, no matter what it is. However, the idea that Positivism suggests for reconstruction is particularly supportive of its growth. The beliefs and lifestyles that this idea leads to are exactly what are most important for aesthetic development.

A more esthetic system cannot be imagined than one which teaches that Feeling is the basis on which the unity of human nature rests; and which assigns as the grand object of man’s existence, progress in every direction, but especially moral progress. It may seem at first as if the tendency of the new philosophy was merely to make us more systematic. And systematization is assuredly indispensable; but the sole object of it is to increase our sympathy and our synergic activity by supplying that fixity of principle which alone can lead to energetic practice. By teaching that the highest happiness is to aid in the happiness of others, Positivism invites the poet to his noblest function, the culture of generous sympathies, a subject far more poetic than the passions of hatred and oppression which hitherto have been his ordinary theme. A system which regards such culture as the highest object cannot fail to incorporate Poetry as one of its essential elements, and to give to it a far higher position than it has ever held before. Science, although it be the334 source from which the Positive system emanates, will be restricted to its proper function of supplying the objective basis for human prevision; thus giving to Art and Industry, which must always be the principal objects of our attention, the foundation they require. Positivism, substituting in every subject the relative point of view for the absolute, regarding, that is, every subject in its relation to Humanity, would not prosecute the study of the True beyond what is required for the development of the Good and the Beautiful. Beyond this point, scientific culture is a useless expenditure of time, and a diversion from the great end for which Man and Society exist. Subordinate as the ideal must ever be to the real, Art will yet exercise a most salutary influence upon Science, as soon as we cease to study Science in an absolute spirit. In the very simplest phenomena, after reaching the degree of exactness which our wants require, there is always a certain margin of liberty for the imagination; and advantage may very well be taken of this to make our conceptions more beautiful and so far more useful. Still more available is this influence of the Beautiful on the True in the highest subjects, those which directly concern Humanity. Minute accuracy being here more difficult and at the same time less important, more room is left for esthetic considerations. In representing the great historical types, for instance, Art has its place as well as Science. A society which devotes all its powers to making every aspect of life as perfect as possible, will naturally give preference to that kind of intellectual culture which is of all others the best calculated to heighten our sense of perfection.

A more appealing system can't be imagined than one that teaches Feeling as the foundation of human unity, and identifies the main purpose of human existence as progress in all areas, particularly moral development. At first, it might seem like the new philosophy is just about making us more organized. Systematization is definitely necessary, but its main goal is to enhance our empathy and collaborative efforts by providing a stable set of principles that can lead to effective action. By emphasizing that the greatest happiness comes from helping others find happiness, Positivism invites poets to embrace their highest calling: the cultivation of generous empathy, a topic far more poetic than the themes of hatred and oppression that have usually dominated their work. A system that values this kind of cultural growth as its ultimate aim will naturally include Poetry as a vital component, elevating it to a significance it has never had before. Although science is the source of the Positive system, it will focus on its proper role of providing the objective foundation for human expectations, thus giving Art and Industry—our primary concerns—the grounding they need. Positivism, by replacing the absolute viewpoint with a relative one—understanding every subject in relation to Humanity—will limit the study of Truth to what is necessary for developing the Good and the Beautiful. Beyond this, scientific inquiry becomes a waste of time and a distraction from the ultimate purpose of human existence and society. While the ideal must always take a backseat to the real, Art will still have a beneficial impact on Science, as long as we move away from studying Science in an absolute way. Even in the simplest phenomena, once we achieve the precision needed for our purposes, there's always some freedom for imagination; we can use this to make our ideas more beautiful and, consequently, more useful. This influence of Beauty on Truth is even more relevant in the most important subjects, those that directly relate to Humanity. Here, achieving minute accuracy is more challenging and less crucial, leaving more space for aesthetic considerations. When depicting significant historical figures, for instance, Art holds an important place alongside Science. A society that dedicates all its resources to perfecting every aspect of life will naturally prioritize the kind of intellectual development that is best suited to enhancing our appreciation for perfection.

Predisposing influence of Education

The tendency of Positivism to favour these the most energetic of our intellectual faculties and the most closely335 related to our moral nature, is apparent throughout its educational system. The reader will have seen in the third chapter that in Positive education more importance is attached to Art than to Science, as the true theory of human development requires. Science intervenes only to put into systematic shape what Art, operating under the direct influence of affection, has spontaneously begun. As in the history of mankind esthetic development preceded scientific development, so it will be with the individual, whose education on the Positive method is but a reproduction of the education of the race. The only rational principle of our absurd classical system is its supposed tendency to encourage poetical training. The futility, however, of this profession is but too evident: the usual result of the system being to implant erroneous notions of all the fine arts, if not utter distaste for them. A striking illustration of its worthlessness is the idolatry with which for a whole century our French pedants regarded Boileau; a most skilful versifier, but of all our poets perhaps the least gifted with true poetic feeling. Positivist education will effect what classical education has attempted so imperfectly. It will familiarize the humblest working man or woman from childhood with all the beauties of the best poets; not those of his own nation merely, but of all the West. To secure the genuineness and efficiency of esthetic development, attention must first be given to the poets who depict our own modern society. Afterwards, as I have said, the young Positivist will be advised to complete his poetical course, by studying the poets who have idealized antiquity. But his education will not be limited to poetry, it will embrace the special arts of sound and form, by which the principal effects of poetry are reproduced with greater intensity. Thus the contemplation336 and meditation suggested by Art, besides their own intrinsic charm, will prepare the way for the exercise of similar faculties in Science. For with the individual, as with the species, the combination of images will assist the combination of signs: signs in their origin being images which have lost their vividness. As the sphere of Art includes every subject of human interest, we shall become familiarized, during the esthetic period of education, with the principal conceptions that are afterwards to be brought before us systematically in the scientific period. Especially will this be true of historical studies. By the time that the pupil enters upon them, he will be already familiar with poetic descriptions of the various social phases, and of the men who played a leading part in them.

The tendency of Positivism to prioritize our most energetic intellectual abilities, which are closely linked to our moral nature, is clear throughout its educational system. As you’ll see in the third chapter, Positive education places more importance on Art than on Science, as the true theory of human development suggests. Science only steps in to arrange systematically what Art, influenced directly by emotions, has already initiated. Just as aesthetic development preceded scientific development in the history of humanity, the same will happen with the individual, whose Positive education mirrors the education of society. The only logical aspect of our ridiculous classical system is its supposed aim to foster poetic training. However, the futility of this claim is all too clear: the typical outcome of the system is to instill incorrect ideas about the fine arts, if not outright disdain for them. A prime example of its worthlessness is the idolization with which our French pedants regarded Boileau for an entire century; he was a skilled versifier, but perhaps the least inspired of our poets when it comes to genuine poetic feeling. Positivist education will achieve what classical education has tried to do so imperfectly. It will introduce even the humblest working man or woman from childhood to all the beauty of the best poets—not just from their own country, but from all over the West. To ensure authentic and effective aesthetic development, we must first focus on poets depicting our own modern society. Afterwards, as I mentioned, the young Positivist will be encouraged to complete their poetic studies by exploring poets who have idealized ancient times. But their education won’t stop at poetry; it will also include the special arts of sound and form, which recreate the main effects of poetry with greater intensity. Thus, the contemplation and reflection inspired by Art, in addition to their own inherent appeal, will lay the groundwork for the use of similar faculties in Science. For the individual, just as with humanity, the combining of images will aid in combining signs: signs originally being images that have lost their vividness. Since the realm of Art covers every area of human interest, we will become acquainted, during the aesthetic stage of education, with the main ideas that will later be systematically presented to us in the scientific phase. This will be especially true for historical studies. By the time students engage with them, they will already be familiar with poetic portrayals of various social phases and the key figures who played significant roles in them.

Relation of Art to Religion

And if Art is of such importance in the education of the young, it is no less important in the afterwork of education; the work of recalling men or classes of men to those high feelings and principles which, in the daily business of life, are so apt to be forgotten. In the solemnities, private or public, appointed for this purpose, Positivism will rely far more on impressions such as poetry can inspire, than on scientific explanations. Indeed the preponderance of Art over Science will be still greater than in education properly so called. The scientific basis of human conduct having been already laid down, it will not be necessary to do more than refer to it. The philosophic priesthood will in this case be less occupied with new conceptions, than with the enforcement of truth already known, which demands esthetic rather than scientific talent.

And if art is so important in educating the young, it’s just as significant in the aftermath of education; it helps remind people or groups of people about those noble feelings and principles that are often forgotten in day-to-day life. In the ceremonies, whether private or public, set up for this purpose, Positivism will lean much more on the emotions inspired by poetry than on scientific explanations. In fact, the importance of art over science will be even greater than in traditional education. Since the scientific foundation of human behavior has already been established, there’s no need to do more than acknowledge it. In this case, the philosophical leaders will focus less on new ideas and more on reinforcing truths that are already known, which requires artistic rather than scientific skills.

A vague presentiment of the proper function of Art in regulating public festivals was shown empirically by the Revolutionists. But all their attempts337 in this direction proved notorious failures; a signal proof that politicians should not usurp the office of spiritual guides. The intention of a festival is to give public expression to deep and genuine feeling; spontaneousness therefore is its first condition. Hence it is a matter with which political rulers are incompetent to deal; and even the spiritual power should only act as the systematic organ of impulses which already exist. Since the decline of Catholicism we have had no festivals worthy of the name; nor can we have them until Positivism has become generally accepted. All that governments could do at present is to exhibit unmeaning and undignified shows before discordant crowds, who are themselves the only spectacles worth beholding. Indeed the usurpation of this function by government is in many cases as tyrannical as it is irrational; arbitrary formulas are often imposed, which answer to no pre-existing feeling whatever. Evidently the direction of festivals is a function which more than any other belongs exclusively to the spiritual power, since it is the spiritual power which regulates the tendencies of which these festivals are the manifestation. Here its work is essentially esthetic. A festival even in private, and still more in public life, is or should be a work of art; its purpose being to express certain feelings by voice or gesture, and to idealize them. It is the most esthetic of all functions, since it involves usually a complete combination of the four special arts, under the presidence of the primary art, Poetry. On this ground governments have in most cases been willing to waive their official authority in this matter, and to be largely guided by artistic counsel, accepting even the advice of painters and sculptors in the default of poets of real merit.

A vague sense of the role of Art in managing public festivals was shown by the Revolutionists. But all their attempts337 in this area ended up being notable failures; a clear sign that politicians should not take on the role of spiritual guides. The purpose of a festival is to publicly express deep and genuine feelings; spontaneity is its first requirement. Therefore, it's not something political leaders are equipped to handle; even spiritual leaders should only serve as the organized expression of feelings that already exist. Since the decline of Catholicism, we haven't had any festivals that live up to their name; nor can we expect them until Positivism is widely accepted. All that governments can do right now is put on meaningless and undignified displays for conflicting crowds, who themselves are the only sights worth seeing. In fact, government taking over this role is often as tyrannical as it is irrational; arbitrary rules are frequently enforced that correspond to no existing feelings. Clearly, the management of festivals is a responsibility that belongs exclusively to the spiritual authority, as it's the spiritual power that regulates the feelings these festivals represent. Here, its role is fundamentally aesthetic. A festival, whether private or public, is or should be a work of art; its aim is to express specific feelings through voice or gesture and to elevate them. It's the most aesthetic of all functions, as it typically involves a complete combination of the four specific arts, under the guidance of the primary art, Poetry. For this reason, governments have often been willing to set aside their official authority in this matter and allow artistic advice to guide them, even accepting suggestions from painters and sculptors in the absence of truly talented poets.

The esthetic tendencies of Positivism, with338 regard to institutions of this kind, are sufficiently evident in the worship of Woman, spoken of in the preceding chapter, and in the worship of Humanity, of which I shall speak more particularly afterwards. From these, indeed, most Positivist festivals, private or public, will originate. But this subject has been already broached, and will be discussed in the next chapter with as much detail as the limits of this introductory work allow.

The aesthetic tendencies of Positivism regarding institutions like this are clear in the worship of Woman discussed in the previous chapter and in the worship of Humanity, which I will elaborate on later. Most Positivist festivals, whether private or public, will stem from these. However, this topic has already been introduced and will be covered in more detail in the next chapter, as much as this introductory work permits.

While the social value of Art is thus enhanced by the importance of the work assigned to it, new and extensive fields for its operations are opened out by Positivism. Chief amongst these is History, regarded as a continuous whole; a domain at present almost untouched.

While the social value of Art is enhanced by the significance of the work it does, Positivism opens up new and vast areas for its application. The most important of these is History, seen as a continuous whole; a field that is currently nearly untouched.

Idealization of historical types

Modern poets, finding little to inspire them in their own times, and driven back into ancient life by the classical system, have already idealized some of the past phases of Humanity. Our great Corneille, for instance, is principally remembered for the series of dramas in which he has so admirably depicted various periods of Roman history. In our own times where the historical spirit has become stronger, novelists, like Scott and Manzoni, have made similar though less perfect attempts to idealize later periods. Such examples, however, are but spontaneous and imperfect indications of the new field which Positivism now offers to the artist; a field which extends over the whole region of the Past and even of the Future. Until this vast domain had been conceived of as a whole by the philosopher, it would have been impossible to bring it within the compass of poetry. Now theological and metaphysical philosophers were prevented by the absolute spirit of their doctrines from understanding history in all its phases, and were totally incapable of idealizing them as they339 deserved. Positivism, on the contrary, is always relative; and its principal feature is a theory of history which enables us to appreciate and become familiar with every mode in which human society has formed itself. No sincere Monotheist can understand and represent with fairness the life of Polytheists or Fetichists. But the Positivist poet, accustomed to look upon all past historical stages in their proper filiation, will be able so thoroughly to identify himself with all, as to awaken our sympathies for them, and revive the traces which each individual may recognize of corresponding phases in his own history. Thus we shall be able thoroughly to enter into the esthetic beauty of the Pagan creeds of Greece and Rome, without any of the scruples which Christians could not but feel when engaged on the same subject. In the Art of the Future all phases of the Past will be recalled to life with the same distinctness with which some of them have been already idealized by Homer and Corneille. And the value of this new source of inspiration is the greater that, at the same time that it is being opened out to the artist, the public is being prepared for its enjoyment. An almost exhaustless series of beautiful creations in epic or dramatic art may be produced, which, by rendering it more easy to comprehend and to glorify the Past in all its phases, will form an essential element, on the one hand, of our educational system, and on the other, of the worship of Humanity.

Modern poets, finding little inspiration in their own times and pushed back into ancient life by traditional ideas, have already idealized some aspects of the past. Our great Corneille, for example, is mainly remembered for his series of plays where he beautifully portrayed different periods of Roman history. In our own time, where the historical spirit has grown stronger, novelists like Scott and Manzoni have made similar, though less perfect, efforts to idealize later periods. However, these examples are just spontaneous and imperfect hints of the new opportunities that Positivism now offers to artists, a field that spans the entire history of the past and even the future. Until this vast domain was viewed as a whole by philosophers, it would have been impossible to incorporate it into poetry. Theological and metaphysical philosophers, restricted by the rigid nature of their beliefs, failed to understand history in all its phases and were unable to idealize them as they deserved. In contrast, Positivism is always relative; its main feature is a theory of history that allows us to appreciate and understand every way in which human society has formed itself. No genuine Monotheist can fairly understand and portray the lives of Polytheists or Fetichists. But a Positivist poet, used to seeing all past historical stages in their proper relationship, will be able to so fully identify with them that they can awaken our sympathies and revive the connections that each individual may recognize of similar phases in their own history. Thus, we will be able to fully appreciate the aesthetic beauty of the Pagan beliefs of Greece and Rome, without any of the reservations that Christians would naturally feel when tackling the same topic. In the Art of the Future, every phase of the Past will be vividly brought to life with the same clarity that some have already been idealized by Homer and Corneille. The value of this new source of inspiration is even greater as, at the same time it's being opened to artists, the public is being prepared to enjoy it. An almost endless series of beautiful creations in epic or dramatic art can be produced, which, by making it easier to comprehend and celebrate the Past in all its phases, will form a crucial part of both our educational system and the worship of Humanity.

Art requires the highest education; but little special instruction

Lastly, not only will the field for Art become wider, but its organs will be men of a higher stamp. The present system, in which the arts are cultivated by special classes, must be abolished, as being wholly alien to that synthetic spirit which always characterizes the highest poetic genius.

Lastly, not only will the field for Art expand, but its contributors will be people of a higher caliber. The current system, where the arts are pursued by specific groups, must be eliminated, as it is completely opposed to the unified spirit that always defines the greatest poetic talent.

Real talent for Art cannot fail to be called out340 by the educational system of Positivism, which, though intended for the working classes, is equally applicable to all others. We can only idealize and portray what has become familiar to us; consequently poetry has always rested upon some system of belief, capable of giving a fixed direction to our thoughts and feelings. The greatest poets, from Homer to Corneille, have always participated largely in the best education of which their times admitted. The artist must have clear conceptions before he can exhibit true pictures. Even in these anarchic times, when the system of specialities is being carried to such an irrational extent, the so-called poets who imagine that they can themselves save the trouble of philosophical training, have in reality to borrow a basis of belief from some worn-out metaphysical or theological creed. Their special education, if it can be called so, consists merely in cultivating the talent for expression, and is equally injurious to their intellect and their heart. Incompatible with deep conviction of any kind, while giving mechanical skill in the technical department of Art, it impairs the far more important faculty of idealization. Hence it is that we are at present so deplorably over-stocked with verse-makers and literary men, who are wholly devoid of real poetic feeling, and are fit for nothing but to disturb society by their reckless ambition. As for the four special arts, the training for them at present given, being still more technical, is even more hurtful in every respect to the student whose education does not extend beyond it. On every ground, then, artists of whatever kind should begin their career with the same education as the rest of society. The necessity for such an education in the case of women has been already recognized; and it is certainly not less desirable for artists and poets.

Real talent for art cannot help but be inspired340 by the educational system of Positivism, which, while aimed at the working classes, is applicable to everyone. We can only idealize and represent what we have come to know; therefore, poetry has always been based on some belief system that can guide our thoughts and emotions. The greatest poets, from Homer to Corneille, have always engaged deeply with the best education available in their time. An artist needs clear ideas to convey true images. Even in these chaotic times, when specialization is being taken to such an extreme, so-called poets who think they can skip philosophical training actually have to rely on some outdated belief system from metaphysics or theology. Their so-called special education mainly focuses on developing their expression skills, which harms both their intellect and their emotional depth. This approach is incompatible with any genuine conviction, and while it offers technical proficiency in art, it undermines the much more crucial ability to idealize. That's why we currently have a troubling surplus of verse-writers and literary figures who lack true poetic feeling and are only good at disrupting society with their reckless ambitions. As for the four main arts, the technical training provided today is even more damaging in every way to students whose education stops there. Therefore, artists of all kinds should start their careers with the same education as everyone else in society. The need for such an education for women has already been acknowledged; it is certainly just as important for artists and poets.

Indeed, so esthetic is the spirit of Positive education,341 that no special training for Art will be needed, except that which is given spontaneously by practice. There is no other profession which requires so little direct instruction; the tendency of it in Art being to destroy originality, and to stifle the fire of genius with technical erudition. Even for the special arts no professional education is needed. These, like industrial arts, should be acquired by careful practice under the guidance of good masters. The notorious failure of public institutions established for the purpose of forming musicians and painters, makes it unnecessary to dwell further upon this point. Not to speak of their injurious effects upon character, they are a positive impediment to true genius. Poets and artists, then, require no education beyond that which is given to the public, whose thoughts and emotions it is their office to represent. Its want of speciality makes it all the more fit to develop and bring forward real talent. It will strengthen the love of all the fine arts simultaneously; for the connexion between them is so intimate that those who make it a boast that their talent is for one of them exclusively will be strongly suspected of having no real vocation for any. All the greatest masters, modern no less than ancient, have shown this universality of taste. Its absence in the present day is but a fresh proof that esthetic genius does not and cannot exist in times like these, when Art has no social purpose and rests on no philosophic principles. If even amateurs are expected to enjoy Art in all its forms, is it likely that composers of real genius will restrict their admiration to their own special mode of idealization and expression?

Indeed, the spirit of Positive education is so aesthetic, 341 that no special training for art is needed, apart from what comes naturally through practice. No other profession requires so little direct instruction; in art, the emphasis on instruction can hinder originality and suppress the brilliance of genius with technical knowledge. Even for specialized arts, formal education isn't necessary. These should be learned through dedicated practice under the guidance of skilled mentors, similar to industrial arts. The well-known failure of public institutions designed to train musicians and painters highlights this point. Not to mention their detrimental impact on character, they serve as a real obstacle to genuine genius. Poets and artists, therefore, need no more education than what is provided to the general public, whose thoughts and feelings they aim to express. This broad approach is actually better at nurturing and uncovering true talent. It will enhance the appreciation of all fine arts at once; since the connection between them is so close, those who claim their talent is exclusive to one will be doubted when it comes to having a true calling in any of them. All the greatest masters, both modern and ancient, have displayed this universal taste. The lack of it today is further evidence that aesthetic genius does not and cannot thrive in times like these when art lacks a social purpose and is not founded on philosophical principles. If even amateurs are expected to appreciate all forms of art, is it likely that genuinely gifted composers will limit their admiration to a single way of idealization and expression?

Artists as a class will disappear. Their function will be appropriated by the philosophic priesthood

Positivism, then, while infusing a profoundly esthetic spirit into general education, would suppress all special schools of Art on the ground that they342 impede its true growth, and simply promote the success of mediocrities. When this principle is carried out to its full length, we shall no longer have any special class of artists. The culture of Art, especially of poetry, will be a spontaneous addition to the functions of the three classes which constitute the moral power of society.

Positivism, then, while bringing a deeply aesthetic spirit to general education, would eliminate all specialized art schools because they342 hinder its genuine development and merely support the success of the average. When this principle is fully applied, we will no longer have a distinct group of artists. The cultivation of art, particularly poetry, will naturally become part of the functions of the three classes that form the moral foundation of society.

Under theocracy, the system by which the evolution of human society was inaugurated, the speculative class absorbed all functions except those relating to the common business of life. No distinction was made between esthetic and scientific talent. Their separation took place afterwards: and though it was indispensable to the full development of both, yet it forms no part of the permanent order of society, in which the only well-marked division is that between Theory and Practice. Ultimately all theoretic faculties will be again combined even more closely than in primitive times. So long as they are dispersed, their full influence on practical life cannot be realized. Only it was necessary that they should remain dispersed until each constituent element had attained a sufficient degree of development. For this preliminary growth the long period of time that has elapsed since the decline of theocracy was necessary. Art detached itself from the theoretical system before Science, because its progress was more rapid, and from its nature it was more independent. The priesthood had lost its hold of Art, as far back as the time of Homer: but it still continued to be the depositary of science, until it was superseded at first by philosophers strictly so called, afterwards by mathematicians and astronomers. So it was that Art first, and subsequently Science, yielded to the specializing system which, though normal for Industry, is in their case abnormal. It stimulated the growth of343 our speculative faculties at the time of their escape from the yoke of theocracy: but now that the need for it no longer exists, it is the principal obstacle to the final order, towards which all their partial developments have been tending. To recombine these special elements on new principles is at present the primary condition of social regeneration.

Under theocracy, the system that marked the beginning of human society's evolution, the speculative class took on all roles except those related to everyday life. There was no distinction between artistic and scientific talent. That separation happened later, and while it was essential for the complete development of both, it’s not part of the lasting structure of society, where the main division is between Theory and Practice. In the end, all theoretical faculties will be combined even more closely than in ancient times. As long as they are spread out, their full impact on practical life can’t be realized. However, they needed to remain separate until each individual element developed enough. The long period since the decline of theocracy was necessary for this initial growth. Art separated itself from the theoretical system before Science because it progressed faster and was naturally more independent. The priesthood lost control over Art as far back as the time of Homer, but it still held onto science until it was eventually replaced first by philosophers and then by mathematicians and astronomers. So, Art first, and then Science, yielded to the specialized system that, while normal for Industry, is abnormal for them. This specialization spurred the development of our theoretical faculties during their break from the rule of theocracy; but now that the need for it has passed, it has become the main barrier to achieving the ultimate order that all their separate developments have been aiming for. To recombine these specialized elements on new principles is currently the key to social renewal.

Looking at the two essential functions of the spiritual power, education and counsel, it is not difficult to see that what they require is a combination of poetic feeling with scientific insight. We look for a measure of both these qualities in the public; therefore men who are devoid of either of them cannot be fit to be its spiritual guides. That they take the name of philosophers in preference to that of poets, is because their ordinary duties are more connected with Science than with Art but they ought to be equally interested in both. Science requires systematic teaching, whereas Art is cultivated spontaneously, with the exception of the technical branches of the special arts. It must be remembered that the highest esthetic functions are not such as can be performed continuously. It is only works of rare excellence which are in the highest sense useful: these, once produced, supply an unfailing source of idealization and expression for our emotions, whether in public or in private. It is enough, if the interpreter of these works and his audience have been so educated as to appreciate what is perfect, and reject mediocrity. Organs of unusual power will arise occasionally, as in former times, from all sections of society, whenever the need of representing new emotions may be felt. But they will come more frequently from the philosophic class in whose character, when it is fully developed, Sympathy will be as prominent a feature as System.

Looking at the two main roles of spiritual power, education and guidance, it's clear that they require a mix of emotional sensitivity and scientific understanding. We expect to see both of these qualities in the public; therefore, individuals lacking either cannot be qualified as spiritual leaders. They often choose to be called philosophers over poets because their usual responsibilities are more aligned with Science than with Art, but they should be equally passionate about both. Science needs structured teaching, while Art is usually developed naturally, except for the technical aspects of specific arts. It’s important to remember that the highest aesthetic functions cannot be performed consistently. Only works of exceptional quality are truly valuable; these works, once created, provide an endless source of inspiration and expression for our feelings, both publicly and privately. It suffices if the interpreter of these works and their audience have been educated to appreciate what is excellent and to dismiss mediocrity. Exceptional talents will occasionally emerge from all parts of society whenever there’s a need to express new emotions. However, they are likely to appear more often from the philosophical community, where, when fully developed, Sympathy will be as significant a trait as System.

Identity of esthetic and scientific genius

There is, in truth, no organic distinction between scientific and poetic genius. The difference lies merely in their combinations of thought, which are concrete and ideal in the one case, abstract and real in the other. Both employ analysis at starting; both alike aim ultimately at synthesis. The erroneous belief in their incompatibility proceeds merely from the absolute spirit of metaphysical philosophy, which so often leads us to mistake a transitory phase for the permanent order. If it is the fact, as appears, that they have never been actually combined in the same person, it is merely because the two functions cannot be called into action at the same moment. A state of society that calls for great philosophical efforts cannot be favourable to poetry, because it involves a new elaboration of first principles; and it is essential to Art that these should have been already fixed. This is the reason why in history we find periods of esthetic growth succeeding periods of great philosophical change, but never co-existing. If we look at instances of great minds who were never able to find their proper sphere, we see at once that had they risen at some other time, they might have cultivated either poetry or philosophy, as the case might be, with equal success. Diderot would no doubt have been a great poet in a time more favourable to art; and Goethe, under different political influences, might have been an eminent philosopher. All scientific discoverers in whom the inductive faculty has been more active than the deductive, have given manifest proof of poetic capacity. Whether the powers of invention take an abstract or a concrete direction, whether they are employed in discovering truth or in idealizing it, the cerebral function is always essentially the same. The difference is merely in the objects aimed at; and as these alternate according345 to the circumstances of the time, they cannot both be pursued simultaneously. The remarkably synthetic character of Buffon’s genius may be looked on historically as an instance of fusion of the scientific and esthetic spirit. Bossuet is even a more striking instance of a mind equally capable of the deepest philosophy and of the sublimest poetry, had the circumstances of his life given him a more definite impulse in either direction.

There’s really no fundamental difference between scientific and poetic genius. The distinction only comes from how they combine thoughts: in one case, they’re concrete and ideal, while in the other, they’re abstract and real. Both start with analysis and ultimately aim for synthesis. The mistaken belief that they can’t coexist comes from the absolute nature of metaphysical philosophy, which often leads us to confuse a temporary state for a permanent one. If it seems they’ve never actually been combined in one person, it’s simply because the two functions can’t be activated at the same time. A society that demands deep philosophical thought isn’t conducive to poetry since it requires a fresh take on fundamental principles; for art, it’s crucial that these principles have already been established. That’s why in history, we see periods of artistic growth following times of significant philosophical change, but they never overlap. When we look at great minds who never found their true calling, it’s clear that if they had existed in a different era, they might have excelled in either poetry or philosophy, depending on the case. Diderot would have likely been a great poet in a time more supportive of the arts, and Goethe, under different political conditions, might have been a notable philosopher. All scientific innovators who leaned more toward inductive reasoning than deductive reasoning have clearly shown poetic talent. Whether creative powers are directed abstractly or concretely, whether they’re focused on discovering truth or idealizing it, the brain function remains fundamentally the same. The difference lies only in the targeted objects; since these change with the times, they can’t both be pursued at the same time. Buffon’s highly synthetic genius can be viewed historically as a blend of scientific and artistic spirit. Bossuet is an even more striking example of a mind capable of both deep philosophy and sublime poetry, had the circumstances of his life pushed him more definitively in either direction.

It is then not unreasonable to expect, notwithstanding the opinion usually maintained, that the philosophical class will furnish poets of the highest rank when the time calls for them. To pass from scientific thought to esthetic thought will not be difficult for minds of the highest order; for in such minds there is always a natural inclination towards the work which is most urgently required by their age. To meet the technical conditions of the arts of sound and form, it will be necessary to provide a few special masters, who, in consideration of the importance of their services to general education, will be looked upon as accessory members of the new spiritual power. But even here the tendency to specialities will be materially restricted. This exceptional position will only be given to men of sufficient esthetic power to appreciate all the fine arts; and they should be capable of practising at least the three arts of form simultaneously, as was done by Italian painters in the sixteenth century.

It’s not unreasonable to expect, despite common belief, that the philosophical community will produce top-tier poets when the time is right. Transitioning from scientific thought to aesthetic thought won’t be hard for highly intelligent minds, as they naturally lean towards fulfilling the most pressing needs of their time. To address the technical requirements of the arts of sound and form, we’ll need a few dedicated masters who, due to the importance of their contributions to general education, will be seen as integral members of this new spiritual movement. However, even in this case, the focus on specialties will be significantly limited. This special status will only be granted to individuals with enough aesthetic ability to appreciate all the fine arts, and they should be capable of practicing at least three forms of art simultaneously, much like Italian painters did in the sixteenth century.

As an ordinary rule, it is only by their appreciation and power of explaining ideal Art in all its forms that our philosophers will exhibit their esthetic faculty. They will not be actively engaged in esthetic functions, except in the arrangement of public festivals. But when the circumstances of the time are such as to call for great epic or dramatic works, which implies the absence of any philosophical question of the first importance, the most346 powerful minds among them will become poets in the common sense of the word. As the work of Co-ordination and that of Idealization will for the future alternate with greater rapidity, we might conceive them, were man’s life longer, performed by the same organ. But the shortness of life, and the necessity of youthful vigour for all great undertakings, excludes this hypothesis. I only mention it to illustrate the radical identity of two forms of mental activity which are often supposed incompatible.

As a general rule, it's only when philosophers appreciate and can explain ideal Art in all its forms that they show their esthetic abilities. They won't be actively involved in esthetic roles, except when organizing public festivals. However, when the situations arise that call for significant epic or dramatic works, which means there are no major philosophical questions involved, the most346 powerful minds among them will become poets in the traditional sense. Since the processes of Co-ordination and Idealization are likely to alternate more quickly in the future, we might imagine that if human life were longer, they could be carried out by the same faculty. But because life is short and youthful energy is necessary for all major endeavors, this idea doesn't hold. I only mention it to show the essential similarity of two types of mental activity that are often thought to be incompatible.

Women’s poetry

An additional proof of the esthetic capacity of the moderating power in works of less difficulty, but admitting of greater frequency, will be furnished by its feminine element. In the special arts, or at least in the arts of form, but little can be expected of them, because these demand more technical knowledge than they can well acquire, and, moreover, the slow process of training would spoil the spontaneousness which is so admirable in them. But for all poetic composition which does not require intense or prolonged effort, women of genius are better qualified than men. This they should consider as their proper department intellectually, since their nature is not well adapted for the discovery of scientific truth. When women have become more systematically associated with the general movement of society under the influence of the new system of education, they will do much to elevate that class of poetry which relates to personal feelings and to domestic life. Women are already better judges of such poetry than men; and there is no reason why they should not excel them in composing it. For the power of appreciating and that of producing are in reality identical; the difference is in degree only, and it depends greatly upon culture. The only kind of composition which seems to me to be beyond347 their power is epic or dramatic poetry in which public life is depicted. But in all its other branches, poetry would seem their natural field of study; and one which, regarded always as an exceptional occupation, is quite in keeping with the social duties assigned to them. The affections of our home life cannot be better portrayed than by those in whom they are found in their purest form, and who, without training, combine talent and expression with the tendency to idealize. Under a more perfect organization, then, of the esthetic world than prevails at present, the larger portion of poetical and perhaps also of musical productions, will pass into the hands of the more loving sex. The advantage of this will be that the poetry of private life will then rise to that high standard of moral purity of which it so peculiarly admits, but which our coarser sex can never attain without struggles which injure its spontaneity. The simple grace of Lafontaine and the delicate sweetness of Petrarch will then be found united with deeper and purer sympathies, so as to raise lyrical poetry to a degree of perfection that has never yet been attained.

An additional proof of the aesthetic ability of the moderating power in less complicated works, which can be produced more frequently, will be shown by its feminine aspect. In the specialized arts, or at least in the arts of form, not much can be expected from them because these require more technical knowledge than they can realistically gain, and furthermore, the slow training process would ruin the spontaneity that is so admirable in them. However, for all types of poetic creation that do not demand intense or prolonged effort, women with talent are better suited than men. They should see this as their rightful intellectual realm since their nature isn't well-suited to discovering scientific truths. Once women are more systematically involved in the general societal movement due to the new education system, they will significantly elevate the kind of poetry that relates to personal emotions and domestic life. Women are already better judges of such poetry than men, and there's no reason they shouldn't excel in creating it. The ability to appreciate and the ability to create are essentially the same; the difference lies in degree and largely depends on education. The only type of composition that seems beyond their capabilities is epic or dramatic poetry that portrays public life. However, in all other branches, poetry appears to be a natural area of study for them, which, while considered an exceptional pursuit, aligns well with their social responsibilities. The emotions of our home life can be best expressed by those who experience them in their purest form, and who, without formal training, combine talent and expression with the inclination to idealize. Under a better organization of the aesthetic world than what we currently have, a significant portion of poetic and perhaps even musical works will be in the hands of the more nurturing sex. The advantage of this will be that the poetry of private life will rise to a high standard of moral purity that it uniquely allows, but which our rougher sex can never achieve without struggles that damage its spontaneity. The simple grace of Lafontaine and the delicate sweetness of Petrarch will then be found combined with deeper and purer sympathies, raising lyrical poetry to a level of perfection that has never been reached.

People’s poetry

The popular element of the spiritual power has not so well marked an aptitude for art, since the active nature of their occupations hardly admits of the same degree of intellectual life. But there is a minor class of poems, where energy of character and freedom from worldly cares are the chief sources of inspiration, for which working men are better adapted than women, and far more so than philosophers. When Positivist education has extended sufficiently to the People of the West, poets and musicians will spontaneously arise, as in many cases they have already risen, to give expression to its own special aspirations. But independently of what may be due to individual efforts, the People as a whole has an indirect but348 most important influence upon the Progress of Art, from the fact of being the principal source of language.

The popular element of spiritual power doesn't show a strong talent for art, as the demanding nature of their work leaves little room for the same level of intellectual engagement. However, there's a smaller group of poems where strength of character and a lack of worldly concerns are the main sources of inspiration, and in this regard, working men are often better suited than women, and much more so than philosophers. Once Positivist education has spread enough among the People of the West, poets and musicians will emerge on their own, just as they have in many cases already, to express their unique aspirations. But aside from individual efforts, the People as a whole have an indirect yet crucial influence on the Progress of Art, primarily because they are the main source of language.

Such, then, is the position which Art will finally assume in the Positive system. There will be no class at present, exclusively devoted to it, with the exception of a few special masters. But there will be a general education, enabling every class to appreciate all the modes of idealization, and encouraging their culture among the three elements which constitute the moral force of society and which are excluded from political government. Among these there will be a division of esthetic labour. Poetry descriptive of public life will emanate from the philosophic class. The poetry of personal or domestic life will be written by women or working men, according as affection or energy may be the source of inspiration. Thus the form of mental activity most appropriate to Humanity will be more specially developed among those classes in which the various features of our nature are most prominently exhibited. The only classes who cannot participate in this pleasant task are those whose life is occupied by considerations of power or wealth, and whose enjoyment of Art, though heightened by the education which they in common with others will receive, must remain essentially passive. Our idealizing powers will henceforth be directly concentrated on a work of the highest social importance, the purification of our moral nature. The speciality by which so much of the natural charm of Art was lost will cease, and the moral dangers of a life exclusively devoted to the faculty of expression, will exist no longer.

So, that's the role that Art will eventually take in the Positive system. There won't be a class solely dedicated to it, apart from a few specialized masters. Instead, there will be a general education that allows everyone to appreciate all forms of idealization and fosters their development within the three components that make up the moral strength of society, which are separate from political governance. There will be a division of aesthetic labor. Poetry that reflects public life will come from the philosophical class. Poetry focused on personal or domestic life will be created by women or working men, depending on whether love or energy inspires them. In this way, the type of mental activity that's most suited to Humanity will be specifically developed among those classes where different aspects of our nature are most clearly shown. The only groups that won't be able to take part in this enjoyable endeavor are those whose lives revolve around power or wealth, and while their appreciation for Art will be enhanced by the same education they receive with others, it will remain largely passive. From now on, our creative abilities will be directly focused on a work of great social significance, which is the betterment of our moral nature. The specialization that caused much of the natural appeal of Art to fade will disappear, and the moral dangers that come from a life solely focused on the ability to express will no longer exist.

Value of Art in the present crisis

I have now shown the position which Art will occupy in the social system as finally constituted. I have yet to speak of its influence in the actual movement of349 regeneration which Positivism is inaugurating. We have already seen that each of the three classes who participate in this movement, assumes functions similar to those for which it is ultimately destined; performing them in a more strenuous, though less methodic way. This is obviously true of the philosophic class who head the movement; nor is it less true of the proletariate, from whom it derives its vigour, or of women, whose support gives it a moral sanction. It is, therefore, at first sight probable that the same will hold good of the esthetic conditions which are necessary to the completeness of these three functions of the social organism. On closer examination we shall find that this is the case.

I have now shown the role that Art will play in the social system as it is finally established. I still need to discuss its impact on the current movement of 349 regeneration that Positivism is starting. We have already seen that each of the three groups involved in this movement takes on roles similar to those they are ultimately meant for, carrying them out in a more intense, though less organized way. This is clearly the case for the philosophical class leading the movement; it's also true for the working class, which provides its energy, and for women, whose support lends it moral authority. Therefore, at first glance, it seems likely that the same will apply to the aesthetic conditions essential for the full functioning of these three roles in the social organism. Upon closer inspection, we will find that this is indeed the case.

Construction of normal types on the basis furnished by philosophy

The principal function of Art is to construct types on the basis furnished by Science. Now this is precisely what is required for inaugurating the new social system. However perfectly its first principles may be elaborated by thinkers, they will still be not sufficiently definite for the practical result. Systematic study of the Past can only reveal the Future in general outline. Even in the simpler sciences perfect distinctness is impossible without overstepping the limits of actual proof. Still more, therefore, in Sociology will the conclusions of Science fall always far short of that degree of precision and clearness, without which no principle can be thoroughly popularized. But at the point where Philosophy must always leave a void, Poetry steps in and stimulates to practical action. In the early periods of Polytheism, Poetry repaired the defects of the system viewed dogmatically. Its value will be even greater in idealizing a system founded, not upon imagination, but upon observation of fact. In the next chapter I shall dwell at greater length on the service which Poetry will render in representing350 the central conception of Positivism. It will be easy to apply the same principle to other cases.

The main purpose of Art is to create types based on the ideas provided by Science. This is exactly what we need to start a new social system. Even if thinkers develop the first principles perfectly, they won't be specific enough for practical outcomes. A systematic study of the Past can only give us a general sense of the Future. Even in simpler sciences, achieving complete clarity is impossible without going beyond what can actually be proven. Therefore, in Sociology, the conclusions of Science will always be far from the level of precision and clarity needed for any principle to be fully embraced. But where Philosophy leaves a gap, Poetry steps in to inspire action. In the early days of Polytheism, Poetry addressed shortcomings in the dogmatic system. Its importance will be even greater in idealizing a system based not on imagination, but on factual observation. In the next chapter, I will discuss in more detail the role that Poetry will play in conveying the central idea of Positivism. It will be straightforward to apply the same principle to other situations.

Pictures of the Future of Man

In his efforts to accomplish this object, the Positivist poet will naturally be led to form prophetic pictures of the regeneration of Man, viewed in every aspect that admits of being ideally represented. And this is the second service which Art will render to the cause of social renovation; or rather it is an extension of the first. Systematic formation of Utopias will in fact become habitual; on the distinct understanding that, as in every other branch of art, the ideal shall be kept in subordination to the real. The unlimited license which is apparently given to Utopias by the unsettled character of the time is in reality a bar to their practical influence, since even the wildest dreamers shrink from extravagance that oversteps the ordinary conditions of mental sanity. But when it is once understood that the sphere of Imagination is simply that of explaining and giving life to the conclusions of Reason, the severest thinkers will welcome its influence; because so far from obscuring truth, it will give greater distinctness to it than could be given by Science unassisted. Utopias have, then, their legitimate purpose, and Positivism will strongly encourage their formation. They form a class of poetry which, under sound sociological principles, will prove of material service in leading the people of the West towards the normal state. Each of the five modes of Art may participate in this salutary influence; each in its own way may give a foretaste of the beauty and greatness of the new life that is now offered to the individual, to the family, and to society.

In his efforts to achieve this goal, the Positivist poet will naturally be inspired to create visionary representations of the renewal of humanity, examining every aspect that can be ideally depicted. This is the second contribution that Art will make to the cause of social change; in fact, it expands upon the first. The systematic creation of Utopias will become a regular practice, with the clear understanding that, like in every other area of art, the ideal must remain subordinate to the real. The seemingly unlimited freedom given to Utopias by the uncertain nature of the times actually hinders their practical impact, as even the most imaginative dreamers hesitate to venture beyond the normal bounds of mental rationality. However, once it is understood that the realm of Imagination is simply about elucidating and energizing the conclusions drawn by Reason, even the most rigorous thinkers will embrace its influence; because far from obscuring the truth, it will clarify it more than Science alone could. Utopias, therefore, have their rightful place, and Positivism will actively promote their creation. They constitute a type of poetry that, based on solid sociological principles, will significantly help guide the people of the West toward a balanced state. Each of the five forms of Art can partake in this positive influence; each, in its unique way, can provide a glimpse of the beauty and greatness of the new life now available to individuals, families, and society.

Contrasts with the past

From this second mode in which Art assists the great work of reconstruction we pass naturally to a third, which at the present351 time is of equal importance. To remove the spell under which the Western nations are still blinded to the Future by the decayed ruins of the Past, all that is necessary is to bring these ruins into comparison with the prophetic pictures of which we have been speaking. Since the decline of Catholicism in the fourteenth century, Art has exhibited a critical spirit alien to its true nature, which is essentially synthetic. Henceforth it is to be constructive rather than critical; yet this is not incompatible with the secondary object of contending against opinions, and still more against modes of life, which ought to have died out with the Catholic system, or with the revolutionary period which followed it. But resistance to some of the most deeply-rooted errors of the Past will not interfere with the larger purpose of Positivist Art. No direct criticism will be needed. Whether against theological or against metaphysical dogmas, argument is henceforth needless, even in a philosophical treatise, much more so in poetry. All that is needed is simple contrast, which in most cases would be implied rather than expressed, of the procedure of Positivism and Catholicism in reference to similar social and moral problems. The scientific basis of such a contrast, is already furnished; it is for Art to do the rest, since the appeal should be to Feeling rather than to Reason. At the close of the last chapter I mentioned the principal case in which this comparison would have been of service, the introduction, namely, of Positivism to the two Southern nations. It was the task that I had marked out for my saintly fellow-worker, for it is one in which the esthetic powers of women would be peculiarly available.

From this second way in which Art helps with the significant task of rebuilding, we naturally move to a third, which is just as important today. To lift the illusion that continues to blind Western nations to the Future because of the decayed ruins of the Past, we simply need to compare these ruins with the prophetic images we've been discussing. Since the fall of Catholicism in the fourteenth century, Art has shown a critical spirit that is foreign to its true essence, which is fundamentally synthetic. From now on, it should be constructive rather than critical; however, this doesn't rule out the secondary goal of opposing beliefs, and even more so, ways of life that should have faded along with the Catholic system or the revolutionary period that followed. But pushing back against some of the most entrenched errors of the Past won't hinder the broader aim of Positivist Art. Direct criticism won’t be necessary. Whether it’s against theological or metaphysical dogmas, arguing is no longer needed, not even in philosophical writings, let alone in poetry. All that’s required is a simple contrast, which in most cases would be suggested rather than explicitly stated, between Positivism and Catholicism as they relate to similar social and moral issues. The scientific foundation for this contrast is already established; it’s up to Art to take it from there since the appeal should be made to Emotion rather than Logic. At the end of the last chapter, I pointed out the main situation where this comparison would have been helpful, namely, the introduction of Positivism to the two Southern nations. This was the task I had set for my saintly partner, as it’s one where the artistic abilities of women would be especially beneficial.

In this, the third of its temporary functions, Positivist Art approximates to its normal character. We have spoken of its idealization of the Future, but here it will idealize the Past also. Positivism cannot352 be accepted until it has rendered the fullest and most scrupulous justice to Catholicism. Our poets, so far from detracting from the moral and political worth of the mediaeval system, will begin by doing all the honour to it that is consistent with philosophical truth, as a prelude to the still higher beauty of the system which supersedes it. It will be the inauguration of their permanent office of restoring the Past to life. For it is equally in the interest of systematic thought and of social sympathy that the relation of the Past to the Future should be deeply impressed upon all.

In this, the third of its temporary roles, Positivist Art comes closer to its true nature. We’ve talked about how it idealizes the Future, but now it will also idealize the Past. Positivism can't be accepted until it has fully and thoroughly acknowledged Catholicism. Our poets, far from undermining the moral and political value of the medieval system, will start by giving it all the respect it deserves within the bounds of philosophical truth, as a prelude to the even greater beauty of the system that follows it. This will mark the beginning of their lasting role in bringing the Past back to life. It is vital for both systematic thought and social understanding that the connection between the Past and the Future is strongly impressed upon everyone.

But these three steps towards the incorporation of Art into the final order, though not far distant, cannot be taken immediately. They presuppose a degree of intellectual preparation which is not yet reached either by the public or by its esthetic teachers. The present generation under which, in France, the great revolution is now peacefully entering upon its second phase, may diffuse Positivism largely, not merely amongst qualified thinkers, but among the people of Paris, who are entrusted with the destinies of Western Europe, and among women of nobler nature. The next generation, growing up in the midst of this movement, may, before the expiration of a century from the date of the Convention, complete spontaneously the moral and mental inauguration of the new system, by exhibiting the new esthetic features which Humanity in her regenerate condition will assume.

But these three steps towards integrating Art into the final order, although not far off, can't be taken right away. They require a level of intellectual readiness that neither the public nor its aesthetic educators have achieved yet. The current generation in France, as the great revolution peacefully enters its second phase, might spread Positivism widely, not just among knowledgeable thinkers but also among the people of Paris, who hold the fate of Western Europe in their hands, and among women of higher character. The next generation, raised in the midst of this movement, may, before a century has passed since the Convention, naturally complete the moral and intellectual launch of the new system by showcasing the new aesthetic traits that Humanity in her renewed state will display.

Let us now sum up the conclusions of this chapter. We have found Positive Philosophy peculiarly favourable to the continuous development of all the fine arts. A doctrine which encourages Humanity to strive for perfection of every kind, cannot but foster and assimilate that form of mental activity by which our sense of perfection is so highly stimulated. It controls the Ideal, indeed, by systematic353 study of the Real; but only in order to furnish it with an objective basis, and so to secure its coherence and its moral value. Placed on this footing, our esthetic faculties are better adapted than the scientific, both to the nature and range of our understanding, and also to that which is the object of all intellectual effort, the organization of human unity. For they are more immediately connected with Feeling, on which the unity of our nature must rest. Next to direct culture of the heart, it is in ideal Art that we shall find the best assistance in our efforts to become more loving and more noble.

Let’s summarize the conclusions of this chapter. We have discovered that Positive Philosophy is particularly supportive of the ongoing development of all the fine arts. A belief system that encourages humanity to strive for perfection in every way can only nurture and enhance the type of thinking that greatly stimulates our sense of perfection. It guides the Ideal, indeed, through a systematic study of the Real; but only to provide it with a solid foundation and ensure its coherence and moral value. With this approach, our aesthetic faculties are more suited than scientific ones, both to the nature and scope of our understanding, and to the ultimate goal of all intellectual endeavors: the organization of human unity. This is because they are more closely tied to Feeling, which is essential for the unity of our nature. Besides directly nurturing the heart, ideal Art is where we will find the best support in our efforts to become more loving and noble.

Logically, Art should have a salutary influence upon our intellectual faculties, because it familiarizes us from childhood with the features by which all constructive efforts of man should be characterized. Science has for a long time preferred the analytic method, whereas Art, even in these times of anarchy, always aims at Synthesis, which is the final goal of all intellectual activity. Even when Art, contrary to its nature, undertakes to destroy, it cannot do its work, whatever it be, without constructing. Thus, by implanting a taste and faculty for ideal construction, Art enables us to build with greater effect than ever upon the more stubborn soil of reality.

Logically, art should positively impact our thinking skills because it introduces us to the qualities that all human creativity should embody from a young age. For a long time, science has favored the analytical approach, while art, even in today's chaotic times, always strives for synthesis, which is the ultimate goal of all intellectual pursuits. Even when art, against its nature, tries to destroy, it can't carry out that task without also creating something. By fostering an appreciation and ability for ideal creation, art allows us to build more effectively than ever on the tough foundations of reality.

On all these grounds Art, in the Positive system, is made the primary basis of general education. In a subsequent stage education assumes a more scientific character, with the object of supplying systematic notions of the external world. But in after life Art resumes its original position. There the ordinary functions of the spiritual power will be esthetic rather than scientific. The three elements of which the modifying power is composed will become spontaneously the organs of idealization, a function which will henceforth never be dissociated from the power of philosophic synthesis.

On all these grounds, in the Positive system, Art is established as the foundation of general education. Later on, education takes on a more scientific approach, aiming to provide structured ideas about the external world. However, in later life, Art returns to its original role. There, the usual functions of spiritual power will be more about aesthetics than science. The three components that make up this modifying power will naturally become the means of idealization, a role that will now always be linked to the ability for philosophical synthesis.

Such a combination implies that the new philosophers shall have a true feeling for all the fine arts. In ordinary times passive appreciation of them will suffice; but there will occasionally be periods where philosophic effort ceases to be necessary, and which call rather for the vigour of the poet; and at these times the more powerful minds among them should be capable of rising to the loftiest creative efforts. Difficult as the condition may be, it is essential to the full degree of moral influence of which their office admits and which their work requires. The priest of Humanity will not have attained his full measure of superiority over the priest of God, until, with the intellect of the Philosopher, he combines the enthusiasm of the Poet, as well as the tenderness of Woman, and the People’s energy.

Such a combination means that the new philosophers should genuinely appreciate all the fine arts. In normal circumstances, just having a passive appreciation is enough; however, there will be times when philosophical thinking isn't needed, and instead, the passion of a poet is required. During these moments, the more powerful thinkers among them should be able to achieve the highest levels of creativity. As challenging as this may be, it's crucial for maximizing the moral impact of their role and the work they do. The priest of Humanity won't fully surpass the priest of God until he merges the intellect of the Philosopher with the passion of the Poet, along with the compassion of Woman and the energy of the People.


CHAPTER VI
CONCLUSION. THE RELIGION OF HUMANITY

Recapitulation of the results obtained

Love, then, is our principle; Order our basis; and Progress our end. Such, as the preceding chapters have shown, is the essential character of the system of life which Positivism offers for the definite acceptance of society; a system which regulates the whole course of our private and public existence, by bringing Feeling, Reason, and Activity into permanent harmony. In this final synthesis, all essential conditions are far more perfectly fulfilled than in any other. Each special element of our nature is more fully developed, and at the same time the general working of the whole is more coherent. Greater distinctness is given to the truth that the affective element predominates in our nature. Life in all its actions and thoughts is brought under the control and inspiring charm of Social Sympathy.

Love is our guiding principle; Order is our foundation; and Progress is our goal. As the earlier chapters have demonstrated, this is the fundamental nature of the life system that Positivism offers for society to embrace. It’s a system that regulates our entire private and public lives by harmonizing Feeling, Reason, and Activity. In this final integration, all key conditions are met more effectively than in any other approach. Each unique aspect of our nature is more thoroughly developed, while the overall functioning of the system is more cohesive. It becomes clearer that the emotional component is dominant in our nature. Life, in all its actions and thoughts, is influenced by the control and uplifting appeal of Social Sympathy.

By the supremacy of the Heart, the Intellect, so far from being crushed, is elevated; for all its powers are consecrated to the service of the social instincts, with the purpose of strengthening their influence and directing their employment. By accepting its subordination to Feeling, Reason adds to its own authority. To it we look for the revelation of the laws of nature, of the established Order which dictates the inevitable conditions of356 human life. The objective basis thus discovered for human effort reacts most beneficially on our moral nature. Forced as we are to accept it, it controls the fickleness to which our affections are liable, and acts as a direct stimulus to social sympathy. Concentrated on so high an office, the intellect will be preserved from useless digression; and will yet find a boundless field for its operations in the study of all the natural laws by which human destinies are affected, and especially those which relate to the constitution of man or of society. The fact that every subject is to be regarded from the sociological point of view, so far from discouraging even the most abstract order of speculations, adds to their logical coherence as well as to their moral value, by introducing the central principle round which alone they can be co-ordinated into a whole.

By the supremacy of the Heart, the Intellect, instead of being diminished, is elevated; for all its abilities are dedicated to serving social instincts, with the aim of enhancing their influence and guiding their use. By embracing its role beneath Feeling, Reason strengthens its own authority. We turn to it for the understanding of the laws of nature and the established Order that dictate the unavoidable conditions of356human life. The objective foundation revealed through this process positively impacts our moral nature. Because we are compelled to accept it, it manages the unpredictability to which our feelings are prone and acts as a direct stimulus for social empathy. Focused on such a noble purpose, the intellect will be protected from pointless distractions; yet it will discover an endless opportunity for its endeavors in examining all the natural laws that influence human destinies, particularly those related to the structure of humanity or society. The fact that every topic should be considered from a sociological perspective, far from discouraging even the most abstract discussions, actually enhances their logical coherence and moral significance by introducing the central principle that allows them to be integrated into a cohesive whole.

And whilst Reason is admitted to its due share of influence on human life, Imagination is also strengthened and called into constant exercise. Henceforth it will assume its proper function, the idealization of truth. For the objective basis of our conceptions scientific investigation is necessary. But this basis once obtained, the constitution of our mind is far better adapted to esthetic than to scientific study, provided always that imagination never disregard the truths of science, and degenerate into extravagance. Subject to this condition, Positivism gives every encouragement to esthetic studies, being, as they are, so closely related to its guiding principle and to its practical aim, to Love namely, and to Progress. Art will enter largely into the social life of the Future, and will be regarded as the most pleasurable and most salutary exercise of our intellectual powers, because it leads them in the most direct manner to the culture and improvement of our moral nature.

And while Reason is given its fair share of influence in human life, Imagination is also strengthened and constantly exercised. From now on, it will take on its true role, which is to idealize truth. For the objective foundation of our ideas, scientific investigation is necessary. But once this foundation is achieved, our minds are much better suited to aesthetic rather than scientific study, as long as imagination doesn’t ignore the truths of science and descend into absurdity. Under this condition, Positivism fully supports aesthetic studies since they are closely linked to its guiding principle and practical goals, which are Love and Progress. Art will significantly contribute to the social life of the Future and will be seen as the most enjoyable and beneficial exercise of our intellectual abilities because it directly fosters the culture and improvement of our moral character.

Originating in the first instance from practical357 life, Positivism will return thither with increased force, now that its long period of scientific preparation is accomplished, and that it has occupied the field of moral truth, which henceforth will be its principal domain. Its principle of sympathy, so far from relaxing our efforts, will stimulate all our faculties to universal activity by urging them onwards towards perfection of every kind. Scientific study of the natural Order is inculcated solely with the view of directing all the forces of Man and of Society to its improvement by artificial effort. Hitherto this aim has hardly been recognized, even with regard to the material world, and but a very small proportion of our energies has been spent upon it. Yet the aim is high, provided always that the view taken of human progress extend beyond its lower and more material stages. Our theoretical powers once concentrated on the moral problems which form their principal field, our practical energies will not fail to take the same direction, devoting themselves to that portion of the natural Order which is most imperfect, and at the time most modifiable. With these larger and more systematic views of human life, its best efforts will be given to the improvement of the mind, and still more to the improvement of the character and to the increase of affection and courage. Public and private life are now brought into close relation by the identity of their principal aim, which, being kept constantly in sight, ennobles every action in both. Practical questions must ever continue to preponderate, as before, over questions of theory; but this condition, so far from being adverse to speculative power, concentrates it upon the most difficult of all problems, the discovery of moral and social laws, our knowledge of which will never be fully adequate to our practical requirements. Mental and practical activity of this kind can never358 result in hardness of feeling. On the contrary, it impresses us more strongly with the conviction that Sympathy is not merely our highest happiness, but the most effectual of all our means of improvement; and that without it, all other means can be of little avail.

Originating from practical life, Positivism will return there with greater strength, now that its long journey of scientific preparation is complete, and it has taken the lead in moral truth, which will now be its main focus. Its principle of sympathy will not slacken our efforts; instead, it will inspire all our abilities to engage universally, pushing us toward all kinds of perfection. The scientific study of the natural order is taught primarily to guide all of humanity's and society's energies toward improving it through deliberate action. Until now, this goal has barely been acknowledged, even regarding the material world, and only a small fraction of our efforts has been directed at it. However, this goal is lofty, as long as our understanding of human progress goes beyond its basic, material stages. Once our theoretical capabilities are focused on the moral issues that dominate their scope, our practical energies will naturally follow suit, dedicating themselves to improving the parts of the natural order that are the most flawed and most changeable. With these broader and more organized perspectives on human life, our best efforts will focus on enhancing the mind, and even more so on improving character and fostering affection and courage. Public and private life are now closely linked by their shared goal, which, when kept in sight, elevates every action in both realms. Practical matters will always continue to weigh more heavily than theoretical ones; yet this condition, rather than hindering speculative thought, will focus it on the most challenging problems—the discovery of moral and social laws, of which our understanding will never fully meet our practical needs. Mental and practical engagement of this nature can never lead to insensitivity. On the contrary, it deeply reinforces our belief that sympathy is not just our greatest joy, but also the most effective means of improvement; without it, all other methods are of little use.

Thus it is that in the Positive system, the Heart, the Intellect, and the Character mutually strengthen and develop one another, because each is systematically directed to the mode of action for which it is by nature adapted. Public and private life are brought into a far more harmonious relation than in any former time, because the purpose to which both are consecrated is identical; the difference being merely in the range of their activities. The aim in both is to secure, to the utmost possible extent, the victory of Social feeling over Self-love; and to this aim all our powers, whether of affection, thought, or action, are in both unceasingly directed.

Thus, in the Positive system, the Heart, the Intellect, and the Character support and develop each other because each one is systematically focused on the type of action it's naturally suited for. Public and private life are more harmonious than ever before because they share the same purpose; the only difference lies in the scope of their activities. The goal in both areas is to maximize the triumph of social feelings over self-interest, and all our capabilities—whether they involve emotions, thoughts, or actions—are constantly directed toward that goal.

This, then, is the shape in which the great human problem comes definitely before us. Its solution demands all the appliances of Social Art. The primary principle on which the solution rests, is the separation of the two elementary powers of society; the moral power of counsel, and the political powers of command. The necessary preponderance of the latter, which rests upon material force, corresponds to the fact that in our imperfect nature, where the coarser wants are the most pressing and the most continuously felt, the selfish instincts are naturally stronger than the unselfish. In the absence of all compulsory authority, our action even as individuals would be feeble and purposeless, and social life still more certainly would lose its character and its energy. Moral force, therefore, by which is meant the force of conviction and persuasion, is to be regarded simply as a modifying influence, not as a means of authoritative direction.

This is how the significant human issue clearly presents itself to us. Solving it requires all the tools of Social Art. The main principle behind the solution is the separation of the two fundamental powers of society: the moral power of advice and the political power of authority. The necessary dominance of the latter, which relies on material force, reflects the reality that in our flawed nature, the more basic needs are the most urgent and persistently felt, making selfish instincts naturally stronger than selfless ones. Without any compulsory authority, our individual actions would be weak and aimless, and social life would surely lose its character and vitality. Therefore, moral force, which refers to the power of conviction and persuasion, should be seen merely as a modifying influence, not as a means of authoritative control.

Moral force originates in Feeling and in Reason. It represents the social side of our nature, and to this its direct influence is limited. Indeed by the very fact that it is the expression of our highest attributes, it is precluded from that practical ascendancy which is possessed by faculties of a lower but more energetic kind. Inferior to material force in power, though superior to it in dignity, it contrasts and opposes its own classification of men according to the standard of moral and intellectual worth, to the classification by wealth and worldly position which actually prevails. True, the higher standard will never be adopted practically, but the effort to uphold it will react beneficially on the natural order of society. It will inspire those larger views, and reanimate that sense of duty, which are so apt to become obliterated in the ordinary current of life.

Moral force comes from our feelings and reasoning. It reflects the social aspect of our nature, and its direct influence is limited to that. In fact, because it represents our highest qualities, it can’t achieve the practical dominance that comes from lower but more vigorous faculties. While it is weaker than physical force, it is more dignified, setting up a contrast where it classifies people based on moral and intellectual worth, instead of the wealth and social status that usually prevail. It’s true that this higher standard won't be practically adopted, but the effort to maintain it will positively impact the natural order of society. It will encourage broader perspectives and revive that sense of duty, which often tends to fade away in everyday life.

The means of effecting this important result, the need of which is so generally felt, will not be wanting, when the moderating power enters upon its characteristic function of preparing us for practical life by a rational system of education, throughout which, even in its intellectual department, moral considerations will predominate. This power will therefore concentrate itself upon theoretical and moral questions; and it can only maintain its position as the recognized organ of social sympathy, by invariable abstinence from political action. It will be its first duty to contend against the ambitious instincts of its own members. True, such instincts, in spite of the impurity of their source, may be of use in those natures who are really destined for the indispensable business of government. But for a spiritual power formal renunciation of wealth and rank is at the very root of its influence; it is the first of the conditions which justify it in resisting the encroachments to which360 political power is always tempted. Hence the classes to whose natural sympathies it looks for support are those who, like itself, are excluded from political administration.

The ways to achieve this crucial result, which is so widely recognized as necessary, will be available when the moderating power takes on its main role of preparing us for practical life through a thoughtful education system, where moral considerations will dominate even in the intellectual realm. This power will therefore focus on theoretical and moral issues; it can only maintain its status as the accepted voice of social empathy by consistently avoiding political actions. Its primary responsibility will be to counter the ambitious tendencies of its own members. While these tendencies, despite their questionable origins, may benefit those who are truly meant for the essential task of governance, a spiritual authority must formally reject wealth and status as the foundation of its influence. This is the first condition that justifies its resistance against the pressure that political power constantly faces. Therefore, the groups it seeks support from are those who, like itself, are excluded from political management.

Women, from their strongly sympathetic nature, are the original source of all moral influence; and they are peculiarly qualified by the passive character of their life to assist the action of the spiritual power in the family. In its essential function of education, their co-operation is of the highest importance. The education of young children is entrusted to their sole charge; and the education of more advanced years simply consists in giving a more systematic shape to what the mother has already inculcated in childhood. As a wife, too, Woman assumes still more distinctly the spiritual function of counsel; she softens by persuasion where the philosopher can only influence by conviction. In social meetings, again, the only mode of public life in which women can participate, they assist the spiritual power in the formation of Public Opinion, of which it is the systematic organ, by applying the principles which it inculcates to the case of particular actions or persons. In all these matters their influence will be far more effectual, when men have done their duty to women by setting them free from the necessity of gaining their own livelihood; and when women on their side have renounced both power and wealth, as we see, so often exemplified among the working classes.

Women, due to their deeply empathetic nature, are the original source of all moral influence, and they are uniquely suited by the passive nature of their lives to support the spiritual power within the family. Their cooperation is extremely important in the essential function of education. The education of young children is solely entrusted to them, and the education in later years simply builds on what the mother has already taught during childhood. As a wife, a woman takes on a more distinct role in providing spiritual guidance; she influences through persuasion where a philosopher can only rely on logical arguments. In social gatherings, the only form of public life in which women can participate, they aid in shaping Public Opinion, which is the structured voice of this spiritual power, by applying its principles to specific actions or individuals. Their influence will be much more effective when men fulfill their responsibilities to women by freeing them from the need to earn their own living, and when women, for their part, embrace the absence of both power and wealth, as is often seen in the working classes.

The affinity of the People with the philosophic power is less direct and less pure; but it will prove a vigorous ally in meeting the obstacles which the temporal power will inevitably oppose. The working classes, having but little spare time and small individual influence, cannot, except on rare occasions, participate in the practical administration of government, since all efficient government involves361 concentration of power. Moral force, on the contrary, created as it is by free convergence of opinion, admits of, and indeed requires, the widest ramification. Working men, owing to their freedom from practical responsibilities and their unconcern for personal aggrandisement, are better disposed than their employers to broad views and to generous sympathies, and will therefore naturally associate themselves with the spiritual power. It is they who will furnish the basis of a true public opinion, so soon as they are enabled by Positive education, which is specially framed with a view to their case, to give greater definiteness to their aspirations. Their wants and their sympathies will alike induce them to support the philosophic priesthood as the systematic guardian of their interests against the governing classes. In return for such protection they will bring the whole weight of their influence to assist the priesthood in its great social mission, the subordination of Politics to Morals. In those exceptional cases where it becomes necessary for the moderating power to assume political functions, the popular element will of itself suffice for the emergency, thus exempting the philosophic element from participating in an anomaly from which its character could hardly fail to suffer, as would be the case also in a still higher degree with the feminine character.

The connection between the people and philosophical power is less straightforward and not as pure; however, it will be a strong partner in overcoming the challenges posed by temporal power. The working class, with limited free time and little individual impact, can rarely take part in the actual functioning of government since effective governance requires361 concentration of power. Moral force, on the other hand, arising from a freely shared opinion, allows for, and really needs, broad participation. Because they are free from practical obligations and indifferent to personal ambition, working individuals are more open to expansive ideas and generous feelings than their employers, and as a result, they will naturally align with spiritual authority. They will establish the foundation of true public opinion as soon as they are empowered by Positive education specifically designed to address their needs, helping them clarify their goals. Their needs and compassion will lead them to support the philosophical leadership as a systematic protector of their interests against the ruling classes. In exchange for such protection, they will leverage their full influence to help the leadership in its important social mission: prioritizing Morals over Politics. In those rare situations where the mediating power needs to take on political roles, the popular element will be sufficient to meet the needs of the moment, freeing the philosophical component from engaging in a situation that could harm its integrity, just as it would to an even greater extent with the feminine character.

The direct influence of Reason over our imperfect nature is so feeble that the new priesthood could not of itself ensure such respect for its theories as would bring them to any practical result. But the sympathies of women and of the people operating as they will in every town and in every family, will be sufficient to ensure its efficacy in organizing that legitimate degree of moral pressure which the poor may bring to bear upon the rich. Moreover, we may look, as one of the results of our common system362 of education, for additional aid in the ranks of the governing classes themselves; for some of their noblest members will volunteer their assistance to the spiritual power, forming, so to speak, a new order of chivalry. And yet, with all this, comprehensive as our organization of moral force may be, so great is the innate strength of the selfish instincts, that our success in solving the great human problem will always fall short of what we might legitimately desire. To this conclusion we must come, in whatever way we regard the destiny of Man; but it should only encourage us to combine our efforts still more strongly in order to ameliorate the order of Nature in its most important, that is, in its moral aspects, these being at once the most modifiable and the most imperfect.

The direct influence of Reason over our imperfect nature is so weak that the new priesthood couldn't, on its own, ensure enough respect for its theories to achieve any practical results. However, the support from women and the community, working together in every town and family, will be enough to create a legitimate level of moral pressure that the poor can exert on the rich. Additionally, we can expect that, as a result of our shared educational system362, some of the noblest members of the governing classes will volunteer their support to the spiritual authority, effectively creating a new kind of chivalry. Yet, despite all this, as comprehensive as our organization of moral force may be, the intrinsic power of selfish instincts is so strong that our success in addressing the significant human issues will always fall short of what we might reasonably hope for. We must accept this conclusion, no matter how we view the destiny of humanity; however, it should motivate us to unite our efforts even more fiercely to improve the natural order in its most vital aspect—its moral dimensions—because these are the most changeable and the most flawed.

The highest progress of man and of society consists in gradual increase of our mastery over all our defects, especially the defects of our moral nature. Among the nations of antiquity the progress in this direction was but small; all that they could do was to prepare the way for it by certain necessary phases of intellectual and social development. The whole tendency of Greek and Roman society was such as made it impossible to form a distinct conception of the great problem of our moral nature. In fact, Morals were with them invariably subordinate to Politics. Nevertheless, it is moral progress which alone can satisfy our nature; and in the Middle Ages it was recognized as the highest aim of human effort, notwithstanding that its intellectual and social conditions were as yet very imperfectly realized. The creeds of the Middle Ages were too unreal and imperfect, the character of society was too military and aristocratic, to allow Morals and Politics to assume permanently their right relation. The attempt was made, however; and, inadequate as it was, it was enough to allow the people of the363 West to appreciate the fundamental principle involved in it, a principle destined to survive the opinions and the habits of life from which it arose. Its full weight could never be felt until the Positive spirit had extended beyond the elementary subjects to which it had been so long subjected, to the sphere of social truth; and had thus reached the position at which a complete synthesis became possible. Equally essential was it that in those countries which had been incorporated into the Western Empire, and had passed from it into Catholic Feudalism, war should be definitely superseded by industrial activity. In the long period of transition which has elapsed since the Middle Ages, both these conditions have been fulfilled, while at the same time the old system has been gradually decomposed. Finally the great crisis of the Revolution has stimulated all advanced minds to reconsider, with better intellectual and social principles, the same problem that Christianity and Chivalry had attempted. The radical solution of it was then begun, and it is now completed, and enunciated in a systematic form by Positivism.

The highest progress of humanity and society lies in our gradual mastery over all our flaws, especially the flaws in our moral character. Among ancient nations, progress in this area was minimal; all they could do was lay the groundwork through necessary phases of intellectual and social development. The overall direction of Greek and Roman society made it impossible to form a clear understanding of the significant issue of our moral nature. In fact, morals were always subordinate to politics for them. However, it is moral progress that can truly fulfill our nature, and in the Middle Ages, it was seen as the ultimate goal of human effort, even if the intellectual and social frameworks were still poorly developed. The beliefs of the Middle Ages were too unrealistic and incomplete, and the character of society was too military and aristocratic to allow morals and politics to maintain their rightful relationship permanently. There were attempts to do so, and while they were inadequate, they were enough for the people of the363 West to grasp the fundamental principle involved, a principle that would endure beyond the views and lifestyles from which it emerged. Its full impact would not be felt until the positive spirit moved beyond the basic subjects it had long been confined to and reached the realm of social truth, thus enabling a complete synthesis. It was equally crucial that in those territories that had become part of the Western Empire and transitioned into Catholic Feudalism, warfare should be replaced by industrial activity. During the lengthy transition since the Middle Ages, both conditions have been met, while the old system has gradually decomposed. Finally, the major crisis of the Revolution has prompted all progressive thinkers to reevaluate, with improved intellectual and social principles, the very same problem that Christianity and Chivalry had attempted to address. The radical solution to this issue was then initiated, and it is now complete and articulated in a systematic form by Positivism.

Humanity is the centre to which every aspect of Positivism converges

All essential phases in the evolution of society answer to corresponding phases in the growth of the individual, whether it has proceeded spontaneously or under systematic guidance, supposing always that his development be complete. But it is not enough to prove the close connexion which exists between all modes and degrees of human regeneration. We have yet to find a central point round which all will naturally meet. In this point consists the unity of Positivism as a system of life. Unless it can be thus condensed, round one single principle, it will never wholly supersede the synthesis of Theology, notwithstanding its superiority in the reality and stability of its component parts, and364 in their homogeneity and coherence as a whole. There should be a central point in the system towards which Feeling, Reason, and Activity alike converge. The proof that Positivism possesses such a central point will remove the last obstacles to its complete acceptance, as the guide of private or of public life.

All key stages in the development of society align with corresponding stages in the growth of the individual, whether this growth happens naturally or through structured guidance, assuming their development is complete. However, it's not enough to demonstrate the close connection between all forms and levels of human renewal. We still need to identify a central point around which everything will naturally converge. This point is the unity of Positivism as a way of life. Unless it can be summarized around one single principle, it will never completely replace the combination of Theology, despite its advantages in the reality and stability of its parts, along with their consistency and coherence as a whole. There needs to be a central point in the system towards which Feeling, Reason, and Activity all direct their energies. Demonstrating that Positivism has such a central point will eliminate the final barriers to its full acceptance as a guide for both personal and public life.

Such a centre we find in the great conception of Humanity, towards which every aspect of Positivism naturally converges. By it the conception of God will be entirely superseded, and a synthesis be formed, more complete and permanent than that provisionally established by the old religions. Through it the new doctrine becomes at once accessible to men’s hearts in its full extent and application. From their heart it will penetrate their minds, and thus the immediate necessity of beginning with a long and difficult course of study is avoided, though this must of course be always indispensable to its systematic teachers.

Such a center is found in the great idea of Humanity, toward which every aspect of Positivism naturally converges. Through this idea, the concept of God will be completely replaced, and a synthesis will be created that is more complete and lasting than what was temporarily established by the old religions. Because of this, the new doctrine becomes easily accessible to people's hearts in its entirety and application. From their hearts, it will reach their minds, allowing us to skip the immediate necessity of starting with a long and challenging study, although this will always be essential for its systematic teachers.

This central point of Positivism is even more moral than intellectual in character: it represents the principle of Love upon which the whole system rests. It is the peculiar characteristic of the Great Being who is here set forth, to be compounded of separable elements. Its existence depends therefore entirely upon mutual Love knitting together its various parts. The calculations of self-interest can never be substituted as a combining influence for the sympathetic instincts.

This main idea of Positivism is more about morals than intellect: it embodies the principle of Love that supports the entire system. It's a unique trait of the Great Being described here to be made up of separate components. Its existence is completely based on mutual Love bringing its different parts together. The calculations of self-interest can never serve as a unifying force in place of sympathetic instincts.

Yet the belief in Humanity, while stimulating Sympathy, at the same time enlarges the scope and vigour of the Intellect. For it requires high powers of generalization to conceive clearly of this vast organism, as the result of spontaneous co-operation, abstraction made of all partial antagonisms. Reason, then, has its part in this central dogma as well as Love. It enlarges and completes our conception365 of the Supreme Being, by revealing to us the external and internal conditions of its existence.

Yet the belief in Humanity, while encouraging sympathy, also broadens the range and strength of the intellect. It takes strong generalization skills to clearly understand this vast organism as the outcome of spontaneous cooperation, removing all partial conflicts. So, reason plays a role in this central belief alongside love. It expands and completes our understanding of the Supreme Being by showing us both the external and internal conditions of its existence.365

Lastly, our active powers are stimulated by it no less than our feelings and our reason. For since Humanity is so far more complex than any other organism, it will react more strongly and more continuously on its environment, submitting to its influence and so modifying it. Hence results Progress which is simply the development of Order, under the influence of Love.

Lastly, our powers of action are just as energized by it as our emotions and our reasoning. Since humanity is far more complex than any other organism, it reacts more strongly and consistently to its environment, adapting to its influence and thereby changing it. This leads to Progress, which is simply the development of Order, guided by Love.

Thus, in the conception of Humanity, the three essential aspects of Positivism, its subjective principle, its objective dogma, and its practical object, are united. Towards Humanity, who is for us the only true Great Being, we, the conscious elements of whom she is composed, shall henceforth direct every aspect of our life, individual or collective. Our thoughts will be devoted to the knowledge of Humanity, our affections to her love, our actions to her service.

Thus, in the understanding of Humanity, the three key aspects of Positivism—its subjective principle, its objective dogma, and its practical goal—are combined. Toward Humanity, which we regard as the only true Great Being, we, the aware individuals who make her up, will now focus every part of our lives, whether personal or collective. Our thoughts will be dedicated to understanding Humanity, our feelings to her love, and our actions to her service.

Positivists then may, more truly than theological believers of whatever creed, regard life as a continuous and earnest act of worship; worship which will elevate and purify our feelings, enlarge and enlighten our thoughts, ennoble and invigorate our actions. It supplies a direct solution, so far as a solution is possible, of the great problem of the Middle Ages, the subordination of Politics to Morals. For this follows at once from the consecration now given to the principle that social sympathy should preponderate over self-love.

Positivists may, more genuinely than any theological believers of any faith, see life as a continual and sincere act of worship; worship that uplifts and purifies our emotions, broadens and clarifies our thoughts, and ennobles and energizes our actions. It provides a straightforward answer, as far as an answer can be found, to the major issue of the Middle Ages: the prioritization of Politics over Morals. This naturally results from the commitment now made to the principle that social empathy should outweigh self-interest.

Thus Positivism becomes, in the true sense of the word, a Religion; the only religion which is real and complete; destined therefore to replace all imperfect and provisional systems resting on the primitive basis of theology.

Thus Positivism becomes, in the true sense of the word, a Religion; the only religion that is real and complete; destined therefore to replace all imperfect and temporary systems based on the primitive foundation of theology.

For even the synthesis established by the old theocracies of Egypt and India was insufficient,366 because, being based on purely subjective principles it could never embrace practical life, which must always be subordinated to the objective realities of the external world. Theocracy was thus limited at the outset to the sphere of thought and of feeling; and part even of this field was soon lost when Art became emancipated from theocratical control, showing a spontaneous tendency to its natural vocation of idealizing real life. Of science and of morality the priests were still left sole arbiters; but here, too, their influence materially diminished so soon as the discovery of the simpler abstract truths of Positive science gave birth to Greek Philosophy. Philosophy, though as yet necessarily restricted to the metaphysical stage, yet already stood forward as the rival of the sacerdotal system. Its attempts to construct were in themselves fruitless; but they overthrew Polytheism, and ultimately transformed it into Monotheism. In this the last phase of theology, the intellectual authority of the priests was undermined no less deeply than the principle of their doctrine. They lost their hold upon Science, as long ago they had lost their hold upon Art. All that remained to them was the moral guidance of society; and even this was soon compromised by the progress of free thought; progress really due to the Positive spirit, although its systematic exponents still belong to the metaphysical school.

Even the system developed by the ancient theocracies of Egypt and India was lacking,366 because it was based entirely on subjective ideas and could never really connect with practical life, which has to align with the objective realities of the outside world. Theocracy was limited from the start to the realm of thought and emotion; and part of this area was quickly lost when Art gained independence from theocratic control, showing a natural tendency to focus on idealizing real life. The priests still held sole authority over science and morality; however, their influence significantly faded as the simpler, abstract truths of Positive science led to the birth of Greek Philosophy. Philosophy, although still primarily held back by metaphysical ideas, began to emerge as a competitor to the priestly system. Its attempts to construct ideas were ultimately in vain, but they toppled Polytheism and forced it to evolve into Monotheism. In this final phase of theology, the intellectual authority of the priests was weakened just as much as the foundation of their beliefs. They lost their grip on Science, just as they had already lost it on Art. All that remained for them was the moral leadership of society; however, even this was soon challenged by the advancement of free thought, a movement truly sparked by the Positive spirit, even if its systematic advocates were still part of the metaphysical school.

With the discovery of sociological laws, a synthesis on the basis of Science becomes possible, science being now concentrated on the study of Humanity

When Science had expanded sufficiently to exist apart from Philosophy, it showed a rapid tendency towards a synthesis of its own, alike incompatible with metaphysics and with theology. It was late in appearing, because it required a long series of preliminary efforts: but as it approached completion, it gradually brought the367 Positive spirit to bear upon the organization of practical life, from which that spirit had originally emanated. But thoroughly to effect this result was impossible until the science of Sociology had been formed; and this was done by my discovery of the law of historical development. Henceforth all true men of science will rise to the higher dignity of philosophers, and by so doing will necessarily assume something of the sacerdotal character, because the final result to which their researches tend is the subordination of every subject of thought to the moral principle; a result which leads us at once to the acceptance of a complete and homogeneous synthesis. Thus the philosophers of the future become priests of Humanity, and their moral and intellectual influence will be far wider and more deeply rooted than that of any former priesthood. The primary condition of their spiritual authority is exclusion from political power, as a guarantee that theory and practice shall be systematically kept apart. A system in which the organs of counsel and those of command are never identical cannot possibly degenerate into any of the evils of theocracy.

When science had grown enough to stand on its own, it quickly began to develop its own synthesis, one that didn't align with metaphysics or theology. It took a while to emerge because it needed a long series of preliminary efforts. But as it neared completion, it gradually focused the367 positive spirit on organizing practical life, from which that spirit had originally come. However, achieving this goal wasn't possible until sociology was established, which I accomplished by discovering the law of historical development. From now on, all true scientists will elevate themselves to the higher status of philosophers, and in doing so, they will inevitably take on some of the roles of priests, because the ultimate aim of their research is to align every subject of thought with the moral principle. This outcome leads us to embrace a complete and cohesive synthesis. Thus, the philosophers of the future will act as priests of humanity, and their moral and intellectual influence will be broader and deeper than that of any previous priesthood. The essential condition for their spiritual authority is their exclusion from political power, ensuring that theory and practice remain distinct. A system where the advisory and command roles are never the same can't possibly descend into the problems of theocracy.

By entirely renouncing wealth and worldly position, and that not as individuals merely, but as a body, the priests of Humanity will occupy a position of unparalleled dignity. For with their moral influence they will combine what since the downfall of the old theocracies has always been separated from it, the influence of superiority in art and science. Reason, Imagination, and Feeling will be brought into unison: and so united will react strongly on the imperious conditions of practical life; bringing it into closer accordance with the laws of universal morality, from which it is so prone to deviate. And the influence of this new modifying power will be the greater that the368 synthesis on which it rests will have preceded and prepared the way for the social system of the future; whereas theology could not arrive at its central principle, until the time of its decline was approaching. All functions, then, that co-operate in the elevation of man will be regenerated by the Positive priesthood. Science, Poetry, Morality, will be devoted to the study, the praise, and the love of Humanity, in order that under their combined influence, our political action may be more unremittingly given to her service.

By completely giving up wealth and social status, not just as individuals but as a group, the priests of Humanity will have a level of dignity that’s unmatched. With their moral authority, they will also link what has traditionally been separate since the fall of the old theocracies: the influence of excellence in art and science. Reason, Imagination, and Emotion will come together, and this unity will significantly impact the demanding realities of everyday life, aligning it more closely with the laws of universal morality, which it often strays from. The influence of this new transformative force will be even stronger because the synthesis it’s based on will have already laid the groundwork for the social system of the future; while theology didn't reach its core principle until its decline was near. Thus, all roles that contribute to the upliftment of humanity will be revitalized by the Positive priesthood. Science, Poetry, and Morality will be dedicated to the study, appreciation, and love of Humanity, so that under their combined impact, our political efforts can more consistently serve her.

With such a mission, Science acquires a position of unparalleled importance, as the sole means through which we come to know the nature and conditions of this Great Being, the worship of whom should be the distinctive feature of our whole life. For this all-important knowledge, the study of Sociology would seem to suffice: but Sociology itself depends upon preliminary study, first of the outer world, in which the actions of Humanity take place; and secondly, of Man, the individual agent.

With this mission, Science takes on a unique role as the only way we can understand the nature and conditions of this Great Being, whose worship should define our entire lives. For this vital knowledge, studying Sociology might seem enough; however, Sociology itself relies on prior study, first of the outer world where human actions occur, and second, of Man, the individual actor.

The object of Positivist worship is not like that of theological believers an absolute, isolated, incomprehensible Being, whose existence admits of no demonstration, or comparison with anything real. The evidence of the Being here set forward is spontaneous, and is shrouded in no mystery. Before we can praise, love, and serve Humanity as we ought, we must know something of the laws which govern her existence, an existence more complicated than any other of which we are cognizant.

The focus of Positivist worship isn't like that of theological believers, which is an absolute, isolated, incomprehensible Being whose existence can’t be proven or compared to anything real. The evidence of the Being presented here is straightforward and not wrapped in mystery. Before we can truly praise, love, and serve Humanity as we should, we need to understand some of the laws that govern its existence, an existence that is more complex than any other we know of.

Statical Aspects of Humanity

And by virtue of this complexity, Humanity possesses the attributes of vitality in a higher degree than any other organization; that is to say, there is at once more intimate harmony of the component elements, and more complete subordination to the369 external world. Immense as is the magnitude of this organism measured both in Time and Space, yet each of its parts carefully examined will show the general consensus of the whole. At the same time it is more dependent than any other upon the conditions of the outer world; in other words, upon the sum of the laws that regulate inferior phenomena. Like other vital organisms, it submits to mathematical, astronomical, physical, chemical, and biological conditions; and, in addition to these, is subject to special laws of Sociology with which lower organisms are not concerned. But as a further result of its higher complexity it reacts upon the world more powerfully; and is indeed in a true sense its chief. Scientifically defined, then, it is truly the Supreme Being: the Being who manifests to the fullest extent all the highest attributes of life.

And because of this complexity, humanity has a greater degree of vitality than any other organization. In other words, there's a closer harmony among its various elements, along with a more complete alignment with the external world. While this organism is vast in terms of both time and space, if you closely examine each part, you'll see that they reflect the consensus of the whole. At the same time, it is more reliant than any other on the conditions of the outer world—in other words, on the totality of the laws that govern lesser phenomena. Like other living organisms, it adheres to mathematical, astronomical, physical, chemical, and biological conditions; in addition, it is subject to specific laws of sociology that lower organisms don't deal with. However, due to its greater complexity, it also has a more powerful impact on the world and is, in a true sense, its leader. Scientifically defined, it can indeed be seen as the Supreme Being: the Being that demonstrates all the highest attributes of life to the fullest extent.

But there is yet another feature peculiar to Humanity, and one of primary importance. That feature is, that the elements of which she is composed must always have an independent existence. In other organisms the parts have no existence when severed from the whole; but this, the greatest of all organisms, is made up of lives which can really be separated. There is, as we have seen, harmony of parts as well as independence, but the last of these conditions is as indispensable as the first. Humanity would cease to be superior to other beings were it possible for her elements to become inseparable. The two conditions are equally necessary: but the difficulty of reconciling them is so great as to account at once for the slowness with which this highest of all organisms has been developed. It must not, however, be supposed that the new Supreme Being is, like the old, merely a subjective result of our powers of abstraction. Its existence is revealed to us, on the contrary,370 by close investigation of objective fact. Man indeed, as an individual, cannot properly be said to exist, except in the exaggerated abstractions of modern metaphysicians. Existence in the true sense can only be predicated of Humanity; although the complexity of her nature prevented men from forming a systematic conception of it, until the necessary stages of scientific initiation had been passed. Bearing this conclusion in mind, we shall be able now to distinguish in Humanity two distinct orders of functions: those by which she acts upon the world, and those which bind together her component parts. Humanity cannot herself act otherwise than by her separable members; but the efficiency of these members depends upon their working in co-operation, whether instinctively or with design. We find, then, external functions relating principally to the material existence of this organism; and internal functions by which its movable elements are combined. This distinction is but an application of the great theory, due to Bichat’s genius, of the distinction between the life of nutrition and the life of relation which we find in the individual organism. Philosophically it is the source from which we derive the great social principle of separation of spiritual from temporal power. The temporal power governs: it originates in the personal instincts, and it stimulates activity. On it depends social Order. The spiritual power can only moderate: it is the exponent of our social instincts, and it promotes co-operation, which is the guarantee of Progress. Of these functions of Humanity the first corresponds to the function of nutrition, the second to that of innervation in the individual organism.

But there’s another key feature unique to Humanity that’s incredibly important. This feature is that the elements making up Humanity must always exist independently. In other organisms, the parts don’t exist when separated from the whole; however, this greatest of all organisms consists of lives that can truly be separated. As we’ve seen, there’s a harmony of parts as well as independence, but the latter is just as essential as the former. Humanity wouldn’t remain superior to other beings if her elements became inseparable. Both conditions are equally necessary, but reconciling them is so challenging that it explains the slow development of this highest of all organisms. It shouldn’t be assumed that the new Supreme Being is just a subjective result of our abstract thinking, because its existence is revealed to us through a close examination of objective facts. Indeed, an individual cannot properly be said to exist except in the extreme abstractions of modern philosophers. True existence can only be ascribed to Humanity, although the complexity of her nature prevented people from forming a systematic understanding of it until the necessary stages of scientific learning were completed. Keeping this conclusion in mind, we can now identify two distinct sets of functions within Humanity: those that act on the world and those that bind her component parts together. Humanity can only act through her separable parts, but the effectiveness of these parts relies on their cooperation, whether instinctive or intentional. Thus, we find external functions primarily relating to the material existence of this organism and internal functions through which its movable elements are united. This distinction is simply an application of Bichat’s brilliant distinction between the life of nutrition and the life of relation found in individual organisms. Philosophically, it’s the basis for the significant social principle that separates spiritual from temporal power. Temporal power governs: it originates from personal instincts and stimulates activity. Social order depends on it. Spiritual power can only moderate: it represents our social instincts and promotes collaboration, which guarantees progress. Among these functions of Humanity, the first corresponds to the function of nutrition, while the second aligns with innervation in the individual organism.

Dynamical aspects

Having now viewed our subject statically, we may come to its dynamical371 aspect; reserving more detailed discussion for the third volume of this treatise, which deals with my fundamental theory of human development. The Great Being whom we worship is not immutable any more than it is absolute. Its nature is relative; and, as such, is eminently capable of growth. In a word it is the most vital of all living beings known to us. It extends and becomes more complex by the continuous successions of generations. But in its progressive changes as well as in its permanent functions, it is subject to invariable laws. And these laws considered, as we may now consider them, as a whole, form a more sublime object of contemplation than the solemn inaction of the old Supreme Being, whose existence was passive except when interrupted by acts of arbitrary and unintelligible volition. Thus it is only by Positive science that we can appreciate this highest of all destinies to which all the fatalities of individual life are subordinate. It is with this as with subjects of minor importance: systematic study of the Past is necessary in order to determine the Future, and so explain the tendencies of the Present. Let us then pass from the conception of Humanity as fully developed, to the history of its rise and progress; a history in which all other modes of progress are included. In ancient times the conception was incompatible with the theological spirit and also with the military character of society, which involved the slavery of the productive classes. The feeling of Patriotism, restricted as it was at first, was the only prelude then possible to the recognition of Humanity. From this narrow nationality there arose in the Middle Ages the feeling of universal brotherhood, as soon as military life had entered on its defensive phase, and all supernatural creeds had spontaneously merged into a monotheistic form common to the372 whole West. The growth of Chivalry, and the attempt made to effect a permanent separation of the two social powers, announced already the subordination of Politics to Morals, and thus showed that the conception of Humanity was in direct course of preparation. But the unreal and anti-social nature of the mediaeval creed, and the military and aristocratic character of feudal society, made it impossible to go very far in this direction. The abolition of personal slavery was the most essential result of this important period. Society could now assume its industrial character; and feelings of fraternity were encouraged by modes of life in which all classes alike participated. Meanwhile, the growth of the Positive spirit was proceeding, and preparing the way for the establishment of Social Science, by which alone all other Positive studies should be systematized. This being done, the conception of the Great Being became possible. It was with reference to subjects of a speculative and scientific nature that the conception first arose in a distinct shape. As early as two centuries ago, Pascal spoke of the human race as one Man.11 Amidst the inevitable decline of the theological and military system, men became conscious of the movement of society, which had now advanced through so many phases; and the notion of Progress as a distinctive feature of Humanity became admitted. Still the conception of Humanity as the basis for a new synthesis was impossible until the crisis of the French Revolution. That crisis on the one hand proved the urgent373 necessity for social regeneration, and on the other gave birth to the only philosophy capable of effecting it. Thus our consciousness of the new Great Being has advanced co-extensively with its growth. Our present conception of it is as much the measure of our social progress as it is the summary of Positive knowledge.

Having looked at our topic in a static way, we can now consider its dynamic aspect; we will save a more detailed discussion for the third volume of this work, which focuses on my foundational theory of human development. The Great Being that we worship is not unchanging any more than it is absolute. Its nature is relative and, as such, is fully capable of growth. In short, it is the most essential of all living beings known to us. It expands and becomes more complex through the continuous succession of generations. However, in its progressive changes as well as in its lasting functions, it is bound by unchanging laws. When we consider these laws as a whole, they present a more profound object of contemplation than the inactive, old Supreme Being, whose existence was passive except when interrupted by arbitrary and incomprehensible decisions. Thus, it is only through Positive science that we can appreciate this highest destiny to which all individual life's uncertainties are subordinate. The same applies to less significant subjects: systematic study of the Past is essential to understanding the Future and explaining the trends of the Present. Let’s shift from viewing Humanity as fully developed to exploring the history of its rise and progress—a history that encompasses all other forms of advancement. In ancient times, this concept clashed with the theological mindset and the military nature of society, which involved the subjugation of the productive classes. The limited sense of Patriotism at that time was the only precursor possible for the acknowledgment of Humanity. From this narrow nationalism, the feeling of universal brotherhood emerged in the Middle Ages, once military life took on a defensive role, and all supernatural beliefs naturally merged into a monotheistic form shared across the West. The rise of Chivalry and the efforts to establish a permanent divide between the two social powers already indicated the subordination of Politics to Morals, showing that the concept of Humanity was being prepared. However, the unrealistic and anti-social nature of the medieval creed, along with the military and aristocratic aspects of feudal society, prevented significant progress in this direction. The elimination of personal slavery was the most crucial outcome of this significant period. Society could now develop its industrial character, and feelings of brotherhood were nurtured by lifestyles in which all classes participated. Meanwhile, the growth of the Positive spirit was underway, paving the way for the establishment of Social Science, which was the only means to organize all other Positive studies. Once this was achieved, the idea of the Great Being became conceivable. This notion first emerged distinctly in relation to speculative and scientific subjects. As early as two centuries ago, Pascal referred to the human race as one Man. Amid the inevitable decline of the theological and military system, people became aware of society's movement, which had progressed through many stages; the idea of Progress as a defining characteristic of Humanity gained acceptance. Yet, the concept of Humanity serving as the foundation for a new synthesis was not possible until the crisis of the French Revolution. That crisis, on one hand, highlighted the pressing need for social renewal, and on the other, birthed the only philosophy capable of bringing it about. Thus, our awareness of the new Great Being has grown hand in hand with its development. Our current understanding of it reflects both our social progress and the essence of Positive knowledge.

Inorganic and organic sciences elevated by their connexion with the supreme science of Humanity

In speaking of the dignity of Science when regenerated by this lofty application of it, I do not refer solely to the special science of Social phenomena, but also to the preliminary studies of Life and of the Inorganic World, both of which form an essential portion of Positive doctrine. A social mission of high importance will be recognized in the most elementary sciences, whether it be for the sake of their method or for the value of their scientific results. True, the religion of Humanity will lead to the entire abolition of scientific Academies, because their tendency, especially in France, is equally hurtful to science and morality. They encourage mathematicians to confine their attention exclusively to the first step in the scientific scale; and biologists to pursue their studies without any solid basis or definite purpose. Special studies carried on without regard for the encyclopædic principles which determine the relative value of knowledge, and its bearing on human life, will be condemned by all men of right feeling and good sense. Such men will feel the necessity of resisting the morbid narrowness of mind and heart to which the anarchy of our times inevitably leads. But the abolition of the Academic system will only ensure a larger measure of respect for all scientific researches of real value, on whatever subject. The study of Mathematics, the value of which is at present negatived by its hardening tendency, will now374 manifest its latent moral efficacy, as the only sure basis for firm conviction; a state of mind that can never be perfectly attained in more complex subjects of thought, except by those who have experienced it in the simpler subjects. When the close connexion of all scientific knowledge becomes more generally admitted, Humanity will reject political teachers who are ignorant of Geometry, as well as geometricians who neglect Sociology. Biology meanwhile will lose its dangerous materialism, and will receive all the respect due to its close connexion with social science and its important bearing on the essential doctrines of Positivism. To attempt to explain the life of Humanity without first examining the lower forms of life, would be as serious an error as to study Biology without regard to the social purpose which Biology is intended to serve. Science has now become indispensable to the establishment of moral truth, and at the same time its subordination to the inspirations of the heart is fully recognized; thus it takes its place henceforward among the most essential functions of the priesthood of Humanity. The supremacy of true Feeling will strengthen Reason, and will receive in turn from Reason a systematic sanction. Natural philosophy, besides its evident value in regulating the spontaneous action of Humanity, has a direct tendency to elevate human nature; it draws from the outer world that basis of fixed truth which is so necessary to control our various desires.

In discussing the dignity of Science when it’s elevated through this profound application, I'm not just talking about the specific science of Social phenomena, but also about the foundational studies of Life and the Inorganic World, both of which are crucial parts of Positive doctrine. A significant social mission will be acknowledged in even the most basic sciences, whether due to their methods or the importance of their scientific findings. It’s true that the religion of Humanity will lead to the complete elimination of scientific Academies because their focus, especially in France, is detrimental to both science and morality. They encourage mathematicians to narrow their focus exclusively to the initial stages of the scientific hierarchy and biologists to pursue their studies with no solid foundation or clear purpose. Specialized studies that ignore the encyclopedic principles determining the relative value of knowledge and its impact on human life will be criticized by all people of integrity and good judgment. Such individuals will see the need to counteract the unhealthy narrow-mindedness that the chaos of our times inevitably encourages. However, getting rid of the Academic system will only promote greater respect for all significant scientific research, regardless of the topic. The study of Mathematics, whose value is currently discounted due to its rigid tendencies, will now374 reveal its hidden moral power as the only reliable foundation for strong beliefs; a mindset that can never be fully realized in more complex areas of thought, except for those who have experienced it in simpler subjects. When the close connection between all scientific knowledge becomes more widely accepted, Humanity will dismiss political educators who lack understanding of Geometry, as well as those geometricians who ignore Sociology. In the meantime, Biology will shed its dangerous materialism and gain the respect it deserves for its close ties to social science and its significant impact on the core beliefs of Positivism. Trying to explain the life of Humanity without first examining the simpler forms of life would be a serious mistake, much like studying Biology without considering the social purpose that Biology aims to fulfill. Science has now become essential for establishing moral truth, while its reliance on the inspirations of the heart is fully acknowledged; therefore, it will now be considered one of the most fundamental roles of the priesthood of Humanity. The dominance of true Feeling will strengthen Reason, which in turn will provide a structured endorsement. Natural philosophy, aside from its clear value in guiding the spontaneous actions of Humanity, directly aims to elevate human nature; it draws from the outside world that foundation of fixed truth necessary to manage our various desires.

The study of Humanity therefore, directly or indirectly, is for the future the permanent aim of Science; and Science is now in a true sense consecrated, as the source from which the universal religion receives its principles. It reveals to us not merely the nature and conditions of the Great Being, but also its destiny and the successive375 phases of its growth. The aim is high and arduous; it requires continuous and combined exertion of all our faculties; but it ennobles the simplest processes of scientific investigation by connecting them permanently with subjects of the deepest interest. The scrupulous exactness and rigorous caution of the Positive method, which when applied to unimportant subjects seem almost puerile, will be valued and insisted on when seen to be necessary for the efficacy of efforts relating to our most essential wants. Rationalism, in the true sense of the word, so far from being incompatible with right feeling, strengthens and develops it, by placing all the facts of the case, in social questions especially, in their true light.

The study of humanity, therefore, directly or indirectly, is the ongoing goal of science for the future; and science is now truly recognized as the source from which universal religion derives its principles. It shows us not just the nature and conditions of the Great Being, but also its destiny and the various stages of its development. The goal is lofty and challenging; it demands continuous and collaborative effort from all our abilities, but it enhances even the simplest scientific investigations by linking them permanently to topics of the greatest significance. The meticulous accuracy and careful caution of the positive method, which may seem trivial when applied to minor subjects, will be appreciated and emphasized when they are shown to be essential for addressing our most fundamental needs. Rationalism, in its true sense, is not at odds with genuine emotion; rather, it strengthens and nurtures it by presenting all the facts accurately, especially in social issues.

The new religion is even more favourable to Art than to Science

But, however honourable the rank which Science when regenerated will hold in the new religion, the sanction given to Poetry will be even more direct and unqualified, because the function assigned to it is one which is more practical and which touches us more nearly. Its function will be the praise of Humanity. All previous efforts of Art have been but the prelude to this, its natural mission; a prelude often impatiently performed since Art threw off the yoke of theocracy at an earlier period than Science. Polytheism was the only religion under which it had free scope: there it could idealize all the passions of our nature, no attempt being made to conceal the similarity of the gods to the human type. The change from Polytheism to Monotheism was unacceptable to Art, because it narrowed its field; but towards the close of the Middle Ages it began to shake off the influence of obscure and chimerical beliefs, and take possession of its proper sphere. The field that now lies before it in the religion of Humanity is inexhaustible. It is called upon to idealize the376 social life of Man, which, in the time of the nations of antiquity, had not been sufficiently developed to inspire the highest order of poetry.

But no matter how esteemed the position that Science will have in the new religion, the support given to Poetry will be even more straightforward and absolute, because its role is more practical and resonates with us more directly. Its role will be to celebrate Humanity. All previous artistic efforts have only prepared the way for this, its true mission; a preparation that has often been done impatiently since Art freed itself from the constraints of theocracy earlier than Science did. Polytheism was the only religion that allowed it to flourish freely: there, it could idealize all the passions of our nature, with no attempt to hide the similarities between the gods and humans. The shift from Polytheism to Monotheism was a setback for Art because it restricted its scope; however, by the end of the Middle Ages, it began to shed the influence of obscure and fanciful beliefs, reclaiming its rightful domain. The realm that now awaits it in the religion of Humanity is boundless. It is called upon to idealize the376 social life of Man, which, during the time of ancient civilizations, had not evolved enough to inspire the highest forms of poetry.

Poetic portraiture of the new Supreme Being, and contrast with the old

In the first place it will be of the greatest service in enabling men to realize the conception of Humanity, subject only to the condition of not overstepping the fundamental truths of Science. Science unassisted cannot define the nature and destinies of this Great Being with sufficient clearness. In our religion the object of worship must be conceived distinctly, in order to be ardently loved and zealously served. Science, especially in subjects of this nature, is confined within narrow limits; it leaves inevitable deficiencies which esthetic genius must supply. And there are certain qualities in Art as opposed to Science, which specially qualify it for the representation of Humanity. For Humanity is distinguished from other forms of life by the combination of independence with co-operation, attributes which also are natural to Poetry. For while Poetry is more sympathetic than Science, its productions have far more individuality; the genius of their author is more strongly marked in them, and the debt to his predecessors and contemporaries is less apparent. Thus the synthesis on which the inauguration of the final religion depends, is one in which Art will participate more than Science, Science furnishing merely the necessary basis. Its influence will be even greater than in the times of Polytheism; for powerful as Art appeared to be in those times, it could in reality do nothing but embellish the fables to which the confused ideas of theocracy had given rise. By its aid we shall for the first time rise at last to a really human point of view, and be enabled distinctly to understand the essential attributes of the Great Being of whom377 we are members. The material power of Humanity and the successive phases of her physical, her intellectual, and, above all, her moral progress, will each in turn be depicted. Without the difficulties of analytical study, we shall gain a clear knowledge of her nature and her conditions, by the poet’s description of her future destiny, of her constant struggle against painful fatalities, which have at last become a source of happiness and greatness, of the slow growth of her infancy, of her lofty hopes now so near fulfilment. The history of universal Love, the soul by which this Great Being is animated; the history, that is, of the marvellous advance of man, individually or socially, from brutish appetite to pure unselfish sympathy, is of itself an endless theme for the poetry of the future.

In the beginning, it will be incredibly helpful for people to understand the idea of Humanity, as long as they don’t ignore the fundamental truths of Science. Science alone can't clearly define the nature and destiny of this Great Being. In our religion, the object of worship needs to be clearly understood to be passionately loved and dedicatedly served. Science, especially on these topics, has its limitations; it leaves gaps that artistic genius must fill. There are specific qualities in Art that set it apart from Science, making it especially suitable for representing Humanity. Humanity stands out from other life forms because of its blend of independence and cooperation, traits that are also natural to Poetry. While Poetry is more empathetic than Science, its creations have much stronger individuality; the genius of their creator is more evident, and the influence of their predecessors and contemporaries is less obvious. Therefore, the synthesis that will usher in a final religion will rely more on Art than on Science, with Science providing only the necessary foundation. Its impact will be even greater than during the times of Polytheism; although Art seemed powerful then, it essentially just ornamented the myths born from the chaotic ideas of theocracy. With its help, we will finally rise to a genuinely human perspective and be able to clearly understand the essential attributes of the Great Being of which we are members. The material power of Humanity and the various stages of her physical, intellectual, and especially moral progress will each be portrayed in turn. Without the challenges of analytical study, we will gain a clear understanding of her nature and her conditions through the poet’s depiction of her future, her ongoing battle against painful challenges that have ultimately become a source of happiness and greatness, the slow development of her early years, and her lofty hopes that are now so close to realization. The story of universal Love, the spirit that animates this Great Being; that is, the incredible progress of mankind, both individually and socially, from base desires to pure, selfless compassion, is in itself an endless topic for the poetry of the future.

Comparisons, too, may be instituted, in which the poet, without specially attacking the old religion, will indicate the superiority of the new. The attributes of the new Great Being may be forcibly illustrated, especially during the time of transition, by contrast with the inferiority of her various predecessors. All theological types are absolute, indefinite, and immutable; consequently in none of them has it been possible to combine to a satisfactory extent the attributes of goodness, wisdom, and power. Nor can we conceive of their combination, except in a Being whose existence is a matter of certainty, and who is subject to invariable laws. The gods of Polytheism were endowed with energy and sympathy, but possessed neither dignity nor morality. They were superseded by the sublime deity of Monotheism, who was sometimes represented as inert and passionless, sometimes as impenetrable and inflexible. But the new Supreme Being, having a real existence, an existence relative and modifiable, admits of being378 more distinctly conceived than the old; and the influence of the conception will be equally strong and far more elevating. Each one of us will recognize in it a power superior to his own, a power on which the whole destiny of his life depends, since the life of the individual is in every respect subordinate to the evolution of the race. But the knowledge of this power has not the crushing effect of the old conception of omnipotence. For every great or good man will feel that his own life is an indispensable element in the great organism. The supremacy of Humanity is but the result of individual co-operation; her power is not supreme, it is only superior to that of all beings whom we know. Our love for her is tainted by no degrading fears, yet it is always coupled with the most sincere reverence. Perfection is in no wise claimed for her; we study her natural defects with care in order to remedy them as far as possible. The love we bear to her is a feeling as noble as it is strong; it calls for no degrading expressions of adulation, but it inspires us with unremitting zeal for moral improvement. But these and other advantages of the new religion, though they can be indicated by the philosopher, need the poet to display them in their full light. The moral grandeur of man when freed from the chimeras that oppress him, was foreseen by Goethe, and still more clearly by Byron. But the work of these men was one of destruction; and their types could only embody the spirit of revolt. Poetry must rise above the negative stage in which, owing to the circumstances of the time, their genius was arrested, and must embrace in the Positive spirit the system of sociological and other laws to which human development is subject, before it can adequately portray the new Man in his relation to the new God.

Comparisons can also be made, where the poet, without specifically attacking the old religion, highlights the superiority of the new one. The qualities of the new Great Being can be vividly illustrated, especially during the transition period, by contrasting them with the shortcomings of various predecessors. All theological types are absolute, indefinite, and unchanging; therefore, none of them has managed to satisfactorily combine the qualities of goodness, wisdom, and power. We can only imagine their combination in a Being whose existence is certain and who follows unchanging laws. The gods of Polytheism were full of energy and compassion but lacked dignity and morality. They were replaced by the sublime deity of Monotheism, who was sometimes portrayed as inert and emotionless, sometimes as impenetrable and inflexible. However, the new Supreme Being, having a real and changeable existence, is easier to conceive than the old one, and the impact of this concept will be just as strong but much more uplifting. Each person recognizes in it a power greater than their own, a power upon which the entire course of their life depends, as individual life is entirely subordinate to the progress of humanity. Yet, the awareness of this power does not have the overwhelming effect of the old idea of omnipotence. Every great or virtuous person will feel that their own life is a necessary part of the larger whole. The supremacy of Humanity is simply the result of individual cooperation; its power isn’t absolute, but just greater than that of all beings we know. Our love for Humanity isn’t tainted by any degrading fears, but is always accompanied by the deepest respect. We do not claim perfection for her; we carefully study her natural flaws to address them as much as possible. Our love for her is a feeling that is both noble and strong; it requires no degrading flattery but inspires us with ongoing enthusiasm for moral improvement. These benefits of the new religion, while they can be pointed out by the philosopher, need the poet to fully illuminate them. The moral greatness of humanity, once free from the illusions that weigh it down, was anticipated by Goethe and even more clearly by Byron. However, their work was one of destruction, and their themes could only reflect the spirit of rebellion. Poetry must go beyond the negative phase in which their genius was confined at the time and must embrace the positive principles of the socio-cultural and other laws that guide human development before it can properly depict the new Man in relation to the new God.

Organization of festivals, representing statical and dynamical aspects of humanity

There is yet another way in which Art may serve the cause of religion; that is, in organizing the festivals, whether private or public, of which, to a great extent, the worship of Humanity will consist. For this purpose esthetic talent is far more required than scientific, the object in view being to reveal the nature of the great Organism more clearly, by presenting all aspects of its existence, static or dynamic, in idealized forms.

There’s another way that art can support religion: by organizing festivals, whether they’re private or public, that will significantly contribute to the worship of Humanity. For this purpose, artistic talent is much more important than scientific knowledge. The goal is to reveal the nature of the great Organism more clearly by showcasing all aspects of its existence—both static and dynamic—in idealized forms.

These festivals, then, should be of two kinds, corresponding to the two essential aspects of Humanity; the first illustrating her existence, the second her action. Thus we shall stimulate both the elements of true social feeling; the love of Order, namely, and the love of Progress. In our static festivals social Order and the feeling of Solidarity, will be illustrated; the dynamic festivals will explain social Progress, and inspire the sense of historical Continuity. Taken together, their periodic recurrence will form a continuation of Positive education. They will develop and confirm the principles instilled in youth. But there will be nothing didactic in their form; since it is of the essence of Art not to instruct otherwise than by giving pleasure. Of course the regular recurrence of these festivals will not prevent any modifications which may be judged necessary to adapt them to special incidents that may from time to time arise.

These festivals should consist of two types, reflecting the two essential aspects of Humanity: the first representing existence, and the second representing action. This way, we will encourage both elements of genuine social sentiment: the love of Order and the love of Progress. Our static festivals will showcase social Order and the feeling of Solidarity, while the dynamic festivals will illustrate social Progress and foster a sense of historical Continuity. Together, their regular occurrence will contribute to ongoing Positive education. They will nurture and reinforce the principles taught in youth. However, their format won't be didactic because the essence of Art is to educate through enjoyment. Naturally, the regular occurrence of these festivals won’t stop any changes necessary to adapt them to specific events that may arise from time to time.

The festivals representing Order will necessarily take more abstract and austere forms than those of Progress. It will be their object to represent the statical relations by which the great Organism preserves its unity, and the various aspects of its animating principle, Love. The most universal and the most solemn of these festivals will be the380 feast of Humanity, which will be held throughout the West at the beginning of the new year, thus consecrating the only custom which still remains in general use to relieve the prosaic dullness of modern life. In this feast, which celebrates the most comprehensiveness of all unions, every branch of the human race will at some future time participate. In the same month there might be three festivals of a secondary order, representing the minor degrees of association, the Nation, the Province, and the Town. Giving this first month to the direct celebration of the social tie, we might devote the first days of the four succeeding months to the four principal domestic relations, Connubial, Parental, Filial, and Fraternal. In the sixth month, the honourable position of domestic service would receive its due measure of respect.

The festivals representing Order will definitely have more abstract and serious forms than those of Progress. Their purpose will be to symbolize the stable relationships that allow the great Organism to maintain its unity, as well as the various aspects of its driving force, Love. The most universal and solemn of these festivals will be the380 feast of Humanity, which will take place throughout the West at the start of the new year, thus honoring the one tradition that still helps break the monotony of modern life. This feast, which celebrates the most inclusive of all unions, will involve every branch of humanity in the future. In the same month, there could be three secondary festivals representing smaller levels of association: the Nation, the Province, and the Town. By dedicating this first month to the direct celebration of social bonds, we could then allocate the first days of the next four months to the four key domestic relationships: Marriage, Parenthood, Siblinghood, and Friendship. In the sixth month, the respectful recognition of domestic service would be appropriately acknowledged.

These would be the static festivals; taken together they would form a representation of the true theory of our individual and social nature, together with the principles of moral duty to which that theory gives rise. No direct mention is made of the personal instincts, notwithstanding their preponderance, because it is the main object of Positive worship to bring them under the control of the social instincts. Personal virtues are by no means neglected in Positive education; but to make them the objects of any special celebration, would only stimulate egotistic feeling. Indirectly their value is recognized in every part of our religious system, in the reaction which they exercise upon our generous sympathies. Their omission, therefore, implies no real deficiency in this ideal portraiture of human faculties and duties. Again, no special announcement of the subordination of Humanity to the laws of the External World is needed. The consciousness of this external power pervades every part of the Positive system; it381 controls our desires, directs our speculations, stimulates our actions. The simple fact of the recurrence of our ceremonies at fixed periods, determined by the Earth’s motion, is enough to remind us of our inevitable subjection to the fatalities of the External World.

These would be the static festivals; together they would form a representation of the true theory of our individual and social nature, along with the principles of moral duty that arise from that theory. There's no direct mention of personal instincts, despite their dominance, because the main goal of Positive worship is to bring them under the control of social instincts. Personal virtues aren’t overlooked in Positive education; however, making them the focus of any special celebration would only encourage selfish feelings. Their value is indirectly acknowledged throughout our religious system, seen in how they influence our generous sympathies. Therefore, their absence doesn't indicate a real shortcoming in this ideal depiction of human abilities and responsibilities. Additionally, there’s no need for a special statement about the subordination of Humanity to the laws of the External World. The awareness of this external power permeates every part of the Positive system; it controls our desires, guides our speculations, and fuels our actions. The straightforward fact that our ceremonies occur at fixed intervals, determined by the Earth’s movement, is enough to remind us of our unavoidable subjugation to the happenings of the External World.

As the static festivals represent Morality, so the dynamic festivals, those of Progress, will represent History. In these the worship of Humanity assumes a more concrete and animated form; as it will consist principally in rendering honour to the noblest types of each phase of human development. It is desirable, however, that each of the more important phases should be represented in itself, independently of the greatness of any individual belonging to it. Of the months unoccupied by static festivals, three might be given to the principal phases of the Past, Fetichism, Polytheism, and Monotheism; and a fourth to the celebration of the Future, the normal state to which all these phases have been tending.

As the static festivals symbolize Morality, the dynamic festivals, representing Progress, will symbolize History. In these, the worship of Humanity takes on a more tangible and lively form; it will mainly focus on honoring the greatest examples of each stage of human development. However, it’s important that each of the major phases is represented on its own, without being overshadowed by the significance of any individual associated with it. Of the months not occupied by static festivals, three could be dedicated to the main phases of the Past: Fetichism, Polytheism, and Monotheism; and a fourth could be for celebrating the Future, which is the ideal state that all these phases have been moving towards.

Forming thus the chain of historical succession, we may consecrate each month to some one of the types who best represent the various stages. I omit, however, some explanations of detail given in the first edition of this General View, written at the time when I had not made the distinction between the abstract and concrete worship sufficiently clear. A few months after its publication, in 1848, the circumstances of the time induced me to frame a complete system of commemoration applicable to Western Europe, under the title of Positivist Calendar12. Of this I shall speak more at length in the fourth volume of the present treatise. Its success has fully justified me in anticipating382 this part of my subject. To it I now refer the reader, recommending him to familiarize himself with the provisional arrangement of the new Western year then put forward and already adopted by most Positivists.

Forming the chain of historical succession, we can dedicate each month to someone who represents the various stages well. However, I will skip some details explained in the first edition of this General View, which I wrote before I clarified the difference between abstract and concrete worship. A few months after its publication in 1848, the situation of the time led me to develop a complete system of commemoration for Western Europe, titled Positivist Calendar12. I will discuss this in more detail in the fourth volume of this work. Its success has proven my decision to address this part of my subject in advance was justified. I now direct the reader to it, recommending that they familiarize themselves with the provisional arrangement of the new Western year that was introduced and has already been adopted by most Positivists.

Worship of the dead. Commemoration of their service

But the practice need not be restricted to names of European importance. It is applicable in its degree to each separate province, and even to private life. Catholicism offers two institutions in which the religion of the family connects itself with public worship in its most comprehensive sense. There is a day appointed in Catholic countries in which all are in the habit of visiting the tombs of those dear to them; finding consolation for their grief by sharing it with others. To this custom Positivists devote the last day of the year. The working classes of Paris give every year a noble proof that complete freedom of thought is in no respect compatible with worship of the dead, which in their case is unconnected with any system. Again there is the institution of baptismal names, which though little thought of at present, will be maintained and improved by Positivism. It is an admirable mode of impressing on men the connexion of private with public life, by furnishing every one with a type for his own personal imitation. Here the superiority of the new religion is very apparent; since the choice of a name will not be limited to any time or country. In this, as in other cases, the absolute spirit of Catholicism proved fatal to its prospects of becoming universal.

But the practice doesn’t have to be limited to names of European significance. It can be applied to each individual region and even to personal life. Catholicism offers two institutions where family religion connects with public worship in its broadest sense. There is a specific day in Catholic countries when everyone tends to visit the graves of their loved ones, finding comfort in their shared grief. Positivists dedicate the last day of the year to this custom. The working class in Paris provides a strong example every year that complete freedom of thought doesn't equate to worshiping the dead, which for them is unrelated to any system. Then there’s the practice of baptismal names, which, although not given much thought nowadays, will be upheld and enhanced by Positivism. It’s a great way to highlight the connection between private and public life by giving everyone a model for personal imitation. Here, the superiority of the new religion is clear; the choice of a name won’t be restricted to any specific time or place. In this, as in other instances, the rigid nature of Catholicism hampered its chances of becoming universal.

These brief remarks will be enough to illustrate the two classes of festivals instituted by Positivism. In every week of the year some new aspect of Order or of Progress will be held up to public veneration; and in each the link connecting public383 and private worship will be found in the adoration of Woman. In this esthetic side of Positive religion everything tends to strengthen its fundamental principle of Love. All the resources of Poetry, and of the other arts of sound and form, will be invoked to give full and regular expression to it. The dominant feeling is always that of deep reverence proceeding from sincere acknowledgment of benefits received. Our worship will be alike free from mysticism and from affectation. While striving to surpass our ancestors, we shall yet render due honour to all their services, and look with respect upon their systems of life. Influenced no longer by chimeras which though comforting to former times are now degrading, we have now no obstacle to becoming as far as possible incorporate with the Great Being whom we worship. By commemoration of past services we strengthen the desire inherent in all of us to prolong our existence in the only way which is really in our power. The fact that all human affairs are subject to one fundamental law, as soon as it becomes familiarly known, enables and encourages each one of us to live in a true sense in the Past and even in the Future; as those cannot do who attribute the events of life to the agency of an arbitrary and impenetrable Will. The praise given to our predecessors will stimulate a noble rivalry; inspiring all with the desire to become themselves incorporate into this mighty Being whose life endures through all time, and who is formed of the dead far more than the living. When the system of commemoration is fully developed, no worthy co-operator will be excluded, however humble his sphere; whether limited to his family or town, or extending to his country or to the whole West. The education of Positivists will soon convince them that such recompense for honourable conduct is384 ample compensation for the imaginary hopes which inspired their predecessors.

These brief comments will be enough to illustrate the two types of festivals created by Positivism. Every week of the year, a new aspect of Order or Progress will be honored publicly, and in each, the connection between public and private worship will be found in the reverence for Woman. In this aesthetic aspect of Positive religion, everything works to reinforce its core principle of Love. All the resources of Poetry and other arts of sound and form will be called upon to express it fully and regularly. The prevailing feeling is always one of deep respect arising from genuine appreciation of benefits received. Our worship will be free from mysticism and pretense. While aiming to surpass our ancestors, we will still give due credit to all their contributions and look upon their ways of life with respect. No longer swayed by illusions that, though comforting to the past, are now degrading, we face no barriers to becoming as unified as possible with the Great Being we honor. By remembering past contributions, we enhance our inherent desire to extend our existence in the only way truly within our control. The fact that all human affairs are subject to one fundamental law, as soon as it becomes commonly understood, allows and encourages each of us to genuinely live in both the Past and even the Future, unlike those who attribute life events to an arbitrary and unfathomable Will. The recognition given to those who came before us will spark a noble competition, inspiring everyone to become part of this powerful Being whose life spans all time and is made up of the dead far more than the living. Once the system of commemoration is fully established, no deserving collaborator will be left out, no matter how humble their sphere; whether confined to their family or town, or extending to their country or the entire West. The education of Positivists will soon show them that such recognition for honorable conduct is ample compensation for the imagined hopes that inspired their predecessors.

To live in others is, in the truest sense of the word, life. Indeed the best part of our own life is passed thus. As yet this truth has not been grasped firmly, because the social point of view has never yet been brought systematically before us. But the religion of Humanity, by giving an esthetic form to the Positivist synthesis, will make it intelligible to minds of every class: and will enable us to enjoy the untold charm springing from the sympathies of union and of continuity when allowed free play. To prolong our life indefinitely in the Past and Future, so as to make it more perfect in the Present, is abundant compensation for the illusions of our youth which have now passed away for ever. Science which deprived us of these imaginary comforts, itself in its maturity supplies the solid basis for consolation of a kind unknown before; the hope of becoming incorporate into the Great Being whose static and dynamic laws it has revealed. On this firm foundation Poetry raises the structure of public and private worship; and thus all are made active partakers of this universal life, which minds still fettered by theology cannot understand. Thus imagination, while accepting the guidance of reason, will exercise a far more efficient and extensive influence than in the days of Polytheism. For the priests of Humanity the sole purpose of Science is to prepare the field for Art, whether esthetic or industrial. This object once attained, poetic study or composition will form the chief occupation of our speculative faculties. The poet is now called to his true mission, which is to give beauty and grandeur to human life, by inspiring a deeper sense of our relation to Humanity. Poetry will form the basis of the ceremonies in which the new priesthood will385 solemnise more efficiently than the old, the most important events of private life: especially Birth, Marriage, and Death; so as to impress the family as well as the state with the sense of this relation. Forced as we are henceforth to concentrate all our hopes and efforts upon the real life around us, we shall feel more strongly than ever that all the powers of Imagination as well as those of Reason, Feeling, and Activity, are required in its service.

To truly live in others is, in every sense of the word, life. The best parts of our lives are spent this way. This truth hasn’t been fully understood yet because the social perspective hasn’t been systematically presented to us. However, the religion of Humanity, by giving an aesthetic form to the Positivist synthesis, will make it clear to everyone, regardless of background: it will allow us to enjoy the immense charm that comes from unity and continuity when it’s allowed to flourish. Extending our life indefinitely into the Past and Future, to make it better in the Present, is a great compensation for the illusions of our youth that have now faded away forever. Science, which took away these imaginary comforts, now, in its maturity, provides a solid basis for a kind of comfort that was unknown before; the hope of becoming one with the Great Being whose static and dynamic laws it has uncovered. On this strong foundation, Poetry builds the structure of public and private worship; and thus, everyone becomes active participants in this universal life, which those still bound by theology cannot comprehend. Imagination, while guided by reason, will have a much more powerful and widespread influence than in the days of Polytheism. For the priests of Humanity, the sole aim of Science is to prepare the way for Art, whether aesthetic or industrial. Once this goal is reached, poetic study or creation will be the main focus of our thoughtful efforts. The poet is now called to fulfill his true mission, which is to bring beauty and grandeur to human life by fostering a deeper understanding of our connection to Humanity. Poetry will serve as the foundation for the ceremonies where the new priesthood will solemnize, more effectively than the old, the key events of private life: especially Birth, Marriage, and Death; to leave a lasting impression on both family and state about this relationship. As we are now forced to focus all our hopes and efforts on the real life that surrounds us, we will feel more than ever that all the powers of Imagination, as well as those of Reason, Feeling, and Activity, are needed in its service.

All the arts may co-operate in the service of religion

Poetry once raised to its proper place, the arts of sound and form, which render in a more vivid way the subjects which Poetry has suggested, will soon follow. Their sphere, like that of Poetry, will be the celebration of Humanity; an exhaustless field, leaving no cause to regret the chimeras which, in the present empirical condition of these arts, are still considered indispensable. Music in modern times has been limited almost entirely to the expression of individual emotions. Its full power has never been felt in public life, except in the solitary instance of the Marseillaise, in which the whole spirit of our great Revolution stands recorded. But in the worship of Humanity, based as it is on Positive education, and animated by the spirit of Poetry, Music, as the most social of the special arts, will aid in the representation of the attributes and destinies of Humanity, and in the glorification of great historical types. Painting and Sculpture will have the same object; they will enable us to realize the conception of Humanity with greater clearness and precision than would be possible for Poetry, even with the aid of Music. The beautiful attempts of the artists of the sixteenth century, men who had very little theological belief, to embody the Christian ideal of Woman, may be regarded as an unconscious prelude to the representation of Humanity, in the form which of386 all others is most suitable. Under the impulse of these feelings, the sculptor will overcome the technical difficulties of representing figures in groups, and will adopt such subjects by preference. Hitherto this has only been effected in bas-reliefs, works which stand midway between painting and sculpture. There are, however, some splendid exceptions from which we can imagine the scope and grandeur of the latter art, when raised to its true position. Statuesque groups, whether the figures are joined or, as is preferable, separate, will enable the sculptor to undertake many great subjects from which he has been hitherto debarred.

Poetry, once recognized for its true value, will soon be followed by the arts of sound and form, which present the themes suggested by Poetry in a more vivid manner. Like Poetry, their purpose will be to celebrate Humanity, an endless field that leaves no reason to regret the illusions currently seen as essential in these arts. In modern times, music has almost exclusively expressed individual emotions. Its full impact hasn’t been felt in public life, except for the singular case of the Marseillaise, which captures the spirit of our great Revolution. However, in the worship of Humanity, grounded in Positive education and infused with the spirit of Poetry, music—being the most social of the arts—will help represent the qualities and destinies of Humanity and celebrate significant historical figures. Painting and sculpture will share this aim; they will help us grasp the concept of Humanity with greater clarity and precision than Poetry could achieve, even with music's support. The admirable efforts of 16th-century artists, who had little theological belief, to embody the Christian ideal of Woman can be seen as an unintentional precursor to representing Humanity in the most fitting form. Motivated by these feelings, sculptors will overcome the technical challenges of depicting figures in groups and will prefer to take on such subjects. Until now, this has only been done in bas-reliefs, which sit between painting and sculpture. However, there are some remarkable exceptions that suggest the potential and grandeur of sculpture when it is valued appropriately. Statuesque groups, whether the figures are joined or, preferably, separate, will allow sculptors to tackle many grand subjects they have previously been unable to pursue.

In Architecture the influence of Positivism will be felt less rapidly; but ultimately this art like the rest will be made available for the new religion. The buildings erected for the service of God may for a time suffice for the worship of Humanity, in the same way that Christian worship was carried on at first in Pagan temples as they were gradually vacated. But ultimately buildings will be required more specially adapted to a religion in which all the functions connected with education and worship are so entirely different. What these buildings will be it would be useless at present to inquire. It is less easy to foresee the Positivist ideal in Architecture than in any other arts. And it must remain uncertain until the new principles of education have been generally spread, and until the Positivist religion, having received all the aid that Poetry, Music, and the arts of Form can give, has become the accepted faith of Western Europe. When the more advanced nations are heartily engaged in the cause, the true temples of Humanity will soon arise. By that time mental and moral regeneration will have advanced far enough to commence the reconstruction of all political institutions. Until then the new religion will avail itself387 of Christian churches as these gradually become vacant.

In architecture, the impact of Positivism will be felt more slowly, but eventually this art, like others, will adapt to the new religion. The buildings constructed for the service of God may temporarily serve for the worship of Humanity, just as Christian worship initially took place in Pagan temples as they were slowly abandoned. However, in the end, buildings will be needed that are specifically designed for a religion where all aspects of education and worship are so distinctly different. It is pointless to speculate now on what these buildings will be. It's harder to envision the Positivist ideal in architecture than in any other art forms. This uncertainty will remain until the new educational principles are widely adopted and the Positivist religion, supported by Poetry, Music, and the arts of Form, becomes the accepted faith in Western Europe. Once the more advanced nations are fully committed to this cause, the true temples of Humanity will quickly emerge. By then, mental and moral rejuvenation will have progressed enough to begin overhauling all political institutions. Until that time, the new religion will utilize387 Christian churches as they gradually empty out.

Positivism is the successor of Christianity, and surpasses it

Art then, as well as Science, partakes in the regenerating influence which Positivism derives from its synthetic principle of Love. Both are called to their proper functions, the one to contemplate, the other to glorify Humanity, in order that we may love and serve her more perfectly. Yet while the intellect is thus made the servant of the heart, far from being weakened by this subordinate position, it finds in it an exhaustless field, in which the value of its labours is amply recognized. Each of its faculties is called directly into play, and is supplied with its appropriate employment. Poetry institutes the forms of the worship of Humanity; Science supplies the principles on which those forms are framed, by connecting them with the laws of the external world. Imagination, while ceasing to usurp the place of Reason, yet enhances rather than diminishes its original influence, which the new philosophy shows to be as beneficial as it is natural. And thus human life at last attains that state of perfect harmony which has been so long sought for in vain, and which consists in the direction of all our faculties to one common purpose under the supremacy of Affection. At the same time all former efforts of Imagination and Reason, even when they clashed with each other, are fully appreciated; because we see that they developed our powers, that they taught us the conditions of their equilibrium, and made it manifest that nothing but that equilibrium was wanting to allow them to work together for our welfare. Above all do we recognize the immense value of the mediaeval attempt to form a complete synthesis, although, notwithstanding all the results of Greek and Roman civilization, the time was not yet ripe388 for it. To renew that attempt upon a sounder basis, and with surer prospects of success, is the object of those who found the religion of Humanity. Widely different as are their circumstances and the means they employ, they desire to regard themselves as the successors of the great men who conducted the progressive movement of Catholicism. For those alone are worthy to be called successors, who continue or carry into effect the undertakings which former times have left unfinished; the title is utterly unmerited by blind followers of obsolete dogmas, which have long ceased to bear any relation to their original purpose, and which their very authors, if now living, would disavow.

Art, like Science, shares in the revitalizing power that Positivism gets from its core principle of Love. Both are called to fulfill their unique roles: one to reflect and the other to celebrate Humanity, so we can love and serve her more fully. While the intellect is made a servant to the heart, this subordinate role doesn’t weaken it; instead, it finds an endless opportunity where the worth of its efforts is fully acknowledged. Each of its abilities is actively engaged and given the right tasks. Poetry creates the forms for the worship of Humanity; Science provides the principles that structure those forms by linking them with the laws of the external world. Imagination, while no longer taking over Reason's role, enhances rather than diminishes its original power, which the new philosophy proves is both beneficial and natural. In this way, human life finally reaches that state of perfect harmony that has long been sought in vain, directing all our faculties toward a common goal under the guidance of Affection. Moreover, we fully appreciate all past endeavors of Imagination and Reason, even when they opposed each other, because they expanded our capabilities, taught us the conditions for balance, and made it clear that only that balance was needed for them to collaborate for our benefit. We especially recognize the great importance of the medieval effort to create a complete synthesis, even though, despite all the achievements of Greek and Roman civilization, the time wasn't right for it. The aim of those who establish the religion of Humanity is to revive that effort on a stronger foundation and with better chances of success. Although their circumstances and methods differ widely, they see themselves as the successors of the remarkable individuals who advanced the progressive movement of Catholicism. Only those who continue or carry out the unfinished projects of the past deserve to be called successors; this title is completely undeserved by blind adherents to outdated doctrines that no longer relate to their original purpose and which their original authors, if they were alive today, would likely reject.

But while bearing in mind our debt to Catholicism, we need not omit to recognize how largely Positivism gains by comparison with it. Full justice will be done to the aims of Catholicism, and to the excellence of its results. But the whole effect of Positivist worship will be to make men feel clearly how far superior in every respect is the synthesis founded on the Love of Humanity to that founded on the Love of God.

But while acknowledging our debt to Catholicism, we shouldn't overlook how much Positivism benefits in comparison. We will fully appreciate the goals of Catholicism and the quality of its outcomes. However, the overall impact of Positivist worship will clearly show how much more superior the synthesis based on Love of Humanity is compared to that based on Love of God.

Christianity satisfied no part of our nature fully, except the affections. It rejected Imagination, it shrank from Reason; and therefore its power was always contested, and could not last. Even in its own sphere of affection, its principles never lent themselves to that social direction which the Catholic priesthood, with such remarkable persistency, endeavoured to give to them. The aim which it set before men, being unreal and personal, was ill-suited to a life of reality and of social sympathy. It is true that the universality of this supreme affection was indirectly a bond of union; but only when it was not at variance with true social feeling. And from the nature of the system, opposition between these two principles was the389 rule, and harmony the exception; since the Love of God, even as viewed by the best Catholic types, required in almost all cases the abandonment of every other passion. The moral value of such a synthesis consisted solely in the discipline which it established; discipline of whatever kind being preferable to anarchy, which would have given free scope to all the lowest propensities. But notwithstanding all the tender feeling of the best mystics, the affection which to them was supreme admitted of no real reciprocity. Moreover, the stupendous nature of the rewards and penalties by which every precept in this arbitrary system was enforced, tended to weaken the character and to taint our noblest impulses. The essential merit of the system was that it was the first attempt to exercise systematic control over our moral nature. The discipline of Polytheism was usually confined to actions: sometimes it extended to habits; but it never touched the affections from which both habits and actions spring. Christianity took the best means of effecting its purpose that were then available; but it was not successful, except so far as it gave indirect encouragement to our higher feelings. And so vague and absolute were its principles, that even this would have been impossible, but for the wisdom of the priesthood, who for a long time saved society from the dangers incident to so arbitrary a system. But at the close of the Middle Ages, when the priesthood became retrograde, and lost at once their morality and their freedom, the doctrine was left to its own impotence, and rapidly degenerated till it became a chronic source of degradation and of discord.

Christianity didn't fully satisfy any part of our nature except for our emotions. It dismissed imagination and shied away from reason, which is why its influence was always challenged and could never endure. Even within its own emotional domain, its principles never really aligned with the social direction that the Catholic priesthood persistently tried to impose. The goals it presented to people were unrealistic and personal, making them unsuitable for a life grounded in reality and social understanding. It's true that the universality of this ultimate affection was indirectly a unifying force, but only when it didn't conflict with genuine social feelings. Given the nature of the system, conflict between these two principles was the norm, while harmony was the exception; the Love of God, even as seen by the best Catholic ideals, often required giving up nearly all other passions. The moral value of this synthesis lay solely in the discipline it imposed, as any form of discipline was preferable to anarchy, which would have unleashed our basest instincts. However, despite all the deep emotions held by the best mystics, the love that was paramount for them lacked any real reciprocity. Furthermore, the overwhelming nature of the rewards and punishments enforcing every command in this arbitrary system weakened character and tainted our noblest impulses. The main merit of the system was that it was the first attempt to exert systematic control over our moral nature. The discipline of polytheism usually focused on actions; sometimes it extended to habits, but it never influenced the emotions that give rise to both habits and actions. Christianity tried the best methods available at the time to achieve its goals, but it was only somewhat successful in providing indirect support for our higher feelings. Its principles were so vague and absolute that this success would have been impossible without the wisdom of the priesthood, which for a long time protected society from the dangers of such an arbitrary system. However, by the end of the Middle Ages, when the priesthood became regressive and lost both their morality and freedom, the doctrine was left to its own weakness and quickly declined into a persistent source of degradation and discord.

But the synthesis based upon Love of Humanity has too deep a foundation in Positive truth to be liable to similar decline; and its influence cannot but increase so long as the progress of our race390 endures. The Great Being, who is its object, tolerates the most searching inquiry, and yet does not restrict the scope of Imagination. The laws which regulate her existence are now known to us; and the more deeply her nature is investigated, the stronger is our consciousness of her reality and of the greatness of her benefits. The thought of her stimulates all the powers of Imagination, and thus enables us to participate in a measure in the universality of her life, throughout the whole extent of Time and Space of which we have any real knowledge. All our real intellectual results, whether in art or science, are alike co-ordinated by the religion of Humanity; for it furnishes the sole bond of connexion by which permanent harmony can be established between our thoughts and our feelings. It is the only system which without artifice and without arbitrary restriction, can establish the preponderance of Affection over Thought and Action. It sets forth social feeling as the first principle of morality; without ignoring the natural superiority in strength of the personal instincts. To live for others it holds to be the highest happiness. To become incorporate with Humanity, to sympathize with all her former phases, to foresee her destinies in the future, and to do what lies in us to forward them; this is what it puts before us as the constant aim of life. Self-love in the Positive system is regarded as the great infirmity of our nature: an infirmity which unremitting discipline on the part of each individual and of society may materially palliate, but will never radically cure. The degree to which this mastery over our own nature is attained is the truest standard of individual or social progress, since it has the closest relation to the existence of the Great Being, and to the happiness of the elements that compose it.

But the approach based on Love of Humanity has such a solid foundation in objective truth that it isn't likely to face the same decline; its influence can only grow as long as human progress continues390. The Great Being, who is the focus of this love, allows for thorough inquiry, yet doesn’t confine the reach of imagination. We now understand the laws that govern its existence; and the more we explore its nature, the more aware we become of its reality and the immense benefits it brings. The idea of it inspires all imaginative capabilities, enabling us to engage with the universality of its life across the entire scope of Time and Space that we understand. All our genuine intellectual achievements, whether in art or science, are linked by the religion of Humanity; it provides the only connection that can create lasting harmony between our thoughts and our feelings. It is the only system that can genuinely establish the dominance of Affection over Thought and Action without manipulation or arbitrary limits. It positions social feeling as the core principle of morality, while still recognizing the natural superiority of personal instincts in strength. Living for others is considered the greatest happiness. To be part of Humanity, to empathize with all its past stages, to anticipate its future destinies, and to do what we can to support them—this is what it presents as the enduring goal of life. In the Positive system, self-love is viewed as the main weakness of our nature: a weakness that relentless discipline from both individuals and society can alleviate significantly, but will never completely eradicate. The extent to which we gain control over our own nature is the truest measure of individual or societal progress, as it closely relates to the existence of the Great Being and the happiness of its components.

Inspired as it is by sincere gratitude, which increases the more carefully the grounds for it are examined, the worship of Humanity raises Prayer for the first time above the degrading influence of self-interest. We pray to the Supreme Being; but only to express our deep thankfulness for her present and past benefits, which are an earnest of still greater blessings in the future. Doubtless it is a fact of human nature, that habitual expression of such feelings reacts beneficially on our moral nature; and so far we, too, find in Prayer a noble recompense. But it is one that can suggest to us no selfish thoughts, since it cannot come at all unless it come spontaneously. Our highest happiness consists in Love; and we know that more than any other feeling love may be strengthened by exercise; that alone of all feelings it admits of, and increases with, simultaneous expansion in all. Humanity will become more familiar to us than the old gods were to the Polytheists, yet without the loss of dignity which, in their case, resulted from familiarity. Her nature has in it nothing arbitrary, yet she co-operates with us in the worship that we render, since in honouring her we receive back ‘grace for grace’. Homage accepted by the Deity of former times laid him open to the charge of puerile vanity. But the new Deity will accept praise only where it is deserved, and will derive from it equal benefit with ourselves. This perfect reciprocity of affection and of influence is peculiar to Positive religion, because in it alone the object of worship is a Being whose nature is relative, modifiable, and perfectible; a Being of whom her own worshippers form a part, and the laws of whose existence, being more clearly known than theirs, allow her desires and her tendencies to be more distinctly foreseen.

Driven by genuine gratitude, which grows the more we reflect on its foundation, the worship of Humanity elevates Prayer beyond the degrading pull of self-interest. We pray to the Supreme Being, not out of obligation, but to show our sincere appreciation for her past and present gifts, which promise even greater blessings in the future. It's a fundamental aspect of human nature that regularly expressing such feelings has a positive effect on our moral character; in that sense, we find a worthy reward in Prayer. However, this reward doesn't foster selfish thoughts, as it can only arise naturally. Our greatest joy lies in Love, and we understand that love, more than any other emotion, can be enhanced through practice; it alone allows for, and grows with, simultaneous expansion in all areas. Humanity will become more intimate to us than the old gods were to the Polytheists, yet without losing the dignity that familiarity brought to their worship. Her essence is not arbitrary, yet she partners with us in the reverence we show, as honoring her brings us ‘grace for grace.’ Unlike the old Deity, who could be accused of childish vanity, the new Deity will accept praise only when it is warranted, benefiting equally alongside us. This perfect balance of affection and influence is unique to Positive religion, as it alone worships a Being whose nature is relative, adaptable, and capable of improvement; a Being of whom her own worshippers are a part, and whose existence laws are clearer than ours, allowing her intentions and inclinations to be better anticipated.

Superiority of Positive morality

The morality of Positive religion392 combines all the advantages of spontaneousness with those of demonstration. It is so thoroughly human in all its parts, as to preclude all the subterfuges by which repentance for transgression is so often stifled or evaded. By pointing out distinctly the way in which each individual action reacts upon society, it forces us to judge our own conduct without lowering our standard. Some might think it too gentle, and not sufficiently vigorous; yet the love by which it is inspired is no passive feeling, but a principle which strongly stimulates our energies to the full extent compatible with the attainment of that highest good to which it is ever tending. Accepting the truths of science, it teaches that we must look to our own unremitting activity for the only providence by which the rigour of our destiny can be alleviated. We know well that the great Organism, superior though it be to all beings known to us, is yet under the dominion of inscrutable laws, and is in no respect either absolutely perfect or absolutely secure from danger. Every condition of our existence, whether those of the external world or those of our own nature, might at some time be compromised. Even our moral and intellectual faculties, on which our highest interests depend, are no exception to this truth. Such contingencies are always possible, and yet they are not to prevent us from living nobly; they must not lessen our love, our thought, or our efforts for Humanity; they must not overwhelm us with anxiety, nor urge us to useless complaint. But the very principles which demand this high standard of courage and resignation, are themselves well calculated to maintain it. For by making us fully conscious of the greatness of man, and by setting us free from the degrading influences of fear, they inspire us with keen interest in our efforts, inadequate393 though they be, against the pressure of fatalities which are not always beyond our power to modify. And thus the reaction of these fatalities upon our character is turned at last to a most beneficial use. It prevents alike overweening anxiety for our own interests and dull indifference to them; whereas, in theological and metaphysical systems, even when inculcating self-denial, there is always a dangerous tendency to concentrate thought on personal considerations. Dignified reaction where modification of them is possible; such is the moral standard which Positivism puts forward for individuals and for society.

The ethics of Positive religion392 combines the benefits of spontaneity with those of proof. It’s so completely human that it eliminates the tricks often used to avoid truly repenting for wrongdoing. By clearly showing how each individual action impacts society, it compels us to evaluate our own behavior without lowering our standards. Some may view it as too gentle or not forceful enough; however, the love that drives it is not a passive feeling, but a strong principle that motivates us to fully engage in pursuing the highest good that it aims for. Embracing the truths of science, it teaches that we must rely on our constant efforts as the only way to ease the strictness of our fate. We understand well that the great Organism, while superior to all known beings, is still governed by mysterious laws and is neither completely perfect nor entirely safe from harm. Every aspect of our existence, whether from the outside world or our own nature, can be jeopardized at any time. Even our moral and intellectual abilities, on which our most important interests rely, are not exceptions to this reality. Such uncertainties are always possible, yet they should not stop us from living nobly; they must not diminish our love, our thinking, or our efforts for Humanity; they should not burden us with worry or push us towards pointless complaints. But the very principles that demand this high level of courage and acceptance are themselves well-suited to sustain it. By making us fully aware of humanity's greatness and freeing us from the degrading effects of fear, they inspire us to engage meaningfully in our efforts, however inadequate393 they may be, against the weight of circumstances that are not always beyond our ability to change. Thus, the influence of these circumstances on our character ultimately leads to a very positive outcome. It prevents both excessive worry about our own interests and dull indifference to them; while in theological and metaphysical systems—even when promoting self-denial—there’s often a dangerous tendency to focus too much on personal concerns. A dignified response where changes are possible; that’s the ethical standard Positivism sets forth for individuals and society.

Catholicism, notwithstanding the radical defects of its doctrine, has unconsciously been influenced by the modern spirit; and at the close of the Middle Ages was tending in a direction similar to that here described, although its principles were inconsistent with any formal recognition of it. It is only in the countries that have been preserved from Protestantism that any traces are left of these faint efforts of the priesthood to rise above their own theories. The Catholic God would gradually change into a feeble and imperfect representation of Humanity, were not the clergy so degraded socially as to be unable to participate in the spontaneous feelings of the community. It is a tendency too slightly marked to lead to any important result; yet it is a striking proof of the new direction which men’s minds and hearts are unconsciously taking in countries which are often supposed to be altogether left behind in the march of modern thought. The clearest indication of it is in their acceptance of the worship of Woman, which is the first step towards the worship of Humanity. Since the twelfth century, the influence of the Virgin, especially in Spain and Italy, has been constantly on the increase. The priesthood have often protested against it,394 but without effect; and sometimes they have found it necessary to sanction it, for the sake of preserving their authority. The special and privileged adoration which this beautiful creation of Poetry has received, could not but produce a marked change in the spirit of Catholicism. It may serve as a connecting link between the religion of our ancestors and that of our descendants, the Virgin becoming gradually regarded as a personification of Humanity. Little, however, will be done in this direction by the established priesthood, whether in Italy or Spain. We must look to the purer agency of women, who will be the means of introducing Positivism among our Southern brethren.

Catholicism, despite the significant flaws in its beliefs, has unintentionally been shaped by modern ideas; by the end of the Middle Ages, it was moving in a direction similar to what’s described here, even though its core principles didn’t formally acknowledge it. Only in countries that have avoided Protestantism are there any remnants of these faint efforts from the clergy to rise above their own doctrines. The Catholic God would slowly transform into a weak and imperfect reflection of Humanity if the clergy weren't so socially degraded that they couldn't connect with the genuine feelings of the community. This trend is too subtle to lead to any major changes; however, it serves as a clear indication of the new direction that people's thoughts and emotions are unconsciously taking in places that are often thought to be lagging behind modern thinking. The most obvious sign of this is their acceptance of the worship of Woman, which is the first step towards the worship of Humanity. Since the twelfth century, the influence of the Virgin, particularly in Spain and Italy, has been steadily growing. The clergy have frequently opposed it,394 but without success; at times, they’ve had to endorse it to maintain their authority. The unique and special adoration that this beautiful creation of Poetry has received has inevitably brought a noticeable change in the spirit of Catholicism. It may act as a link between the religion of our ancestors and that of our descendants, as the Virgin gradually comes to be seen as a representation of Humanity. However, little progress will be made in this direction by the established clergy, whether in Italy or Spain. Instead, we should look to the purer influence of women, who will be the key to introducing Positivism among our Southern counterparts.

All the points, then, in which the morality of Positive science excels the morality of revealed religion are summed up in the substitution of Love of Humanity for Love of God. It is a principle as adverse to metaphysics as to theology, since it excludes all personal considerations, and places happiness, whether for the individual or for society, in constant exercise of kindly feeling. To love Humanity may be truly said to constitute the whole duty of Man; provided it be clearly understood what such love really implies, and what are the conditions required for maintaining it. The victory of Social Feeling over our innate Self-love is rendered possible only by a slow and difficult training of the heart, in which the intellect must co-operate. The most important part of this training consists in the mutual love of Man and Woman, with all other family affections which precede and follow it. But every aspect of morality, even the personal virtues, are included in love of Humanity. It furnishes the best measure of their relative importance, and the surest method for laying down incontestable rules of conduct. And thus395 we find the principles of systematic morality to be identical with those of spontaneous morality, a result which renders Positive doctrine equally accessible to all.

All the points where the morality of Positive science surpasses the morality of revealed religion come down to replacing Love of God with Love of Humanity. This principle goes against both metaphysics and theology because it removes all personal considerations and centers happiness, whether for individuals or for society, in the ongoing practice of kindness. Loving Humanity can genuinely be seen as the entire duty of Man, as long as we clearly understand what that love truly means and what conditions are necessary to maintain it. The triumph of Social Feeling over our inherent Self-love is only achievable through a slow and challenging process of training the heart, where the intellect must play a role. The most crucial aspect of this training involves the mutual love between Man and Woman, along with all other family affections that come before and after it. However, every facet of morality, even personal virtues, falls under the umbrella of love for Humanity. It provides the best measure of their relative significance and the most reliable approach for establishing indisputable rules of conduct. And thus395 we discover that the principles of systematic morality align perfectly with those of spontaneous morality, making Positive doctrine accessible to everyone.

Rise of the new Spiritual power

Science, therefore, Poetry, and Morality, will alike be regenerated by the new religion, and will ultimately form one harmonious whole, on which the destinies of Man will henceforth rest. With women, to whom the first germs of spiritual power are due, this consecration of the rational and imaginative faculties to the source of feeling has always existed spontaneously. But to realize it in social life it must be brought forward in a systematic form as part of a general doctrine. This is what the mediaeval system attempted upon the basis of Monotheism. A moral power arose composed of the two elements essential to such a power, the sympathetic influence of women in the family, the systematic influence of the priesthood on public life. As a preliminary attempt the Catholic system was most beneficial; but it could not last, because the synthesis on which it rested was imperfect and unstable. The Catholic doctrine and worship addressed themselves exclusively to our emotional nature, and even from the moral point of view their principles were uncertain and arbitrary. The field of intellect, whether in art or science, as well as that of practical life, would have been left almost untouched but for the personal character of the priests. But with the loss of their political independence, which had been always in danger from the military tendencies of the time, the priesthood rapidly degenerated. The system was in fact premature; and even before the industrial era of modern times had set in, the esthetic and metaphysical growth of the times had already gone too far for its feeble power of control; and it then396 became as hostile to progress as it had formerly been favourable to it. Moral qualities without intellectual superiority are not enough for a true spiritual power; they will not enable it to modify to any appreciable extent the strong preponderance of material considerations. Consequently it is the primary condition of social reorganization to put an end to the state of utter revolt which the intellect maintains against the heart; a state which has existed ever since the close of the Middle Ages and the source of which may be traced as far back as the Greek Metaphysicians. Positivism has at last overcome the immense difficulties of this task. Its solution consists in the foundation of social science on the basis of the preliminary sciences, so that at last there is unity of method in our conceptions. Our active faculties have always been guided by the Positive spirit: and by its extension to the sphere of Feeling, a complete synthesis, alike spontaneous and systematic in its nature, is constructed; and every part of our nature is brought under the regenerating influence of the worship of Humanity. Thus a new spiritual power will arise, complete and homogeneous in structure, coherent and at the same time progressive; and better calculated than Catholicism to engage the support of women which is so necessary to its efficient action on society.

Science, poetry, and morality will all be revitalized by the new religion, ultimately creating a unified whole on which the future of humanity will depend. Women, who are the source of the first sparks of spiritual power, have always naturally dedicated their rational and imaginative abilities to feelings. However, for this to be realized in society, it needs to be presented systematically as part of a broader doctrine. This is what the medieval system tried to do based on Monotheism. A moral authority emerged that combined two essential elements: the nurturing influence of women in the family and the organized influence of priests in public life. While the Catholic system initially served this purpose well, it couldn't endure because its foundational synthesis was flawed and fragile. The Catholic doctrine and worship focused solely on our emotional side, and even morally, its principles were inconsistent and arbitrary. The realms of intellect in art and science, as well as practical life, would have remained largely unaddressed if not for the personal qualities of the priests. However, with the loss of their political independence—always threatened by the era's military inclinations—the priesthood quickly declined. The system was essentially ahead of its time; even before the industrial age began, the aesthetic and metaphysical advancements had surpassed its weak control, making it increasingly hostile to progress, which it had once supported. Moral qualities, without intellectual depth, can't truly empower a spiritual force; they won't be sufficient to significantly influence the dominance of material concerns. Therefore, it is crucial for social restructuring to resolve the deep conflict that intellect has with emotion, a divide that has existed since the end of the Middle Ages and has roots tracing back to the Greek metaphysicians. Positivism has finally tackled the significant challenges of this task. Its solution lies in establishing social science based on foundational sciences, achieving a unified approach in our understanding. Our proactive abilities have always been guided by the Positive spirit; by extending this to the emotional realm, a complete synthesis—both spontaneous and systematic—emerges, and all aspects of our nature come under the transformative influence of the worship of Humanity. Thus, a new spiritual authority will emerge, stable and cohesive in structure, coherent yet progressive, and better positioned than Catholicism to secure the necessary support from women for effective action in society.

Temporal power will always be necessary, but its action will be modified by the spiritual

Were it not for the material necessities of human life, nothing further would be required for its guidance than a spiritual power such as is here described. We should have in that case no need for any laborious exertion; and universal benevolence would be looked upon as the sovereign good, and would become the direct object of all our efforts. All that would be necessary would be to call our reasoning powers,397 and still more, our imagination into play, in order to keep this object constantly in view. Purely fictitious as such an hypothesis may be, it is yet an ideal limit, to which our actual life should be more and more nearly approximated. As an Utopia, it is a fit subject for the poet: and in his hands it will supply the new religion with resources far superior to any that Christianity derived from vague and unreal pictures of future bliss. In it we may carry out a more perfect social classification, in which men may be ranked by moral and intellectual merit, irrespectively of wealth or position. For the only standard by which in such a state men could be tried would be their capacity to love and to please Humanity.

If it weren't for the basic needs of life, we wouldn't need anything else to guide us besides the spiritual power described here. We wouldn’t require any hard work, and kindness would be seen as the ultimate goal, becoming the main focus of all our efforts. All we’d need to do is engage our reasoning abilities,397 and even more so, our imagination, to keep this goal in mind. Though this idea may be completely fictional, it serves as an ideal target that our actual lives should strive to achieve more closely. As a Utopia, it’s an excellent topic for poets, providing a new kind of religion with resources far superior to what Christianity gained from vague and unreal visions of future happiness. In this vision, we could create a better social structure where people are judged by their moral and intellectual worth rather than their wealth or status. The only standard for evaluating people in such a society would be their ability to love and to contribute to Humanity.

Such a standard will of course never be practically accepted, and indeed the classification in question would be impossible to effect: yet it should always be present to our minds; and should be contrasted dispassionately with the actual arrangements of social rank, with which power, even where accidentally acquired, has more to do than worth. The priests of Humanity with the assistance of women will avail themselves largely of this contrast in modifying the existing order. Positivist education will fully explain its moral validity, and in our religious services appeal will frequently be made to it. Although an ideal abstraction, yet being based on reality, except so far as the necessities of daily life are concerned, it will be far more efficacious than the vague and uncertain classification founded on the theological doctrine of a future state. When society learns to admit no other Providence than its own, it will go so far in adopting this ideal classification as to produce a strong effect on the classes who are the best aware of its impracticability. But those who press this contrast must be careful always to respect the398 natural laws which regulate the distribution of wealth and rank. They have a definite social function, and that function is not to be destroyed, but to be improved and regulated. In order, therefore, to reconcile these conditions, we must limit our ideal classification to individuals, leaving the actual subordination of office and position unaffected. Well-marked personal superiority is not very common; and society would be wasting its powers in useless and interminable controversy if it undertook to give each function to its best organ, thus dispossessing the former functionary without taking into account the conditions of practical experience. Even in the spiritual hierarchy, where it is easier to judge of merit, such a course would be utterly subversive of discipline. But there would be no political danger, and morally there would be great advantage, in pointing out all remarkable cases which illustrate the difference between the order of rank and the order of merit. Respect may be shown to be noblest without compromising the authority of the strongest. St Bernard was esteemed more highly than any of the Popes of his time; yet he remained in the humble position of an abbot, and never failed to show the most perfect deference for the higher functionaries of the Church. A still more striking example was furnished by St Paul in recognizing the official superiority of St Peter, of whose moral and mental inferiority to himself he must have been well aware. All organized corporations, civil or military, can show instances on a less important scale where the abstract order of merit has been adopted consistently with the concrete order of rank. Where this is the case the two may be contrasted without any subversive consequences. The contrast will be morally beneficial to all classes, at the same time that it proves the imperfection to399 which so complicated an organism as human society must be ever liable.

Such a standard will of course never be practically accepted, and in fact, the classification in question would be impossible to implement: yet it should always be in our minds; and it should be compared calmly with the actual arrangements of social rank, which power, even when acquired accidentally, has more to do with than merit. The advocates for Humanity, with the help of women, will take this contrast into account as they work to change the existing social order. Positivist education will clearly explain its moral validity, and our religious services will often reference it. Although it’s an ideal abstraction, since it’s based on reality—with the exception of daily life necessities—it will be far more effective than the vague and uncertain classification based on the theological concept of an afterlife. When society learns to rely only on its own order, it will adopt this ideal classification to such an extent that it significantly influences those classes that are most aware of its impracticality. However, those who promote this contrast must always respect the398 natural laws regulating the distribution of wealth and rank. They have a specific social function, and that function should not be destroyed but rather improved and regulated. Therefore, to reconcile these conditions, we must limit our ideal classification to individuals, leaving the actual hierarchy of roles and positions unchanged. Well-defined personal superiority is not very common; and society would waste its resources in pointless and endless debates if it tried to assign each role to its best fit, displacing previous role holders without considering practical experience. Even in the spiritual hierarchy, where judging merit is easier, such actions would completely undermine discipline. However, there would be no political danger, and morally great benefits would come from highlighting all notable cases that illustrate the difference between rank and merit. Respect can be shown as the highest virtue without undermining the authority of the strongest. St. Bernard was valued more highly than any of the Popes of his time; yet he remained in the humble position of an abbot and consistently showed perfect deference to the Church's higher officials. An even more striking example was St. Paul recognizing the official superiority of St. Peter, despite being well aware of his own moral and mental superiority. All organized groups, whether civil or military, can provide examples on a smaller scale where the abstract order of merit has been maintained alongside the concrete order of rank. Where this occurs, the two can be contrasted without any disruptive consequences. This contrast will be morally beneficial to all classes while also demonstrating the imperfections to399 which such a complex structure as human society is always prone.

Thus the religion of Humanity creates an intellectual and moral power, which, could human life be freed from the pressure of material wants, would suffice for its guidance. Imperfect as our nature assuredly is, yet social sympathy has an intrinsic charm which would make it paramount, but for the imperious necessities by which the instincts of self-preservation are stimulated. So urgent are they, that the greater part of life is necessarily occupied with actions of a self-regarding kind, before which Reason, Imagination, and even Feeling, have to give way. Consequently this moral power, which seems so well adapted for the direction of society, must only attempt to act as a modifying influence. Its sympathetic element, in other words, women, accept this necessity without difficulty; for true affection always takes the right course of action, as soon as it is clearly indicated. But the intellect is far more unwilling to take a subordinate position. Its rash ambition is far more unsettling to the world than the ambition of rank and wealth, against which it so often inveighs. It is the hardest of social problems to regulate the exercise of the intellectual powers, while securing them their due measure of influence; the object being that theoretical power should be able really to modify, and yet should never be permitted to govern. For the nations of antiquity this problem was insoluble; with them the intellect was always either a tyrant or a slave. The solution was attempted in the Middle Ages; but without success, owing to the military and theological character of the times. Positivism relies for solving it on the reality which is one of its principal features, and on the fact that Society has now entered on its industrial phase. Based400 on accurate inquiry into the past and future destinies of man, its aim is so to regenerate our political action, as to transform it ultimately into a practical worship of Humanity; Morality being the worship rendered by the affections, Science and Poetry that rendered by the intellect. Such is the principal mission of the Occidental priesthood, a mission in which women and the working classes will actively co-operate.

Thus, the religion of Humanity creates an intellectual and moral strength that, if human life were freed from the burden of material needs, would be enough to guide it. While our nature is undoubtedly flawed, social sympathy has an inherent appeal that would make it dominant, if not for the pressing needs that drive our self-preservation instincts. These needs are so urgent that most of life is inevitably focused on self-interested actions, overshadowing Reason, Imagination, and even Feeling. As a result, this moral power, which seems well suited for guiding society, can only act as a modifying influence. Its empathetic aspect, represented by women, accepts this necessity without hesitation because true affection naturally follows the right course of action once it's clear. However, the intellect is much less willing to take a backseat. Its reckless ambition is more disruptive to the world than the ambitions of status and wealth, which it often criticizes. Regulating the use of intellectual capabilities while ensuring they have their rightful influence is one of the toughest social challenges; the goal is for theoretical power to be able to genuinely influence yet never control. In ancient times, this issue was unsolvable; intellect consistently played the role of either a tyrant or a slave. Attempts to resolve this in the Middle Ages failed due to the military and theological nature of those times. Positivism aims to address this by relying on its hallmark of reality and the fact that society has now entered its industrial phase. Based on thorough research into humanity’s past and future, its goal is to revitalize our political actions, ultimately transforming them into a practical worship of Humanity; with Morality being the worship expressed through our affections, and Science and Poetry through our intellect. This is the main mission of the Western priesthood, a mission in which women and the working classes will actively participate.

Substitution of duties for rights

The most important object of this regenerated polity will be the substitution of Duties for Rights; thus subordinating personal to social considerations. The word Right should be excluded from political language, as the word Cause from the language of philosophy. Both are theological and metaphysical conceptions; and the former is as immoral and subversive as the latter is unmeaning and sophistical. Both are alike incompatible with the final state; and their value during the revolutionary period of modern history has simply consisted in their solvent action upon previous systems. Rights, in the strict sense of the word, are possible only so long as power is considered as emanating from a superhuman will. Rights, under all theological systems, were divine; but in their opposition to theocracy, the metaphysicians of the last five centuries introduced what they called the rights of Man; a conception, the value of which consisted simply in its destructive effects. Whenever it has been taken as the basis of a constructive policy, its anti-social character, and its tendency to strengthen individualism have always been apparent. In the Positive state, where no supernatural claims are admissible, the idea of Right will entirely disappear. Every one has duties, duties towards all; but rights in the ordinary sense can be claimed by none. Whatever security401 the individual may require is found in the general acknowledgment of reciprocal obligations; and this gives a moral equivalent for rights as hitherto claimed, without the serious political dangers which they involved. In other words, no one has in any case any Right but that of doing his Duty. The adoption of this principle is the one way of realizing the grand ideal of the Middle Ages, the subordination of Politics to Morals. In those times, however, the vast bearings of the question were but very imperfectly apprehended; its solution is incompatible with every form of theology, and is only to be found in Positivism.

The main goal of this renewed government will be to replace Rights with Duties, prioritizing social considerations over personal ones. The term Right should be removed from political discussions, just as the term Cause should be removed from philosophy. Both are rooted in theological and metaphysical ideas; the former is just as immoral and destabilizing as the latter is meaningless and deceptive. Both are fundamentally incompatible with the ultimate state, and their value during the revolutionary phase of modern history has simply been in their ability to break down earlier systems. Rights, in the strictest sense, can only exist as long as power is seen as coming from a higher, superhuman will. Under all theological frameworks, rights were divine; however, in opposition to theocracy, thinkers over the last five centuries introduced what they called the rights of Man, which were valuable only for their destructive impact. Whenever this idea has been used as a foundation for a constructive policy, its anti-social nature and tendency to promote individualism have been evident. In the Positive state, where supernatural claims are not accepted, the concept of Right will completely vanish. Everyone has duties, duties to one another; but no one can claim rights in the usual sense. Any security the individual might need comes from the general recognition of mutual obligations, providing a moral equivalent for rights as previously claimed, without the serious political risks those rights posed. In other words, no one has any Right except the Right to do their Duty. Embracing this principle is the only way to achieve the grand ideal of the Middle Ages: subordinating Politics to Morals. However, during those times, the broad implications of the issue were only imperfectly understood; its resolution is incompatible with any form of theology and can only be found in Positivism.

The solution consists in regarding our political and social action as the service of Humanity. Its object should be to assist by conscious effort all functions, whether relating to Order or to Progress, which Humanity has hitherto performed spontaneously. This is the ultimate object of Positive religion. Without it all other aspects of that religion would be inadequate, and would soon cease to have any value. True affection does not stop short at desire for good; it strains every effort to attain it. The elevation of soul arising from the act of contemplating and adoring Humanity is not the sole object of religious worship. Above and beyond this there is the motive of becoming better able to serve Humanity; unceasing action on our part being necessary for her preservation and development. This indeed is the most distinctive feature of Positive religion. The Supreme Being of former times had really little need of human services. The consequence was, that with all theological believers, and with monotheists especially, devotion always tended to degenerate into quietism. The danger could only be obviated when the priesthood had sufficient wisdom to take advantage of the vagueness of these theories, and402 to draw from them motives for practical exertion. Nothing could be done in this direction unless the priesthood retained their social independence. As soon as this was taken from them by the usurpation of the temporal power, the more sincere amongst Catholics lapsed into the quietistic spirit which for a long time had been kept in check. In Positivism, on the contrary, the doctrine itself, irrespective of the character of its teachers, is a direct and continuous incentive to exertion of every kind. The reason for this is to be found in the relative and dependent nature of our Supreme Being, of whom her own worshippers form a part.

The solution lies in viewing our political and social actions as a service to Humanity. The goal should be to actively support all functions, whether related to Order or to Progress, that Humanity has previously carried out on its own. This is the ultimate goal of Positive religion. Without it, all other aspects of that religion would fall short and quickly lose their value. True love doesn’t just settle for the desire for good; it puts in the effort to achieve it. The upliftment that comes from contemplating and honoring Humanity isn’t the only purpose of religious worship. Beyond that, there is the aim of being better equipped to serve Humanity; our ongoing efforts are essential for its preservation and growth. This, in fact, is the most distinguishing characteristic of Positive religion. The Supreme Being from earlier times had little real need for human services. As a result, for all theological believers, especially monotheists, devotion often slipped into tranquility. This risk could only be avoided when the priesthood was wise enough to leverage the ambiguity of these theories and402 extract motivations for practical action. Nothing could be achieved in this area unless the priesthood maintained its social independence. Once this was stripped away by the grabbing of temporal power, the more sincere Catholics fell into a quietist mindset that had long been suppressed. In Positivism, on the other hand, the doctrine itself—regardless of the nature of its teachers—serves as a constant and direct motivator for every kind of action. The reason for this is found in the relative and dependent nature of our Supreme Being, of whom her worshippers are a part.

Consensus of the social organism

In this, which is the essential service of Humanity, and which infuses a religious spirit into every act of life, the feature most prominent is co-operation of effort; co-operation on so vast a scale that less complicated organisms have nothing to compare with it. The consensus of the social organism extends to Time as well as Space. Hence the two distinct aspects of social sympathy: the feeling of Solidarity, or union with the Present; and of Continuity, or union with the Past. Careful investigation of any social phenomenon, whether relating to Order or to Progress, always proves convergence, direct or indirect, of all contemporaries and of all former generations, within certain geographical and chronological limits; and those limits recede as the development of Humanity advances. In our thoughts and feelings such convergence is unquestionable; and it should be still more evident in our actions, the efficacy of which depends on co-operations to a still greater degree. Here we feel how false as well as immoral is the notion of Right, a word which, as commonly used, implies absolute individuality. The only principle on which Politics can be subordinated403 to Morals is, that individuals should be regarded, not as so many distinct beings, but as organs of one Supreme Being. Indeed, in all settled states of society, the individual has always been considered as a public functionary, filling more or less efficiently a definite post, whether formally appointed to it or not. So fundamental a principle has ever been recognized instinctively up to the period of revolutionary transition, which is now at length coming to an end; a period in which the obstructive and corrupt character of organized society roused a spirit of anarchy which, though at first favourable to progress, has now become an obstacle to it. Positivism, however, will place this principle beyond reach of attack, by giving a systematic demonstration of it, based on the sum of our scientific knowledge.

In this essential service to humanity, which brings a spiritual touch to every part of life, the most noticeable aspect is the cooperation of efforts; cooperation on such a vast scale that simpler organisms can't compare. The unity of the social organism extends across both Time and Space. This gives rise to two distinct aspects of social sympathy: the feeling of Solidarity, or connection with the Present, and Continuity, or connection with the Past. A thorough investigation of any social phenomenon, whether related to Order or to Progress, consistently shows the convergence, directly or indirectly, of all contemporaries and past generations within specific geographical and chronological boundaries; and those boundaries expand as humanity develops. In our thoughts and feelings, this convergence is undeniable; and it should be even more apparent in our actions, which rely heavily on cooperation. Here, we recognize how false and immoral the idea of Right is, a term that, as commonly used, suggests complete individuality. The only principle that can subordinate Politics to Morals is that individuals should be seen not as separate beings, but as parts of one Supreme Being. In fact, in all stable societies, individuals have always been viewed as public servants, fulfilling a specific role, whether they were formally appointed or not. This fundamental principle has always been instinctively recognized until now, during a revolutionary transition that is finally ending; a time when the obstructive and corrupt nature of organized society stirred a spirit of anarchy that, although initially supportive of progress, has now become a barrier to it. Positivism, however, will solidify this principle against criticism by providing a systematic demonstration of it, grounded in our collective scientific knowledge.

Continuity of the past with the present

And this demonstration will be the intellectual basis on which the moral authority of the new priesthood will rest. What they have to do is to show the dependence of each important question, as it arises, upon social co-operation, and by this means to indicate the right path of duty. For this purpose all their scientific knowledge and esthetic power will be needed, otherwise social feeling could never be developed sufficiently to produce any strong effect upon conduct. It would never, that is, go further than the feelings of mere solidarity with the Present, which is only its incipient and rudimentary form. We see this unfortunate narrowness of view too often in the best socialists, who, leaving the present without roots in the past, would carry us headlong towards a future of which they have no definite conception. In all social phenomena, and especially in those of modern times, the participation of our predecessors is greater than that of our contemporaries. This truth is especially404 apparent in industrial undertakings, for which the combination of efforts required is so vast. It is our filiation with the Past, even more than our connexion with the Present, which teaches us that the only real life is the collective life of the race; that individual life has no existence except as an abstraction. Continuity is the feature which distinguishes our race from all others. Many of the lower races are able to form a union among their living members; but it was reserved for Man to conceive and realize co-operation of successive generations, the source to which the gradual growth of civilization is to be traced. Social sympathy is a barren and imperfect feeling, and indeed it is a cause of disturbance, so long as it extends no further than the present time. It is a disregard for historical Continuity which induces that mistaken antipathy to all forms of inheritance which is now so common. Scientific study of history would soon convince those of our socialist writers who are sincere of their radical error in this respect. If they were more familiar with the collective inheritance of society, the value of which no one can seriously dispute, they would feel less objection to inheritance in its application to individuals or families. Practical experience, moreover, bringing them into contact with the facts of the case, will gradually show them that without the sense of continuity with the Past they cannot really understand their solidarity with the Present. For, in the first place, each individual in the course of his growth passes spontaneously through phases corresponding in a great measure to those of our historical development; and therefore, without some knowledge of the history of society, he cannot understand the history of his own life. Again, each of these successive phases may be found amongst the less advanced nations who do not as405 yet share in the general progress of Humanity; so that we cannot properly sympathize with these nations, if we ignore the successive stages of development in Western Europe. The nobler socialists and communists, those especially who belong to the working classes, will soon be alive to the error and danger of these inconsistencies, and will supply this deficiency in their education, which at present vitiates their efforts. With women, the purest and most spontaneous element of the moderating power, the priests of Humanity will find it less difficult to introduce the broad principles of historical science. They are more inclined than any other class to recognize our continuity with the Past, being themselves its original source.

And this demonstration will be the intellectual foundation on which the moral authority of the new priesthood will stand. They need to show how every major question relates to social cooperation and, through this, highlight the right path of duty. For this, they'll need all their scientific knowledge and aesthetic ability; otherwise, social awareness won’t develop enough to have a strong impact on behavior. It would only reach the level of basic solidarity with the present, which is just its initial and simple form. We often see this unfortunate narrow perspective in even the best socialists, who, without grounding in the past, rush us into a future they don’t clearly envision. In all social phenomena, particularly in modern times, the contributions of our predecessors are more significant than those of our contemporaries. This truth is especially404clear in industrial endeavors, where the coordination of efforts required is enormous. It is our connection to the past, even more than to the present, that teaches us that the only real life is the collective life of humanity and that individual life only exists as an abstraction. Continuity is what sets our race apart from all others. Many of the less advanced races can unite their living members, but humans alone have conceived and achieved cooperation across generations, which is the source of civilization's gradual growth. Social sympathy is a shallow and incomplete feeling, and in fact, it causes disruptions as long as it only pertains to the present. A lack of respect for historical continuity leads to the misguided dislike of all forms of inheritance that is common today. A scientific study of history would quickly convince those socialist writers who genuinely care about this issue of their fundamental mistake. If they were more aware of society's collective inheritance, the value of which is indisputable, they would be less opposed to inheritance in relation to individuals or families. Practical experience, in addition, will bring them face to face with reality and gradually show them that without a sense of continuity with the past, they cannot truly grasp their solidarity with the present. First of all, each individual goes through developmental phases that closely correspond to significant periods in our historical evolution; thus, without some understanding of societal history, they can’t comprehend their personal life story. Furthermore, these developmental phases can be found in less advanced nations that have yet to join the broader progress of humanity; therefore, we cannot genuinely empathize with these nations if we overlook the stages of development in Western Europe. The more enlightened socialists and communists, especially those from the working class, will soon realize the error and risks of these inconsistencies and will address this gap in their education, which currently undermines their efforts. With women, the purest and most genuine element of moderation, the priests of humanity will find it easier to introduce the fundamental principles of historical science. They are more inclined than any other group to acknowledge our continuity with the past, being its original source themselves.

Necessity of a spiritual power to study and teach these truths, and thus to govern men by persuasion, instead of by compulsion

Without a scientific basis, therefore, a basis which must itself rest on the whole sum of Positive speculation, it is impossible for our social sympathies to develop themselves fully, so as to extend not to the Present only, but also and still more strongly to the Past. And this is the first motive, a motive founded alike on moral and on intellectual considerations, for the separation of temporal from spiritual power in the final organization of society. The more vigorously we concentrate our efforts upon social progress, the more clearly shall we feel the impossibility of modifying social phenomena without knowledge of the laws that regulate them. This involves the existence of an intellectual class specially devoted to the study of social phenomena. Such a class will be invested with the consultative authority for which their knowledge qualifies them, and also with the function of teaching necessary for the diffusion of their principles. In the minor arts of life it is generally recognized that principles406 should be investigated and taught by thinkers who are not concerned in applying them. In the art of Social Life, so far more difficult and important than any other, the separation of theory from practice is of far greater moment. The wisdom of such a course is obvious, and all opposition to it will be overcome, as soon as it becomes generally recognized that social phenomena are subject to invariable laws; laws of so complicated a character and so dependent upon other sciences as to make it doubly necessary that minds of the highest order should be specially devoted to their interpretation.

Without a scientific foundation, which must be based on the entire body of Positive speculation, it's impossible for our social sympathies to fully develop, extending not just to the Present but even more strongly to the Past. This is the primary motivation, grounded in both moral and intellectual considerations, for separating temporal from spiritual power in the ultimate structure of society. The more we focus on social progress, the clearer it becomes that we can't change social phenomena without understanding the laws that govern them. This necessitates the existence of an intellectual class dedicated to studying social phenomena. Such a class will have the consultative authority that their expertise grants them, as well as the responsibility to teach the principles necessary for spreading their insights. In the minor arts of life, it’s generally accepted that principles should be explored and taught by thinkers who are not involved in their application. In the far more challenging and significant art of Social Life, the separation of theory from practice is even more critical. The wisdom of this approach is clear, and any opposition to it will fade once it's widely understood that social phenomena are governed by unchanging laws; laws that are so complex and reliant on other sciences that it’s essential for the brightest minds to be specifically dedicated to interpreting them.

But there is another aspect of the question of not less importance in sound polity. Separation of temporal from spiritual power is as necessary for free individual activity as for social co-operation. Humanity is characterized by the independence as well as by the convergence of the individuals or families of which she is composed. The latter condition, convergence, is that which secures Order; but the former is no less essential to Progress. Both are alike urgent: yet in ancient times they were incompatible, for the reason that spiritual and temporal power were always in the same hands; in the hands of the priests in some cases, at other times in those of the military chief. As long as the State held together, the independence of the individual was habitually sacrificed to the convergence of the body politic. This explains why the conception of Progress never arose, even in the minds of the most visionary schemers. The two conditions were irreconcilable until the Middle Ages, when a remarkable attempt was made to separate the modifying power from the governing power, and so to make Politics subordinate to Morals. Co-operation of efforts was now placed on a different footing. It was the407 result of free assent rendered by the heart and understanding to a religious system which laid down general rules of conduct, in which nothing was arbitrary, and which were applied to governors as strictly as to their subjects. The consequence was that Catholicism, notwithstanding its extreme defects intellectually and socially, produced moral and political results of very great value. Chivalry arose, a type of life, in which the most vigorous independence was combined with the most intense devotion to a common cause. Every class in Western Society was elevated by this union of personal dignity with universal brotherhood. So well is human nature adapted for this combination, that it arose under the first religious system of which the principles were not incompatible with it. With the necessary decay of that religion, it became seriously impaired, but yet was preserved instinctively, especially in countries untouched by Protestantism. By it the mediaeval system prepared the way for the conception of Humanity; since it put an end to the fatal opposition in which the two characteristic attributes of Humanity, independence and co-operation, had hitherto existed. Catholicism brought unity into theological religion, and by doing so, led to its decline; but it paved the way long beforehand for the more complete and more real principle of unity on which human society will be finally organized.

But there’s another important aspect to consider in good governance. Separating political power from spiritual authority is just as crucial for individual freedom as it is for social cooperation. Humanity is defined by both the independence and the coming together of the individuals or families that make it up. The coming together, or convergence, is what maintains Order; however, independence is equally vital for Progress. Both aspects are urgent, yet in ancient times, they were at odds because both spiritual and political power were often held by the same people—sometimes by priests, other times by military leaders. As long as the State remained intact, the independence of individuals was often sacrificed for the unity of the political body. This illustrates why the idea of Progress never emerged, even among the most idealistic visionaries. The two conditions were irreconcilable until the Middle Ages, when a significant effort was made to separate the controlling power from the governing power, making Politics subordinate to Morals. Collaboration was now based on different principles. It was the result of free agreement from both heart and mind to a religious system that established universal guidelines for behavior, which were applied equally to rulers and their subjects without exception. As a result, Catholicism, despite its severe intellectual and social flaws, produced significant moral and political benefits. Chivalry emerged as a way of life that combined strong independence with deep commitment to a shared cause. Every class in Western Society benefited from this merger of personal dignity with universal brotherhood. Human nature is so well-suited for this combination that it appeared under the first religious system that supported it. With the necessary decline of that religion, it weakened but was still instinctively preserved, especially in places untouched by Protestantism. This system set the stage for the notion of Humanity by ending the damaging conflict between two essential human traits: independence and cooperation. Catholicism created unity in theological religion, which ultimately led to its decline; however, it also laid the groundwork for a more complete and genuine principle of unity on which human society will ultimately be organized.

But meritorious and useful as this premature attempt was, it was no real solution of the problem. The spirit and temper of the period were not ripe for any definite solution. Theological belief and military life were alike inconsistent with any permanent separation of theoretical and practical powers. It was maintained only for a few centuries precariously and inadequately, by a sort of natural balance or rather oscillation between408 imperialism and theocracy. But the positive spirit and the industrial character of modern times tend naturally to this division of power; and when it is consciously recognized as a principle, the difficulty of reconciling co-operation with independence will exist no longer. For in the first place, the rules to which human conduct will be subjected, will rest, as in Catholic times, but to a still higher degree, upon persuasion and conviction, instead of compulsion. Again, the fact of the new faith being always susceptible of demonstration, renders the spiritual system based on it more elevating as well as more durable. The rules of Catholic morality were only saved from being arbitrary by the introduction of a supernatural Will as a substitute for mere human authority. The plan had undoubtedly many advantages; but liberty in the true sense was not secured by it, since the rules remained as before without explanation; it was only their source that was changed. Still less successful was the subsequent attempt of metaphysicians to prove that submission to government was the foundation of virtue. It was only a return to the old system of arbitrary wills, stripped of the theocratic sanction to which all its claims to respect and its freedom from caprice had been due. The only way to reconcile independence with social union, and thereby to reach true liberty, lies in obedience to the objective laws of the world and of human nature; clearing these as far as possible of all that is subjective, and thus rendering them amenable to scientific demonstration. Of such immense consequence to society will it be to extend the scientific method to the complex and important phenomena of human nature. Man will no longer be the slave of man; he yields only to external Law; and to this those who demonstrate it to him are as submissive as409 himself. In such obedience there can be no degradation even where the laws are inflexible. But, as Positivism shows us, in most cases they are modifiable, and this especially in the case of our mental and moral constitution. Consequently our obedience is here no longer passive obedience: it implies the devotion of every faculty of our nature to the improvement of a world of which we are in a true sense masters. The natural laws to which we owe submission furnish the basis for our intervention; they direct our efforts and give stability to our purpose. The more perfectly they are known, the more free will our conduct become from arbitrary command or servile obedience. True, our knowledge of these laws will very seldom attain such precision as to enable us to do altogether without compulsory authority. When the intellect is inadequate, the heart must take its place. There are certain rules of life for which it is difficult to assign the exact ground, and where affection must assist reason in supplying motives for obedience. Wholly to dispense with arbitrary authority is impossible; nor will it degrade us to submit to it, provided that it be always regarded as secondary to the uniform supremacy of external Laws, and that every step in the development of our mental and moral powers shall restrict its employment. Both conditions are evidently satisfied in the Positive system of life. The tendency of modern industry and science is to make us less dependent on individual caprice, as well as more assimilable to the universal Organism. Positivism therefore secures the liberty and dignity of man by its demonstration that social phenomena, like all others, are subject to natural laws, which, within certain limits, are modifiable by wise action on the part of society. Totally contrary, on the other hand, is the spirit of metaphysical schemes410 of polity, in which society is supposed to have no spontaneous impulses, and is handed over to the will of the legislator. In these degrading and oppressive schemes, union is purchased, as in ancient times, at the cost of independence.

But as commendable and useful as this premature attempt was, it didn't really solve the problem. The mindset and attitude of the time weren't ready for any clear resolution. Religious belief and military life were both at odds with any lasting separation of theoretical and practical powers. This separation was only maintained for a few centuries in an unstable and insufficient way, through a kind of natural balance or rather fluctuation between408 imperialism and theocracy. However, the positive mindset and industrial nature of modern times naturally push towards this division of power; and once it's consciously recognized as a principle, the challenge of balancing cooperation with independence will no longer be an issue. First, the guidelines governing human behavior will, similar to Catholic times but to an even greater extent, rely on persuasion and conviction rather than coercion. Moreover, the fact that the new belief can always be demonstrated makes the spiritual system built upon it both more uplifting and more lasting. The rules of Catholic morality were only kept from being arbitrary by the introduction of a supernatural Will as a substitute for mere human authority. The approach certainly had its advantages; however, true liberty wasn't achieved through it, as the rules remained unchanged without explanation; only their origin was altered. Even less effective was the later attempt by metaphysicians to argue that submission to government was the basis of virtue. It was merely a return to the old system of arbitrary wills, lacking the theocratic support that had granted it legitimacy and freedom from whim. The only path to balancing independence with social unity, and thus achieving true liberty, lies in obeying the objective laws of the world and human nature; refining these as much as possible from the subjective, thereby making them subject to scientific proof. It will be immensely significant for society to apply the scientific method to the complex and important aspects of human nature. Humanity will no longer be enslaved by one another; we will yield only to external Law; and those who help us understand it will be as compliant as409 we are. In this kind of obedience, even inflexible laws do not lead to degradation. However, as Positivism indicates, in many cases these laws are adaptable, especially regarding our mental and moral constitution. As a result, our obedience is not merely passive anymore: it requires the commitment of every part of our being to improve the world over which we are, in a true sense, masters. The natural laws to which we submit provide the foundation for our active participation; they guide our efforts and stabilize our aims. The better we understand them, the more our actions are liberated from arbitrary commands or servile submission. Admittedly, our understanding of these laws will rarely reach a level sufficient to completely eliminate the need for coercive authority. When intellect is lacking, emotion must fill in. There are certain life rules for which it’s tough to pinpoint the exact rationale, where feelings must aid reasoning in motivating obedience. Completely eliminating arbitrary authority is impossible; nor does it diminish us to submit to it, as long as it is always viewed as subordinate to the consistent supremacy of external Laws, and that each progress in developing our mental and moral capacities limits its use. Both conditions are clearly met in the Positive system of life. The trends of modern industry and science lead us to be less reliant on personal whims and more aligned with the universal whole. Therefore, Positivism guarantees the freedom and dignity of humanity by demonstrating that social phenomena, like all others, are governed by natural laws, which can, within certain boundaries, be modified through wise action by society. Conversely, the spirit of metaphysical political schemes is entirely opposite, as it assumes that society lacks spontaneous impulses and is entirely dependent on the legislator's will. In these degrading and oppressive schemes, unity comes at the expense of independence, just as in ancient times.

In these two ways, then, Positive religion influences the practical life of Humanity, in accordance with the natural laws that regulate her existence. First, the sense of Solidarity with the Present is perfected by adding to it the sense of Continuity with the Past; secondly, the co-operation of her individual agents is rendered compatible with their independence. Not till this is done can Politics become really subordinate to Morals, and the feeling of Duty be substituted for that of Right. Our active powers will be modified by the combined influence of feeling and reason, as expressed in indisputable rules which it will be for the spiritual power to make known to us. Temporal government, whoever its administrators may be, will always be modified by morality. Whereas in all metaphysical systems of polity nothing is provided for but the modes of access to government and the limits of its various departments; no principles are given to direct its application or to enable us to form a right judgment of it.

In these two ways, Positive religion shapes the practical life of humanity, in line with the natural laws that govern our existence. First, the sense of solidarity with the present is enhanced by incorporating a sense of continuity with the past; second, the cooperation among individual agents is made compatible with their independence. Only when this is achieved can politics truly take a backseat to morals, and the feeling of duty replace that of right. Our active abilities will be influenced by the combined effects of feelings and reasoning, as expressed in clear rules that the spiritual authority will reveal to us. Temporary governments, no matter who runs them, will always be influenced by morality. In contrast, in all metaphysical political systems, only the means of accessing government and the limits of its various branches are addressed; no principles are provided to guide its application or help us form an accurate judgment of it.

Nutritive functions of Humanity, performed by Capitalists, as the temporal power

From this general view of the practical service of Humanity, we pass now to the two leading divisions of the subject; with the view of completing our conception of the fundamental principle of Positive Polity, the separation of temporal from spiritual power.

From this overall perspective on the practical service of Humanity, we now turn to the two main sections of the topic, aiming to complete our understanding of the fundamental principle of Positive Polity: the separation of temporal power from spiritual authority.

The action of Humanity relates either to her external circumstances, or to the facts of her own nature. Each of these two great functions involves both Order and Progress; but the first411 relates more specially to the preservation of her existence, the second to her progressive development. Humanity, like every other organism, has to act unceasingly on the surrounding world in order to maintain and extend her material existence. Thus the chief object of her practical life is to satisfy the wants of our physical nature, wants which necessitate continual reproduction of materials in sufficient quantities. This production soon comes to depend more on the co-operation of successive generations than on that of contemporaries. Even in these lower but indispensable functions, we work principally for our successors, and the results that we enjoy are in great part due to those that have gone before us. Each generation produces more material wealth than is required for its own wants; and the use of the surplus is to facilitate the labour and prepare the maintenance of the generation following. The agents in this transmission of wealth naturally take the lead in the industrial movement; since the possession of provisions and instruments of production gives an advantage which can only be lost by unusual incapacity. And this will seldom happen, because capital naturally tends to accumulate with those who make a cautious and skilful use of it.

Humanity’s actions are connected to either her external situation or the realities of her own nature. Both of these main functions involve Order and Progress; however, the first411 is more specifically focused on preserving her existence, while the second is about her ongoing development. Like any other organism, Humanity must constantly engage with the surrounding world to maintain and expand her material existence. Therefore, the main goal of her practical life is to meet the needs of our physical nature, which requires a continuous supply of materials in adequate amounts. This production increasingly relies on the collaboration of successive generations rather than just contemporaries. Even in these essential functions, we primarily work for those who come after us, and much of what we enjoy is largely due to those who came before us. Each generation generates more material wealth than it needs for its own requirements, and the extra is used to support the labor and sustain the next generation. Those involved in passing on this wealth naturally take the lead in the industrial movement, as having resources and means of production provides an advantage that is only lost through significant incompetence. This is rare because capital tends to accumulate with those who use it wisely and carefully.

Capitalists then will be the temporal chiefs of modern society. Their office is consecrated in Positive religion as that of the nutritive organs of Humanity; organs which collect and prepare the materials necessary for life, and which also distribute them, subject always to the influence of a modifying central organ. The direct and palpable importance of their functions is a stimulus to pride; and in every respect they are strongly influenced by personal instincts, which are necessary to sustain the vigour of their energies. Consequently, if left to themselves, they are apt to abuse412 their power, and to govern by the ignoble method of compulsion, disregarding all appeals to reason and to morality. Hence the need of a combination of moral forces to exercise a constant check upon the hardness with which they are so apt to use their authority. And this leads us to the second of the two great functions of Humanity.

Capitalists will be the main leaders of modern society. Their role is recognized in Positive religion as similar to that of the essential organs of Humanity; these organs gather and prepare the resources needed for life and distribute them, always under the influence of a central coordinating organ. The direct and obvious significance of their functions boosts their pride; and in many ways, they are heavily influenced by personal instincts, which are essential to maintain their energy. Therefore, if left unchecked, they tend to misuse their power and govern through force, ignoring any appeals to reason and morality. This highlights the need for a combination of moral forces to provide a constant check on their tendency to wield their authority harshly. This brings us to the second of the two main functions of Humanity.

These are modified by the cerebral functions, performed by the spiritual power

This function is analogous to that of Innervation in individuals. Its object is the advancement of Humanity, whether in physical or still more in intellectual and moral aspects. It might seem at first sight restricted, as in lower organisms, to the secondary office of assisting the nutritive function. Soon, however, it develops qualities peculiar to itself, qualities on which our highest happiness depends. And thus we might imagine that life was to be entirely given up to the free play of reason, imagination, and feeling, were we not constantly forced back by the necessities of our physical nature to less delightful occupations. Therefore this intellectual and moral function, notwithstanding its eminence, can never be supreme in our nature; yet independently of its intrinsic charm, it forms our principal means, whether used consciously or otherwise, in controlling the somewhat blind action of the nutritive organs. It is in women, whose function is analogous to that of the affective organs in the individual brain, that we find this modifying influence in its purest and most spontaneous form. But the full value of their influence is not realized until they act in combination with the philosophic class; which, though its direct energy is small, is as indispensable to the collective Organism as the speculative functions of the brain are to the individual. Besides these two essential elements of moral power, we find, when Humanity reaches her413 maturity, a third element which completes the constitution of this power and furnishes a basis for its political action. This third element is the working class, whose influence may be regarded as the active function in the innervation of the social Organism.

This function is similar to innervation in individuals. Its purpose is to advance Humanity, both in physical and even more so in intellectual and moral aspects. At first glance, it might seem limited, like in lower organisms, to just assisting the nutritive function. However, it soon develops unique qualities upon which our highest happiness relies. We might think that life should be entirely devoted to freely expressing reason, imagination, and feeling, if we weren’t constantly pulled back by our physical needs to less enjoyable tasks. Therefore, this intellectual and moral function, despite its importance, can never be the supreme aspect of our nature; yet, apart from its inherent appeal, it serves as our main means, whether we are aware of it or not, in regulating the somewhat automatic action of our nutritive organs. In women, whose role is comparable to the affective organs in the individual brain, we see this modifying influence in its most genuine and spontaneous form. However, the full extent of their influence isn't recognized until they collaborate with the philosophical class; which, although its direct impact is minor, is just as essential to the collective Organism as the speculative functions of the brain are to the individual. In addition to these two vital components of moral power, when Humanity reaches maturity, we encounter a third element that completes this power and provides a foundation for its political action. This third element is the working class, whose influence can be seen as the active function in the innervation of the social Organism.

It is indeed to the working class that we look for the only possible solution of the great human problem, the victory of Social feeling over Self-love. Their want of leisure, and their poverty, excludes them from political power; and yet wealth, which is the basis of that power, cannot be produced without them. They are allied to the spiritual power by the similarity of their tastes and of their circumstances. Moreover, they look to it for systematic education, of the importance of which not merely to their happiness, but to their dignity and moral culture, they are deeply conscious. The nature of their occupations, though absorbing so large a portion of their time, yet leaves the mind for the most part free. Finding little in the specialities of their work to interest them, they are the more inclined to rise to general principles, provided always that such principles combine utility with reality. Being less occupied than other classes with considerations of rank and wealth, they are the more disposed to give free play to generous feelings, the value and the charm of which is more strongly impressed on them by their experience of life. As their strength lies in numbers, they have a greater tendency to union than capitalists, who, having in their own hands a power which they are apt to suppose resistless, have no such motive for association. They will give their energetic support to the priesthood in its efforts to control the abuse of the power of wealth, and in every respect they are prepared to accept and enforce its moral influence. Being at once special414 and general, practical and speculative, and at the same time always animated by strong sympathies, they form an intermediate link between the practical and theoretical powers; connected with the one by the need of education and counsel, and with the other by the necessities of labour and subsistence. The people represent the activity of the Supreme Being, as women represent its sympathy, and philosophers its intellect.

It’s truly the working class that holds the key to solving the major human issue: the triumph of social awareness over self-interest. Their lack of free time and financial struggles keeps them from political power, yet the wealth that forms the foundation of that power cannot exist without them. They share a bond with spiritual power because of their similar interests and situations. Additionally, they rely on it for organized education, understanding deeply its significance not just for their happiness but also for their dignity and moral development. While their jobs take up a large part of their time, they mostly keep their minds free. With little in the specifics of their work to captivate them, they are more likely to engage with broader ideas, as long as those ideas blend practicality with reality. Since they’re less caught up in concerns about status and wealth compared to other classes, they’re more open to generous feelings, which are more vividly shaped by their life experiences. Their strength lies in numbers, making them more likely to unite than capitalists, who hold a power they often believe is unchallengeable and have no real reason to band together. They will enthusiastically back the clergy in their efforts to regulate the misuse of wealth and are ready to embrace and promote its moral influence. They are both specific and general, practical and theoretical, always driven by strong compassion, forming a link between practical activities and theoretical ideas; they are connected to the former through the need for education and guidance, and to the latter through the demands of work and survival. The people embody the action of the Supreme Being, just as women embody its compassion and philosophers its intellect.

But in the organized action of these three organs of innervation upon the organs of social nutrition, it must be borne in mind that the latter are not to be impeded in their functions. The control exercised is to be of a kind that will ennoble them by setting their importance in its true light. True, we are not to encourage the foolish and immoral pride of modern capitalists, who look upon themselves as the creators and sole arbiters of their material power, the foundations of which are in reality due to the combined action of their predecessors and contemporaries. They ought to be regarded simply as public functionaries, responsible for the administration of capital and the direction of industrial enterprise. But at the same time we must be careful not to underrate the immense value of their function, or in any way obstruct its performance. All this follows at once from the policy of Separation of Powers. The responsibility under which it is here proposed to place capitalists is purely moral, whereas metaphysicians of the revolutionary school have always been in favour of political coercion. In cases where the rich neglect their duty, the Positive priesthood will resort in the first instance to every method of conviction and persuasion that can be suggested by the education which the rich have received in common with other classes. Should this course fail, there remains the resource of pronouncing415 formal condemnation of their conduct; and supposing this to be ratified by the working men of every city, and the women of every family, its effect would be difficult to withstand. In very heinous cases it might be necessary to proceed to the extreme length of social excommunication, the efficacy of which, in cases where it deserved and received general assent, would be even greater than in the Middle Ages; the organization of the spiritual power in those times being very imperfect. But even in this case the means used for repression are of a purely moral kind. The increasingly rare cases that call for political measures belong exclusively to the province of the temporal power.

But in the organized action of these three parts of the nervous system on the organs of social nutrition, it’s important to remember that the latter should not be hindered in their functions. The control exercised should elevate them by showcasing their true significance. We shouldn’t support the foolish and immoral pride of today’s capitalists, who see themselves as the sole creators and decision-makers of their material wealth, which is actually built on the combined efforts of their predecessors and contemporaries. They should simply be viewed as public officials, responsible for managing capital and guiding industrial ventures. However, we must be careful not to underestimate the immense value of their role or obstruct its execution in any way. This all stems directly from the policy of Separation of Powers. The responsibility we propose placing on capitalists is purely moral, while the theorists of the revolutionary school have always favored political coercion. When the wealthy neglect their duties, the Positive priesthood will first attempt every method of persuasion and conviction, drawing on the education they share with other classes. If that fails, there remains the option of formally condemning their behavior; if this condemnation gains the support of working men in every city and women in every household, its impact would be hard to resist. In particularly serious cases, it might be necessary to go as far as social excommunication, which, if widely accepted, would be even more powerful than in the Middle Ages, when the organization of spiritual authority was quite imperfect. But even in this case, the methods employed for suppression are purely moral. The increasingly rare instances that require political action fall solely under the jurisdiction of the temporal power.

Hereditary transmission of wealth has been strongly condemned by metaphysical writers. But it is after all a natural mode of transmission, and the moral discipline above described will be a sufficient check upon its worst abuses. When the sense of Duty is substituted for the sense of Right, it matters little who may be the possessor of any given power, provided it be well used. Inheritance, as Positivism shows, has great social advantages, especially when applied to functions which require no extraordinary capacity, and which are best learnt in the training of domestic life. Taking the moral point of view, we find that men who have been always accustomed to wealth are more disposed to be generous than those who have amassed it gradually, however honourable the means used. Inheritance was originally the mode in which all functions were transmitted; and in the case of wealth there is no reason why it should not always continue, since the mere preservation of wealth, without reference to its employment, requires but little special ability. There is no guarantee that, if other guardians of capital were appointed, the public would be better served.416 Modern industry has long ago proved the administrative superiority of private enterprise in commercial transactions; and all social functions that admit of it will gradually pass into private management, always excepting the great theoretic functions in which combined action will ever be necessary. Declaim as the envious will against hereditary wealth, its possessors, when they have a good disposition moulded by a wise education and a healthy state of public opinion, will in many cases rank amongst the most useful organs of Humanity. It is not the class who constitute the moral force of society, that will give vent to these idle complaints, or at least they will be confined to those individuals among them who fail to understand the dignity and value of their common mission of elevating man’s affections, intellect, and energies.

Hereditary transmission of wealth has been heavily criticized by philosophical writers. However, it's a natural way of passing on assets, and the moral guidelines previously mentioned will help curb its worst excesses. When the sense of Duty takes the place of the sense of Right, it doesn’t really matter who has a certain power, as long as it’s used wisely. Inheritance, as Positivism indicates, offers significant social benefits, especially for roles that don’t require exceptional skills and are best learned through family life. From a moral perspective, we see that individuals who have always been wealthy tend to be more generous than those who acquired their wealth gradually, no matter how honorable the means. Inheritance was originally how all roles were passed down; there’s no reason it shouldn’t remain the case with wealth since simply preserving it, without considering how it’s used, requires little special talent. There’s no assurance that if different guardians of capital were chosen, the public would be better served. Modern industry has long demonstrated the effectiveness of private enterprise in business dealings, and social functions that can be privatized will gradually move into private hands, except for the major theoretical functions that will always need collective action. No matter how much the envious complain about inherited wealth, its holders, when shaped by a good education and a healthy public attitude, can often be among the most beneficial contributors to humanity. It’s not the class that forms the moral backbone of society that will express these pointless grievances, or at least they will only come from those among them who don’t grasp the significance and worth of their shared mission to uplift human feelings, intellect, and energy.416

Women and priests to have their material subsistence guaranteed

The only cases in which the spiritual power has to interfere specially for the protection of material interests fall under two principles, which are very plainly indicated by the natural order of society. The first principle is, that Man should support Woman; the second, that the Active class should support the Speculative class. The necessity of both these conditions is evident; without them the effective and speculative function of Humanity cannot be adequately performed. Private and public welfare are so deeply involved in the influence exercised by Feeling over the intellectual and active powers, that we shall do well to secure that influence, even at the cost of removing one half of the race from industrial occupations. Even in the lowest tribes of savages we find the stronger sex recognizing some obligations towards the weaker; and it is this which distinguishes human love, even in its coarser forms, from animal appetite. With every step in the417 progress of Humanity we find the obligation more distinctly acknowledged, and more fully satisfied. In Positive religion it becomes a fundamental duty, for which each individual, or even society, when it may be necessary, will be held responsible. As to the second principle, it is one which has been already admitted by former systems; and, in spite of the anarchy in which we live, it has never been wholly discarded, at least in countries which have been unaffected by the individualist tendencies of Protestantism. Positivism, however, while adopting the principle as indispensable to the theoretic functions of Humanity, will employ it far more sparingly than Catholicism, the decay of which was very much hastened by its excessive wealth. If temporal and spiritual power are really to be separated, philosophers should have as little to do with wealth as with government. Resembling women in their exclusion from political power, their position as to wealth should be like that of the working classes, proper regard being had to the requirements of their office. By following this course, they may be confident that the purity of their opinions and advice will never be called in question.

The only times when spiritual power needs to step in specifically to protect material interests are based on two clear principles reflected in the natural order of society. The first principle is that men should support women; the second is that the active class should support the speculative class. The necessity of both these conditions is clear; without them, humanity cannot effectively fulfill its roles. Private and public welfare are so closely tied to the influence of feelings on intellectual and active powers that it’s wise to ensure that influence, even if it means keeping half the population out of industrial jobs. Even in the most basic tribes of humans, the stronger gender recognizes some responsibilities toward the weaker; this is what sets human love apart, even in its more primitive forms, from animal instinct. With every advancement in humanity, this obligation becomes more clearly acknowledged and fulfilled. In positive religion, it becomes a fundamental duty for which each individual, or even society, may be held accountable when necessary. As for the second principle, it has already been accepted by past systems; despite the chaos we live in, it has never been entirely lost, at least in countries untouched by the individualism of Protestantism. Positivism, however, while considering this principle essential to humanity's theoretical functions, will apply it much more sparingly than Catholicism, whose decline was largely accelerated by its excessive wealth. If temporal and spiritual power are truly to be separated, philosophers should have as little to do with wealth as they do with government. Like women in their exclusion from political power, their stance on wealth should be similar to that of the working classes, taking into account the needs of their role. By following this approach, they can be confident that the integrity of their opinions and advice will never be questioned.

These two conditions then, Capitalists, as the normal administrators of the common fund of wealth, will be expected to satisfy. They must, that is, so regulate the distribution of wages, that women shall be released from work; and they must see that proper remuneration is given for intellectual labour. To exact the performance of these conditions seems no easy task; yet until they are satisfied, the equilibrium of our social economy will remain unstable. The institution of property can be maintained no longer upon the untenable ground of personal right. Its present possessors may probably decline to accept these418 principles. In that case their functions will pass in one way or another to new organs, until Humanity finds servants who will not shirk their fundamental duties, but who will recognize them as the first condition of their tenure of power. That power, subject to these limitations, will then be regarded with the highest respect, for all will feel that the existence of Humanity depends on it. Alike on intellectual and on moral grounds, society will repudiate the envious passions and subversive views which are aroused at present by the unfounded claims of property, and by its repudiation, since the Middle Ages, of every real moral obligation. Rich men will feel that principles like these, leaving as they do so large a margin of voluntary action to the individual, are the only method of escaping from the political oppression with which they are now threatened. The free concentration of capital will then be readily accepted as necessary to its social usefulness; for great duties imply great powers.

These two conditions then, Capitalists, as the normal managers of the common wealth, will be expected to meet. They need to manage wage distribution in a way that allows women to step back from work, and they must ensure fair pay for intellectual labor. Meeting these conditions doesn’t seem like an easy job; however, until they are fulfilled, the balance of our social economy will remain unstable. The idea of property can no longer stand on shaky grounds of personal rights. Current property holders may refuse to accept these principles. In that case, their roles will shift to new entities, until humanity finds leaders who will not avoid their essential responsibilities but will acknowledge them as the fundamental requirement for holding power. That power, under these constraints, will then be held in high regard because everyone will recognize that humanity's existence relies on it. On both intellectual and moral grounds, society will reject the envious desires and destructive views currently stirred up by the baseless claims of property, and by its dismissal of any real moral obligation since the Middle Ages. Wealthy individuals will realize that principles like these, which allow for considerable personal freedom, are the only way to escape the political oppression they're facing. A free concentration of capital will then be seen as necessary for its social value, because great responsibilities require great powers.

Normal relation of priests, people, and capitalists

This, then, is the way in which the priests of Humanity may hope to regenerate the material power of wealth, and bring the nutritive functions of society into harmony with the other parts of the body politic. The contests for which as yet there are but too many motives will then cease; the People without loss of dignity will give free play to their natural instincts of respect, and will be as willing to accept the authority of their political rulers as to place confidence in their spiritual guides. They will feel that true happiness has no necessary connexion with wealth; that it depends far more on free play being given to their intellectual, moral, and social qualities; and that in this respect they are more favourably situated than those above them. They will cease to aspire419 to the enjoyments of wealth and power, leaving them to those whose political activity requires that strong stimulus. Each man’s ambition will be to do his work well; and after it is over, to perform his more general function of assisting the spiritual power, and of taking part in the formation of Public Opinion, by giving his best judgment upon passing events. Of the limits to be observed by the spiritual power the People will be well aware; and they will accept none which does not subordinate the intellect to the heart, and guarantee the purity of its doctrine by strict abstinence from political power. By an appeal to the principles of Positive Polity, they will at once check any foolish yielding on the part of philosophers to political ambition, and will restore the temporal power to its proper place. They will be aware that though the general principles of practical life rest upon Science, it is not for Science to direct their application. The incapacity of theorists to apply their theories practically has long been recognized in minor matters, and it will now be recognized as equally applicable to political questions. The province of the philosopher is education; and as the result of education, counsel: the province of the capitalist is action and authoritative direction. This is the only right distribution of power; and the people will insist on maintaining it in its integrity, seeing, as they will, that without it the harmonious existence of Humanity is impossible.

This is how the priests of Humanity can hope to regenerate the material power of wealth and bring the nourishing functions of society into alignment with the other parts of the political body. The conflicts, which currently have too many motivating factors, will then come to an end; the People, without losing their dignity, will freely express their natural instincts of respect and will be just as willing to accept the authority of their political leaders as they are to trust their spiritual guides. They will realize that true happiness isn't necessarily tied to wealth; it's much more about allowing their intellectual, moral, and social qualities to flourish. In this way, they will see themselves as better off than those above them. They will stop striving for the enjoyments of wealth and power, leaving those pursuits to those whose political roles require such strong motivation. Each person's ambition will be to do their job well and, once it's done, to contribute to the spiritual power and help shape Public Opinion by sharing their thoughtful insights on current events. The People will be fully aware of the boundaries that should be respected by the spiritual power, and they will not accept any limits that don't prioritize the heart over the intellect or ensure the integrity of its teachings by avoiding political power. By appealing to the principles of Positive Polity, they will quickly counter any foolish surrender by philosophers to political ambition and will restore temporal power to its rightful place. They will understand that although the general principles of practical life are grounded in Science, it's not Science's role to dictate how those principles are applied. The inability of theorists to apply their theories practically has long been recognized in minor issues, and it will now be acknowledged in political matters as well. The role of the philosopher is education, and as a result of that education, offering advice; the role of the capitalist is to take action and provide authoritative guidance. This is the only proper allocation of power, and the people will insist on maintaining it in its entirety, knowing that without it, the harmonious existence of Humanity is impossible.

We are not yet ripe for the normal state. But the revolution of 1848 is a step towards it

From this view of the practical side of the religion of Humanity taken in connexion with its intellectual and moral side, we may form a general conception of the final reorganization of political institutions, by which alone the great Revolution can be brought to a420 close. But the time for effecting this reconstruction has not yet come. There must be a previous reconstruction of opinions and habits of life upon the basis laid down by Positivism; and for this at least one generation is required. In the interval all political measures must retain their provisional character, although in framing them the final state is always to be taken into account. As yet nothing can be said to have been established, except the moral principle on which Positivism rests, the subordination of Politics to Morals. For this is in fact implicitly involved in the proclamation of a Republic in France; a step which cannot now be recalled, and which implies that each citizen is to devote all his faculties to the service of Humanity. But with regard to the social organization, by which alone this principle can be carried into effect, although its basis has been laid down by Positivism, it has not yet received the sanction of the Public. It may be hoped, however, that the motto which I have put forward as descriptive of the new political philosophy, Order and Progress, will soon be adopted spontaneously.

From this perspective on the practical aspects of the religion of Humanity in relation to its intellectual and moral sides, we can develop a general idea of the ultimate restructuring of political institutions, which is the only way to bring the great Revolution to a420 close. However, the time for making this change hasn’t arrived yet. There needs to be a prior overhaul of opinions and lifestyle habits based on the foundation laid by Positivism, and this will take at least one generation. In the meantime, all political measures should remain provisional, even though they should always consider the final outcome. So far, nothing can be considered established except for the moral principle that underpins Positivism: the subordination of Politics to Morals. This principle is implicitly contained in the declaration of a Republic in France; a step that cannot be undone, and implies that each citizen should dedicate all their abilities to the service of Humanity. However, regarding the social organization that can actually implement this principle, even though Positivism has laid the groundwork, it hasn’t yet gained public approval. Nevertheless, it is hopeful that the motto I proposed to characterize the new political philosophy, Order and Progress, will soon be embraced naturally.

First revolutionary motto, Liberty and Equality

In the first or negative phase of the Revolution, all that was done was utterly to repudiate the old political system. No indication whatever was given of the state of things which was to succeed it. The motto of the time, Liberty and Equality, is an exact representation of this state of things, the conditions expressed in it being utterly contradictory, and incompatible with organization of any kind. For obviously, Liberty gives free scope to superiority of all kinds, and especially to moral and mental superiority; so that if a uniform level of Equality is insisted on, freedom of growth is checked. Yet inconsistent as the motto was, it was admirably adapted to the destructive421 temper of the time; a time when hatred of the Past compensated the lack of insight into the Future. It had, too, a progressive tendency, which partly neutralized its subversive spirit. It inspired the first attempt to derive true principles of polity from general views of history; the memorable though unsuccessful essay of my great predecessor Condorcet13. Thus the first intimation of the future influence of the historical spirit was given at the very time when the anti-historical spirit had reached its climax.

In the initial or negative phase of the Revolution, all that happened was a total rejection of the old political system. There was no indication whatsoever of what would come next. The motto of the time, Liberty and Equality, perfectly reflects this situation, as the concepts it expresses are completely contradictory and incompatible with any form of organization. Clearly, Liberty allows for various forms of superiority, particularly moral and intellectual superiority; thus, if a uniform level of Equality is demanded, it stifles the freedom to grow. Yet, despite its inconsistencies, the motto was well-suited to the destructive mindset of the time—a period when a disdain for the Past made up for a lack of vision for the Future. It also had a progressive aspect, which somewhat offset its revolutionary nature. It inspired the first effort to base true political principles on overarching historical views—the notable but unsuccessful essay by my esteemed predecessor Condorcet13. Therefore, the first hint of the future impact of the historical perspective emerged right when the anti-historical attitude was at its peak.

The long period of reaction which succeeded the first crisis gave rise to no political motto of any importance. It was a period for which men of any vigour of thought and character could not but feel secret repugnance. It produced, however, a universal conviction that the metaphysical policy of the revolutionists was of no avail for constructive purposes. And it gave rise to the historical works of the Neo-Catholic school, which prepared the way for Positivism by giving the first fair appreciation of the Middle Ages.

The long period of response that followed the first crisis didn’t inspire any significant political slogans. It was a time that anyone with strong thoughts and character couldn’t help but dislike. However, it created a widespread belief that the abstract ideas of the revolutionaries were useless for building something new. It also led to the historical works of the Neo-Catholic school, which laid the groundwork for Positivism by providing a more accurate understanding of the Middle Ages.

Second motto, Liberty and Order

But the Counter-revolution, begun by Robespierre, carried to its full length by Bonaparte, and continued by the Bourbons, came to an end in the memorable outbreak of 1830. A neutral period of eighteen years followed, and a new motto, Liberty and Public Order, was temporarily adopted. This motto was very expressive of the political condition of the time; and the more so that it arose spontaneously, without ever receiving any formal sanction. It expressed the general feeling of the public, who, feeling that the secret of the political future was possessed by none of the existing parties, contented itself with pointing out the two422 conditions essential as a preparation for it. It was an improvement on the first motto, because it indicated more clearly that the ultimate purpose of the revolution was construction. It got rid of the anti-social notion of Equality. All the moral advantages of Equality without its political danger existed already in the feeling of Fraternity, which, since the Middle Ages, has become sufficiently diffused in Western Europe to need no special formula. Again, this motto introduced empirically the great conception of Order; understanding it of course in the limited sense of material order at home and abroad. No deeper meaning was likely to be attached to the word in a time of such mental and moral anarchy.

But the Counter-revolution, started by Robespierre, carried out to the fullest by Bonaparte, and continued by the Bourbons, came to an end with the significant uprising of 1830. An 18-year neutral period followed, during which a new motto, Liberty and Public Order, was temporarily adopted. This motto captured the political climate of the time, especially since it arose spontaneously without any formal approval. It reflected the general sentiment of the public, who sensed that none of the current parties held the key to the political future and instead chose to highlight the two422 essential conditions needed for it. This was an improvement over the first motto, as it made it clear that the ultimate goal of the revolution was to build something new. It moved away from the anti-social idea of Equality. All the moral benefits of Equality, without its political risks, were already found in the feeling of Fraternity, which has been widely spread throughout Western Europe since the Middle Ages and no longer needed a specific slogan. Additionally, this motto empirically introduced the important concept of Order, understood in the straightforward sense of maintaining material order both at home and abroad. No deeper meaning was likely to be associated with the term in a time of such mental and moral chaos.

Third motto, Order and Progress

But with the adoption of the Republican principle in 184814, the utility of this provisional motto ceased. For the Revolution now entered upon its Positive phase; which indeed, for all philosophical minds, had been already inaugurated by my discovery of the laws of Social Science. But the fact of its having fallen into disuse is no reason for going back to the old motto, Liberty and Equality, which, since the crisis of 1789, has ceased to be appropriate. In the utter absence of social convictions, it has obtained a sort of official resuscitation; but this will not prevent men of good sense and right feeling from adopting spontaneously the motto Order and Progress, as the principle of all political action for the future. In the second chapter I dwelt at some length upon this motto, and pointed out its political and philosophical meaning. I have now only to show its connexion with the other mottoes of which we have been speaking, and the probability of its adoption. Each of them, like all combinations, whether in423 the moral or physical world, is composed of two elements; and the last has one of its elements in common with the second, as the second has in common with the first. Moreover, Liberty, the element common to the two first, is in reality contained in the third; since all Progress implies Liberty. But Order is put foremost, because the word is here intended to cover the whole field that properly belongs to it. It includes things private as well as public, theoretical as well as practical, moral as well as political. Progress is put next, as the end for which Order exists, and as the mode in which it should be manifested. This conception, for which the crisis of 1789 prepared the way, will be our guiding principle throughout the constructive phase of the Western Revolution. The reconciliation of Order and Progress, which had hitherto been impossible, is now an accepted fact for all advanced minds. For the public this is not yet the case; but since the close of the Counter-revolution in 1830, all minds have been tending unconsciously in this direction. The tendency becomes still more striking by contrast with an opposite movement, the increasing identity of principles between the reactionary and the anarchist schools.

But with the adoption of the Republican principle in 1848, the usefulness of this temporary motto came to an end. The Revolution entered its Positive phase, which, for all philosophical thinkers, had actually begun with my discovery of the laws of Social Science. Just because it has fallen out of use doesn't mean we should revert to the old motto, Liberty and Equality, which has become outdated since the crisis of 1789. Despite the lack of social beliefs, it has gained a sort of official revival; however, this won't stop sensible and morally-minded individuals from embracing the motto Order and Progress as the guiding principle of all future political action. In the second chapter, I examined this motto in depth and highlighted its political and philosophical significance. Now, I merely need to demonstrate its connection with the other slogans we've discussed and its likelihood of being adopted. Each of these slogans, like all combinations in both the moral and physical realms, consists of two components; and the last one shares one element with the second, just as the second shares one with the first. Furthermore, Liberty, which is the element common to the first two, is indeed included in the third since all Progress entails Liberty. Order is placed first because the term is meant to encompass its entire relevant domain. It includes private matters as well as public ones, theoretical concepts as well as practical applications, and moral issues as well as political ones. Progress comes next, as the goal for which Order exists and the way it should be expressed. This idea, for which the crisis of 1789 laid the groundwork, will be our guiding principle during the constructive stage of the Western Revolution. The reconciliation of Order and Progress, which had been impossible until now, is now a recognized fact for all forward-thinking individuals. This is not yet the case for the general public; however, since the end of the Counter-revolution in 1830, all minds have been unconsciously moving in this direction. This tendency becomes even more apparent when contrasted with the opposing movement, the growing alignment of principles between the reactionary and anarchist schools.

Provisional policy for the period of transition

But even if we suppose accomplished what is yet only in prospect, even if the fundamental principle of our future polity were accepted and publicly ratified by the adoption of this motto, yet permanent reconstruction of political institutions would still be premature. Before this can be attempted, the spiritual interregnum must be terminated. For this object, in which all hearts and minds, especially among the working classes and among women, must unite their efforts with those of the philosophic priesthood, at least one424 generation is required. During this period governmental policy should be avowedly provisional; its one object should be to maintain what is so essential to our state of transition, Order, at home and abroad. Here, too, Positivism suffices for the task; by explaining on historical principles the stage that we have left, and that at which we shall ultimately arrive, it enables us to understand the character of the intermediate stage.

But even if we assume we have achieved what is currently just a possibility, and even if the core principle of our future political system is accepted and publicly endorsed by adopting this motto, it would still be too soon for a permanent restructuring of political institutions. Before this can be attempted, the period of spiritual uncertainty must come to an end. For this purpose, everyone, especially the working class and women, must join efforts with the philosophical leaders, and we need at least one424 generation to do this. During this time, government policies should clearly be temporary; their main goal should be to ensure Order, which is crucial for our transitional state, both at home and abroad. Here too, Positivism is sufficient for the task; by explaining, based on historical principles, the stage we've left behind and where we are ultimately heading, it helps us understand the nature of the intermediate phase.

Popular dictatorship with freedom of speech

The solution of the problem consists in a new revolutionary government, adapted to the Positive phase of the Revolution, as the admirable institutions of the Convention were to its negative phase. The principal features of such a government would be perfect freedom of speech and discussion, and at the same time political preponderance of the central authority with proper guarantees for its purity. To secure perfect freedom of discussion, various measures would be taken. All penalties and fines which at present hamper its action would be abolished, the only check left being the obligation of signature. Again, all difficulties in the way of criticizing the private character of public men, due to the disgraceful legislation of the psychologists, would be removed. Lastly, all official grants to theological and metaphysical institutions would be discontinued; for while these remain, freedom of instruction in the true sense cannot be said to exist. With such substantial guarantees there will be little fear of reactionary tendencies on the part of the executive; and consequently no danger in allowing it to take that ascendency over the electoral body which, in the present state of mental and moral anarchy, is absolutely necessary for the maintenance of material order. On this plan the French assembly would be reduced to about two hundred members; and its duty only425 would be to vote the budget proposed by the finance committee of government, and to audit the accounts of the past year. All executive or legislative measures would come within the province of the central power; the only condition being that they should first be submitted to free discussion, whether by journals, public meetings, or individual thinkers, though such discussion should not bind the government legally. The progressive character of the government thus guaranteed, we have next to see that the men who compose it shall be such as are likely to carry out the provisional and purely practical purpose with which it is instituted. On Positive principles, it is to the working classes that we should look for the only statesmen worthy of succeeding to the statesmen of the Convention. Three of such men would be required for the central government. They would combine the functions of a ministry with those of monarchy, one of them taking the direction of Foreign affairs, another of Home affairs, the third of Finance. They would convoke and dissolve the electoral power on their own responsibility. Of this body the majority would in a short time, without any law to that effect, consist of the larger capitalists; for the office would be gratuitous, and the duties would be of a kind for which their ordinary avocations fitted them. Changes would occasionally be necessary in the central government; but since it would consist of three persons, its continuity might be maintained, and the traditions of the previous generation, as well as the tendencies of the future, and the position actually existing, might all be represented.

The solution to the problem lies in a new revolutionary government, suited to the Positive phase of the Revolution, similar to how the remarkable institutions of the Convention served its negative phase. The main features of such a government would include complete freedom of speech and discussion, along with a strong political central authority that has proper safeguards for its integrity. To ensure full freedom of discussion, several measures would be implemented. All penalties and fines currently limiting its effectiveness would be removed, leaving only the requirement of signature as a check. Additionally, all obstacles to criticizing the private conduct of public figures, arising from the disgraceful legislation of psychologists, would be eliminated. Finally, all government funding for theological and metaphysical institutions would be stopped; as long as these institutions exist, true freedom of education cannot be claimed. With these significant safeguards in place, there would be little concern about reactionary tendencies from the executive; therefore, there’s no risk in allowing it to exert its influence over the electorate, which is crucial for maintaining material order amid the current state of mental and moral chaos. Under this plan, the French assembly would be reduced to around two hundred members, and its sole duty would be to vote on the budget proposed by the government’s finance committee and to review the accounts from the past year. All executive or legislative actions would fall under the remit of the central authority, with the only requirement being that they should first be open to free discussion—whether through publications, public meetings, or independent thinkers—though such discussions would not carry any legal obligation for the government. With the progressive nature of the government guaranteed, the next step is to ensure that those in power are capable of fulfilling the provisional and purely practical purpose for which it was established. Based on Positive principles, we should look to the working class for the only statesmen fit to succeed the statesmen of the Convention. Three such individuals would be needed for the central government. They would blend the roles of a ministry with those of a monarchy, with one handling Foreign affairs, another managing Home affairs, and the third overseeing Finance. They would have the authority to convene and dissolve the electoral body on their own initiative. Over time, the majority of this body would consist of larger capitalists, without any law to this effect, as the position would be unpaid, and the responsibilities would align with their usual tasks. Changes in the central government would occasionally be necessary, but since it would have three members, its continuity could be preserved, representing both the traditions of the previous generation and the aspirations of the future, as well as the current situation.

Such a government, though of course retaining some revolutionary features, would come as near to the normal state as is at present practicable.426 For its province would be entirely limited to material questions, and the only anomaly of importance would be the fact of choosing rulers from the working classes. Normally, this class is excluded from political administration, which falls ultimately into the hands of capitalists. But the anomaly is so obviously dependent simply on the present condition of affairs, and will be so restricted in its application, that the working classes are not likely to be seriously demoralized by it. The primary object being to infuse morality into practical life, it is clear that working men, whose minds and hearts are peculiarly accessible to moral influence, are for the present best qualified for political power. No check meantime is placed on the action of the capitalists; and this provisional policy prepares the way for their ultimate accession to power, by convincing them of the urgent need of private and public regeneration, without which they can never be worthy of it. By this course, too, it becomes easier to bring the consultative influence of a spiritual power to bear upon modern government. At first such influence can only be exercised spontaneously; but it will become more and more systematic with every new step in the great philosophical renovation on which the final reorganization of society is based.

Such a government, while still holding onto some revolutionary aspects, would be as close to a normal state as is currently possible.426 Its focus would be entirely on material issues, and the only significant oddity would be choosing leaders from the working class. Usually, this group is excluded from political management, which ultimately falls to capitalists. However, this oddity is clearly tied to the current situation and will be limited in its application, so the working class is unlikely to be deeply affected by it. The main goal is to bring morality into everyday life, and it's clear that working people, who are particularly open to moral influence, are currently the best suited for political power. There are no restrictions on the actions of the capitalists in the meantime; this temporary approach paves the way for their eventual rise to power by highlighting the urgent need for both personal and societal renewal, which they must achieve to be deserving of it. This approach also makes it easier to introduce the consultative influence of a moral authority into modern governance. Initially, such influence can only operate spontaneously, but it will increasingly become more structured with each step in the major philosophical transformation that underpins the final restructuring of society.

The propriety of the provisional policy here recommended is further illustrated by the wide scope of its application. Although suggested by the difficulties peculiar to the position of France, it is equally adapted to other nations who are sufficiently advanced to take part in the great revolutionary crisis. Thus the second phase of the Revolution is at once distinguished from the first, by having an Occidental, as opposed to a purely National, character. And the fact of the executive government being composed of working427 men, points in the same direction; since of all classes working men are the most free from local prejudices, and have the strongest tendencies, both intellectually and morally, to universal union. Even should this form of government be limited for some years to France, it would be enough to remodel the old system of diplomacy throughout the West.

The appropriateness of the temporary policy suggested here is further shown by the broad range of its application. While it originates from the unique challenges faced by France, it is also suitable for other countries that are advanced enough to participate in the major revolutionary crisis. Thus, the second phase of the Revolution is clearly different from the first, as it has a Western, rather than purely national, character. Additionally, the fact that the executive government consists of working-class individuals supports this idea; among all classes, working people are the least bound by local biases and tend to favor universal unity, both intellectually and morally. Even if this type of government is initially limited to France for a few years, it would be sufficient to transform the old system of diplomacy across the West.

Such are the advantages which the second revolutionary government will derive from the possession of systematic principles; whereas the government of the Convention was left to its empirical instincts, and had nothing but its progressive instincts to guide it.

Such are the advantages that the second revolutionary government will gain from having systematic principles; while the Convention's government was guided only by its empirical instincts and relied solely on its progressive instincts.

A special report was published in 1848 by the Positivist Society15, in which the subject of provisional government will be found discussed in greater detail.

A special report was published in 1848 by the Positivist Society15, which discusses the topic of provisional government in greater detail.

Positive Committee for Western Europe

Quiet at home and peace abroad being secured, we shall be able, notwithstanding the continuance of mental and moral anarchy, to proceed actively with the vast work of social regeneration, with the certainty of full liberty of thought and expression. For this purpose it will be desirable to institute the philosophical and political association to which I alluded in the last volume of my Positive Philosophy (published in 1842), under the title of Positive Occidental Committee16. Its sittings would usually be held in Paris, and it would consist, in the first place, of eight Frenchmen, seven Englishmen, six Germans, five Italians, and four Spaniards. This would be enough to represent fairly the principal divisions of each population. Germany,428 for instance, might send a Dutchman, a Prussian, a Swede, a Dane, a Bavarian, and an Austrian. So, too, the Italian members might come respectively from Piedmont, Lombardy, Tuscany, the Roman States, and the two Sicilies. Again, Catalonia, Castille, Andalusia, and Portugal would adequately represent the Spanish Peninsula.

With peace at home and stability abroad secured, we should be able, despite the ongoing chaos in mental and moral matters, to actively pursue the massive task of social renewal, confident in our full freedom of thought and expression. For this purpose, it would be beneficial to establish the philosophical and political association I mentioned in the last volume of my Positive Philosophy (published in 1842), under the title of Positive Occidental Committee16. Its meetings would typically take place in Paris, and it would be composed, initially, of eight French people, seven English, six Germans, five Italians, and four Spaniards. This would be sufficient to fairly represent the main segments of each population. Germany, for example, could send a Dutch person, a Prussian, a Swede, a Dane, a Bavarian, and an Austrian. Similarly, the Italian members could come from Piedmont, Lombardy, Tuscany, the Roman States, and the two Sicilies. Additionally, Catalonia, Castile, Andalusia, and Portugal would properly represent the Spanish Peninsula.

Thus we should have a sort of permanent Council of the new Church. Each of the three elements of the moderating power should be admitted into it; and it might also contain such members of the governing class as were sufficiently regenerated to be of use in forwarding the general movement. There should be practical men in this council as well as philosophers. Here, as elsewhere, it will be principally from the working classes that such practical co-operation will come; but no support, if given sincerely, will be rejected, even should it emanate from the classes who are destined to extinction. It is also most important for the purposes of this Council that the third element of the moderating power, women, should be included in it, so as to represent the fundamental principle of the preponderance of the heart over the understanding. Six ladies should be chosen in addition to the thirty members above mentioned: of these, two would be French, and one from each of the other nations. Besides their ordinary sphere of influence, it will be their special duty to disseminate Positivism among our Southern brethren. It is an office that I had reserved for my saintly colleague, who, but for her premature death, would have rendered eminent service in such a Council.

We should have a kind of permanent Council for the new Church. Each of the three elements of the moderating power should be included; and it could also include members of the governing class who are sufficiently transformed to help promote the overall movement. This council should have practical people as well as philosophers. As is often the case, most practical collaboration will come from the working classes; however, no sincere support will be turned away, even if it comes from those classes that are on their way out. It’s also crucial for the Council that the third element of the moderating power, women, is represented to emphasize the importance of emotion over intellect. Six women should be selected in addition to the thirty members mentioned before: two would be French, and one from each of the other nations. Besides their usual roles, they will have the special responsibility of spreading Positivism among our Southern counterparts. This role was one I had set aside for my esteemed colleague, who, had she not passed away too soon, would have contributed significantly to such a Council.

While material order is maintained by national governments, the members of the Council, as pioneers of the final order of society, will be carrying on the European movement, and gradually terminating429 the spiritual interregnum which is now the sole obstacle to social regeneration. They will forward the development and diffusion of Positivism, and make practical application of its principles, in all ways that are honourably open to them. Instruction of all kinds, oral or written, popular or philosophic, will fall within their province; but their chief aim will be to inaugurate the worship of Humanity so far as that is possible. And already a beginning is possible, so far at least as the system of commemoration is concerned. Politically they may give a direct proof of the international character of the Positive system, by bringing forward several measures, the utility of which has long been recognized, but which have been neglected for want of some central authority placed beyond the reach of national rivalry.

While national governments maintain material order, the members of the Council, as leaders of society's ultimate structure, will continue the European movement and gradually end the spiritual gap that is currently the only barrier to social renewal. They will promote the growth and spread of Positivism, putting its principles into practice in every honorable way available to them. They will cover all types of instruction, whether spoken or written, popular or philosophical; but their main goal will be to start the worship of Humanity as much as possible. A beginning is already feasible, especially regarding the system of commemoration. Politically, they can demonstrate the international nature of the Positive system by proposing several measures that have long been recognized as useful but have been overlooked due to the lack of a central authority free from national rivalry.

Occidental navy

One of the most important of such measures would be the establishment of a Western naval force, with the twofold object of protecting the seas, and of assisting geographical and scientific discovery. It should be recruited and supported by all five branches of the Occidental family, and would thus be a good substitute for the admirable institution of maritime Chivalry which fell with Catholicism. On its flag the Positivist motto would naturally be inscribed, and thus would be for the first time publicly recognized.

One of the most important measures would be to create a Western naval force aimed at both protecting the seas and supporting geographical and scientific exploration. It should be made up of and backed by all five branches of the Western family, making it a fitting replacement for the admirable institution of maritime chivalry that declined with Catholicism. The Positivist motto would naturally be displayed on its flag, publicly acknowledging it for the first time.

International coinage

Another measure, conceived in the same spirit, would soon follow, one which has long been desired, but which, owing to the anarchy prevalent throughout the West since the decline of Catholicism, has never yet been carried out. A common monetary standard will be established, with the consent of the various governments, by which industrial transactions will be greatly facilitated. Three spheres made respectively of gold, silver, and platinum, and each430 weighing fifty grammes, would differ sufficiently in value for the purpose. The sphere should have a small flattened base, and on the great circle parallel to it the Positivist motto would be inscribed. At the pole would be the image of the immortal Charlemagne, the founder of the Western Republic, and round the image his name would be engraved, in its Latin form, Carolus; that name, respected as it is by all nations of Europe alike, would be the common appellation of the universal monetary standard.

Another measure, designed with the same intention, would soon be introduced, something that has been long desired but, due to the chaos throughout the West since the decline of Catholicism, has never been implemented. A common currency standard will be established, with the agreement of the various governments, which will significantly simplify industrial transactions. There will be three spheres made of gold, silver, and platinum, each weighing fifty grams, which would vary enough in value for this purpose. The sphere will have a small flattened base, and along the great circle parallel to it, the Positivist motto will be inscribed. At the top, there will be an image of the immortal Charlemagne, the founder of the Western Republic, and around the image, his name will be engraved in Latin, Carolus; this name, respected by all nations in Europe, will serve as the common name for the universal currency standard.

Occidental school

The adoption of such measures would soon bring the Positivist Committee into favour. Many others might be suggested, relating directly to its fundamental purpose, which need not be specially mentioned here. I will only suggest the foundation, by voluntary effort, of an Occidental School, to serve as the nucleus of a true philosophic class. The students would ultimately enter the Positivist priesthood; they would in most instances come from the working class, without, however, excluding real talent from whatever quarter. By their agency the septennial course of Positive teaching might be introduced in all places disposed to receive it. They would besides supply voluntary missionaries, who would preach the doctrine everywhere, even outside the limits of Western Europe, according to the plan hereafter to be explained. The travels of Positivist workmen in the ordinary duties of their calling, would greatly facilitate this work.

The adoption of these measures would quickly gain the Positivist Committee popularity. Many other suggestions could be made that relate directly to its core purpose, which I won’t detail here. I will propose the establishment, through voluntary efforts, of an Occidental School, intended to serve as the foundation for a genuine philosophical class. The students would eventually join the Positivist priesthood and would mostly come from the working class, although we wouldn’t rule out genuine talent from any background. Through their efforts, a seven-year program of Positive teaching could be introduced in all areas willing to accept it. They would also provide voluntary missionaries to spread the doctrine everywhere, even beyond the borders of Western Europe, following the plan to be explained later. The travels of Positivist workers in their regular jobs would greatly aid this initiative.

A more detailed view of this provisional system of instruction will be found in the second edition of the Report on the Subject of a Positive School, published by the Positivist Society in 184917.

A more detailed view of this temporary teaching system can be found in the second edition of the Report on the Subject of a Positive School, published by the Positivist Society in 184917.

Flag for the Western Republic

There is another step which might be taken, relating not merely to the period of transition, but also to the normal state. A flag suitable to the Western Republic might be adopted, which, with slight alterations, would also be the flag for each nation. The want of such a symbol is already instinctively felt. What is wanted is a substitute for the old retrograde symbols, which yet shall avoid all subversive tendencies. It would be a suitable inauguration of the period of transition which we are now entering, if the colours and mottoes appropriate to the final state were adopted at its outset.

There’s another step that could be taken, not just for the transition period, but for the normal state as well. A flag that represents the Western Republic could be adopted, which, with a few adjustments, would also serve as the flag for each individual nation. There’s already an instinctive need for such a symbol. What’s needed is a replacement for the old, outdated symbols, while still avoiding any subversive implications. It would be a fitting way to kick off the transition period we’re entering if we adopted the colors and mottos that are appropriate for the final state right from the beginning.

To speak first of the banner to be used in religious services. It should be painted on canvas. On one side the ground would be white; on it would be the symbol of Humanity, personified by a woman of thirty years of age, bearing her son in her arms. The other side would bear the religious formula of Positivists: Love is our Principle, Order is our Basis, Progress our End, upon a ground of green, the colour of hope, and therefore most suitable for emblems of the future.

To start with the banner that will be used in religious services, it should be painted on canvas. One side will have a white background featuring the symbol of Humanity, represented by a thirty-year-old woman holding her son in her arms. The other side will display the Positivist religious formula: Love is our Principle, Order is our Basis, Progress our End, on a green background, which symbolizes hope and is thus very fitting for emblems of the future.

Green, too, would be the colour of the political flag, common to the whole West. As it is intended to float freely, it does not admit of painting; but the carved image of Humanity might be placed at the banner-pole. The principal motto of Positivism will, in this case, be divided into two, both alike significant. One side of the flag will have the political and scientific motto, Order and Progress: the other, the moral and esthetic motto, Live for Others. The first will be preferred by men; the other is more especially adapted to women, who are thus invited to participate in these public manifestations of social feeling.

Green would also be the color of the political flag, shared by the entire West. Since it's meant to wave freely, it won't be painted; however, a carved image of Humanity could be placed on the flagpole. The main motto of Positivism will be split into two parts, both equally significant. One side of the flag will carry the political and scientific motto, Order and Progress; the other will display the moral and aesthetic motto, Live for Others. Men will likely prefer the first, while the second is more suited for women, thereby inviting them to join in these public expressions of social sentiment.

This point settled, the question of the various432 national flags becomes easy. In these the centre might be green, and the national colours might be displayed on the border. Thus, in France, where the innovation will be first introduced, the border would be tricolour, with the present arrangement of colours, except that more space should be given to the white, in honour of our old royal flag. In this way uniformity would be combined with variety; and, moreover, it would be shown that the new feeling of Occidentality is perfectly compatible with respect for the smallest nationalities. Each would retain the old signs in combination with the common symbol. The same principle would apply to all emblems of minor importance.

Once this point is settled, the question of the various 432 national flags becomes straightforward. In these, the center could be green, and the national colors could be shown on the border. For instance, in France, where this innovation will first be introduced, the border would be tricolored, maintaining the current color arrangement but giving more space to the white, in honor of our old royal flag. This way, uniformity would blend with variety; furthermore, it would demonstrate that the new sense of Western identity is fully compatible with respect for even the smallest nationalities. Each would keep its old symbols while incorporating the common symbol. The same principle would apply to all insignia of lesser significance.

The question of these symbols, of which I have spoken during the last two years in my weekly courses of lectures, illustrates the most immediate of the functions to which the Positive Committee will be called. I mention it here, as a type of its general action upon European society.

The issue surrounding these symbols, which I've discussed over the past two years in my weekly lectures, highlights one of the most pressing roles the Positive Committee will take on. I'm bringing it up here as an example of its broader impact on European society.

Without setting any limits to the gradual increase of the Association, it is desirable that the central nucleus should always remain limited to the original number of thirty-six, with two additions, which will shortly be mentioned. Each member might institute a more numerous association in his own country, and this again might be the parent of others. Associations thus affiliated may be developed to an unlimited extent; and thus we shall be able to maintain the unity and homogeneity of the Positive Church, without impairing its coherence and vigour. As soon as Positivism has gained in every country a sufficient number of voluntary adherents to constitute the preponderating section of the community, the regeneration of society is secured.

Without placing any limits on the gradual growth of the Association, it’s important that the central group remains capped at the original number of thirty-six, plus two additions that will be mentioned soon. Each member could create a larger association in their own country, which could then give rise to others. These affiliated associations can grow without limit; this way, we can preserve the unity and consistency of the Positive Church while maintaining its coherence and strength. Once Positivism has gathered enough voluntary supporters in each country to become the dominant section of society, the renewal of society is ensured.

The numbers assigned above for the different nations, only represent the order in which the433 advanced minds in each will co-operate in the movement. The order in which the great body of each nation will join it, will be, as far as we can judge from their antecedents, somewhat different. The difference is, that Italy here takes the second place, and Spain the third, while England descends to the last. The grounds for this important modification are indicated in the third edition of my Positive Calendar. They will be discussed in detail in the fourth volume of this Treatise18.

The numbers assigned above for the different nations only represent the order in which the433 forward-thinking individuals in each will collaborate in the movement. The order in which the majority of each nation will join it will, based on what we can tell from their past, be somewhat different. The difference is that Italy takes second place here, and Spain takes third, while England falls to last. The reasons for this important change are outlined in the third edition of my Positive Calendar. They will be discussed in detail in the fourth volume of this Treatise18.

Colonial and foreign Associates of the Committee, the action of which will ultimately extend to the whole human race

From Europe the movement will spread ultimately to the whole race. But the first step in its progress will naturally be to the inhabitants of our colonies, who, though politically independent of Western Europe, still retain their filiation with it. Twelve colonial members may be added to the Council; four for each American Continent, two for India, two for the Dutch and Spanish possessions in the Indian Ocean.

From Europe, the movement will eventually spread to everyone. However, the first step will naturally involve the people in our colonies, who, even though they are politically independent from Western Europe, still have a connection to it. Twelve colonial members might be added to the Council; four from each American continent, two from India, and two from the Dutch and Spanish territories in the Indian Ocean.

This gives us forty-eight members. To these twelve foreign associates will gradually be added, to represent the populations whose growth has been retarded; and then the Council will have received its full complement. For every nation of the world is destined for the same ultimate conditions of social regeneration as ourselves, the only difference being that Western Europe, under the leadership of France, takes the initiative. It is of great importance not to attempt this final extension too soon, an error which would impair the precision and vigour of the renovating movement. At the same time it must never be forgotten that the existence of the Great Being remains434 incomplete until all its members are brought into harmonious co-operation. In ancient times social sympathy was restricted to the idea of Nationality; between this and the final conception of Humanity, the Middle Ages introduced the intermediate conception of Christendom, or Occidentality; the real bearing of which is at present but little appreciated. It will be our first political duty to revive that conception, and place it on a firmer basis, by terminating the anarchy consequent on the extinction of Catholic Feudalism. While occupied in this task, we shall become impressed with the conviction that the union of Western Europe is but a preliminary step to the union of Humanity; an instinctive presentiment of which has existed from the infancy of our race, but which as long as theological belief and military life were predominant, could never be carried out even in thought. The primary laws of human development which form the philosophical basis of the Positive system, apply necessarily to all climates and races whatsoever, the only difference being in the rapidity with which evolution takes place. The inferiority of other nations in this respect is not inexplicable; and it will now be compensated by a growth of greater regularity than ours, and less interrupted by shocks and oscillations. Obviously in our case systematic guidance was impossible, since it is only now that our growth is complete that we can learn the general laws common to it and to other cases. Wise and generous intervention of the West on behalf of our sister nations who are less advanced, will form a noble field for Social Art, when based on sound scientific principles. Relative without being arbitrary, zealous and yet always temperate; such should be the spirit of this intervention; and thus conducted, it will form a system of moral and political action far435 nobler than the proselytism of theology or the extension of military empire. The time will come when it will engross the whole attention of the Positive Council; but for the present it must remain secondary to other subjects of greater urgency.

This gives us forty-eight members. We will gradually add twelve foreign associates to represent populations that have experienced slower growth, completing the Council. Every nation in the world is destined for the same ultimate social progress as us, the only difference being that Western Europe, led by France, is taking the lead. It’s crucial not to rush this final expansion, as it could weaken the precision and strength of the renewal movement. At the same time, we must never forget that the existence of the Great Being remains incomplete until all its members collaborate harmoniously. In ancient times, social empathy was limited to Nationality; between this and the ultimate idea of Humanity, the Middle Ages introduced the notion of Christendom, or Western identity; its true significance is not fully appreciated today. Our primary political duty will be to revive that concept and establish it on a stronger foundation by ending the chaos that followed the decline of Catholic Feudalism. While we work on this, we will come to believe that the unification of Western Europe is just a preliminary step towards the unity of Humanity; an instinctive sense of this has existed since the dawn of our species, but as long as religious beliefs and militarism prevailed, it couldn't even be imagined. The fundamental laws of human development that support the Positive system apply to all climates and races; the only difference is the pace of evolution. The perceived inferiority of other nations in this regard is understandable; it will now be balanced by a more consistent growth than ours, with fewer disruptions. Clearly, in our case, systematic management was impossible, and only now that our development is complete can we understand the general laws it shares with others. Wise and generous support from the West for our sister nations that are less advanced will provide an admirable opportunity for Social Art based on solid scientific principles. This intervention should be relative, not arbitrary; passionate yet always moderate; and if conducted this way, it will create a system of moral and political action far nobler than theological proselytism or military expansion. The day will come when it will capture the full attention of the Positive Council; but for now, it must take a back seat to more urgent matters.

The first to join the Western movement will necessarily be the remaining portion of the White race: which in all its branches is superior to the other two races. There are two Monotheist nations, and one Polytheist, which will be successively incorporated. Taken together, the three represent the propagation of Positivism in the East.

The first to join the Western movement will inevitably be the rest of the White race, which, in all its forms, is superior to the other two races. There are two monotheistic nations and one polytheistic nation that will be successively incorporated. Together, these three represent the spread of Positivism in the East.

The vast population of the Russian empire was left outside the pale of Catholic Feudalism. By virtue of its Christianity, however, notwithstanding its entire confusion of temporal and spiritual power, it holds the first place among the Monotheistic nations of the East. Its initiation into the Western movement will be conducted by two nations of intermediate position; Greece, connected with Russia by the tie of religion; and Poland, united with her politically. Though neither of these nations is homogeneous in structure with Russia, it would cause serious delay in the propagation of Positivism should the connexion be altogether terminated.

The huge population of the Russian empire was excluded from Catholic Feudalism. However, because of its Christianity, and despite its complete mix-up of political and spiritual power, it stands first among the Monotheistic nations in the East. Its entry into the Western movement will be led by two nations in a middle position: Greece, linked to Russia by religion, and Poland, connected politically. Although neither of these nations is structurally the same as Russia, completely ending this connection would significantly delay the spread of Positivism.

The next step will be to Mohammedan Monotheism; first in Turkey, afterwards in Persia. Here Positivism will find points of sympathy of which Catholicism could not admit. Indeed these are already perceptible. Arab civilization transmitted Greek science to us: and this will always secure for it an honourable place among the essential elements of the mediaeval system, regarded as a preparation for Positivism.

The next step will be Mohammedan Monotheism; first in Turkey, then in Persia. Here, Positivism will find points of sympathy that Catholicism could not accept. In fact, these are already noticeable. Arab civilization passed down Greek science to us, and this will always ensure it a respected place among the key elements of the medieval system, seen as a preparation for Positivism.

Lastly, we come to the Polytheists of India;436 and with them the incorporation of the White race will be complete. Already we see some spontaneous tendencies in this direction. Although from exceptional causes Theocracy has been preserved in India, there exist real points of contact with Positivism; and in this respect the assistance of Persia will be of service. It is the peculiar privilege of the Positive doctrine that, taking so complete a view of human development, it is always able to appreciate the most ancient forms of social life at their true worth.

Lastly, we come to the Polytheists of India;436 and with them, the integration of the White race will be complete. We're already noticing some natural tendencies in this direction. Although exceptional circumstances have allowed Theocracy to survive in India, there are real connections with Positivism; and in this regard, the support from Persia will be helpful. The Positive doctrine's unique advantage is that, by taking such a comprehensive view of human development, it can always recognize the true value of the most ancient forms of social life.

In these three stages of Positivist propagation, the Council will have elected the first half of its foreign associates; admitting successively a Greek, a Russian, an Egyptian, a Turk, a Persian and finally, a Hindoo.

In these three stages of Positivist expansion, the Council will have chosen the first half of its foreign members, gradually including a Greek, a Russian, an Egyptian, a Turk, a Persian, and finally, a Hindu.

The Yellow race has adhered firmly to Polytheism. But it has been considerably modified in all its branches by Monotheism, either in the Christian or Mohammedan form. To some extent, therefore, it is prepared for further change; and a sufficient number of adherents may soon be obtained for Tartary, China, Japan, and Malacca to be represented in the Council.

The Yellow race has strongly held onto Polytheism. However, it has been significantly influenced in all its forms by Monotheism, whether through Christianity or Islam. Because of this, it is somewhat open to further change; and a good number of followers may soon emerge from Tartary, China, Japan, and Malacca to be represented in the Council.

With one last edition the organization of the Council is complete. The black race has yet to be included. It should send two representatives; one from Hayti, which had the energy to shake off the iniquitous yoke of slavery, and the other from central Africa, which has never yet been subjected to European influence. European pride has looked with contempt on these African tribes, and imagines them destined to hopeless stagnation. But the very fact of their having been left to themselves renders them better disposed to receive Positivism, the first system in which their Fetichistic faith has been appreciated, as the origin from which the historic evolution of society has proceeded.

With one final update, the Council's organization is complete. The Black community still needs representation. They should send two representatives: one from Haiti, which had the determination to break free from the unjust burden of slavery, and the other from Central Africa, which has never been subjected to European influence. European pride has looked down on these African tribes, assuming they are doomed to stagnation. However, the very fact that they have been left to their own devices makes them more open to Positivism, the first system that has recognized the value of their traditional beliefs as part of the historical development of society.

It is probable that the Council will have reached its limit of sixty members, before the spiritual interregnum in the central region of Humanity has been terminated. But even if political reconstruction were to proceed so rapidly in Europe as to render all possible assistance to this vast movement, it is hardly conceivable that the five stages of which it consists can be thoroughly effected within a period of two centuries. But however this may be, the action of the Council will become increasingly valuable, not only for its direct influence on the less advanced nations, but also and more especially, because the proofs it will furnish of the universality of the new religion will strengthen its adherents in the Western family.

It’s likely that the Council will hit its limit of sixty members before the spiritual interruption in the central region of humanity is over. But even if political rebuilding in Europe moves forward quickly enough to support this huge movement, it’s hard to believe that the five stages involved can be fully completed in just two centuries. Regardless of this, the Council’s actions will become more and more important, not only for their immediate impact on less developed nations but also, and especially, because the evidence it provides of the new religion's universality will bolster its supporters in the Western community.

Conclusion. Perfection of the Positivist ideal

But the time when Positivism can be brought into direct contact with these preliminary phases is far distant, and we need not wait for it. The features of the system stand out already with sufficient clearness to enable us to begin at once the work of mental and social renovation for which our revolutionary predecessors so energetically prepared the way. They however were blinded to the Future by their hatred of the Past. With us, on the contrary, social sympathy rests upon the historical spirit, and at the same time strengthens it. Solidarity with our contemporaries is not enough for us, unless we combine it with the sense of Continuity with former times; and while we press on toward the Future, we lean upon the Past, every phase of which our religion holds in honour. So far from the energy of our progressive movement being hampered by such feelings, it is only by doing full justice to the Past, as no system but ours can do consistently, that we can obtain perfect emancipation of thought; because we are thus saved from the necessity of making438 the slightest actual concession to systems which we regard as obsolete. Understanding their nature and their purpose better than the sectaries who still empirically adhere to them, we can see that each was in its time necessary as a preparatory step towards the final system, in which all their partial and imperfect services will be combined.

But the time when Positivism can be directly connected to these early stages is still far off, and we don't need to wait for it. The characteristics of the system are already clear enough for us to start the work of mental and social renewal that our revolutionary predecessors prepared so energetically. However, they were blinded to the Future by their hatred of the Past. In contrast, our social empathy is rooted in a historical perspective, which in turn strengthens it. Solidarity with our contemporaries isn't enough for us unless we link it with a sense of Continuity with earlier times; while we move toward the Future, we also draw on the Past, which our beliefs honor at every stage. Far from hindering the energy of our progressive movement, it is only by genuinely acknowledging the Past—something no other system can do consistently—that we can achieve true freedom of thought; this way, we avoid needing to make any actual compromises with systems we consider outdated. By understanding their nature and purpose better than the followers who still stick to them, we can see that each was necessary in its time as a preparatory step towards the final system, where all their partial and imperfect contributions will come together.

Comparing it especially with the last synthesis by which the Western family of nations has been directed, it is clear even from the indications given in this prefatory work, that the new synthesis is more real, more comprehensive, and more stable. All that we find to admire in the mediaeval system is developed and matured in Positivism. It is the only system which can induce the intellect to accept its due position of subordination to the heart. We recognize the piety and chivalry of our ancestors, who made a noble application of the best doctrine that was possible in their time. We believe that were they living now, they would be found in our ranks. They would acknowledge the decay of their provisional phase of thought, and would see that in its present degenerate state it is only a symbol of reaction, and a source of discord.

Comparing it especially with the last synthesis that guided the Western family of nations, it's clear even from the hints in this introductory work that the new synthesis is more realistic, more comprehensive, and more stable. Everything we admire in the medieval system is developed and refined in Positivism. It’s the only system that can encourage the mind to accept its rightful place beneath the heart. We recognize the devotion and honor of our ancestors, who made a noble effort to apply the best teachings available in their time. We believe that if they were alive today, they would stand with us. They would acknowledge the decline of their temporary way of thinking and see that in its current weakened state, it’s just a symbol of backlash and a source of conflict.

And now that the doctrine has been shown to rest on a central principle, a principle which appeals alike to instinct and to reason, we may carry our comparison a step further, and convince all clear-seeing and honest minds that it is as superior to former systems in its influence over the emotions and the imagination, as it is from the practical and intellectual aspect. Under it, Life, whether private or public, becomes in a still higher sense than under Polytheism, a continuous act of worship performed under the inspiration of universal Love. All our thoughts, feelings, and actions flow spontaneously to a common centre in Humanity,439 our Supreme Being; a Being who is real, accessible, and sympathetic, because she is of the same nature as her worshippers, though far superior to any one of them. The very conception of Humanity is a condensation of the whole mental and social history of man. For it implies the irrevocable extinction of theology and of war; both of which are incompatible with uniformity of belief and with co-operation of all the energies of the race. The spontaneous morality of the emotions is restored to its due place; and Philosophy, Poetry, and Polity are thereby regenerated. Each is placed in its due relation to the others, and is consecrated to the study, the praise, and the service of Humanity, the most relative and the most perfectible of all beings. Science passes from the analytic to the synthetic state, being entrusted with the high mission of founding an objective basis for man’s action on the laws of the external world and of man’s nature; a basis which is indispensable to control the oscillation of our opinions, the versatility of our feelings, and the instability of our purposes. Poetry assumes at last its true social function, and will henceforth be preferred to all other studies. By idealizing Humanity under every aspect, it enables us to give fit expression to the gratitude we owe to her, both publicly and as individuals; and thus it becomes a source of the highest spiritual benefit.

And now that we’ve established that the doctrine is based on a central principle that appeals to both instinct and reason, we can take our comparison a step further. We can show all clear-minded and honest people that it is superior to earlier systems in its influence on emotions and imagination, just as it is from a practical and intellectual standpoint. Under this doctrine, life—both private and public—becomes, even more than under Polytheism, a continuous act of worship inspired by universal Love. All our thoughts, feelings, and actions flow naturally to a common center in Humanity,439, our Supreme Being; a Being who is real, accessible, and empathetic because she shares the same nature as her worshippers, while being far superior to any one of them. The very idea of Humanity encapsulates the entire mental and social history of mankind. It signifies the irreversible end of theology and war, both of which are incompatible with uniform belief and the collaboration of all the energies of the human race. The natural morality of emotions is restored to its rightful place, and Philosophy, Poetry, and Politics are all revitalized. Each is positioned correctly in relation to the others, dedicated to the study, praise, and service of Humanity, the most relational and improvable of all beings. Science shifts from an analytical to a synthetic state, tasked with the important mission of establishing an objective basis for human action grounded in the laws of the external world and human nature; this foundation is essential to manage the fluctuations of our opinions, the variability of our feelings, and the inconsistency of our goals. Poetry finally takes on its true social role, becoming the preferred study above all others. By idealizing Humanity in every respect, it helps us express the gratitude we owe to her, both publicly and as individuals, thus becoming a source of the greatest spiritual benefit.

But amidst the pleasures that spring from the study and the praise of Humanity, it must be remembered that Positivism is characterized always by reality and utility, and admits of no degeneration into asceticism or quietism. The Love by which it is inspired is no passive principle; while stimulating Reason and Imagination, it does so only to give a higher direction to our practical activity. It was in practical life that440 the Positive spirit first arose, extending thence to the sphere of thought, and ultimately to the moral sphere. The grand object of human existence is the constant improvement of the natural Order that surrounds us: of our material condition first; subsequently of our physical, intellectual, and moral nature. And the highest of these objects is moral progress, whether in the individual, in the family, or in society. It is on this that human happiness, whether in private or public life, principally depends. Political art, then, when subordinated to morality, becomes the most essential of all arts. It consists in concentration of all human effort upon the service of Humanity in accordance with the natural laws which regulate her existence.

But among the joys that come from studying and appreciating Humanity, we need to remember that Positivism is always grounded in reality and practicality, and it doesn’t allow for any drift into asceticism or quietism. The Love that inspires it isn’t a passive force; while it stimulates Reason and Imagination, it does so only to guide our practical actions in a better direction. It was in practical life that440 the Positive spirit first emerged, extending from there into the realm of thought, and eventually into the moral dimension. The main goal of human existence is the ongoing improvement of the natural Order that surrounds us: starting with our material conditions, and then moving on to our physical, intellectual, and moral development. The highest of these goals is moral progress, whether in individuals, families, or society. This is what human happiness, whether in private or public life, mainly relies on. Thus, when political art is aligned with morality, it becomes the most vital of all arts. It focuses on channeling all human effort toward serving Humanity in line with the natural laws that govern her existence.

The great merit of ancient systems of polity, of the Roman system especially, was that precedence was always given to public interests. Every citizen co-operated in the manner and degree suited to those early times. But there were no means of providing proper regulation for domestic life. In the Middle Ages, when Catholicism attempted to form a complete system of morality, private life was made the principal object. All our affections were subjected to a most beneficial course of discipline, in which the inmost springs of vice and virtue were reached. But owing to the inadequacy of the doctrines on which the system rested, the solution of the problem was incoherent. The method by which Catholicism controlled the selfish propensities was one which turned men away from public life, and concentrated them on interests which were at once chimerical and personal. The immediate value of this great effort was, that it brought about for the first time a separation between moral and political power, which in the systems of antiquity had always been441 confounded. But the separation was due rather to the force of circumstances than to any conscious efforts; and it could not be fully carried out, because it was incompatible with the spirit of the Catholic doctrine and with the military character of society. Woman sympathized with Catholicism, but the people never supported it with enthusiasm, and it soon sank under the encroachments of the temporal power, and the degeneracy of the priesthood.

The big advantage of ancient political systems, especially the Roman system, was that they always prioritized public interests. Every citizen participated in ways that were appropriate for those early times. However, there was no effective regulation for personal life. In the Middle Ages, when Catholicism tried to create a comprehensive moral system, private life became the main focus. All our feelings were shaped by a very beneficial form of discipline that addressed the deepest sources of vice and virtue. But because the doctrines underlying this system were inadequate, the resolution of the issue was disorganized. The way Catholicism managed selfish tendencies often pulled people away from public life and focused them on interests that were both unrealistic and self-centered. The immediate benefit of this significant effort was that it was the first time a clear divide between moral and political power was established, something that had always been mixed in ancient systems. However, this separation was more a result of circumstances than deliberate actions, and it couldn't be fully realized since it clashed with Catholic doctrine and the militaristic nature of society. Women were sympathetic to Catholicism, but the general populace never strongly supported it, and it quickly weakened under the pressures of temporal power and the decline of the priesthood.

Positivism is the only system which can renew this premature effort and bring it to a satisfactory issue. Combining the spirit of antiquity with that of Catholic Feudalism, it proposes to carry out the political programme put forward by the Convention.

Positivism is the only system that can revive this early effort and bring it to a satisfying conclusion. By blending the essence of the past with that of Catholic Feudalism, it aims to implement the political agenda put forth by the Convention.

Positive religion brings before us in a definite shape the noblest of human problems, the permanent preponderance of Social feeling over Self-love. As far as the exceeding imperfection of our nature enables us to solve it, it would be solved by calling our home affections into continuous action; affections which stand half-way between self-love and universal sympathy. In order to consolidate and develop this solution, Positivism lays down the philosophical and social principle of separation of theoretical from practical power. Theoretical power is consultative; it directs education, and supplies general principles. Practical power directs action by special and imperative rules. All the elements of society that are excluded from political government become guarantees for the preservation of this arrangement. The priests of Humanity, who are the systematic organs of the moderating power, will always find themselves supported, in their attempts to modify the governing power, by women and by the people. But to be so supported, they must be men who, in addition442 to the intellectual power necessary for their mission, have the moral qualities which are yet more necessary; who combine, that is, the tenderness of women with the energy of the people. The first guarantee for the possession of such qualities is the sacrifice of political authority and even of wealth. Then we may at least hope to see the new religion taking the place of the old, because it will fulfil in a more perfect way the mental and social purposes for which the old religion existed. Monotheism will lapse like Polytheism and Fetichism, into the domain of history; and will, like them, be incorporated into the system of universal commemoration, in which Humanity will render due homage to all her predecessors.

Positive religion clearly highlights one of the most important human issues: the ongoing balance of social feelings over self-interest. Given the significant limitations of our nature, we can address this issue by actively engaging our family and home affections, which exist between self-love and universal compassion. To strengthen and advance this solution, Positivism establishes the philosophical and social principle that separates theoretical from practical power. Theoretical power is advisory; it guides education and provides general principles. Practical power governs action through specific and enforceable rules. All social elements that are kept out of political governance act as safeguards for this system. The advocates of Humanity, who serve as the organized voices of moderating power, will always find support in their efforts to alter governing authority from women and the populace. However, to gain such support, they must be individuals who, in addition to the intellectual skills required for their role, possess the even more crucial moral qualities; they must blend the compassion of women with the determination of the people. The primary guarantee for having these qualities lies in the renouncement of political power and even wealth. Only then can we hope to see the new religion replace the old one, as it will better achieve the mental and social goals for which the old religion was created. Monotheism will fade away like Polytheism and Fetichism into the historical record; and like them, it will be part of a universal remembrance system in which Humanity honors all its predecessors.

Corruption of Monotheism

It is not, then, merely on the ground of speculative truth that Positivists would urge all those who are still halting between two opinions, to choose between the absolute and the relative, between the fruitless search for Causes and the solid study of Laws, between submission to arbitrary Wills and submission to demonstrable Necessities. It is for Feeling still more than for Reason to make the decision; for upon it depends the establishment of a higher form of social life.

It’s not just about theoretical truth that Positivists encourage those who are still unsure to choose between the absolute and the relative, between the pointless search for Causes and the concrete study of Laws, between following arbitrary Wills and adhering to demonstrable Necessities. It’s more about Feeling than Reason that should guide the decision; because it’s crucial for establishing a higher form of social life.

Monotheism in Western Europe is now as obsolete and as injurious as Polytheism was fifteen centuries ago. The discipline in which its moral value principally consisted has long since decayed; and consequently the sole effect of its doctrine, which has been so extravagantly praised, is to degrade the affections by unlimited desires, and to weaken the character by servile terrors. It supplied no field for the Imagination, and forced it back upon Polytheism and Fetichism, which, under Theology, form the only possible foundation for poetry. The pursuits of practical443 life were never sincerely promoted by it, and they advanced only by evading or resisting its influence. The noblest of all practical pursuits, that of social regeneration, is at the present time in direct opposition to it. For by its vague notion of Providence, it prevents men from forming a true conception of Law, a conception necessary for true prevision, on which all wise intervention must be based.

Monotheism in Western Europe is now just as outdated and harmful as Polytheism was fifteen centuries ago. The discipline that once gave it moral value has long since faded; as a result, the only effect of its doctrine—despite all the praise it has received—is to undermine our emotions with endless desires and to weaken our character through fear. It offered no space for the imagination and pushed it back toward Polytheism and Fetishism, which, under Theology, are the only potential foundations for poetry. The practical aspects of life were never genuinely supported by it; instead, they progressed only by avoiding or resisting its influence. The most important practical pursuit, that of social renewal, is currently in direct opposition to it. Its vague idea of Providence hinders people from developing a true understanding of Law, which is essential for genuine foresight—an understanding that all wise action must rely on.

Sincere believers in Christianity will soon cease to interfere with the management of a world, where they profess themselves to be pilgrims and strangers. The new Supreme Being is no less jealous than the old, and will not accept the servants of two masters. But the truth is, that the more zealous theological partisans, whether royalists, or aristocrats, or democrats, have now for a long time been insincere. God to them is but the nominal chief of a hypocritical conspiracy, a conspiracy which is even more contemptible than it is odious. Their object is to keep the people from all great social improvements by assuring them that they will find compensation for their miseries in an imaginary future life. The doctrine is already falling into discredit among the working classes everywhere throughout the West, especially in Paris. All theological tendencies, whether Catholic, Protestant, or Deist, really serve to prolong and aggravate our moral anarchy, because they hinder the diffusion of that social sympathy and breadth of view, without which we can never attain fixity of principle and regularity of life. Every subversive scheme now afloat has either originated in Monotheism or has received its sanction. Even Catholicism has lost its power of controlling revolutionary extravagance in some of its own most distinguished members.

Sincere Christians will soon stop interfering with how the world is run, even though they claim to be pilgrims and strangers. The new Supreme Being is just as jealous as the old one and won’t accept the service of two masters. But the truth is, the most zealous theological supporters—whether they are royalists, aristocrats, or democrats—have long been insincere. For them, God is merely the figurehead of a hypocritical conspiracy, a conspiracy that is even more despicable than it is detestable. Their aim is to prevent people from making significant social improvements by convincing them that they will find relief for their sufferings in a made-up future life. This doctrine is already losing credibility among the working class everywhere in the West, especially in Paris. All theological movements, whether Catholic, Protestant, or Deist, really serve to prolong and worsen our moral chaos because they obstruct the spread of social empathy and a broader perspective, without which we can never achieve stability in principles and order in life. Every disruptive scheme currently in play has either arisen from Monotheism or has been endorsed by it. Even Catholicism has lost its ability to control radical behavior in some of its most prominent members.

It is for the sake of Order therefore, even more444 than of Progress, that we call on all those who desire to rise above their present disastrous state of oscillation in feeling and opinion, to make a distinct choice between Positivism and Theology. For there are now but two camps: the camp of reaction and anarchy, which acknowledges more or less distinctly the direction of God: the camp of construction and progress, which is wholly devoted to Humanity.

It is for the sake of Order, even more444 than of Progress, that we urge everyone who wants to escape their current chaotic state of emotions and opinions to make a clear choice between Positivism and Theology. There are now only two sides: the side of reaction and chaos, which somewhat recognizes the existence of God, and the side of construction and progress, which is completely dedicated to Humanity.

The Being upon whom all our thoughts are concentrated is one whose existence is undoubted. We recognize that existence not in the Present only, but in the Past, and even in the Future: and we find it always subject to one fundamental Law, by which we are enabled to conceive of it as a whole. Placing our highest happiness in universal Love, we live, as far as it is possible, for others; and this in public life as well as in private; for the two are closely linked together in our religion; a religion clothed in all the beauty of Art, and yet never inconsistent with Science. After having thus exercised our powers to the full, and having given a charm and sacredness to our temporary life, we shall at last be for ever incorporated into the Supreme Being, of whose life all noble natures are necessarily partakers. It is only through the workers of Humanity that we can feel the inward reality and inexpressible sweetness of this incorporation. It is unknown to those who being still involved in theological belief, have not been able to form a clear conception of the Future, and have never experienced the feeling of pure self-sacrifice.

The Being that holds all our thoughts is one whose existence is undeniable. We recognize this existence not just in the Present, but also in the Past and even in the Future; and we find it always governed by one fundamental Law, which allows us to understand it as a whole. By placing our greatest happiness in universal Love, we live, as much as possible, for others; both in public life and in private, since the two are closely intertwined in our faith; a faith that is wrapped in all the beauty of Art, yet never conflicts with Science. After fully exercising our abilities and giving charm and significance to our temporary life, we will ultimately become forever part of the Supreme Being, of whose life all noble souls are inherently a part. The inward reality and indescribable joy of this connection can only be felt through the actions of Humanity. This experience is unknown to those still caught up in theological beliefs, who have not been able to form a clear vision of the Future and have never felt the essence of true self-sacrifice.

THE END

THE END

Butler & Tanner, The Selwood Printing Works, Frome, and London.

Butler & Tanner, The Selwood Printing Works, Frome, and London.

FOOTNOTES

1 The establishment of this great principle is the most important result of my System of Positive Philosophy. This work was published 1830–1842, with the title of Course of Positive Philosophy, because it was based upon a course of lectures delivered 1826–1829. But since that time I have always given it the more appropriate name of System. Should the work reach a second edition, the correction will be made formally: meanwhile, this will, I hope, remove all misconception on the subject.

1 The establishment of this important principle is the main outcome of my System of Positive Philosophy. This work was published from 1830 to 1842 under the title Course of Positive Philosophy, as it was based on a series of lectures given from 1826 to 1829. However, since then, I've always referred to it more appropriately as the System. If the work goes to a second edition, I will make this correction officially: for now, I hope this clears up any misunderstandings about the topic.

2 [Comte afterwards added a seventh science, Ethics, (see vol. ii of System of Positive Polity).]

2 [Comte later added a seventh science, Ethics, (see vol. ii of System of Positive Polity).]

3 [See Cabanis, Rapports du physique et du moral de l’homme, Ve memoire, where he speaks of ‘les restes de l’esprit de chevalerie, fruit ridicule de l’odieuse féodalité.’]

3 [See Cabanis, Rapports du physique et du moral de l’homme, Ve memoire, where he talks about ‘the remnants of chivalry, a ridiculous product of the hateful feudal system.’]

4 Philosophy—the love of wisdom.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Philosophy—the passion for wisdom.

5 [Written in 1848.]

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ [Written in 1848.]

6 On reconsideration, Comte saw fit to withdraw this proposal. See Positive Polity, vol. iv, ch. 5, p. 351.

6 After thinking it over, Comte decided to pull back this proposal. See Positive Polity, vol. iv, ch. 5, p. 351.

7 [Clotilde de Vaux, see Testament d’Auguste Comte, p. 550].

7 [Clotilde de Vaux, see Testament of Auguste Comte, p. 550].

8 This law was introduced by Royer-Collard. It forbids discussion of the private affairs of public men.

8 This law was introduced by Royer-Collard. It prohibits discussion of the personal matters of public figures.

9 [Testament d’Auguste Comte, p. 556].

9 [Testament of Auguste Comte, p. 556].

10 [This story Lucie is republished in Vol. i of System of Positive Polity.]

10 [This story Lucie is republished in Vol. i of System of Positive Polity.]

11 Toute la suite des hommes, pendant le cours de tant de siècles, doit être considérée comme un même homme qui subsiste toujours et qui apprend continuellement.—Pascal, Pensées, Part I, Art. I. [The whole succession of men during the course of so many centuries should be considered as one Man ever living and constantly learning.]

11 All of mankind, throughout so many centuries, should be viewed as one person who is always alive and continuously learning.—Pascal, Pensées, Part I, Art. I. [The whole succession of men during the course of so many centuries should be considered as one Man ever living and constantly learning.]

12 [See The Positivist Calendar, edited by H. G. Jones (W. Reeves, 1905).]

12 [See The Positivist Calendar, edited by H. G. Jones (W. Reeves, 1905).]

13 [Tableau Historique des progrès de l’Esprit Humain, Paris, 1900.]

13 [Historical Overview of the Progress of the Human Mind, Paris, 1900.]

14 [The Republic of 1848.]

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ [The Republic of 1848.]

15 [This report was republished in Revue Occidentale, July 1889; see also an article and a document published by M. Pierre Laffitte in the same review in January, 1890.]

15 [This report was republished in Revue Occidentale, July 1889; see also an article and a document published by M. Pierre Laffitte in the same review in January, 1890.]

16 [This committee was formed in 1903.]

16 [This committee was established in 1903.]

17 This report was republished in Revue Occidentale, September, 1885.

17 This report was republished in Revue Occidentale, September, 1885.

18 The relative position here assigned to England and Germany is reversed in the fourth volume of the Politique Positive.

18 The order of England and Germany mentioned here is flipped in the fourth volume of the Politique Positive.

Transcriber’s Notes

Punctuation, hyphenation, and spelling were made consistent when a predominant preference was found in this book; otherwise they were not changed.

Punctuation, hyphenation, and spelling were standardized when a clear preference was identified in this book; otherwise, they were left unchanged.

Simple typographical errors were corrected; occasional unbalanced quotation marks retained.

Simple typographical errors were fixed; occasional unbalanced quotation marks were kept.

Ambiguous hyphens at the ends of lines were retained.

Ambiguous hyphens at the ends of lines were kept.

Page 320: “the creative process” was misprinted as “the creature process”; changed here.

Page 320: “the creative process” was incorrectly printed as “the creature process”; corrected here.

Page 399: “one of its principal features” was misprinted as “principle”; changed here.

Page 399: “one of its main features” was misprinted as “principle”; changed here.


Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!